Quarterlytics / Industrials / Marine Shipping / KNOT Offshore Partners LP / FY2020 Annual Report

KNOT Offshore Partners LP
Annual Report 2020

KNOP · NYSE Industrials
Claim this profile
Ticker KNOP
Exchange NYSE
Sector Industrials
Industry Marine Shipping
Employees 1
← All annual reports
FY2020 Annual Report · KNOT Offshore Partners LP
Loading PDF…
Table of Contents

UNITED STATES
SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION
Washington, D.C. 20549

FORM 20-F

(Mark One)
☐

REGISTRATION STATEMENT PURSUANT TO SECTION 12(b) OR 12(g) OF THE SECURITIES EXCHANGE ACT OF 1934

ANNUAL REPORT PURSUANT TO SECTION 13 OR 15(d) OF THE SECURITIES EXCHANGE ACT OF 1934

OR

For the fiscal year ended December 31, 2020

OR

TRANSITION REPORT PURSUANT TO SECTION 13 OR 15(d) OF THE SECURITIES EXCHANGE ACT OF 1934

SHELL COMPANY REPORT PURSUANT TO SECTION 13 OR 15(d) OF THE SECURITIES EXCHANGE ACT OF 1934

For the transition period                      from                      to

OR

☒

☐

☐

Date of event requiring this shell company report                     

Commission file number 001-35866

KNOT OFFSHORE PARTNERS LP

(Exact Name of Registrant as Specified in its Charter)

Republic of the Marshall Islands
(Jurisdiction of Incorporation or Organization)

2 Queens Cross
Aberdeen, Aberdeenshire
AB15 4YB, United Kingdom
(Address of Principal Executive Offices)

Gary Chapman
2 Queens Cross
Aberdeen, Aberdeenshire
AB15 4YB, United Kingdom
E-mail: gch@knotoffshorepartners.com
Telephone: 44 (0) 1224 618420
Facsimile: 44 (0) 1224 624891
(Name, Telephone, E-mail and/or Facsimile number and Address of Company Contact Person)

Securities registered or to be registered pursuant to Section 12(b) of the Act:

Title of Each Class
Common units representing limited partner interests

Trading Symbol(s)
KNOP

Name of Each Exchange on Which Registered
New York Stock Exchange

Securities registered or to be registered pursuant to Section 12(g) of the Act: None

Securities for which there is a reporting obligation pursuant to Section 15(d) of the Act: None

Indicate the number of outstanding shares of each of the issuer’s classes of capital or common stock as of the close of the period covered by the annual report.

32,694,094 common units representing limited partner interests
3,750,000 Series A Convertible Preferred Units

Indicate by check mark if the registrant is a well-known seasoned issuer, as defined in Rule 405 of the Securities Act.   ☐  Yes    ☒  No

If this report is an annual or transition report, indicate by check mark if the registrant is not required to file reports pursuant to Section 13 or 15(d) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934.   ☐  Yes    ☒  No
Indicate by check mark whether the registrant (1) has filed all reports required to be filed by Section 13 or 15(d) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934 during the preceding 12 months (or for such shorter period that the registrant was
required to file such reports), and (2) has been subject to such filing requirements for the past 90 days.   ☒  Yes    ☐  No
Indicate by check mark whether the registrant has submitted electronically every Interactive Data File required to be submitted pursuant to Rule 405 of Regulation S-T (§232.405 of this chapter) during the preceding 12 months (or for such
shorter period that the registrant was required to submit such files).   ☒  Yes    ☐  No
Indicate by check mark whether the registrant is a large accelerated filer, an accelerated filer, a non-accelerated filer or an emerging growth company. See definition of “large accelerated filer,” “accelerated filer” and “emerging growth
company” in Rule 12b-2 of the Exchange Act.

Large accelerated filer  ☐                 Accelerated filer  ☒                      Non-accelerated filer  ☐                      Emerging growth company    ☐

If an emerging growth company that prepares its financial statements in accordance with U.S. GAAP, indicate by check mark if the registrant has elected not to use the extended transition period for complying with any new or revised
financial accounting standards* provided pursuant to Section 13(a) of the Exchange Act. ☐

* The term “new or revised financial accounting standards” refers to any update issued by the Financial Accounting Standards Board to its Accounting Standards Codification after April 5, 2012.

Indicate by check mark whether the registrant has filed a report on and attestation to its management's assessment of the effectiveness of its internal control over financial reporting under Section 404(b) of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act (15 U.S.C.
7262(b)) by the registered public accounting firm that prepared or issued its audit report. ⌧

Indicate by check mark which basis of accounting the registrant has used to prepare the financial statements included in this filing:

U.S. GAAP  ☒

International Financial Reporting Standards as issued 
by the International Accounting Standards Board  ☐

Other  ☐

If “Other” has been checked in response to the previous question, indicate by check mark which financial statement item the registrant has elected to follow.   ☐  Item 17    ☐  Item 18

If this is an annual report, indicate by check mark whether the registrant is a shell company (as defined in Rule 12b-2 of the Exchange Act).   ☐  Yes    ☒  No

    
    
 
    
  
Table of Contents

Forward-Looking Statements
Part I

KNOT Offshore Partners LP

INDEX TO REPORT ON FORM 20-F

Item 1.
Item 2.
Item 3.

Item 4.

Selected Financial Data

Identity of Directors, Senior Management and Advisers
Offer Statistics and Expected Timetable
Key Information
A.
B. Capitalization and Indebtedness
C. Reasons for the Offer and Use of Proceeds
D. Risk Factors
Information on the Partnership
A. History and Development of the Partnership
B. Business Overview
C. Organizational Structure
D.

Property, Plants and Equipment

Item 4A. Unresolved Staff Comments
Item 5.

Item 6.

Item 7.

Item 8.

Item 9.

Item 10.

Liquidity and Capital Resources

Tabular Disclosure of Contractual Obligations
Safe Harbor

Operating and Financial Review and Prospects
A. Operating Results
B.
C. Research and Development, Patents and Licenses, Etc.
D. Trend Information
E. Off-Balance Sheet Arrangements
F.
G.
Directors, Senior Management and Employees
A. Directors and Senior Management
B. Compensation
C. Board Practices
D. Employees
E. Unit Ownership
Major Unitholders and Related Party Transactions
A. Major Unitholders
B. Related Party Transactions
C.
Financial Information
A. Consolidated Statements and Other Financial Information
B.
The Offer and Listing
A. Offer and Listing Details
B.
Plan of Distribution
C. Markets
D.
E. Dilution
F.
Additional Information
A.
Share Capital
B. Memorandum and Articles of Association
C. Material Contracts
D. Exchange Controls
E.
F. Dividends and Paying Agents

Interests of Experts and Counsel

Expenses of the Issue

Selling Shareholders

Significant Changes

Taxation

2

4
7
7
7
7
7
9
10
10
44
44
45
64
66
66
66
75
77
90
90
90
91
91
91
91
93
94
96
96
96
96
97
107
107
107
110
110
110
110
110
110
110
110
111
111
111
111
114
114
121

Table of Contents

Statement by Experts

G.
H. Documents on Display
I.
Subsidiary Information
Quantitative and Qualitative Disclosures About Market Risk
Description of Securities Other than Equity Securities

Item 11.
Item 12.

Part II

Defaults, Dividend Arrearages and Delinquencies

Item 13.
Item 14. Material Modifications to the Rights of Securities Holders and Use of Proceeds
Controls and Procedures
Item 15.
Item 16A. Audit Committee Financial Expert
Item 16B. Code of Ethics
Item 16C. Principal Accountant Fees and Services
Item 16D. Exemptions from the Listing Standards for Audit Committees
Item 16E. Purchases of Equity Securities by the Issuer and Affiliated Purchasers
Item 16F. Change in Registrants’ Certifying Accountant
Item 16G. Corporate Governance
Item 16H. Mine Safety Disclosure

Part III

Item 17.
Item 18.
Item 19.

Financial Statements
Financial Statements
Exhibits

Signature
Index to Financial Statements of KNOT Offshore Partners LP

3

121
122
122
122
123
123
123
124
124
125
125
125
126
126
126
126
127
128
128
128
129
132
F-1

Table of Contents

FORWARD-LOOKING STATEMENTS

This Annual Report on Form 20-F for the year ended December 31, 2020 (this “Annual Report”) contains certain forward-

looking statements concerning plans and objectives of management for future operations or economic performance, or
assumptions related thereto, including our financial forecast. In addition, we and our representatives may from time to time make
other oral or written statements that are also forward-looking statements. Such statements include, in particular, statements about
our plans, strategies, business prospects, changes and trends in our business, and the markets in which we operate as described in
this Annual Report. In some cases, you can identify the forward-looking statements by the use of words such as “may,” “could,”
“should,” “would,” “expect,” “plan,” “anticipate,” “intend,” “forecast,” “believe,” “estimate,” “predict,” “propose,” “potential,”
“continue” or the negative of these terms or other comparable terminology. These forward-looking statements reflect
management’s current views only as of the date of this Annual Report and are not intended to give any assurance as to future
results. As a result, unitholders are cautioned not to rely on any forward-looking statements.

Forward-looking statements appear in a number of places in this Annual Report and include statements with respect to,

among other things:

●

the length and severity of the outbreak of Coronavirus COVID-19 ("COVID-19"), including its impact on KNOT
Offshore Partners' business, cash flows and operations as well as the business and operations of its customers,
suppliers and lenders;

● market trends in the shuttle tanker or general tanker industries, including hire rates, factors affecting supply and

demand, and opportunities for the profitable operations of shuttle tankers;

●

●

the ability of Knutsen NYK Offshore Tankers AS (“KNOT”) and KNOT Offshore Partners LP (“KNOT Offshore
Partners”) to build shuttle tankers and the timing of the delivery and acceptance of any such vessels by their
respective charterers;

forecasts of KNOT Offshore Partners’ ability to make or increase distributions on its common units and to make
distributions on its Series A Convertible Preferred Units (the “Series A Preferred Units”) and the amount of any
such distributions;

● KNOT Offshore Partners’ ability to integrate and realize the expected benefits from acquisitions;

● KNOT Offshore Partners’ anticipated growth strategies;

●

●

●

●

●

●

the effects of a worldwide or regional economic slowdown;

turmoil in the global financial markets;

fluctuations in currencies and interest rates;

fluctuations in the price of oil;

general market conditions, including fluctuations in hire rates and vessel values;

changes in KNOT Offshore Partners’ operating expenses, including drydocking and insurance costs and bunker
prices;

● KNOT Offshore Partners’ future financial condition or results of operations and future revenues and expenses;

4

Table of Contents

●

the repayment of debt and settling of any interest rate swaps;

● KNOT Offshore Partners’ ability to make additional borrowings and to access debt and equity markets;

●

planned capital expenditures and availability of capital resources to fund capital expenditures;

● KNOT Offshore Partners’ ability to maintain long-term relationships with major users of shuttle tonnage;

● KNOT Offshore Partners’ ability to leverage KNOT’s relationships and reputation in the shipping industry;

● KNOT Offshore Partners’ ability to purchase vessels from KNOT in the future;

● KNOT Offshore Partners’ continued ability to enter into long-term charters, which KNOT Offshore Partners

defines as charters of five years or more;

● KNOT Offshore Partners’ ability to maximize the use of its vessels, including the re-deployment or disposition of

vessels no longer under long-term charter;

●

●

●

●

the financial condition of KNOT Offshore Partners’ existing or future customers and their ability to fulfill their
charter obligations;

timely purchases and deliveries of newbuilds;

future purchase prices of newbuilds and secondhand vessels;

any impairment of the value of KNOT Offshore Partners’ vessels;

● KNOT Offshore Partners’ ability to compete successfully for future chartering and newbuild opportunities;

●

●

●

acceptance of a vessel by its charterer;

termination dates and extensions of charters;

the expected cost of, and KNOT Offshore Partners’ ability to, comply with governmental regulations, maritime
self-regulatory organization standards, as well as standard regulations imposed by its charterers applicable to
KNOT Offshore Partners’ business, including the availability and cost of low sulfur fuel oil compliant with the
International Maritime Organization (“IMO”) sulfur emission limit reductions generally referred to as “IMO 2020”
that took effect January 1, 2020;

●

availability of skilled labor, vessel crews and management, including possible disruptions due to the COVID-19
outbreak;

● KNOT Offshore Partners’ general and administrative expenses and its fees and expenses payable under the

technical management agreements, the management and administration agreements and the administrative services
agreement;

●

●

the anticipated taxation of KNOT Offshore Partners and distributions to its unitholders;

estimated future maintenance and replacement capital expenditures;

● Marshall Islands economic substance requirements;

5

Table of Contents

● KNOT Offshore Partners’ ability to retain key employees;

●

●

●

●

customers’ increasing emphasis on climate, environmental and safety concerns;

potential liability from any pending or future litigation;

potential disruption of shipping routes due to accidents, political events, piracy or acts by terrorists;

future sales of KNOT Offshore Partners’ securities in the public market; and

● KNOT Offshore Partners’ business strategy and other plans and objectives for future operations.

Forward-looking statements in this Annual Report are made based upon management’s current plans, expectations,

estimates, assumptions and beliefs concerning future events impacting us and therefore involve a number of risks and
uncertainties, including those risks discussed in “Item 3. Key Information—Risk Factors.” The risks, uncertainties and
assumptions involve known and unknown risks and are inherently subject to significant uncertainties and contingencies, many of
which are beyond KNOT Offshore Partners’ control. KNOT Offshore Partners cautions that forward-looking statements are not
guarantees and that actual results could differ materially from those expressed or implied in the forward-looking statements.

KNOT Offshore Partners undertakes no obligation to update any forward-looking statement or statements to reflect events or

circumstances after the date on which such statement is made or to reflect the occurrence of unanticipated events. New factors
emerge from time to time, and it is not possible to predict all of these factors. Further, KNOT Offshore Partners cannot assess the
impact of each such factor on its business or the extent to which any factor, or combination of factors, may cause actual results to
be materially different from those contained in any forward-looking statement. KNOT Offshore Partners makes no prediction or
statement about the performance of its common units. The various disclosures included in this Annual Report and in KNOT
Offshore Partners’ other filings made with the Securities and Exchange Commission (the “SEC”) that attempt to advise interested
parties of the risks and factors that may affect KNOT Offshore Partners’ business, prospects and results of operations should be
carefully reviewed and considered.

6

Table of Contents

PART I

Item 1. Identity of Directors, Senior Management and Advisers

Not applicable.

Item 2. Offer Statistics and Expected Timetable

Not applicable.

Item 3. Key Information

A. Selected Financial Data

The following selected financial data should be read in conjunction with “Item 5. Operating and Financial Review and
Prospects” and the consolidated financial statements and accompanying notes included in this Annual Report. Unless the context
otherwise requires, references herein to “KNOT Offshore Partners,” “we,” “our,” “us” and “the Partnership” or similar terms
refer to KNOT Offshore Partners LP, a Marshall Islands limited partnership, or any one or more of its subsidiaries, or to all such
entities. References to “KNOT” refer, depending on the context, to Knutsen NYK Offshore Tankers AS and to any one or more
of its direct and indirect subsidiaries. References to “KNOT Management” refer to KNOT Management AS, the entity that
provides us with crew, technical and commercial management services. References to “KNOT Management Denmark” refer to
KNOT Management Denmark AS, a 100% owned subsidiary of KNOT which also provides us with management services.
References to “our general partner” refer to KNOT Offshore Partners GP LLC, the general partner of the Partnership. References
to “KNOT UK” refer to KNOT Offshore Partners UK LLC, a wholly owned subsidiary of the Partnership. References to “TSSI”
refer to TS Shipping Invest AS, and references to “NYK Europe” refer to NYK Logistics Holding (Europe) B.V, each of which
holds a 50% interest in KNOT. References to NYK are to Nippon Yusen Kabushiki Kaisha. References to “KOAS UK” refer to
Knutsen OAS (UK) Ltd., a wholly owned subsidiary of TSSI. References to “KOAS” refer to Knutsen OAS Shipping AS, a
wholly owned subsidiary of TSSI.

The following table presents, in each case for the periods and as of the dates indicated, our selected consolidated financial

and operating data.

In August 2013, June 2014, December 2014, June 2015, October 2015, December 2016, March 2017, June, 2017,

September 2017, December 2017, March 2018 and December 2020, we acquired KNOT’s 100% interest in the companies that
own and operate the shuttle tankers, the Carmen Knutsen , the Hilda Knutsen and Torill Knutsen, the Dan Cisne, the Dan Sabia,
the Ingrid Knutsen, the Raquel Knutsen, the Tordis Knutsen, the Vigdis Knutsen, the Lena Knutsen, the Brasil Knutsen, the Anna
Knutsen and the Tove Knutsen respectively, each of which we accounted for as an acquisition of a business, other than the Anna
Knutsen and Tove Knutsen, which were accounted for as an asset. The results of these acquisitions are included in our results
from the dates of their respective acquisition. There has been no retroactive restatement of our financial statements to reflect the
historical results of the Carmen Knutsen, the Hilda Knutsen, the Torill Knutsen, the Dan Cisne, the Dan Sabia, the Ingrid
Knutsen, the Raquel Knutsen, the Tordis Knutsen, the Vigdis Knutsen, the Lena Knutsen, the Brasil Knutsen, the Anna Knutsen or
the Tove Knutsen prior to their respective acquisition.

The following financial data should be read in conjunction with “Item 5. Operating and Financial Review and Prospects” and

the consolidated financial statements and accompanying notes included in this Annual Report.

7

Table of Contents

Our financial position, results of operations and cash flows presented below may not be indicative of our future operating

results or financial performance.

Statement of Operations Data:
Total revenues
Vessel operating expenses(1)
Depreciation
General and administrative expenses
Operating income
Interest income
Interest expense
Other finance expense
Realized and unrealized gain (loss) on derivative instruments
Net gain (loss) on foreign currency transactions
Income before income taxes
Income tax benefit (expense)
Net income
Earnings Per Unit (Basic and Diluted):
Common units (Basic)
Common units (Diluted)
Subordinated units(2)
General partner units
Cash distributions declared and paid per unit
Balance Sheet Data (at end of period):
Cash and cash equivalents
Vessels and equipment, net
Total assets
Long‑term debt (including current portion and seller’s credits)
Series A Convertible Preferred Units
Partners’ capital
Cash Flows Data:
Net cash provided by operating activities
Net cash used in investing activities
Net cash used in financing activities
Fleet Data:
Number of shuttle tankers in operation at end of period
Average age of shuttle tankers in operation at end of period

(years)

Total calendar days for fleet
Total operating days for fleet(3)
Other Financial Data:
EBITDA(4)
Adjusted EBITDA(4)

2020

Year Ended December 31,
2018
(U.S. Dollars in thousands, except per unit amounts and fleet data)

2017

2019

2016

$  279,222
 61,005
 89,743
 5,392
 123,082
 125
 (31,645)
 (705)
 (25,679)
 57
 65,235
 (10)
 65,225

$

$  282,561
 60,129
 89,844
 4,858
 127,730
 865
 (50,735)
 (845)
 (17,797)
 (252)
 58,966
 (9)
 58,957

$  279,456
 56,730
 88,756
 5,290
 128,680
 739
 (49,956)
 (1,260)
 4,039
 (79)
 82,163
 2
 82,165

$

$

$

 219,203
 46,709
 71,583
 5,555
 95,356
 248
 (30,714)
 (1,406)
 4,831
 (267)
 68,048
 16
 68,064

$

$

 1.74
 1.74

 1.55
 1.55

 2.25
 2.22

 2.05
 2.04

 —  

 —  

 —  

 —  

 1.74
 2.08

 1.55
 2.08

 2.25
 2.08

 2.05
 2.08

 173,671
 30,903
 56,230
 4,371
 82,167
 24
 (20,867)
 (1,311)
 1,213
 (139)
 61,087
 15
 61,102

 2.29
 2.29
 1.54
 2.25
 2.08

 43,525
   1,677,488
   1,738,007
 995,396
 89,264
 622,396

$  165,692

$
 52,583
   1,708,786
   1,780,296
   1,030,345
 89,264
 608,285

$  169,241
 (21,433)
 (139,260)

$
 41,712
   1,767,080
   1,836,824
   1,077,291
 89,264
 642,775

$

$

 46,104
 1,723,023
 1,793,168
 1,026,615
 89,264
 639,950

 154,585
 (94,857)
 (41,378)

$

$

 27,664
 1,256,889
 1,292,275
 741,646
 —
 521,712

 108,445
 (13,952)
 (90,345)

 —  

 (163,849)

$  148,646
 (15,493)
 (137,376)

 17

 16

 16

 7
 5,856
 5,762

 7
 5,840
 5,810

 6
 5,781
 5,657

 15

 5
 4,643
 4,400

 11

 5
 3,691
 3,668

$  186,498
 212,825

$  198,680
 217,574

$  220,136
 217,436

$

 170,097
 166,939

$

 138,160
 138,397

(1) Vessel operating expenses include crewing, repairs and maintenance, insurance, stores, lube oils and communication

expenses.

(2) On May 18, 2016 all of the subordinated units converted into common units on a one-for-one basis.

8

    
    
    
    
    
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
  
 
  
 
  
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
  
 
  
 
  
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
  
 
  
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
  
 
  
 
  
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
  
 
  
 
  
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
Table of Contents

(3) The operating days for our fleet is the total number of days in a given period that the vessels were in our possession less the

total number of days off-hire. We define days off-hire as days lost to, among other things, operational deficiencies,
drydocking for repairs, maintenance or inspection, equipment breakdowns, special surveys and vessel upgrades, delays due
to accidents, crewing strikes, certain vessel detentions or similar problems, our failure to maintain the vessel in compliance
with its specifications and contractual standards or to provide the required crew, or periods of commercial waiting time
during which we do not earn hire rates.

(4) Please read “—Non-U.S. GAAP Financial Measures” below.

Non-U.S. GAAP Financial Measures

EBITDA and Adjusted EBITDA. EBITDA is defined as earnings before interest, depreciation and taxes. Adjusted EBITDA is

defined as earnings before interest, depreciation, taxes and other financial items (including other finance expense, realized and
unrealized gain (loss) on derivative instruments and net gain (loss) on foreign currency transactions). EBITDA is used as a
supplemental financial measure by management and external users of financial statements, such as our lenders, to assess our
financial and operating performance and our compliance with the financial covenants and restrictions contained in our financing
agreements. Adjusted EBITDA is used as a supplemental financial measure by management and external users of financial
statements, such as investors, to assess our financial and operating performance. We believe that EBITDA and Adjusted EBITDA
assist our management and investors by increasing the comparability of our performance from period to period and against the
performance of other companies in our industry that provide EBITDA and Adjusted EBITDA information. This increased
comparability is achieved by excluding the potentially disparate effects between periods or companies of interest, other financial
items, taxes, goodwill impairment charges and depreciation, as applicable, which items are affected by various and possibly
changing financing methods, capital structure and historical cost basis and which items may significantly affect net income
between periods. We believe that including EBITDA and Adjusted EBITDA as financial measures benefits investors in
(1) selecting between investing in us and other investment alternatives and (2) monitoring our ongoing financial and operational
strength in assessing whether to continue to hold common units.

EBITDA and Adjusted EBITDA should not be considered alternatives to net income or any other indicator of our
performance calculated in accordance with accounting principles generally accepted in the United States (“U.S. GAAP”).
EBITDA and Adjusted EBITDA exclude some, but not all, items that affect net income, and these measures may vary among
other companies. Therefore, EBITDA and Adjusted EBITDA as presented below may not be comparable to similarly titled
measures of other companies. The following table reconciles EBITDA and Adjusted EBITDA to net income, the most directly
comparable U.S. GAAP measure, for the periods presented.

(U.S Dollars in thousands)
Net income
Interest income
Interest expense
Depreciation
Income tax (benefit) expense
EBITDA
Other financial items (a)
Adjusted EBITDA

2020
$  65,225
 (125)
 31,645
 89,743
 10
$  186,498
 26,327
$  212,825

2019
$  58,957
 (865)
 50,735
 89,844
 9
$  198,680
 18,894
$  217,574

Year Ended December 31,
2018
$  82,165
 (739)
 49,956
 88,756
 (2)
$  220,136
 (2,700)
$  217,436

2017
$  68,064
 (248)
 30,714
 71,583
 (16)
$  170,097
 (3,158)
$  166,939

2016
$  61,102
 (24)
 20,867
 56,230
 (15)
$  138,160
 237
$  138,397

(a) Other financial items consist of other finance expense, realized and unrealized (gain) loss on derivative instruments, and net

(gain) loss on foreign currency transactions.

B. Capitalization and Indebtedness

Not applicable.

9

    
    
    
    
    
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Table of Contents

C. Reasons for the Offer and Use of Proceeds

Not applicable.

D. Risk Factors

The risk factors summarized and detailed below could materially and adversely affect our business, our financial condition,

our operating results and the trading price of our common units. These material risks include, but are not limited to, those relating
to:

● We may not have sufficient cash from operations following the establishment of cash reserves and payment of fees

●

and expenses to enable us to pay the minimum quarterly distribution on our common units.
Failure to control the outbreak of COVID-19 is negatively affecting the global economy and energy demand and
may adversely affect our business.

● Our cash distribution policy may adversely affect our ability to grow and to meet our financial needs.
● We must make substantial capital expenditures to maintain the operating capacity of our fleet. Each quarter we are
required to deduct estimated maintenance and replacement capital expenditures from operating surplus in order to
determine our distributable cash flow, which may result in less cash available to unitholders.
If capital expenditures are financed through cash from operations or by issuing debt or equity securities, our ability
to make cash distributions may be diminished, our financial leverage could increase, or our unitholders may be
diluted.

●

● Our debt levels may limit our flexibility in obtaining additional financing, pursuing other business opportunities

and paying distributions to our unitholders.

● Our financing agreements contain operating and financial restrictions
● Restrictions in our debt agreements may prevent us or our subsidiaries from paying distributions.
● We may fail to consummate or integrate acquisitions in a timely and cost-effective manner.
● Our charters are subject to early termination under certain circumstances.
● We may experience operational problems with vessels that reduce revenue and increase costs.
● We currently derive all of our time charter and bareboat revenues from seven customers.
● We depend on subsidiaries of KNOT to assist us in operating our businesses.
● Our growth depends on continued growth in demand for shuttle tanker transportation services.
● Declines in oil prices may adversely affect our growth prospects and results of operations.
● Adverse conditions in the global economy or financial markets may impair our customers' and suppliers' ability to

●

pay for our services.
The new economic and security relationship between the United Kingdom and the E.U. stemming from Brexit
could adversely impact us.

● Our growth depends on our ability to expand relationships with existing customers and obtain new customers, for

which we face substantial competition.

● An increase in the global supply of shuttle tanker capacity without a commensurate increase in demand may have

an adverse effect on hire rates and the values of our vessels.
The required drydocking of our vessels could be more expensive and time consuming than we anticipate.

●
● We may be unable to re-charter our vessels upon termination or expiration of their existing charters.
● Compliance with safety and other vessel requirements imposed by classification societies may be very costly and

may adversely affect our business.
The value of our vessels may decline, which could adversely affect our operating results.

●
● Climate change and greenhouse gas restrictions may adversely impact our operations and markets.
● Our international operations expose us to political, governmental and economic instability.
● Marine transportation is inherently risky, particularly in the extreme conditions in which our vessels operate. We

could experience an incident involving loss of product or environmental contamination.

● Our insurance may not be sufficient to cover losses.
● Acts of piracy on ocean-going vessels may affect us.
● Vessels transporting oil are subject to substantial environmental and other regulations.

10

Table of Contents

● We are exposed to currency exchange rate fluctuations.
● Many seafaring employees are covered by collective bargaining agreements.
● KNOT may on our behalf be unable to attract and retain qualified, skilled employees or crew necessary to operate

our business or may have to pay substantially increased costs for its employees and crew.

● Maritime claimants could arrest our vessels, which could interrupt our cash flow.
●

Lack of diversification and adverse developments in the shuttle tanker market or the conventional oil tanker market
would negatively impact our results.
If in the future our business activities involve countries, entities and individuals that are subject to restrictions
imposed by the U.S. or other governments, we could be subject to enforcement action.

●

● We could fail to comply with the U.S. Foreign Corrupt Practices Act, the U.K. Bribery Act, the anti-corruption

provisions in the Norwegian Criminal Code and other anti-bribery legislation.

● A cyber-attack could materially disrupt our business.
● Our business is subject to complex and evolving laws, directives and regulations regarding privacy and data

protection.

● KNOT and its affiliates may compete with us.
● Unitholders have limited voting rights, and our partnership agreement restricts the voting rights of Norwegian

Resident Holders and unitholders owning more than 4.9% of our common units.

● KNOT and its affiliates own a substantial interest in us and have conflicts of interest and limited fiduciary and

contractual duties to us and our common unitholders.

● Our partnership agreement limits our general partner's and our directors' fiduciary duties to our unitholders and

●

restricts the remedies available to unitholders for actions taken by them.
Fees and cost reimbursements, which affiliates of KNOT determine for services provided to us and our subsidiaries,
are substantial and payable regardless of our profitability.

● Our partnership agreement contains provisions that may have the effect of discouraging a person or group from

●
●

attempting to remove our management or our general partner without KNOT's consent.
The control of our general partner may be transferred to a third party without unitholder consent.
Substantial future sales of our common units or the issuance of additional preferred units in the public market could
cause the price of our common units to fall.

● Our common units are subordinated to our existing and future indebtedness and Series A Preferred Units.
● KNOT, as the holder of all of the incentive distribution rights, may elect to cause us to issue additional common
units to it in connection with a resetting of the target distribution levels related to its incentive distribution rights.

● We may issue additional equity securities without the approval of our unitholders.
● A substantial number of our common units may be issued upon conversion of our Series A Preferred Units or as

redemption payments in respect of our Series A Preferred Units.

● Our Series A Preferred Units have rights, preferences and privileges not held by common unitholders.
●
In establishing cash reserves, our board may reduce the amount of cash available for distribution.
● Our general partner has a limited call right that may require our unitholders to sell their common units.
● Our unitholders may not have limited liability if a court finds that unitholder action constitutes control of our

business.

● We can borrow money to pay distributions.
●
● We are exposed to market risks relating to the announced phase-out of the London Interbank Offered Rate

Increases in interest rates may cause the market price of our common units to decline.

(“LIBOR”).

● We rely on the master limited partnership ("MLP") structure and its appeal to investors for accessing debt and

equity markets to finance our growth and repay or refinance our debt.

● Unitholders may have liability to repay distributions.
●
The Marshall Islands does not have a well-developed body of partnership law.
● Our operations may be subject to economic substance requirements of the EU.
●

It may be difficult to serve us with legal process or enforce judgments against us.

11

Table of Contents

● Our partnership agreement designates the Court of Chancery of the State of Delaware as the exclusive forum for

certain types of actions and proceedings that may be initiated by our unitholders unless otherwise provided for
under the laws of the Marshall Islands.

● We are subject to taxes, which reduces our cash available for distribution to our unitholders.
● A change in tax laws in any country in which we operate could adversely affect us.
● U.S. tax authorities could treat us as a "passive foreign investment company."
● We may have to pay tax on U.S. source income, which would reduce our cash flow.
● Our unitholders may be subject to income tax in one or more non-U.S. jurisdictions if, under the laws of any such

jurisdiction, we are considered to be carrying on business there.

In addition, risks not presently known to us or risks that we currently deem immaterial could materially and adversely affect our
business, financial condition, results of operations and the trading price of our common units.

Risks Inherent in Our Business

We may not have sufficient cash from operations following the establishment of cash reserves and payment of fees and
expenses to enable us to pay the minimum quarterly distribution on our common units.

We may not have sufficient cash from operations to pay the minimum quarterly distribution on our common units.
Furthermore, distributions to the holders of our common units are subject to the prior distribution rights of any holders of our
preferred units outstanding. As of March 18, 2021, there were 3,750,000 Series A Preferred Units issued and outstanding. Under
the terms of our partnership agreement, we are prohibited from declaring and paying distributions on our common units until we
declare and pay (or set aside for payment) full distributions on the Series A Preferred Units. The amount of cash we can distribute
on our units principally depends upon the amount of cash we generate from our operations, which may fluctuate from quarter to
quarter based on the risks described in this section, including, among other things:

●

●

●

●

●

●

●

●

●

●

the charter rates we obtain from our customers;

the number of off-hire days for our fleet and the timing of, and number of days required for, drydocking of vessels;

the level of our operating costs, such as the cost of crews and insurance;

currency exchange rate fluctuations;

the supply of shuttle tankers;

the demand for shuttle tankers;

the price and level of production of, and demand for, crude oil;

prevailing global and regional economic and political conditions;

changes in local income tax rates; and

the effect of governmental regulations and maritime self-regulatory organization standards on the conduct of our
business, including the availability and cost of low sulfur fuel oil compliant with IMO 2020.

In addition, the actual amount of cash we have available for distribution depends on other factors, including:

●

the level of capital expenditures we make, including for maintaining or replacing vessels, building new vessels,
acquiring existing vessels and complying with regulations;

12

Table of Contents

●

●

●

●

the level of debt we will incur to fund future acquisitions;

fluctuations in our working capital needs;

our ability to make, and the level of, working capital borrowings; and

the amount of any cash reserves, including reserves for future maintenance and replacement capital expenditures,
working capital and other matters, established by our board of directors.

The amount of cash we generate from our operations may differ materially from our profit or loss for the period, which is
affected by non-cash items. As a result of this and the other factors mentioned above, we may make cash distributions during
periods when we record losses and may not make cash distributions during periods when we record net income.

Failure to control the outbreak of COVID-19 is negatively affecting the global economy and energy demand and may
adversely affect our business.

The outbreak of the coronavirus (“COVID-19”) continues to negatively affect global economic activity, including the
demand for oil and oil shipping, which may materially impact the Partnership’s operations and the operations of its customers
and suppliers.

The ultimate length and severity of the current pandemic and its potential impact on the Partnership's business, financial

condition and results of operations remains uncertain at this time and has increased uncertainty in a number of areas of the
Partnership’s business, including operational, commercial and financial activities. Large scale distribution of vaccines seems
likely to mitigate some of these uncertainties, but it remains too early to definitively judge the speed, scale and overall effect of
vaccination efforts.

The closure of, or restricted access to, ports and terminals and passenger air travel in regions affected by the virus may lead
to further operational impacts that could result in higher costs. It is possible that an outbreak onboard a vessel could prevent the
Partnership from meeting its obligations under a charter, resulting in an off-hire claim and loss of revenue.  Any outbreak of
COVID-19 on board one of the Partnership's vessels or that affects any of the Partnership’s main suppliers could cause an
inability to replace critical supplies or parts, maintain adequate crewing or fulfill the Partnership's obligations under its time
charter contracts which in turn could result in off-hire or claims for the impacted period.

COVID-19 has placed downward pressure on economic activity and energy demand and there remains significant

uncertainty moving into 2021. Announced delays in new capital expenditure by many oil majors has had a negative impact on the
demand for shuttle tankers in the short term and, given the uncertainty around the continuation of the COVID-19 situation, this
dampened demand could persist and could affect the number of new, long-term offshore projects and the overall outlook for oil
production, which could eventually and in turn impact the demand and pricing for shuttle tankers. Furthermore, the Partnership
may be unable to re-charter its vessels at attractive rates in the future, particularly for vessels that are coming off charter in the
next one to two years.

The Partnership is exposed to the uncertainty of cash flows from its time charter contracts arising from the credit risk

associated with individual charterers. Any extended period of non-payment or idle time between charters caused by issues related
to COVID-19 or otherwise could adversely affect the Partnership’s future liquidity, results of operations and cash flows.
Although the Partnership has not so far experienced any reduced or non-payments for obligations under the Partnership’s time
charter contracts and the Partnership has not provided concessions or made changes to the terms of payment for customers, no
assurance can be given that customers will continue to meet their obligations and will not request concessions or changes to
payment terms in the future.

13

Table of Contents

COVID-19 has also had a sustained impact on global capital markets and the responses of governments around the world to

manage the impact of the virus have led to lower interest rates and volatility in the prices of equities, bonds, commodities and
their respective derivatives. The Partnership’s common unit price remains lower than the price at the start of 2020, mainly due to
the impact of COVID-19 on the wider economy and sentiment in the energy and shipping sectors. In these current market
conditions with lower unit prices, issuing new common equity remains a less viable and more expensive option for accessing
liquidity. The Partnership has two tranches of debt maturing in August and November 2021. The Partnership expects to refinance
these tranches of long-term debt but, if it is unable to do so on satisfactory terms, the Partnership may not have sufficient funds or
other assets to satisfy all of its obligations, which would have a material adverse effect on its business, results of operations and
financial condition.

Our ability to grow and to meet our financial needs may be adversely affected by our cash distribution policy.

Our cash distribution policy, which is consistent with our partnership agreement, requires us to distribute all of our available

cash (as defined in our partnership agreement) each quarter. Accordingly, our growth may not be as fast as businesses that
reinvest their available cash to expand ongoing operations.

In determining the amount of cash available for distribution, our board of directors approves the amount of cash reserves to
set aside, including reserves for future maintenance and replacement capital expenditures, working capital and other matters. We
also rely upon external financing sources, including commercial borrowings, to fund our capital expenditures. Accordingly, to the
extent we do not have sufficient cash reserves or are unable to obtain financing, our cash distribution policy may significantly
impair our ability to meet our financial needs or to grow.

We must make substantial capital expenditures to maintain the operating capacity of our fleet, which reduces cash available
for distribution. In addition, each quarter we are required to deduct estimated maintenance and replacement capital
expenditures from operating surplus in order to determine our distributable cash flow, which may result in less cash available
to unitholders than if actual maintenance and replacement capital expenditures were deducted.

We must make substantial capital expenditures to maintain, over the long-term, the operating capacity of our fleet.

Maintenance and replacement capital expenditures include capital expenditures associated with the removal of a vessel from the
water for inspection, maintenance and/or repair of submerged parts (or drydocking) and modifying an existing vessel or acquiring
a new comparable vessel to the extent these expenditures are incurred to maintain or replace the operating capacity of our fleet.
These expenditures could vary significantly from quarter to quarter and could increase as a result of changes in:

●

●

●

●

●

●

the cost of labor and materials;

customer requirements;

the size of our fleet;

the cost of replacement vessels;

length of charters;

governmental regulations and maritime self-regulatory organization standards relating to safety, security or the
environment; and

●

competitive standards.

14

Table of Contents

Our partnership agreement requires our board of directors to deduct estimated, rather than actual, maintenance and

replacement capital expenditures from operating surplus each quarter in order to determine our distributable cash flow in an effort
to reduce fluctuations in operating surplus (as defined in our partnership agreement). The amount of estimated maintenance and
replacement capital expenditures deducted from operating surplus is subject to review and change by our board of directors and
our conflicts committee at least once a year. In years when estimated maintenance and replacement capital expenditures are
higher than actual maintenance and replacement capital expenditures, the amount of cash available for distribution to unitholders
may be lower than if actual maintenance and replacement capital expenditures were deducted from operating surplus. If our board
of directors underestimates the appropriate level of estimated maintenance and replacement capital expenditures, we may have
less cash available for distribution in future periods when actual capital expenditures exceed our previous estimates.

If capital expenditures are financed through cash from operations or by issuing debt or equity securities, our ability to make
cash distributions may be diminished, our financial leverage could increase, or our unitholders may be diluted.

Use of cash from operations to expand or maintain our fleet reduces cash available for distribution to unitholders. Our ability
to obtain bank financing or to access the capital markets for future offerings may be limited by our financial condition at the time
of any such financing or offering as well as by adverse market conditions resulting from, among other things, general economic
conditions and contingencies and uncertainties that are beyond our control. Our failure to obtain the funds for future capital
expenditures could have a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition, results of operations and ability to make
cash distributions to our unitholders. Even if we are successful in obtaining necessary funds, the terms of such financings could
limit our ability to pay cash distributions to unitholders. In addition, incurring additional debt may significantly increase our
interest expense and financial leverage, and issuing additional equity securities may result in significant unitholder dilution and
would increase the aggregate amount of cash required to maintain our current level of quarterly distributions to unitholders, both
of which could have a material adverse effect on our ability to make cash distributions.

Our debt levels may limit our flexibility in obtaining additional financing, pursuing other business opportunities and paying
distributions to our unitholders.

As of December 31, 2020, we had consolidated debt of approximately $1,030.3 million. We have the ability to incur
additional debt. Please read “Item 5. Operating and Financial Review and Prospects—Liquidity and Capital Resources.” Our
level of debt could have important consequences to us, including the following:

●

our ability to obtain additional financing, if necessary, for working capital, capital expenditures, acquisitions or
other purposes may be impaired, or such financing may not be available on favorable terms;

● we will need a substantial portion of our cash flows to make principal and interest payments on our debt, reducing
the funds that would otherwise be available for operations, future business opportunities and distributions to
unitholders;

●

●

●

our debt level may make us more vulnerable than our competitors with less debt to competitive pressures or a
downturn in our industry or the economy generally;

our debt level may limit our flexibility in responding to changing business and economic conditions; and

if we are unable to satisfy the restrictions included in any of our financing agreements or are otherwise in default
under any of those agreements, as a result of our debt levels or otherwise, we will not be able to make cash
distributions to our unitholders, notwithstanding our stated cash distribution policy.

15

Table of Contents

Our ability to service our debt depends upon, among other things, our future financial and operating performance, which is
affected by prevailing economic conditions and financial, business, regulatory and other factors, some of which are beyond our
control. If our operating results are not sufficient to service our current or future indebtedness, we will be forced to take actions
such as reducing distributions, reducing or delaying our business activities, acquisitions, investments or capital expenditures,
selling assets, restructuring or refinancing our debt, or seeking additional equity capital or bankruptcy protection. We may not be
able to effect any of these remedies on satisfactory terms, or at all. In addition, the COVID-19 outbreak has negatively impacted,
and may continue to negatively impact, global economic activity, demand for energy and shipping and funds flows and sentiment
in the global financial markets. Continued economic disruption caused by the continued failure to control the spread of the virus
could significantly impact our ability to obtain additional debt financing.

Financing agreements containing operating and financial restrictions may restrict our business and financing activities.

The operating and financial restrictions and covenants in our financing agreements and any future financing agreements

could adversely affect our ability to finance future operations or capital needs or to engage, expand or pursue our business
activities. For example, the financing agreements may restrict the ability of us and our subsidiaries to:

●

●

incur or guarantee indebtedness;

change ownership or structure, including mergers, consolidations, liquidations and dissolutions;

● make dividends or distributions;

● make certain negative pledges and grant certain liens;

●

sell, transfer, assign or convey assets;

● make certain investments; and

●

enter into a new line of business.

In addition, our financing agreements require us to comply with certain financial ratios and tests, including, among others,

maintaining a minimum liquidity, maintaining positive working capital, ensuring that EBITDA exceeds interest payable,
maintaining a minimum collateral value, and maintaining a minimum book equity ratio. Our ability to comply with the
restrictions and covenants, including financial ratios and tests, contained in our financing agreements is dependent on future
performance and may be affected by events beyond our control, including prevailing economic, financial and industry conditions.
If market or other economic conditions deteriorate, our ability to comply with these covenants may be impaired.

If we are unable to comply with the restrictions and covenants in the agreements governing our indebtedness or in current or

future debt financing agreements, there could be a default under the terms of those agreements. If a default occurs under these
agreements, lenders could terminate their commitments to lend and/or accelerate the outstanding loans and declare all amounts
borrowed due and payable. This could lead to cross-defaults under other financing agreements and result in obligations becoming
due and commitments being terminated under such agreements. We have pledged our vessels as security for our outstanding
indebtedness. If our lenders were to foreclose on our vessels in the event of a default, this may adversely affect our ability to
finance future operations or capital needs or to engage in, expand or pursue our business activities. If any of these events occur,
we cannot guarantee that our assets will be sufficient to repay in full all of our outstanding indebtedness, and we may be unable
to find alternative financing. Even if we could obtain alternative financing, that financing might not be on terms that are favorable
or acceptable. Any of these events would adversely affect our ability to make cash distributions to our unitholders and cause a
decline in the market price of our common units. Please read “Item 5. Operating and Financial Review and Prospects—Liquidity
and Capital Resources.”

16

Table of Contents

Restrictions in our debt agreements may prevent us or our subsidiaries from paying distributions.

The payment of principal and interest on our debt reduces cash available for distribution to us and on our units. In addition,

our and our subsidiaries’ financing agreements prohibit the payment of distributions upon the occurrence of the following events,
among others:

●

●

●

●

●

●

●

●

●

●

failure to pay any principal, interest, fees, expenses or other amounts when due;

failure to notify the lenders of any material oil spill or discharge of hazardous material, or of any action or claim
related thereto;

breach or lapse of any insurance with respect to vessels securing the facilities;

breach of certain financial covenants;

failure to observe any other agreement, security instrument, obligation or covenant beyond specified cure periods in
certain cases;

default under other indebtedness;

bankruptcy or insolvency events;

failure of any representation or warranty to be correct;

a change of ownership, as defined in the applicable agreement; and

a material adverse change, as defined in the applicable agreement.

For more information regarding our financing agreements, please read “Item 5. Operating and Financial Review and

Prospects—Liquidity and Capital Resources.”

The failure to consummate or integrate acquisitions in a timely and cost-effective manner could have an adverse effect on our
financial condition and results of operations.

Acquisitions that expand our fleet are an important component of our strategy. We believe that acquisition opportunities may

arise from time to time, and any such acquisition could be significant. Any acquisition of a vessel or business may not be
profitable after the time of acquisition and may not generate cash flows sufficient to justify the investment. In addition, our
acquisition growth strategy exposes us to risks that may harm our business, financial condition, results of operations and ability to
make cash distributions to our unitholders, including risks that we may:

●

●

●

●

●

fail to realize anticipated benefits, such as new customer relationships, cost-savings or cash flow enhancements;

be unable to attract, hire, train or retain qualified shore and seafaring personnel to manage and operate our growing
business and fleet;

decrease our liquidity by using a significant portion of available cash or borrowing capacity to finance acquisitions;

significantly increase our interest expense or financial leverage if we incur additional debt to finance acquisitions;

incur or assume unanticipated liabilities, losses or costs associated with the business or vessels acquired; or

17

Table of Contents

●

incur other significant charges, such as impairment of goodwill or other intangible assets, asset devaluation or
restructuring charges.

In addition, unlike newbuilds, existing vessels typically do not carry warranties as to their condition. While we generally

inspect existing vessels prior to purchase, such an inspection would normally not provide us with as much knowledge of a
vessel’s condition as we would possess if it had been built for us and operated by us during its life. Repairs and maintenance
costs for existing vessels are difficult to predict and may be substantially higher than for vessels we have operated since they
were built. These costs could decrease our cash flows and reduce our liquidity.

Certain acquisition and investment opportunities may not result in the consummation of a transaction. In addition, we may

not be able to obtain acceptable terms for the required financing for any such acquisition or investment that arises. We cannot
predict the effect, if any, that any announcement or consummation of an acquisition would have on the trading price of our
common units. Our future acquisitions could present a number of risks, including the risk of incorrect assumptions regarding the
future results of acquired vessels or businesses or expected cost reductions or other synergies expected to be realized as a result of
acquiring vessels or businesses, the risk of failing to successfully and timely integrate the operations or management of any
acquired vessels or businesses and the risk of diverting management’s attention from existing operations or other priorities. We
may also be subject to additional costs related to compliance with various international laws in connection with such acquisition.
If we fail to consummate and integrate our acquisitions in a timely and cost-effective manner, our business, financial condition,
results of operations and cash available for distribution could be adversely affected.

Our charters are subject to early termination under certain circumstances and any such termination could have a material
adverse effect on our results of operations and cash available for distribution to unitholders.

As of March 18, 2021, our fleet consists of seventeen shuttle tankers. If any of our vessels are unable to generate revenues as
a result of the expiration or termination of its charter or sustained periods of off-hire time, our results of operations and financial
condition could be materially adversely affected. Each of our charters terminates automatically if the applicable vessel is lost or
missing or damage to the vessel results in a constructive total loss. The customer, under certain circumstances, may also have an
option to terminate a time charter if the vessel is requisitioned by any government for a period of time in excess of the time
period specified in the time charter or if at any time we are in default under the time charter. In addition, either party may usually
terminate a charter in the event of the outbreak of war between specified countries. Under our bareboat charters, the charter is
deemed terminated as of the date of any compulsory acquisition of the vessel or requisition for title by any governmental or other
competent authority. For more information regarding the termination of our charters, please read “Item 4. Information on the
Partnership—Business Overview—Charters—Termination.”

We may experience operational problems with vessels that reduce revenue and increase costs.

Shuttle tankers are complex and their operation is technically challenging. Marine transportation operations are subject to

mechanical risks and problems. Operational problems may lead to loss of revenue or higher than anticipated operating expenses
or require additional capital expenditures. Any of these results could harm our business, financial condition, results of operations
and ability to make cash distributions to our unitholders.

We currently derive all of our time charter and bareboat revenues from seven customers, and the loss of any such customers
could result in a significant loss of revenues and cash flow.

We currently derive all of our time charter and bareboat revenues from seven customers. For the year ended December 31,

2020, Brazil Shipping I Limited, a subsidiary of Royal Dutch Shell ("Shell"), Eni Trading and Shipping S.p.A. ("ENI"), Fronape
International Company, a subsidiary of Petrobras Transporte S.A. ("Transpetro"), Galp Sinopec Brazil Services B.V ("Galp"),
Repsol Sinopec Brasil, S.A. ("Repsol"), Vår Energi Marine AS a Norwegian subsidiary of Vår Energi AS ("Vår") (a joint venture
owned by ENI and a private equity investor) and Equinor Shipping Inc., a subsidiary of Equinor ASA (“Equinor”), accounted for
approximately 28%, 16%, 16%, 13%, 12%, 7%, and 6%, respectively, of our revenues.

18

Table of Contents

If we lose a key customer, we may be unable to obtain replacement long-term charters and may become subject to the
volatile spot market, which is highly competitive and subject to significant price fluctuations. In addition, if a customer exercises
its right to terminate a charter, we may be unable to re-charter such vessel on terms as favorable to us as those of the terminated
charter. The loss of any of our key customers could have a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition, results of
operations and ability to make cash distributions to our unitholder

Oil prices can be volatile, and this could affect the equity value of many of our customers. The combination of a reduction of

cash flow resulting from lower prices, a reduction in borrowing under related credit facilities and the limited or lack of
availability of debt or equity financing could potentially reduce the ability of our customers to make charter payments, which in
turn could harm our business, results of operations and financial condition. Additionally, at the end of a contractual term we
could lose one or more of our customers due to a variety of causes unrelated to our performance, including changes in customers
management or strategic exits from the offshore oil space or from regions in which we operate.

We depend on subsidiaries of KNOT to assist us in operating our businesses and competing in our markets.

We and our operating subsidiaries have entered into various services agreements with certain subsidiaries of KNOT,
including KNOT Management. Under these agreements the subsidiaries provide us with certain administrative, financial and
other services. Our operating subsidiaries are provided with substantially all of their crew, technical and commercial management
services (including vessel maintenance, periodic drydocking, cleaning and painting, performing work required by regulations and
human resources and financial services) and other advisory and technical services, including the sourcing of new contracts and
renewals of existing contracts. Our operational success and ability to execute our growth strategy depends significantly upon the
satisfactory performance of these services by the KNOT subsidiaries. Our business will be harmed if such subsidiaries fail to
perform these services satisfactorily or if they stop providing these services to us or our operating subsidiaries.

Our ability to compete to enter into new charters and expand our customer relationships depends largely on our ability to

leverage our relationship with KNOT and its reputation and relationships in the shipping industry. If KNOT suffers material
damage to its reputation or relationships, it may harm the ability of us or our subsidiaries to:

●

●

●

●

renew existing charters upon their expiration;

obtain new charters;

successfully contract with shipyards;

obtain financing on commercially acceptable terms; or

● maintain satisfactory relationships with suppliers and other third parties.

If our ability to do any of the things described above is impaired, it could have a materially adverse effect on our business,

financial condition, results of operations and ability to make cash distributions to our unitholders.

Our growth depends on continued growth in demand for shuttle tanker transportation services.

Our growth strategy focuses on expansion in the shuttle tanker sector. Accordingly, our growth depends on continued growth

in the demand for offshore oil transportation services. Factors beyond our control that affect the offshore oil transportation
industry may have a significant impact on our business, financial condition, results of operations and ability to make cash
distributions to our unitholders. Fluctuations in the hire rate we can charge our customers result from changes in the supply of
carrying capacity and demand for the crude oil carried. If a sustained period of reduced demand for crude oil and offshore oil
transportation services were to occur it would have a material adverse effect on our future growth and could harm our business,
results of operations and financial condition. The factors affecting supply and demand for shuttle tankers and supply and demand
for crude oil transported by shuttle tankers are outside of our control, and the nature, timing and degree of changes in industry
conditions are unpredictable.

19

Table of Contents

The factors that influence the demand for shuttle tanker capacity include, but are not limited to:

●

●

●

●

●

●

changes in the actual or projected price of oil, which could impact the exploration for or development of new
offshore oil fields or the production of oil at certain fields we service;

delayed production start on offshore fields under development;

levels of demand for and production of oil, which, among other things, is affected by competition from alternative
sources of energy, other factors making consumption of oil more or less attractive or energy conservation measures;

changes in the production of oil in areas linked by pipelines to consuming areas, the extension of existing, or the
development of new, pipeline systems in markets we may serve, or the conversion of existing non-oil pipelines to
oil pipelines in those markets;

changes in laws and regulations affecting the shuttle tanker industry;

global and regional economic and political conditions, particularly in oil-consuming regions, as well as
environmental concerns and regulations, which could impact the supply of oil and gas as well as the demand for
various types of vessels; and

●

changes in trading patterns, including changes in the distances that cargoes are transported.

The factors that influence the supply of shuttle tanker capacity include, but are not limited to:

●

●

●

●

the number of deliveries of new vessels under construction or on order;

the scrapping rate of older vessels;

oil and gas company policy with respect to technical vessel requirements; and

the number of vessels that are off-hire.

Declines in oil prices may adversely affect our growth prospects and results of operations.

If there is a persistent decline in oil prices, it may adversely affect our business, results of operations and financial condition

and our ability to make cash distributions, as a result of, among other things:

●

●

●

●
●

a reduction in exploration for or development of new offshore oil fields, or the delay or cancelation of existing
offshore projects as energy companies lower their capital expenditures budgets, which may reduce our growth
opportunities;
lower demand for shuttle tankers, which may reduce available charter rates and revenue to us upon redeployment of
our vessels following expiration or termination of existing contracts or upon the initial chartering of vessels;
customers potentially seeking to renegotiate or terminate existing vessel contracts, or failing to extend or renew
contracts upon expiration;
the inability or refusal of customers to make charter payments to us due to financial constraints or otherwise; or
declines in vessel values, which may result in losses to us upon vessel sales or impairment charges against our
earnings.

20

Table of Contents

Adverse conditions in the global economy or financial markets may impair our customers’ and suppliers’ ability to pay for our
services and could have a material adverse effect on our revenue, profitability and financial position.

We depend on our customers’ willingness and ability to fund operating and capital expenditures to provide crude oil shuttle
tankers for new or expanding offshore projects. Existing and future adverse economic conditions, including low oil prices, may
lead to a decline in our customers’ operations or ability to pay for our services, which could result in decreased demand for our
vessels. There has historically been a strong link between the development of the world economy and demand for energy,
including oil and natural gas. Particularly, an extended period of adverse development in the outlook for European countries or
Brazil could reduce the overall demand for our vessels and have a negative impact on our customers. Potential developments, or
market perceptions concerning these and related issues, could affect our business, financial position, results of operations and
ability to make cash distributions to our unitholders.

Global financial markets and economic conditions have been, and continue to be, volatile. Credit markets and the debt and
equity capital markets have been distressed and the uncertainty surrounding the future of the global credit markets has previously
resulted in reduced access to credit worldwide. Any global financial or credit crisis or disruption may further reduce the
availability of liquidity and credit to fund the continuation and expansion of industrial business operations worldwide. Such
deterioration of the worldwide economy could result in reduced demand for oil and natural gas, exploration and production
activity and transportation of oil and natural gas that could lead to a decrease in the hire rate earned by our vessels and a decrease
in new charter activity. In addition, any adverse development in the global financial markets or deterioration in economic
conditions might adversely impact our ability to issue additional equity at prices that will not be dilutive to our existing
unitholders or preclude us from issuing equity at all.

We also cannot be certain that additional financing will be available if needed and to the extent required, on acceptable terms
or at all. As a result of the disruptions in the credit markets and higher capital requirements, many lenders have increased margins
on lending rates, enacted tighter lending standards, required more restrictive terms (including higher collateral ratios for
advances, shorter maturities and smaller loan amounts), or have refused to refinance existing debt at all. Furthermore, certain
banks that have historically been significant lenders to the shipping industry have reduced or ceased lending activities in the
shipping industry. If additional financing is not available when needed, or is available only on unfavorable terms, we may be
unable to meet our obligations as they come due or we may be unable to expand our existing business, complete shuttle tanker
acquisitions or otherwise take advantage of business opportunities as they arise.

Furthermore, any uncertainty in the financial markets could have an impact on our customers and/or suppliers including,
among other things, causing them to fail to meet their obligations to us. Similarly, any shortage of credit could affect lenders
participating in our financing agreements, making them unable to fulfill their commitments and obligations to us. Any reductions
in activity owing to such conditions or failure by our customers, suppliers or lenders to meet their contractual obligations to us
could adversely affect our business, financial position, results of operation and ability to make cash distributions to our
unitholders.

The new economic and security relationship between the United Kingdom and the E.U. stemming from Brexit could adversely
impact us.

On June 23, 2016, in a referendum vote commonly referred to as "Brexit," a majority of British voters voted to exit the
European Union ("EU") and on January 31, 2020, the U.K. formally exited the EU. This resulted in a transition period that ended
on December 31, 2020 during which the E.U.-U.K. trade relationship did not change. During the transition period, the E.U. and
the U.K. negotiated their new economic and security relationship, including a new agreement on trade. The transition lasted until
January 1, 2021, at which point a new trade agreement took effect. On December 24, 2020, the European Commission reached a
trade agreement with the U.K. on the terms of its future cooperation with the E.U. (the “Trade Agreement”). The Trade
Agreement offers U.K. and EU companies preferential access to each other’s markets, ensuring imported goods covered by the
Agreement will generally be free of tariffs and quotas; however, economic relations between the U.K. and the EU will now be on
more restricted terms than existed previously.

21

Table of Contents

The Trade Agreement does not incorporate the full scope of the services sector, and businesses such as banking and finance
face a further period of uncertainty. The U.K. and EU plan to put in place a regulatory dialogue on financial services based on a
separate memorandum of understanding by March 2021. It is unclear what long-term economic, financial, trade and legal
implications the withdrawal of the U.K. from the EU will have and how such withdrawal may affect our business.

Our growth depends on our ability to expand relationships with existing customers and obtain new customers, for which we
face substantial competition.

One of our principal objectives is to enter into additional long-term, fixed-rate charters. The process of obtaining new long-

term charters is highly competitive, usually involving an intensive screening process and competitive bids and extending for
several months. Shuttle tanker charters are awarded based upon a variety of factors relating to the vessel operator, including:

●

●

●

●

●

industry relationships and reputation for customer service and safety;

experience and quality of ship operations;

quality, experience and technical capability of the crew;

relationships with shipyards and the ability to get suitable berths;

construction management experience, including the ability to obtain on-time delivery of new vessels according to
customer specifications;

● willingness to accept operational risks pursuant to the charter, among other things such as allowing termination of

the charter for force majeure events; and

●

competitiveness of the bid in terms of overall price.

Our ability to win new charters depends upon a number of factors, including our ability to:

●

●

●

●

●

leverage our relationship with KNOT and its reputation and relationships in the shipping industry;

successfully manage our liquidity and obtain the necessary financing to fund our growth;

attract, hire, train and retain qualified personnel and ship management companies to manage and operate our fleet;

identify and consummate desirable acquisitions, joint ventures or strategic alliances; and

identify and capitalize on opportunities in new markets.

We expect substantial competition for providing services for potential shuttle tanker projects from a number of experienced
companies. This increased competition may cause greater price competition for charters. As a result of these factors, we may be
unable to expand our relationships with existing customers or to obtain new customers on a profitable basis, if at all, which would
have a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition, results of operations and ability to make cash distributions to
our unitholders.

22

Table of Contents

An increase in the global supply of shuttle tanker capacity without a commensurate increase in demand may have an adverse
effect on hire rates and the values of our vessels, which could have a material adverse effect on our business, financial
condition, results of operations and ability to make cash distributions to our unitholders.

The supply of shuttle tankers in the industry is affected by, among other things, assessments of the demand for these vessels
by oil companies. Any over-estimation of demand for vessels may result in an excess supply of new shuttle tankers. This may, in
the long term when existing contracts expire, result in lower hire rates and depress the values of our vessels. In such an event, our
business, financial condition, results of operations and ability to make cash distributions to our unitholders may be adversely
affected.

During periods of high utilization and high hire rates, industry participants may increase the supply of shuttle tankers by
ordering the construction of new vessels. This may result in an over-supply of shuttle tankers and may cause a subsequent decline
in utilization and hire rates when the vessels enter the market. Lower utilization and hire rates could adversely affect revenues
and profitability. Prolonged periods of low utilization and hire rate could also result in the recognition of impairment charges on
shuttle tankers if future cash flow estimates, based upon information available at the time, indicate that the carrying value of these
shuttle tankers may not be recoverable. Such impairment charge may cause lenders to accelerate loan payments under our
financing agreements, which could adversely affect our business, financial condition, results of operations and ability to make
cash distributions to our unitholders.

The required drydocking of our vessels could be more expensive and time consuming than we anticipate, which could
adversely affect our cash available for distribution to unitholders.

We must periodically drydock each of our vessels for inspection, repairs and maintenance and any modifications required to

comply with industry certification or governmental requirements. Generally, we drydock each vessel every 60 months until the
vessel is 15 years old and every 30 months thereafter. The required drydocking of our vessels could be more expensive and time
consuming than we anticipate, which could adversely affect our cash available for distribution. The drydocking of our vessels
requires significant capital expenditures and results in loss of revenue while our vessels are off-hire. Any significant increase in
the number of days of off-hire due to such drydocking or in the costs of any repairs could have a material adverse effect on our
ability to pay distributions to our unitholders. Although we do not anticipate that more than one of the vessels in our current fleet
will be out of service at any given time, we may underestimate the time required to drydock any of our vessels or unanticipated
problems may arise. If more than one of our vessels is required to be out of service at the same time, if a vessel is drydocked
longer than expected or if the cost of repairs during drydocking is greater than budgeted, our cash available for distribution to
unitholders could be adversely affected.

We may be unable to re-charter our vessels upon termination or expiration of their existing charters.

We are dependent upon charters for our vessels to generate revenues and we may be adversely affected if we fail to renew or

are unsuccessful in winning new charters, or if our existing charters are terminated. Our ability to re-charter our shuttle tankers
following expiration of existing charters and the rates payable upon any renewal or replacement charters depends upon, among
other things, the state of the shuttle tanker market. For example, an oversupply of shuttle tankers can significantly reduce their
charter rates. A termination or renegotiation of our existing charters or a failure to secure new employment at the expiration of
our current charters may have a negative effect on our business, financial condition, results of operations and ability to make cash
distributions to our unitholders.

Compliance with safety and other vessel requirements imposed by classification societies may be very costly and may adversely
affect our business.

The hull and machinery of every large, oceangoing commercial vessel must be classed by a classification society authorized
by its country of registry. The classification society certifies that a vessel is safe and seaworthy in accordance with the applicable
rules and regulations of the country of registry of the vessel and the International Convention for Safety of Life at Sea
(“SOLAS”). All our vessels are certified either by DNV GL Group AS (“DNV GL”) or by the American Bureau of Shipping
(“ABS”).

23

Table of Contents

As part of the certification process, a vessel must undergo annual surveys, intermediate surveys and special surveys. In lieu

of a special survey, a vessel’s machinery may be on a continuous survey cycle, under which the machinery would be surveyed
periodically over a five-year period. Each of the vessels in our existing fleet is on a planned maintenance system approval, and as
such the classification society attends onboard once every year to verify that the maintenance of the equipment onboard is done
correctly. Each of the vessels in our existing fleet is required to be qualified within its respective classification society for
drydocking once every five years subject to an intermediate underwater survey done using an approved diving company in the
presence of a surveyor from the classification society.

If any vessel does not maintain its class or fails any annual survey, intermediate survey or special survey, the vessel will be
unable to trade between certain ports and will be unemployable. We would lose revenue while the vessel was off-hire and incur
costs of compliance. This would negatively impact our revenues and reduce our cash available for distribution to unitholders.

The value of our vessels may decline, which could adversely affect our operating results.

Vessel values for shuttle tankers can fluctuate substantially over time due to a number of different factors, including:

●

●

●

●

●

the cost of newbuildings;

prevailing economic conditions in oil and energy markets;

a substantial or extended decline in demand for oil;

increases in the supply of vessel capacity;

the cost of retrofitting or modifying existing vessels, as a result of technological advances in vessel design or
equipment, changes in applicable environmental or other regulations or standards, or otherwise; and

●

a decrease in oil reserves in the fields and other fields in which our shuttle tankers might otherwise be deployed.

If operation of a vessel is not profitable, or if we cannot redeploy a vessel at attractive rates upon termination of its charter,

rather than continue to incur costs to maintain and finance the vessel, we may seek to dispose of it. Our inability to dispose of the
vessel at a reasonable value could result in a loss on its sale and adversely affect our business, financial condition, results of
operations and ability to make cash distributions to our unitholders. Additionally, lenders may accelerate loan repayments should
there be a loss in the market value of our vessels. Such repayment could adversely affect our business, financial condition, results
of operations and ability to make cash distributions to our unitholders.

Further, if we determine at any time that a vessel’s future useful life and earnings require us to impair its value on our
financial statements, we may need to recognize a significant charge against our earnings. We review vessels and equipment for
impairment whenever events or changes in circumstances indicate the carrying value of an asset may not be recoverable, which
occurs when the asset’s carrying value is greater than the future undiscounted cash flows the asset is expected to generate over its
remaining useful life.

24

Table of Contents

Climate change and greenhouse gas restrictions may adversely impact our operations and markets.

Due to concern over the risk of climate change, a number of countries and the International Maritime Organization (the 

"IMO"), the United Nations agency that regulates international shipping, have adopted, or are considering the adoption of, 
regulatory frameworks to reduce greenhouse gas emissions from vessels. These regulatory measures include, among others, 
adoption of cap and trade regimes, carbon taxes, increased efficiency standards and incentives or mandates for renewable energy. 
The Paris Agreement, which was announced by the Parties to the United Nations Framework Convention on Climate Change in 
December 2015, does not cover international shipping. However, in 2018, the IMO adopted an initial strategy designed to reduce 
the emission of greenhouse gases from vessels, including short-term, mid-term and long-term candidate measures with a vision of 
reducing and phasing out greenhouse gas emissions from vessels as soon as possible in the 21st century (“IMO GHG Strategy”). 
In November 2020, the Marine Environment Protection Committee (“MEPC”) of the IMO agreed to draft amendments to Annex 
VI of the 1973 International Convention for the Prevention of Pollution from Ships (“MARPOL”) that would establish an 
enforceable regulatory framework to reduce greenhouse gas emissions from international shipping, consisting of technical and 
operational carbon reduction measures. These measures include use of an Energy Efficiency Existing Ship Index, an operational 
Carbon Intensity Indicator and an enhanced Ship Energy Efficiency Management Plan to drive reductions in the carbon intensity. 
This regulatory approach is consistent with the IMO GHG Strategy target of a 40% carbon intensity reduction for international 
shipping by 2030, as compared to 2008. The draft MARPOL Annex VI amendments will be proposed for formal adoption at the 
2021 MEPC session and, once adopted, are expected to enter into force on January 1, 2023. Compliance with changes in laws, 
regulations and obligations relating to climate change could increase our costs related to operating and maintaining our vessels 
and require us to install new emission controls, acquire allowances or pay taxes related to our greenhouse gas emissions or 
administer and manage a greenhouse gas emissions program. Revenue generation and strategic growth opportunities may also be 
adversely affected.

Adverse effects upon the oil industry relating to climate change, including growing public concern about the environmental

and other impacts of climate change, may also adversely affect demand for our shuttle tanker services. Although we do not
expect that demand for oil will lessen dramatically over the short or mid-term, in the long-term climate change mitigation
considerations may reduce the demand for oil and increased regulation of greenhouse gases may create greater incentives for use
of alternative energy sources. Any long-term material adverse effect on the oil industry could have a significant financial and
operational adverse impact on our business that we cannot predict with certainty at this time.

Our international operations expose us to political, governmental and economic instability, which could harm our operations.

Our operations are conducted in various countries, and they may be affected by economic, political and governmental

conditions in the countries where we engage in business or where our vessels are registered. Any disruption caused by these
factors could harm our business, including by reducing the levels of oil exploration, development and production activities in
these areas. We may derive some of our revenues from shipping oil from politically unstable regions. Conflicts in these regions
have included attacks on ships and other efforts to disrupt shipping. Hostilities or other political instability in regions where we
operate or where we may operate could have a material adverse effect on the growth of our business, financial condition, results
of operations and ability to make cash distributions to our unitholders. In addition, tariffs, trade embargoes and other economic
sanctions by the United States or other countries as a result of terrorist attacks, hostilities or otherwise may limit trading activities
with those countries, which could also harm our business, financial condition, results of operations and ability to make cash
distributions to our unitholders. Finally, a government could requisition one or more of our vessels, which is most likely during
war or national emergency. Any such requisition would cause a loss of the vessel and/or a termination of the charter and could
harm our business, financial condition, results of operations and ability to make cash distributions to our unitholders.

25

Table of Contents

Marine transportation is inherently risky, particularly in the extreme conditions in which our vessels operate. An incident
involving significant loss of product or environmental contamination by any of our vessels could harm our reputation and
business.

Vessels and their cargoes and the oil production facilities we service are at risk of being damaged or lost because of events

such as:

● marine disasters;

●

bad weather;

● mechanical failures;

●

●

●

grounding, capsizing, fire, explosions and collisions;

piracy;

human error; and

● war and terrorism.

Harsh weather conditions in the North Sea and other regions in which our vessels operate may increase the risk of collisions,

oil spills or mechanical failures.

An accident involving any of our vessels could result in any of the following:

●

●

●

●

●

●

●

death or injury to persons, loss of property or damage to the environment and natural resources;

delays in the delivery of cargo;

loss of revenues from charters;

liabilities or costs to recover any spilled oil or other petroleum products and to restore the ecosystem affected by the
spill;

governmental fines, penalties or restrictions on conducting business;

higher insurance rates; and

damage to our reputation and customer relationships generally.

Any of these results could have a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition, results of operations and
ability to make cash distributions to our unitholders. In addition, any damage to, or environmental contamination involving, oil
production facilities serviced could suspend that service and result in loss of revenues.

Our insurance may not be sufficient to cover losses that may occur to our property or as a result of our operations.

The operation of shuttle tankers is inherently risky. All risks may not be adequately insured against, and any particular claim

may not be paid by insurance. Any claims relating to our operations covered by insurance would be subject to deductibles, and
since it is possible that a large number of claims may be brought, the aggregate amount of these deductibles could be material.
Certain insurance is maintained through mutual protection and indemnity associations (“P&I clubs”), and as a member of such
associations we may be required to make additional payments over and above budgeted premiums if member claims exceed
association reserves.

26

Table of Contents

We may be unable to procure adequate insurance at commercially reasonable rates in the future. For example, more stringent

environmental regulations have led in the past to increased costs for, and in the future may result in the lack of availability of,
insurance against risks of environmental damage or pollution. A catastrophic oil spill or marine disaster could exceed the
insurance, and any uninsured or underinsured loss could harm our business, financial condition, results of operations and ability
to make cash distributions to our unitholders. In addition, the insurance may be voidable by the insurers as a result of certain
actions, such as vessels failing to maintain certification with applicable maritime self-regulatory organizations.

Changes in the insurance markets attributable to terrorist attacks may also make certain types of insurance more difficult to

obtain. In addition, the insurance that may be available may be significantly more expensive than existing coverage.

Terrorist attacks, piracy, increased hostilities or war could lead to further economic instability, increased costs and disruption
of business.

Terrorist attacks, piracy and the current conflicts in the Middle East, and other current and future conflicts, may adversely

affect our business, financial condition, results of operations and ability to raise capital and future growth. Continuing hostilities
in the Middle East may lead to additional armed conflicts or to further acts of terrorism and civil disturbance in the United States
or elsewhere, which may contribute further to economic instability and disruption of oil production and distribution, which could
result in reduced demand for our services.

In addition, oil production facilities, shipyards, vessels, pipelines, oil fields or other infrastructure could be targets of future

terrorist attacks and our vessels could be targets of pirates or hijackers. Any such attacks could lead to, among other things,
bodily injury or loss of life, vessel or other property damage, increased vessel operational costs, including insurance costs, and
the inability to transport oil to or from certain locations. Terrorist attacks, war, piracy, hijacking or other events beyond our
control that adversely affect the distribution, production or transportation of oil to be shipped by us could entitle customers to
terminate their charters, which would harm our business, financial condition, results of operations and ability to make cash
distributions to our unitholders.

Acts of piracy on ocean-going vessels could adversely affect our business, financial condition, results of operations and ability
to make cash distributions to our unitholders.

Acts of piracy have historically affected ocean-going vessels trading in regions of the world such as the South China Sea and
the Gulf of Aden off the coast of Somalia. If such piracy attacks result in regions in which our vessels are deployed being named
on the Joint War Committee Listed Areas, war-risk insurance premiums payable for such coverage could increase significantly
and such insurance coverage might become more difficult to obtain. In addition, crew costs, including costs that may be incurred
to the extent we employ onboard security guards, could increase in such circumstances. We may not be adequately insured to
cover losses from these incidents, which could have a material adverse effect on us. In addition, hijacking as a result of an act of
piracy against our vessels, or an increase in cost or unavailability of insurance for our vessels, could have a material adverse
impact on our business, financial condition, results of operations and ability to make cash distributions to our unitholders.

Vessels transporting oil are subject to substantial environmental and other regulations, which may significantly limit
operations or increase expenses.

Our operations are affected by extensive and changing international, national and local environmental protection laws,
regulations, treaties and conventions in force in international waters and the jurisdictional waters of the countries in which our
vessels operate, as well as the countries of our vessels’ registration, including those governing oil spills, air emissions, discharges
to water and the handling and disposal of hazardous substances and wastes. Many of these requirements are designed to reduce
the risk of oil spills and other pollution. Additional requirements may take effect or be adopted in the future that could limit
operations or further increase expenses. For example, under IMO’s MARPOL Annex VI, effective January 1, 2020, absent the
installation of expensive sulfur scrubbers to meet reduced emission requirements for sulfur, the maximum sulfur content in fuels
used by the marine sector in all seas, including our vessels, was lowered from 3.5% to 0.5% sulfur. These low sulfur fuel
requirements are generally referred to as IMO 2020.

27

Table of Contents

In addition, we believe that the heightened environmental, safety and security concerns of insurance underwriters, regulators

and charterers will generally lead to additional regulatory requirements, including enhanced risk assessment and security
requirements and greater inspection and safety requirements on vessels. These requirements are likely to add incremental costs to
our operations and the failure to comply with these requirements may affect the ability of our vessels to obtain the required
certificates for entry into the different ports where we operate and could also impact our ability to obtain insurance. We expect to
incur substantial expenses in complying with these laws and regulations, including expenses for vessel modifications and changes
in operating procedures.

These requirements can affect the resale value or useful lives of our vessels, require a reduction in cargo capacity, ship
modifications or operational changes or restrictions, lead to decreased availability of insurance coverage for environmental
matters or result in the denial of access to certain jurisdictional waters or ports or detention in certain ports.

Under local, national and foreign laws, as well as international treaties and conventions, we could incur material liabilities,

including cleanup obligations, natural resource damage claims and fines and penalties in the event that there is a release of
petroleum or hazardous substances from our vessels or otherwise in connection with our operations. We could also become
subject to personal injury or property damage claims relating to the release of petroleum or hazardous substances associated with
our operations. In addition, oil spills and failure to comply with applicable laws and regulations may result in administrative and
civil penalties, criminal sanctions or the suspension or termination of our operations, including, in certain instances, seizure or
detention of our vessels. Please read “Item 4. Information on the Partnership—Business Overview—Environmental and Other
Regulation.”

Exposure to currency exchange rate fluctuations results in fluctuations in cash flows and operating results.

Our reporting currency and the functional currency of our operating subsidiaries is the U.S. Dollar. Certain of our operating

subsidiaries are party to technical management agreements with KNOT Management, which govern the crew, technical and
commercial management of the vessels in our fleet. Under the technical management agreements, KNOT Management is paid for
reasonable direct and indirect expenses incurred in providing the services, including operating expenses relating to our fleet. A
majority of the operating expenses are in currencies other than the U.S. Dollar. Fluctuating exchange rates may result in increased
payments by us under the services agreements if the strength of the U.S. Dollar declines relative to such other currencies.

Many seafaring employees are covered by collective bargaining agreements and the failure to renew those agreements or any
future labor agreements may disrupt operations and adversely affect our business, financial condition, results of operations
and ability to make cash distributions to our unitholders.

A significant portion of seafarers that crew certain of our vessels are employed under collective bargaining agreements. We

and our operating subsidiaries may become subject to additional labor agreements in the future. We and our operating
subsidiaries may suffer labor disruptions if relationships deteriorate with the seafarers or the unions that represent them. The
collective bargaining agreements may not prevent labor disruptions, particularly when the agreements are being renegotiated.
Salaries for seafarers are typically renegotiated annually or bi-annually, and higher compensation levels will increase our costs of
operations. Although these negotiations have not caused labor disruptions in the past, any future labor disruptions could harm our
operations and could have a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition, results of operations and ability to make
cash distributions to our unitholders.

KNOT may on our behalf be unable to attract and retain qualified, skilled employees or crew necessary to operate our
business or may have to pay substantially increased costs for its employees and crew, including due to disruptions caused by
COVID-19.

Our success depends in large part on KNOT’s ability to attract, hire, train and retain highly skilled and qualified personnel.
In crewing our vessels, we require technically skilled employees with specialized training who can perform physically demanding
work. Competition to attract, hire, train and retain qualified crew members is intense, and crew manning costs continue to
increase. If we are not able to increase our hire rates to compensate for any crew cost increases, our business, financial condition,
results of operations and ability to make cash distributions to our unitholders

28

Table of Contents

may be adversely affected. Furthermore, should there be an outbreak of COVID-19 on board, adequate crewing my not be
available to fulfill the obligations under our contracts. Due to COVID-19, we could face (i) difficulty in finding healthy qualified
replacement officers and crew; (ii) local or international transport or quarantine restrictions limiting the ability to transfer infected
crew members off the vessel or bring new crew on board, or (iii) restrictions in availability of supplies needed on board due to
disruptions to third-party suppliers or transportation alternatives. Any inability we experience in the future to attract, hire, train
and retain a sufficient number of qualified employees could impair our ability to manage, maintain and grow our business.

Maritime claimants could arrest our vessels, which could interrupt our cash flow.

If we are in default on some kinds of obligations, such as those to our lenders, crew members, suppliers of goods and

services to our vessels or shippers of cargo, these parties may be entitled to a maritime lien against one or more of our vessels. In
many jurisdictions, a maritime lien holder may enforce its lien by arresting a vessel through foreclosure proceedings. In a few
jurisdictions, claimants could try to assert “sister ship” liability against one vessel in our fleet for claims relating to another of our
vessels. The arrest or attachment of one or more of our vessels could interrupt our cash flows and require us to pay to have the
arrest lifted. Under some of our present charters, if the vessel is arrested or detained as a result of a claim against us, we may be
in default of our charter and the charterer may terminate the charter. This would negatively impact our revenues and reduce our
cash available for distribution to unitholders.

Lack of diversification and adverse developments in the shuttle tanker market or the conventional oil tanker market would
negatively impact our results.

Although our vessels are also able to operate as conventional oil tankers, we are focused on dynamic positioning shuttle
tankers. Due to our lack of diversification, any adverse development in the shuttle tanker market and/or the conventional oil
tanker market could have a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition, results of operations and ability to make
cash distributions to our unitholders.

If in the future our business activities involve countries, entities and individuals that are subject to restrictions imposed by the
U.S. or other governments, we could be subject to enforcement action and our reputation and the market for our common
units could be adversely affected.

The tightening of U.S. sanctions in recent years has affected non-U.S. companies. In particular, sanctions against Iran have
been significantly expanded. In 2012, for example, the U.S. signed into law the Iran Threat Reduction and Syria Human Rights
Act of 2012 (“TRA”), which placed further restrictions on the ability of non-U.S. companies to do business or trade with Iran and
Syria. A major provision in the TRA is that issuers of securities must disclose to the SEC in their annual and quarterly reports
filed after February 6, 2013 if the issuer or “any affiliate” has “knowingly” engaged in certain activities involving Iran during the
timeframe covered by the report. This disclosure obligation is broad in scope in that it requires the reporting of activity that
would not be considered a violation of U.S. sanctions as well as violative conduct and is not subject to a materiality threshold.
The SEC publishes these disclosures on its website and the President of the United States must initiate an investigation in
response to all disclosures.

In addition to the sanctions against Iran, the U.S. also has sanctions that target other countries, entities and individuals. These
sanctions have certain extraterritorial effects that need to be considered by non-U.S. companies. It should also be noted that other
governments have implemented versions of U.S. sanctions. We believe that we are in compliance with all applicable sanctions
and embargo laws and regulations imposed by the U.S., the United Nations or EU countries and intend to maintain such
compliance. However, there can be no assurance that we will be in compliance in the future, particularly as the scope of certain
laws may be unclear and may be subject to changing interpretations. Any such violation could result in fines or other penalties
and could result in some investors deciding, or being required, to divest their interest, or not to invest, in our common units.
Additionally, some investors may decide to divest their interest, or not to invest, in our common units simply because we may do
business with companies that do business in sanctioned countries. Investor perception of the value of our common units may also
be adversely affected by the consequences of war, the effects of terrorism, civil unrest and governmental actions in these and
surrounding countries.

29

Table of Contents

Failure to comply with the U.S. Foreign Corrupt Practices Act, the U.K. Bribery Act, the anti-corruption provisions in the
Norwegian Criminal Code and other anti-bribery legislation in other jurisdictions could result in fines, criminal penalties,
contract termination and an adverse effect on our business.

We may operate in a number of countries throughout the world, including countries known to have a reputation for

corruption. We are committed to doing business in accordance with applicable anti-corruption laws and have adopted a code of
business conduct and ethics. We are subject, however, to the risk that we, our affiliated entities or our or their respective officers,
directors, employees and agents may take actions determined to be in violation of anti-corruption laws, including the U.S.
Foreign Corrupt Practices Act of 1977, the Bribery Act 2010 of the Parliament of the United Kingdom and the anti-corruption
provisions of the Norwegian Criminal Code of 1902. Any such violation could result in substantial fines, sanctions, civil and/or
criminal penalties, curtailment of operations in certain jurisdictions, and might adversely affect our business, results of operations
or financial condition. In addition, actual or alleged violations could damage our reputation and ability to do business.
Furthermore, detecting, investigating, and resolving actual or alleged violations is expensive and could consume significant time
and attention of our senior management.

A cyber-attack could materially disrupt our business.

We rely on information technology systems and networks, the majority of which are provided by KNOT Management, in our

operations and the administration of our business. Our operations could be targeted by individuals or groups seeking to sabotage
or disrupt our information technology systems and networks, or to steal data. A successful cyber-attack could materially disrupt
our operations, including the safety of our operations, or lead to unauthorized release of information or alteration of information
on our systems. Any such attack or other breach of our information technology systems could have a material adverse effect on
our business, results of operations, financial condition, our reputation, or cash flows. We may be required to incur additional
costs to modify or enhance our information technology systems or to prevent or remediate any such attacks.

Our business is subject to complex and evolving laws, directives and regulations regarding privacy and data protection.

We are subject to laws, directives, and regulations relating to the collection, use, retention, disclosure, security and transfer
of personal data (“data protection laws”). These data protection laws, and their interpretation and enforcement, continue to evolve
and may be inconsistent from jurisdiction to jurisdiction. For example, the General Data Protection Regulation (“GDPR”), which
regulates the use of personally identifiable information, went into effect in the EU (“EU”) on May 25, 2018, applies globally to
all of our activities conducted from an establishment in the EU, to related products and services that we offer to EU customers
and to non-EU customers which offer services in the EU. Complying with the GDPR and similar emerging and changing data
protection laws may cause us to incur substantial costs or require us to change our business practices. Noncompliance, or
perceived noncompliance, with our legal obligations relating to data protection laws could result in penalties, fines, legal
proceedings by governmental entities or others, loss of reputation, legal claims by individuals and customers and significant legal
and financial exposure and could affect our ability to retain and attract customers. As noted above, we are also subject to the
possibility of cyber attacks, which themselves may result in a violation of these laws.

Risks Inherent in an Investment in Us

KNOT and its affiliates may compete with us.

Pursuant to the omnibus agreement we entered into with KNOT at the time of our IPO (the “Omnibus Agreement”), KNOT

and its controlled affiliates (other than us, our general partner and our subsidiaries) generally have agreed not to acquire, own,
operate or charter certain shuttle tankers operating under charters of five years or more. The Omnibus Agreement, however,
contains significant exceptions that may allow KNOT or any of its controlled affiliates to compete with us, which could harm our
business. Please read “Item 7. Major Unitholders and Related Party Transactions—Related Party Transactions—Omnibus
Agreement—Noncompetition.”

30

Table of Contents

Unitholders have limited voting rights, and our partnership agreement restricts the voting rights of Norwegian Resident
Holders and unitholders owning more than 4.9% of our common units.

Unlike the holders of common stock in a corporation, holders of common units have only limited voting rights on matters

affecting our business. We hold a meeting of the limited partners every year to elect one or more members of our board of
directors and to vote on any other matters that are properly brought before the meeting. Common unitholders are entitled to elect
only four of the seven members of our board of directors. The elected directors are elected on a staggered basis and generally
serve for four-year terms. Our general partner in its sole discretion appoints the remaining three directors and sets the terms for
which those directors serve. Our partnership agreement also contains provisions limiting the ability of unitholders to call
meetings or to acquire information about our operations, as well as other provisions limiting our unitholders’ ability to influence
the manner or direction of management. Unitholders have no right to elect our general partner, and our general partner may not
be removed except by a vote of the holders of at least 662/3% of the outstanding common units, including any units owned by our
general partner and its affiliates, voting together as a single class.

Our partnership agreement further restricts unitholders’ voting rights by providing that Norwegian Resident Holders are not
eligible to vote in the election of elected directors. Further, if any person or group owns beneficially more than 4.9% of any class
of units then outstanding, any such units owned by that person or group in excess of 4.9% may not be voted on any matter and are
not considered to be outstanding when sending notices of a meeting of unitholders, calculating required votes (except for
purposes of nominating a person for election to our board of directors), determining the presence of a quorum or for other similar
purposes, unless required by law. The voting rights of any unitholders not entitled to vote on a specific matter are effectively
redistributed pro rata among the other common unitholders. Our general partner, its affiliates and persons who acquire common
units with the prior approval of our board of directors are not subject to the 4.9% limitation except with respect to voting their
common units in the election of the elected directors.

KNOT and its affiliates own a substantial interest in us and have conflicts of interest and limited fiduciary and contractual
duties to us and our common unitholders, which may permit them to favor their own interests to the detriment of our
unitholders.

As of March 18, 2021, KNOT owned 26.2% of our common units and owned and controlled our general partner, which
owns a 1.85% general partner interest in us and 0.3% of our common units. Certain of our directors are directors of KNOT or its
affiliates, and, as such, they have fiduciary duties to KNOT or its affiliates that may cause them to pursue business strategies that
disproportionately benefit KNOT or its affiliates or which otherwise are not in the best interests of us or our unitholders.
Conflicts of interest may arise between KNOT and its affiliates (including our general partner), on the one hand, and us and our
unitholders, on the other hand. As a result of these conflicts, our general partner and its affiliates may favor their own interests
over the interests of our unitholders. Please read “—Our partnership agreement limits our general partner’s and our directors’
fiduciary duties to our unitholders and restricts the remedies available to unitholders for actions taken by our general partner or
our directors.” These conflicts include, among others, the following situations:

●

●

neither our partnership agreement nor any other agreement requires our general partner or KNOT or its affiliates to
pursue a business strategy that favors us or utilizes our assets, and KNOT’s officers and directors have a fiduciary
duty to make decisions in the best interests of the shareholders of KNOT, which may be contrary to our interests;

our partnership agreement permits our general partner to make a number of decisions in its individual capacity, as
opposed to in its capacity as our general partner. Specifically, our general partner is considered to be acting in its
individual capacity if it exercises its call right, pre-emptive rights or registration rights, consents or withholds
consent to any merger or consolidation of the Partnership, appoints any directors or votes for the election of any
director, votes or refrains from voting on amendments to our partnership agreement that require a vote of the
outstanding units, voluntarily withdraws from the Partnership, transfers (to the extent permitted under our
partnership agreement) or refrains from transferring its units or general partner interest or votes upon the
dissolution of the Partnership;

31

Table of Contents

●

●

●

●

●

our general partner and our directors have limited their liabilities and reduced their fiduciary duties under the laws
of the Marshall Islands, while also restricting the remedies available to our unitholders, and, as a result of
purchasing common units, unitholders are treated as having agreed to the modified standard of fiduciary duties and
to certain actions that may be taken by our general partner and our directors, all as set forth in our partnership
agreement;

our general partner is entitled to reimbursement of all reasonable costs incurred by it and its affiliates for our
benefit;

our partnership agreement does not restrict us from paying our general partner or its affiliates for any services
rendered to us on terms that are fair and reasonable or entering into additional contractual arrangements with any of
these entities on our behalf;

our general partner may exercise its right to call and purchase our common units if it and its affiliates own more
than 80.0% of our common units; and

our general partner is not obligated to obtain a fairness opinion regarding the value of the common units to be
repurchased by it upon the exercise of its limited call right.

Although a majority of our directors have been elected by common unitholders, our general partner has substantial influence

on decisions made by our board of directors. Please read “Item 7. Major Unitholders and Related Party Transactions.”

Our partnership agreement limits our general partner’s and our directors’ fiduciary duties to our unitholders and restricts the
remedies available to unitholders for actions taken by our general partner or our directors.

Our partnership agreement provides that our general partner irrevocably delegates to our board of directors the authority to

oversee and direct our operations, management and policies on an exclusive basis, and such delegation is binding on any
successor general partner of the Partnership. Our partnership agreement also contains provisions that reduce the standards to
which our general partner and directors would otherwise be held by Marshall Islands law. For example, our partnership
agreement:

●

●

●

permits our general partner to make a number of decisions in its individual capacity, as opposed to in its capacity as
our general partner. Where our partnership agreement permits, our general partner may consider only the interests
and factors that it desires, and in such cases it has no fiduciary duty or obligation to give any consideration to any
interest of, or factors affecting us, our affiliates or our unitholders. Decisions made by our general partner in its
individual capacity are made by its board of directors, which is appointed by KNOT. Specifically, pursuant to our
partnership agreement, our general partner is considered to be acting in its individual capacity if it exercises its call
right, pre-emptive rights or registration rights, consents or withholds consent to any merger or consolidation of the
Partnership, appoints any directors or votes for the election of any director, votes or refrains from voting on
amendments to our partnership agreement that require a vote of the outstanding units, voluntarily withdraws from
the Partnership, transfers (to the extent permitted under our partnership agreement) or refrains from transferring its
units or general partner interest or votes upon the dissolution of the Partnership;

provides that our general partner and our directors are entitled to make other decisions in “good faith” if they
reasonably believe that the decision is in our best interests;

generally provides that affiliated transactions and resolutions of conflicts of interest not approved by the conflicts
committee of our board of directors and not involving a vote of unitholders must be on terms no less favorable to us
than those generally being provided to or available from unrelated third parties or be “fair and reasonable” to us and
that, in determining whether a transaction or resolution is “fair and reasonable,” our board of directors may consider
the totality of the relationships between the parties involved, including other transactions that may be particularly
advantageous or beneficial to us; and

32

Table of Contents

●

provides that neither our general partner nor our officers or our directors is liable for monetary damages to us, our
limited partners or assignees for any acts or omissions unless there has been a final and non-appealable judgment
entered by a court of competent jurisdiction determining that our general partner or our officers or directors or those
other persons engaged in actual fraud or willful misconduct.

In order to become a limited partner of our partnership, a common unitholder is required to agree to be bound by the

provisions in our partnership agreement, including the provisions discussed above.

Our partnership agreement provides that our general partner delegates all its management activities in relation to us to our

board of directors, and arrangements are in place such that any activities that would otherwise constitute regulated activities
under the Financial Services and Markets Act 2000 (Regulated Activities Order) 2001 were they to be performed in the United
Kingdom (and that would not fall within a suitable exemption) are performed outside of the United Kingdom.

However, there can be no assurance that this will not change (deliberately or otherwise) over time, and there is no current

intention for our general partner, us or any of our subsidiaries to seek authorization from the Financial Conduct Authority in the
United Kingdom, which would be required for any person to lawfully carry out such regulated activities in the United Kingdom.

Fees and cost reimbursements, which affiliates of KNOT determine for services provided to us and our subsidiaries, are
substantial, payable regardless of our profitability and reduce our cash available for distribution to our unitholders.

Pursuant to technical management agreements, our subsidiaries that own vessels operating under time charters pay fees for
services provided to them by KNOT Management and reimburse KNOT Management for all expenses incurred on their behalf.
These fees and expenses include all costs and expenses incurred in providing the crew, technical and commercial management of
the vessels in our fleet to our subsidiaries. Additionally our subsidiaries that own vessels operating under bareboat charters have
entered into management and administration agreements with either KNOT Management or KNOT Management Denmark
pursuant to which these companies provide general monitoring services for the vessels in exchange for an annual fee.

In addition, pursuant to an administrative services agreement, KNOT UK provides us with certain administrative services.
KNOT UK is permitted to subcontract certain of the administrative services provided to us under this agreement to KOAS UK,
KOAS and KNOT Management. We reimburse KNOT UK, and KNOT UK reimburses KOAS UK, KOAS and KNOT
Management, as applicable, for their reasonable costs and expenses incurred in connection with the provision of the services
subcontracted to KOAS UK, KOAS and KNOT Management under the administrative services agreement. In addition, KNOT
UK pays to KOAS UK, KOAS and KNOT Management, as applicable, a service fee in U.S. Dollars equal to 5% of the costs and
expenses incurred in connection with providing services.

For a description of the technical management agreements, management and administration agreements and the
administrative services agreement, please read “Item 7. Major Unitholders and Related Party Transactions.” The fees and
expenses payable pursuant to the technical management agreements, management and administration agreements and the
administrative services agreement are payable without regard to our business, results of operation and financial condition. The
payment of fees to and the reimbursement of expenses of affiliates of KNOT could adversely affect our ability to pay cash
distributions to our unitholders.

Our partnership agreement contains provisions that may have the effect of discouraging a person or group from attempting to
remove our current management or our general partner, and even if public unitholders are dissatisfied, they are unable to
remove our general partner without KNOT’s consent, unless KNOT’s ownership interest in us is decreased, all of which could
diminish the trading price of our common units.

Our partnership agreement contains provisions that may have the effect of discouraging a person or group from attempting to

remove our current management or our general partner.

33

Table of Contents

●

If our general partner is removed without “cause” and units held by our general partner and KNOT are not voted in
favor of that removal, our general partner has the right to convert its general partner interest, and the holders of the
incentive distribution rights have the right to convert such incentive distribution rights, into common units or to
receive cash in exchange for those interests based on the fair market value of those interests at the time. Any
conversion of the general partner interest or incentive distribution rights would be dilutive to existing unitholders.
Furthermore, any cash payment in lieu of such conversion could be prohibitively expensive. “Cause” is narrowly
defined to mean that a court of competent jurisdiction has entered a final, non-appealable judgment finding our
general partner liable for actual fraud or willful or wanton misconduct in its capacity as our general partner. Cause
does not include most cases of charges of poor business decisions, such as charges of poor management of our
business by the directors appointed by our general partner.

● Common unitholders are entitled to elect only four of the seven members of our board of directors. Our general

partner in its sole discretion appoints the remaining three directors.

●

Election of the four directors elected by common unitholders is staggered, meaning that the members of only one of
four classes of our elected directors are selected each year. In addition, the directors appointed by our general
partner serve for terms determined by our general partner.

● Our partnership agreement contains provisions limiting the ability of unitholders to call meetings of unitholders, to

nominate directors and to acquire information about our operations as well as other provisions limiting our
unitholders’ ability to influence the manner or direction of management.

Unitholders’ voting rights are further restricted by our partnership agreement provision providing that if any person or
group owns beneficially more than 4.9% of any class of units then outstanding, any such units owned by that person or
group in excess of 4.9% may not be voted on any matter and are not considered to be outstanding when sending notices
of a meeting of unitholders, calculating required votes (except for purposes of nominating a person for election to our
board of directors), determining the presence of a quorum or for other similar purposes, unless required by law. The
voting rights of any such unitholders in excess of 4.9% effectively are redistributed pro rata among the other common
unitholders holding less than 4.9% of the voting power of all classes of units entitled to vote. Our general partner, its
affiliates and persons who acquire common units with the prior approval of our board of directors are not subject to this
4.9% limitation except with respect to voting their common units in the election of the elected directors.

●

There are no restrictions in our partnership agreement on our ability to issue equity securities.

The effect of these provisions may be to diminish the price at which the common units trade.

The control of our general partner may be transferred to a third party without unitholder consent.

Our general partner may transfer its general partner interest to a third party in a merger or in a sale of all or substantially all

of its assets without the consent of our unitholders. In addition, our partnership agreement does not restrict the ability of the
members of our general partner from transferring their respective membership interests in our general partner to a third party.

Substantial future sales of our common units or the issuance of additional preferred units in the public market could cause
the price of our common units to fall.

The market price of our common units could decline due to sales of a large number of units, or the issuance of debt securities

or warrants, in the market, or the perception that these sales could occur. These sales could also make it more difficult for us to
sell equity securities in the future at a time and price that we deem appropriate to raise funds through future offerings of common
units.

34

Table of Contents

We have granted registration rights to KNOT and certain of its affiliates. These unitholders have the right, subject to some
conditions, to require us to file registration statements covering any of our common or other equity securities owned by them or
to include those securities in registration statements that we may file for ourselves or other unitholders. As of March 18, 2021,
KNOT and our general partner owned 26.5% of the common units and all of the incentive distribution rights. We have also
entered into a registration rights agreement with the holders of the Series A Preferred Units, pursuant to which we filed a
registration statement to register resales of the common units underlying the Series A Preferred Units. Following their sale, these
securities will become freely tradable. By exercising their registration rights and selling a large number of common units or other
securities, our securityholders with registration rights could cause the price of our common units to decline.

Our common units are subordinated to our existing and future indebtedness and our Series A Preferred Units.

Our common units are equity interests in us and do not constitute indebtedness. The common units rank junior to all

indebtedness and other non-equity claims on us with respect to the assets available to satisfy claims, including a liquidation of the
Partnership. Additionally, holders of the common units are subject to the prior distribution and liquidation rights of the holders of
the Series A Preferred Units and any other preferred units we may issue in the future.

As long as our outstanding Series A Preferred Units remain outstanding, distribution payments relating to our common units
are prohibited under our partnership agreement until all accrued and unpaid distributions are paid on the Series A Preferred Units.

KNOT, as the holder of all of the incentive distribution rights, may elect to cause us to issue additional common units to it in
connection with a resetting of the target distribution levels related to its incentive distribution rights without the approval of
the conflicts committee of our board of directors or holders of our common units. This may result in lower distributions to
holders of our common units in certain situations.

KNOT, as the holder of all of the incentive distribution rights, has the right, at a time when it has received incentive
distributions at the highest level to which it is entitled (48.0%) for each of the prior four consecutive fiscal quarters, to reset the
initial cash target distribution levels at higher levels based on the distribution at the time of the exercise of the reset election.
Following a reset election by KNOT, the minimum quarterly distribution will be reset to an amount equal to the average cash
distribution per common unit for the two fiscal quarters immediately preceding the reset election (such amount is referred to as
the “reset minimum quarterly distribution”), and the target distribution levels will be reset to correspondingly higher levels based
on the same percentage increases above the reset minimum quarterly distribution.

In connection with resetting these target distribution levels, KNOT will be entitled to receive a number of common units
equal to that number of common units whose aggregate quarterly cash distributions equaled the average of the distributions to it
on the incentive distribution rights in the prior two quarters. We anticipate that KNOT would exercise this reset right in order to
facilitate acquisitions or internal growth projects that would not be sufficiently accretive to cash distributions per common unit
without such conversion; however, it is possible that KNOT could exercise this reset election at a time when it is experiencing, or
may be expected to experience, declines in the cash distributions it receives related to its incentive distribution rights and may
therefore desire to be issued our common units, rather than retain the right to receive incentive distributions based on the initial
target distribution levels. As a result, a reset election may cause our common unitholders to experience dilution in the amount of
cash distributions that they would have otherwise received had we not issued additional common units to KNOT in connection
with resetting the target distribution levels related to KNOT’s incentive distribution rights. Please read “Item 8. Financial
Information—Consolidated Statements and Other Financial Information—Our Cash Distribution Policy—Incentive Distribution
Rights.”

We may issue additional equity securities, including a limited amount of securities senior to the common units, without the
approval of our unitholders, which would dilute their ownership interests.

We may, without the approval of our unitholders, issue an unlimited number of additional common units. In addition, we
may issue units that are senior to the common units in right of distribution, liquidation and voting, provided that the aggregate
amount of our Series A Preferred Units and any other securities on parity with the Series A Preferred Units, pro forma for such
issuance, does not exceed 33.33% of the book value of the sum of our then outstanding

35

Table of Contents

aggregate amount of parity securities and junior securities (including the common units). The consent of the holders of the
Series A Preferred Units will be necessary for us to issue any parity securities (or securities senior to our Series A Preferred
Units) in excess of such pro forma book value.

The issuance by us of additional common units or other equity securities of equal or senior rank will have the following

effects:

●

●

●

●

our unitholders’ proportionate ownership interest in us will decrease;

the amount of cash available for distribution on each unit may decrease;

the relative voting strength of each previously outstanding unit may be diminished; and

the market price of the common units may decline.

A substantial number of our common units may be issued upon conversion of our Series A Preferred Units or as redemption
payments in respect of our Series A Preferred Units, which issuances could reduce the value of our common units.

Our Series A Preferred Units are convertible, under certain circumstances, at the applicable conversion rate, which is subject

to adjustment under certain circumstances. The conversion rate will be redetermined on a quarterly basis, such that the
conversion rate will be equal to $24.00 (the “Issue Price”) divided by the product of (x) the book value per common unit at the
end of the immediately preceding quarter (pro-forma for per unit cash distributions payable with respect to such quarter)
multiplied by (y) the quotient of (i) the Issue Price divided by (ii) the book value per common unit on the initial issuance date of
the Series A Preferred Units.

The Series A Preferred Units are generally convertible, at the option of the holders of the Series A Preferred Units, into
common units at the then applicable conversion rate. In addition, we may redeem the Series A Preferred Units at any time before
February 2, 2027 at the redemption price applicable on any such redemption date, provided, however, that upon notice from us to
the holders of Series A Preferred Units or our intention to redeem, such holders may elect, instead, to convert their Series A
Preferred Units into common units at the then applicable conversion rate. In addition, subject to certain conditions, we may
convert the Series A Preferred Units into common units at the then applicable conversion rate. Upon a change of control of the
Partnership, the holders of Series A Preferred Units may require us to redeem the Series A Preferred Units, in cash, at 100% of
the Issue Price. Further, the holders of Series A Preferred Units may cause us to redeem the Series A Preferred Units on
February 2, 2027 in, at our option, (i) cash at a price equal to 70% of the Issue Price or (ii) common units such that each Series A
Preferred Unit receives common units worth 80% of the Issue Price. The value (and, therefore, the number) of the common units
to be delivered pursuant thereto will be determined based on the volume-weighted average trading price, as adjusted for splits,
combinations and other similar transactions, of our common units as reported on the NYSE for the 30-trading day period ending
on the fifth trading day immediately prior to the redemption date.

If a substantial portion of the Series A Preferred Units are converted into common units or redeemed under certain
circumstances, common unitholders could experience significant dilution. Furthermore, if holders of such Series A Preferred
Units were to dispose of a substantial portion of these common units in the public market following such a conversion, whether in
a single transaction or series of transactions, it could adversely affect the market price for our common units. These sales, or the
possibility that these sales may occur, could make it more difficult for us to sell our common units in the future.

The number of our common units issuable upon conversion or redemption under certain circumstances of the Series A
Preferred Units will be impacted by, among other things, the level of our quarterly cash distributions, as the conversion rate is
redetermined each quarter, based on the pro forma per unit cash distributions we make on our common units (as described above)
and the market price of our common units. Accordingly, the number of common units issuable upon conversion or redemption
under certain circumstances could be substantial, especially during periods of significant declines in market prices of our
common units or if we experience certain events, such as, among other things, a decline

36

Table of Contents

in the value of our vessels that results in an impairment or write-down of the value of our vessels or a write-off of any goodwill,
decline in the fair value of our derivative instruments, change in accounting principle that results in a decline in our book value,
or other event that results in a decline in our book value.

The issuance of common units upon conversion or redemption under certain circumstances of our Series A Preferred Units

may have the following effects:

●

●

●

●

an existing unitholder’s proportionate ownership interest in us will decrease;

the amount of cash available for distribution on each common unit may decrease;

the relative voting strength of each previously outstanding common unit may be diminished; and

the market price of our common units may decline.

The market price of our common units is likely to be influenced by the Series A Preferred Units. For example, the market

price of our common units could become more volatile and could be depressed by:

●

●

●

investors’ anticipation of the potential resale in the market of a substantial number of additional common units
received upon conversion of the Series A Preferred Units;

possible sales of our common units by investors who view the Series A Preferred Units as a more attractive means
of equity participation in us than owning our common units; and

hedging or arbitrage trading activity that may develop involving the Series A Preferred Units and our common
units.

Our Series A Preferred Units have rights, preferences and privileges that are not held by, and are preferential to the rights of,
holders of our common units.

Our Series A Preferred Units rank senior to all our common units with respect to distribution rights and liquidation

preference. These preferences could adversely affect the market price for our common units or could make it more difficult for us
to sell our common units in the future.

In addition, distributions on the Series A Preferred Units accrue and are cumulative. Our obligation to pay distributions on
our Series A Preferred Units, or on the common units issued following conversion of such Series A Preferred Units, could impact
our liquidity and reduce the amount of cash flow available for working capital, capital expenditures, growth opportunities,
acquisitions, and other general partnership purposes. Our obligations to the holders of Series A Preferred Units could also limit
our ability to obtain additional financing or increase our borrowing costs, which could have an adverse effect on our financial
condition.

In establishing cash reserves, our board of directors may reduce the amount of cash available for distribution to our
unitholders.

Our partnership agreement requires our board of directors to deduct from operating surplus cash reserves that it determines
are necessary to fund our future operating expenditures. These reserves also affect the amount of cash available for distribution to
our unitholders. As described above in “—Risks Inherent in Our Business—We must make substantial capital expenditures to
maintain the operating capacity of our fleet, which reduces cash available for distribution. In addition, each quarter we are
required to deduct estimated maintenance and replacement capital expenditures from operating surplus in order to determine our
distributable cash flow, which may result in less cash available to unitholders than if actual maintenance and replacement capital
expenditures were deducted,” our partnership agreement requires our board of directors each quarter to deduct from operating
surplus estimated maintenance and replacement capital expenditures, as opposed to actual maintenance and replacement capital
expenditures, which could reduce the amount of available cash for distribution. The amount of estimated maintenance and
replacement capital

37

Table of Contents

expenditures deducted from operating surplus is subject to review and change by our board of directors at least once a year,
provided that any change must be approved by the conflicts committee of our board of directors.

Our general partner has a limited call right that may require our unitholders to sell their common units at an undesirable time
or price.

If at any time our general partner and its affiliates own more than 80.0% of the common units, our general partner has the
right, which it may assign to any of its affiliates or to us, but not the obligation, to acquire all, but not less than all, of the common
units held by unaffiliated persons at a price not less than the then-current market price of our common units. Our general partner
is not obligated to obtain a fairness opinion regarding the value of the common units to be repurchased by it upon the exercise of
this limited call right. As a result, our unitholders may be required to sell their common units at an undesirable time or price and
may not receive any return on their investment. Our unitholders may also incur a tax liability upon a sale of their units.

As of March 18, 2021, KNOT and our general partner owned 26.5% of our common units.

Our unitholders may not have limited liability if a court finds that unitholder action constitutes control of our business.

As a limited partner in a partnership organized under the laws of the Marshall Islands, our unitholders could be held liable

for our obligations to the same extent as a general partner if our unitholders participate in the “control” of our business. Our
general partner generally has unlimited liability for the obligations of the Partnership, such as its debts and environmental
liabilities, except for those contractual obligations of the Partnership that are expressly made without recourse to our general
partner. In addition, the limitations on the liability of holders of limited partner interests for the obligations of a limited
partnership have not been clearly established in some jurisdictions in which we do business.

We can borrow money to pay distributions, which would reduce the amount of credit available to operate our business.

Our partnership agreement allows us to make working capital borrowings to pay distributions. Accordingly, if we have
available borrowing capacity, we can make distributions on all our units even though cash generated by our operations may not
be sufficient to pay such distributions. Any working capital borrowings by us to make distributions reduces the amount of
working capital borrowings we can make for operating our business. For more information, please read “Item 5. Operating and
Financial Review and Prospects—Liquidity and Capital Resources.”

Increases in interest rates may cause the market price of our common units to decline.

An increase in interest rates may cause a corresponding decline in demand for equity investments in general, and in
particular for yield-based equity investments such as our common units. Any such increase in interest rates or reduction in
demand for our common units resulting from other relatively more attractive investment opportunities may cause the trading
price of our common units to decline.

38

Table of Contents

We are exposed to market risks relating to the announced phase-out of the London Interbank Offered Rate (“LIBOR”).

We are exposed to a market risk relating to increases in interest rates because the amounts borrowed under our existing loan 
and credit facilities bear interest at rates based on LIBOR. On July 27, 2017, the United Kingdom Financial Conduct Authority, 
which regulates LIBOR, announced that it intends to stop persuading or compelling banks to submit rates for the calculation of 
LIBOR to the administrator of LIBOR after 2021. On November 30, 2020, the administrator of LIBOR announced a delay in the 
phase out of a majority of the U.S. dollar LIBOR publications until June 30, 2023, with the remainder of LIBOR publications still 
being phased out at the end of 2021. The foregoing announcements indicate that the continuation of LIBOR on the current basis 
is not guaranteed after 2023. Significant increases in LIBOR or uncertainty surrounding its phase out after 2023 could adversely 
affect our business, financial condition, operating results and cash flows. The outcome of reforms may result in increased interest 
expense to us, may affect our ability to incur debt on terms acceptable to us and may result in increased costs related to amending 
our existing debt instruments, which could adversely affect our business, results of operations and financial condition. We use 
interest rate swaps to reduce our exposure to interest rate risk and hedge a portion of our outstanding indebtedness. There is no 
assurance that our derivative contracts will provide adequate protection against adverse changes in interest rates or that our bank 
counterparties will be able to perform their obligations.

We rely on the master limited partnership (“MLP”) structure and its appeal to investors for accessing debt and equity markets
to finance our growth and repay or refinance our debt. The volatility in energy prices over the past few years has, among
other factors, caused increased volatility and contributed to a dislocation in pricing for MLPs.

The volatility in energy prices and, in particular, the price of oil, among other factors, has contributed to increased volatility

in the pricing of MLPs and the energy debt markets, as a number of MLPs and other energy companies may be adversely affected
by a lower energy prices environment. A number of MLPs, including certain maritime MLPs, have reduced or eliminated their
distributions to unitholders.

We rely on our ability to obtain financing and to raise capital in the equity and debt markets to fund our capital replacement,

growth and investment expenditures, and to refinance our debt. A protracted deterioration in the valuation of our common units
would increase our cost of capital, make any equity issuance significantly dilutive and may affect our ability to access capital
markets and, as a result, our capacity to pay distributions to our unitholders and service or refinance our debt.

Unitholders may have liability to repay distributions.

Under some circumstances, unitholders may have to repay amounts wrongfully returned or distributed to them. Under the

Marshall Islands Limited Partnership Act (the “Marshall Islands Act”), we may not make a distribution to our unitholders if the
distribution would cause our liabilities, other than liabilities to partners on account of their partnership interest and liabilities for
which the recourse of creditors is limited to specified property of ours, to exceed the fair value of our assets, except that the fair
value of property that is subject to a liability for which the recourse of creditors is limited will be included in our assets only to
the extent that the fair value of that property exceeds that liability. Marshall Islands law provides that for a period of three years
from the date of the impermissible distribution, limited partners who received the distribution and who knew at the time of the
distribution that it violated Marshall Islands law will be liable to the limited partnership for the distribution amount. Assignees
who become substituted limited partners are liable for the obligations of the assignor to make contributions to the limited
partnership that are known to the assignee at the time it became a limited partner and for unknown obligations if the liabilities
could be determined from our partnership agreement.

We have been organized as a limited partnership under the laws of the Marshall Islands, which does not have a well-
developed body of partnership law.

Our partnership affairs are governed by our partnership agreement and by the Marshall Islands Act. The provisions of the
Marshall Islands Act resemble provisions of the limited partnership laws of a number of states in the United States, most notably
Delaware. The Marshall Islands Act also provides that it is to be applied and construed to

39

Table of Contents

make it, with respect to the subject matter thereof, uniform with the laws of the State of Delaware and, for non-resident limited
partnerships such as ours, so long as it does not conflict with the Marshall Islands Act or decisions of the High and Supreme
Courts of the Marshall Islands, the non-statutory law (or case law) of the State of Delaware is adopted as the law of the Marshall
Islands. There have been, however, few, if any, court cases in the Marshall Islands interpreting the Marshall Islands Act, in
contrast to Delaware, which has a fairly well-developed body of case law interpreting its limited partnership statute. Accordingly,
we cannot predict whether Marshall Islands courts would reach the same conclusions as the courts in Delaware. For example, the
rights of our unitholders and the fiduciary responsibilities of our general partner under Marshall Islands law are not as clearly
established as under judicial precedent in existence in Delaware. As a result, unitholders may have more difficulty in protecting
their interests in the face of actions by our general partner and its officers and directors than would unitholders of a similarly
organized limited partnership in the United States.

Because we and KNOT UK are Marshall Islands entities, our operations may be subject to economic substance requirements
of the EU, which could harm our business.

On December 5, 2017, following an assessment of the tax policies of various countries by the Code of Conduct Group for
Business Taxation of the EU (the “COCG”), the Council of the EU (the “Council”) approved and published Council conclusions
containing a list of “non-cooperative jurisdictions” for tax purposes (the “2017 Conclusions”). On March 12, 2019, the Council
adopted a revised list of non-cooperative jurisdictions (the “2019 Conclusions”). In the 2019 Conclusions, the Republic of the
Marshall Islands, among others, was placed by the EU on its list of non-cooperative jurisdictions for tax purposes for failing to
implement certain commitments previously made to the EU by the agreed deadline. The EU subsequently removed the Marshall
Islands from that list in October 2019. EU member states have agreed upon a set of measures, which they can choose to apply
against the listed countries, including increased monitoring and audits, withholding taxes, special documentation requirements
and anti-abuse provisions. The European Commission has stated it will continue to support member states’ efforts to develop a
more coordinated approach to sanctions for the listed countries. EU legislation prohibits EU funds from being channeled or
transited through entities in non-cooperative jurisdictions.

We are a Marshall Islands partnership and KNOT UK is a Marshall Islands limited liability company. Regulations adopted
in the Marshall Islands (which came into force on January 1, 2019) require certain entities that carry out particular activities to
comply with an economic substance test whereby the entity must show that it (i) is directed and managed in the Marshall Islands
in relation to that relevant activity, (ii) carries out core income-generating activity in relation to that relevant activity in the
Marshall Islands (although it is being understood and acknowledged by the regulators that income-generated activities for
shipping companies will generally occur in international waters) and (iii) having regard to the level of relevant activity carried
out in the Marshall Islands has (a) an adequate amount of expenditures in the Marshall Islands, (b) adequate physical presence in
the Marshall Islands and (c) an adequate number of qualified employees in the Marshall Islands. Based on our current business
activities, we believe that we and KNOT UK are not required to comply with this economic substance test.

In addition, certain jurisdictions have enacted or may enact economic substance laws and regulations with which we may be

obligated to comply. If we fail to comply with our obligations under any such laws and regulations, including the Marshall
Islands regulations, we could be subject to financial penalties and spontaneous disclosure of information to foreign tax officials,
or could be struck from the register of companies. Any of the foregoing could be disruptive to our business and could have a
material adverse effect on our business, financial conditions and operating results.

We do not know if the EU will add the Marshall Islands to the list of non-cooperative jurisdictions; what actions the 

Marshall Islands may take, if any, to remove itself from the list if it is added; how quickly the EU would react to any changes in 
legislation of the Marshall Islands; or how EU banks or other counterparties will react while we or KNOT UK remain as entities 
organized and existing under the laws of the Marshall Islands. The effect of the EU list of non-cooperative jurisdictions, and any 
noncompliance by us with legislation adopted by the Marshall Islands to achieve removal from the list, could have a material 
adverse effect on our business, financial conditions and operating results.

40

Table of Contents

Because we are organized under the laws of the Marshall Islands, it may be difficult to serve us with legal process or enforce
judgments against us, our directors or our management.

We are organized under the laws of the Marshall Islands, and substantially all of our assets are located outside of the
United States. In addition, our general partner is a Marshall Islands limited liability company, and our directors and officers
generally are or will be non-residents of the United States, and all or a substantial portion of the assets of these non-residents are
located outside the United States. As a result, it may be difficult or impossible for our unitholders to bring an action against us or
against these individuals in the United States if our unitholders believe that their rights have been infringed under securities laws
or otherwise. Even if our unitholders are successful in bringing an action of this kind, the laws of the Marshall Islands and of
other jurisdictions may prevent or restrict our unitholders from enforcing a judgment against our assets or the assets of our
general partner or our directors or officers.

Our partnership agreement designates the Court of Chancery of the State of Delaware as the exclusive forum for certain types
of actions and proceedings that may be initiated by our unitholders unless otherwise provided for under the laws of the
Marshall Islands. This limits our unitholders’ ability to choose the judicial forum for disputes with us or our directors,
officers or other employees.

Our partnership agreement provides that, with certain limited exceptions, the Court of Chancery of the State of Delaware is

the exclusive forum for any claims, suits, actions or proceedings (1) arising out of or relating in any way to our partnership
agreement (including any claims, suits or actions to interpret, apply or enforce the provisions of our partnership agreement or the
duties, obligations or liabilities among limited partners or of limited partners to us, or the rights or powers of, or restrictions on,
our limited partners or us); (2) brought in a derivative manner on our behalf; (3) asserting a claim of breach of a fiduciary duty
owed by any director, officer or other employee of us or our general partner, or owed by our general partner, to us or our limited
partners; (4) asserting a claim arising pursuant to any provision of the Marshall Islands Act; and (5) asserting a claim governed by
the internal affairs doctrine. This exclusive forum provision does not apply to actions arising under the U.S. Securities Act of
1933, as amended (the “Securities Act”) or the U.S. Securities and Exchange Act of 1934, as amended (the “Exchange Act”).
Any person or entity purchasing or otherwise acquiring any interest in our units is deemed to have received notice of and
consented to the foregoing provisions.

Although we believe these provisions will benefit us by providing increased consistency in the application of Delaware law

for the specified types of actions and proceedings, the provisions may have the effect of discouraging lawsuits against our
directors, officers, employees and agents. The enforceability of similar forum selection provisions in other companies’
certificates of incorporation or similar governing documents have been challenged in legal proceedings, and it is possible that, in
connection with one or more actions or proceedings described above, a court could find that the forum selection provision
contained in our partnership agreement is inapplicable or unenforceable in such action or actions. Limited partners will not be
deemed, by operation of the forum selection provision alone, to have waived claims arising under the federal securities laws and
the rules and regulations thereunder. If a court were to find this choice of forum provision inapplicable to, or unenforceable in
respect of, one or more of the specified types of actions or proceedings, we may incur additional costs associated with resolving
such matters in other jurisdictions, which could adversely affect our financial position, results of operations and ability to make
cash distributions to our unitholders.

Tax Risks

In addition to the following risk factors, you should read “Item 4. Information on the Partnership—Business Overview—
Taxation of the Partnership” and “Item 10. Additional Information—Taxation” for a more complete discussion of the expected
material U.S. federal and non-U.S. income tax considerations relating to us and the ownership and disposition of our common
units.

We are subject to taxes, which reduces our cash available for distribution to our unitholders.

We and our subsidiaries may be subject to tax in the jurisdictions in which we are organized or operate, reducing the amount

of cash available for distribution. In computing our tax obligations in these jurisdictions, we are required to take

41

Table of Contents

various tax accounting and reporting positions on matters that are not entirely free from doubt and for which we have not
received rulings from the governing authorities. We cannot assure you that, upon review of these positions, the applicable
authorities will agree with our positions. A successful challenge by a tax authority could result in additional tax imposed on us or
our subsidiaries, further reducing the cash available for distribution. In addition, changes in our operations or ownership could
result in additional tax being imposed on us or our subsidiaries in jurisdictions in which operations are conducted.

A change in tax laws in any country in which we operate could adversely affect us.

Tax laws and regulations are highly complex and subject to interpretation. Consequently, we and our subsidiaries are subject
to changing tax laws, treaties and regulations in and between countries in which we operate. Our income tax expense is based on
our interpretation of the tax laws in effect at the time the expense was incurred. A change in tax laws, treaties or regulations, or in
the interpretation thereof, could result in a materially higher tax expense or a higher effective tax rate on our earnings. Such
changes may include measures enacted in response to the ongoing initiatives in relation to fiscal legislation at an international
level, such as the Action Plan on Base Erosion and Profit Shifting of the Organization for Economic Co-operation and
Development.

U.S. tax authorities could treat us as a “passive foreign investment company,” which would have adverse U.S. federal income
tax consequences to U.S. unitholders.

A non-U.S. entity treated as a corporation for U.S. federal income tax purposes will be treated as a “passive foreign
investment company” (a “PFIC”) for U.S. federal income tax purposes if at least 75% of its gross income for any taxable year
consists of “passive income” or at least 50% of the average value of its assets produce, or are held for the production of, “passive
income.” For purposes of these tests, “passive income” includes dividends, interest, gains from the sale or exchange of
investment property, and rents and royalties other than rents and royalties that are received from unrelated parties in connection
with the active conduct of a trade or business. For purposes of these tests, income derived from the performance of services does
not constitute “passive income.” U.S. unitholders of a PFIC are subject to a disadvantageous U.S. federal income tax regime with
respect to the income derived by the PFIC, the distributions they receive from the PFIC, and the gain, if any, they derive from the
sale or other disposition of their interests in the PFIC, unless the U.S. unitholders make certain elections.

Based on our current and projected method of operation, we believe that we were not a PFIC for any prior taxable year, and
we expect that we will not be treated as a PFIC for the current or any future taxable year. We believe that more than 25% of our
gross income for each taxable year was or will be non-passive income, and more than 50% of the average value of our assets for
each such year was or will be held for the production of non-passive income. This belief is based on certain valuations and
projections regarding our income and assets, and its validity is based on the accuracy of such valuations and projections. While
we believe these valuations and projections to be accurate, the shipping market is volatile, and no assurance can be given that
they will continue to be accurate at any time in the future.

Moreover, there are legal uncertainties involved in determining whether the income derived from time-chartering activities
constitutes rental income or income derived from the performance of services. In Tidewater Inc. v. United States, 565 F.3d 299
(5th Cir. 2009), the United States Court of Appeals for the Fifth Circuit (the “Fifth Circuit”) held that income derived from
certain time-chartering activities should be treated as rental income rather than services income for purposes of a provision of the
Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended (the “Code”), relating to foreign sales corporations. In that case, the Fifth Circuit did
not address the definition of passive income or the PFIC rules; however, the reasoning of the case could have implications as to
how the income from a time charter would be classified under such rules. If the reasoning of this case were extended to the PFIC
context, the gross income we derive or are deemed to derive from our time-chartering activities may be treated as rental income,
and we would likely be treated as a PFIC. In published guidance, the Internal Revenue Service (the “IRS”) stated that it disagreed
with the holding in Tidewater and specified that time charters similar to those at issue in the case should be treated as service
contracts. We have not sought, and we do not expect to seek, an IRS ruling on the treatment of income generated from our time-
chartering activities. As a result, the IRS or a court could disagree with our position. No assurance can be given that this result
will not occur. In addition, although we intend to conduct our affairs in a manner to avoid, to the extent possible, being classified
as a PFIC with respect to any taxable year, we cannot assure you that the nature of our

42

Table of Contents

operations will not change in the future, or that we will not be a PFIC in the future. If the IRS were to find that we are or have
been a PFIC for any taxable year (and regardless of whether we remain a PFIC for any subsequent taxable year), our U.S.
unitholders would face adverse U.S. federal income tax consequences. Please read “Item 10. Additional Information—Taxation
—U.S. Federal Income Taxation of U.S. Holders—PFIC Status and Significant Tax Consequences” for a more detailed
discussion of the U.S. federal income tax consequences to U.S. unitholders if we are treated as a PFIC.

We may have to pay tax on U.S. source income, which would reduce our cash flow.

Under the Code, U.S. source gross transportation income generally is subject to a 4% U.S. federal income tax without
allowance for deduction of expenses, unless an exemption from tax applies under a tax treaty or Section 883 of the Code and the
Treasury Regulations promulgated thereunder. U.S. source gross transportation income consists of 50% of the gross shipping
income that is attributable to transportation that begins or ends, but that does not both begin and end, in the United States.

We expect that our vessel-owning subsidiaries will qualify for an exemption from U.S. tax on any U.S. source gross

transportation income under the Convention Between the United States of America and the Kingdom of Norway with Respect to
Taxes on Income and Property (the “U.S.-Norway Tax Treaty”), and we intend to take this position for U.S. federal income tax
purposes. However, if we acquire interests in vessel-owning subsidiaries in the future that are not Norwegian residents for
purposes of the U.S.-Norway Tax Treaty, U.S. source gross transportation income earned by those subsidiaries would generally
be subject to a 4% U.S. federal income tax unless the exemption under Section 883 of the Code applied. In general, the
Section 883 exemption provides that if a non-U.S. corporation satisfies the requirements of Section 883 of the Code and the
Treasury Regulations thereunder, it will not be subject to the 4% U.S. federal income tax referenced above on its U.S. source
gross transportation income. The Section 883 exemption does not apply to income attributable to transportation that begins and
ends in the United States.

The vessels in our fleet do not currently engage in transportation that begins and ends in the United States, and we do not

expect that our subsidiaries will in the future earn income from such transportation. If, notwithstanding this expectation, our
subsidiaries earn income in the future from transportation that begins and ends in the United States, that income would not be
exempt from U.S. federal income tax under Section 883 of the Code and may not be exempt from U.S. federal income tax under
the U.S.-Norway Tax Treaty and therefore may be subject to net income tax in the United States (currently at a 21% rate, plus
branch profits tax at a rate of 30% (unless reduced or eliminated under an income tax treaty)).

The imposition of U.S. federal income tax on our income could have a negative effect on our business and would result in

decreased earnings available for distribution to our unitholders.

Our unitholders may be subject to income tax in one or more non-U.S. jurisdictions as a result of owning our common units
if, under the laws of any such jurisdiction, we are considered to be carrying on business there. Such laws may require our
unitholders to file a tax return with, and pay taxes to, those jurisdictions.

We conduct our affairs and cause each of our subsidiaries to operate its business in a manner that minimizes income taxes

imposed upon us and our subsidiaries. Furthermore, we conduct our affairs and cause each of our subsidiaries to operate its
business in a manner that minimizes the risk that unitholders may be treated as having a permanent establishment or taxable
presence in a jurisdiction where we or our subsidiaries conduct activities simply by virtue of their ownership of our common
units. However, because we are organized as a partnership, there is a risk in some jurisdictions, including Norway, that our
activities or the activities of our subsidiaries may rise to the level of a taxable presence that is attributed to our unitholders for tax
purposes. We have obtained confirmation from the United Kingdom HM Revenue & Customs that unitholders should not be
treated as trading in the United Kingdom merely by virtue of their ownership of our common units. If our unitholders are
attributed such a taxable presence in a jurisdiction, our unitholders may be required to file a tax return with, and to pay tax in, that
jurisdiction based on our unitholders’ allocable share of any identifiable taxable income. In addition, we may be required to
obtain information from our unitholders in the event a tax authority (including in the United Kingdom) requires such information
to submit a tax return. We may be required to reduce distributions to our unitholders on account of any tax withholding
obligations

43

Table of Contents

imposed upon us by that jurisdiction in respect of such allocation to our unitholders. The United States may not allow a tax credit
for any foreign income taxes that our unitholders directly or indirectly incur by virtue of an investment in us.

Item 4. Information on the Partnership

A. History and Development of the Partnership

General

KNOT Offshore Partners LP is a publicly traded limited partnership formed on February 21, 2013 to own, operate and
acquire shuttle tankers under long-term charters, which we define as charters of five years or more. On April 18, 2013, we
completed our initial public offering (“IPO”) of 8,567,500 common units. In connection with our IPO, through KNOT UK, a
100% owned limited liability company formed under the laws of the Marshall Islands, the Partnership acquired a 100%
ownership interest in KNOT Shuttle Tankers AS, which owned (1) 100% of Knutsen Shuttle Tankers XII KS, the owner of the
Recife Knutsen and the Fortaleza Knutsen, (2) 100% of Knutsen Shuttle Tankers XII AS, the general partner of Knutsen Shuttle
Tankers XII KS, and (3) the Windsor Knutsen and the Bodil Knutsen and all of their related charters, inventory and long-term
debt. In establishing the new KNOT Shuttle Tankers AS structure, KNOT formed three new Norwegian subsidiaries, which
acquired 90% of Knutsen Shuttle Tankers XII KS, 100% of the Windsor Knutsen and 100% of the Bodil Knutsen, respectively.

On August 1, 2013, we acquired Knutsen Shuttle Tankers 13 AS, the company that owns and operates the shuttle tanker, the

Carmen Knutsen, from KNOT.

In June and July 2014, we sold an aggregate of 5,240,000 common units in an underwritten public offering and used a
portion of the proceeds to fund the acquisition from KNOT of Knutsen Shuttle Tankers 14 AS and Knutsen Shuttle Tankers 15
AS, the companies that own the Hilda Knutsen and the Torill Knutsen, respectively, which closed on June 30, 2014.

On December 15, 2014, we acquired KNOT Shuttle Tankers 20 AS, the company that owns the shuttle tanker, the Dan

Cisne, from KNOT.

On June 2, 2015, we sold 5,000,000 common units in an underwritten public offering and used a portion of the net proceeds
to fund the acquisition from KNOT of KNOT Shuttle Tankers 21 AS, the company that owns the shuttle tanker, the Dan Sabia,
which closed on June 15, 2015.

On October 15, 2015, we acquired Knutsen NYK Shuttle Tankers 16 AS, the company that owns the shuttle tanker, the

Ingrid Knutsen, from KNOT.

On December 1, 2016, we acquired Knutsen Shuttle Tankers 19 AS, the company that owns the shuttle tanker, the Raquel

Knutsen, from KNOT.

On January 10, 2017, we sold 2,500,000 common units in an underwritten public offering, raising approximately

$54.9 million in net proceeds.

On February 2, 2017, we issued and sold in a private placement 2,083,333 Series A Preferred Units at a price of $24.00 per

unit, raising approximately $48.6 million in net proceeds.

On March 1, 2017, we acquired KNOT Shuttle Tankers 24 AS, the company that owns the shuttle tanker, the Tordis

Knutsen, from KNOT.

On June 1, 2017, we acquired KNOT Shuttle Tankers 25 AS, the company that owns the shuttle tanker, the Vigdis Knutsen,

from KNOT.

44

Table of Contents

On June 30, 2017, we issued and sold in a second private placement 1,666,667 additional Series A Preferred Units at a price

of $24.00 per unit, raising approximately $38.9 million in net proceeds.

On September 30, 2017, we acquired KNOT Shuttle Tankers 26 AS, the company that owns the shuttle tanker, the Lena

Knutsen, from KNOT.

On November 9, 2017, we sold 3,000,000 common units in an underwritten public offering. In connection with the offering,

our general partner contributed $1.2 million to us to maintain its 1.85% general partner interest. The total net proceeds from the
offering and the general partner contribution were $66.0 million.

On December 15, 2017, we acquired KNOT Shuttle Tankers 32 AS, the company that owns the shuttle tanker, the Brasil

Knutsen, from KNOT.

On March 1, 2018, we acquired KNOT Shuttle Tankers 30 AS, the company that owns the shuttle tanker, the Anna Knutsen,

from KNOT.

On December 31, 2020, we acquired KNOT Shuttle Tankers 34 AS, the company that owns the shuttle tanker, the Tove

Knutsen, from KNOT.

For more information regarding recent developments, please see “Item 5. Operating and Financial Review and Prospects—

Significant Developments in 2020”

As of March 18, 2021, we had a fleet of seventeen shuttle tankers.

We were formed under the law of the Marshall Islands and maintain our principal place of business at 2 Queen’s Cross,
Aberdeen, Aberdeenshire, AB15 4YB, United Kingdom. Our telephone number at that address is +44 (0) 1224 618420. Our
agent for service of process in the United States is Puglisi & Associates, and its address is 850 Library Avenue, Suite 204,
Newark, Delaware 19711.

Capital Expenditures

We reserve cash from operations for future maintenance capital expenditures, working capital and other matters. Our annual

estimated maintenance and replacement capital expenditures are currently $70.5 million per year, which is comprised of
$60.9 million for replacing our current vessels at the end of their useful lives and $9.6 million for drydocking maintenance and
classification surveys. We are required to deduct estimated maintenance and replacement capital expenditures from operating
surplus in order to determine our distributable cash flow.

Access to Information

The SEC maintains a website on the Internet that contains reports, proxy, information statements and other information
electronically filed via the SEC’s Electronic Data Gathering, Analysis, and Retrieval system, which may be accessed at the SEC’s
website at www.sec.gov.

We maintain a website at www.knotoffshorepartners.com. The information on our website is not part of this Annual Report.

B. Business Overview

General

We were formed to own and operate shuttle tankers under long-term charters. Our primary business objective is to increase

quarterly distributions per unit over time by growing our business through accretive acquisitions of shuttle tankers and by
chartering our vessels pursuant to long-term charters with high quality customers that generate long-term

45

Table of Contents

stable cash flows. The vessels in our current fleet are chartered to Equinor, Transpetro, Repsol, Shell, Vår, Galp, and ENI. Our
charters have an average remaining term of 2.9 years as of December 31, 2020.

Since our IPO, we have increased our quarterly distribution from $0.375 per unit to $0.52 per unit for the quarter ended

December 31, 2020.

We intend to leverage the relationships, expertise and reputation of KNOT, a leading independent owner and operator of
shuttle tankers, to pursue potential growth opportunities and to attract and retain high-quality, creditworthy customers. As of
March 18, 2021, KNOT and our general partner owned our general partner interest, all of our incentive distribution rights and
26.5% of our common units. KNOT intends to utilize us as its primary growth vehicle to pursue the acquisition of long-term,
stable cash-flow-generating shuttle tankers.

Business Strategies

Our primary business objective is to increase quarterly distributions per unit over time by executing the following strategies:

●

Pursue strategic and accretive acquisitions of shuttle tankers on long-term, fixed-rate charters. We seek to
leverage our relationship with KNOT to make strategic and accretive acquisitions. During the term of the Omnibus
Agreement, we have the opportunity to purchase from KNOT any newbuild under a long-term charter or existing
shuttle tanker in the KNOT fleet that enters into a long-term charter.

● Expand global operations in high-growth regions. We seek to expand in proven areas of offshore production, such
as the North Sea and Brazil, and in new production areas as they are developed. We believe that KNOT’s leading
market position, operational expertise and strong customer relationships will enable us to have early access to new
production projects worldwide.

● Manage our fleet and deepen our customer relationships to continue to provide a stable base of cash flows. We
intend to maintain and grow our cash flows by focusing on strong customer relationships and actively seeking the
extension and renewal of existing charters in addition to new opportunities to serve our customers. KNOT charters
its current fleet to a number of the world’s leading energy companies. We believe the close relationships that
KNOT has with these companies will provide attractive opportunities for us. We continue to incorporate safety,
health, security and environmental stewardship into all aspects of vessel design and operation in order to satisfy our
customers and comply with national and international rules and regulations.

We can provide no assurance, however, that we will be able to implement our business strategies described above. For

further discussion of the risks that we face, please read “Item 3. Key Information—Risk Factors.”

Shuttle Tanker Market

A shuttle tanker is a specialized vessel designed to transport crude oil and condensates from offshore oil field installations to

onshore terminals and refineries. Shuttle tankers are equipped with sophisticated loading systems and dynamic positioning
systems that allow the vessels to load cargo safely and reliably from oil field installations, even in harsh weather conditions.

Shuttle tankers are often described as “floating pipelines,” because these vessels typically shuttle oil from offshore

installations to onshore facilities in much the same way a pipeline would transport oil along the ocean floor. Shuttle tankers can
be either purpose-built or converted from existing conventional oil tankers.

The advantages of shuttle tankers as compared to pipelines include:

●

the use of shuttle tankers is a more flexible option than pipelines for the transportation of oil from the oil field to
onshore terminals and provides destination flexibility for the customers;

46

Table of Contents

●

●

●

●

shuttle tankers provide a more flexible solution to declining production profiles and abandonment as a pipeline has
a fixed capacity, whereas shuttle tanker capacity may be adjusted through reduced frequency of calls or reduced
number of vessels serving a field;

shuttle tanker operators may provide back-up capacity during times when existing transportation infrastructure is
closed for maintenance or otherwise unavailable, which would enable uninterrupted production;

shuttle tankers require less significant up-front investment than pipelines; and

shuttle tankers provide customers the benefit of purchasing unblended crude qualities, whereas pipelines usually
provide a blend of different crude qualities as several oilfields may be connected to the same pipeline. A shuttle
tanker may load at several fields during one single voyage, but oil from different fields may be kept separated in
different compartments onboard.

Shuttle tankers primarily differ from conventional oil tankers based on two significant features. First, shuttle tankers are

fitted with position-keeping equipment enabling them to remain in a position without the assistance of tugs or mooring to
installations. Second, shuttle tankers are equipped with bow-loading equipment and, in some cases, also fitted with equipment for
submerged turret loading. Conventional oil tankers load from an offshore field installation usually through a taut hawser
(mooring line onboard the discharging unit) operation and/or with tug assistance. In certain cases, dedicated shuttle tanker
newbuilds are required to service the specific requirements of oil fields and installations. At times, conventional oil tankers can
be converted to shuttle tankers after a substantial upgrade and investment in equipment.

Our Fleet

The following table provides information about the seventeen shuttle tankers in our fleet as of March 18, 2021:

Shuttle Tanker
Fortaleza Knutsen
Recife Knutsen
Bodil Knutsen
Windsor Knutsen
Carmen Knutsen
Hilda Knutsen
Torill Knutsen
Dan Cisne
Dan Sabia
Ingrid Knutsen
Raquel Knutsen
Tordis Knutsen
Vigdis Knutsen
Lena Knutsen
Brasil Knutsen
Anna Knutsen
Tove Knutsen

Capacity
(dwt)

Current
Operating

Charter

     Built      Region     

Type

     Charterer      Term  

 106,316   2011 
 105,928   2011 
 157,644   2011 
 162,362   2007 
 157,000   2013 
 123,000   2013  North Sea  
 123,000   2013  North Sea  

Brazil
Brazil
Brazil
Brazil
Brazil

  Bareboat charter   Transpetro   2023
  Bareboat charter   Transpetro   2023

Time Charter
—
Time Charter
Time Charter
Time Charter

Equinor

  2021 (1)

—   —

Repsol
ENI
ENI

  2023 (2)
  2022 (2)
  2022 (3)

 59,000   2011 
 59,000   2012 

Brazil
Brazil

  Bareboat charter   Transpetro   2023
  Bareboat charter   Transpetro   2024

 112,000   2013  North Sea  
 152,000   2015 
 156,000   2016 
 156,000   2017 
 156,000   2017 
 154,000   2013 
 152,000   2017 
2020
 153,000

Brazil
Brazil
Brazil
Brazil
Brazil
Brazil
Brazil

Time Charter
Time Charter
Time Charter
Time Charter
Time Charter
Time Charter
Time Charter
Time Charter

Vår
Repsol
Shell
Shell
Shell
Galp
Galp
Equinor

  2024 (4)
  2025 (5)
  2022 (6)
  2022 (6)
  2022 (6)
  2022 (7)
  2022 (7)
2027 (8)

(1) The charter is currently expected to expire on April 9, 2021.

(2) Customer has the option to extend the charter for up to three one-year periods.

(3) Customer has the option to extend the charter for up to two one-year periods.

47

 
 
    
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Table of Contents

(4) Customer has the option to extend the charter for up to five one-year periods.

(5) Customer has the option to extend the charter for up to one three-year period and one two-year period.

(6) On December 8, 2020, the Partnership secured new three-year fixed contracts for the vessels, Tordis Knutsen, Vigdis

Knutsen and Lena Knutsen, with a major oil company. The commencement of these new time charters range between May 
and December 2023. The vessels will be marketed for short to mid-term charter business in the intervening period between 
the end of the vessels’ current fixed charters (in 2022) and the commencement of the abovementioned new fixed charters (in 
2023), which period on average is currently estimated to be 15 months for each vessel.

(7) Customer has the option to extend the charter for up to two three-year periods.

(8) Customer has the option to extend the charter for up to two two-year periods and nine one-year periods.

Customers

For the year ended December 31, 2020, Shell, ENI, Transpetro, Galp, Repsol, Vår and Equinor accounted for approximately

28%, 16%, 16%, 13%, 12%, 7%, and 6%, respectively, of our revenues.

Charters

We generate revenues by charging customers for the loading, transportation and storage of their crude oil using the vessels in

our fleet. We provide all of these services under time charters and bareboat charters.

As of March 18, 2021, thirteen of our shuttle tankers are chartered under time charters and four of our shuttle tankers are

chartered under bareboat charters.

A time charter is a contract for the use of a specified vessel for a fixed period of time at a specified daily rate. Under time

charters, the shipowner is responsible for providing crewing and other vessel operating services, the cost of which is included in
the daily rate, while the customer is responsible for substantially all of the voyage expenses. A bareboat charter is a contract for
the use of a specified vessel for a fixed period of time at a specified daily or annual rate. Under bareboat charters, the shipowner
is not responsible for providing crewing or other operational services, while the customer is responsible for all vessel operating
expenses and voyage expenses. In addition, bareboat charters also provide that the shipowner is responsible for repairs or
renewals occasioned by latent defects in the vessel existing at the time of delivery, provided such defects have manifested
themselves within 18 months after delivery. However, under bareboat charters, the customer is responsible for ordinary repair
and maintenance, including drydocking.

Initial Term; Extensions

The initial term for a time charter or bareboat charter commences upon the vessel’s delivery to the customer. Our time
charters include options, exercisable by the customer, to extend the charter’s initial term. Under the time charters, the customer
may also extend the term for periods in which the vessel is off-hire, as described below. Customers under each of our time
charters and bareboat charters have rights to terminate the charter prior to expiration of the original or any extended term in
specified circumstances.

Hire Rate

Hire rate refers to the basic payment from the customer for the use of the vessel. Under our time charters, the majority of hire
rate is payable monthly in advance, in U.S. Dollars. The hire rate payable under our time charters is either a fixed amount for the
firm period of the time charter with escalations to be made in case of option periods or increases annually based on a
fixed percentage increase or fixed schedule, in order to enable us to offset expected increases in operating costs. Under our time
charters, hire rate payments may be reduced if the vessel does not perform

48

Table of Contents

to certain of its specifications, such as if the average vessel speed falls below a guaranteed speed or the amount of fuel consumed
to power the vessel under normal circumstances exceeds a guaranteed amount.

The hire rate payable under our bareboat charters is fixed and payable monthly in advance, in U.S. Dollars. The customer is
also required to maintain minimum levels of insurance to protect the interests of the customer, the shipowner and mortgagees, if
any.

Off-hire

Under our time charters, when the vessel is off-hire, or not available for service, the customer generally is not required to pay

the hire rate, and the shipowner is responsible for all costs. Prolonged off-hire may lead to a termination of the time charter. A
vessel generally will be deemed off-hire if there is a loss of time due to, among other things:

●

●

operational deficiencies; drydocking for repairs, maintenance or inspection; equipment breakdowns; or delays due
to accidents, crewing strikes, certain vessel detentions or similar problems; or

the shipowner’s failure to maintain the vessel in compliance with its specifications and contractual standards or to
provide the required crew.

Our bareboat charters do not contain provisions for off-hire.

Ship Management and Maintenance

Under our time charters, the shipowner is responsible for the technical management of the vessel and for maintaining the
vessel, periodic drydocking, cleaning and painting and performing work required by regulations. KNOT Management and KNOT
Management Denmark provide these services to our subsidiaries for all our vessels under time charters. Please read “Item 7.
Major Unitholders and Related Party Transactions—Related Party Transactions.” Under our bareboat charters, the shipowner is
not responsible for providing crewing or other operational services and the customer is responsible for all vessel operating
expenses and voyage expenses. However, Transpetro has elected to subcontract the technical operation and management of the
Fortaleza Knutsen, the Recife Knutsen, the Dan Cisne and the Dan Sabia to an affiliate of KNOT.

Termination

Each of our time charters and bareboat charters terminates automatically if the applicable vessel is lost or missing. In

addition, under certain circumstances, the customer may have an option to terminate the time charter if the vessel is requisitioned
by any government for a period of time in excess of the time period specified in the time charter or if at any time the shipowner is
in default under the time charter. Under the bareboat charters, the charter is deemed terminated as of the date of any compulsory
acquisition of the vessel or requisition for title by any governmental or other competent authority. In addition, the shipowner is
generally entitled to suspend performance (but with the continuing accrual to its benefit of hire rate payments and default
interest) and terminate the charter if the customer defaults in its payment obligations. Under the time charters and bareboat
charters, either party may also terminate the charter in the event of war in specified countries.

However, under the bareboat charters, in the event of war, hire shall continue to be paid in accordance with the charter until
redelivery. In addition, under the bareboat charters, the shipowner has the right to terminate the charter if the customer (1) does
not take immediate steps to have the necessary repairs done within a reasonable time or (2) does not arrange and keep certain
insurance.

Competition

The shuttle tanker industry is capital intensive and operational expertise is critical, which create high barriers to entry. The
shuttle tanker industry is viewed as an integral part of offshore oil production creating a market with few alternative suppliers and
therefore a low risk of substitution. A company with a solid track record, knowledge of the

49

Table of Contents

market and an experienced, well-trained crew is preferred to a new entrant since the cost and impact of vessel downtime is
significant for the customer. Furthermore, the systems in place for operational procedures, such as offshore loading and vetting,
have significant value when negotiating contracts with new and existing customers.

According to Fearnresearch, as of March 1, 2021, there were approximately 89 vessels in the global shuttle tanker fleet
(including 13 newbuilds on order). Together KNOT and KNOP are the largest owners of shuttle tankers with 33 shuttle tankers
(including 4 newbuilds on order). Altera Shuttle Tankers L.L.C (formerly Teekay Offshore Partners L.P.) is the second largest
owner in the shuttle tanker market with 28 shuttle tankers (including 2 newbuilds on order). American Eagle Tankers (AET) is
the third largest owner of shuttle tankers with 17 vessels (including 6 newbuilds on order). Petrobras, which does not own
vessels, employs a total of 25 shuttle tankers (including 3 newbuilds on order) through long-term bareboat and time charters.
There are other shuttle tanker owners in the industry, but such owners have a limited fleet size and their vessels do not participate
or compete in our markets.

Classification, Inspection and Maintenance

Every large, commercial seagoing vessel must be “classed” by a classification society. The classification society certifies

that the vessel is “in class,” signifying that the vessel has been built and maintained in accordance with the rules of the
classification society. In most cases, the classification society is authorized by the flag state to certify that the vessels also comply
with applicable rules and regulations of the vessel’s country of registry and the international conventions of which that country is
a member. In addition, where surveys are required by international conventions and corresponding laws and ordinances of a flag
state, the classification society may undertake them on application or by official order, acting on behalf of the authorities
concerned. The classification society also undertakes on request other surveys and checks that are required by regulations and
requirements of the flag state. These surveys are subject to agreements made in each individual case and/or to the regulations of
the country concerned. For maintenance of the class, regular and extraordinary surveys of hull, machinery, including the
electrical plant, and any special equipment classed are required to be performed by the classification society as follows:

●

●

Annual Surveys. For seagoing vessels, annual surveys are conducted for the hull and the machinery, including the
electrical plant and where applicable for special equipment classed, at intervals of 12 months from the date of
commencement of the class period indicated in the certificate.

Intermediate Surveys. Extended annual surveys are referred to as intermediate surveys and typically are conducted
two and one-half years after commissioning and each class renewal. Intermediate surveys may be carried out on the
occasion of the second or third annual survey.

● Class Renewal Surveys. Class renewal surveys, also known as special surveys, are carried out for the ship’s hull,
machinery, including the electrical plant and for any special equipment classed, at the intervals indicated by the
character of classification for the hull. At the special survey, the vessel is thoroughly examined, including ultrasonic
gauging, in order to determine the thickness of the steel structures. Should the thickness be found to be less than
class requirements, the classification society would require steel renewals. Substantial amounts of money may have
to be spent for steel renewals to pass a special survey if the vessel experiences excessive wear and tear. In lieu of
the special survey every five years, a shipowner has the option of arranging with the classification society for the
vessel’s hull or machinery to be on a continuous survey cycle, in which every part of the vessel would be surveyed
within a five-year cycle. At an owner’s application, the surveys required for class renewal may be split according to
an agreed schedule to extend over the entire period of class. This process is referred to as continuous class renewal
and though we have not exercised this option for our existing vessels, we may do so in the future.

All of the vessel’s areas subject to survey as defined by the classification society are required to be surveyed at least once per

class period, unless shorter intervals between surveys are prescribed elsewhere. The period between two subsequent surveys of
each area must not exceed five years.

A vessel’s underwater parts are required to be inspected every 24 to 36 months by the classification society. Drydocking of

vessels is done, at the minimum, every 60 months until the vessel is 15 years old and every 30 months

50

Table of Contents

thereafter. If any defects are found, the classification surveyor will issue a condition of class that must be rectified by the
shipowner.

Most insurance underwriters make it a condition for insurance coverage that a vessel be certified as “in class” by a

classification society that is a member of the International Association of Classification Societies. All of our vessels have been
awarded International Safety Management certification and are certified as being “in class” by DNV GL or ABS, the Norwegian
and American classification societies, respectively. All new and secondhand vessels that we purchase must be certified prior to
their delivery under the standard purchase contracts and memoranda of agreement. If the vessel is not certified on the date of
closing, we will have no obligation to take delivery of the vessel.

KNOT, through certain of its subsidiaries, operates as our ship manager, and carries out inspections of the ships on a regular

basis, both at sea and while the vessels are in port, as well as carrying out inspections and ship audits to verify conformity with
managers’ reports. The results of these inspections result in a report containing recommendations for improvements to the overall
condition of the vessel, maintenance, safety and crew welfare. Based in part on these evaluations, we create and implement a
program of continual maintenance and improvement for our vessels and their systems.

Safety, Management of Ship Operations and Administration

Safety and environmental compliance is our top operational priority. Our vessels are operated in a manner intended to
protect the safety and health of our employees, the general public and the environment. We actively manage the risks inherent in
our business and are committed to eliminating incidents that threaten the safety and integrity of our vessels, such as groundings,
fires, collisions and petroleum spills. We are also committed to reducing emissions, carbon intensity and waste generation. We
have established key performance indicators to facilitate regular monitoring of our operational performance. We set targets on an
annual basis to drive continuous improvement, and we review performance indicators monthly to determine if remedial action is
necessary to reach our targets. KNOT’s shore staff performs a full range of technical, commercial and business development
services for us. This staff also provides administrative support to our operations in finance, accounting and human resources.

KNOT, through certain of its subsidiaries, assists us and our operating subsidiaries in managing our ship operations. DNV
GL, a Norwegian classification society, has approved KNOT’s safety management system, which has been implemented on all
our ships, as complying with the IMO’s International Management Code for the Safe Operation of Ships and Pollution Prevention
(the “ISM Code”), International Standards Organization (“ISO”) 9001 for Quality Assurance, ISO 14001 for Environment
Management Systems and OHSAS 18001, for Occupational Health and Safety Management System. As part of KNOT’s ISM
Code compliance, all the vessels’ safety management certificates are being maintained through ongoing internal audits performed
by KNOT’s certified internal auditors and external audits performed by DNV GL or the respective flag state. Subject to
satisfactory completion of these internal and external audits, certification is valid for five years.

KNOT provides, through certain of its subsidiaries, expertise in various functions critical to the operations of our operating

subsidiaries. We believe this arrangement affords a safe, efficient and cost-effective operation. KNOT’s subsidiaries also provide
to us access to human resources, financial and other administrative functions pursuant to technical management agreements.
Please read “Item 7. Major Unitholders and Related Party Transactions—Related Party Transactions—Technical Management
Agreements.”

Critical ship management functions that are provided by KNOT or its subsidiaries through various of its offices around the

world include:

●

●

●

technical management, maintenance and dockings;

crew management;

procurement, purchasing and forwarding logistics;

51

Table of Contents

● marine operations;

●

●

●

●

vetting, oil major and terminal approvals;

shipyard supervision;

insurance; and

financial services.

These functions are supported by onboard and onshore systems for maintenance, inventory, purchasing and budget

management. In addition, KNOT’s day-to-day focus on cost control is applied to our operations. We believe that the adoption of
common standards results in operational efficiencies, including with respect to crew training and vessel management, equipment
operation and repair, and spare parts ordering.

Risk of Loss, Insurance and Risk Management

The operation of any vessel, including shuttle tankers, has inherent risks. These risks include mechanical failure, personal
injury, collision, property loss, vessel or cargo loss or damage and business interruption due to political circumstances in foreign
countries or hostilities. In addition, there is always an inherent possibility of marine disaster, including explosion, spills and other
environmental mishaps, and the liabilities arising from owning and operating vessels in international trade. We believe that our
present insurance coverage is adequate to protect us against the accident-related risks involved in the conduct of our business and
that we maintain appropriate levels of environmental damage and pollution insurance coverage consistent with standard industry
practice. However, not all risks can be insured, and there can be no guarantee that any specific claim will be paid, or that we will
always be able to obtain adequate insurance coverage at reasonable rates.

We have obtained hull and machinery insurance on all our vessels to insure against marine and war risks, which include the

risks of damage to our vessels, salvage or towing costs, and also insure against actual or constructive total loss of any of our
vessels. However, our insurance policies contain deductible amounts for which we are responsible. We have also arranged
additional total loss coverage for each vessel. This coverage, which is called hull interest and freight interest coverage, provides
us additional coverage in the event of the total loss or the constructive total loss of a vessel.

We have also obtained loss of hire insurance to protect us against loss of income in the event one of our vessels cannot be
employed due to damage that is covered under the terms of our hull and machinery insurance. Under our loss of hire policies, our
insurer will pay us the hire rate agreed in respect of each vessel for each day, in excess of a certain number of deductible days, for
the time that the vessel is out of service as a result of damage, for a maximum of 180 days. The number of deductible days for the
vessels in our fleet is 14 days per vessel.

All of our hull and machinery, hull interest and freight interest and loss of hire insurance policies are written on the
Norwegian Marine Insurance Plan (“NMIP”), which through the hull and maintenance coverage also offers comprehensive
collision liability coverage of up to the insured hull and maintenance value of the vessel. NMIP is based on an “all risk principle”
and offers what is considered to be the most comprehensive insurance obtainable in any of the world’s marine markets today. The
agreed deductible on each vessel averages $150,000 for the shuttle tankers in our fleet.

Protection and indemnity insurance, which covers our third-party legal liabilities in connection with our shipping activities,
is provided by a P&I club. This includes third-party liability and other expenses related to the injury or death of crew members,
passengers and other third-party persons, loss or damage to cargo, claims arising from collisions with other vessels or from
contact with jetties or wharves and other damage to other third-party property, including pollution arising from oil or other
substances, and other related costs, including wreck removal. Subject to the capping discussed below, our coverage, except for
pollution, is unlimited.

52

Table of Contents

Our current protection and indemnity insurance coverage for pollution is $1 billion per vessel per incident. The 13 P&I clubs

that comprise the International Group of Protection and Indemnity Clubs insure approximately 90% of the world’s commercial
tonnage and have entered into a pooling agreement to reinsure each association’s liabilities. Each P&I club has capped its
exposure in this pooling agreement so that the maximum claim covered by the pool and its reinsurance would be approximately
$1 billion per accident or occurrence. We are a member of Norwegian P&I Club Skuld.

As a member of these P&I clubs, we are subject to a call for additional premiums based on the clubs’ claims record, as well

as the claims record of all other members of the P&I clubs comprising the International Group. However, our P&I clubs have
reinsured the risk of additional premium calls to limit our additional exposure. This reinsurance is subject to a cap, and there is
the risk that the full amount of the additional call would not be covered by this reinsurance.

The insurers providing the covers for hull and machinery, hull interest and freight interest, protection and indemnity and loss

of hire insurances have confirmed that they will consider the shuttle tankers as vessels for the purpose of providing insurance.

We use in our operations KNOT’s risk management program that includes, among other things, risk analysis tools,
maintenance and assessment programs, a seafarers competence training program, seafarers workshops and membership in
emergency response organizations. We benefit from KNOT’s commitment to safety and environmental protection as certain of its
subsidiaries assist us in managing our vessel operations.

KNOT has achieved certification under the standards reflected in ISO 9001 for quality assurance, ISO 14001 for

environment management systems and the ISM Code on a fully integrated basis.

Environmental and Other Regulation

General

Our business and the operation of our vessels are significantly affected by international conventions and national, state and

local laws and regulations in the jurisdictions in which our vessels operate, as well as in the country or countries of their
registration. Because these conventions, laws and regulations change frequently, we cannot predict the ultimate cost of
compliance or their impact on the resale price or useful life of our vessels. While we believe that we are in substantial compliance
with the current environmental laws and regulations that apply to our operations, there is no assurance that such compliance or
compliance with amended or newly adopted laws and regulations can be maintained in the future. Additional conventions, laws,
and regulations may be adopted that could limit our ability to do business or increase the cost of our doing business and that may
materially adversely affect our operations. We are required by various governmental and quasi-governmental agencies to obtain
permits, licenses and certificates with respect to our operations. Subject to the discussion below and to the fact that the kinds of
permits, licenses and certificates required for the operations of the vessels we own depend on a number of factors, we believe that
we will be able to continue to obtain all permits, licenses and certificates material to the conduct of our operations.

International Maritime Organization

The IMO is the United Nations’ agency responsible for developing measures to improve the safety and security of

international shipping and to prevent marine pollution from ships. IMO regulations relating to pollution prevention for oil tankers
have been adopted by many of the jurisdictions in which our tanker fleet operates. Under IMO regulations and subject to limited
exceptions, a tanker must be of double-hull construction, a mid-deck design with double-side construction or another approved
design ensuring the same level of protection against oil pollution. All of our tankers are double-hulled.

Many countries, but not the United States, have ratified and follow the liability regime adopted by the IMO and set out in the
International Convention on Civil Liability for Oil Pollution Damage, 1969, as updated by the 1992 Protocol (the “CLC”). Under
this convention, a vessel’s registered owner is strictly liable for pollution damage caused in the territorial waters of a contracting
state by discharge of persistent oil (e.g. crude oil, fuel oil, heavy diesel oil or

53

Table of Contents

lubricating oil), subject to certain defenses. The right to limit liability to specified amounts that are periodically revised is
forfeited under the CLC when the spill is caused by the owner’s actual fault or when the spill is caused by the owner’s intentional
or reckless conduct. Vessels trading to contracting states must provide evidence of insurance covering the limited liability of the
owner. In jurisdictions where the CLC has not been adopted, various legislative regimes or common law governs, and liability is
imposed either on the basis of fault or in a manner similar to the CLC. IMO regulations also include SOLAS, including
amendments to SOLAS implementing the International Security Code for Ports and Ships (the “ISPS”), the ISM Code and the
International Convention on Load Lines of 1966. The IMO Marine Safety Committee has also published guidelines for vessels
with dynamic positioning systems, which apply to shuttle tankers. SOLAS provides rules for the construction of and equipment
required for commercial vessels and includes regulations for safe operation. Flag states that have ratified the CLC generally
utilize the classification societies, which have incorporated SOLAS requirements into their class rules, to undertake surveys to
confirm compliance.

SOLAS and other IMO regulations concerning safety, including those relating to treaties on training of shipboard personnel,
lifesaving appliances, radio equipment and the global maritime distress and safety system, are applicable to our operations. Non-
compliance with IMO regulations, including SOLAS, the ISM Code, and the ISPS, or the requirements for shuttle tankers under
their flag regulations, may subject us to increased liability or penalties, may lead to decreases in available insurance coverage for
affected vessels and may result in the denial of access to or detention in some ports. For example, the U.S. Coast Guard and EU
authorities have indicated that vessels not in compliance with the ISM Code will be prohibited from trading in U.S. and EU ports.

The requirements contained in the ISM Code govern our operations. Among other requirements, the ISM Code requires

vessel operators to obtain a safety management certification for each vessel they manage, evidencing the shipowner’s
development and maintenance of an extensive safety management system. In 2017, the IMO's Maritime Safety Committee
("MSC") adopted Resolution MSC.428(98), Maritime Cyber Risk Management in Safety Management Systems, embracing
guidelines on maritime cyber risk management approved by the MSC in 2017, affirming its view that the ISM Code requires
mitigation of cyber risk as part of the safety management system, and effectively providing that that a vessel's safety management
system must account for cyber risks in compliance with the ISM Code no later than the vessel's first annual compliance
verification after January 1, 2021. Each of the existing vessels in our fleet is currently ISM Code-certified, and we expect to
obtain safety management certificates for each newbuild upon delivery.

The International Labour Organization (the “ILO”) is a specialized agency of the United Nations with headquarters in
Geneva, Switzerland. The ILO has adopted the Maritime Labor Convention 2006 (the “MLC 2006”) to improve safety onboard
merchant vessels. A Maritime Labor Certificate and a Declaration of Maritime Labor Compliance is required to ensure
compliance with the MLC 2006 for all ships above 500 gross tons in international trade. On August 20, 2012, the required
number of countries ratified the MCL 2006 and it came into force on August 20, 2013. Each of the existing vessels in our fleet is
currently MLC 2006-certified, and we expect to obtain MLC 2006 certificates for each newbuild upon delivery.

The IMO has adopted the International Convention for the Prevention of Pollution from Ships ("MARPOL"), including
Annex VI to MARPOL that sets limits on sulfur dioxide and nitrogen oxide emissions from ship exhausts and prohibits deliberate
emissions of ozone depleting substances. Annex VI applies to all ships and, among other things, imposes a global cap on the
sulfur content of fuel oil and allows for specialized areas to be established internationally with even more stringent controls on
sulfur emissions. For vessels 400 gross tons and greater, platforms and drilling rigs, Annex VI imposes various survey and air
pollution prevention certification requirements. Moreover, Annex VI regulations impose progressively stricter limitations on
sulfur emissions from ships. As of January 2, 2015, these limitations required that fuels of vessels in covered Emission Control
Areas ("ECAs") contain no more than 0.1% sulfur. For non-ECA areas, the capped sulfur limitations decreased progressively
until they reached the global limit of 0.5% applicable on and after January 1, 2020 (generally referred to as IMO 2020).
MARPOL Annex VI also establishes three tiers of stringent nitrogen oxide emissions standards for new marine engines,
depending on their date of installation. All of our vessels are in compliance with these requirements. However, the marine sector
accounts for approximately half of the global fuel oil demand and the impact of the increased demand for compliant low sulfur
fuels due to IMO 2020 is expected to affect the availability and cost of such fuels and increase our costs of operation.

54

Table of Contents

In addition, there are several other regulatory requirements to use low sulfur fuel or restrict or regulate emissions from
vessels. The EU Directive 33/2005 requiring the use of low sulfur fuel came into force on January 1, 2010. Under this legislation,
vessels are required to burn fuel with sulfur content below 0.1% while berthed or anchored in an EU port. The California Air
Resources Board requires vessels to burn fuel with 0.1% sulfur content or less within 24 nautical miles of California as of
January 1, 2014. Currently, the only grade of fuel meeting 0.1% sulfur content requirement is low sulfur marine gas oil. All of
our vessels are able to comply with applicable low sulfur fuel requirements.

The IMO has negotiated international conventions that impose liability for oil pollution and other environmental harms in
international waters and the territorial waters of the signatory to such conventions such as the International Convention for the
Control and Management of Ships' Ballast Water and Sediments (the "BWM Convention"). The BWM Convention's
implementing regulations call for a phased introduction of mandatory ballast water exchange requirements (which began in
2009), to be replaced in time with a requirement for mandatory ballast water treatment. The BWM Convention entered into force
on September 8, 2017. As referenced below, the U.S. Coast Guard issued ballast water management rules on March 23, 2012.
Under the requirements of the BWM Convention for units with ballast water capacity more than 5,000 cubic meters that were
constructed in 2011 or before, ballast water management exchange or treatment were accepted until 2016. From 2016 (or not later
than the first intermediate or renewal survey after 2016), only ballast water treatment will be accepted by the BWM Convention.
We have begun installation of ballast water treatment systems on our vessels to comply with the requirements of the BWM
Convention. The Anna Knutsen, the Bodil Knutsen, the Fortaleza Knutsen, the Brasil Knutsen, the Lena Knutsen, the Torill
Knutsen, the Hilda Knutsen, the Ingrid Knutsen, the Raquel Knutsen, the Vigdis Knutsen, the Tordis Knutsen and the Tove
Knutsen have all installed IMO approved ballast water treatment system.. Although the cost to comply with IMO ballast water
treatment regulations for our remaining vessels is difficult to estimate, it is anticipated to be approximately $2.5-$3.0 million per
vessel for the Recife Knutsen, Windsor Knutsen, Carmen Knutsen, Dan Cisne and Dan Sabia. With respect to our vessels on
bareboat charters, this cost is paid by the charterer.

The International Convention on Civil Liability for Bunker Oil Pollution 2001 (the “Bunker Convention”) provides a
liability, compensation and compulsory insurance system to protect and reimburse the victims of oil pollution damage in
jurisdictional waters of ratifying states caused by discharges of bunker fuel. The Bunker Convention became effective in 2008
and imposes strict liability on shipowners for certain pollution damage. Registered owners of any seagoing vessel and seaborne
craft over 1,000 gross tonnage, of any type whatsoever, and registered in a signatory state (a “State Party”), or entering or leaving
a port in the territory of a State Party, will be required to maintain insurance that meets the requirements of the Bunker
Convention and to obtain a certificate issued by a State Party attesting that such insurance is in force. The state-issued certificate
must be carried onboard at all times. P&I clubs in the International Group issue the required Bunkers Convention “Blue Cards” to
enable signatory states to issue certificates. All of our vessels have received “Blue Cards” from their P&I club and are in
possession of a CLC State-issued certificate attesting that the required insurance coverage is in force.

The IMO continues to review and introduce new regulations. It is impossible to predict what additional regulations, if any,

may be passed by the IMO and what effect, if any, such regulation may have on our operations.

European Union Environmental Regulation of Vessels

In waters of the EU, our vessels are subject to regulation EU-level directives implemented by the various nations through
laws and regulations adopting these requirements. These laws and regulations prescribe measures to prevent pollution, protect the
environment, support maritime safety and set out civil and criminal penalties that are being progressively incorporated into
domestic legislation. For instance, the EU has adopted legislation (EU Directive 2009/16/EC) that: bans from EU waters
manifestly sub-standard vessels (defined as vessels that have been detained twice by EU port authorities, in the preceding
two years, after July 2003); creates obligations on the part of EU member port states to inspect at least 24% of vessels using these
ports annually; provides for increased surveillance of vessels posing a high risk to maritime safety or the marine environment;
and provides the EU with greater authority and control over classification societies, including the ability to seek to suspend or
revoke the authority of negligent societies. If deficiencies are found that are clearly hazardous to safety, health or the
environment, the state is required to detain the vessel until the deficiencies are addressed. Member states are also required to
implement a system of penalties for breaches of these standards. EU Directive 2009/16/EC introduced a harmonized and
coordinated regime for port state

55

Table of Contents

control inspections and from January 1, 2011 an on-line register to make public both the poorly performing shipping companies
(who will attract more intensive and coordinated inspections) and those with good records. Like the IMO, the EU adopted
regulations that phased out single-hull tankers. All of our tankers are double-hulled.

Several regulatory requirements to use low sulfur fuel are in force. See discussion of “low sulfur fuel” regulations above.

The EU is currently considering other proposals to further regulate vessel operations. We cannot predict what additional
legislation or regulations, if any, may be promulgated by the EU or any other country or authority. The trend, however, is towards
increasing regulation and our expectation is that requirements will become more extensive and more stringent over time. If more
stringent requirements are put in effect in the future, they may require, individually or in the aggregate, significant expenditures
and could increase our operating costs, potentially affecting financial performance.

North Sea Environmental Regulation of Vessels

Our shuttle tankers currently operate in the North Sea and Brazil.

In addition to the regulations imposed by the IMO and the EU, countries having jurisdiction over North Sea areas impose

further regulatory requirements on operations in those areas, including Maritime and Coastguard Agency regulations in the
United Kingdom and Norwegian Maritime Directorate regulations in Norway. These regulatory requirements, together with
additional requirements imposed by operators in North Sea oil fields, require that we make further expenditures for sophisticated
equipment, reporting and redundancy systems on the shuttle tankers and for the training of seagoing staff. Additional regulations
and requirements may be adopted or imposed that could limit our ability to do business or further increase the cost of doing
business in the North Sea.

In Norway, the Norwegian Pollution Control Authority requires the installation of volatile organic compound emissions
(“VOC”) control equipment, on most shuttle tankers serving the Norwegian continental shelf. The license holders of the oil field
are responsible for the costs to ensure that shuttle tankers operating in the field are using appropriate VOC control equipment. In
recent contracts, the charterers have requested owners to install such equipment against an increase in the hire rate. We have
installed the VOC control equipment required to operate on the Norwegian continental shelf in each of the Fortaleza Knutsen, the
Recife Knutsen, the Bodil Knutsen, the Windsor Knutsen, the Hilda Knutsen, the Torill Knutsen and the Ingrid Knutsen.

Brazilian Environmental Regulation of Vessels

In Brazil, the field operator and in most cases Petrobras where it is involved are required to establish internal procedures to
manage pollution risks, which must be approved by the competent environmental authority. Brazilian environmental law includes
international treaties and conventions to which Brazil is a party, including MARPOL and the CLC, as well as federal, state and
local laws, regulations and permit requirements related to the protection of health and the environment. The petroleum industry in
Brazil is subject to extensive regulations by several governmental agencies, including the National Agency of Petroleum, the
Brazilian Navy and the Brazilian Institute of the Environment and Renewable Natural Resources. Legal obligations also include
immediately notifying the competent authorities about any incident occurring in our vessels that may cause pollution in waters
under the national jurisdiction of Brazil, in addition to the adoption of other required response actions. Failure to comply may
subject us to administrative, criminal and civil liability, with strict and joint liability in civil cases. In Brazil, civil liability for
environmental pollution aims for the complete recovery of the damage caused to the ecosystem and affected third parties,
regardless of the cost involved.

United States Environmental Regulation of Vessels

In the United States, federal and state laws and regulations that require vessel owners and operators to obtain and maintain

specified permits or governmental approvals; control the discharge of materials into the environment; remove and cleanup
materials that may harm the environment; and otherwise comply with regulations intended to protect the environment. Vessel
operations are subject to the jurisdiction of the U.S. Coast Guard, the National Transportation Safety Board, the U.S. Customs
and Border Protection, the Department of Interior, the Bureau of Ocean Energy

56

Table of Contents

Management, and the Bureau of Safety and Environmental Enforcement, as well as classification societies such as the American
Bureau of Shipping. The United States has enacted an extensive regulatory and liability regime for the protection and cleanup of
the environment from oil spills, including discharges of oil cargoes, bunker fuels or lubricants, primarily through the Oil
Pollution Act of 1990 (“OPA 90”) and the Comprehensive Environmental Response, Compensation, and Liability Act
(“CERCLA”).

OPA 90 and CERCLA. CERCLA applies to the discharge of “hazardous substances” rather than “oil” and imposes strict joint

and several liability upon the owners, operators or bareboat charterers of vessels for cleanup costs and damages arising from
discharges of hazardous substances. We believe that petroleum products should not be considered hazardous substances under
CERCLA, but additives to oil or lubricants used on vessels might fall within its scope.

OPA 90 affects all owners, bareboat charterers and operators whose vessels trade to the United States or its territories or
possessions or whose vessels operate in U.S. waters, which include the U.S. territorial sea and 200-mile exclusive economic zone
around the United States.

Under OPA 90, vessel owners, operators and bareboat charterers are “responsible parties” and are jointly, severally and

strictly liable (unless the oil spill results solely from the act or omission of a third party, an act of God or an act of war and the
responsible party reports the incident and reasonably cooperates with the appropriate authorities) for all containment and cleanup
costs and other damages arising from discharges or threatened discharges of oil from their vessels. These other damages are
defined broadly to include:

●

●

●

●

●

natural resources damages and the related assessment costs;

real and personal property damages;

net loss of taxes, royalties, rents, fees and other lost revenues;

lost profits or impairment of earning capacity due to property or natural resources damage;

net cost of public services necessitated by a spill response, such as protection from fire, safety or health hazards;
and

●

loss of subsistence use of natural resources.

OPA 90 limits the liability of responsible parties in an amount it periodically updates. The liability limits do not apply if the

incident was proximately caused by violation of applicable U.S. federal safety, construction or operating regulations, including
IMO conventions to which the United States is a signatory, or by the responsible party’s gross negligence or willful misconduct,
or if the responsible party fails or refuses to report the incident or to cooperate and assist in connection with the oil removal
activities. Liability under CERCLA is also subject to limits unless the incident is caused by gross negligence, willful misconduct
or a violation of certain regulations. We currently maintain for each of our vessel’s pollution liability coverage in the maximum
coverage amount of $1 billion per incident. A catastrophic spill could exceed the coverage available, which could harm our
business, financial condition and results of operations.

Under OPA 90, with limited exceptions, all newly built or converted tankers delivered after January 1, 1994 and operating in
U.S. waters must be double-hulled. All of our tankers are double-hulled. OPA 90 also requires owners and operators of vessels to
establish and maintain with the U.S. Coast Guard evidence of financial responsibility in an amount at least equal to the relevant
limitation amount for such vessels under the statute. The U.S. Coast Guard has implemented regulations requiring that an owner
or operator of a fleet of vessels must demonstrate evidence of financial responsibility in an amount sufficient to cover the vessel
in the fleet having the greatest maximum limited liability under OPA 90 and CERCLA. Evidence of financial responsibility may
be demonstrated by insurance, surety bond, self-insurance, guaranty or an alternate method subject to approval by the U.S. Coast
Guard. Under the self-insurance provisions, the shipowner or operator must have a net worth and working capital, measured in
assets located in the United States against liabilities located anywhere in the world, that exceeds the applicable amount of
financial responsibility. We have complied with the U.S. Coast Guard regulations by using self-insurance for certain vessels and

57

Table of Contents

obtaining financial guaranties from a third party for the remaining vessels. If vessels in our fleet trade to the United States in the
future, we expect to provide guaranties through self-insurance or obtain guaranties from third-party insurers.

OPA 90 and CERCLA permit individual U.S. states to impose their own liability regimes with regard to oil or hazardous
substance pollution incidents occurring within their boundaries, and some states have enacted legislation providing for unlimited
strict liability for spills. Several coastal states, such as California, Washington and Alaska require state-specific evidence of
financial responsibility and vessel response plans. We intend to comply with all applicable regulations in the ports where our
vessels call.

Owners or operators of vessels, including tankers operating in U.S. waters are required to file vessel response plans with the

U.S. Coast Guard, and their tankers are required to operate in compliance with their U.S. Coast Guard approved plans. Such
response plans must, among other things:

●

●

●

address a “worst case” scenario and identify and ensure, through contract or other approved means, the availability
of necessary private response resources to respond to a “worst case discharge;”

describe crew training and drills; and

identify a qualified individual with full authority to implement removal actions.

In addition, we conduct regular oil spill response drills in accordance with the guidelines set out in OPA 90. The U.S. Coast
Guard has announced it intends to propose similar regulations requiring certain vessels to prepare response plans for the release
of hazardous substances. OPA 90 and CERCLA do not preclude claimants from seeking damages resulting from the discharge of
oil and hazardous substances under other applicable law, including maritime tort law. The application of this doctrine varies by
jurisdiction.

Clean Water Act. The United States Clean Water Act (“CWA”) prohibits the discharge of oil or hazardous substances in

United States navigable waters unless authorized by a permit or exemption, and imposes strict liability in the form of penalties
for unauthorized discharges. The CWA also imposes substantial liability for the costs of removal, remediation and damages and
complements the remedies available under OPA 90 and CERCLA. The U.S. Environmental Protection Agency (the “EPA”) has
enacted rules governing the regulation of ballast water discharges and other discharges incidental to the normal operation of
vessels within U.S. waters. The EPA authorized these incidental discharges pursuant to a permit the EPA designated as the
Vessel General Permit for Discharges Incidental to the Normal Operation of Vessels (the “VGP”), which incorporated the current
U.S. Coast Guard requirements for ballast water management as well as supplemental ballast water requirements, and includes
limits applicable to 26 specific discharge streams, such as deck runoff, bilge water and gray water.

The EPA updated the VGP in 2013 to incorporate numeric effluent limits for ballast water expressed as the maximum
concentration of living organisms in ballast water, as opposed to the prior non-numeric requirements. These requirements
correspond with the IMO’s requirements under the BWM Convention, as discussed above. The permit also contains maximum
discharge limitations for biocides and residuals. The numeric effluent limits took effect under a staggered implementation
schedule and do not apply to all vessels. Vessels with deferred deadlines for meeting the numeric standards are required to meet
Best Management Practices, which are substantially similar to the requirements under the previous VGP.

58

Table of Contents

The VGP includes a tiered requirement for obtaining coverage based on the size of the vessel and the amount of ballast water
carried. Vessels that are 300 gross tons or larger and have the capacity to carry more than eight cubic meters of ballast water must
submit notices of intent ("NOIs") to receive permit coverage between six and nine months after the permit's issuance date.
Vessels that do not need to submit NOIs are automatically authorized under the permit. In December 2018, the Vessel Incidental
Discharge Act ("VIDA") was signed into law and restructured the EPA and the U.S. Coast Guard programs for regulating
incidental discharges from vessels. Rather than requiring CWA permits, the discharges will be regulated under a new CWA
Section 312(p) establishing Uniform National Standards for Discharges Incidental to Normal Operation of Vessels. Under VIDA,
VGP provisions and existing U.S. Coast Guard regulations will be phased out over a period of approximately four years and
replaced with National Standards of Performance ("NSPs") to be developed by EPA and implemented and enforced by the U.S.
Coast Guard. VIDA requires EPA to develop NSPs for approximately 30 discharges by December 2020. The discharges to be
covered are similar to those in 2013 VGP and the NSPs are generally required to be at least as stringent as the requirements of the
2013 VGP. On October 26, 2020, EPA issued proposed regulations to establish NSPs, including general discharge standards of
performance, covering general operation and maintenance, biofouling management, and oil management, and specific discharge
standards applicable to specified pieces of equipment and systems. The scheduled expiration date of the 2013 VGP was
December 18, 2018, but under VIDA the provisions of the VGP will remain in place until the new EPA NSPs and the
corresponding U.S. Coast Guard implementation, compliance and enforcement regulations are in place. VIDA requires the
corresponding U.S. Coast Guard regulations to be developed within two years following the adoption of the EPA NSPs.

In addition to the requirements in the VGP (to be replaced by the NSPs established under VIDA), vessel owners and

operators must meet 25 sets of state-specific requirements under the CWA’s § 401 certification process. Because the CWA § 401
process allows tribes and states to impose their own requirements for vessels operating within their waters, vessels operating in
multiple jurisdictions could face potentially conflicting conditions specific to each jurisdiction that they travel through.

While we do not believe that the costs associated with complying with the existing VGP permits and the NSPs that will be

promulgated, including meeting related treatment requirements, will be material, it is difficult to predict the overall impact of
CWA requirements on our business at this stage. In addition, state-specific requirements under the CWA’s § 401 and any similar
restrictions enacted in the future could increase our costs of operating in the relevant waters.

National Invasive Species Act (“NISA”). In March 2012, the U.S. Coast Guard issued a final rule establishing standards for

the allowable concentration of living organisms in ballast water discharged in U.S. waters and requiring the phase-in of U.S.
Coast Guard approved ballast water management systems. The rule went into effect in June 2012 and set ballast water discharge
standards for vessels calling on U.S. ports and intending to discharge ballast water equivalent to those set in IMO’s BWM
Convention. The final rule requires that ballast water discharge have no more than ten living organisms per milliliter for
organisms between ten and 50 micrometers in size. For organisms larger than 50 micrometers, the discharge can have no more
than ten living organisms per cubic meter of discharge. New ships constructed on or after December 1, 2013 were required to
comply with these ballast water treatment standards, with existing ships required to comply by their first drydock after January 1,
2014 or January 1, 2016, depending on size.

Clean Air Act. The United States Clean Air Act requires the EPA to promulgate standards applicable to emissions of volatile

organic compounds and other air contaminants. Our vessels are subject to vapor control and recovery requirements for certain
cargoes in regulated port areas and emission standards for so-called “Category 3” marine diesel engines operating in U.S. waters.
The marine diesel engine emission standards are equivalent to those adopted set forth in Annex VI to MARPOL. Compliance
with these standards may cause us to incur costs to install control equipment on our vessels in the future.

59

Table of Contents

Trends in Environmental Regulation in the United States. Numerous governmental agencies issue regulations to implement

and enforce the laws of the applicable jurisdiction, which often involve lengthy permitting procedures, impose difficult and costly
compliance measures, particularly in ecologically sensitive areas, and subject operators to substantial administrative, civil and
criminal penalties or may result in injunctive relief for failure to comply. Some of these laws contain criminal sanctions in
addition to civil penalties. Changes in environmental laws and regulations occur frequently, and any changes that result in more
stringent and costly compliance or limit contract drilling opportunities, including changes in response to a serious marine incident
that results in significant oil pollution or otherwise causes significant adverse environmental impact, such as the April 2010
Macondo well blowout incident, could adversely affect our financial results. Although significant capital expenditures may be
required to comply with these governmental laws and regulations, such compliance has not materially adversely affected our
earnings or competitive position. We believe that we are currently in compliance in all material respects with the environmental
regulations to which we are subject.

We may also be affected by or subject to permitting and other requirements under a variety of other environmental laws not
discussed above, such as the Endangered Species Act, Marine Mammal Protection Act and National Environmental Policy Act.

Greenhouse Gas Regulation

In February 2005, the Kyoto Protocol to the United Nations Framework Convention on Climate Change (the "Kyoto 
Protocol") entered into force. Pursuant to the Kyoto Protocol, adopting countries were required to implement national programs 
to reduce emissions of greenhouse gases ("GHGs"). The Kyoto Protocol was effectively replaced by the Paris Agreement. 
Emissions of greenhouse gases from international shipping were not subject to the Kyoto Protocol and currently are not subject to 
the Paris Agreement.

On July 15, 2011, the IMO approved mandatory measures to reduce emissions of greenhouse gases from international
shipping. The amendments to Annex VI to MARPOL for the prevention of air pollution from ships add a new Chapter 4 to
Annex VI on energy efficiency requiring the Energy Efficiency Design Index ("EEDI") for new ships, and the Ship Energy
Efficiency Management Plan ("SEEMP") for all ships. The regulations apply to all ships of 400 gross tonnage and above are
entered into force on January 1, 2013. These rules will likely affect the operations of vessels that are registered in countries that
are signatories to Annex VI to MARPOL or vessels that call upon ports located within such countries. The IMO also adopted a
mandatory data collection system requirement in October 2016 ("IMO DCS") that requires ships of 5000 gross tonnage and
above to record and report their fuel oil consumption, indirectly addressing carbon dioxide emissions data. The requirement was
entered into force on March 1, 2018. These requirements could cause us to incur additional compliance costs.

60

Table of Contents

The IMO is also taking steps toward the development of a market-based mechanism for greenhouse gas emissions from 
ships. At the October 2016 Marine Environmental Protection Committee ("MEPC") session, the IMO adopted a roadmap for 
developing a comprehensive IMO strategy on reduction of GHG emissions. In April 2018, the MEPC adopted an initial strategy 
designed to reduce GHG emissions from vessels, including short-term, mid-term and long-term candidate measures with a vision 
of reducing and phasing out GHG emissions from vessels as soon as possible in the 21st Century. The EU has indicated that it 
intends to implement regulation in an effort to limit GHG emissions from vessels if such emissions are not regulated through the 
IMO. In November 2020, the MEPC agreed upon draft amendments to MARPOL Annex VI that would establish an enforceable 
regulatory framework to reduce GHG emissions from international shipping, consisting of technical and operational carbon 
reduction measures. These measures include use of an Energy Efficiency Existing Ship Index (“EEXI”), an operational Carbon 
Intensity Indicator “CII”) and an enhanced SEEMP to drive reductions in the carbon intensity. A vessel’s attained EEXI would be 
calculated in accordance with values established based on type and size category, which compares the vessels’ energy efficiency 
to a baseline. A vessel would then be required to meet a specific EEXI based on a required reduction factor expressed as a 
percentage relative to the EEDI baseline. Under the draft MARPOL VI amendments, vessels with a gross tonnage of 5,000 or 
greater must determine their required annual operational CII and their annual carbon intensity reduction factor needed to ensure 
continuous improvement of the vessel’s CII. On an annual basis, the actual annual operational CII achieved would be 
documented and verified against the vessel’s required annual operational CII to determine the vessel’s operational carbon 
intensity rating on a performance level scale of A (major superior) to E (inferior). The performance level would be required to be 
recorded in the vessel’s SEEMP. A vessel with an E rating, or three consecutive years of a D (minor inferior) rating, would be 
required to submit a corrective action plan showing how the vessel would achieve a C (moderate) rating. The draft MARPOL 
Annex VI amendments will be proposed for formal adoption at the 2021 MEPC session and, once adopted, are expected to enter 
into force on January 1, 2023. The MEPC regulatory approach is consistent with the IMO’s GHG strategy target of a 40% carbon 
intensity reduction for international shipping by 2030, as compared to 2008.

In the United States, the EPA issued an "endangerment finding" regarding greenhouse gases under the Clean Air Act. While
this finding in itself does not impose any requirements on our industry, it authorizes the EPA to regulate directly greenhouse gas
emissions through a rule-making process. In addition, climate change initiatives have been or are being considered in the United
States Congress and by individual states. In June 2013, the European Commission developed a strategy to integrate maritime
emissions into the overall EU strategy to reduce greenhouse gas emissions. In accordance with this strategy, in April 2015 the
European Parliament and Council adopted regulations (EU Directive 2015/757 or EU MRV Regulation) requiring vessels
exceeding 5,000 gross tons using EU ports to monitor, report and verify their carbon dioxide emissions beginning in January
2018, with the first reports due in June 2019. In February 2019, the European Commission adopted a proposal to amend the EU
MRV Regulation to harmonize the requirements of the EU MRV Regulation and the IMO DCS. Although, at present, the EU
MRV Regulation is for monitoring, reporting and verification only, it is anticipated that in the future the EU may move from
requiring reporting of emissions to regulations aimed at reducing them.

Any passage of climate control legislation or other regulatory initiatives by the IMO, the United States, the EU, Norway,
Brazil or other countries where we operate, that restrict GHG emissions could have a significant financial and operational impact
on our business, including requiring us to make significant financial expenditures that we cannot predict with certainty at this
time. For example, the Paris Agreement could lead to increased regulation of greenhouse gases or other concerns relating to
climate change. In addition, even without such regulation, our business may be indirectly affected to the extent that climate
change results in sea level changes or more intense weather events.

61

Table of Contents

Vessel Security Regulation

Since the terrorist attacks of September 11, 2001, there have been a variety of initiatives intended to enhance vessel security.
On November 25, 2002, the Maritime Transportation Security Act of 2002 (the “MTSA”), came into effect in the United States.
To implement certain portions of the MTSA, in July 2003, the U.S. Coast Guard issued regulations requiring the implementation
of certain security requirements aboard vessels operating in waters subject to the jurisdiction of the United States. Similarly, in
December 2002, amendments to SOLAS created a new chapter of the convention dealing specifically with maritime security. The
maritime security chapter came into effect in July 2004 and imposes various detailed security obligations on vessels and port
authorities, most of which are contained in the ISPS. The ISPS is designed to protect ports and international shipping against
terrorism. After July 1, 2004, to trade internationally, a vessel must maintain an International Ship Security Certificate (“ISSC”)
from a recognized security organization approved by the vessel’s flag state.

Among the various requirements are:

●

●

●

●

●

onboard installation of automatic identification systems to provide a means for the automatic transmission of
safety-related information from among similarly equipped ships and shore stations, including information on a
ship’s identity, position, course, speed and navigational status;

onboard installation of ship security alert systems, which do not sound on the vessel but only alert the authorities on
shore;

the development of vessel security plans;

a ship identification number to be permanently marked on a vessel’s hull;

a continuous synopsis record kept onboard showing a vessel’s history, including the name of the ship and of the
state whose flag the ship is entitled to fly, the date on which the ship was registered with that state, the ship’s
identification number, the port at which the ship is registered and the name of the registered owner(s) and their
registered address; and

●

compliance with flag state security certification requirements.

The U.S. Coast Guard regulations, intended to align with international maritime security standards, exempt non-U.S. vessels
from the MTSA vessel security measures provided such vessels have onboard a valid ISSC that attests to the vessel’s compliance
with SOLAS security requirements and the ISPS. KNOT has implemented the various security measures addressed by the
MTSA, SOLAS and the ISPS.

Legal Proceedings

From time to time we have been, and expect to continue to be, subject to legal proceedings and claims in the ordinary course

of our business, principally personal injury and property casualty claims. These claims, even if lacking merit, could result in the
expenditure of significant financial and managerial resources. We are not aware of any legal proceedings or claims that we
believe will have, individually or in the aggregate, a material adverse effect on us.

Taxation of the Partnership

Certain of our subsidiaries are subject to taxation in the jurisdictions in which they are organized, conduct business or own
assets. We intend that our business and the business of our subsidiaries will be conducted and operated in a manner designed to
minimize the tax imposed on us and our subsidiaries. However, we cannot assure this result as tax laws in these or other
jurisdictions may change or we may enter into new business transactions relating to such jurisdictions, which could affect our tax
liability.

62

Table of Contents

Marshall Islands

Because we and our subsidiaries do not conduct business, transactions or operations in the Republic of the Marshall Islands,
neither we nor our subsidiaries are subject to income, capital gains, profits or other taxation under current Marshall Islands law,
other than taxes, fines or fees due to (i) the incorporation, dissolution, continued existence, merger, domestication (or similar
concepts) of legal entities registered in the Republic of the Marshall Islands, (ii) filing certificates (such as certificates of
incumbency, merger, or re-domiciliation) with the Marshall Islands registrar, (iii) obtaining certificates of good standing from, or
certified copies of documents filed with, the Marshall Islands registrar, (iv) compliance with Marshall Islands law concerning
record keeping and vessel ownership, such as tonnage tax, or (v) non-compliance with economic substance regulations or
requests made by the Marshall Islands Registrar of Corporations relating to our books and records and the books and records of
our subsidiaries. As a result, distributions KNOT UK receives from its subsidiary, distributions that such subsidiary receives from
the operating subsidiaries, and distributions we receive from KNOT UK, are not expected to be subject to Marshall Islands
taxation.

United States

We have elected to be treated as a corporation for U.S. federal income tax purposes. As a result, we are subject to U.S.

federal income tax to the extent we earn income from U.S. sources or income that is treated as effectively connected with the
conduct of a trade or business in the United States unless such income is exempt from tax under an applicable treaty or
Section 883 of the Code. Because our fleet is owned by subsidiaries resident in Norway, we expect that we qualify for an
exemption from U.S. federal income tax on any U.S. source gross transportation income we earn by virtue of the application of
the U.S.-Norway Tax Treaty, and we intend to take this position for U.S. federal income tax purposes. Moreover, we do not
expect to earn any income that is effectively connected with the conduct of a trade or business in the United States.

Norway

We are treated as fiscally transparent for Norwegian tax purposes and expect to organize our affairs and conduct our

business in a manner such that we, and our remaining subsidiaries that are not organized under the laws of the Kingdom of
Norway, are not subject to a material amount of Norwegian taxes.

Our vessel-owning subsidiaries have been organized under the laws of the Kingdom of Norway, and we have elected to be

subject to the tonnage tax regime in Norway. Pursuant to this regime, our vessel-owning subsidiaries will be subject to
Norwegian tax based upon the net tonnage of their owned vessels rather than income generated from operating the vessels
(i.e., operating income), which is tax free. Based upon the net tonnage of our current vessels and the applicable rate of taxation,
our Norwegian subsidiaries are liable for approximately $240,908 of Norwegian tonnage tax for the year ended December 31,
2020. In addition, under the tonnage tax regime, other income such as net financial income and expense (i.e. income not
generated from operating the vessels) is subject to the regular corporate income tax rate.

On December 14, 2017, the Norwegian government concluded negotiations with the EFTA Surveillance Authority regarding

the Norwegian tonnage tax regime, which has been approved for another ten years until 2027. Pursuant to the approval, Norway
has introduced restrictions that eliminate the ability of companies that operate vessels under certain bareboat charters to qualify
for the Norwegian tonnage tax regime. Companies that no longer qualify for the Norwegian tonnage tax regime will instead be
subject to regular Norwegian corporate income tax. However, there are no limitations on intra-group bareboat chartering, as well
as bareboat charters where crewing services are carried out by a related party. In order to constitute a related party, a minimum of
25% joint ownership/control is required according to the Norwegian General Taxation Act Section 8-13, paragraph 6. Because
KNOT owns more than 25% of our partnership interests and owns 100% of KNOT Management and KNOT Management
Denmark (which provide these crewing services to us), our bareboat charters are effectively seen as time charter services to the
customer. If this related party situation is ended, other alternatives and possibly mitigating measures would need to be evaluated
by the Partnership.

63

Table of Contents

The United Kingdom's withdrawal and exit from EU, commonly referred to as "Brexit", took place on January 31, 2020.
Even though the U.K. formally left the EU at that date, UK continued to follow the EU rules during a transition period, which
ended on December 31, 2020. In order to meet any future national flag requirements pursuant to the Norwegian tonnage tax
regime, we have reflagged some of our previously U.K.-flagged vessels to a EU/ European Economic Area ("EEA") flag. The
national flagging requirement was not effective for the year ended December 31, 2020.

Further, as from January 1, 2021, as the Brexit transition period has ended, the domestic Norwegian legislation providing

exemption of withholding tax on outbound dividends from KNOT Shuttle Tankers AS to KNOT UK is no longer applicable, as
this exemption rule only includes dividend distributions to corporate shareholders within the EU/EAA. However, we expect that
dividends from KNOT Shuttle Tankers AS to KNOT UK may still be exempt from withholding tax pursuant to the double tax
treaty between Norway and the U.K.

United Kingdom

Although we are managed and controlled in the United Kingdom, we have obtained confirmation from HM Revenue &

Customs that we are treated as a transparent partnership for United Kingdom tax purposes. Accordingly, we are not subject to
U.K. tax in our own name, but rather any partners subject to U.K. tax will be taxed on their share of our profits.

Our general partner and KNOT UK expect to be a resident of the United Kingdom for taxation purposes subject to tax on
ordinary income. Nonetheless, these companies are primarily expected to earn dividend income from our controlled affiliates,
which should generally be exempt from United Kingdom taxation under applicable exemptions for distributions from
subsidiaries.

Employees

We directly employ one onshore employee and no seagoing employees. As of December 31, 2020, KNOT employed
(directly and through ship managers) approximately 640 seagoing staff to serve on our vessels. KNOT and its affiliates may
employ additional seagoing staff to assist us as we grow. KNOT, through certain of its subsidiaries, provides onshore advisory,
commercial, technical and operational support to our operating subsidiaries pursuant to the technical management agreements
and management and administration agreements. Please read “Item 7. Major Unitholders and Related Party Transactions—
Related Party Transactions.”

We and KNOT regard attracting and retaining motivated seagoing personnel as a top priority. KNOT offers seafarers

competitive employment packages and opportunities for personal and career development, which relates to a philosophy of
promoting internally. The officers operating our vessels are engaged on individual employment contracts, and we have entered
into collective bargaining agreements that cover substantially all of the sailing personnel that operate the vessels in our current
fleet, which are flagged in Norway, the Isle of Man, Malta, Denmark, United Kingdom or the Bahamas. We believe our
relationships with these labor unions are good. Our commitment to training is fundamental to the development of the highest
caliber of seafarers for our marine operations. KNOT's cadet training approach is designed to balance academic learning with
hands-on training at sea. KNOT trains personnel mainly in Norway and the Philippines and at institutions that utilize ship
handling, dynamic positioning and cargo handling simulators. After receiving formal instruction at one of these institutions, our
seafarers' training continues onboard one of KNOT's vessels. Additional vessel and equipment training and courses are arranged
in accordance with our training policies and the training requirements of our charterers. We believe that high-quality crewing and
training policies will play an increasingly important role in distinguishing the larger, independent shipping companies with
shuttle tanker experience from those that are newcomers and lack experienced, in-house staff and established expertise on which
to base their customer service and safety operations.

C. Organizational Structure

We are a publicly traded limited partnership formed on February 21, 2013.

64

Table of Contents

The diagram below depicts our simplified organizational and ownership structure as of March 18, 2021.

(1) Each of our vessels are owned by certain vessel-owning subsidiaries.

We listed our common units on the New York Stock Exchange (“NYSE”) in April 2013 under the ticker symbol “KNOP.”

We were formed under the law of the Marshall Islands and maintain our principal executive headquarters at 2 Queen’s
Cross, Aberdeen, Aberdeenshire, AB15 4YB, United Kingdom. Our telephone number at that address is +44 (0) 1224 618420.
Our principal administrative offices are located at 2 Queen’s Cross, Aberdeen, Aberdeenshire, AB15 4YB, United Kingdom.

A full list of our significant operating and vessel-owning subsidiaries is included in Exhibit 8.1.

65

Table of Contents

D. Property, Plants and Equipment

Other than the vessels in our current fleet, we do not have any material property.

Item 4A. Unresolved Staff Comments

Not applicable.

Item 5. Operating and Financial Review and Prospects

The following should be read in conjunction with “Item 3. Key Information—Selected Financial Data,” “Item 4. Information
on the Partnership,” “Forward-Looking Statements” and the consolidated financial statements and accompanying notes included
in this Annual Report. Among other things, those financial statements include more detailed information regarding the basis of
presentation for the following information. Our financial statements have been prepared in accordance with accounting principles
generally accepted in the United States (“U.S. GAAP”) and are presented in U.S. Dollars.

Overview

We were formed in February 2013 as a limited partnership under the laws of the Republic of the Marshall Islands to own and

operate shuttle tankers under long-term charters. Our initial fleet of shuttle tankers was contributed to us by KNOT, a leading
independent owner and operator of shuttle tankers. Our current fleet consists of seventeen shuttle tankers. Under the Omnibus
Agreement, we have the right to purchase from KNOT any shuttle tankers operating under charters of five or more years.

On April 18, 2013, we completed our IPO. In connection with our IPO, we sold 8,567,500 common units to the public,
through the underwriters, at a price of $21.00 per unit, and issued to KNOT 8,567,500 subordinated units and all of our incentive
distribution rights. On May 18, 2016, all of the subordinated units converted into common units on a one for one basis. As of
March 18, 2021, KNOT owned 26.2% of our common units, our general partner and our incentive distribution rights and our
general partner owned a 1.85% general partner interest in us and 0.3% of our common units.

Significant Developments in 2020 and Early 2021

Extension of Torill Knutsen Charter

In April 2020, Eni Trading and Shipping S.p.A. (“Eni”) exercised two of its one-year options to extend the time charter of
the Torill Knutsen until November 2022. In connection with the early exercise by Eni of its options, the Partnership granted Eni a
further option to extend the time charter by one additional one-year period. Eni now has the option to extend the time charter by
two one-year periods until November 2024.

The Windsor Knutsen Charter

In October 2020, the charterer of the Windsor Knutsen, a subsidiary of Royal Dutch Shell (“Shell”), sent its notice of

redelivery, which resulted in the expiration of the charter and the Windsor Knutsen was redelivered on December 7, 2020. It was
expected that the vessel would then undertake a number of short-term voyage contracts when the vessel reported a crack in its
main engine block on December 12, 2020 and the vessel was placed off-hire. The Partnership’s hull and machinery insurance is
expected to cover the cost of repairs and loss of hire insurance is expected to provide income at approximately the level earned
during the vessel’s prior long-term charter, excepting a 14-day deductible period under the policy, up to and until the vessel is
ready to return to service. Based on lead times for the manufacturing of necessary parts, logistics and the repair itself, we
currently anticipate that the vessel will return to service in or around June 2021. We have agreed on the commercial terms for an
expected one-year fixed time charter contract for the Windsor Knutsen (with potential options to extend the charter by one one-
year period and then one six-month period) with a major oil company to commence in the third quarter of 2021.

66

Table of Contents

Revolving Credit Facility

In November 2020, KNOT Shuttle Tankers AS entered into an agreement with Shinsei Bank for an unsecured revolving
credit facility of $25 million. The facility matures in November 2023, bears interest at LIBOR plus a margin of 1.75% and has a
commitment fee of 0.7% on the undrawn portion of the facility.

Sale Leaseback Agreement

On December 30, 2020, the Partnership through its wholly-owned subsidiary, Knutsen Shuttle Tankers 19 AS, which owned

the Raquel Knutsen, agreed to enter into a sale and leaseback agreement with a Japanese-based lessor for a lease period of ten
years. The closing of the transaction occurred on January 19, 2021. The gross sales price was $94.3 million and a portion of the
proceeds was used to repay the outstanding loan and cancelation of the interest rate swap agreements related to the vessel. The
bareboat rate under the lease consists of a fixed element per day and there is a fixed-price purchase obligation at maturity. After
repayment of the loan and related interest rate swaps, the Partnership realized net proceeds of $38 million after fees and expenses.

New Charters for Tordis Knutsen, Vigdis Knutsen and Lena Knutsen

On December 8, 2020, the Partnership secured new three-year fixed contracts for the vessels, Tordis Knutsen, Vigdis
Knutsen and Lena Knutsen, with a major oil company. The commencement of these new time charters range between May and
December 2023, where it is the owner’s choice which of the vessels will be put forward and used under each charter. All three
charters are for fixed periods of three years, however the third charter grants cancellation options to the charterer at the end of the
first and the second years with penalties payable to the Partnership if exercised. The vessels will be marketed for short to mid-
term charter business in the intervening period between the end of the vessels’ current fixed charters (in 2022) and the
commencement of the abovementioned new fixed charters (in 2023), which period on average is currently estimated to be 15
months for each vessel.

Tove Knutsen Acquisition

On December 31, 2020, KNOT Shuttle Tankers AS acquired KNOT Shuttle Tankers 34 AS ("KNOT 34"), the company that

owns the shuttle tanker Tove Knutsen from KNOT, for a purchase price of $117.8 million, less $93.1 million of outstanding
indebtedness related to the Tove Knutsen, plus approximately $0.8 million for certain capitalized fees related to the financing of
the Tove Knutsen, minus other purchase price adjustments of $3.6 million. On the closing of the acquisition, KNOT 34 repaid
$6.9 million of its indebtedness, leaving an aggregate of $86.3 million of debt outstanding under the secured credit facility related
to the Tove Knutsen. The purchase price was settled in cash.

The Tove Knutsen is operating in Brazil under a seven-year time charter with Equinor. The charterer has options to further
extend the charter for up to two two-year periods and nine one-year periods. The credit facility secured by the Tove Knutsen bears
interest at an annual rate equal to LIBOR plus a margin of 1.75% and matures in September 2025.

Bodil Redelivery Notice

On March 9, 2021, the charterer of the Bodil Knutsen, Equinor did not notify us by this due date of its intention to exercise
its option to extend the time charter for the vessel. The charter is currently expected to expire on April 9, 2021. As a result, we
have begun marketing the vessel for long-term employment and intend for the vessel to be utilised in any intervening period in
the short-term market, including in the contract of affreightment ('COA') market in the North Sea.

67

Table of Contents

Our Charters

We generate revenues by charging customers for the transportation of their crude oil using our vessels. These services are

provided under the following basic types of contractual relationships:

·

·

Time charters , whereby the vessels that we operate and are responsible for the crewing of are chartered to
customers for a fixed period of time at hire rates that are either fixed for the firm period of the time charter with
escalations to be made in case of option periods or that increase annually based on a fixed percentage increase or
fixed schedule in order to enable us to offset expected increases in operating costs. Under our time charters, hire
rate payments may be reduced if the vessel does not perform to certain of its specifications, such as if the average
vessel speed falls below a guaranteed speed or the amount of fuel consumed to power the vessel under normal
circumstances exceeds a guaranteed amount, and the customer is generally responsible for any voyage expenses
incurred; and

Bareboat charters , whereby customers charter our vessels for a fixed period of time at hire rates that are generally
fixed, but the customers are responsible for the vessel operation and bear the operating and voyage expenses,
including crewing and other operational services.

The table below compares the primary features of a time charter and a bareboat charter:

Typical charter length
Hire rate basis(1)
Voyage expenses(2)
Vessel operating expenses(2)
Off‑hire(3)

Time Charter

Bareboat Charter

  One year or more   One year or more
  Daily
  Customer pays
  Owner pays
  Varies

  Daily
  Customer pays
  Customer pays
  Customer typically pays

(1) “Hire rate” refers to the basic payment from the charterer for the use of the vessel.

(2) Defined below under “—Important Financial and Operational Terms and Concepts.”

(3) “Off-hire” refers to the time a vessel is not available for service. Our time charters contain provisions whereby the customer

is generally not required to pay the hire rate during off-hire. Our bareboat charters do not contain such provisions.

68

    
    
Table of Contents

Employment of Our Fleet

The following table describes the operations of the vessels in our fleet.

Vessel
Fortaleza Knutsen

Recife Knutsen

Bodil Knutsen

Windsor Knutsen

Carmen Knutsen

Hilda Knutsen

Torill Knutsen

Dan Cisne

Dan Sabia

Ingrid Knutsen

Raquel Knutsen

Tordis Knutsen

Vigdis Knutsen

Lena Knutsen

Brasil Knutsen

Anna Knutsen

Tove Knutsen

Description of Historical Operations

Delivered in March 2011. Has operated under a long-term bareboat charter with a subsidiary of Transpetro
since delivery. Included in the Partnership’s initial fleet.
Delivered in August 2011. Has operated under a long-term bareboat charter with a subsidiary of Transpetro
since delivery. Included in the Partnership’s initial fleet.
Delivered in February 2011. Completed an interim spot voyage and testing prior to commencing operations
under a long-term time charter with Statoil (now Equinor) in May 2011. Included in the Partnership’s initial
fleet.
Delivered in May 2007. Following completion of its retrofitting as a shuttle tanker, operated under a long-term
time charter with a subsidiary of Shell from April 2011 until July 2014. From July 2014 operated under a
charter with KNOT until the vessel commenced on a long term time charter with a subsidiary of Shell in
October 2015. In March 2019, the vessel began operating under a charter with Knutsen Shuttle Tankers Pool
AS that ended in April 2020, when it was redelivered to Shell. In October 2020, Shell sent its notice of
redelivery, which resulted in the expiration of the charter. The Windsor Knutsen was redelivered on December
7, 2021. It was expected that the vessel would then undertake a number of short-term voyage contracts when
the vessel reported a crack in its main engine block on December 12, 2020 and the vessel was placed off-hire.
Based on lead times for the manufacturing of necessary parts, logistics and the repair itself, we currently
anticipate that the vessel will return to service in or around June 2021. We have agreed on the commercial
terms for an expected one-year fixed time charter contract for the Windsor Knutsen (with potential options to
extend the charter by one one-year period and then one six-month period) with a major oil company to
commence in the third quarter of 2021.
Delivered in January 2013. Has operated under a long-term time charter with a subsidiary of Repsol since
delivery. Acquired by the Partnership in August 2013.
Delivered in August 2013. Has operated under a long-term time charter with ENI, which commenced on
delivery. Acquired by the Partnership in June 2014.
Delivered in November 2013. Has operated under a long-term time charter with ENI, which commenced on
delivery. Acquired by the Partnership in June 2014.
Delivered in September 2011. Has operated under a long-term bareboat charter with a subsidiary of
Transpetro, which commenced on delivery. Acquired by the Partnership in December 2014.
Delivered in January 2012. Has operated under a long-term bareboat charter with a subsidiary of Transpetro,
which commenced on delivery. Acquired by the Partnership in June 2015.
Delivered in December 2013 and commenced on long-term time charter with Standard Marine Tonsberg, a
subsidiary of ExxonMobil in February 2014. Acquired by the Partnership in October 2015. In 2019 Vår Energi
AS acquired Standard Marine Tønsberg AS (now Vår Energi Marine AS).
Delivered in March 2015 and commenced on long-term time charter with Repsol in June 2015. Acquired by
the Partnership in December 2016.
Delivered in November 2016 and commenced on long term time charter with a subsidiary of Shell in
January 2017. Acquired by the Partnership in March 2017.
Delivered in February 2017 and commenced on long-term time charter with a subsidiary of Shell in
April 2017. Acquired by the Partnership in June 2017.
Delivered in June 2017 and commenced on long term time charter with a subsidiary of Shell in
September 2017. Acquired by the Partnership in September 2017.
Delivered in May 2013 and commenced on long-term time charter with Galp in June 2015. Acquired by the
Partnership in December 2017.
Delivered in March 2017 and commenced on long term time charter with Galp in May 2017. Acquired by the
Partnership in March 2018.
Delivered in September 2020 and commenced on long term time charter with Equinor in December 2020.
Acquired by the Partnership in December 2020.

69

    
Table of Contents

Market Overview and Trends

As of March 1, 2021, the shuttle tanker market consisted of approximately 89 vessels (including 13 newbuilds on order)
characterized by long-term charters with offshore oil producers. Most shuttle tankers operate in the North Sea or offshore Brazil.
Demand for shuttle tankers is based on offshore oilfield development and prior to mid-2014, higher oil prices and a positive long-
term offshore oil outlook led to increased activity. During 2015-2018, oil companies delayed certain oil production start-ups in
both the North Sea and Brazil however there were increased project startups again in 2019. Then, following announcements made
during the COVID-19 crisis in 2020 by many of the large oil exploration and production companies, near-term capital
expenditure cuts were again seen, delaying many new developments in Brazil and the North Sea by an expected 12 - 24 months.
These announcements also indicated to the Partnership that these projects would not be cancelled. This assumption is supported
by the relatively low costs of oil production in the North Sea and especially Brazil, the rebound in both oil prices and, to a degree,
current global oil demand and FPSO activity, particularly in Brazil. Although we believe that these delays have softened the
short-term market for shuttle tankers, we believe that demand and supply will, notwithstanding, remain largely in balance until
such time as the delays are resolved and we believe that demand for existing and for newbuild shuttle tankers will continue to be
driven over the long term, based on the requirement to replace older tonnage in the North Sea and Brazil and from further
expansion of deep and ultra-deep water offshore oil production in areas such as Pre-salt Brazil and the Barents Sea. We therefore
remain positive with respect to the mid-to-long-term outlook for the growth in demand for shuttle tankers and the opportunities
that this will present.

The statements in this “Market Overview and Trends” section are forward-looking statements based on management’s
current expectations and certain material assumptions and, accordingly, involve risks and uncertainties that could cause actual
results, performance and outcomes to differ materially from those expressed herein. See “Item 3. Key Information—Risk
Factors.”

Items You Should Consider When Evaluating Our Historical Financial Performance and Assessing Our Future Prospects

You should consider the following facts when evaluating our historical results of operations and assessing our future

prospects:

●

The size of our fleet continues to change. Our historical results of operations reflect changes in the size and
composition of our fleet due to our acquisitions of the Carmen Knutsen, the Hilda Knutsen,the Torill Knutsen , the
Dan Cisne , the Dan Sabia, the Ingrid Knutsen, the Raquel Knutsen, the Tordis Knutsen, the Vigdis Knutsen, the
Lena Knutsen, the Brasil Knutsen, the Anna Knutsen and the Tove Knutsen.

● We may enter into different financing agreements. Our financing agreements currently in place may not be

representative of the agreements we will enter into in the future. For example, we may amend our existing credit
facilities or enter into new financing agreements. For descriptions of our current financing agreements, please read
“Item 5. Operating and Financial Review and Prospects—Liquidity and Capital Resources—Borrowing Activities.”

● Our results are affected by fluctuations in the fair value of our derivative instruments. The change in fair value of

our derivative instruments is included in our net income as our derivative instruments are not designated as hedges
for accounting purposes. These changes may fluctuate significantly as interest rates fluctuate. Please read Note 10
—Derivative Instruments in the consolidated financial statements included in this Annual Report. The unrealized
gain or losses related to the change in fair value of our derivatives do not impact our cash flows.

70

Table of Contents

● Our historical results of operations are affected by fluctuations in currency exchange rates. All of the vessels in
our fleet are on time charters and bareboat charters with hire rates payable in U.S. Dollars. Approximately 66%,
64% and 51% of the vessel operating expenses related to our vessels operating under time charters are denominated
in U.S. Dollars and approximately 21%, 26% and 27% of such vessel operating expenses are denominated in
Norwegian Kroner (“NOK”), for the years ended December 31, 2020, 2019 and 2018, respectively. The
composition of our vessel operating expenses may vary over time depending upon the location of future charters
and/or the composition of our crews. All of our financing and interest expenses are also denominated in U.S.
Dollars. We anticipate that all of our future financing agreements will also be denominated in U.S. Dollars.

● We are subject to a one-time entrance tax into the Norwegian tonnage tax regime. Our Norwegian subsidiaries

are subject to a one-time entrance tax into the tonnage tax regime due to our acquisition in 2013 of the shares in the
subsidiary that owns the Fortaleza Knutsen and the Recife Knutsen and our acquisition in 2017 of the shares in the
subsidiary that owns the Lena Knutsen.. The entrance tax arises when the related party seller is taxed under the
ordinary tax regime, and the buyer is taxed under the tonnage tax regime. The tax is based on the difference
between the market value of the shares and the seller's tax value of the shares as of the date of contribution. The
entrance tax on this gain is payable over several years and is calculated by multiplying the Norwegian tax rate by
the declining balance of the gain, which will decline by 20% each year. The Norwegian corporate tax rate has been
reduced from 23% in 2018 to 22% in 2019 and 2020.

● Our historical results of operations reflect income taxes for part of the activities under the ordinary tax regime

in Norway. Our Norwegian subsidiaries are subject only to Norwegian tonnage tax rather than a combination of
ordinary taxation and tonnage taxation as reflected in the consolidated financial statements and accompanying notes
included in this Annual Report. Under the tonnage tax regime, the tonnage tax is based on the tonnage of the vessel,
and operating income is tax free. Tonnage tax is calculated based on the vessel’s net tonnage (in thousands),
according to its certificate, multiplied by the days in operation and the applicable dayrate. The net financial income
and expense remains taxable as ordinary income tax at the regular corporate income tax rate of 22% for Norwegian
subsidiaries subject to the tonnage tax regime.

Factors Affecting Our Results of Operations

We believe the principal factors that will affect our future results of operations include:

●

●

our ability to successfully employ our vessels at economically attractive hire rates as long-term charters expire or
are otherwise terminated;

our ability to maintain good relationships with our existing customers and to increase the number of customer
relationships;

● whether our customers, exercise their options to extend their time charters;

●

●

●

●

●

the length and severity of the COVID-19 outbreak;

the number and availability of our vessels;

the level of demand for shuttle tanker services;

the hire rate earned by our vessels, unscheduled off-hire days and the level of our vessel operating expenses;

the effective and efficient technical management of our vessels;

71

Table of Contents

●

●

●

●

our ability to obtain and maintain major oil and gas company approvals and to satisfy their technical, health, safety
and compliance standards;

economic, regulatory, political and governmental conditions that affect the offshore marine transportation industry;

fluctuations in the price of oil;

interest rate changes;

● mark-to-market changes in interest rate swap contracts and foreign currency derivatives, if any;

●

●

●

●

●

foreign currency exchange gains and losses;

our access to capital required to acquire additional vessels and/or to implement our business strategy;

increases in crewing and insurance costs;

the level of debt and the related interest expense; and

the level of any distribution on our common units.

Please read “Item 3. Key Information—Risk Factors” for a discussion of certain risks inherent in our business.

Important Financial and Operational Terms and Concepts

We use a variety of financial and operational terms and concepts when analyzing our performance. These include the

following:

Time Charter and Bareboat Revenues. The Partnership’s time charter contracts include both a lease component, consisting
of the lease of the vessel, and non-lease component, consisting of operation of the vessel for the customers. The bareboat element
is accounted for as an operating lease on a straight-line basis over the term of the charter, while the service element consisting of
the operation of the vessel is recognized over time as the services are delivered. Revenue from time charters is recognized net of
any commissions and is not recognized during days a vessel is off-hire. Revenue is recognized from delivery of a vessel to the
charterer, until the end of the contract period. Under bareboat charters, the Partnership provides a specified vessel for a fixed
period of time at a specified day rate and the Partnership recognizes revenues from bareboat charters as operating leases on a
straight-line basis over the term of the charter, net of any commissions. Revenues are affected by hire rates and the number
of days a vessel operates as well as the mix of business between time charters and bareboat charters.

Voyage Expenses. Voyage expenses are all expenses unique to a particular voyage, including any bunker fuel expenses, port

fees, cargo loading and unloading expenses, canal tolls and agency fees. Voyage expenses are typically paid by the customer
under time charters and bareboat charters. Voyage expenses are paid by the shipowner during spot contracts and periods of off-
hire and are recognized when incurred.

Vessel Operating Expenses. Vessel operating expenses include crewing, repairs and maintenance, insurance, stores, lube oil

and communication expenses. Vessel operating expenses are generally paid by the shipowner under time charters and spot
contracts and are recognized when incurred. Vessel operating expenses are paid by the customer under bareboat charters.

72

Table of Contents

Off-hire. Under our time charters, when the vessel is off-hire, or not available for service, the customer generally is not
required to pay the hire rate, and the shipowner is responsible for all costs. Prolonged off-hire may lead to a termination of the
time charter. A vessel generally will be deemed off-hire if there is a loss of time due to, among other things, operational
deficiencies, drydocking for repairs, maintenance or inspection, equipment breakdowns, delays due to accidents, crewing strikes,
certain vessel detentions or similar problems or the shipowner’s failure to maintain the vessel in compliance with its
specifications and contractual standards or to provide the required crew. Our bareboat charters do not contain provisions for off-
hire. We have obtained loss of hire insurance to protect us against loss of income in the event one of our vessels cannot be
employed due to damage that is covered under the terms of our hull and machinery insurance. Under our loss of hire policies, our
insurer generally will pay us the hire rate agreed in respect of each vessel for each day in excess of 14 days and with a maximum
period of 180 days.

Drydocking. We must periodically drydock each of our vessels for inspection, repairs and maintenance and any
modifications required to comply with industry certification or governmental requirements. In accordance with industry
certification requirements, we drydock our vessels at least every 60 months until the vessel is 15 years old, after which
drydocking takes place at least every 30 months thereafter as required for the renewal of certifications required by classification
societies. For vessels operating on time charters, we capitalize the costs directly associated with the classification and regulatory
requirements for inspection of the vessels and improvements incurred during drydocking that increase the earnings capacity or
improve the efficiency or safety of the vessels. We expense costs related to routine repairs and maintenance performed during
drydocking or as otherwise incurred. For vessels operating on bareboat charters, the customer bears the cost of any drydocking.
The number of drydockings undertaken in a given period and the nature of the work performed determine the level of drydocking
expenditures.

Depreciation. Depreciation on vessels and equipment is calculated on a straight-line basis over the asset’s estimated useful

life of 25 years for the hull and equipment, less an estimated residual value. Drydocking cost is depreciated on a straight-line
basis over the period until the next planned drydocking takes place. For vessels that are newly built or acquired, an element of the
cost of the vessel is allocated initially to a drydock component and depreciated on a straight-line basis over the period until the
next planned drydocking. When significant drydocking expenditures occur prior to the expiration of this period, we expense the
remaining balance of the original drydocking cost in the month of the subsequent drydocking.

Impairment of Long-Lived Assets. Vessels and equipment, vessels under construction and intangible assets subject to
amortization are reviewed for impairment whenever events or changes in circumstances indicate that the carrying amount of an
asset may not be recoverable. If circumstances require a long-lived asset or asset group to be tested for possible impairment, we
first compare the undiscounted cash flows expected to be generated by that asset or asset group to its carrying value. If the
carrying value of the long-lived asset is not recoverable on an undiscounted cash flow basis, an impairment is recognized to the
extent that the carrying value exceeds its fair value. Fair value is determined through various valuation techniques including
discounted cash flow models, quoted market values and third-party independent appraisals, as considered necessary.

Other Finance Expense. Other finance expense includes external bank fees, financing service fees paid to related parties and

guarantee commissions paid to external parties in connection with our debt and other bank services.

Revenue Days. Revenue days are the total number of calendar days our vessels were in our possession during a period, less

the total number of off-hire days during the period associated with major repairs, or drydockings. Consequently, revenue days
represent the total number of days available for the vessel to earn revenue. Idle days, which are days when the vessel is available
to earn revenue, yet is not employed, are included in revenue days. We use revenue days to highlight changes in net voyage
revenues between periods.

Average Number of Vessels. The historical average number of vessels consists of the average number of owned vessels that

are in our possession during the periods presented. We use average number of vessels primarily to highlight changes in vessel
operating expenses, hire rate expense and depreciation and amortization.

73

Table of Contents

Insurance

Hull and Machinery Insurance. We have obtained hull and machinery insurance on all our vessels to insure against marine

and war risks, which include the risks of damage to our vessels, salvage and towing costs, and also insures against actual or
constructive total loss of any of our vessels. However, our insurance policies contain deductible amounts for which we are
responsible. We have also arranged additional total loss coverage for each vessel. This coverage, which is called hull interest and
freight interest coverage, provides us additional coverage in the event of the total loss or the constructive total loss of a vessel.

Loss of Hire Insurance. We have obtained loss of hire insurance to protect us against loss of income in the event one of our
vessels cannot be employed due to damage that is covered under the terms of our hull and machinery insurance. Under our loss of
hire policies, our insurer will pay us the hire rate agreed in respect of each vessel for each day, in excess of a certain number of
deductible days, for the time that the vessel is out of service as a result of damage, for a maximum of 180 days. The number of
deductible days for the vessels in our fleet is 14 days per vessel.

All of our hull and machinery, hull interest and freight interest and loss of hire insurance policies are written on the NMIP,

which through the hull and maintenance coverage also offers comprehensive collision liability coverage of up to the insured hull
and maintenance value of the vessel. NMIP is based on an “all risk principle” and offers what is considered to be the most
comprehensive insurance obtainable in any of the world’s marine markets today. The agreed deductible on each vessel averages
$150,000.

Protection and Indemnity Insurance. Protection and indemnity insurance, which covers our third-party legal liabilities in
connection with our shipping activities, is provided by a P&I club. This includes third-party liability and other expenses related to
the injury or death of crew members, passengers and other third-party persons, loss or damage to cargo, claims arising from
collisions with other vessels or from contact with jetties or wharves and other damage to other third-party property, including
pollution arising from oil or other substances, and other related costs, including wreck removal. Our current protection and
indemnity insurance coverage is unlimited, except for pollution, which is limited to $1 billion per vessel per incident.

Customers

In the years ended December 31, 2020, 2019 and 2018, revenues from the following customers accounted for over 10% of

our revenues:

(U.S. Dollars in thousands)
Eni Trading and Shipping S.p.A.
Fronape International Company, a subsidiary of

Year Ended December 31,
2019
$  44,175      16 %  $ 44,610      16 %$  43,955      16 %  

2018

2020

Petrobras Transporte S.A.

   45,235  

 16 %     45,116  

 16 %   45,115  

 17 %  

Repsol Sinopec Brasil, B.V., a subsidiary of Repsol

Sinopec Brasil, S.A.

   33,947  

 12 %     36,346  

 13 %   36,978  

 13 %  

Brazil Shipping I Limited, a subsidiary of Royal

Dutch Shell

Galp Sinopec Brasil Services BV

   76,959  
   35,684  

 28 %     66,199  
 13 %     35,541  

 23 %   81,816  
 13 %   30,029  

 29 %  
 11 %  

74

    
    
 
    
Table of Contents

A. Operating Results

Year Ended December 31, 2020 Compared with the Year Ended December 31, 2019

(U.S. Dollars in thousands)
Time charter and bareboat revenues
Other income
Vessel operating expenses
Depreciation
General and administrative expenses
Interest income
Interest expense
Other finance expense
Realized and unrealized gain (loss) on derivative instruments
Net gain (loss) on foreign currency transactions
Income tax benefit (expense)
Net income

Year Ended
December 31,

2020
$ 278,581
 641
 61,005
 89,743
 5,392
 125
 31,645
 705
   (25,679)
 57
 (10)
 65,225

2019
$ 282,502
 59
 60,129
 89,844
 4,858
 865
 50,735
 845
   (17,797)
 (252)
 (9)
 58,957

     Change

    % Change 

$  (3,921) 
 582  
 876  
 (101) 
 534  
 (740) 
   (19,090) 
 (140) 
 (7,882) 
 309  
 (1) 
 6,268  

 (1)%
 986 %
 1 %
 — %
 11 %
 (86)%
 (38)%
 (17)%
 44 %
 (123)%
 11 %
 11 %

Time Charter and Bareboat Revenues. Time charter and bareboat revenues for the year ended December 31, 2020 were

$278.6 million, a decrease of $3.9 million compared to $282.5 million for the year ended December 31, 2019. The decrease was
principally due to (i) reduced revenue from the Raquel Knutsen due to a planned drydocking in first quarter of 2020, (ii) lower
utilization for the Windsor Knutsen, which was redelivered in December 2020 and (iii) decreased earnings from the Bodil
Knutsen due to its reduced daily rate from May 2019 when the vessel began operating under its new time charter option. This was
partially offset by one extra operational day in the year ended December 31, 2020 compared to the year ended December 31,
2019 because of the leap year.

Other Income. Other income for the year ended December 31, 2020 was $0.6 million, an increase of $0.6 million compared

to $59,000 for the year ended December 31, 2019. The increase was primarily due to additional income related to the Raquel
Knutsen as a result of an agreement with the charterer where we carried cargo from Brazil to Europe on the drydocking voyage in
connection with the scheduled drydocking. As a result, the Partnership received $0.6 million for this extra voyage and the
additional revenue has been classified as other income.

Vessel Operating Expenses. Vessel operating expenses for the year ended December 31, 2020 were $61.0 million, an
increase of $0.9 million from $60.1 million in the year ended December 31, 2019. The increase was primarily due to Raquel
Knutsen’s scheduled drydocking and incurrence of $0.8 million related to bunkers consumption in the year ended December 31,
2020 and increased costs due to one extra operational day in 2020.

Depreciation. Depreciation for the year ended December 31, 2020 was $89.7 million, a decrease of $0.1 million from $89.8

million in the year ended December 31, 2019.

General and Administrative Expenses. General and administrative expenses for the year ended December 31, 2020 were
$5.4 million, compared to $4.9 million for 2019. The increase is mainly due to increased insurance premiums for the Partnership
in 2020 compared to the year ended December 31, 2019.

Interest Income. Interest income for the year ended December 31, 2020 was $0.1 million compared to $0.9 million for the

year ended December 31, 2019.

Interest Expense. Interest expense for the year ended December 31, 2020 was $31.6 million, a decrease of $19.1 million
from $50.7 million for the year ended December 31, 2019. The decrease was mainly due to lower LIBOR rate on average and
decreased leverage for the entire fleet.

75

 
 
    
    
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Table of Contents

Other Finance Expense. Other finance expense for the year ended December 31, 2020 was $0.7 million, a decrease of $0.1

million from $0.8 million for the year ended December 31, 2019. Other finance expenses are primarily related to bank fees and
guarantee commissions.

Realized and Unrealized Gain (Loss) on Derivative Instruments. Realized and unrealized loss on derivative instruments
for the year ended December 31, 2020 was $25.7 million, compared to a loss of $17.8 million for the year ended December 31,
2019, as set forth in the table below:

(U.S. Dollars in thousands)
Realized gain (loss):

Interest rate swap contracts
Foreign exchange forward contracts

Total realized gain (loss):

Unrealized gain (loss):

Interest rate swap contracts
Foreign exchange forward contracts

Total unrealized gain (loss):

Total realized and unrealized gain (loss) on

deriviative instruments:

Year Ended
December 31,

2020

2019

     $ Change

$  (3,528) $  3,812
 (2,933)
 879

 (109)
 (3,637)

$ (7,340)
 2,824
   (4,516)

   (21,795)
 (247)
   (22,042)

   (20,663)
 1,987
   (18,676)

   (1,132)
   (2,234)
   (3,366)

$ (25,679) $ (17,797) $ (7,882)

The increase in net realized and unrealized loss on derivative instruments was mainly due to a decrease in the US swap

interest rate.

Net Gain (Loss) on Foreign Currency Transactions. Net gain on foreign currency transactions for the year ended

December 31, 2020 was $57,000, compared to a loss of $0.3 million for the year ended December 31, 2019.

Income Tax Benefit (Expense). Income tax expense for the year ended December 31, 2020 was $10,000 compared to an 

income tax expense of $9,000 for the year ended December 31, 2019.

Net Income. As a result of the foregoing, we earned net income of $65.2 million for the year ended December 31, 2020

compared to net income of $59.0 million for the year ended December 31, 2019.

Year Ended December 31, 2019 Compared with the Year Ended December 31, 2018

See "Item 5. Operating and Financial Review and Prospects—Operating Results—Year Ended December 31, 2019

Compared with the Year Ended December 31, 2018" in our Annual Report on Form 20-F for the year ended December 31, 2019
(our "2019 20-F") for a discussion of our results of operations for the year ended December 31, 2019 compared to the year ended
December 31, 2018 and other financial information related to the year ended December 31, 2018.

76

    
    
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
  
 
 
Table of Contents

B. Liquidity and Capital Resources

Liquidity and Cash Needs

We operate in a capital-intensive industry, and we expect to finance the purchase of additional vessels and other capital
expenditures through a combination of borrowings from commercial banks, cash generated from operations and debt and equity
financings. In addition to paying distributions, our other liquidity requirements relate to servicing our debt, funding investments
(including the equity portion of investments in vessels), funding working capital and maintaining cash reserves against
fluctuations in operating cash flows. We believe our current resources are sufficient to meet our working capital requirements for
our current business. Generally, our long-term sources of funds are cash from operations, long-term bank borrowings and other
debt and equity financings. Because we distribute our available cash, we expect to rely upon external financing sources, including
bank borrowings and the issuance of debt and equity securities, to fund acquisitions and other expansion capital expenditures.

Our funding and treasury activities are intended to maximize investment returns while maintaining appropriate liquidity.
Cash and cash equivalents are held primarily in U.S. Dollars with some balances held in NOK, British Pounds and Euros. We
have not made use of derivative instruments other than for interest rate and currency risk management purposes, and we expect to
continue to economically hedge our exposure to interest rate fluctuations in the future by entering into new interest rate swap
contracts.

We estimate that we will spend in total approximately $51.1 million for drydocking and classification surveys for the
thirteen vessels under time charters in our fleet as of December 31, 2020 between 2021 and 2025. As our fleet matures and
expands, our drydocking expenses will likely increase. Ongoing costs for compliance with environmental regulations are
primarily included as part of our drydocking and society classification survey costs or are a component of our vessel operating
expenses. We are not aware of any regulatory changes or environmental liabilities that we anticipate will have a material impact
on our current or future operations. There will be further costs related to voyages to and from the drydocking yard that will
depend on the distance from the vessel's ordinary trading area to the drydocking yard.

On November 20, 2020, the Partnership entered into an agreement with Shinsei Bank, Limited for an unsecured revolving
credit facility of $25 million. The facility will mature in November 2023, bears interest at LIBOR plus a margin of 1.75% and has
a commitment fee of 0.7% on the undrawn portion of the facility.

On December 30, 2020, the Partnership through its wholly-owned subsidiary, Knutsen Shuttle Tankers 19 AS, which owned

the Raquel Knutsen, agreed to enter into a sale and leaseback agreement with a Japanese-based lessor for a lease period of ten
years. The closing of the transaction occurred on January 19, 2021. The gross sales price was $94.3 million and a portion of the
proceeds was used to repay the outstanding loan and cancelation of the interest rate swap agreements related to the vessel. The
bareboat rate under the lease consists of a fixed element per day and there is a fixed-price purchase obligation at maturity. After
repayment of the loan and related interest rate swaps, the Partnership realized net proceeds of $38 million after fees and expenses.

As of December 31, 2020, the Partnership had available liquidity of $73.3 million, which consisted of cash and cash
equivalents of $52.6 million and availability under the revolving credit facilities of $20.7 million. As of March 18, 2021, the
revolving credit facilities had an aggregate undrawn capacity of $55 million.

The consolidated financial statements have been prepared assuming that the Partnership will continue as a going concern. As

of December 31, 2020, the Partnership's net current liabilities were $147.5 million. Included in current liabilities are $184.2
million short term loan obligations that mature before December 31, 2021 and are therefore, presented as current debt.

77

Table of Contents

The Partnership expects that its primary future sources of funds will be available cash, cash from operations, borrowings

under any new loan agreements and the proceeds of any equity financings. The Partnership believes that these sources of funds
(assuming the current rates earned from existing charters) will be sufficient to cover operational cash outflows and ongoing
obligations under the Partnership’s financing commitments to pay loan interest and make scheduled loan repayments and to make
distributions on its outstanding units. Accordingly, the Partnership believes that its current resources, including amounts available
to be drawn under the revolving credit facilities of $55 million as of March 18, 2021, are sufficient to meet working capital
requirements for its current business for at least the next twelve months.

Capital Expenditures

We reserve cash from operations for future maintenance capital expenditures, working capital and other matters. Our annual

estimated maintenance and replacement capital expenditures are currently $70.5 million per year, which is comprised of $60.9
million for replacing our current vessels at the end of their useful lives and $9.6 million for drydocking maintenance and
classification surveys. We are required to deduct estimated maintenance and replacement capital expenditures from operating
surplus in order to determine our distributable cash flow.

Cash Flows

The following table summarizes our net cash flows from operating, investing and financing activities and our cash and cash

equivalents for the periods presented:

(U.S. Dollars in thousands)
Net cash provided by operating activities
Net cash used in investing activities
Net cash used in financing activities
Effect of exchange rate changes on cash
Net increase (decrease) in cash and cash

equivalents

Cash and cash equivalents at the beginning of

the period

Cash and cash equivalents at the end of the

period

2020
$  169,241
 (21,433)
   (139,260)
 510

Year Ended December 31,
2019
$  165,692

 —  

   (163,849)
 (30)

2018
$  148,646
 (15,493)
   (137,376)
 (169)

 9,058

 1,813

 (4,392)

 43,525

 41,712

 46,104

 52,583

 43,525

 41,712

Year Ended December 31, 2020 Compared with the Year Ended December 31, 2019

Net Cash Provided by Operating Activities

Net cash provided by operating activities increased by $3.5 million to $169.2 million for the year ended December 31, 2020
compared to $165.7 million for year ended December 31, 2019. The increase was mainly due to reduced interest payments due to
a lower LIBOR rate on average for the year ended December 31, 2020 compared to the year ended December 31, 2019. This was
partially offset by increased drydocking expenditures in 2020 compared to 2019 and an increase in working capital elements.

Net Cash Used in Investing Activities

Net cash used in investing activities was $21.4 million for the year ended December 31, 2020 compared to $nil million for

the year ended December 31, 2019. Net cash used in investing activities in 2020 of $21.4 million was mainly due to the
acquisition of the Tove Knutsen for which we paid a net cash amount equal to the difference between the purchase consideration
of $117.8 million and the $93.1 million of outstanding indebtedness plus approximately $0.8 million for certain capitalized fees
related to the financing of the vessel and minus other purchase price adjustments of

78

    
    
    
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Table of Contents

$3.6 million. Net cash used in investing activities is net of cash acquired from the acquisition of the Tove Knutsen of $0.8 million.

Net Cash Used in Financing Activities

Net cash used in financing activities during the year ended December 31, 2020 was $139.3 million and mainly related to the

following:

●

Proceeds from drawdowns under two revolving credit facilities of $33 million;

This was offset by the following:

● Repayment of long-term debt of $92.8 million; and

●

Payment of cash distributions to unitholders of $79.3 million, of which $7.2 million was distributions to Series A
Preferred Units.

Net cash used in financing activities during the year ended December 31, 2019 was $163.8 million and mainly related to the

following:

● Repayment of long-term debt of $84.5 million; and

●

Payment of cash distributions to unitholders of $79.3 million, of which $7.2 million was distributions to Series A
Preferred Units.

Year Ended December 31, 2019 Compared with the Year Ended December 31, 2018

See “Item 5. Operating and Financial Review and Prospects—Liquidity and Capital Resources—Cash Flows” in our

2019 20-F for a discussion of changes in our cash flows from 2019 to 2018 and other financial information related to 2018.

79

Table of Contents

Borrowing Activities

Long-Term Debt. As of December 31, 2020 and 2019, our long-term debt consisted of the following:

(U.S. Dollars in thousands)
$320 million loan facility

$55 million revolving credit facility
Hilda loan facility
Torill loan facility
$172.5 million loan facility
Raquel loan facility
Tordis loan facility
Vigdis loan facility
Lena loan facility
Brasil loan facility
Anna loan facility
Tove loan facility
$25 million revolving credit facility with NTT
$25 million revolving credit facility with Shinsei
Total long‑‑term debt
Less: current installments
Less: unamortized deferred loan issuance costs
Current portion of long‑‑term debt
Portion due after one year
Less: unamortized deferred loan issuance costs
Long‑‑term debt, less current installments, and unamortized

deferred loan issuance costs

Vessel

     December 31,      December 31,

2020

2019

  Windsor Knutsen, Bodil
  Knutsen, Carmen Knutsen,
  Fortaleza Knutsen, Recife
Knutsen, Ingrid Knutsen

Hilda Knutsen
Torill Knutsen
Dan Cisne, Dan Sabia
Raquel Knutsen
Tordis Knutsen
Vigdis Knutsen
Lena Knutsen
Brasil Knutsen
Anna Knutsen
Tove Knutsen

 34,279  
 78,462  
 81,667  
 58,340  
 52,725  
 75,871  
 77,136  
 75,950  
 50,997  
 62,196  
 86,250
 25,000  
 25,000

$  252,245   $  282,360
 26,279
 84,615
 88,333
 70,739
 57,955
 80,931
 82,196
 80,850
 57,281
 66,274
 —
 25,000
 —
    $  1,036,118   $  1,002,813
 85,945
 2,492
 83,453
 916,868
 4,925

 186,723  
 2,535  
 184,188  
 849,395  
 3,238  

   $

 846,157

$

 911,943

The Partnership’s outstanding debt of $1,036.1 million as of December 31, 2020 is repayable as follows:

(U.S. Dollars in thousands)
2021
2022
2023
2024
2025
2026

Total

    Period repayment    Balloon repayment    

 90,912  
 75,577  
 59,902  
 18,240  
 4,583  
 —
 249,214

$

 95,811
 236,509
 235,185
 123,393
 96,006
 —
 786,904

$

Total
 186,723
 312,086
 295,087
 141,633
 100,589
 —
$  1,036,118

As of December 31, 2020, the interest rates on the Partnership’s loan agreements were LIBOR plus a fixed margin ranging
from 1.75% to 2.4%. See Note 2(f)—Financial Income (Expense) in the consolidated financial statements included in this Annual
Report.

80

    
 
 
 
   
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
   
 
 
   
 
   
 
   
 
   
 
   
 
 
 
 
 
 
Table of Contents

$320 Million Term Loan Facility and $55 Million Revolving Credit Facility

In September 2018, the Partnership’s subsidiaries which own the Windsor Knutsen , the Bodil Knutsen , the Fortaleza

Knutsen , the Recife Knutsen , the Carmen Knutsen and the Ingrid Knutsen (“the Vessels”), entered into new senior secured credit
facilities (the “Multi-vessels Facility”) in order to refinance their existing long term bank debt. The Multi-vessels Facility consists
of a term loan of $320 million and a $55 million revolving credit facility. The term loan is repayable in 20 consecutive quarterly
installments, with a final payment at maturity in September 2023 of $177 million, which includes the balloon payment and last
quarterly installment. The term loan bears interest at a rate per annum equal to LIBOR plus a margin of 2.125%. The revolving
credit facility will mature in September 2023, and bears interest at LIBOR plus a margin of 2.125%. There is a commitment fee
of 0.85% payable on the undrawn portion of the revolving credit facility. The loans are guaranteed by the Partnership and secured
by mortgages on the Vessels.

The Vessels, assignments of earnings, charterparty contracts and insurance proceeds are pledged as collateral for the Multi-

vessel facility. The Partnership and the borrowers (except for the Partnership subsidiary that owns the Recife Knutsen and the
Fortaleza Knutsen) are guarantors, and the Multi-vessels Facility is secured by vessel mortgages on the Windsor Knutsen , the
Bodil Knutsen , the Fortaleza Knutsen , the Recife Knutsen , the Carmen Knutsen and the Ingrid Knutsen.

The Multi-vessels Facility contains the following financial covenants:

●

Positive working capital of the borrowers and the Partnership;

● Minimum liquidity of the Partnership of $15 million plus increments of $1.5 million for each owned vessel with

less than 12 months remaining tenor on its employment contract up to 8 vessels and $1 million for each owned
vessel with less than 12 months remaining tenor on its employment contract up to 12 additional vessels in excess of
8 vessels;

● Minimum book equity ratio for the Partnership of 30%; and

● Minimum EBITDA to interest ratio for the Partnership of 2.50.

The Multi-vessels Facility also identifies various events that may trigger mandatory reduction, prepayment and cancellation
of the facility, including if the aggregate market value of the vessels is less than 125% of the outstanding balance under the Multi
Vessel Facility, upon a total loss or sale of a vessel and customary events of default. As of December 31, 2020, the borrowers and
the guarantors were in compliance with all covenants under this facility.

Hilda Loan Facility

In May 2017, the Partnership’s subsidiary, Knutsen Shuttle Tankers 14 AS, which owns the vessel Hilda Knutsen , entered

into a new $100 million senior secured term loan facility with Mitsubishi UFJ Lease & Finance (Hong Kong) Limited (the “New
Hilda Facility”). The New Hilda Facility replaced the $117 million loan facility, which was due to be paid in full in August 2018.
The New Hilda Facility is repayable in 28 consecutive quarterly installments with a final payment at maturity of $58.5 million,
which includes the balloon payment and last quarterly installment. The New Hilda Facility bears interest at a rate per annum
equal to LIBOR plus a margin of 2.2%. The Partnership and KNOT Shuttle Tankers AS are the sole guarantors. The facility
matures in May 2024.

The Hilda Facility contains the following primary financial covenants:

●

Positive working capital of the borrower and the Partnership;

● Minimum liquidity of the Partnership of $15 million plus increments of $1 million for each additional vessel
acquired by the Partnership in excess of eight vessels and $1.5 million for each owned vessel with less than
12 months remaining tenor on its employment contract;

81

Table of Contents

● Minimum book equity ratio for the Partnership of 30%; and

● Minimum EBITDA to interest ratio for the Partnership of 2.50.

The Hilda Facility also identifies various events that may trigger mandatory reduction, prepayment and cancellation of the
facility, including if the market value of the vessels is less than 110% of the outstanding loan under the Hilda Facility for the first
two years, 120% for the third and fourth year and 125% thereafter, upon a total loss or sale of the vessel and customary events of
default. As of December 31, 2020, the borrower and the guarantors were in compliance with all covenants under this facility.

Torill Loan Facility

In January 2018, the Partnership’s subsidiary, Knutsen Shuttle Tankers 15 AS, which owns the vessel Torill Knutsen ,
entered into a new $100 million senior secured term loan facility (the “Torill Facility”) with a consortium of banks, in which The
Bank of Tokyo-Mitsubishi UFJ acted as agent. The Torill Facility replaced a $117 million secured loan facility, which was due to
be paid in full in October 2018. The Torill Facility is repayable in 24 consecutive quarterly installments with a balloon payment
of $60.0 million due at maturity. The Torill Facility bears interest at a rate per annum equal to LIBOR plus a margin of 2.1%. The
facility will mature in January 2024 and is guaranteed by the Partnership. The Torill Facility contains the following primary
financial covenants:

●

Positive working capital of the borrower and the Partnership;

● Minimum liquidity of the Partnership of $15 million plus increments of $1.5 million for each owned vessel with

less than 12 months remaining tenor on its employment contract up to 8 vessels and $1 million for each owned
vessel with less than 12 months remaining tenor on its employment contract in excess of 8 vessels;

● Minimum book equity ratio for the Partnership of 30%; and

● Minimum EBITDA to interest ratio for the Partnership of 2.50.

The Torill Facility also identifies various events that may trigger mandatory reduction, prepayment and cancellation of the

facility, including if the market value of the vessel is less than 110% of the outstanding loan under the Torill Facility for the first
two years, 120% for the third and fourth year and 125% thereafter, upon a total loss or sale of a vessel and customary events of
default. As of December 31, 2020, the borrower and the guarantor were in compliance with all covenants under this facility.

$172.5 Million Secured Loan Facility

In April 2014, KNOT Shuttle Tankers 20 AS and KNOT Shuttle Tankers 21 AS, the subsidiaries owning the Dan Cisne and

Dan Sabia, as the borrowers, entered into a $172.5 million senior secured loan facility. In connection with the Partnership’s
acquisition of the Dan Cisne , in December 2014, the $172.5 million senior secured loan facility was split into a tranche related to
the Dan Cisne (the “Dan Cisne Facility”) and a tranche related to Dan Sabia (the “Dan Sabia Facility”).

The Dan Cisne Facility and the Dan Sabia Facility are guaranteed by the Partnership and secured by a vessel mortgage on the
Dan Cisne and Dan Sabia . The Dan Cisne Facility and the Dan Sabia Facility bear interest at LIBOR plus a margin of 2.4% and
are repayable in semiannual installments with a final balloon payment due at maturity in September 2023 and January 2024,
respectively.

82

Table of Contents

The Dan Cisne Facility and Dan Sabia Facility contain the following financial covenants:

● Minimum liquidity of the Partnership of $15 million plus increments of $1 million for each additional vessel
acquired by the Partnership in excess of eight vessels and $1.5 million for each owned vessel with less than
12 months remaining tenor on its employment contract; and

● Minimum book equity ratio for the Partnership of 30%.

The facility also identifies various events that may trigger mandatory reduction, prepayment and cancellation of the facility,
including if the market value of either of the vessels are less than 125% of the respective loan, upon a total loss or sale of a vessel
and customary events of default. As of December 31, 2020, the borrowers and the guarantor were in compliance with all
covenants under this facility.

Raquel Loan Facility

In December 2014, Knutsen Shuttle Tankers 19 AS, the subsidiary owning the Raquel Knutsen, as the borrower, entered into

a secured loan facility in an aggregate amount of $90.0 million (the "Raquel Facility"). The Raquel Facility was repayable in
quarterly installments with a final balloon payment of $30.5 million due at maturity in March 2025. The Raquel Facility bore
interest at an annual rate equal to LIBOR plus a margin of 2.0%. The facility was secured by a vessel mortgage on the Raquel
Knutsen. The Raquel Knutsen , assignments of earnings, charterparty contracts and insurance proceeds were pledged as collateral
for the Raquel Facility. The Partnership and KNOT Shuttle Tankers AS were the sole guarantors. As of December 31, 2020, the
borrower and the guarantors were in compliance with all covenants under this facility. On January 21, 2021, the Raquel Facility
was paid in full.

Raquel Sale and Leaseback

On December 30, 2020, the Partnership through its wholly-owned subsidiary, Knutsen Shuttle Tankers 19 AS, which owned

the Raquel Knutsen, agreed to enter into a sale and leaseback agreement with a Japanese-based lessor for a lease period of ten
years. The closing of the transaction occurred on January 19, 2021. The gross sales price was $94.3 million and a portion of the
proceeds was used to repay the outstanding loan and cancelation of the interest rate swap agreements related to the vessel. The
bareboat rate under the lease consists of a fixed element per day and there is a fixed-price purchase obligation at maturity. After
repayment of the loan and related interest rate swaps, the Partnership realized net proceeds of $38 million after fees and expenses.

Tordis Loan Facility

In April 2015, KNOT Shuttle Tankers 24 AS, the subsidiary owning the Tordis Knutsen , as the borrower, entered into a

secured loan facility (the “Tordis Facility”). As of the time of the acquisition of the Tordis Knutsen on March 1, 2017, the
aggregate amount outstanding under the facility was $114.4 million. The Tordis Facility is repayable in quarterly installments
with a final balloon payment of $70.8 million due at maturity in November 2021. The Tordis Facility bears interest at an annual
rate equal to LIBOR plus a margin of 1.9%. The facility is secured by a vessel mortgage on the Tordis Knutsen . The Tordis
Knutsen , assignments of earnings, charterparty contracts and insurance proceeds are pledged as collateral for the Tordis Facility.
The Partnership and KNOT Shuttle Tankers AS are the sole guarantors.

The Tordis Facility contains the following financial covenants:

●

Positive working capital of the borrower and the Partnership;

● Minimum liquidity of the Partnership of $15 million plus increments of $1.5 million for each owned vessel with

less than 12 months remaining tenor on its employment contract up to 8 vessels and $1 million for each owned
vessel with less than 12 months remaining tenor on its employment contract in excess of 8 vessels;

83

Table of Contents

● Minimum book equity ratio for the Partnership of 30%; and

● Minimum EBITDA to interest ratio for the Partnership of 2.50.

The Tordis Facility also identifies various events that may trigger mandatory reduction, prepayment and cancellation of the

facility, including if the aggregate market value of the Tordis Knutsen, Vigdis Knutsen and Lena Knutsen is less than 130% of the
outstanding balance under the Tordis Facility, Vigdis Facility and Lena Facility, upon a total loss or sale of a vessel and
customary events of default. As of December 31, 2020, the borrower and the guarantors were in compliance with all covenants
under this facility.

Vigdis Loan Facility

In April 2015, KNOT Shuttle Tankers 25 AS, the subsidiary owning the Vigdis Knutsen, as the borrower, entered into a

secured loan facility (the “Vigdis Facility”). The Vigdis Facility is repayable in quarterly installments with a final balloon
payment of $70.8 million due at maturity in February 2022. The Vigdis Facility bears interest at an annual rate equal to LIBOR
plus a margin of 1.9%. The facility is secured by a vessel mortgage on the Vigdis Knutsen . The Vigdis Knutsen, assignments of
earnings, charterparty contracts and insurance proceeds are pledged as collateral for the Vigdis Facility. The Partnership and
KNOT Shuttle Tankers AS are the sole guarantors.

The Vigdis Facility contains the following financial covenants:

●

Positive working capital of the borrower and the Partnership;

● Minimum liquidity of the Partnership of $15 million plus increments of $1.5 million for each owned vessel with

less than 12 months remaining tenor on its employment contract up to 8 vessels and $1 million for each owned
vessel with less than 12 months remaining tenor on its employment contract in excess of 8 vessels;

● Minimum book equity ratio for the Partnership of 30%; and

● Minimum EBITDA to interest ratio for the Partnership of 2.50.

The Vigdis Facility also identifies various events that may trigger mandatory reduction, prepayment and cancellation of the

facility, including if the aggregate market value of the Tordis Knutsen, Vigdis Knutsen and Lena Knutsen is less than 130% of the
outstanding balance under the Tordis Facility, Vigdis Facility and Lena Facility, upon a total loss or sale of a vessel and
customary events of default. As of December 31, 2020, the borrower and the guarantors were in compliance with all covenants
under this facility.

Lena Loan Facility

In April 2015, KNOT Shuttle Tankers 26 AS, the subsidiary owning the Lena Knutsen , as the borrower, entered into a
secured loan facility (the “Lena Facility”). The Lena Facility is repayable in quarterly installments with a final balloon payment
of $68.6 million due at maturity in June 2022. The Lena Facility bears interest at an annual rate equal to LIBOR plus a margin of
1.9%. The facility is secured by a vessel mortgage on the Lena Knutsen . The Lena Knutsen , assignments of earnings,
charterparty contracts and insurance proceeds are pledged as collateral for the Lena Facility. The Partnership and KNOT Shuttle
Tankers AS are the sole guarantors.

The Lena Facility contains the following financial covenants:

●

Positive working capital of the borrower and the Partnership;

84

Table of Contents

● Minimum liquidity of the Partnership of $15 million plus increments of $1.5 million for each owned vessel with

less than 12 months remaining tenor on its employment contract up to 8 vessels and $1 million for each owned
vessel with less than 12 months remaining tenor on its employment contract in excess of 8 vessels;

● Minimum book equity ratio for the Partnership of 30%; and

● Minimum EBITDA to interest ratio for the Partnership of 2.50.

The Lena Facility also identifies various events that may trigger mandatory reduction, prepayment and cancellation of the
facility, including if the aggregate market value of the Tordis Knutsen, Vigdis Knutsen and Lena Knutsen is less than 130% of the
outstanding balance under the Tordis Facility, Vigdis Facility and Lena Facility, upon a total loss or sale of a vessel and
customary events of default. As of December 31, 2020, the borrower and the guarantors were in compliance with all covenants
under this facility.

Brasil Loan Facility

In June 2017, KNOT Shuttle Tankers 32 AS, the subsidiary owning the Brasil Knutsen , as the borrower, entered into a
secured loan facility (the “Brasil Facility”). The Brasil Facility is repayable in quarterly installments with a final balloon payment
of $40.0 million due at maturity in July 2022. The Brasil Facility bears interest at an annual rate equal to LIBOR plus a margin of
2.3%. The facility is secured by a vessel mortgage on the Brasil Knutsen . The Brasil Knutsen , assignments of earnings,
charterparty contracts and insurance proceeds are pledged as collateral for the Brasil Facility. The Partnership and KNOT Shuttle
Tankers AS are the sole guarantors.

The Brasil Facility contains the following financial covenants:

●

Positive working capital of the borrower and the Partnership;

● Minimum liquidity of the Partnership of $15 million plus increments of $1.5 million for each owned vessel with

less than 12 months remaining tenor on its employment contract up to a total of eight (8) vessels and $1 million for
each owned vessel with less than 12 months remaining tenor on its employment contract up to a total of twelve
(12) vessels;

● Minimum book equity ratio for the Partnership of 30%; and

● Minimum EBITDA to interest ratio for the Partnership of 2.50.

The Brasil Facility also identifies various events that may trigger mandatory reduction, prepayment and cancellation of the

facility, including if the market value of the vessel is less than 125% of the outstanding loan first four years and 135% thereafter,
upon a total loss or sale of a vessel and customary events of default. As of December 31, 2020, the borrower and the guarantors
were in compliance with all covenants under this facility.

Anna Loan Facility

In September 2016, KNOT Shuttle Tankers 30 AS, the subsidiary owning the Anna Knutsen , as the borrower, entered into a
secured loan facility (the “Anna Facility”). The Anna Facility is repayable in quarterly installments with a final balloon payment
of $57.1 million due at maturity in March 2022. The Anna Facility bears interest at an annual rate equal to LIBOR plus a margin
of 2.0%. The facility is secured by a vessel mortgage on the Anna Knutsen . The Anna Knutsen , assignments of earnings,
charterparty contracts and insurance proceeds are pledged as collateral for the Anna Facility. The Partnership and KNOT Shuttle
Tankers AS are the sole guarantors.

85

Table of Contents

The Anna Facility contains the following financial covenants:

●

Positive working capital of the borrower and the Partnership;

● Minimum liquidity of the Partnership of $15 million plus increments of $1.5 million for each owned vessel with

less than 12 months remaining tenor on its employment contract up to 8 vessels and $1 million for each owned
vessel with less than 12 months remaining tenor on its employment contract in excess of 8 vessels;

● Minimum book equity ratio for the Partnership of 30%; and

● Minimum EBITDA to interest ratio for the Partnership of 2.50.

The Anna Facility also identifies various events that may trigger mandatory reduction, prepayment and cancellation of the
facility, including if the market value of the vessel is less than 130% of the outstanding loan, upon a total loss or sale of a vessel
and customary events of default. As of December 31, 2020, the borrower and the guarantors were in compliance with all
covenants under this facility.

Tove Loan Facility

In July 2019, KNOT Shuttle Tankers 34 AS, the subsidiary owning the Tove Knutsen, as the borrower, entered into a secured

loan facility (the "Tove Facility"). The Tove Facility is repayable in quarterly installments with a final balloon payment of $65.5
million due at maturity in September 2025. The Tove Facility bears interest at an annual rate equal to LIBOR plus a margin of
1.75%. The facility is secured by a standard security package for a vessel financing, including a vessel mortgage on the Tove
Knutsen, assignments of earnings, charterparty contracts and insurance proceeds. The Partnership and KNOT Shuttle Tankers AS
guarantee the Tove Facility.

The Tove Facility contains the following financial covenants:

●

Positive working capital of the Partnership;

● Minimum liquidity of the Partnership of $15 million plus increments of $1.5 million for each owned vessel with

less than 12 months remaining tenor on its employment contract up to 8 vessels and $1 million for each owned
vessel with less than 12 months remaining tenor on its employment contract in excess of 8 vessels;

● Minimum book equity ratio for the Partnership of 30%; and

● Minimum EBITDA to interest ratio for the Partnership of 2.50.

The Tove Facility also identifies various events that may trigger mandatory reduction, prepayment and cancellation of the
facility, including if the market value of vessel falls below 110% of the outstanding loan, upon total loss or sale of the vessel and
customary events of default. As of December 31, 2020, the borrower and the guarantors were in compliance with all covenants
under this facility.

$25 Million Revolving Credit Facility with NTT

In June 2019, KNOT Shuttle Tankers AS extended the maturity of its unsecured revolving credit facility of $25 million with

NTT Finance Corporation. The facility will mature in August 2021, bears interest at LIBOR plus a margin of 1.8% and has a
commitment fee of 0.5% on the undrawn portion of the facility.

86

Table of Contents

$25 Million Revolving Credit Facility with Shinsei

In November 2020, KNOT Shuttle Tankers AS entered into an unsecured revolving credit facility with Shinsei Bank. The
facility will mature in November 2023, bears interest at LIBOR plus a margin of 1.75% and has a commitment fee of 0.7% on the
undrawn portion of the facility.

Derivative Instruments and Hedging Activities

We use derivative instruments to reduce the risks associated with fluctuations in interest rates. We have a portfolio of interest

rate swap contracts that exchange or swap floating rate interest to fixed rates, which, from a financial perspective, hedges our
obligations to make payments based on floating interest rates. As of December 31, 2020, the Partnership's net exposure to
floating interest rate fluctuations on its outstanding debt was approximately $467.3 million based on total interest-bearing debt
outstanding of $1,036.1 million, less interest rate swaps of $516.2 million, less cash and cash equivalents of $52.6 million. Our
interest rate swap contracts mature between February 2022 and August 2027. Under the terms of the interest rate swap
agreements, we will receive from the counterparty interest on the notional amount based on three-month and six-month LIBOR
and will pay to the counterparty a fixed rate. For the interest rate swap agreements above, we will pay to the counterparty a
weighted average interest rate of 1.88%.

Critical Accounting Estimates

The preparation of the Partnership’s consolidated financial statements requires us to make estimates and assumptions that

affect the reported amounts of assets, liabilities, revenues and expenses and related disclosures about contingent assets and
liabilities. We base these estimates and assumptions on historical experience and on various other information and assumptions
that we believe to be reasonable. Our critical accounting estimates are important to the portrayal of both our financial condition
and results of operations and require us to make subjective or complex assumptions or estimates about matters that are uncertain.
Significant accounting policies are discussed in Note 2—Summary of Significant Accounting Policies in the consolidated
financial statements included in this Annual Report. We believe that the following are the critical accounting estimates used in
the preparation of our Partnership’s consolidated financial statements. In addition, there are other items within the Partnership’s
consolidated financial statements that require estimation.

Vessel Lives and Impairment

Description. The carrying value of vessels and equipment represent its historical acquisition or construction cost, including

capitalized interest, supervision and technical and delivery cost, net of accumulated depreciation and impairment loss, if any.
Expenditures for subsequent conversions and major improvements are capitalized, provided that such costs increase the earnings
capacity or improve the efficiency or safety of the vessels. We depreciate the original cost, less an estimated residual value, of
our vessels on a straight-line basis over each vessel’s estimated useful life. Depreciation on our shuttle tankers is calculated using
an estimated useful life of 25 years, commencing at the date the vessel was originally delivered from the shipyard. However, the
actual life of a vessel may be different than the estimated useful life, with a shorter actual useful life resulting in an increase in
the depreciation and potentially resulting in an impairment loss. The estimated useful life of our vessels takes into account design
life, commercial considerations and regulatory restrictions. The carrying value of our vessels may not represent their market
value at any point in time, because the market prices of second-hand vessels tend to fluctuate with changes in hire rates and the
cost of newbuilds.

We review vessels and equipment for impairment whenever events or changes in circumstances indicate the carrying value

of an asset may not be recoverable, which occurs when the asset’s carrying value is greater than the future undiscounted cash
flows the asset is expected to generate over its remaining useful life. For a vessel under charter, the discounted cash flows from
that vessel may exceed its market value, as market values may assume the vessel is not employed on an existing charter. If the
estimated future undiscounted cash flows of an asset exceed the asset’s carrying value, no impairment is recognized even though
the fair value of the asset may be lower than its carrying value. If the estimated future undiscounted cash flows of an asset are less
than the asset’s carrying value and the fair value of the asset is less than its carrying value, the asset is written down to its fair
value. Fair value may be determined through various valuation techniques but is generally calculated as the net present value of
estimated future cash flows.

87

Table of Contents

Our business model is to employ our vessels on fixed-rate charters with major energy companies. These charters typically
have original terms between five to ten years in length. Consequently, while the market value of a vessel may decline below its
carrying value, the carrying value of a vessel may still be recoverable based on the future undiscounted cash flows the vessel is
expected to obtain from servicing its existing and future charters.

Judgments and Uncertainties. Our estimates of future cash flows involve assumptions about future hire rates, vessel
utilization, operating expenses, drydocking expenditures, vessel residual values and the remaining estimated life of our vessels.
Our estimated hire rates are based on rates under existing vessel charters and market rates at which we expect we can re-charter
our vessels. Our estimates of vessel utilization, including estimated off-hire time and the estimated amount of time our shuttle
tankers may spend operating in the spot market when not being used in their capacity as shuttle tankers, are based on historical
experience of KNOT and our projections of future shuttle tanker voyages. Our estimates of operating expenses and drydocking
expenditures are based on historical operating and drydocking costs of KNOT and our expectations of future cost and operating
requirements. Vessel residual values are a product of a vessel’s lightweight tonnage and an estimated scrap rate. The remaining
estimated lives of our vessels used in our estimates of future cash flows are consistent with those used in the calculation of
depreciation. Certain assumptions relating to our estimates of future cash flows are more predictable by their nature in our
experience, including estimated revenue under existing charter terms, ongoing operating costs and remaining vessel lives. Certain
assumptions relating to our estimates of future cash flows require more discretion and are inherently less predictable, such as
future hire rates beyond the firm period of existing charters and vessel residual values, due to factors such as the volatility in hire
rates and vessel residual values. We believe that the assumptions used to estimate future cash flows of our vessels are reasonable
at the time they are made. We can make no assurances, however, as to whether our estimates of future cash flows, particularly
future hire rates or vessel residual values, will be accurate.

Effect If Actual Results Differ from Assumptions. If we conclude that a vessel or equipment is impaired, we recognize a loss
in an amount equal to the excess of the carrying value of the asset over its fair value at the date of impairment. The fair value at
the date of the impairment becomes the new cost basis and will result in a lower depreciation expense than for periods before the
vessel or equipment impairment.

Vessel Market Values

In “Vessel Lives and Impairment” above, we discuss our policy for assessing impairment of the carrying value of our
vessels. During the past few years, the market values of certain vessels in the worldwide fleet have experienced particular
volatility, with substantial declines in many vessel classes. There is a future risk that the sale value of certain of our vessels could
decline below those vessels’ carrying value, even though we would not impair those vessels’ carrying value under our accounting
impairment policy, due to our belief that future undiscounted cash flows expected to be earned by such vessels over their
operating lives would exceed such vessels’ carrying value.

In connection with monitoring compliance with our credit facilities and as a general business matter, we periodically monitor

the market value of our vessels, including obtaining various broker valuations as of specific dates. We generally do not include
the impact of market fluctuations in vessel prices in our financial statements. We do, however, monitor our business and assets on
a regular basis for potential asset impairment as described above. The total carrying value of our vessels was $1,709 million as of
December 31, 2020. With respect to the vessels, based on broker valuations as of December 31, 2020 on a charter free basis, we
believe the aggregate market value of these vessels was less than their aggregate carrying value as of that date. We believe the
aggregate amount of this deficit as of December 31, 2020 for the vessels was approximately $112 million. These vessels do,
however, have fixed rate charter contracts. An impairment loss is recognized if there are indicators of impairment present and the
undiscounted cash flows are less than the carrying amount. We have as of December 31, 2020 not recorded impairment charges
for any of our vessels.

88

Table of Contents

Drydocking

Description. We drydock each of our vessels periodically for inspection, repairs and maintenance and for any modifications

to comply with industry certification or governmental requirements. For vessels operating on time charters, we capitalize the
costs directly associated with the classification and regulatory requirements for inspection of the vessels, major repairs and
improvements incurred during drydocking that increase the earnings capacity or improve the efficiency or safety of the vessels.
Drydocking cost is amortized on a straight-line basis over the period until the next planned drydocking. We expense costs related
to routine repairs and maintenance performed during drydocking or as otherwise incurred. For vessels that are newly built or
acquired, an element of the cost of the vessel is allocated initially to a drydock component and amortized on a straight-line basis
over the period until the next planned drydocking. When significant drydocking expenditures occur prior to the expiration of this
period, we expense the remaining unamortized balance of the original drydocking cost in the month of the subsequent
drydocking. For vessels operating on bareboat charters, the charterer bears the cost of any drydocking.

Judgments and Uncertainties. Amortization of capitalized drydock expenditures requires us to estimate the period of the next

drydocking or estimated useful life of drydock expenditures. While we typically drydock our vessels every 60 months until the
vessel is 15 years old and every 30 months thereafter, we may drydock the vessels at an earlier date. In addition, certain repair
and maintenance items performed during a drydock may be expensed where we judge the cost to be routine in nature.

Effect if Actual Results Differ from Assumptions. A change in our estimate of the useful life of a drydock will have a direct

effect on our amortization of drydocking expenditures.

Purchase Price Allocation, Including Goodwill and Intangible Assets

Description. We allocate the cost of acquired companies to the identifiable tangible and intangible assets and liabilities

acquired, with the remaining amount being classified as goodwill, if the purchase is a business acquisition. Certain intangible
assets, such as above-market contracts, are being amortized over time. Our future operating performance will be affected by the
amortization of intangible assets and potential impairment charges related to goodwill or intangible assets. Accordingly, the
allocation of purchase price to intangible assets and goodwill may significantly affect our future operating results.

Judgments and Uncertainties. The allocation of the purchase price of acquired companies requires management to make

significant estimates and assumptions, including estimates of future cash flows expected to be generated by the acquired assets
and the appropriate discount rate to value these cash flows. In addition, the process of evaluating the potential impairment of
goodwill and intangible assets is highly subjective and requires significant judgment at many points during the analysis.

Taxes

Description. We record a valuation allowance to reduce our deferred tax assets to the amount that is more likely than not to

be realized.

Judgments and Uncertainties. We record a valuation allowance for deferred tax assets when it is more likely than not that
some or all of the benefit from the deferred tax asset will not be realized. The future realization of deferred tax assets depends on
the existence of sufficient taxable income of the appropriate character in the carry forward period. This analysis requires, among
other things, the use of estimates and projections in determining future reversals of temporary differences and forecasts of future
profitability and evaluating potential tax-planning strategies. The valuation allowances as of December 31, 2020 were related to
the financial loss carry forwards and other net deferred tax assets for Norwegian tonnage tax. In assessing the realizability of
deferred tax assets, we considered all the positive and negative evidence available. Given our cumulative loss position for
tonnage tax, we determined it was more likely than not that some of the benefit from the deferred tax assets would not be realized
based on the weight of available evidence. As of December 31, 2020, we determined that the deferred tax assets are likely to not
be realized, and the booked value was, therefore, zero.

89

Table of Contents

Effect If Actual Results Differ from Assumptions. If we determined that we were able to realize a net deferred tax asset in the
future, in excess of the net recorded amount, an adjustment to decrease the valuation allowance related to the deferred tax assets
would typically increase our net income (or decrease our loss) in the period such determination was made. As of December 31,
2020 and 2019, we had a valuation allowance for deferred tax assets of $20.9 million and $17.3 million, respectively.

Recently Adopted Accounting Standards

In June 2016, the Financial Accounting Standards Board (“FASB”) issued Accounting Standards Update (“ASU”) 2016-13,
Financial Instruments—Credit Losses (Topic 326): Measurement of Credit Losses on Financial Instruments (or ASU 2016-13).
ASU 2016-13 replaces the incurred loss impairment methodology with a methodology that reflects expected credit losses and
requires consideration of a broader range of reasonable and supportable information to estimate credit losses. The new guidance
is applicable to financial assets measured at amortized cost, including trade receivables, contract assets and net investment in
financing leases and was effective for the Partnership from January 1, 2020, with a modified-retrospective approach. The
adoption of ASU 2016-13 did not have a material impact on the consolidated financial statements.

There are no other recent accounting pronouncements, whose adoption had a material impact on the consolidated financial

statements in the current year

New Accounting Standards Not Yet Adopted

In March 2020, the FASB issued ASU 2020-04 Reference Rate Reform (Topic 848), Facilitation of the Effects of Reference

Rate Reform on Financial Reporting. The update provides temporary optional expedients and exceptions to the guidance in US
GAAP on contract modifications and hedge accounting, to ease the financial reporting burdens related to the expected market
transition from the London Interbank Offered Rate (LIBOR) and other interbank offered rates to alternative reference rates. For
all types of hedging relationships, the guidance allows an entity to change the reference rate and other critical terms related to
reference rate reform without having to dedesignate the relationship. The guidance is effective upon issuance through December
31, 2022. Although the Partnership does not apply hedge accounting, the Partnership has debt and interest rate swaps that
reference LIBOR. The Partnership is evaluating the impact of the guidance on the consolidated financial statements.

Other recently issued accounting pronouncements are not expected to materially impact the Partnership..

C. Research and Development, Patents and Licenses, Etc.

Not applicable.

D. Trend Information

Please read “Item 5. Operating and Financial Review and Prospects—Market Overview and Trends.”

E. Off-Balance Sheet Arrangements

At December 31, 2020, we did not have any off-balance sheet arrangements.

90

Table of Contents

F. Tabular Disclosure of Contractual Obligations

The following table summarizes our long-term contractual obligations as of December 31, 2020:

(U.S. Dollars in thousands)
Long‑term debt
Interest commitments on long‑term debt(1)
Interest rate swaps(2)
Operating lease commitments
Total

Payments Due by Period

Total

Less than
1 Year

1‑‑3 Years

4‑‑5 Years

    $ 924,868     $ 182,356     $ 573,439     $  169,073     $

 45,697
 27,714
 1,566
$ 999,845

 20,838
 6,821
 703
$ 210,718

 22,722
 11,364
 761
$ 608,286

 2,137
 7,722
 102
$  179,034

More than
5 Years
 —
 —
   1,807
 —
$  1,807

(1) The interest commitments on long-term debt have been calculated assuming interest rates based on the 6-month LIBOR as of

December 31, 2020, plus the applicable margin for all periods presented.

(2) We have entered into interest rate swap contracts and under the terms of the interest rate swap contracts, we receive LIBOR-
based variable interest and payments and make fixed interest rate payments. The interest commitments on interest rate swaps
have been calculated assuming interest rates based on the 6-month LIBOR as of December 31, 2020.

G. Safe Harbor

Please read “Forward-Looking Statements.”

Item 6. Directors, Senior Management and Employees

A. Directors and Senior Management

The following table provides information about our directors and executive officer. The business address for each of our

directors and executive officer is 2 Queen’s Cross, Aberdeen, Aberdeenshire AB15 4YB, United Kingdom.

Name
Trygve Seglem
Gary Chapman
Hans Petter Aas
Edward A. Waryas, Jr.
Andrew Beveridge
Richard Beyer
Junya Omoto
Simon Bird

Position

    Age    
  70   Chairman of the Board of Directors
  46   Chief Executive Officer and Chief Financial Officer
  75   Director, Chairman of the Audit Committee and Member of the Conflicts Committee
  73   Director and Chairman of the Conflicts Committee and Member of the Audit Committee
  73   Director and Member of the Audit Committee
  51   Director
  51   Director
  61   Director and Member of the Conflicts Committee

Trygve Seglem has served as Chairman of our board of directors since 2013. Mr. Seglem is the owner of TSSI, which is a
50% owner of KNOT. In addition, Mr. Seglem served as President of the Norwegian Shipowners’ Association from 2006 through
2008. Mr. Seglem began his career at Statoil at its inception and has been involved in the development of offshore loading
tankers since 1975. In 1984, Mr. Seglem became the project director and a part owner, through TSSI, of the Knutsen Group. In
September 2008, Mr. Seglem became the sole owner of the shuttle tanker operations of the Knutsen Companies. Mr. Seglem has
a degree from Newcastle University.

91

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Table of Contents

Hans Petter Aas has served on our board of directors since 2013, and currently serves as the Chairman of the Audit

Committee and as a member of the Conflicts Committee. Mr. Aas has had a long career as a banker in the international shipping
and offshore markets and retired from his position as Global Head of the Shipping, Offshore and Logistics Division of DnB NOR
Bank ASA in August 2008. Mr. Aas joined DnB NOR Bank ASA (then Bergen Bank) in 1989 and has previously worked for the
Petroleum Division of the Norwegian Ministry of Industry and the Ministry of Energy, as well as for Vesta Insurance and Nevi
Finance. Mr. Aas is currently a member of the board of directors of Gearbulk Holding Ltd. Mr. Aas has a degree from the
Norwegian School of Economics and Business Administration.

Edward A. Waryas, Jr. has served on our board of directors and as a member of the Conflicts Committee since 2013, and as

a member of the Audit Committee since 2015. He was Vice President—Marine Business Development for Lloyd’s Register
North America, Inc. where he was responsible for marine business development, account management, marketing and product
development in North America. Prior to joining Lloyd’s Register North America, Inc. in 2000, Mr. Waryas was President of the
marine division of Clay Marketing & Public Relations, Inc., as well as President of Windward Maritime, LLC, a maritime
consultancy company. In the 1990s, Mr. Waryas was Director, Business Development for Newport News Shipbuilding and Vice
President of the Tenneco Foreign Sales Corporation. Prior to these positions, Mr. Waryas was a U.S. Coast Guard licensed
engineer for Mobil Shipping & Transportation Company. While at Mobil Shipping & Transportation Company, Mr. Waryas
served as chairman of the bow-loading coordination committee that developed the offshore loading system for the Statfjord Field
off the coast of Norway. Mr. Waryas is a member of the North American panel for Intertanko and a former member of American
Petroleum Institute’s Marine Committee. Mr. Waryas has a Bachelor of Science, Marine Engineering, from the United States
Merchant Marine Academy and a Master of Science, Transportation Management, from the State University of New York.

Andrew Beveridge has served on our board of directors and as a member of the Audit Committee since 2013. Mr. Beveridge

also serves as a director of KNOT UK, a position he has held since 2013. He is an entrepreneur with a track record of running
capital-intensive businesses in the offshore service and shipping industries. From 2006 to 2008, Mr. Beveridge was the Deputy
Managing Director and Business Development Manager of Fugro Rovtech Ltd, a shipping and remotely operated vehicle
(“ROV”) company. From 1996 to 2006, Mr. Beveridge was the Managing Director of Rovtech Ltd., a company that specializes
in the operation of underwater ROVs and the ships they deploy in the oil service and underwater cable-burial industries. Prior to
1996, Mr. Beveridge held various positions as the Managing Director, commercial director or manager of Slinsgby
Engineering Ltd, HMB Subwork Ltd, Star Offshore Services Ltd, Cunard Steamship Co Ltd and Offshore Marine Ltd.
Mr. Beveridge has an engineering degree from Trinity College, Cambridge.

Richard Beyer has served on our board of directors since April 2017 when he was appointed by our general partner to
replace Mr. Hiroaki Nishiyama as an appointed director. Mr. Beyer has served as Deputy Director of KNOT since 2011, has been
a member of the board of directors of the Partnership’s general partner and KNOT UK since 2013 and is a director of NYK
Group Europe Limited and NYK Energy Transport (Atlantic) Limited. Before joining NYK Group in 2007, Mr. Beyer was a
Senior Legal Adviser to BP Shipping Limited. Mr. Beyer was admitted as an English solicitor in 1995.

Junya Omoto has served on our board of directors since April 2020. Mr. Omoto has served as the General Manager,

Offshore Business Group, for NYK since April 1, 2020 and from 2016 was previously Deputy General Manager of NYK’s
Offshore Business Group. Mr. Omoto joined NYK in 1993 and until 2006 he served in the Container and Logistics divisions in
Japan and Hong Kong. In 2007, Mr. Omoto joined the Petroleum group and from 2010 he acted as Manager of the LNG Group.
Mr. Omoto graduated from the University of Tokyo, Faculty of Law.

92

Table of Contents

Simon Bird has served on our board of directors since May 2015 and currently serves as a member of the Conflicts
Committee. Mr. Bird is currently Director Humber for Associated British Ports, a board role, having taken up this position in
September 2015. Mr. Bird previously served as the Chief Executive of Bristol Port Company from 2000 until August 2015. From
1997 to 1999, Mr. Bird served as Commercial Director at Mersey Docks & Harbour Company plc. From 1995 to 1997 he was
Joint Managing Director and Executive Director at International Water Ltd. Prior to 1995, Mr. Bird held senior positions at
British Aerospace plc, Thorn EMI plc and Philips. Prior to his industrial career, Mr Bird served in the Royal Navy and Her
Majesty’s Diplomatic Service. Mr. Bird is also a director of the Humber Local Enterprise Partnership, a public/private body.
Mr Bird holds a Honorary Commission in the Royal Naval Reserve in the rank of Captain.

Gary Chapman has served as our and KNOT UK's Chief Executive Officer and Chief Financial Officer since June 2019.
From 2008 to 2017, Mr. Chapman served as the Finance Director of NYK's energy transport business in the EMEA region and
from 2003 to 2008 was the European Head of Tax for the NYK Group in Europe. Prior to 2003, Mr. Chapman served in various
audit and tax roles for KPMG, including as a member of the Oil and Gas group. From 2017 to 2019, Mr. Chapman served as the
Chief Financial Officer of Biggin Hill Airport Ltd, a private business aviation airport in London. Mr. Chapman is a fellow of the
Institute of Chartered Accountants in England and Wales and holds a degree in Economics from Loughborough University.

B. Compensation

Reimbursement of Expenses of Our General Partner

Our general partner does not receive compensation from us for any services it provides on our behalf, although it is entitled

to reimbursement for expenses incurred on our behalf. In addition, we pay certain fees to KNOT Management and KNOT
Management Denmark pursuant to technical management agreements and management and administration agreements with our
operating subsidiaries, and we reimburse KOAS UK, KOAS and KNOT Management for their reasonable costs and expenses
(plus a 5% service fee) incurred in connection with provision of services pursuant to an administrative services agreement. Please
read “Item 7. Major Unitholders and Related Party Transactions—Related Party Transactions.”

Executive Compensation

Pursuant to the administrative services agreement, Gary Chapman, as an officer of KNOT UK, provides executive officer
functions for our benefit. Mr. Chapman is responsible for our day-to-day management subject to the direction of our board of
directors. Under the administrative services agreement, we reimburse KNOT UK for its reasonable costs and expenses in
connection with the provision of an executive officer and other administrative services to us. In addition, we pay KNOT UK a
management fee equal to 5% of its costs and expenses incurred on our behalf. For the year ended December 31, 2020, we
incurred total costs, expenses and fees under this agreement of approximately $1.5 million (which includes $1.0 million that was
paid to KOAS, KOAS UK and KNOT Management for services they provided for us as subcontractors under the administrative
services agreement). Our officers and employees and officers and employees of our subsidiaries and affiliates of KNOT and our
general partner may participate in employee benefit plans and arrangements sponsored by KNOT, our general partner or their
affiliates, including plans that may be established in the future.

93

Table of Contents

Mr. Chapman entered into an employment agreement with KNOT UK effective June 1, 2019. Pursuant to the employment
agreement, Mr. Chapman serves as KNOT UK’s Chief Executive Officer and Chief Financial Officer and is based in London.
His annualized base salary is 240,000 British Pounds. In addition, the employment agreement also provides for a discretionary
annual bonus (as determined by the board of directors of KNOT UK), 30 working days of paid vacation per year (plus public
holidays) and up to 13 weeks of paid sick leave per year. Mr. Chapman’s employment may be terminated on 6 months’ prior
written notice by either Mr. Chapman or KNOT UK. In addition, Mr. Chapman’s employment agreement provides KNOT UK
with the option to make a payment in lieu of notice or to place Mr. Chapman on garden leave during his notice period. KNOT
UK may also terminate the employment agreement with immediate effect upon certain specified “cause” events. The employment
agreement includes post-termination restrictive covenants prohibiting Mr. Chapman from competing or soliciting customers or
employees for a period of 12 months after the termination of his employment. For the year ended December 31, 2020,
Mr. Chapman received $307,088 in total compensation. In addition, an accrual of $nil for 2020 was made to cover insurance and
pension expenses for Mr. Chapman.

Compensation of Directors

Each director receives compensation for attending meetings of our board of directors, as well as committee meetings. During

the year ended December 31, 2020 each of our directors and our Chairman received aggregate compensation of $75,000. This
amount is expected to increase to $80,000 for the year ending December 31, 2021. Members of the audit and conflicts
committees each received a committee fee of $12,000 and the Chairman of each such committee received a fee of $15,000
per year. In addition, each director is reimbursed for out-of-pocket expenses in connection with attending meetings of our board
of directors or committees. Each director is fully indemnified by us for actions associated with being a director to the extent
permitted under Marshall Islands law.

C. Board Practices

General

Our partnership agreement provides that our general partner irrevocably delegates to our board of directors the authority to

oversee and direct our operations, management and policies on an exclusive basis, and such delegation is binding on any
successor general partner of the Partnership. Our general partner, KNOT Offshore Partners GP LLC, is wholly owned by KNOT.
Our officers manage our day-to-day activities consistent with the policies and procedures adopted by our board of directors.

Our current board of directors consists of seven members, Trygve Seglem, Richard Beyer, Junya Omoto, Hans Petter Aas,

Edward A. Waryas, Jr., Andrew Beveridge and Simon Bird. Mr. Seglem, Mr. Beyer and Mr. Omoto have been appointed by our
general partner. Mr. Aas, Mr. Waryas, Mr. Beveridge and Mr. Bird were elected by our common unitholders. Directors appointed
by our general partner serve as directors for terms determined by our general partner. Directors elected by our common
unitholders are divided into four classes serving staggered four-year terms. Mr. Aas is designated as our Class IV elected director
and will serve until our annual meeting of unitholders in 2021. Mr. Waryas is designated as the Class I elected director and will
serve until our annual meeting of unitholders in 2022. Mr. Beveridge is designated as our Class II elected director and will serve
until our annual meeting of unitholders in 2023. Mr. Bird is designated as our Class III elected director and will serve until our
annual meeting of unitholders in 2024. At each annual meeting of unitholders, directors will be elected to succeed the class of
director whose term has expired by a plurality of the votes of the common unitholders. Directors elected by our common
unitholders will be nominated by our board of directors or by any limited partner or group of limited partners that holds at least
10% of the outstanding common units.

94

Table of Contents

Each outstanding common unit is entitled to one vote on matters subject to a vote of common unitholders. However, if at any
time, any person or group owns beneficially more than 4.9% or more of any class of units then outstanding (excluding units held
by Norwegian Resident Holders in the election of the elected directors as discussed below), any such units owned by that person
or group in excess of 4.9% may not be voted (except for purposes of nominating a person for election to our board of directors).
The voting rights of any such unitholders in excess of 4.9% will effectively be redistributed pro rata among the other common
unitholders holding less than 4.9% of the voting power of such class of units. Our general partner, its affiliates and persons who
acquire common units with the prior approval of our board of directors are not subject to this 4.9% limitation except with respect
to voting their common units in the election of the elected directors.

In addition, common unitholders that are Norwegian Resident Holders will not be eligible to vote in the election of the
elected directors. The voting rights of any Norwegian Resident Holders will effectively be redistributed pro rata among the
remaining common unitholders (subject to the limitation described above for 4.9% common unitholders) in these elections.

The Series A Preferred Units do not have any right to nominate, appoint or elect any member of our board of directors unless

distributions payable on the Series A Preferred Units have not been declared and paid for four consecutive quarters (a “Trigger
Event”). Upon a Trigger Event, holders of Series A Preferred Units together with the holders of any other series of preferred units
upon which like rights have been conferred and are exercisable, will have the right to replace one of the board members
appointed by our general partner with a person nominated by such holders, such nominee to serve until all accrued and unpaid
distributions on the preferred units have been paid.

Committees

We have an audit committee that, among other things, reviews our external financial reporting, engages our external auditors

and oversees our internal audit activities and procedures and the adequacy of our internal accounting controls. Our audit
committee is comprised of Hans Petter Aas, Andrew Beveridge and Edward A. Waryas, Jr. Our board of directors has determined
that each of Mr. Aas, Mr. Beveridge and Mr. Waryas satisfies the independence standards established by the NYSE. Mr. Aas
qualifies as an “audit committee financial expert” for purposes of SEC rules and regulations.

We also have a conflicts committee comprised of Mr. Waryas, Mr. Aas and Mr. Bird. The conflicts committee is available at
our board of directors’ discretion to review specific matters that our board of directors believes may involve conflicts of interest.
The conflicts committee may determine if the resolution of the conflict of interest is fair and reasonable to us. The members of
the conflicts committee may not be officers or employees of us or directors, officers or employees of our general partner or its
affiliates and must meet the independence standards established by the NYSE to serve on an audit committee of a board of
directors and certain other requirements. Any matters approved by the conflicts committee will be conclusively deemed to be fair
and reasonable to us, approved by all of our partners and not a breach by our directors, our general partner or its affiliates of any
duties any of them may owe us or our unitholders.

Exemptions from NYSE Corporate Governance Rules

Because we qualify as a foreign private issuer under SEC rules, we are permitted to follow the corporate governance

practices of the Marshall Islands (the jurisdiction in which we are organized) in lieu of certain of the NYSE corporate governance
requirements that would otherwise be applicable to us. The NYSE rules do not require a listed company that is a foreign private
issuer to have a board of directors that is comprised of a majority of independent directors. Under Marshall Islands law, we are
not required to have a board of directors comprised of a majority of directors meeting the independence standards described in
the NYSE rules. In addition, the NYSE rules do not require limited partnerships like us to have boards of directors comprised of a
majority of independent directors. The NYSE rules do not require foreign private issuers or limited partnerships like us to
establish a compensation committee or a nominating/corporate governance committee.

95

Table of Contents

Similarly, under Marshall Islands law, we are not required to have a compensation committee or a nominating/corporate

governance committee. Accordingly, we do not have a compensation committee or a nominating/corporate governance
committee. For a listing and further discussion of how our corporate governance practices differ from those required of U.S.
companies listed on the NYSE, please read “Item 16G. Corporate Governance.”

D. Employees

Employees of affiliates of KNOT provide services to our subsidiaries pursuant to the technical management agreements, the

management and administration agreements and the administrative services agreement. As of December 31, 2020, we directly
employed one onshore employee and no seagoing employees. As of December 31, 2020, KNOT, through subsidiaries and
affiliated companies, employed approximately 640 seagoing staff to serve on our vessels. Certain affiliates of KNOT, including
KNOT Management, provide commercial and technical management services, including all necessary crew-related services, to
our subsidiaries pursuant to the technical management agreements and the management and administration agreements. Please
read “Item 7. Major Unitholders and Related Party Transactions—Related Party Transactions” and “Item 4. Information on the
Partnership—Business Overview—Employees.”

E. Unit Ownership

Other than those common units in which Trygve Seglem may be deemed to share beneficial ownership, as of March 18,
2021, there were no common units beneficially owned by our current directors or executive officer. Please read “Item 7. Major
Unitholders and Related Party Transactions—Major Unitholders.”

Item 7. Major Unitholders and Related Party Transactions

A. Major Unitholders

The following table sets forth the beneficial ownership of our common units as of March 18, 2021 by each person that we

know to beneficially own more than 5.0% of our common units. The number of units beneficially owned by each person is
determined under SEC rules and the information is not necessarily indicative of beneficial ownership for any other purpose:

Name of Beneficial Owner
KNOT(1)
Offshore Merchant Partners Asset Yield Fund L.P.(2)
Invesco Ltd.(3)

Common Units

Beneficially Owned  
    Percent 

     Number

 8,657,868
 2,199,583  
 1,776,804  

 26.5 %
 6.3 %
 5.4 %

(1) KNOT is a joint venture between TSSI and NYK Europe, each of which owns a 50% interest in KNOT. Excludes the general

partner interest held by our general partner, a wholly owned subsidiary of KNOT. Includes common units held by our
general partner. NYK Europe is a wholly owned subsidiary of NYK, a broadly owned Japanese public company. TSSI is a
wholly owned subsidiary of Seglem Holding AS (“Seglem Holding”), of which 70% is owned by Trygve Seglem with the
remainder owned by members of his immediate family. Accordingly, each of NYK Europe, NYK, TSSI, Seglem Holding
and Trygve Seglem may be deemed to share beneficial ownership of the 8,657,868 common units held by KNOT and our
general partner.

(2) Offshore Merchant Partners Asset Yield Fund L.P. has shared voting and dispositive power as to 2,199,583 common units.

Represents 2,199,583 common units into which the Series A Preferred Units owned by OMP AY Preferred Limited were
convertible as of September 30, 2020, which common units are included in both the numerator and denominator in
calculating the percentage beneficially owned. This information is based on the Schedule 13G/A filed by Offshore Merchant
Partners Asset Yield Fund L.P. on February 5, 2021.

96

 
 
 
Table of Contents

(3)

Invesco Ltd. has sole voting power and dispositive power as to 1,776,804 common units. This information is based on the
Schedule 13G filed by Invesco Ltd. on February 12, 2021.

Each outstanding common unit is entitled to one vote on matters subject to a vote of common unitholders. However, if at any
time, any person or group owns beneficially more than 4.9% or more of any class of units then outstanding (excluding units held
by Norwegian Resident Holders in the election of the elected directors as discussed below), any such units owned by that person
or group in excess of 4.9% may not be voted (except for purposes of nominating a person for election to our board of directors).
The voting rights of any such unitholders in excess of 4.9% will effectively be redistributed pro rata among the other common
unitholders holding less than 4.9% of the voting power of such class of units. Our general partner, its affiliates and persons who
acquire common units with the prior approval of our board of directors are not subject to this 4.9% limitation except with respect
to voting their common units in the election of the elected directors.

In addition, common unitholders that are Norwegian Resident Holders will not be eligible to vote in the election of the
elected directors. The voting rights of any Norwegian Resident Holders will effectively be redistributed pro rata among the
remaining common unitholders (subject to the limitation described above for 4.9% common unitholders) in these elections.

As of March 18, 2021, we had 3,750,000 Series A Preferred Units issued and outstanding, of which 2,083,333 units,
1,250,000 units and 416,677 units are held by OMP AY Preferred Limited, Pierfront Capital Mezzanine Fund Pte. Ltd. and
Tortoise Direct Opportunities Fund, LP., respectively.

The Series A Preferred Units have voting rights that are identical to the voting rights of our common units, except they do

not have any right to nominate, appoint or elect any member of our board of directors, except upon a Trigger Event. Upon a
Trigger Event, holders of Series A Preferred Units together with the holders of any other series of preferred units upon which like
rights have been conferred and are exercisable, will have the right to replace one of the board members appointed by our general
partner with a person nominated by such holders, such nominee to serve until all accrued and unpaid distributions on the
preferred units have been paid. The Series A Preferred Units are entitled to vote with our common units as a single class, so that
the Series A Preferred Units are entitled to one vote for each common unit into which the Series A Preferred Units are convertible
at the time of voting. The 4.9% limitation described above applies to the holders of the Series A Preferred Units with respect to
the voting of the Series A Preferred Units on an as-converted basis with the common units.

KNOT exercises influence over the Partnership through our general partner, a wholly owned subsidiary of KNOT, which in

its sole discretion appoints three directors to our board of directors. Please read “Item 6. Directors, Senior Management and
Employees—Board Practices.” KNOT also exercises influence over the Partnership through its ownership of 26.5% of our
common units as of March 18, 2021.

B. Related Party Transactions

From time to time we have entered into agreements and have consummated transactions with certain related parties. We may

enter into related party transactions from time to time in the future. In connection with our IPO, we established a conflicts
committee, comprised entirely of independent directors, which must approve all proposed material related party transactions. The
related party transactions that we have entered into or were party to since January 1, 2018 are discussed below.

Omnibus Agreement

Upon the closing of our IPO, we entered into an Omnibus Agreement with KNOT, our general partner and certain of our

other subsidiaries. The following discussion describes certain provisions of the Omnibus Agreement.

97

Table of Contents

Noncompetition

Pursuant to the Omnibus Agreement, KNOT agreed, and caused its controlled affiliates (other than us, our general partner

and our subsidiaries) to agree, not to acquire, own, operate or charter any shuttle tanker operating under a charter for five or
more years. For purposes of this section, we refer to these vessels, together with any related charters, as “Five-Year Vessels” and
to all other shuttle tankers, together with any related charters, as “Non-Five-Year Vessels.” The restrictions in this paragraph do
not prevent KNOT or any of its controlled affiliates (other than us and our subsidiaries) from:

(1)

(2)

(3)

(4)

(5)

(6)

(7)

(8)

(9)

acquiring, owning, operating or chartering Non-Five-Year Vessels;

acquiring one or more Five-Year Vessels if KNOT promptly offers to sell the vessel to us for the acquisition
price plus any administrative costs (including re-flagging and reasonable legal costs) associated with the
transfer to us at the time of the acquisition;

putting a Non-Five-Year Vessel under charter for five or more years if KNOT offers to sell the vessel to us for
fair market value (x) promptly after the time it becomes a Five-Year Vessel and (y) at each renewal or
extension of that charter for five or more years;

acquiring one or more Five-Year Vessels as part of the acquisition of a controlling interest in a business or
package of assets and owning, operating or chartering those vessels; provided, however, that:

(a)

(b)

if less than a majority of the value of the business or assets acquired is attributable to Five-Year
Vessels, as determined in good faith by KNOT’s board of directors, KNOT must offer to sell such
vessels to us for their fair market value plus any additional tax or other similar costs that KNOT
incurs in connection with the acquisition and the transfer of such vessels to us separate from the
acquired business; and

if a majority or more of the value of the business or assets acquired is attributable to Five-Year
Vessels, as determined in good faith by KNOT’s board of directors, KNOT must notify us of the
proposed acquisition in advance. Not later than 30 days following receipt of such notice, we will
notify KNOT if we wish to acquire such vessels in cooperation and simultaneously with KNOT
acquiring the Non-Five-Year Vessels. If we do not notify KNOT of our intent to pursue the
acquisition within 30 days, KNOT may proceed with the acquisition and then offer to sell such
vessels to us as provided in paragraph (1)(a) above;

acquiring up to a 9.9% equity ownership, voting or profit participation interest in any company, business or
pool of assets;

acquiring, owning, operating or chartering any Five-Year Vessel if we do not fulfill our obligation to purchase
such vessel in accordance with the terms of any existing or future agreement;

acquiring, owning, operating or chartering a Five-Year Vessel subject to the offers to us described in
paragraphs (2), (3) and (4) above pending our determination whether to accept such offers and pending the
closing of any offers we accept;

providing ship management services relating to any vessel;

owning or operating any Five-Year Vessel that KNOT owned as of April 15, 2013 and that was not part of our
initial fleet as of such date; or

(10)

acquiring, owning, operating or chartering a Five-Year Vessel if we have previously advised KNOT that we
consent to such acquisition, ownership, operation or charter.

98

Table of Contents

If KNOT or any of its controlled affiliates (other than us or our subsidiaries) acquires, owns, operates or charters Five-Year
Vessels pursuant to any of the exceptions described above, it may not subsequently expand that portion of its business other than
pursuant to those exceptions. However, such Five-Year Vessels could eventually compete with our vessels upon their re-
chartering.

In addition, pursuant to the Omnibus Agreement, we agree, and cause our subsidiaries to agree, to acquire, own, operate or

charter Five-Year Vessels only. The restrictions in this paragraph do not:

(1)

(2)

prevent us from owning, operating or chartering any Non-Five-Year Vessel that was previously a Five-Year
Vessel while owned by us;

prevent us or any of our subsidiaries from acquiring Non-Five-Year Vessels as part of the acquisition of a
controlling interest in a business or package of assets and owning, operating or chartering those vessels;
provided, however, that:

(a)

(b)

(3)

(4)

if less than a majority of the value of the business or assets acquired is attributable to Non-Five-Year
Vessels, as determined in good faith by us, we must offer to sell such vessels to KNOT for their fair
market value plus any additional tax or other similar costs that we incur in connection with the
acquisition and the transfer of such vessels to KNOT separate from the acquired business; and

if a majority or more of the value of the business or assets acquired is attributable to Non-Five-Year
Vessels, as determined in good faith by us, we must notify KNOT of the proposed acquisition in
advance. Not later than 30 days following receipt of such notice, KNOT must notify us if it wishes to
acquire the Non-Five-Year Vessels in cooperation and simultaneously with us acquiring the Five-
Year Vessels. If KNOT does not notify us of its intent to pursue the acquisition within 30 days, we
may proceed with the acquisition and then offer to sell such vessels to KNOT as provided in
paragraph (2)(a) above;

prevent us or any of our subsidiaries from acquiring, owning, operating or chartering any Non-Five-
Year Vessels subject to the offer to KNOT described in paragraph (2) above, pending its
determination whether to accept such offer and pending the closing of any offer it accepts; or

prevent us or any of our subsidiaries from acquiring, owning, operating or chartering Non-Five-Year
Vessels if KNOT has previously advised us that it consents to such acquisition, ownership, operation
or charter.

If we or any of our subsidiaries acquires, owns, operates or charters Non-Five-Year Vessels pursuant to any of the exceptions

described above, neither we nor such subsidiary may subsequently expand that portion of our business other than pursuant to
those exceptions.

Upon a change of control of us or our general partner, the noncompetition provisions of the Omnibus Agreement terminate
immediately. Upon a change of control of KNOT, the noncompetition provisions of the Omnibus Agreement applicable to KNOT
terminate at the time of the change of control. On the date on which a majority of our directors ceases to consist of directors that
were (1) appointed by our general partner prior to our first annual meeting of unitholders and (2) recommended for election by a
majority of our appointed directors, the noncompetition provisions applicable to KNOT terminate immediately.

99

Table of Contents

Rights of First Offer on Shuttle Tankers

Pursuant to the Omnibus Agreement, we and our subsidiaries granted to KNOT a right of first offer on any proposed sale,

transfer or other disposition of any Five-Year Vessels or Non-Five-Year Vessels owned by us. Pursuant to the Omnibus
Agreement, KNOT agreed, and caused its subsidiaries to agree, to grant a similar right of first offer to us for any Five-Year
Vessels they might own. These rights of first offer do not apply to a (1) sale, transfer or other disposition of vessels between any
affiliated subsidiaries or pursuant to the terms of any current or future charter or other agreement with a charterparty or
(2) merger with or into, or sale of substantially all of the assets to, an unaffiliated third party.

Prior to engaging in any negotiation regarding any vessel disposition with respect to a Five-Year Vessel with an unaffiliated

third party or any Non-Five-Year Vessel, we or KNOT, as the case may be, will deliver a written notice to the other relevant
party setting forth the material terms and conditions of the proposed transaction. During the 30-day period after the delivery of
such notice, we and KNOT, as the case may be, will negotiate in good faith to reach an agreement on the transaction. If we do not
reach an agreement within such 30-day period, we or KNOT, as the case may be, will be able within the next 180 calendar days
to sell, transfer, dispose or re-charter the vessel to a third party (or to agree in writing to undertake such transaction with a third
party) on terms generally no less favorable to us or KNOT, as the case may be, than those offered pursuant to the written notice.

Upon a change of control of us or our general partner, the right-of-first-offer provisions of the Omnibus Agreement
terminate immediately. Upon a change of control of KNOT, the right-of-first-offer provisions applicable to KNOT pursuant to
the Omnibus Agreement terminate at the time of the change of control. On the date on which a majority of our directors ceases to
consist of directors that were (1) appointed by our general partner prior to our first annual meeting of unitholders and
(2) recommended for election by a majority of our appointed directors, the provisions related to the rights of first offer granted to
us by KNOT terminate immediately.

Indemnification

Pursuant to the Omnibus Agreement, KNOT indemnified us until April 15, 2018 (and KNOT indemnified us for a period of

at least three years after our purchase of the Hilda Knutsen, the Torill Knutsen, the Ingrid Knutsen and the Raquel Knutsen, as
applicable) against certain environmental and toxic tort liabilities with respect to the assets contributed or sold to us to the extent
arising prior to the time they were contributed or sold to us. Liabilities resulting from a change in law after the closing of our IPO
were excluded from the environmental indemnity. There was an aggregate cap of $5 million on the amount of indemnity
coverage provided by KNOT for environmental and toxic tort liabilities.

KNOT also indemnifies us for liabilities related to:

●

certain defects in title to the assets contributed or sold to us and any failure to obtain, prior to the time they were
contributed to us, certain consents and permits necessary to conduct our business, which liabilities arose before
April 15, 2018 (or, in the case of the Hilda Knutsen, the Torill Knutsen, the Ingrid Knutsen and the Raquel Knutsen,
within three years after our purchase of the Hilda Knutsen, the Torill Knutsen, the Ingrid Knutsen and the Raquel
Knutsen, as applicable); and

●

certain tax liabilities attributable to the operation of the assets contributed or sold to us prior to the time they were
contributed or sold.

Amendments

The Omnibus Agreement may not be amended without the prior approval of the conflicts committee of our board of
directors if the proposed amendment will, in the reasonable discretion of our board of directors, adversely affect holders of our
common units.

100

Table of Contents

Guarantees Relating to the Bodil Knutsen and the Windsor Knutsen

If at any time until April 15, 2018, the Bodil Knutsen was not receiving from any charterer a hire rate equal to or greater than

the hire rate payable under the initial Bodil Knutsen charter, then KNOT was required to pay us such hire rate that would have
been in effect and payable under the initial Bodil Knutsen charter; provided, however, that in the event that, if at any time until
April 15, 2018, the Bodil Knutsen was chartered under a charter other than the initial Bodil Knutsen charter and the hire rate
being paid under such charter was lower than the hire rate that would have been in effect and payable under the initial Bodil
Knutsen charter during any such period, then KNOT was required to pay us the difference between the hire rate that would have
been in effect and payable under the initial Bodil Knutsen charter during such period and the hire rate then in effect and payable
under such other charter.

If at any time until April 15, 2018, the Windsor Knutsen was not receiving from any charterer a hire rate that is equal to or
greater than the hire rate payable under the initial Windsor Knutsen charter, then KNOT was required to pay us such hire rate that
would have been in effect and payable under the initial Windsor Knutsen charter; provided, however, that in the event that, if at
any time until April 15, 2018, the Windsor Knutsen was chartered under a charter other than the initial Windsor Knutsen charter
and the hire rate being paid under such charter was lower than the hire rate that would have been in effect and payable under the
initial Windsor Knutsen charter during any such period, then KNOT was required to pay us the difference between the hire rate
that would have been in effect and payable under the initial Windsor Knutsen charter during such period and the hire rate then in
effect and payable under such other charter; provided, further, that the hire rate that would have been in effect and payable under
the initial Windsor Knutsen charter during the period between the final termination date of the initial Windsor Knutsen charter
(assuming that all extension options thereunder would have been exercised) and the last day of the five-year period following the
closing date of our IPO was be deemed to have been the hire rate that would have been in effect and payable during the last
option extension period under the initial Windsor Knutsen charter (assuming that all extension options thereunder would have
been exercised).

Windsor Knutsen Charter with Knutsen Shuttle Tankers Pool AS

On December 17, 2018, our subsidiary that owns the Windsor Knutsen, KNOT Shuttle Tankers 18 AS, entered into a time
charter contract with Knutsen Shuttle Tankers Pool AS, a wholly owned subsidiary of KNOT. Under the time charter contract
with Knutsen Shuttle Tankers Pool AS, the Windsor Knutsen has been operating on the same terms as its existing time charter
contract with Shell during the suspension period of the time charter contract. The suspension period commenced March 4, 2019
and ended April 3, 2020, when the vessel was redelivered to Shell.

Administrative Services Agreement

Effective as of February 26, 2013, in connection with our IPO, we entered into an administrative services agreement with
KNOT UK, pursuant to which KNOT UK provides certain management and administrative services to us. The agreement had an
initial term of five years. The services provided under the administrative services agreement are provided in a diligent manner, as
we may reasonably direct. KNOT UK is permitted to subcontract certain of the administrative services provided under this
agreement to KOAS UK and KOAS, each of which is a wholly owned subsidiary of TSSI and KNOT Management. On May 7,
2015, we entered into an amendment to the administrative services agreement, which allows KNOT UK to also subcontract
administrative services to KNOT Management. Effective as of February 26, 2018, we entered into a second amendment to the
administrative services agreement extending the term of the agreement indefinitely.

The administrative services agreement may be terminated by any party upon 90 days’ notice for any reason. Under the
administrative services agreement, Gary Chapman, as an officer of KNOT UK, provides executive officer functions for our
benefit. Mr. Chapman is responsible for our day-to-day management subject to the direction of our board of directors. Our board
of directors has the ability to terminate the arrangement with KNOT UK regarding the provision of executive officer services to
us with respect to Mr. Chapman at any time in its sole discretion.

101

Table of Contents

The administrative services provided by KNOT UK include:

●

●

●

●

●

●

●

commercial management services: assistance with our commercial management and the execution of our business
strategies, although KNOT UK does not make any strategic decisions;

bookkeeping, audit and accounting services: assistance with the maintenance of our corporate books and records,
assistance with the preparation of our tax returns and arranging for the provision of audit and accounting services;

legal and insurance services: arranging for the provision of legal, insurance and other professional services and
maintaining our existence and good standing in necessary jurisdictions;

administrative and clerical services: assistance with office space, arranging meetings for our common unitholders
pursuant to our partnership agreement, arranging the provision of IT services, providing all administrative services
required for subsequent debt and equity financings and attending to all other administrative matters necessary to
ensure the professional management of our business;

banking and financial services: providing cash management including assistance with preparation of budgets,
overseeing banking services and bank accounts, arranging for the deposit of funds and monitoring and maintaining
compliance therewith;

advisory services: assistance in complying with United States and other relevant securities laws;

client and investor relations: arranging for the provision of, advisory, clerical and investor relations services to
assist and support us in our communications with our common unitholders; and

●

assistance with the integration of any acquired businesses.

Each quarter, we reimburse KNOT UK, and KNOT UK reimburses KOAS UK, KOAS and KNOT Management, as

applicable, for their reasonable costs and expenses incurred in connection with the provision of the services under the
administrative services agreement. In addition, KNOT UK, KOAS UK, KOAS and KNOT Management, as applicable, receives a
service fee in U.S. Dollars equal to 5% of the costs and expenses incurred by them in connection with providing services.
Amounts payable by us under the administrative services agreement must be paid on a monthly basis within 30 days after receipt
of an invoice for such costs and expenses, together with any supporting detail that may be reasonably required.

Under the administrative services agreement, we indemnify KNOT UK’s subcontractors against all actions which may be

brought against them as a result of their performance of the administrative services including, without limitation, all actions
brought under the environmental laws of any jurisdiction, and against and in respect of all costs and expenses they may suffer or
incur due to defending or settling such actions; provided, however, that such indemnity excludes any or all losses to the extent
that they are caused by or due to the fraud, gross negligence or willful misconduct of the subcontractor or its officers, employees
and agents.

102

Table of Contents

Technical Management Agreements

Each of the Bodil Knutsen, the Windsor Knutsen, the Carmen Knutsen, the Hilda Knutsen, the Torill Knutsen, the Ingrid

Knutsen, the Raquel Knutsen, the Tordis Knutsen, the Vigdis Knutsen, the Lena Knutsen, the Brasil Knutsen, the Anna Knutsen
and the Tove Knutsen, which operate under time charters, is subject to technical management agreements pursuant to which
certain crew, technical and commercial management services are provided by KNOT Management. Under these technical
management agreements, our operating subsidiaries pay fees to and reimburse the costs and expenses of the managers as
described below. The Recife Knutsen, the Fortaleza Knutsen, the Dan Sabia and the Dan Cisne operate under bareboat charters
and, as a result, the customer is responsible with providing for the crew, technical and commercial management of the vessel.
However, each of these vessels are subject to management and administration agreements with either KNOT Management or
KNOT Management Denmark pursuant to which these companies provide general monitoring services for the vessels in
exchange for an annual fee. Please read “—Management and Administration Agreements”.

Management services. Each of the technical management agreements requires that KNOT Management and its

subcontractors use their best endeavors to perform the following management services:

●

●

●

●

●

●

●

●

●

●

●

the provision of suitably qualified crew in accordance with International Convention on Standards of Training,
Certification and Watchkeeping for Seafarers, 1978, as amended, and the attendance to all matters pertaining to
discipline, labor relations, welfare and amenities of the crew;

the provision of technical management, including arranging and supervising drydockings, maintenance and repairs
of the vessel, arranging for the supply of stores, spares and lubricating oil, appointing surveyors and technical
consultants and developing, implementing and maintaining a Safety Management System in accordance with the
ISM Code;

the provision of applicable documentation and compliance with applicable regulations;

the establishment of an accounting system that meets the requirements of the owner, provides regular accounting
services and supplies reports and records and the maintenance of records of costs and expenditures incurred, as well
as data necessary for the settlement of accounts between the parties;

the arrangement for the supply of provisions and necessary stores;

the handling and settlement of claims arising out of the management services;

the arrangement for the provision of bunker;

the arrangement of the loading and discharging and all related matters, subject to the provisions of the time
charters;

the arrangement of all insurances;

the giving of instructions to the master and officers, subject to the provisions of the time charters; and

the arrangement of the lay-up of each vessel.

With respect to the technical management agreements, KNOT Management and its subcontractors use their best endeavors

to also provide the commercial operations, including arranging payment to the owner’s account of all hire and/or freight
revenues, calculating hire, freight and other money due from or to the charterer, issuing voyage instructions, appointing agents
and stevedores and arranging surveys associated with the commercial operations.

103

Table of Contents

Annual management fee. Pursuant to each of the technical management agreements, each of KNOT Shuttle Tankers 17 AS,

KNOT Shuttle Tankers 18 AS, Knutsen Shuttle Tankers 13 AS, Knutsen Shuttle Tankers 14 AS, Knutsen Shuttle Tankers 15 AS,
Knutsen NYK Shuttle Tankers 16 AS, Knutsen Shuttle Tankers 19 AS, KNOT Shuttle Tankers 24 AS, KNOT Shuttle Tankers 25
AS and KNOT Shuttle Tankers 26 AS, KNOT Shuttle Tankers 32 AS , KNOT Shuttle Tankers 30 AS and KNOT Shuttle
Tankers 34 AS as owners, paid a fee of $0.62 million per year for 2020 to KNOT Management, as manager, payable in
equal monthly installments. This annual rate is subject to an adjustment on January 1 of each year pursuant to a procedure set
forth in the agreements. The annual management fee for 2021 has been set at $0.66 million per vessel. Any dispute relating to the
annual rate adjustment would be settled by dispute resolution provisions set forth in the applicable technical management
agreement.

Term. Each of the technical management agreements for the Windsor Knutsen and the Bodil Knutsen continues indefinitely
until terminated by either party after giving three months’ written notice. Each of the technical management agreements for the
Carmen Knutsen, the Hilda Knutsen, the Torill Knutsen, the Ingrid Knutsen, the Raquel Knutsen, the Tordis Knutsen, the Vigdis
Knutsen, the Lena Knutsen, the Brasil Knutsen, the Anna Knutsen and the Tove Knutsen continues indefinitely until terminated by
either party after giving six months’ notice.

Automatic termination and termination by either party. Each technical management agreement terminates or is deemed to be

terminated if:

●

●

the vessel is sold, requisitioned, declared a constructive, compromised or arranged total loss or becomes a total loss;
or

an order is made or a resolution is passed for the winding up, dissolution, liquidation or bankruptcy of either party
(otherwise than for the purpose of reconstruction or amalgamation), a receiver is appointed or either party suspends
payment, ceases to carry on business or makes any special arrangement or composition with its creditors.

Termination by the manager. Under each technical management agreement, the manager may terminate the agreement with

immediate effect by written notice if:

●

●

any money payable to the manager pursuant to the agreement has not been paid within a specified period of days
after demand by the manager for payment or the vessel is repossessed by the mortgagees; or

the owner proceeds with the employment of or continues to employ the vessel (1) in the carriage of contraband,
blockade running or an unlawful trade or (2) on a voyage that in the reasonable opinion of the applicable manager is
unduly hazardous or improper. The manager may only terminate if the owner is given notice of such default and
fails to cure within a reasonable time to the satisfaction of the manager.

KNOT Management also may terminate each technical management agreement if the applicable owner elects to provide

officers and, for any reason within its control, fails to (1) procure that all officers and ratings supplied by it or on its behalf
comply with the requirements of the International Convention on Standards of Training, Certification and Watchkeeping for
Seafarers, as amended in 1995, or (2) instruct such officers and ratings to obey all reasonable orders of KNOT Management in
connection with the operation of KNOT Management’s safety management system. The manager may only terminate if the
owner is given notice of such default and fails to cure within a reasonable time to the satisfaction of the manager.

Termination by the owner. Under each technical management agreement, the owner may terminate the applicable agreement

with immediate effect by written notice to the manager if the manager, for any reason, is in default and fails to cure within a
reasonable time.

104

Table of Contents

Additional fees and provisions. In addition to the fees payable under each technical management agreement, the agreement

also provides that the owner must make available to the manager each month within 60 days of a demand by the manager for
payment an amount equal to the working capital required to run the vessel for the ensuing quarter. Further, under each technical
management agreement, the manager and its employees, agents and subcontractors are indemnified by the owner against all
actions that may be brought against them or incurred or suffered by them arising out of or in connection with their performance
under such agreement in an amount not to exceed ten times the annual management fee payable under such agreement; provided,
however, that such indemnity excludes any or all losses that may be caused by or due to the fraud, gross negligence or willful
misconduct of the manager or its employees, agents and subcontractors.

Management and Administration Agreements

The Recife Knutsen, the Fortaleza Knutsen, the Dan Sabia and the Dan Cisne operate under bareboat charters and, as a
result, the customer is responsible with providing for the crew, technical and commercial management of the vessel. However,
each of these vessels are subject to management and administration agreements pursuant to which the subsidiaries that own and
operate these vessels paid an annual fee in 2020 of $0.06 million for the Recife Knutsen and the Fortaleza Knutsen and an annual
fee in 2020 of $0.02 million for the Dan Sabia and the Dan Cisne to either KNOT Management or KNOT Management
Denmark, as manager, in exchange for general monitoring services. This annual fee is subject to an adjustment on January 1 of
each year pursuant to a procedure set forth in the agreements. The annual fee for 2021 has been set at $0.07 million for the Recife
Knutsen and the Fortaleza Knutsen and $0.03 million for the Dan Sabia and the Dan Cisne. Any dispute relating to the annual
fee adjustment would be settled by dispute resolution provisions set forth in the agreements. The management and administration
agreements continue indefinitely until terminated by either party after giving two months’ written notice, in the case of the Dan
Sabia and Dan Cisne agreements or three months’ written notice, in the case of the Recife Knutsen and Fortaleza Knutsen
agreements. The management and administration agreements also may be terminated by the owner or manager on terms similar
to the technical management agreements.

Courses for Crew and Crewing Services

Simsea Real Operations AS, a company jointly owned by Trygve Seglem and by other shipping companies in Haugesund,

provides simulation, operational training assessment and other certified maritime courses for seafarers, and as part of the
seafarers competence training program the Partnership has purchased courses for seafarers on the vessels on time charter
contracts. The cost is course fees for seafarers. Knutsen OAS Crewing AS, a subsidiary of TSSI, provides administrative services
related to East European crew on our vessels operating on time charter contracts. The cost is a fixed fee per month per East
European crew onboard the vessel. We paid approximately $0.1 million in total fees with respect to these arrangements for
the year ended December 31, 2020.

Acquisition of the Anna Knutsen

In February 2018, we entered into a share purchase agreement pursuant to which we acquired KNOT’s 100% interest in
KNOT 30, the company that owns the shuttle tanker, Anna Knutsen , for a purchase price of $120.0 million, less approximately
$106.8 million of outstanding indebtedness related to the Anna Knutsen, plus approximately $1.4 million for certain capitalized
fees related to the financing of the Anna Knutsenand other purchase price adjustments of $5.3 million. On the closing of the
acquisition on March 1, 2018, KNOT 30 repaid approximately $32.3 million of the indebtedness, leaving an aggregate of
approximately $74.4 million of debt outstanding under the secured credit facility related to the Anna Knutsen. The purchase price
was settled by way of a cash payment financed by cash on hand. The Conflicts Committee approved the acquisition of the Anna
Knutsen.

105

Table of Contents

Acquisition of the Tove Knutsen

In December 2020, we entered into a share purchase agreement pursuant to which we acquired KNOT's 100% interest in

KNOT 34, the company that owns the shuttle tanker, Tove Knutsen , for a purchase price of $117.8 million, less approximately
$93.1 million of outstanding indebtedness related to the Tove Knutsen, plus approximately $0.8 million for certain capitalized
fees related to the financing of the Tove Knutsen, minus other purchase price adjustments of $3.6 million. On the closing of the
acquisition on December 31, 2020, KNOT 34 repaid approximately $6.9 million of the indebtedness, leaving an aggregate of
approximately $86.3 million of debt outstanding under the secured credit facility related to the Tove Knutsen. The purchase price
was settled by way of a cash payment financed by cash on hand. The Conflicts Committee approved the acquisition of the Tove
Knutsen. Please read Note 21—Acquisitions in the consolidated financial statements included in this Annual Report.

Other Related Party Transactions

The following table summarizes related party expenses charged or allocated to us for the year ended December 31, 2020 and
included in the consolidated financial statements. Please read Note 18—Related Party Transactions in the consolidated financial
statements included in this Annual Report.

Statement of Operations Data:
Time charter and bareboat revenues:
Operating expenses(1)
General and administrative expenses:

Total income (expenses)

Year Ended
December 31,
2020
(U.S. Dollars
in thousands)

 4,883
 22,550
 1,953
$  (19,621)

(1)

Includes fees paid pursuant to the management and administration agreements, the technical management agreements,
courses for crew, crew and crewing services.

Payables to KNOT and KOAS were $0.5 million and $1.6 million, respectively, for the year ended December 31, 2020. In
addition, included in trade accounts payable, trading balances due to KOAS were $1.3 million and trading balances due to KNOT
were $0.9 million for the year ended December 31, 2020. Outstanding balances are settled on a monthly basis.

As a result of our relationships with KNOT and its affiliates, we, our general partner and our subsidiaries have entered into

various agreements that were not the result of arm’s length negotiations. We generally refer to these agreements and the
transactions that they provide for as “affiliated transactions” or “related party transactions.”

Our partnership agreement sets forth procedures by which future related party transactions may be approved or resolved by

our board of directors. Pursuant to our partnership agreement, our board of directors may, but is not required to, seek the approval
of a related party transaction from the conflicts committee of our board of directors or from the common unitholders. Affiliated
transactions that are not approved by the conflicts committee of our board of directors and that do not involve a vote of
unitholders must be on terms no less favorable to us than those generally provided to or available from unrelated third parties or
be “fair and reasonable” to us. In determining whether a transaction or resolution is “fair and reasonable,” our board of directors
may consider the totality of the relationships between the parties involved, including other transactions that may be particularly
advantageous or beneficial to us. If the above procedures are followed, it will be presumed that, in making its decision, our board
of directors acted in good faith, and in any proceeding brought by or on behalf of any limited partner or the Partnership, the
person bringing or prosecuting such proceeding will have the burden of overcoming such presumption. When our partnership
agreement requires someone to act in good faith, it requires that person to reasonably believe that he is acting in the best interests
of the Partnership, unless the context otherwise requires.

106

    
 
  
 
 
Table of Contents

Our conflicts committee is comprised of at least two members of our board of directors. The conflicts committee is available

at our board of directors’ discretion to review specific matters that our board of directors believes may involve conflicts of
interest. The conflicts committee may determine if the resolution of the conflict of interest is fair and reasonable to us. The
members of the conflicts committee may not be officers or employees of us or directors, officers or employees of our general
partner or its affiliates, and must meet the independence standards established by the NYSE to serve on an audit committee of a
board of directors and certain other requirements.

Distributions to KNOT

We have declared and paid aggregate quarterly distributions of $22.1 million to KNOT for each of the years ended

December 31, 2020 and 2019.

C. Interests of Experts and Counsel

Not applicable.

Item 8. Financial Information

A. Consolidated Statements and Other Financial Information

Please read “Item 18. Financial Statements” for additional information required to be disclosed under this item.

Legal Proceedings

From time to time we have been, and expect to continue to be, subject to legal proceedings and claims in the ordinary course

of our business, principally personal injury and property casualty claims. These claims, even if lacking merit, could result in the
expenditure of significant financial and managerial resources. We are not aware of any legal proceedings or claims that we
believe will have, individually or in the aggregate, a material adverse effect on us.

Our Cash Distribution Policy

Rationale for Our Cash Distribution Policy

Our cash distribution policy reflects a judgment that our unitholders will be better served by our distributing our available

cash (after deducting expenses, including estimated maintenance and replacement capital expenditures and reserves) rather than
retaining it. Because we believe we will generally finance any expansion capital expenditures from external financing sources, we
believe that our investors are best served by our distributing all of our available cash. Our cash distribution policy is consistent
with the terms of our partnership agreement, which requires that we distribute all of our available cash quarterly (after deducting
expenses, including estimated maintenance and replacement capital expenditures and reserves).

Limitations on Cash Distributions and Our Ability to Change Our Cash Distribution Policy

There is no guarantee that unitholders will receive quarterly distributions from us. Our distribution policy is subject to

certain restrictions and may be changed at any time, including:

● Our unitholders have no contractual or other legal right to receive distributions other than the obligation under our

partnership agreement to distribute available cash on a quarterly basis, which is subject to the broad discretion of
our board of directors to establish reserves and other limitations.

107

Table of Contents

● We are subject to restrictions on distributions under our financing agreements. Our financing agreements contain

material financial tests and covenants that must be satisfied in order to pay distributions. If we are unable to satisfy
the restrictions included in any of our financing agreements or are otherwise in default under any of those
agreements, as a result of our debt levels or otherwise, we will not be able to make cash distributions to our
unitholders, notwithstanding our stated cash distribution policy. These financial tests and covenants are described in
this Annual Report in “Item 5. Operating and Financial Review and Prospects—Liquidity and Capital Resources.”

● We are required to make substantial capital expenditures to maintain our fleet. These expenditures may fluctuate
significantly over time, particularly as our vessels near the end of their useful lives. In order to minimize these
fluctuations, our partnership agreement requires us to deduct estimated, as opposed to actual, maintenance and
replacement capital expenditures from the amount of cash that we would otherwise have available for distribution
to our unitholders. In years when estimated maintenance and replacement capital expenditures are higher than
actual maintenance and replacement capital expenditures, the amount of cash available for distribution to
unitholders will be lower than if actual maintenance and replacement capital expenditures were deducted.

● Although our partnership agreement requires us to distribute all of our available cash, our partnership agreement,
including provisions contained therein requiring us to make cash distributions, may be amended with the approval
of a majority of the outstanding common units.

●

Even if our cash distribution policy is not modified or revoked, the amount of distributions we pay under our cash
distribution policy and the decision to make any distribution is determined by our board of directors, taking into
consideration the terms of our partnership agreement.

● Under Section 51 of the Marshall Islands Act, we may not make a distribution to our unitholders if the distribution

would cause our liabilities, other than liabilities to partners on account of their partnership interest and liabilities for
which the recourse of creditors is limited to specified property of ours, to exceed the fair value of our assets, except
that the fair value of property that is subject to a liability for which the recourse of creditors is limited shall be
included in our assets only to the extent that the fair value of that property exceeds that liability.

● Our common units are subject to the prior distribution rights of any holders of preferred units then outstanding. As
of March 18, 2021, there were 3,750,000 Series A Preferred Units issued and outstanding. Under the terms of our
partnership agreement, we are prohibited from declaring and paying distributions on our common units until we
declare and pay (or set aside for payment) full distributions on the Series A Preferred Units.

● We may lack sufficient cash to pay distributions to our unitholders due to decreases in total operating revenues,

decreases in hire rates, the loss of a vessel, increases in operating or general and administrative expenses, principal
and interest payments on outstanding debt, taxes, working capital requirements, maintenance and replacement
capital expenditures or anticipated cash needs. Please read “Item 3. Key Information—Risk Factors” for a
discussion of these factors.

Our ability to make cash distributions to our unitholders depends on the performance of our subsidiaries and their ability to

distribute cash to us. The ability of our subsidiaries to make distributions to us may be restricted by, among other things, the
provisions of existing and future indebtedness, applicable limited partnership and limited liability company laws in the Marshall
Islands and Norway and other laws and regulations.

108

Table of Contents

Series A Convertible Preferred Units

The Series A Preferred Units rank senior to the common units as to the payment of distributions and amounts payable upon

liquidation, dissolution or winding up. The Series A Preferred Units have a liquidation preference of $24.00 per unit, plus any
unpaid Series A cash distributions, plus all accrued but unpaid distributions on such Series A Preferred Unit with respect to the
quarter in which the liquidation occurs to the date fixed for the payment of any amount upon liquidation. The Series A Preferred
Units are entitled to cumulative distributions from their initial issuance date, with distributions being calculated at an annual rate
of 8.0% on the stated liquidation preference and payable quarterly in arrears within 45 days after the end of each quarter, when,
as and if declared by the board of directors of the Partnership.

During the year ended December 31, 2020, the aggregate amount of cash distributions paid to the holders of the Series A

Preferred Units was $7.2 million.

Minimum Quarterly Distribution

Common unitholders are entitled under our partnership agreement to receive a minimum quarterly distribution of $0.375 per

unit to the extent we have sufficient cash on hand to pay the distribution, after establishment of cash reserves, distribution
payments on the Series A Preferred Units and payment of fees and expenses. There is no guarantee that we will pay the minimum
quarterly distribution on the common units in any quarter. Even if our cash distribution policy is not modified or revoked, the
amount of distributions paid under our policy and the decision to make any distribution is determined by our board of directors,
taking into consideration the terms of our partnership agreement. We are prohibited from making any distributions to unitholders
if it would cause an event of default, or an event of default is then existing, under our financing agreements. Please read “Item 5.
Operating and Financial Review and Prospects—Liquidity and Capital Resources” for a discussion of the restrictions contained
in our credit facilities and lease arrangements that may restrict our ability to make cash distributions to our unitholders.

During the year ended December 31, 2020, the aggregate amount of cash distributions paid to common unitholders was

$70.8 million.

Incentive Distribution Rights

Incentive distribution rights represent the right to receive an increasing percentage of quarterly distributions of available cash

from operating surplus after the minimum quarterly distribution and the target distribution levels have been achieved. KNOT
currently holds the incentive distribution rights. The incentive distribution rights may be transferred separately from any other
interest, subject to restrictions in our partnership agreement. Any transfer by KNOT of the incentive distribution rights would not
change the percentage allocations of quarterly distributions with respect to such rights.

109

Table of Contents

The following table illustrates the percentage allocations of the additional available cash from operating surplus among our

unitholders, our general partner and the holders of the incentive distribution rights up to the various target distribution levels. The
amounts set forth under “Marginal Percentage Interest in Distributions” are the percentage interests of our unitholders, our
general partner and the holders of the incentive distribution rights in any available cash from operating surplus we distribute up to
and including the corresponding amount in the column “Total Quarterly Distribution Target,” until available cash from operating
surplus we distribute reaches the next target distribution level, if any. The percentage interests shown for our unitholders, our
general partner and the holders of the incentive distribution rights for the minimum quarterly distribution are also applicable to
quarterly distributions that are less than the minimum quarterly distribution. The percentage interests set forth in the table below
assume that our general partner owns a 1.85% general partner interest and that we do not issue additional classes of equity
securities.

Minimum Quarterly Distribution
First Target Distribution
Second Target Distribution
Third Target Distribution
Thereafter

B. Significant Changes

Total Quarterly
Distribution Target
$0.375
up to $0.43125
above $0.43125 up to $0.46875  
above $0.46875 up to $0.5625  
above $0.5625

Marginal Percentage
Interest in
Distributions

Unitholders

General
Partner

     Holders of  
Incentive  
Distribution 
Rights

 98.15 %  
 98.15 %  
 85.15 %  
 75.15 %  
 50.15 %  

 1.85 %  
 1.85 %  
 1.85 %  
 1.85 %  
 1.85 %  

 0 %
 0 %
 13.0 %
 23.0 %
 48.0 %

Please read Note 22—Subsequent Events in the consolidated financial statements included in this Annual Report.

Item 9. The Offer and Listing

A. Offer and Listing Details

Our common units are traded on the NYSE under the symbol “KNOP”.

B. Plan of Distribution

Not applicable.

C. Markets

Our common units started trading on the NYSE on April 9, 2013.

D. Selling Shareholders

Not applicable.

E. Dilution

Not applicable.

F. Expenses of the Issue

Not applicable.

110

 
    
    
 
 
 
 
Table of Contents

Item 10. Additional Information

A. Share Capital

Not applicable.

B. Memorandum and Articles of Association

The information required to be disclosed under Item 10B is incorporated by reference to Exhibit 2.1 to this Annual Report.

C. Material Contracts

The following is a summary of each material contract, other than material contracts entered into in the ordinary course of

business, to which we or any of our subsidiaries is a party, for the two years immediately preceding the date of this Annual
Report, each of which is included in the list of exhibits in “Item 19. Exhibits”:

(1)

(2)

(3)

(4)

(5)

(6)

Omnibus Agreement, dated April 15, 2013, among Knutsen NYK Offshore Tankers AS, KNOT Offshore
Partners LP, KNOT Offshore Partners GP LLC, KNOT Shuttle Tankers 17 AS and KNOT Shuttle
Tankers 18 AS. Please read “Item 7. Major Unitholders and Related Party Transactions—Related Party
Transactions—Omnibus Agreement.”

Administrative Services Agreement, dated February 26, 2013, among KNOT Offshore Partners LP, KNOT
Offshore Partners UK LLC, Knutsen OAS (UK) Ltd., Knutsen OAS Shipping AS and KNOT Management AS,
as amended by Amendment No. 1, dated May 7, 2015, Amendment No. 2, dated November 28, 2018, and
Amendment No. 3, dated March 13, 2019. Please read “Item 7. Major Unitholders and Related Party
Transactions—Related Party Transactions—Administrative Services Agreement.”

Management and Administration Agreements with respect to each of the Fortaleza Knutsen, Recife Knutsen,
Dan Cisne and Dan Sabia and Technical Management Agreements with respect to each of the other vessels in
our fleet. Please read “Item 7. Major Unitholders and Related Party Transactions—Related Party Transactions
—Management and Administration Agreements” and “Item 7. Major Unitholders and Related Party
Transactions—Related Party Transactions—Technical Management Agreements”, respectively.

Loan Agreement, dated March 31, 2017, among Knutsen Shuttle Tankers 14 AS, as borrower, and Mitsubishi
UFJ Lease & Finance (Hong Kong) Limited, as lender. Please read “Item 5. Operating and Financial Review
and Prospects—Liquidity and Capital Resources—Borrowing Activities—Long-Term Debt—Hilda Loan
Facility.”

Facility Agreement, dated November 8, 2017, among Knutsen Shuttle Tankers 15 AS, as borrower, and the
other parties thereto. Please read “Item 5. Operating and Financial Review and Prospects—Liquidity and
Capital Resources—Borrowing Activities—Long-Term Debt—Torill Loan Facility.”

Senior Secured Credit Facilities Agreement, dated April 3, 2014, among KNOT Shuttle Tankers 20 AS and
KNOT Shuttle Tankers 21 AS, as borrowers, and the other parties thereto. Please read “Item 5. Operating and
Financial Review and Prospects—Liquidity and Capital Resources—Borrowing Activities—Long-Term Debt
—$172.5 Million Secured Loan Facility.”

111

Table of Contents

(7)

(8)

(9)

(10)

(11)

(12)

(13)

(14)

(15)

Accession Letter, dated December 15, 2014, among Knutsen NYK Offshore Tankers AS, KNOT Offshore
Partners LP, KNOT Shuttle Tankers 20 AS and Sumitomo Mitsui Banking Corporation Europe Limited,
pursuant to which the Partnership guaranteed all amounts outstanding with respect to the Dan Cisne Facility.
Please read “Item 5. Operating and Financial Review and Prospects—Liquidity and Capital Resources—
Borrowing Activities—Long-Term Debt—$172.5 Million Secured Loan Facility.”

Letter Agreement, dated June 15, 2015, among Knutsen NYK Offshore Tankers AS, KNOT Offshore
Partners LP, KNOT Shuttle Tankers 20 AS and Sumitomo Mitsui Banking Corporation Europe Limited,
relating to the Accession Letter, dated December 15, 2014, pursuant to which the Partnership guaranteed all
amounts outstanding with respect to the Dan Sabia Facility. Please read “Item 5. Operating and Financial
Review and Prospects—Liquidity and Capital Resources—Borrowing Activities—Long-Term Debt—
$172.5 Million Secured Loan Facility.”

Facility Agreement, dated December 17, 2014, among Knutsen Shuttle Tankers 19 AS, as borrower, and the
other parties thereto, as amended by Amendment Agreement No. 1, dated November 29, 2016. Please read
“Item 5. Operating and Financial Review and Prospects—Liquidity and Capital Resources—Borrowing
Activities—Long-Term Debt—Raquel Loan Facility.”

Accession Letter, dated November 30, 2016, among Knutsen NYK Offshore Tankers AS, KNOT Offshore
Partners LP, Knutsen Shuttle Tankers 19 AS and Sumitomo Mitsui Banking Corporation Europe Limited
Please read “Item 5. Operating and Financial Review and Prospects—Liquidity and Capital Resources—
Borrowing Activities—Long-Term Debt—Raquel Loan Facility.”

Facilities Agreement, dated April 27, 2015, among KNOT Shuttle Tankers 24 AS, KNOT Shuttle
Tankers 25 AS and KNOT Shuttle Tankers 26 AS, as borrowers, and the other parties thereto, as amended and
restated on October 23, 2015. Please read “Item 5. Operating and Financial Review and Prospects—Liquidity
and Capital Resources—Borrowing Activities—Long-Term Debt—Tordis Loan Facility”, “—Vigdis Loan
Facility” and “—Lena Loan Facility”

Accession Letter, dated February 28, 2017, among Knutsen NYK Offshore Tankers AS, KNOT Offshore
Partners LP, KNOT Shuttle Tankers AS, KNOT Shuttle Tankers 24 AS, KNOT Shuttle Tankers 25 AS, KNOT
Shuttle Tankers 26 AS and DNB Bank ASA. Please read “Item 5. Operating and Financial Review and
Prospects—Liquidity and Capital Resources—Borrowing Activities—Long-Term Debt—Tordis Loan
Facility.”

Accession Letter, dated June 1, 2017, among Knutsen NYK Offshore Tankers AS, KNOT Offshore
Partners LP, KNOT Shuttle Tankers AS, KNOT Shuttle Tankers 24 AS, KNOT Shuttle Tankers 25 AS, KNOT
Shuttle Tankers 26 AS and DNB Bank ASA. Please read “Item 5. Operating and Financial Review and
Prospects—Liquidity and Capital Resources—Borrowing Activities—Long-Term Debt—Vigdis Loan
Facility.”

Accession Letter, dated September 29, 2017, among Knutsen NYK Offshore Tankers AS, KNOT Offshore
Partners LP, KNOT Shuttle Tankers AS, KNOT Shuttle Tankers 24 AS, KNOT Shuttle Tankers 25 AS, KNOT
Shuttle Tankers 26 AS and DNB Bank ASA. Please read “Item 5. Operating and Financial Review and
Prospects—Liquidity and Capital Resources—Borrowing Activities—Long-Term Debt—Lena Loan Facility.”

Term Loan Facility Agreement, dated June 27, 2017, among KNOT Shuttle Tankers 32 AS, as borrower, and
the other parties thereto, as amended by Amendment Agreement No. 1, dated December 15, 2017. Please read
“Item 5. Operating and Financial Review and Prospects—Liquidity and Capital Resources—Borrowing
Activities—Long-Term Debt—Brasil Loan Facility.”

112

Table of Contents

(16)

(17)

(18)

(19)

(20)

(21)

(22)

(23)

(24)

(25)

Accession Letter, dated December 15, 2017, among Knutsen NYK Offshore Tankers AS, KNOT Offshore
Partners LP, KNOT Shuttle Tankers AS, KNOT Shuttle Tankers 32 AS and ABN AMRO Bank N.V. Please
read “Item 5. Operating and Financial Review and Prospects—Liquidity and Capital Resources—Borrowing
Activities—Long-Term Debt—Brasil Loan Facility.”

Term Loan Facility Agreement, dated September 30, 2016, among KNOT Shuttle Tankers 30 AS, as borrower,
and the other parties thereto. Please read “Item 5. Operating and Financial Review and Prospects—Liquidity
and Capital Resources—Borrowing Activities—Long-Term Debt—Anna Loan Facility.”

Accession Letter, dated March 1, 2018, among Knutsen NYK Offshore Tankers AS, KNOT Offshore
Partners LP, KNOT Shuttle Tankers AS, KNOT Shuttle Tankers 30 AS and Nordea Bank AB. Please read
“Item 5. Operating and Financial Review and Prospects—Liquidity and Capital Resources—Borrowing
Activities—Long-Term Debt—Anna Loan Facility.”

Term Loan and Revolving Credit Facilities Agreement, dated September 4, 2018, among KNOT Shuttle
Tankers AS, Knutsen Shuttle Tankers XII KS, Knutsen Shuttle Tankers 13 AS, Knutsen NYK Shuttle
Tankers 16 AS, KNOT Shuttle Tankers 17 AS, KNOT Shuttle Tankers 18 AS, as borrowers, the other parties
thereto. Please read “Item 5. Operating and Financial Review and Prospects—Liquidity and Capital Resources
—Borrowing Activities—Long-Term Debt—$320 Million Term Loan Facility and $55 Million Revolving
Credit Facility.”

Facility Agreement, dated July 2, 2019, among KNOT Shuttle Tankers 34 AS and KNOT Shuttle Tankers 35
AS, as borrowers, and the other parties thereto. Please read “Item 5. Operating and Financial Review and
Prospects-Liquidity and Capital Resources-Borrowing Activities-Long-Term Debt-Tove Loan Facility.”

Accession Letter, dated December 2020, among Knutsen NYK Offshore Tankers AS, KNOT Offshore Partners
LP, KNOT Shuttle Tankers AS, KNOT Shuttle Tankers 34 AS, KNOT Shuttle Tankers 35 AS and MUFG
Bank, Ltd. Please read “Item 5. Operating and Financial Review and Prospects-Liquidity and Capital
Resources-Borrowing Activities-Long-Term Debt-Tove Loan Facility.”

Memorandum of Agreement, dated December 30, 2020, between Knutsen Shuttle Tankers 19 AS and MI-DAS
Line S.A., as amended by Addendum No. 1, dated January 14, 2021. Please read "Item 5. Operating and
Financial Review and Prospects-Liquidity and Capital Resources-Borrowing Activities-Long-Term Debt-
Raquel Sale and Leaseback"

Bareboat Charter, dated December 30, 2020, between Knutsen Shuttle Tankers 19 AS and MI-DAS Line S.A.
Please read "Item 5. Operating and Financial Review and Prospects-Liquidity and Capital Resources-
Borrowing Activities-Long-Term Debt- Raquel Sale and Leaseback"

Employment Agreement, dated March 12, 2019, between KNOT Offshore Partners UK LLC and Gary
Chapman. Please read “Item 6. Directors, Senior Management and Employees—Compensation—Executive
Compensation.”

Series A Preferred Unit Purchase Agreement, dated December 6, 2016, among KNOT Offshore Partners LP
and the Purchasers party thereto, as amended pursuant to the Assignment and Novation Agreement, dated
December 20, 2016, the First Amendment to Series A Preferred Unit Purchase Agreement, dated February 2,
2017 and the Second Amendment to Series A Preferred Unit Purchase Agreement, dated May 16, 2017.

(26)

Registration Rights Agreement, dated February 2, 2017, among KNOT Offshore Partners LP and the
Purchasers party thereto.

113

Table of Contents

(27)

(28)

Joinder Agreement, dated June 30, 2017, among KNOT Offshore Partners LP, OMP AY Preferred Limited,
Pierfront Capital Mezzanine Fund Pte. Ltd. and Tortoise Direct Opportunities Fund, LP.

Share Purchase Agreement, dated December 15, 2020, between Knutsen NYK Offshore Tankers AS and
KNOT Shuttle Tankers AS. Please read “Item 7. Major Unitholders and Related Party Transactions-Related
Party Transactions-Acquisition of the Tove Knutsen.”

D. Exchange Controls

We are not aware of any governmental laws, decrees, regulations or other legislation, including foreign exchange controls, in

the Republic of the Marshall Islands that may affect the import or export of capital, including the availability of cash and cash
equivalents for use by the Partnership, or the remittance of dividends, interest or other payments to non-resident and non-citizen
holders of our securities.

E. Taxation

The following is a discussion of the material U.S. federal income tax considerations that may be relevant to current and
prospective unitholders. This discussion is based upon provisions of the Code, Treasury Regulations and current administrative
rulings and court decisions, all as in effect or existence on the date of this Annual Report and all of which are subject to change,
possibly with retroactive effect. Changes in these authorities may cause the tax consequences of unit ownership to vary
substantially from the consequences described below. Unless the context otherwise requires, references in this section to “we,”
“our” or “us” are references to KNOT Offshore Partners LP.

The following discussion applies only to beneficial owners of common units that own the common units as “capital assets”
within the meaning of Section 1221 of the Code (i.e., generally, for investment purposes) and is not intended to be applicable to
all categories of investors, such as unitholders subject to special tax rules (e.g., financial institutions, insurance companies,
broker-dealers, tax-exempt organizations, retirement plans, individual retirement accounts, persons who own (actually or
constructively) 10% or more of the vote or value of our equity or former citizens or long-term residents of the United States),
persons who hold the units as part of a straddle, conversion, constructive sale or other integrated transaction for U.S. federal
income tax purposes, or persons that have a functional currency other than the U.S. Dollar, each of whom may be subject to tax
rules that differ significantly from those summarized below. If a partnership or other entity or arrangement classified as a
partnership for U.S. federal income tax purposes holds our common units, the tax treatment of its partners generally will depend
upon the status of the partner and the activities of the partnership. If you are a partner in a partnership holding our common units,
you should consult your own tax advisor regarding the tax consequences to you of the partnership’s ownership of our common
units.

No ruling has been or will be requested from the IRS regarding any matter affecting us or current and prospective

unitholders. The statements made herein may be challenged by the IRS and, if so challenged, may not be sustained upon review
in a court.

This discussion does not contain information regarding any U.S. state or local, estate, gift or alternative minimum tax
considerations concerning the ownership or disposition of common units. This discussion does not comment on all aspects of
U.S. federal income taxation that may be important to particular unitholders in light of their individual circumstances, and each
prospective unitholder is urged to consult its own tax advisor regarding the U.S. federal, state, local and other tax consequences
of the ownership or disposition of common units.

Election to be Treated as a Corporation

We have elected to be treated as a corporation for U.S. federal income tax purposes. As a result, U.S. Holders (as defined
below) will not be directly subject to U.S. federal income tax on our income, but rather will be subject to U.S. federal income tax
on distributions received from us and dispositions of units as described below.

114

Table of Contents

U.S. Federal Income Taxation of U.S. Holders

As used herein, the term “U.S. Holder” means a beneficial owner of our common units that is:

an individual U.S. citizen or resident (as determined for U.S. federal income tax purposes),

a corporation (or other entity that is classified as a corporation for U.S. federal income tax purposes) organized
under the laws of the United States or any of its political subdivisions,

an estate the income of which is subject to U.S. federal income taxation regardless of its source, or

a trust if (1) a court within the United States is able to exercise primary jurisdiction over the administration of the
trust and one or more U.S. persons have the authority to control all substantial decisions of the trust or (2) the trust
has a valid election in effect to be treated as a U.S. person for U.S. federal income tax purposes.

●

●

●

●

Distributions

Subject to the discussion below of the rules applicable to PFICs, any distributions to a U.S. Holder made by us with respect

to our common units generally will constitute dividends to the extent of our current and accumulated earnings and profits, as
determined under U.S. federal income tax principles. If we make distributions to U.S. Holders in excess of our earnings and
profits, the excess portion of those distributions will be treated first as a nontaxable return of capital to the extent of the U.S.
Holder’s tax basis in its common units and thereafter as capital gain. U.S. Holders that are corporations generally will not be
entitled to claim a dividends-received deduction with respect to distributions that they receive from us. Dividends received with
respect to our common units generally will be treated as “passive category income” for purposes of computing allowable foreign
tax credits for U.S. federal income tax purposes.

Dividends received with respect to our common units by a U.S. Holder that is an individual, trust or estate (a “U.S.

Individual Holder”) generally will be treated as “qualified dividend income,” which is taxable to such U.S. Individual Holder at
preferential tax rates provided that: (1) our common units are readily tradable on an established securities market in the United
States (such as the NYSE, on which our common units are traded); (2) we are not a PFIC for the taxable year during which the
dividend is paid or the immediately preceding taxable year (which we do not believe we are, have been or will be, as discussed
below under “—PFIC Status and Significant Tax Consequences”); (3) the U.S. Individual Holder has owned the common units
for more than 60 days during the 121-day period beginning 60 days before the date on which the common units become ex-
dividend (and has not entered into certain risk limiting transactions with respect to such common units); and (4) the U.S.
Individual Holder is not under an obligation to make related payments with respect to positions in substantially similar or related
property. Because of the uncertainty of these matters, including whether we are or will be a PFIC, there is no assurance that any
dividends paid on our common units will be eligible for these preferential rates in the hands of a U.S. Individual Holder, and any
dividends paid on our common units that are not eligible for these preferential rates will be taxed as ordinary income to a U.S.
Individual Holder.

Special rules may apply to any amounts received in respect of our common units that are treated as “extraordinary

dividends.” In general, an extraordinary dividend is a dividend with respect to a common unit that is equal to or in excess of 10%
of a unitholder’s adjusted tax basis (or fair market value upon the unitholder’s election) in such common unit. In addition,
extraordinary dividends include dividends received within a one-year period that, in the aggregate, equal or exceed 20% of a
unitholder’s adjusted tax basis (or fair market value). If we pay an “extraordinary dividend” on our common units that is treated
as “qualified dividend income,” then any loss recognized by a U.S. Individual Holder from the sale or exchange of such common
units will be treated as long-term capital loss to the extent of the amount of such dividend.

115

Table of Contents

Sale, Exchange or Other Disposition of Common Units

Subject to the discussion of PFIC status below, a U.S. Holder generally will recognize capital gain or loss upon a sale,
exchange or other taxable disposition of our units in an amount equal to the difference between the amount realized by the U.S.
Holder from such sale, exchange or other taxable disposition and the U.S. Holder’s adjusted tax basis in such units. The U.S.
Holder’s initial tax basis in its units generally will be the U.S. Holder’s purchase price for the units and that tax basis will be
reduced (but not below zero) by the amount of any distributions on the units that are treated as non-taxable returns of capital (as
discussed above under “—Distributions”). Such gain or loss will be treated as long-term capital gain or loss if the U.S. Holder’s
holding period is greater than one year at the time of the sale, exchange or other taxable disposition. Certain U.S. Holders
(including individuals) may be eligible for preferential rates of U.S. federal income tax in respect of long-term capital gains. A
U.S. Holder’s ability to deduct capital losses is subject to limitations. Any such capital gain or loss generally will be treated as
U.S. source income or loss, as applicable, for U.S. foreign tax credit purposes.

Medicare Tax on Net Investment Income

Certain U.S. Holders, including individuals, estates and trusts, will be subject to an additional 3.8% Medicare tax on, among

other things, dividends and capital gains from the sale or other disposition of equity interests. For individuals, the additional
Medicare tax applies to the lesser of (1) “net investment income” or (2) the excess of “modified adjusted gross income” over
$200,000 ($250,000 if married and filing jointly or $125,000 if married and filing separately). “Net investment income” generally
equals the taxpayer’s gross investment income reduced by deductions that are allocable to such income. Unitholders should
consult their tax advisors regarding the implications of the additional Medicare tax resulting from their ownership and disposition
of our common units.

PFIC Status and Significant Tax Consequences

Adverse U.S. federal income tax rules apply to a U.S. Holder that owns an equity interest in a non-U.S. corporation that is
classified as a PFIC for U.S. federal income tax purposes. In general, we will be treated as a PFIC with respect to a U.S. Holder
if, for any taxable year in which the holder held our units, either:

●

●

at least 75% of our gross income (including the gross income of our vessel-owning subsidiaries) for such
taxable year consists of passive income (e.g., dividends, interest, capital gains from the sale or exchange of
investment property and rents derived other than in the active conduct of a rental business); or

at least 50% of the average value of the assets held by us (including the assets of our vessel-owning subsidiaries)
during such taxable year produce, or are held for the production of, passive income.

Income earned, or treated as earned (for U.S. federal income tax purposes), by us in connection with the performance of
services would not constitute passive income. By contrast, rental income generally would constitute “passive income” unless we
were treated as deriving that rental income in the active conduct of a trade or business under the applicable rules.

Based on our current and projected methods of operation, we believe that we were not a PFIC for any prior taxable year, and

we expect that we will not be treated as a PFIC for the current or any future taxable year. We believe that more than 25% of our
gross income for each taxable year was or will be non-passive income, and more than 50% of the average value of our assets for
each such year was or will be held for the production of non-passive income. This belief is based on certain valuations and
projections regarding our income and assets, and its validity is based on the accuracy of such valuations and projections. While
we believe these valuations and projections to be accurate, the shipping market is volatile and no assurance can be given that they
will continue to be accurate at any time in the future.

116

Table of Contents

Moreover, there are legal uncertainties involved in determining whether the income derived from time-chartering activities
constitutes rental income or income derived from the performance of services. In Tidewater Inc. v. United States, 565 F.3d 299
(5th Cir. 2009), the Fifth Circuit held that income derived from certain time-chartering activities should be treated as rental
income rather than services income for purposes of a provision of the Code relating to foreign sales corporations. In that case, the
Fifth Circuit did not address the definition of passive income or the PFIC rules; however, the reasoning of the case could have
implications as to how the income from a time charter would be classified under such rules. If the reasoning of the case were
extended to the PFIC context, the gross income we derive from our time-chartering activities may be treated as rental income,
and we would likely be treated as a PFIC. In published guidance, the IRS stated that it disagreed with the holding in Tidewater
and specified that time charters similar to those at issue in this case should be treated as service contracts.

Distinguishing between arrangements treated as generating rental income and those treated as generating services income

involves weighing and balancing competing factual considerations, and there is no legal authority under the PFIC
rules addressing our specific method of operation. Conclusions in this area therefore remain matters of interpretation. We are not
seeking a ruling from the IRS on the treatment of income generated from our time-chartering operations. Thus, it is possible that
the IRS or a court could disagree with our position. In addition, although we intend to conduct our affairs in a manner to avoid
being classified as a PFIC with respect to any taxable year, we cannot assure unitholders that the nature of our operations will not
change in the future and that we will not become a PFIC in any future taxable year.

As discussed more fully below, if we were to be treated as a PFIC with respect to a U.S. Holder for any taxable year (and
regardless of whether we remain a PFIC over the subsequent taxable years), then such U.S. Holder would be subject to different
taxation rules depending on whether the U.S. Holder makes an election to treat us as a “Qualified Electing Fund,” which we refer
to as a “QEF election.” As an alternative to making a QEF election, a U.S. Holder should be able to make a “mark-to-market”
election with respect to our common units, as discussed below. In addition, if a U.S. Holder owns our common units during any
taxable year that we are a PFIC, such holder must file an annual report with the IRS.

Taxation of U.S. Holders Making a Timely QEF Election

If a U.S. Holder makes a timely QEF election (or an Electing Holder), then, for U.S. federal income tax purposes, that holder

must report as income for its taxable year its pro rata share of our ordinary earnings and net capital gain, if any, for our
taxable years that end with or within the taxable year for which that holder is reporting, regardless of whether or not the Electing
Holder received distributions from us in that year. The Electing Holder’s adjusted tax basis in the common units will be increased
to reflect taxed but undistributed earnings and profits.

Distributions of earnings and profits that were previously taxed will result in a corresponding reduction in the Electing
Holder’s adjusted tax basis in common units and will not be taxed again once distributed. An Electing Holder generally will
recognize capital gain or loss on the sale, exchange or other disposition of our common units. A U.S. Holder makes a QEF
election with respect to any year that we are a PFIC by filing IRS Form 8621 with its U.S. federal income tax return. If contrary
to our expectations, we determine that we are treated as a PFIC for any taxable year, we will provide each U.S. Holder with the
information necessary to make the QEF election described above. Although the QEF election is available with respect to
subsidiaries, in the event we acquire or own a subsidiary in the future that is treated as a PFIC, no assurances can be made that we
will be able to provide U.S. Holders with the necessary information to make the QEF election with respect to such subsidiary.

117

Table of Contents

Taxation of U.S. Holders Making a “Mark-to-Market” Election

If we were to be treated as a PFIC for any taxable year in which a U.S. Holder holds our common units and, as we anticipate,
our units were treated as “marketable stock,” then, as an alternative to making a QEF election, a U.S. Holder would be allowed to
make a “mark-to-market” election with respect to our common units, provided the U.S. Holder completes and files IRS
Form 8621 in accordance with the relevant instructions and related Treasury Regulations. If that election is made, the U.S. Holder
generally would include as ordinary income in each taxable year the excess, if any, of the fair market value of the U.S. Holder’s
common units at the end of the taxable year over the holder’s adjusted tax basis in the common units. The U.S. Holder also would
be permitted an ordinary loss in respect of the excess, if any, of the U.S. Holder’s adjusted tax basis in the common units over the
fair market value thereof at the end of the taxable year, but only to the extent of the net amount previously included in income as
a result of the mark-to-market election. A U.S. Holder’s tax basis in its common units would be adjusted to reflect any such
income or loss recognized. Gain recognized on the sale, exchange or other disposition of our common units would be treated as
ordinary income, and any loss recognized on the sale, exchange or other disposition of the common units would be treated as
ordinary loss to the extent that such loss does not exceed the net mark-to-market gains previously included in income by the U.S.
Holder. The mark-to-market election generally will not be available with respect to subsidiaries. Accordingly, in the event we
acquire or own a subsidiary in the future that is treated as a PFIC, the mark-to-market election generally will not be available with
respect to such subsidiary.

Taxation of U.S. Holders Not Making a Timely QEF or Mark-to-Market Election

If we were to be treated as a PFIC for any taxable year in which a U.S. Holder holds our common units, a U.S. Holder that

does not make either a QEF election or a “mark-to-market” election for that year (or a Non-Electing Holder) would be subject to
special rules resulting in increased tax liability with respect to (1) any excess distribution (i.e., the portion of any distributions
received by the Non-Electing Holder on our common units in a taxable year in excess of 125% of the average annual distributions
received by the Non-Electing Holder in the three preceding taxable years, or, if shorter, the Non-Electing Holder’s holding period
for the common units) and (2) any gain realized on the sale, exchange or other disposition of the units. Under these special rules:

●

●

●

the excess distribution or gain would be allocated ratably over the Non-Electing Holder’s aggregate holding period
for the common units;

the amount allocated to the current taxable year and any taxable year prior to the taxable year we were first treated
as a PFIC with respect to the Non-Electing Holder would be taxed as ordinary income; and

the amount allocated to each of the other taxable years would be subject to tax at the highest rate of tax in effect for
the applicable class of taxpayers for that year, and an interest charge for the deemed deferral benefit would be
imposed with respect to the resulting tax attributable to each such other taxable year.

If we were treated as a PFIC for any taxable year and a Non-Electing Holder who is an individual dies while owning our

common units, such holder’s successor generally would not receive a step-up in tax basis with respect to such units.

U.S. Federal Income Taxation of Non-U.S. Holders

A beneficial owner of our common units (other than a partnership or an entity or arrangement treated as a partnership for

U.S. federal income tax purposes) that is not a U.S. Holder is referred to as a Non-U.S. Holder. If you are a partner in a
partnership (or an entity or arrangement treated as a partnership for U.S. federal income tax purposes) holding our common units,
you should consult your own tax advisor regarding the tax consequences to you of the partnership’s ownership of our common
units.

118

Table of Contents

Distributions

Distributions we pay to a Non-U.S. Holder will not be subject to U.S. federal income tax or withholding tax if the Non-U.S.
Holder is not engaged in a U.S. trade or business. If the Non-U.S. Holder is engaged in a U.S. trade or business, our distributions
will be subject to U.S. federal income tax to the extent such distributions constitute income effectively connected with the Non-
U.S. Holder’s U.S. trade or business (provided, in the case of a Non-U.S. Holder entitled to the benefits of an income tax treaty
with the United States, such distributions also are attributable to a U.S. permanent establishment). The after-tax amount of any
effectively connected distributions received by a Non-U.S. Holder that is a corporation for U.S. federal income tax purposes may
also be subject to an additional U.S. branch profits tax at a rate of 30% (or, if applicable, a lower treaty rate).

Disposition of Units

In general, a Non-U.S. Holder is not subject to U.S. federal income tax or withholding tax on any gain resulting from the
disposition of our common units provided the Non-U.S. Holder is not engaged in a U.S. trade or business. A Non-U.S. Holder
that is engaged in a U.S. trade or business will be subject to U.S. federal income tax in the event the gain from the disposition of
units is effectively connected with the conduct of such U.S. trade or business (provided, in the case of a Non-U.S. Holder entitled
to the benefits of an income tax treaty with the United States, such gain also is attributable to a U.S. permanent establishment).
The after-tax amount of any effectively connected gain of a Non-U.S. Holder that is a corporation for U.S. federal income tax
purposes may also be subject to an additional U.S. branch profits tax at a rate of 30% (or, if applicable, a lower treaty rate).
However, even if not engaged in a U.S. trade or business, individual Non-U.S. Holders may be subject to tax on gain resulting
from the disposition of our common units if they are present in the United States for 183 days or more during the taxable year in
which those units are disposed and they meet certain other requirements.

Backup Withholding and Information Reporting

In general, payments to a non-corporate U.S. Holder of distributions or the proceeds of a disposition of common units will be

subject to information reporting. These payments to a non-corporate U.S. Holder also may be subject to backup withholding if
the non-corporate U.S. Holder:

●

●

fails to provide an accurate taxpayer identification number;

is notified by the IRS that it has failed to report all interest or corporate distributions required to be reported on its
U.S. federal income tax returns; or

●

in certain circumstances, fails to comply with applicable certification requirements.

Non-U.S. Holders may be required to establish their exemption from information reporting and backup withholding by

certifying their status on a properly completed IRS Form W-8BEN, W-8BEN-E, W-8ECI or W-8IMY, as applicable.

Backup withholding is not an additional tax. Rather, a unitholder generally may obtain a credit for any amount withheld
against its liability for U.S. federal income tax (and obtain a refund of any amounts withheld in excess of such liability) by timely
filing a U.S. federal income tax return with the IRS.

In addition, individual citizens or residents of the United States holding certain “foreign financial assets” (which generally

includes stock and other securities issued by a foreign person unless held in an account maintained by a financial institution) that
exceed certain thresholds (the lowest being holding foreign financial assets with an aggregate value in excess of: (1) $50,000 on
the last day of the tax year or (2) $75,000 at any time during the tax year) are required to report information relating to such
assets. Significant penalties may apply for failure to satisfy the reporting obligations described above. Unitholders should consult
their tax advisors regarding their reporting obligations, if any, that would result from their purchase, ownership or disposition of
our units.

119

Table of Contents

Non-United States Tax Considerations

Unless the context otherwise requires, references in this section to “we,” “our” or “us” are references to KNOT Offshore

Partners LP.

Marshall Islands Tax Consequences

Because we and our subsidiaries do not and do not expect to conduct business, transactions or operations in the Republic of

the Marshall Islands, under current Marshall Islands law, unitholders that are neither citizens nor residents of the Marshall Islands
and do not maintain offices in nor engage in business, transactions or operations in the Republic of the Marshall Islands will not
be subject to Marshall Islands taxation or withholding on distributions, including upon distribution treated as a return of capital,
we make to them as unitholders. In addition, such unitholders will not be subject to Marshall Islands stamp, capital gains or other
taxes on the purchase, ownership or disposition of common units, and they will not be required by the Republic of the Marshall
Islands to file Marshall Islands tax returns relating to their ownership of common units.

Norwegian Tax Consequences

Current and prospective unitholders who are resident in Norway for taxation purposes are urged to consult their own tax
advisors regarding the potential Norwegian tax consequences to them of an investment in our common units. For this purpose, a
company incorporated outside of Norway will be treated as resident in Norway in the event its central management and control is
carried out in Norway.

The discussion that follows is based upon existing Norwegian legislation and current Norwegian Tax Administration
practice. Changes in these authorities may cause the tax consequences to vary substantially from the consequences of unit
ownership described below. Unless the context otherwise requires, references in this section to “we,” “our” or “us” are references
to KNOT Offshore Partners LP.

Under the Norwegian General Taxation Act, persons not resident in Norway for taxation purposes (“Non-Norwegian
Holders”) will not be subject to any taxes in Norway on income or profits in respect of the acquisition, holding, disposition or
redemption of the common units, provided that:

● we are not treated as carrying on business in Norway; and

●

●

●

neither of the following conditions are met:

if such holders are resident in a country that does not have an income tax treaty with Norway, such holders are not
engaged in a Norwegian trade or business to which the common units are effectively connected; or

if such holders are resident in a country that has an income tax treaty with Norway, such holders do not have a
permanent establishment in Norway to which the common units are effectively connected.

A Non-Norwegian Holder that carries on a business in Norway through a partnership is subject to Norwegian tax on income

derived from the business if managed from Norway or carried on by the Partnership in Norway.

120

Table of Contents

While we expect to conduct our affairs in such a manner that our business will not be treated as managed from or carried on

in Norway at any time in the future, this determination is dependent upon the facts existing at such time, including (but not
limited to) the place where our board of directors meets and the place where our management makes decisions or takes certain
actions affecting our business. Our Norwegian tax counsel has advised us regarding certain measures we can take to limit the risk
that our business may be treated as managed from or carried on in Norway and has concluded that, provided we adopt these
measures and otherwise conduct our affairs in a manner consistent with our Norwegian tax counsel’s advice, which we intend to
do, our business should not be treated as managed from or carried on in Norway for taxation purposes, and consequently, Non-
Norwegian Holders should not be subject to tax in Norway solely by reason of the acquisition, holding, disposition or redemption
of their common units. Nonetheless, there is no legal authority addressing our specific circumstances, and conclusions in this area
remain matters of interpretation. Thus, it is possible that the Norwegian taxation authority could challenge, or a court could
disagree with, our position.

While we do not expect it to be the case, if the arrangements we propose to enter into result in our being considered to carry
on business in Norway for the purposes of the Norwegian General Taxation Act, unitholders would be considered to be carrying
on business in Norway and would be required to file tax returns with the Norwegian Tax Administration and, subject to any relief
provided in any relevant double taxation treaty (including, in the case of holders resident in the United States, the U.S.-Norway
Tax Treaty), would be subject to taxation in Norway on any income considered to be attributable to the business carried on in
Norway.

United Kingdom Tax Consequences

The following is a discussion of the material United Kingdom tax consequences that may be relevant to prospective

unitholders who are persons not resident in the United Kingdom for taxation purposes and who do not acquire their units as part
of a trade, profession or vocation carried on in the United Kingdom, which we refer to as “Non-UK Holders.”

Prospective unitholders who are resident or domiciled in the United Kingdom for taxation purposes, or who hold their units
through a trade, profession or vocation in the United Kingdom are urged to consult their own tax advisors regarding the potential
United Kingdom tax consequences to them of an investment in our common units and are responsible for filing their own U.K.
tax returns and paying any applicable U.K. taxes (which may be due on amounts received by us but not distributed). The
discussion that follows is based upon current United Kingdom tax law and what is understood to be the current practice of
HMRC as at the date of this document, both of which are subject to change, possibly with retrospective effect.

Taxation of income and disposals. We expect to conduct our affairs so that Non-UK Holders should not be subject to United
Kingdom income tax, capital gains tax or corporation tax on income or gains arising from our partnership. Distributions may be
made to Non-UK Holders without withholding or deduction for or on account of United Kingdom income tax.

Stamp taxes. No liability to United Kingdom stamp duty or stamp duty reserve tax should arise in connection with the issue

of units to unitholders or the transfer of units in our partnership.

EACH PROSPECTIVE UNITHOLDER IS URGED TO CONSULT ITS OWN TAX COUNSEL OR OTHER ADVISOR

WITH REGARD TO THE LEGAL AND TAX CONSEQUENCES OF UNIT OWNERSHIP UNDER ITS PARTICULAR
CIRCUMSTANCES.

F. Dividends and Paying Agents

Not applicable.

G. Statement by Experts

Not applicable.

121

Table of Contents

H. Documents on Display

Documents concerning us that are referred to in this Annual Report may be inspected at our principal executive headquarters

at 2 Queen’s Cross, Aberdeen, Aberdeenshire AB15 4YB, United Kingdom, and may also be obtained from our website at
www.knotoffshorepartners.com. Those documents electronically filed via the SEC’s Electronic Data Gathering, Analysis, and
Retrieval system may also be obtained from the SEC’s website at www.sec.gov.

I. Subsidiary Information

Not applicable.

Item 11. Quantitative and Qualitative Disclosures About Market Risk

We are exposed to various market risks, including interest rate, foreign currency exchange rate and concentration of credit

risks. Historically, we have entered into certain derivative instruments and contracts to maintain the desired level of exposure
arising from interest rate and certain foreign currency exchange rate risks.

Our policy is to economically hedge our exposure to risks, where possible, within boundaries deemed appropriate by

management.

Interest Rate Risk

A portion of our debt obligations and surplus funds placed with financial institutions are subject to movements in interest
rates. It is our policy to obtain the most favorable interest rates available without increasing our foreign currency exposure. In
keeping with this, our surplus funds may in the future be placed in fixed deposits with reputable financial institutions that yield
better returns than bank deposits. The deposits generally have short-term maturities so as to provide us with the flexibility to meet
working capital and capital investments.

We have historically used interest rate swap contracts to manage our exposure to interest rate risks. Interest rate swap

contracts were used to convert floating rate debt obligations based on LIBOR to a fixed rate in order to achieve an overall desired
position of fixed and floating rate debt. The extent to which interest rate swap contracts are used is determined by reference to our
net debt exposure and our views regarding future interest rates. Our interest rate swap contracts do not qualify for hedge
accounting, and movements in their fair values are reflected in the statements of operations under “Realized and unrealized gain
(loss) on derivative instruments.” Interest rate swap contracts that have a positive fair value are recorded as “Other current
assets,” while swaps with a negative fair value are recorded as “Derivative liabilities.”

As of December 31, 2020, we were party to interest rate swap contracts with a combined notional amount of approximately
$516.2 million. Under the terms of the interest rate swap contracts, we receive LIBOR-based variable interest rate payments and
make fixed interest rate payments at fixed rates between 0.71% per annum and 2.90% per annum for all periods. The interest rate
swap contracts mature between February 2022 and August 2027. The notional amount and fair value of our interest rate swap
contracts recognized as net derivative liabilities as of December 31, 2020 are as follows:

(U.S. Dollars in thousands)
Interest rate swap contracts

December 31, 2020

Notional
     Amount
$  516,186

Fair Value
     (liability)
$  30,053

122

Table of Contents

As of December 31, 2020, our net exposure to floating interest rate fluctuations on our outstanding debt was approximately

$467.3 million, based on our total interest-bearing debt of approximately $1,036.1 million, less the notional amount of our
floating to fixed interest rate swap contracts of approximately $516.2 million, less cash and cash equivalents of $52.6 million. A
1% change in short-term interest rates would result in an increase or decrease to our interest expense of approximately
$4.7 million on an annual basis as of December 31, 2020. Please read Note 10—Derivative Instruments—Interest Rate Risk
Management in the consolidated financial statements included in this Annual Report.

Foreign Currency Exchange Rate Risk

We and our subsidiaries have the U.S. Dollar as our functional and reporting currency, because all of our revenues and the

majority of our expenditures, including the majority of our investments in vessels and our financing transactions, are
denominated in U.S. Dollars. We could, however, earn revenue in other currencies, and we currently incur a portion of our
expenses in other currencies. Therefore, there is a risk that currency fluctuations could have an adverse effect on the value of our
cash flows.

Our foreign currency risk arises from:

●

●

the measurement of monetary assets and liabilities denominated in foreign currencies converted to U.S. Dollars,
with the resulting gain or loss recorded as “Net loss on foreign currency transactions;” and

the impact of fluctuations in exchange rates on the reported amounts of our revenues, if any, and expenses that are
denominated in foreign currencies.

As of December 31, 2020, we had not entered into any foreign exchange forward contract.

Concentration of Credit Risk

The market for our services is the offshore oil transportation industry, and our customers consist primarily of major oil and
gas companies, independent oil and gas producers and government-owned oil companies. As of December 31, 2020 and 2019,
seven and eight customers, respectively, accounted for substantially all of our revenues. Ongoing credit evaluations of our
customers are performed and generally do not require collateral in our business agreements. Typically, under our time charters
and bareboat charters, the customer pays for the month’s charter the first day of each month, which reduces our level of credit
risk. Provisions for potential credit losses are maintained when necessary.

We have bank deposits that expose us to credit risk arising from possible default by the counterparty. We manage the risk by

using credit-worthy financial institutions.

Retained Risk

For a description of our insurance coverage, including the risks retained by us related to our insurance policies, please read

“Item 4. Information on the Partnership—Business Overview—Risk of Loss, Insurance and Risk Management.”

Item 12. Description of Securities Other than Equity Securities

Not applicable.

Item 13. Defaults, Dividend Arrearages and Delinquencies

PART II

As of December 31, 2020, we were in compliance with all covenants under our debt agreements.

123

Table of Contents

Item 14. Material Modifications to the Rights of Securities Holders and Use of Proceeds

Not applicable.

Item 15. Controls and Procedures

Disclosure Controls and Procedures

We maintain disclosure controls and procedures (as defined in Rules 13a-15(e) and 15d-15(e) under the Exchange Act) that
are designed to ensure that (i) information required to be disclosed in our reports that are filed or submitted under the Exchange
Act, are recorded, processed, summarized, and reported within the time periods specified in the U.S. Securities and Exchange
Commission’s rules and forms, and (ii) information required to be disclosed by us in the reports we file or submit under the
Exchange Act is accumulated and communicated to our management, including the Chief Executive Officer and Chief Financial
Officer, as appropriate to allow timely decisions regarding required disclosure.

We conducted an evaluation of our disclosure controls and procedures under the supervision and with the participation of the

Chief Executive Officer and Chief Financial Officer. Based on the evaluation, the Chief Executive Officer and Chief Financial
Officer concluded that our disclosure controls and procedures are effective as of December 31, 2020.

The Chief Executive Officer and Chief Financial Officer does not expect that our disclosure controls or internal controls will

prevent all errors and all fraud. Although our disclosure controls and procedures were designed to provide reasonable assurance
of achieving their objectives, a control system, no matter how well conceived and operated, can provide only reasonable, not
absolute, assurance that the objectives of the system are met. Further, the design of a control system must reflect the fact that
there are resource constraints, and the benefits of controls must be considered relative to their costs. Because of the inherent
limitations in all control systems, no evaluation of controls can provide absolute assurance that all control issues and instances of
fraud, if any, within the Partnership have been detected. These inherent limitations include the realities that judgments in
decision-making can be faulty, and that breakdowns can occur because of simple error or mistake. Additionally, controls can be
circumvented by the individual acts of some persons, by collusion of two or more people, or by management override of the
control. The design of any system of controls also is based partly on certain assumptions about the likelihood of future events,
and there can be no assurance that any design will succeed in achieving its stated goals under all potential future conditions.

Management’s Annual Report on Internal Control over Financial Reporting

Our management is responsible for establishing and maintaining for us adequate internal controls over financial reporting.

Our internal controls were designed to provide reasonable assurance as to the reliability of our financial reporting and the

preparation and presentation of the consolidated financial statements for external purposes in accordance with accounting
principles generally accepted in the United States. Our internal controls over financial reporting include those policies and
procedures that: 1) pertain to the maintenance of records that, in reasonable detail, accurately and fairly reflect the transactions
and dispositions of our assets; 2) provide reasonable assurance that transactions are recorded as necessary to permit preparation
of the financial statements in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles, and that our receipts and expenditures
are being made in accordance with authorizations of management and the directors; and 3) provide reasonable assurance
regarding prevention or timely detection of unauthorized acquisition, use or disposition of our assets that could have a material
effect on the financial statements.

We conducted an evaluation of the effectiveness of our internal control over financial reporting based upon the framework in

Internal Control—Integrated Framework issued by the Committee of Sponsoring Organizations of the Treadway Commission
(2013 framework) (the COSO criteria). This evaluation included review of the documentation of controls, evaluation of the
design effectiveness of controls, testing of the operating effectiveness of controls and a conclusion on this evaluation.

124

Table of Contents

Because of its inherent limitations, internal controls over financial reporting may not prevent or detect misstatements even
when determined to be effective and can only provide reasonable assurance with respect to financial statement preparation and
presentation. Also, projections of any evaluation of effectiveness to future periods are subject to the risk that controls may
become inadequate because of changes in conditions, or that the degree of compliance with the policies and procedures may
deteriorate. However, based on the evaluation, management has concluded that our internal controls over financial reporting were
effective as of December 31, 2020.

There were no changes in our internal controls that have materially affected, or are reasonably likely to materially affect, our

internal control over financial reporting (as defined in Rule 13a-15(f) under the Exchange Act) that occurred during the year
ended December 31, 2020.

Attestation Report of the Registered Public Accounting Firm

The effectiveness of the Partnership’s internal control over financial reporting as of December 31, 2020 has been audited by

Ernst & Young AS, an independent registered public accounting firm, as stated in its report which appears on page F-5 of our
consolidated financial statements.

Changes in Internal Control over Financial Reporting

There were no changes in our internal control over financial reporting that occurred during the period covered by this Annual

Report that have materially affected, or are reasonably likely to materially affect, our internal control over financial reporting.

Item 16A. Audit Committee Financial Expert

Our board of directors has determined that Hans Petter Aas qualifies as an audit committee financial expert and is

independent under applicable NYSE and SEC standards.

Item 16B. Code of Ethics

We have adopted the KNOT Offshore Partners LP Code of Business Conduct and Ethics that applies to all of our employees,

officers and directors. This document is available under the “Corporate Governance” tab in the “Investor Relations” section of
our website www.knotoffshorepartners.com . We intend to disclose, under this tab of our website, any waivers to or amendments
of the KNOT Offshore Partners LP Corporate Code of Business Ethics and Conduct for the benefit of any of our directors and
executive officers.

Item 16C. Principal Accountant Fees and Services

Our principal accountant for 2020 was Ernst & Young AS.

The audit committee of our board of directors has the authority to pre-approve permissible audit-related and non-audit
services not prohibited by law to be performed by our independent auditors and associated fees. Engagements for proposed
services either may be separately pre-approved by the audit committee or entered into pursuant to detailed pre-approval policies
and procedures established by the audit committee, as long as the audit committee is informed on a timely basis of any
engagement entered into on that basis. The audit committee separately pre-approved all engagements and fees paid to our
principal accountant in 2020 and 2019.

125

Table of Contents

Fees Incurred by the Partnership for Ernst & Young AS’ Services:

Audit Fees
Audit‑Related Fees
Tax Fees

Audit Fees

2020
$  648,034

 3,585
$  651,618

 —  

2019
$  718,698
 —
 2,978
$  721,676

Audit fees for 2020 and 2019 are the aggregate fees billed for professional services rendered by the principal accountant for

the audit of the Partnership’s annual financial statements and services normally provided by the principal accountant in
connection with statutory and regulatory filings or engagements, including services related to comfort letters, consents and
assistance with and review of documents filed with the SEC.

Audit-Related Fees

Audit-related fees for 2020 and 2019 are the aggregate fees billed for professional services rendered by the principal

accountant related primarily to assurance work in connection with accounting consultations and acquisitions.

Tax Fees

Tax fees for 2020 and 2019 are the aggregate fees billed for professional services rendered by the principal accountant

related primarily to tax compliance services.

Item 16D. Exemptions from the Listing Standards for Audit Committees

Not applicable.

Item 16E. Purchases of Equity Securities by the Issuer and Affiliated Purchasers

Not applicable.

Item 16F. Change in Registrants’ Certifying Accountant

Not applicable.

Item 16G. Corporate Governance

Overview

Pursuant to an exemption under the NYSE listing standards for foreign private issuers, the Partnership is not required to

comply with the corporate governance practices followed by U.S. companies under the NYSE listing standards. However,
pursuant to Section 303A.11 of the NYSE Listed Company Manual, we are required to state any significant differences between
our governance practices and the practices required by the NYSE for U.S. companies. We believe that our established practices in
the area of corporate governance are in line with the spirit of the NYSE standards and provide adequate protection to our
unitholders. The significant differences between our corporate governance practices and the NYSE standards applicable to listed
U.S. companies are set forth below.

126

    
    
 
 
 
Table of Contents

Independence of Directors

The NYSE rules do not require a listed company that is a foreign private issuer to have a board of directors that is comprised
of a majority of independent directors. Under Marshall Islands law, we are not required to have a board of directors comprised of
a majority of directors meeting the independence standards described in the NYSE rules. In addition, the NYSE rules do not
require limited partnerships like us to have boards of directors comprised of a majority of independent directors. However, our
board of directors has determined that each of Hans Petter Aas, Edward A. Waryas, Jr., Simon Bird and Andrew Beveridge
satisfies the independence standards established by the NYSE as applicable to us.

Executive Sessions

The NYSE requires that non-management directors of a listed U.S. company meet regularly in executive sessions without

management. The NYSE also requires that all independent directors of a listed U.S. company meet in an executive session at
least once a year. As permitted under Marshall Islands law and our partnership agreement, our non-management directors do not
regularly hold executive sessions without management and we do not expect them to do so in the future.

Nominating/Corporate Governance Committee

The NYSE requires that a listed U.S. company have a nominating/corporate governance committee of independent directors
and a committee charter specifying the purpose, duties and evaluation procedures of the committee. As permitted under Marshall
Islands law and our partnership agreement, we do not currently have a nominating or corporate governance committee.

Compensation Committee

The NYSE requires that a listed U.S. company have a compensation committee of independent directors and a committee

charter specifying the purpose, duties and evaluation procedures of the committee. As permitted under Marshall Islands law and
our partnership agreement, we do not currently have a compensation committee.

Corporate Governance Guidelines

The NYSE requires listed U.S. companies to adopt and disclose corporate governance guidelines. The guidelines must

address, among other things: director qualification standards, director responsibilities, director access to management and
independent advisers, director compensation, director orientation and continuing education, management succession and an
annual performance evaluation. We are not required to adopt such guidelines under Marshall Islands law, and we have not
adopted such guidelines.

We make available a statement of significant differences on our website, www.knotoffshorepartners.com.

We believe that our established corporate governance practices satisfy the NYSE listing standards.

Item 16H. Mine Safety Disclosure

Not applicable.

127

Table of Contents

Item 17. Financial Statements

Not applicable.

Item 18. Financial Statements

PART III

The following financial statements listed below and set forth on pages F-1 through F-51, together with the related reports of

Ernst & Young AS, Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm thereon, are filed as part of this Annual Report:

Consolidated Statements of Operations for the Years Ended December 31, 2020, 2019 and 2018
Consolidated Statements of Comprehensive Income for the Years Ended December 31, 2020, 2019 and 2018
Consolidated Balance Sheets as of December 31, 2020 and 2019
Consolidated Statements of Changes in Partners’ Capital for the Years Ended December 31, 2020, 2019 and 2018
Consolidated Statements of Cash Flows for the Years Ended December 31, 2020, 2019 and 2018
Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements

F-6
F-7
F-8
F-9
F-10
F-11

All other schedules for which provision is made in the applicable accounting regulations of the SEC are not required, are

inapplicable or have been disclosed in the notes to the consolidated financial statements and therefore have been omitted.

128

Table of Contents

Item 19. Exhibits

The following exhibits are filed as part of this Annual Report:

Exhibit 
Number

Description

1.1 Certificate of Limited Partnership of KNOT Offshore Partners LP (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 3.1

to the registrant’s Form F-1 Registration Statement (333-186947), filed on February 28, 2013)

1.2 Third Amended and Restated Agreement of Limited Partnership of KNOT Offshore Partners LP, dated as of

June 30, 2017 (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 3.2 of the registrant’s Report on Form 8-A/A filed on
June 30, 2017)

2.1 Description of Securities Registered under Section 12 of the Exchange Act (incorporated by reference to

Exhibit 2.1 of the registrant's Annual Report on Form 20-F for fiscal year ended December 31, 2019 filed on
March 19, 2020)

4.1 Omnibus Agreement, dated April 15, 2013, among Knutsen NYK Offshore Tankers AS, KNOT Offshore

Partners LP, KNOT Offshore Partners GP LLC, KNOT Shuttle Tankers 17 AS and KNOT Shuttle Tankers
18 AS (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 4.2 of the registrant’s Annual Report on Form 20-F for
fiscal year ended December 31, 2013 filed on April 15, 2014)

4.2 Administrative Services Agreement, dated February 26, 2013, among KNOT Offshore Partners LP, KNOT
Offshore Partners UK LLC, Knutsen OAS (UK) Ltd. and Knutsen OAS Shipping AS (incorporated by
reference to Exhibit 10.3 to the registrant’s Amendment No. 1 to Form F-1 Registration Statement (333-
186947), filed on March 19, 2013)

4.3 Amendment No. 1 to the Administrative Services Agreement, dated May 7, 2015, between KNOT Offshore

Partners LP, KNOT Offshore Partners UK LLC, Knutsen OAS (UK) Ltd., Knutsen OAS Shipping AS and
KNOT Management AS (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 4.1 to the registrant’s report on Form 6-K filed
on June 2, 2015)

4.4 Amendment No. 2 to the Administrative Services Agreement, dated November 28, 2018, between KNOT

Offshore Partners LP, KNOT Offshore Partners UK LLC, Knutsen OAS (UK) Ltd., Knutsen OAS Shipping
AS and KNOT Management AS (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 4.4 of the registrant’s Annual Report
on Form 20-F for fiscal year ended December 31, 2018 filed on April 10, 2019)

4.5 Amendment No. 3 to the Administrative Services Agreement, dated March 13, 2019, between KNOT

Offshore Partners LP, KNOT Offshore Partners UK LLC, Knutsen OAS (UK) Ltd., Knutsen OAS Shipping
AS and KNOT Management AS (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 4.5 of the registrant’s Annual Report
on Form 20-F for fiscal year ended December 31, 2018 filed on April 10, 2019)

4.6 Form of Ship Management Agreement, dated October 28, 2010, between KNOT Shuttle Tankers 17 AS and
KNOT Management AS, as amended (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.4 to the registrant’s Form F-1
Registration Statement (333-186947), filed on February 28, 2013)

4.7 Form of Ship Management Agreement, dated May 13, 2014, between KNOT Shuttle Tankers 20 AS and

KNOT Management Denmark AS, as amended (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 4.9 of the registrant’s
Annual Report on Form 20-F for fiscal year ended December 31, 2014 filed on March 25, 2015)

4.8 Loan Agreement, dated March 31, 2017, among Knutsen Shuttle Tankers 14 AS, as borrower, and Mitsubishi
UFJ Lease & Finance (Hong Kong) Limited, as lender (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 4.3 to the
registrant’s report on Form 6-K filed on August 10, 2017)

4.9 Facility Agreement, dated November 8, 2017, among Knutsen Shuttle Tankers 15 AS, as borrower, and the

other parties thereto (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 4.9 to the registrant’s Annual Report on Form 20-F
for fiscal year ended December 31, 2017 filed on April 25, 2018)

4.10 Senior Secured Credit Facilities Agreement, dated April 3, 2014, among KNOT Shuttle Tankers 20 AS and

KNOT Shuttle Tankers 21 AS, as borrowers, and the other parties thereto (incorporated by reference to
Exhibit 4.15 of the registrant’s Annual Report on Form 20-F for fiscal year ended December 31, 2014 filed
on March 25, 2015)

129

    
Table of Contents

Exhibit 

Number

Description

4.11 Accession Letter, dated December 15, 2014, among Knutsen NYK Offshore Tankers AS, KNOT Offshore

Partners LP, KNOT Shuttle Tankers 20 AS and Sumitomo Mitsui Banking Corporation Europe Limited
(incorporated by reference to Exhibit 4.16 of the registrant’s Annual Report on Form 20-F for fiscal year
ended December 31, 2014 filed on March 25, 2015)

4.12 Letter Agreement, dated June 15, 2015, among Knutsen NYK Offshore Tankers AS, KNOT Offshore

Partners LP, KNOT Shuttle Tankers 20 AS and Sumitomo Mitsui Banking Corporation Europe Limited,
relating to the Accession Letter, dated December 15, 2014 (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 4.1 to the
registrant’s report on Form 6-K filed on June 29, 2015)

4.13 Facilities Agreement, dated April 27, 2015, among KNOT Shuttle Tankers 24 AS, KNOT Shuttle Tankers 25

AS and KNOT Shuttle Tankers 26 AS, as borrowers, and the other parties thereto, as amended and restated
on October 23, 2015 (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 4.27 of the registrant’s Annual Report on
Form 20-F for fiscal year ended December 31, 2016 filed on March 17, 2017)

4.14 Accession Letter, dated February 28, 2017, among Knutsen NYK Offshore Tankers AS, KNOT Offshore

Partners LP, KNOT Shuttle Tankers AS, KNOT Shuttle Tankers 24 AS, KNOT Shuttle Tankers 25 AS,
KNOT Shuttle Tankers 26 AS and DNB Bank ASA (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 4.28 of the
registrant’s Annual Report on Form 20-F for fiscal year ended December 31, 2016 filed on March 17, 2017)

4.15 Accession Letter, dated June 1, 2017, among Knutsen NYK Offshore Tankers AS, KNOT Offshore

Partners LP, KNOT Shuttle Tankers AS, KNOT Shuttle Tankers 24 AS, KNOT Shuttle Tankers 25 AS,
KNOT Shuttle Tankers 26 AS and DNB Bank ASA (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 4.1 to the
registrant’s report on Form 6-K filed on August 10, 2017)

4.16 Accession Letter, dated September 29, 2017, among Knutsen NYK Offshore Tankers AS, KNOT Offshore

Partners LP, KNOT Shuttle Tankers AS, KNOT Shuttle Tankers 24 AS, KNOT Shuttle Tankers 25 AS,
KNOT Shuttle Tankers 26 AS and DNB Bank ASA (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 4.2 to the
registrant’s report on Form 6-K filed on November 6, 2017)

4.17 Term Loan Facility Agreement, dated June 27, 2017, among KNOT Shuttle Tankers 32 AS, as borrower, and

the other parties thereto, as amended by Amendment Agreement No. 1, dated December 15, 2017
(incorporated by reference to Exhibit 4.21 to the registrant’s Annual Report on Form 20-F for fiscal year
ended December 31, 2017 filed on April 25, 2018)

4.18 Accession Letter, dated December 15, 2017, among Knutsen NYK Offshore Tankers AS, KNOT Offshore
Partners LP, KNOT Shuttle Tankers AS, KNOT Shuttle Tankers 32 AS and ABN AMRO Bank N.V.
(incorporated by reference to Exhibit 4.22 to the registrant’s Annual Report on Form 20-F for fiscal year
ended December 31, 2017 filed on April 25, 2018)

4.19 Term Loan Facility Agreement, dated September 30, 2016, among KNOT Shuttle Tankers 30 AS, as

borrower, and the other parties thereto (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 4.23 to the registrant’s Annual
Report on Form 20-F for fiscal year ended December 31, 2017 filed on April 25, 2018)

4.20 Accession Letter, dated March 1, 2018, among Knutsen NYK Offshore Tankers AS, KNOT Offshore

Partners LP, KNOT Shuttle Tankers AS, KNOT Shuttle Tankers 30 AS and Nordea Bank AB (incorporated
by reference to Exhibit 4.24 to the registrant’s Annual Report on Form 20-F for fiscal year ended
December 31, 2017 filed on April 25, 2018)

4.21 Term Loan and Revolving Credit Facilities Agreement, dated September 4, 2018, among KNOT Shuttle

Tankers AS, Knutsen Shuttle Tankers XII KS, Knutsen Shuttle Tankers 13 AS, Knutsen NYK Shuttle
Tankers 16 AS, KNOT Shuttle Tankers 17 AS, KNOT Shuttle Tankers 18 AS, as borrowers, the other parties
thereto (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 4.1 to the registrant’s report on Form 6-K filed on September 4,
2018)

4.22* Facility Agreement, dated July 2, 2019, among KNOT Shuttle Tankers 34 AS and KNOT Shuttle Tankers 35

AS, as borrowers, and the other parties thereto

4.23* Accession Letter, dated December 2020, among Knutsen NYK Offshore Tankers AS, KNOT Offshore

Partners LP, KNOT Shuttle Tankers AS, KNOT Shuttle Tankers 34 AS, KNOT Shuttle Tankers 35 AS and
MUFG Bank, Ltd.

130

Table of Contents

Exhibit 

Number

Description

4.24* Memorandum of Agreement, dated December 30, 2020, between Knutsen Shuttle Tankers 19 AS and MI-

DAS Line S.A., as amended by Addendum No. 1, dated January 14, 2021

4.25*† Bareboat Charter, dated December 30, 2020, between Knutsen Shuttle Tankers 19 AS and MI-DAS Line

S.A.

4.26 Employment Agreement, dated March 12, 2019, between KNOT Offshore Partners UK LLC and Gary

Chapman (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 4.25 of the registrant’s Annual Report on Form 20-F for
fiscal year ended December 31, 2018 filed on April 10, 2019)

4.27 Series A Preferred Unit Purchase Agreement, dated December 6, 2016, among KNOT Offshore Partners LP
and the Purchasers party thereto (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 4.1 to the registrant’s report on
Form 6-K filed on December 6, 2016)

4.28 Assignment and Novation Agreement, dated December 20, 2016, among Offshore Merchant Partners Asset

Yield Fund, L.P., OMP AY Preferred Limited and KNOT Offshore Partners LP (incorporated by reference to
Exhibit 4.1 to the registrant’s report on Form 6-K filed on February 2, 2017)

4.29 First Amendment to Series A Preferred Unit Purchase Agreement, dated February 2, 2017, among KNOT

Offshore Partners LP and the Purchasers party thereto (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 4.2 to the
registrant’s report on Form 6-K filed on February 2, 2017)

4.30 Second Amendment to Series A Preferred Unit Purchase Agreement, dated May 16, 2017, between KNOT
Offshore Partners LP and the Purchasers party thereto (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 4.2 to the
registrant’s report on Form 6-K filed on May 17, 2017)
Joinder Agreement, dated June 30, 2017, among KNOT Offshore Partners LP, OMP AY Preferred Limited,
Pierfront Capital Mezzanine Fund Pte. Ltd. and Tortoise Direct Opportunities Fund, LP (incorporated by
reference to Exhibit 4.1 to the registrant’s report on Form 6-K filed on June 30, 2017)

4.31

4.32 Registration Rights Agreement, dated February 2, 2017, among KNOT Offshore Partners LP and the

Purchasers party thereto (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 4.3 to the registrant’s report on Form 6-K filed
on February 2, 2017)

4.33* Share Purchase Agreement, dated December 15, 2020, between Knutsen NYK Offshore Tankers AS and

KNOT Shuttle Tankers AS

8.1* Subsidiaries of KNOT Offshore Partners LP
12.1* Rule 13a-14(a)/15d-14(a) Certification of the Principal Executive Officer and the Principal Financial Officer
13.1* Certification under Section 906 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002 of the Principal Executive Officer and the

Principal Financial Officer

15.1* Consent of Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm

101.INS*

101.SCH*
101.CAL*
101.DEF*
101.LAB*
101.PRE*

Inline XBRL Instance Document - the instance document does not appear in the Interactive Data File
because its XBRL tags are embedded within the Inline XBRL document
Inline XBRL Taxonomy Extension Schema
Inline XBRL Taxonomy Extension Schema Calculation Linkbase
Inline XBRL Taxonomy Extension Schema Definition Linkbase
Inline XBRL Taxonomy Extension Schema Label Linkbase
Inline XBRL Taxonomy Extension Schema Presentation Linkbase

104* Cover Page Interactive Date File (formatted as Inline XBRL and contained in Exhibit 101)

*

†

Filed herewith.

Certain identified information has been excluded from the exhibit because it is both (i) not material and (ii) would be
competitively harmful if publicly disclosed.

131

Table of Contents

The registrant hereby certifies that it meets all of the requirements for filing on Form 20-F and that it has duly caused and

authorized the undersigned to sign this Annual Report on its behalf.

SIGNATURE

KNOT OFFSHORE PARTNERS LP
By: /s/ GARY CHAPMAN
Name: Gary Chapman
Title: Chief Executive Officer and Chief Financial Officer

Date: March 18, 2021

132

Table of Contents

INDEX TO FINANCIAL STATEMENTS OF KNOT OFFSHORE PARTNERS LP

Reports of Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm
Consolidated Statements of Operations for the Years Ended December 31, 2020, 2019 and 2018
Consolidated Statements of Comprehensive Income for the Years Ended December 31, 2020, 2019 and 2018
Consolidated Balance Sheets as of December 31, 2020 and 2019
Consolidated Statements of Changes in Partners’ Capital for the Years Ended December 31, 2020, 2019 and 2018
Consolidated Statements of Cash Flows for the Years Ended December 31, 2020, 2019 and 2018
Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements

F-2
F-6
F-7
F-8
F-9
F-10
F-11

F-1

Table of Contents

Report of Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm

To the Unitholders and the Board of Directors of KNOT Offshore Partners LP

Opinion on the Financial Statements

We have audited the accompanying consolidated balance sheets of KNOT Offshore Partners LP (the Partnership) as of December
31,  2020  and  2019,  the  related  consolidated  statements  of  operations,  comprehensive  income,  changes  in  partners’  capital  and
cash flows for each of the three years in the period ended December 31, 2020, and the related notes (collectively referred to as the
“consolidated financial statements”). In our opinion, the consolidated financial statements present fairly, in all material respects,
the financial position of the Partnership at December 31, 2020 and 2019, and the results of its operations and its cash flows for
each of the three years in the period ended December 31, 2020, in conformity with U.S. generally accepted accounting principles.

We  also  have  audited,  in  accordance  with  the  standards  of  the  Public  Company  Accounting  Oversight  Board  (United  States)
(PCAOB), the Partnership’s internal control over financial reporting as of December 31, 2020, based on criteria established in
Internal  Control-Integrated  Framework  issued  by  the  Committee  of  Sponsoring  Organizations  of  the  Treadway  Commission
(2013 framework) and our report dated March 18, 2021 expressed an unqualified opinion thereon.

Basis for Opinion

These financial statements are the responsibility of the Partnership's management. Our responsibility is to express an opinion on
the Partnership’s financial statements based on our audits. We are a public accounting firm registered with the PCAOB and are
required to be independent with respect to the Partnership in accordance with the U.S. federal securities laws and the applicable
rules and regulations of the Securities and Exchange Commission and the PCAOB.

We conducted our audits in accordance with the standards of the PCAOB. Those standards require that we plan and perform the
audit  to  obtain  reasonable  assurance  about  whether  the  financial  statements  are  free  of  material  misstatement,  whether  due  to
error or fraud. Our audits included performing procedures to assess the risks of material misstatement of the financial statements,
whether due to error or fraud, and performing procedures that respond to those risks. Such procedures included examining, on a
test  basis,  evidence  regarding  the  amounts  and  disclosures  in  the  financial  statements.  Our  audits  also  included  evaluating  the
accounting principles used and significant estimates made by management, as well as evaluating the overall presentation of the
financial statements. We believe that our audits provide a reasonable basis for our opinion.

Critical Audit Matters

The critical audit matters communicated below are matters arising from the current period audit of the financial statements that
were communicated or required to be communicated to the audit committee and that: (1) relate to accounts or disclosures that are
material  to  the  financial  statements  and  (2)  involved  our  especially  challenging,  subjective  or  complex  judgments.  The
communication of critical audit matters does not alter in any way our opinion on the consolidated financial statements, taken as a
whole,  and  we  are  not,  by  communicating  the  critical  audit  matters  below,  providing  separate  opinions  on  the  critical  audit
matters or on the accounts or disclosures to which they relate.

Description of the Matter

Vessel impairment

The carrying value of the Partnership’s vessels was $1,709 million as of December 31, 2020.
As  explained  in  Note  2(n)  to  the  consolidated  financial  statements,  the  Partnership  assesses
vessels for impairment whenever events or changes in circumstances indicate that the carrying
value  of  an  asset  may  not  be  recoverable.  If  circumstances  require  a  vessel  to  be  tested  for
impairment, the Partnership compares the undiscounted cash flows expected to be generated
by that vessel to its carrying value. If the carrying value of the vessel is not recoverable on an
undiscounted cash flow basis, impairment is recognized to the extent that the carrying value
exceeds  its  fair  value.  Management  identified  events  or  changes  in  circumstances  which
indicated the carrying value of one vessel may not be recoverable. Management conducted an
undiscounted cashflow

F-2

Table of Contents

analysis  (“recoverability  test”)  for  the  vessel  and  on  that  basis  concluded  that  the  carrying
value was recoverable as at December 31, 2020.

Auditing  the  Partnership’s  recoverability  test  was  complex  due  to  the  significant  estimation
uncertainty  and  judgement  in  forecasting  the  vessel’s  undiscounted  cashflows.  Significant
assumptions and judgements used in management’s analysis included the estimation of daily
charter rates, vessel utilization and the costs of future drydockings.

How We Addressed the Matter
in Our Audit

We obtained an understanding  of the Partnership’s  vessel  impairment  process and evaluated
the  design  and  tested  the  operating  effectiveness  of  the  controls  over  the  Partnership’s
determination of significant assumptions to the recoverability test.

To test the impairment process, we performed audit procedures that included, among others,
analyzing  management’s  recoverability  test  by  comparing  the  methodology  used  against
relevant accounting guidance. We tested the reasonableness of estimated daily charter rates by
comparing them to recent tender activity and historical rate information.

We  assessed  whether  the  vessel  utilization  assumptions  were  reasonable  based  on  historical
utilization of the Partnership’s vessels towards the end of their useful lives. We also reviewed
market reports and analyzed how the economic factors such as future demand and supply for
shuttle tankers have been incorporated in the charter rates. We compared the estimated costs
of  future  drydocking  estimates  to  budgets  and  to  historical  drydocking  costs  adjusted  for
factors such as inflation and planned future installations.

Acquisition of KNOT Shuttle Tankers 34 AS

As disclosed in Note 21 to the consolidated financial statements, during December 2020, the
Partnership  completed  its  acquisition  of  KNOT  Shuttle  Tankers  34  AS.    The  primary  asset
acquired  was the  Tove Knutsen (the “Tove”  or  “vessel”)  shuttle  tanker.  The  transaction  was
accounted for as an asset acquisition.

Auditing the Partnership's accounting for its acquisition of KNOT Shuttle Tankers 34 AS was
complex due to the significant judgment and estimation in the Partnership’s determination of
the fair value of the Tove of $118 million. The Partnership used a discounted cash flow model
to measure the fair value of the vessel. The significant assumptions used to estimate the fair
value of the vessel included forecasted time charter rates, vessel useful life, and expected costs
of drydockings.

Description of the Matter

How We Addressed the Matter
in Our Audit

We obtained an understanding of the Partnership's accounting for acquisitions and evaluated
the  design  and  tested  the  operating  effectiveness  of  the  controls  over  the  Partnership’s
significant inputs to the valuation of the acquired vessel. We also tested management’s review
of significant assumptions to the fair value estimation.

To  test  the  fair  value  allocated  to  the  vessel,  we  performed  audit  procedures  that  included,
among  others,  evaluating  the  competence  and  objectivity  of  the  Partnership’s  financial
valuation  advisor  and  the  selected  valuation  methodology.    We  involved  our  valuation
specialists  to  assist  with  our  recalculation  and  assess  accuracy  of  the  discounted  cash  flow
model  used  by  the  Partnership.  We  compared  forecasted  time  charter  rates  with  historical
charter rates. We evaluated market and economic factors related to future demand and supply
for  shuttle  tankers  which  were  incorporated  into  forecasted  charter  rates.  We  evaluated  the
vessel useful life against recent transactions

F-3

Table of Contents

and to peer averages and we compared the expected costs of drydocking estimates to budgets
and  historical  costs.  We  also  evaluated  the  completeness  and  accuracy  of  the  underlying
supporting  data  and  reconciled  to  supporting  documentation  and  market  information,  where
applicable.

/s/ Ernst & Young AS

We have served as the Partnership’s auditor since 2013.

Oslo, Norway

March 18, 2021

F-4

Table of Contents

Report of Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm

To the Unitholders and the Board of Directors of KNOT Offshore Partners LP

Opinion on Internal Control Over Financial Reporting

We have audited KNOT Offshore Partners LP’s internal control over financial reporting as of December 31, 2020, based on
criteria established in Internal Control—Integrated Framework issued by the Committee of Sponsoring Organizations of the
Treadway Commission (2013 framework) (the COSO criteria). In our opinion, KNOT Offshore Partners LP (the Partnership)
maintained, in all material respects, effective internal control over financial reporting as of December 31, 2020, based on the
COSO criteria.

We also have audited, in accordance with the standards of the Public Company Accounting Oversight Board (United States)
(PCAOB), the 2020 consolidated financial statements of the Partnership and our report dated March 18, 2021 expressed an
unqualified opinion thereon.

Basis for Opinion

The Partnership’s management is responsible for maintaining effective internal control over financial reporting and for its
assessment of the effectiveness of internal control over financial reporting included in the accompanying Management’s Annual
Report on Internal Control Over Financial Reporting. Our responsibility is to express an opinion on the Partnership’s internal
control over financial reporting based on our audit. We are a public accounting firm registered with the PCAOB and are required
to be independent with respect to the Partnership in accordance with the U.S. federal securities laws and the applicable rules and
regulations of the Securities and Exchange Commission and the PCAOB.

We conducted our audit in accordance with the standards of the PCAOB. Those standards require that we plan and perform the
audit to obtain reasonable assurance about whether effective internal control over financial reporting was maintained in all
material respects.

Our audit included obtaining an understanding of internal control over financial reporting, assessing the risk that a material
weakness exists, testing and evaluating the design and operating effectiveness of internal control based on the assessed risk, and
performing such other procedures as we considered necessary in the circumstances. We believe that our audit provides a
reasonable basis for our opinion.

Definition and Limitations of Internal Control Over Financial Reporting

A company’s internal control over financial reporting is a process designed to provide reasonable assurance regarding the
reliability of financial reporting and the preparation of financial statements for external purposes in accordance with generally
accepted accounting principles. A company’s internal control over financial reporting includes those policies and procedures that
(1) pertain to the maintenance of records that, in reasonable detail, accurately and fairly reflect the transactions and dispositions
of the assets of the company; (2) provide reasonable assurance that transactions are recorded as necessary to permit preparation of
financial statements in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles, and that receipts and expenditures of the
company are being made only in accordance with authorizations of management and directors of the company; and (3) provide
reasonable assurance regarding prevention or timely detection of unauthorized acquisition, use, or disposition of the company’s
assets that could have a material effect on the financial statements.

Because of its inherent limitations, internal control over financial reporting may not prevent or detect misstatements. Also,
projections of any evaluation of effectiveness to future periods are subject to the risk that controls may become inadequate
because of changes in conditions, or that the degree of compliance with the policies or procedures may deteriorate.

/s/ Ernst & Young AS

Oslo, Norway
March 18, 2021

F-5

Table of Contents

KNOT OFFSHORE PARTNERS LP

Consolidated Statements of Operations

For the Years Ended December 31, 2020, 2019 and 2018

(U.S. Dollars in thousands, except per unit amounts)

Year Ended December 31, 
2019

2018

2020

Operating revenues: (Notes 2(e), 5 and 18)

Time charter and bareboat revenues
Loss of hire insurance recoveries (Notes 2(t) and 8)
Other income

Total revenues (Notes 2(e), 5, 6, 7 and 18)
Operating expenses:

Vessel operating expenses (Notes 2(e) and 18)
Depreciation (Notes 2(k) and 13)
General and administrative expenses

Total operating expenses

Operating income

Finance income (expense):

Interest income
Interest expense (Note 9(a))
Other finance expense (Notes 2(f) and 9(b))
Realized and unrealized gain (loss) on derivative instruments (Note 10)
Net gain (loss) on foreign currency transactions

Total finance expense
Income before income taxes

Income tax benefit (expense) (Notes 2(r) and 17)

Net income

Series A Preferred unitholders' interest in net income
General Partner’s interest in net income
Limited Partners’ interest in net income
Earnings per unit (Basic): (Note 20)

Common unit (basic)
General Partner unit (basic)
Earnings per unit (Diluted): (Note 20)

Common unit (diluted)
General Partner unit (diluted)

$ 278,581

$ 282,502

—  
641
279,222

—  
59
282,561

$ 278,191
450
815
279,456

61,005
89,743
5,392
156,140
123,082

125
(31,645)
(705)
(25,679)
57
(57,847)
65,235
(10)
65,225
7,200
1,072
56,953

1.74
1.74

1.74
1.74

$
$

$
$

$
$

60,129
89,844
4,858
154,831
127,730

865
(50,735)
(845)
(17,797)
(252)
(68,764)
58,966
(9)
58,957
7,200
956
50,801

1.55
1.55

1.55
1.55

$
$

$
$

$
$

56,730
88,756
5,290
150,776
128,680

739
(49,956)
(1,260)
4,039
(79)
(46,517)
82,163
2
82,165
7,200
1,384
73,581

2.25
2.25

2.22
2.25

$
$

$
$

$
$

The accompanying notes are an integral part of these financial statements.

F-6

    
    
    
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
  
 
  
 
  
 
  
Table of Contents

KNOT OFFSHORE PARTNERS LP

Consolidated Statements of Comprehensive Income

For the Years Ended December 31, 2020, 2019 and 2018

(U.S. Dollars in thousands)

Net income
Other comprehensive income, net of tax
Comprehensive income

$

$

$
—  
$

65,225

58,957

Year Ended December 31, 
2019
58,957

2020
65,225

$
—  
$

2018
82,165
—
82,165

The accompanying notes are an integral part of these financial statements.

F-7

    
    
    
 
Table of Contents

KNOT OFFSHORE PARTNERS LP

Consolidated Balance Sheets

As of December 31, 2020 and 2019

(U.S. Dollars in thousands)

    At December 31, 2020    At December 31, 2019

ASSETS
Current assets:
Cash and cash equivalents (Notes 2(g) and 11)
Trade accounts receivable, less provision for expected credit loss of $0 in 2020 and $0 in 2019
(Notes 2(h) and 12(a))
Amounts due from related parties (Note 18(d))
Inventories (Note 2(i))
Derivative assets (Notes 2(q), 10 and 11)
Other current assets (Notes 2(j) and 12(b))
Total current assets

Long-term assets:
Vessels, net of accumulated depreciation (Notes 2(k), 2(m), 2(n), 13 and 18(f))
Right-of-use assets (Notes 2(l) and 6)
Intangible assets, net (Notes 2(o) and 14(a))
Derivative assets (Notes 2(q), 10 and 11)
Accrued income
Total long term assets
Total assets

LIABILITIES AND EQUITY
Current liabilities:
Trade accounts payable (Note 18(e))
Accrued expenses (Note 15)
Current portion of long-term debt (Notes 11 and 16)
Current lease liabilities (Notes 2(l) and 6)
Current portion of derivative liabilities (Notes 2(q), 10 and 11)
Income taxes payable (Notes 2(r) and 17)
Current portion of contract liabilities (Notes 2(o) and 14(b))
Prepaid charter (Note 2(s))
Amount due to related parties (Note 18(d))
Total current liabilities

Long-term liabilities:
Long-term debt (Notes 2 (p), 11 and 16)
Lease liabilities (Notes 2(l) and 6)
Derivative liabilities (Notes 2(q), 10 and 11)
Contract liabilities (Notes 2(o) and 14(b))
Deferred tax liabilities (Notes 2(r) and 17)
Total long-term liabilities
Total liabilities
Commitments and contingencies (Notes 2(t) and 19)
Series A Convertible Preferred Units
Equity:
Partners’ capital:

Common unitholders: 32,694,094 units issued and outstanding at December 31, 2020 and 2019.
General partner interest: 615,117 units issued and outstanding at December 31, 2020 and 2019.

Total partners’ capital
Total liabilities and equity

$

52,583

$

—  

5,726
2,652

—  

5,511
66,472

1,708,786
1,490
681

—  

$

$

2,867
1,713,824
1,780,296

3,848
5,380
184,188
652
10,695
86
1,518
5,424
2,140
213,931

846,157
838
19,358
2,168
295
868,816
1,082,747

89,264

597,390
10,895
608,285
1,780,296

$

$

$

$

43,525

—
2,687
2,292
920
3,386
52,810

1,677,488
1,799
1,286
648
3,976
1,685,197
1,738,007

2,730
6,617
83,453
572
910
98
1,518
6,892
1,212
104,002

911,943
1,227
5,133
3,685
357
922,345
1,026,347

89,264

611,241
11,155
622,396
1,738,007

The accompanying notes are an integral part of these financial statements.

F-8

 
   
  
 
   
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Table of Contents

KNOT OFFSHORE PARTNERS LP

Consolidated Statements of Changes in Partners’ Capital

For the Years Ended December 31, 2020, 2019 and 2018

(U.S. Dollars in thousands)

(U.S. Dollars in thousands)
Consolidated balance at
December 31, 2017

Net income
Other comprehensive income
Cash distributions
Net proceeds from issuance of common units
Consolidated balance at
December 31, 2018

Net income
Other comprehensive income
Cash distributions
Consolidated balance at
December 31, 2019

Net income
Other comprehensive income
Cash distributions
Consolidated balance at
December 31, 2020

Partners' Capital

Common
Units

General
Partner
Units

Accumulated
Other
Comprehensive
Income (Loss)

Total
Partners'
Capital

Series A
Convertible
Preferred
Units

$

628,471
73,581

$

11,479
1,384

$

—  

—  

(70,804)
(4)

631,244
50,801

—  

(70,804)

(1,332)

—  

11,531
956
—  

(1,332)

611,241
56,953

11,155
1,072

—  

—  

(70,804)

(1,332)

— $
—  
—  
—  
—  

—
—  
—  
—  

—
—  
—  
—  

639,950
74,965

$

—  

(72,136)
(4)

642,775
51,757

—  

(72,136)

622,396
58,025

—  

(72,136)

89,264
7,200
—
(7,200)
—

89,264
7,200
—
(7,200)

89,264
7,200
—
(7,200)

$

597,390

$

10,895

$

— $

608,285

$

89,264

The accompanying notes are an integral part of these financial statements.

F-9

    
    
    
    
    
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Table of Contents

KNOT OFFSHORE PARTNERS LP

Consolidated Statements of Cash Flows

For the Years Ended December 31, 2020, 2019 and 2018

(U.S. Dollars in thousands)

(U.S. Dollars in thousands)
OPERATING ACTIVITIES

Net income (1)
Adjustments to reconcile net income to cash provided by operating activities:

2020

2019

2018

$

65,225

$

58,957

$

82,165

Depreciation
Amortization of intangible assets and contract liabilities
Amortization of deferred revenue
Amortization of deferred debt issuance cost
Drydocking expenditure
Income tax expense
Income taxes paid
Unrealized (gain) loss on derivative instruments
Unrealized (gain) loss on foreign currency transactions

Changes in operating assets and liabilities

Decrease (increase) in amounts due from related parties
Decrease (increase) in inventories
Decrease (increase) in other current assets
Decrease (increase) in accrued income
Increase (decrease) in trade accounts payable
Increase (decrease) in accrued expenses
Increase (decrease) prepaid charter
Increase (decrease) in amounts due to related parties

Net cash provided by operating activities

INVESTING ACTIVITIES

Disposals (additions) to vessel and equipment
Acquisition of Tove Knutsen (net of cash acquired)
Acquisition of Anna Knutsen (net of cash acquired)
Net cash used in investing activities

FINANCING ACTIVITIES

Proceeds from long-term debt
Repayment of long-term debt
Repayment of long-term debt from related parties
Payment of debt issuance cost
Cash distribution
Net proceeds from issuance of common units
Net cash used in financing activities

Effect of exchange rate changes on cash

Net increase (decrease) in cash and cash equivalents
Cash and cash equivalents at the beginning of the period

Cash and cash equivalents at the end of the period

89,743
(912)

89,844
(912)

—  

—  

2,503
(2,724)
10
(87)
22,042
(507)

(3,039)
(225)
(1,865)
1,108
700
(1,859)
(1,469)
597
169,241

2,617
(252)
9
(132)
18,676
44

(1,547)
152
(912)
(168)
(2,100)
153
1,121
142
165,692

88,756
(912)
(1,056)
3,188
(12,421)
(2)
(190)
(2,076)
45

(49)
55
3,256
(2,114)
(1,297)
(1,052)
(3,154)
(4,496)
148,646

(339)
(21,094)

—  

(21,433)

—  
—
—  
—  

(117)
—
(15,376)
(15,493)

33,000
(92,834)

—  
(90)
(79,336)

—  

—  

(84,534)

—  
21
(79,336)

—  

(139,260)
510
9,058
43,525
52,583

$

(163,848)
(30)
1,813
41,712
43,525

$

$

497,779
(527,979)
(22,535)
(5,301)
(79,336)
(4)
(137,376)
(169)
(4,392)
46,104
41,712

(1)

included in net income are interests paid amounting to $31.0, $49.0 and $45.9 million as of December 31, 2020, 2019 and
2018, respectively.

The accompanying notes are an integral part of these financial statements.

F-10

    
    
    
  
  
  
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
  
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Table of Contents

1) Description of Business

KNOT OFFSHORE PARTNERS LP

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements

KNOT Offshore Partners LP (the “Partnership”) was formed as a limited partnership under the laws of the Republic of the

Marshall Islands. The Partnership was formed for the purpose of acquiring 100% ownership interests in four shuttle tankers
owned by Knutsen NYK Offshore Tankers AS (“KNOT”) in connection with the Partnership’s initial public offering of its
common units (the “IPO”), which was completed on April 15, 2013.

As of December 31, 2020, the Partnership had a fleet of seventeen shuttle tankers, the Windsor Knutsen, the Bodil Knutsen,
the Recife Knutsen, the Fortaleza Knutsen, the Carmen Knutsen, the Hilda Knutsen, the Torill Knutsen, the Dan Cisne, the Dan
Sabia, the Ingrid Knutsen, the Raquel Knutsen, the Tordis Knutsen, the Vigdis Knutsen, the Lena Knutsen, the Brasil Knutsen, the 
Anna Knutsen and the Tove Knutsen, each referred to as a “Vessel” and, collectively, as the “Vessels”. The Vessels operate under
fixed long-term charter contracts to charterers, with expiration dates between 2021 and 2027. Please see Note 6—Operating
Leases.

The consolidated financial statements have been prepared assuming that the Partnership will continue as a going concern.

On December 31, 2020, the Partnership's wholly owned subsidiary, KNOT Shuttle Tankers AS, acquired KNOT Shuttle
Tankers 34 AS, the company that owns the Tove Knutsen, from KNOT. The acquisition of the Tove Knutsen was accounted for as
an acquisition of an asset. As a result, the Partnership has recorded the results of operations of the Tove Knutsen in its
consolidated statement of operations from December 31, 2020. See Note 21—Acquisitions

The Partnership expects that its primary future sources of funds will be available cash, cash from operations, borrowings

under any new loan agreements and the proceeds of any equity financings. The Partnership believes that these sources of funds
(assuming the current rates earned from existing charters) will be sufficient to cover operational cash outflows and ongoing
obligations under the Partnership’s financing commitments to pay loan interest and make scheduled loan repayments and to make
distributions on its outstanding units. Accordingly, as of March 18, 2021, the Partnership believes that its current resources,
including the undrawn portion of its revolving credit facilities of $55 million, are sufficient to meet working capital requirements
for its current business for at least the next twelve months.

2) Summary of Significant Accounting Policies

(a) Basis of Preparation

The consolidated financial statements are prepared in accordance with accounting principles generally accepted in the United

States (“U.S. GAAP”). All intercompany balances and transactions are eliminated on consolidation.

The consolidated financial statements include the financial statements of the entities listed in Note 4—Subsidiaries.

(b) Business Combinations and Asset Acquisitions

Business combinations are accounted for under the purchase method of accounting. On acquisition, the identifiable assets,

liabilities and contingent liabilities are measured at their fair values at the date of acquisition. Any excess of the cost of
acquisition over the fair values of the identifiable net assets acquired is recognized as goodwill. The consideration transferred for
an acquisition is measured at fair value of the consideration given. Acquisition related costs are expensed as incurred. The results
of operations of the acquired businesses are included in the consolidated results as of the date of the applicable acquisition.

F-11

Table of Contents

KNOT OFFSHORE PARTNERS LP

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements (Continued)

Dependent on the facts and circumstances, the assessment of a transaction may be considered the acquisition of an asset,

when substantially all of the fair value of assets acquired is concentrated in a single identifiable asset, rather than a business
combination. Asset acquisitions are accounted for by allocating the cost of the acquisition to the individual assets acquired and
liabilities assumed on a relative fair value basis. Acquisition related costs are capitalized as a component of the assets acquired.
See Note 21- Acquisitions.

(c) Reporting Currency

The consolidated financial statements are prepared in the reporting currency of U.S. Dollars. The functional currency of the

vessel-owning Partnership subsidiaries is the U.S. Dollar, because the subsidiaries operate in the international shipping market, in
which all revenues are U.S. Dollar-denominated and the majority of expenditures are made in U.S. Dollars. Transactions
involving other currencies during the year are converted into U.S. Dollars using the exchange rates in effect at the time of the
transactions. As of the balance sheet dates, monetary assets and liabilities that are denominated in currencies other than the
U.S. Dollar are translated to reflect the year-end exchange rates. Resulting gains or losses are reflected separately in the
accompanying consolidated statements of operations.

(d) Use of Estimates

The preparation of consolidated financial statements in conformity with U.S. GAAP requires management to make estimates

and assumptions that affect the reported amounts of assets and liabilities and disclosure of contingent assets and liabilities as of
the date of the financial statements, and the reported amounts of revenues and expenses during the reporting periods. Actual
results could differ from those estimates. Significant items subject to such estimates and assumptions include the useful lives and
impairment of Vessels, drydocking, purchase price allocation and income taxes.

(e) Revenues and Operating Expenses

The Partnership’s time charter contracts include both a lease component, consisting of the lease of the vessel, and non-lease 
component, consisting of operation of the vessel for the customers. The bareboat element is accounted for as an operating lease 
on a straight-line basis over the term of the charter, while the service element consisting of the operation of the vessel is 
recognized over time as the services are delivered. Revenue from time charters is recognized net of any commissions and is not 
recognized during days the Vessel is off-hire. Revenue is recognized from delivery of the Vessel to the charterer, until the end of 
the contract period. Under bareboat charters, the Partnership provides a specified Vessel for a fixed period of time at a specified 
day rate and the Partnership recognizes revenues from bareboat charters as operating leases on a straight-line basis over the term 
of the charter, net of any commissions. Where the term of the contract is based on the duration of a single voyage, the partnership 
evaluates whether the voyage contain leases and, if so, recognizes lease revenue as described above, and if not, recognizes 
revenue in accordance with ASC 606 upon the satisfaction of the performance obligations in the contract, i.e, when the 
underlying transportation service is provided to the customer. 

Voyage expenses are all expenses unique to a particular voyage, including bunker fuel expenses, port fees, cargo loading and

unloading expenses, canal tolls and agency fees. Voyage expenses are paid by the customer under time charter and bareboat
charters. Voyage expenses are paid by the Partnership for spot contracts and during periods of off-hire and are recognized when
incurred.

Vessel operating expenses include crewing, repairs and maintenance, insurance, stores, lube oils and communication
expenses. Vessel operating expenses are paid by the Partnership for time charters, spot contracts and during off-hire and are
recognized when incurred.

The Partnership directly employs one onshore employee and no seagoing employees. Related parties have provided the

management services for the Vessels and employ the crews that work on the Vessels. The Partnership is not liable for any
pension or post-retirement benefits. See Note 18—Related Party Transactions.

F-12

Table of Contents

(f) Financial Income (Expense)

KNOT OFFSHORE PARTNERS LP

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements (Continued)

Other finance expense includes external bank fees, commitment fees paid on undrawn revolving credit facility and guarantee

commissions paid to external parties in connection with the Partnership's debt and other bank services.

(g) Cash and Cash Equivalents

The Partnership considers all highly liquid investments with an original maturity of three months or less when purchased to

be cash equivalents.

(h) Trade Accounts Receivable

Accounts receivable are recorded at the invoiced amount and do not bear interest. Under terms of the current time charters
and bareboat charters, the customers are committed to pay for the full month's charter the first day of each month. See Note 2(s)
—Prepaid Charter. The allowance for expected credit losses is the Partnership's best estimate of the expected credit losses over
the remaining lives of the assets. Expected credit losses are estimated using historical credit loss experience, relevant available
information, from internal and external sources, relating to current conditions and reasonable and supportable forecasts of
economic conditions impacting the collectability of the assets. There was no allowance for expected credit loss or amounts
written off against the allowance as of December 31, 2020 and 2019. The Partnership does not have any off-balance-sheet credit
exposure related to its customers.

(i) Inventories

Inventories, which are comprised principally of lubricating oils, are stated at the lower of cost or net realizable value. For
vessels on time charters or bareboat charters, there are no bunkers, as the charterer supplies the bunkers, which principally consist
of fuel oil. Cost is determined using the first-in, first-out method for all inventories.

(j) Other Current Assets

Other current assets principally consist of prepaid expenses and other receivables.

(k) Vessels and Equipment

Vessels and equipment are stated at the historical acquisition or construction cost, including capitalized interest, supervision

and technical and delivery cost, net of accumulated depreciation and impairment loss, if any. Expenditures for subsequent
conversions and major improvements are capitalized, provided that such costs increase the earnings capacity or improve the
efficiency or safety of the vessels.

Generally, the Partnership drydocks each vessel every 60 months until the vessel is 15 years old and every 30 months
thereafter, as required for the renewal of certifications issued by classification societies. For vessels operating on time charters,
the Partnership capitalizes the costs directly associated with the classification and regulatory requirements for inspection of the
vessels and improvements incurred during drydocking. Drydock cost is depreciated on a straight-line basis over the period until
the next planned drydocking takes place. The Partnership expenses costs related to routine repairs and maintenance performed
during drydocking or as otherwise incurred. For vessels that are newly built or acquired, an element of the cost of the vessel is
initially allocated to a drydock component and depreciated on a straight-line basis over the period until the next planned
drydocking. When significant dry-docking expenditures occur prior to the expiration of this period, the Partnership expenses the
remaining balance of the original drydocking cost in the month of the subsequent drydocking. For vessels operating on bareboat
charters, the charter-party bears the cost of any drydocking.

F-13

Table of Contents

KNOT OFFSHORE PARTNERS LP

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements (Continued)

Depreciation on vessels and equipment is calculated on a straight-line basis over the asset’s estimated useful life, less an

estimated residual value, as follows:

Hull
Anchor-handling, loading and unloading equipment
Main/auxiliary engine
Thruster, dynamic positioning systems, cranes and other equipment
Drydock costs

     Useful Life

25 years
25 years
25 years
25 years
2.5 – 5 years

A Vessel is depreciated to its estimated residual value, which is calculated based on the weight of the ship and estimated

steel price. Any cost related to the disposal is deducted from the residual value.

(l) Right-of-use assets and lease liabilities

The Partnership assesses whether a contract contains a lease at inception of the contract. The assessment involves the
exercise of judgement about whether it depends on a specified asset, whether the Partnership obtains substantially all the
economic benefits from the use of that asset, and whether the Partnership has the right to direct the use of the asset. The
Partnership does not separate lease components from non-lease components as lessee. The Partnership recognizes a right-of-use
asset and a lease liability at the lease commencement date, except for short-term leases of 12 months or less, which are expensed
on a straight-line basis over the lease term.

(m) Capitalized Interest

Interest expense incurred on the Partnership’s debt during the construction of the Vessels exceeding one year is capitalized

during the construction period.

(n) Impairment of Long-Lived Assets

Vessels and equipment, vessels under construction and intangible assets subject to amortization are reviewed for impairment

whenever events or changes in circumstances indicate that the carrying amount of an asset may not be recoverable. If
circumstances require a long-lived asset or asset group to be tested for possible impairment, the Partnership first compares
undiscounted cash flows expected to be generated by that asset or asset group to its carrying value. If the carrying value of the
long-lived asset or asset group is not recoverable on an undiscounted cash flow basis, impairment is recognized to the extent that
the carrying value exceeds its fair value. Fair value is determined through various valuation techniques including discounted cash
flow models, quoted market values and third-party independent appraisals, as considered necessary.

(o) Intangibles

Intangible assets represent contractual rights for charters obtained in connection with business and asset acquisitions that
have favorable contractual terms relative to market as of the acquisition dates. Contract liabilities represent contractual rights
obtained in connection with business acquisitions that have unfavorable contractual terms relative to market as of the acquisition
dates. The favorable and unfavorable contract rights have definite lives and are amortized to revenues over the period of the
related contracts. Intangible assets with a definite life are tested for impairment whenever events or circumstances indicate that
their carrying amount may not be recoverable. An impairment loss is recognized if the carrying amount exceeds the estimated fair
value of the asset.

F-14

 
 
 
 
 
Table of Contents

KNOT OFFSHORE PARTNERS LP

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements (Continued)

The contract related intangible assets and liabilities and their amortization periods at acquisition dates are as follows:

Intangible category
Above market time charter— Tordis Knutsen
Above market time charter— Vigdis Knutsen
Unfavorable contractual rights— Fortaleza Knutsen
Unfavorable contractual rights— Recife Knutsen

Amortization
 Period

4.8 years
4.9 years
12 years
12 years

The intangible for the above market value of the time charter contract associated with the Tordis Knutsen is amortized to

time charter revenue on a straight line basis over the remaining term of the contract of approximately 4.8 years as of the
acquisition date. The intangible for the above market value of the time charter contract associated with the Vigdis Knutsen is
amortized to time charter revenue on a straight line basis over the remaining term of the contract of approximately 4.9 years as of
the acquisition date.

The unfavorable contractual rights for charters associated with Foraleza Knutsen and Recife Knutsen were obtained in
connection with a step acquisition in 2008 that had unfavorable contractual terms relative to market as of acquisition date. The
Fortaleza Knutsen and the Recife Knutsen commenced on their 12 years’ fixed bareboat charters in March 2011 and
August 2011, respectively. The unfavorable contract rights related to Fortaleza Knutsen and Recife Knutsen are amortized to
bareboat revenues on a straight line basis over the 12 years’ contract period that expires in March 2023 and August 2023,
respectively.

(p) Debt Issuance Costs

Debt issuance costs, including fees, commissions and legal expenses, are deferred and presented net of debt. Debt issuance

costs of term loans are amortized over the term of the relevant loan. Amortization of debt issuance costs is included in interest
expense. These costs are presented as a deduction from the corresponding liability, consistent with debt discount.

(q) Derivative Instruments

The Partnership uses derivatives to reduce market risks associated with its operations. The Partnership uses interest rate
swaps for the management of interest risk exposure. The interest rate swaps effectively convert a portion of the Partnership’s debt
from a floating to a fixed rate over the life of the transactions without an exchange of underlying principal.

The Partnership seeks to reduce its exposure to fluctuations in foreign exchange rates through the use of foreign currency

forward contracts.

All derivative instruments are initially recorded at fair value as either assets or liabilities in the accompanying consolidated

balance sheets and subsequently measured to fair value. The Partnership does not apply hedge accounting to its derivative
instruments. Changes in the fair value of the derivative instruments are recognized in earnings. Gains and losses from the interest
rate swap contracts of the Partnership related to long-term mortgage debt and foreign exchange forward contracts are recorded in
realized and unrealized gain (loss) on derivative instruments in the consolidated statements of operations. Cash flows related to
interest rate swap contracts are presented as cash flows provided by operating activities. Cash flows related to foreign exchange
forward contracts entered into to economically hedge operating expenses in currencies other than U.S. Dollars are presented as
cash flows provided by operating activities in the consolidated statements of cash flows, while cash flows related to foreign
exchange forward contracts entered into to hedge contractual obligations to pay the shipyard in currencies other than functional
currency of U.S. Dollars are presented as cash flows used in investing activities in the consolidated statements of cash flows.

F-15

    
 
 
 
 
Table of Contents

(r) Income Taxes

KNOT OFFSHORE PARTNERS LP

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements (Continued)

Historically, part of the Partnership’s activities were subject to ordinary taxation and taxes were paid on taxable income

(including operating income and net financial income and expense), while part of the activities were subject to the Norwegian
Tonnage Tax Regime (the “tonnage tax regime”). Under the tonnage tax regime, the tax is based on the tonnage of the vessel, and
operating income is tax free. The net financial income and expense remains taxable as ordinary income tax for entities subject to
the tonnage tax regime. Income taxes arising from the part of activities subject to ordinary taxation are included in income tax
expense in the consolidated statements of operations. For the portion of activities subject to the tonnage tax regime, tonnage taxes
are classified as vessel operating expenses while the current and deferred taxes arising on net financial income and expense are
reflected as income tax expense in the consolidated statements of operations. See Note 17—Income Taxes.

The Partnership accounts for deferred income taxes using the liability method. Under the liability method, deferred tax assets

and liabilities are recognized for the anticipated future tax effects of temporary differences between the financial statement basis
and the tax basis of the Partnership’s assets and liabilities using enacted tax rates expected to apply to taxable income in the years
in which these temporary differences are expected to be recovered or settled. A valuation allowance for deferred tax assets is
recorded when it is more likely than not that some or all of the benefit from the deferred tax asset will not be realized.

Recognition of uncertain tax positions is dependent upon whether it is more-likely-than-not that a tax position taken or
expected to be taken in a tax return will be sustained upon examination, including resolution of any related appeals or litigation
processes, based on the technical merits of the position. If a tax position meets the more-likely-than-not recognition threshold, it
is measured to determine the amount of benefit to recognize in the financial statements based on U.S. GAAP guidance. The
Partnership recognizes interest and penalties related to uncertain tax positions in income tax expense.

(s) Prepaid Charter

Under terms of the time charters and bareboat charters, the customer pays for the month’s charter the first day of each month

that is recorded as prepaid charter revenues.

(t) Commitments, Contingencies and Insurance Proceeds

Liabilities for loss contingencies arising from claims, assessments, litigation, fines and penalties and other sources are
recorded when it is probable that a liability has been incurred and the amount can be reasonably estimated. Legal costs incurred
in connection with loss contingencies are expensed as incurred. See Note 19—Commitments and Contingencies.

Insurance claims for property damage for recoveries up to the amount of loss recognized are recorded when the claims
submitted to insurance carriers are probable of recovery. Claims for property damage in excess of the loss recognized and for loss
of hire are considered gain contingencies, which are generally recognized when the proceeds are received.

F-16

Table of Contents

(u) Fair Value Measurements

KNOT OFFSHORE PARTNERS LP

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements (Continued)

The Partnership utilizes valuation techniques that maximize the use of observable inputs and minimize the use of

unobservable inputs to the extent possible. The Partnership determines fair value based on assumptions that market participants
would use in pricing an asset or liability in the principal or most advantageous market. When considering market participant
assumptions in fair value measurements, the following fair value hierarchy distinguishes between observable and unobservable
inputs, which are categorized in one of the following levels:

●

●

●

Level 1 Inputs: Unadjusted quoted prices in active markets for identical assets or liabilities accessible to the
reporting entity at the measurement date.

Level 2 Inputs: Other than quoted prices included in Level 1 inputs that are observable for the asset or liability,
either directly or indirectly, for substantially the full term of the asset or liability.

Level 3 Inputs: Unobservable inputs for the asset or liability used to measure fair value to the extent that observable
inputs are not available, thereby allowing for situations in which there is little, if any, market activity for the asset
or liability at the measurement date.

(v) Recently Adopted Accounting Standards

In June 2016, the Financial Accounting Standards Board ("FASB") issued Accounting Standards Update (“ASU”) 2016-13,
Financial Instruments—Credit Losses (Topic 326): Measurement of Credit Losses on Financial Instruments (or ASU 2016-13).
ASU 2016-13 replaces the incurred loss impairment methodology with a methodology that reflects expected credit losses and
requires consideration of a broader range of reasonable and supportable information to estimate credit losses. The new guidance
is applicable to financial assets measured at amortized cost, including trade receivables, contract assets and net investment in
financing leases and was effective for the Partnership from January 1, 2020, with a modified-retrospective approach. The
adoption of ASU 2016-13 did not have a material impact on the consolidated financial statements.

There are no other recent accounting pronouncements, whose adoption had a material impact on the consolidated financial

statements in the current year.

(w) New Accounting Standards Not Yet Adopted

In March 2020, the FASB issued ASU 2020-04 Reference Rate Reform (Topic 848), Facilitation of the Effects of Reference
Rate Reform on Financial Reporting. The update provides temporary optional expedients and exceptions to the guidance in US
GAAP on contract modifications and hedge accounting, to ease the financial reporting burdens related to the expected market
transition from the London Interbank Offered Rate (LIBOR) and other interbank offered rates to alternative reference rates. For
all types of hedging relationships, the guidance allows an entity to change the reference rate and other critical terms related to
reference rate reform without having to dedesignate the relationship. The guidance is effective upon issuance through December
31, 2022. Although the Partnership does not apply hedge accounting, the Partnership has debt and interest rate swaps that
reference LIBOR. The Partnership is evaluating the impact of the guidance on the consolidated financial statements.

Other recently issued accounting pronouncements are not expected to materially impact the Partnership.

F-17

Table of Contents

KNOT OFFSHORE PARTNERS LP

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements (Continued)

3) Formation Transactions and Initial Public Offering

During April 2013, the following transactions occurred in connection with KNOT’s transfer of the interests in KNOT Shuttle

Tankers AS and the subsequent IPO:

Capital Contribution

(i)

KNOT contributed to the Partnership’s subsidiary KNOT Offshore Partners UK LLC (“KNOT UK”) its 100%
interest in KNOT Shuttle Tankers AS, which directly or indirectly owned (1) Knutsen Shuttle Tankers XII KS,
the owner of the Recife Knutsen and the Fortaleza Knutsen , (2) Knutsen Shuttle Tankers XII AS, the general
partner of Knutsen Shuttle Tankers XII KS, and (3) the Windsor Knutsen and the Bodil Knutsen and all of their
related charters, inventory and long-term debt. This was accounted for as a capital contribution by KNOT to
the Partnership.

Recapitalization of the Partnership

(ii)

(iii)

The Partnership issued to KNOT 8,567,500 subordinated units, representing a 49.0% limited partner interest in
the Partnership, and 100% of the incentive distribution rights (“IDRs”), which entitle KNOT to
increasing percentages of the cash the Partnership distributes in excess of $0.43125 per unit per quarter.

The Partnership issued 349,694 general partner units to the General Partner representing a 2.0% general partner
interest in the Partnership.

Initial Public Offering

(iv)

In connection with the IPO, the Partnership issued and sold to the public, through the underwriters, 8,567,500
common units (including 1,117,500 common units sold pursuant to the full exercise of the underwriters’ option
to purchase additional units), representing a 49.0% limited partner interest in the Partnership. The price per
common unit in the IPO was $21.00. The Partnership received gross proceeds of approximately $179.9 million
in connection with the IPO. Expenses relating to the IPO, including, among other things, incremental costs
directly attributable to the IPO, were deferred and charged against the gross proceeds of the IPO, whereas other
costs were expensed as incurred. The net proceeds of the IPO (approximately $160.7 million, after deducting
underwriting discounts, commissions and structuring fees and offering expenses payable by the Partnership)
were used by the Partnership to make a cash distribution to KNOT of approximately $21.95 million (which
equals net proceeds from the underwriters’ option exercised in full after deducting the underwriting discounts
and commissions), to repay approximately $118.9 million of outstanding debt and pre-fund approximately $3.0
million of the Partnership’s one-time entrance tax into the Norwegian tonnage tax regime. The remainder of
the net proceeds was made available for general partnership purposes.

Agreements

In connection with the IPO, at or prior to the closing of the IPO, the Partnership entered into several agreements, including:

●

An Administrative Services Agreement with KNOT UK, pursuant to which:

●

KNOT UK agreed to provide to the Partnership administrative services; and

F-18

Table of Contents

KNOT OFFSHORE PARTNERS LP

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements (Continued)

●

KNOT UK is permitted to subcontract certain of the administrative services provided under the
administrative services agreement to Knutsen OAS (UK) Ltd. (“KOAS UK”) and Knutsen OAS
Shipping AS (“KOAS”), both wholly owned subsidiaries of TS Shipping Invest AS (“TSSI”);

●

●

●

●

Amended Technical Management Agreements with KNOT Management AS (“KNOT Management”), a
wholly owned subsidiary of KNOT, that govern the crew, technical and commercial management of the vessels
in the fleet;

A Contribution and Sale Agreement with KNOT pursuant to which the Partnership acquired the entities that
comprised its initial fleet;

Amendments to certain of the Partnership’s existing vessel financing agreements to permit the transactions
pursuant to which the Partnership acquired its initial fleet in connection with the IPO and to include a $20.0
million revolving credit facility; and

An Omnibus Agreement with KNOT, the General Partner and the other parties thereto governing, among other
things:

●

●

●

●

●

To what extent the Partnership and KNOT may compete with each other;

The Partnership’s option to purchase the Carmen Knutsen, the Hilda Knutsen , the Torill Knutsen , the
Ingrid Knutsen and the Raquel Knutsen from KNOT;

Certain rights of first offer on shuttle tankers operating under charters of five or more years;

The provision of certain indemnities to the Partnership by KNOT; and

KNOT’s guarantee of the payment of the hire rate under the existing Bodil Knutsen and Windsor
Knutsen charters for a period of five years following the closing date of the IPO.

F-19

Table of Contents

4) Subsidiaries

KNOT OFFSHORE PARTNERS LP

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements (Continued)

The following table lists the Partnership’s subsidiaries and their purpose as of December 31, 2020.

Company Name
KNOT Offshore Partners UK LLC
KNOT Shuttle Tankers AS
KNOT Shuttle Tankers 12 AS
KNOT Shuttle Tankers 17 AS
KNOT Shuttle Tankers 18 AS
Knutsen Shuttle Tankers XII KS
Knutsen Shuttle Tankers XII AS
Knutsen Shuttle Tankers 13 AS
Knutsen Shuttle Tankers 14 AS
Knutsen Shuttle Tankers 15 AS
KNOT Shuttle Tankers 20 AS
KNOT Shuttle Tankers 21 AS
Knutsen NYK Shuttle Tankers 16 AS
Knutsen Shuttle Tankers 19 AS
KNOT Shuttle Tankers 24 AS
KNOT Shuttle Tankers 25 AS
KNOT Shuttle Tankers 26 AS
KNOT Shuttle Tankers 32 AS
KNOT Shuttle Tankers 30 AS
KNOT Shuttle Tankers 34 AS

    Jurisdiction of Formation    

Purpose

Marshall Islands
Norway
Norway
Norway
Norway
Norway
Norway
Norway
Norway
Norway
Norway
Norway
Norway
Norway
Norway
Norway
Norway
Norway
Norway
Norway

Holding Company
Holding Company
Majority owner of Knutsen Shuttle Tankers XII KS
Owner of the Bodil Knutsen
Owner of the Windsor Knutsen
Owner of the Fortaleza Knutsen and the Recife Knutsen
General partner of Knutsen Shuttle Tankers XII KS
Owner of the Carmen Knutsen
Owner of the Hilda Knutsen
Owner of the Torill Knutsen
Owner of the Dan Cisne
Owner of the Dan Sabia
Owner of the Ingrid Knutsen
Owner of the Raquel Knutsen
Owner of the Tordis Knutsen
Owner of the Vigdis Knutsen
Owner of the Lena Knutsen
Owner of the Brasil Knutsen
Owner of the Anna Knutsen
Owner of the Tove Knutsen

5) Significant Risks and Uncertainties Including Business and Credit Concentrations

Each of the Vessels is currently employed under long-term fixed rate charters, which mitigates earnings risk, except for
Windsor Knutsen and, as of April 9, 2021, Bodil Knutsen. The Partnership's operational results are dependent on the worldwide
market for shuttle tankers and timing of entrance into long-term charters. Market conditions for shipping activities are typically
volatile, and, as a consequence, the hire rates we may be able to achieve might vary over time. The market today is mainly
dependent upon four factors: the supply of vessels, the demand for oil, the long-term oil price outlook and overall growth in the
world economy. The general supply of vessels is impacted by the number of newbuilds, the removal of older vessels from the
market and legislation that may limit the use of older vessels or new standards for vessels used in specific trades.

As of December 31, 2020, all of the Partnership’s Vessel crews, which are employed through KOAS were represented by

collective bargaining agreements that are renegotiated annually, or bi-annually.

The Partnership did not incur any loss relating to its customers during the years ended December 31, 2020, 2019 and 2018.

F-20

 
Table of Contents

KNOT OFFSHORE PARTNERS LP

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements (Continued)

The following table presents time charter and bareboat revenues and percentage of revenues for material customers that

accounted for more than 10% of the Partnership’s revenues during the years ended December 31, 2020, 2019 and 2018. All of
these customers are subsidiaries of major international oil companies.

(U.S. Dollars in thousands)
Eni Trading and Shipping S.p.A.
Fronape International Company, a subsidiary of

2020
    $ 44,175     

Year Ended December 31, 
2019
16 %  $ 44,610     

2018
16 %  $ 43,955     

16 %

Petrobras Transporte S.A.

  45,235  

16 %    45,116  

16 %    45,115  

17 %

Repsol Sinopec Brasil, B.V., a subsidiary of Repsol

Sinopec Brasil, S.A.

  33,947  

12 %    36,346  

13 %    36,978  

13 %

Brazil Shipping I Limited, a subsidiary of Royal Dutch

Shell

Galp Sinopec Brasil Services BV

  76,959  
  35,684  

28 %    66,199  
13 %    35,541  

23 %    81,816  
13 %    30,029  

29 %
11 %

The Partnership has financial assets that expose it to credit risk arising from possible default by a counterparty. The

Partnership considers its counterparties to be creditworthy banking and financial institutions and does not expect any significant
loss to result from non-performance by such counterparties. The maximum loss due to credit risk that the Partnership would incur
if counterparties failed completely to perform would be the carrying value of cash and cash equivalents, and derivative assets.
The Partnership, in the normal course of business, does not demand collateral from its counterparties.

6) Operating Leases

Revenues

The Partnership’s primary source of revenues is chartering its shuttle tankers to its customers. The Partnership uses two
types of contracts, time charter contracts and bareboat charter contracts. The Partnership’s time-charter contracts include both a
lease component, consisting of the bareboat element of the contract, and non-lease component, consisting of operation of the
vessel for the customers, which includes providing the crewing and other services related to the Vessel's operations, the cost of
which is included in the daily hire rate, except when off hire.

The following table presents the Partnership's revenues by time charter and bareboat charters and other revenues for the

years ended December 31, 2020, 2019 and 2018:

(U.S. Dollars in thousands)
Time charter revenues (service element included)
Bareboat revenues
Other revenues (loss of hire insurance recoveries and other income)

Total revenues

$

$

$

Year Ended December 31,
2019
237,387
45,115
59
282,561

2020
233,346
45,235
641
279,222

$

$

$

2018
233,076
45,115
1,265
279,456

As a result of the revised guidance on leasing, the lessor accounting did not change. See Note 2(l)—Right-of-use assets and 

lease liabilities. 

F-21

Table of Contents

KNOT OFFSHORE PARTNERS LP

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements (Continued)

As of December 31, 2020, the minimum contractual future revenues to be received from time charters and bareboat charters
during the next five years and thereafter are as follows (including service element of the time charter, but excluding unexercised
customer option periods):

(U.S. Dollars in thousands)
2021
2022
2023
2024
2025
2026 and thereafter

Total

264,937
184,259
99,805
83,959
58,366
46,775
738,101

  $

The minimum contractual future revenues should not be construed to reflect total charter hire revenues for any of the years.
Minimum contractual future revenues are calculated based on certain assumptions such as operating days per year. In addition,
minimum contractual future revenues presented in the table above have not been reduced by estimated off-hire time for periodic
maintenance. The amounts may vary given unscheduled future events such as vessel maintenance.

The Partnership’s fleet as of December 31, 2020 consisted of:

●

●

●

●

the Fortaleza Knutsen, a shuttle tanker built in 2011 that is currently operating under a bareboat charter that
expires in March 2023 with Fronape International Company, a subsidiary of Petrobras Transporte S.A.
(“Transpetro”);

the Recife Knutsen, a shuttle tanker built in 2011 that is currently operating under a bareboat charter that
expires in August 2023 with Transpetro;

the Bodil Knutsen, a shuttle tanker built in 2011 that is currently operating under a time charter that expires in
April 2021 with Equinor Shipping Inc., a subsidiary of Equinor ASA;

the Windsor Knutsen, a conventional oil tanker built in 2007 and retrofitted to a shuttle tanker in 2011. The
vessel operated under a time charter with Brazil Shipping I Limited, a subsidiary of Shell, until July 2014.
From July 2014 until October 2015, the vessel was employed under a time charter with KNOT. Beginning in
October 2015, the vessel commenced operations under a two-year time charter with Brazil Shipping I Limited,
with options to extend until 2023. In March 2019, the time charter contract was suspended until April 2020.
During the suspension period, the Windsor Knutsen operated under a time charter contract with Knutsen
Shuttle Tankers Pool AS that ended in April 2020, when it was redelivered to Shell. In October 2020, Shell
sent its notice of redelivery, which resulted in the expiration of the charter. The Windsor Knutsen was
redelivered on December 7, 2020. It was expected that the vessel would then undertake a number of short-term
voyage contracts when the vessel reported a crack in its main engine block on December 12, 2020 and the
vessel was placed off-hire. The Partnership's hull and machinery insurance is expected to cover the cost of
repairs and loss of hire insurance is expected to provide income at approximately the level earned during the
vessel's prior long-term charter, excepting a 14-day deductible period under the policy, up to and until the
vessel is ready to return to service. Based on lead times for the manufacturing of necessary parts, logistics and
the repair itself, the Partnership currently anticipates that the vessel will return to service in or around June
2021.

F-22

    
Table of Contents

KNOT OFFSHORE PARTNERS LP

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements (Continued)

●

●

●

●

●

●

●

●

●

●

●

●

●

the Carmen Knutsen, a shuttle tanker built in 2013 that is currently operating under a time charter that expires
in January 2023, with Repsol Sinopec Brasil, B.V. a subsidiary of Repsol Sinopec Brasil, S.A. (“Repsol”), with
options to extend until January 2026;

the Hilda Knutsen, a shuttle tanker built in 2013 that is currently operating under a time charter that expires in
August 2022 with Eni Trading and Shipping S.p.A. (“ENI”), with options to extend until August 2025;

the Torill Knutsen, a shuttle tanker built in 2013 that is currently operating under a time charter that expires in
November 2022 with ENI, with options to extend until November 2024;

the Dan Cisne, a shuttle tanker built in 2011 that is currently operating under a bareboat charter that expires in
September 2023 with Transpetro;

the Dan Sabia, a shuttle tanker built in 2012 that is currently operating under a bareboat charter that expires in
January 2024 with Transpetro;

the Ingrid Knutsen, a shuttle tanker built in 2013 that is currently operating under a time charter that expires in
February 2024 with Vår Energi Marine AS, a Norwegian subsidiary of Vår Energi ("Vår"), with options to
extend until February 2029;

the Raquel Knutsen, a shuttle tanker built in 2015 that is currently operating under a time charter that expires in
June 2025 with Repsol, with options to extend until June 2030;

the Tordis Knutsen, a shuttle tanker built in 2016 that is currently operating under a time charter that expires in
January 2022, with a subsidiary of Shell. The vessel will commence on a new 3-year time charter contract with
a major oil company in 2023;

the Vigdis Knutsen, a shuttle tanker built in 2017 that is currently operating under a time charter that expires in
the second quarter of 2022 with a subsidiary of Shell. The vessel will commence on a new 3-year time charter
contract with a major oil company in 2023;

the Lena Knutsen, a shuttle tanker built in 2017 that is currently operating under a time charter that expires in
the third quarter of 2022 with a subsidiary of Shell. The vessel will commence on a new 3-year time charter
contract with a major oil company in 2023;

the Brasil Knutsen, a shuttle tanker built in 2013 that is currently operating under a time charter that expires in
the third quarter of 2022 with Galp Sinopec Brazil Services B.V. (“Galp”), with options to extend until the
third quarter of 2028; and

The Anna Knutsen, a shuttle tanker built in 2017 that is currently operating under a time charter that expires in
the first quarter of 2022 with Galp, with options to extend until the first quarter of 2028.

The Tove Knutsen, a shuttle tanker built in 2020 that is currently operating under a time charter that expires in
the fourth quarter of 2027 with Equinor, with options to extend until the fourth quarter of 2040.

F-23

Table of Contents

Lease obligations

KNOT OFFSHORE PARTNERS LP

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements (Continued)

The Partnership does not have any material leased assets but has some leased equipment on operational leases on the various

ships operating on time charter contracts. Consequently, adoption of the new standard resulted in recording a right-of-use asset
and a lease liability on the consolidated balance sheet for operating leases of $2.3 million as of January 1, 2019 using the
portfolio approach. There was no cumulative effect adjustment to retained earnings of initially applying the standard related to
the lessee accounting. As of December 31, 2020, the right-of-use asset and lease liability for operating leases was $1.5 million
and are presented as separate line items on the balance sheets. The operating lease cost and corresponding cash flow effect for
2020 was $0.6 million. As of December 31, 2020, the weighted average discount rate for the operating leases for the portfolio
was 4.8% and was determined using the expected incremental borrowing rate for a loan facility of similar term. The Tove
Knutsen leased equipment was treated as a separate lease agreement and as of December 31, 2020, the weighted average discount
rate for the operating lease was 2.3% and was determined using the expected incremental borrowing rate for a loan facility of
similar term. As of December 31, 2020, the weighted average remaining lease term of the lease is 4.8 years and 2.0 years for the
portfolio.

A maturity analysis of the Partnership’s lease liabilities from leased-in equipment as of December 31, 2020 is as follows:

(U.S. Dollars in thousands)
2021
2022
2023
2024
2025

Total

Less imputed interest
Carrying value of operating lease liabilities

7) Segment Information

703
703
58
58
44
1,566
76
1,490

$

$

The Partnership has not presented segment information as it considers its operations to occur in one reportable segment, the

shuttle tanker market. At December 31, 2020, the Partnership’s fleet operated under twelve time charters and four bareboat
charters, at December 31, 2019 and at December 31, 2018, the Partnership’s fleet operated under twelve time charters and four
bareboat charters. See Note 5—Significant Risks and Uncertainties Including Business and Credit Concentrations for revenues
from customers accounting for over 10% of the Partnership’s consolidated revenue. In both time charters and bareboat charters,
the charterer, not the Partnership, controls the choice of which trading areas the Vessels will serve. Accordingly, the Partnership’s
management, including the chief operating decision makers, does not evaluate performance according to geographical region.

8) Insurance Proceeds

Carmen Knutsen

During the fourth quarter of 2017, the Carmen Knutsen undertook her 5-year special drydocking survey. During dismantling
for overhaul, a technical default with her controllable pitch propeller was found. As a result, the Vessel went to a different yard to
complete the repair. Repairs were completed and the Vessel was back on hire on January 1, 2018. The additional off-hire and
technical costs were subject to an insurance claim. Under its loss of hire insurance policies, the Partnership’s insurer is expected
to pay the hire rate agreed in respect of the Carmen Knutsen for each day in excess of 14 deductible days while the Vessel was
off-hire as a result of the repairs of the controllable pitch propeller. For the year ended December 31, 2018, the Partnership
recorded $0.45 million for loss of hire which was recorded as a component of total revenues since day rates are recovered under
the terms of the policy.

F-24

       
 
 
Table of Contents

KNOT OFFSHORE PARTNERS LP

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements (Continued)

For the year ended December 31, 2017, the Partnership recorded $2.40 million to vessel operating expense as an estimate of 

the cost of repairs of the controllable pitch propeller. During 2018, an additional repair cost of $0.15 million was recorded to
vessel operating expenses. As of December 31, 2018, the Partnership had received payments and recorded $2.25 million for hull
and machinery repairs, resulting in a net expense of $0.30 million. See Note 19— Commitments and Contingencies.

9) Other Finance Expenses

(a) Interest Expense

The following table presents the components of interest cost as reported in the consolidated statements of operations for

the years ended December 31, 2020, 2019 and 2018:

(U.S. Dollars in thousands)
Interest expense
Amortization of debt issuance cost and fair value of debt assumed

Total interest cost

(b) Other Finance Expense

Year Ended December 31, 
2019
$ 48,118
2,617
$ 50,735

2018
$ 46,768
3,188
$ 49,956

2020
$ 29,142
2,503
$ 31,645

The following table presents the components of other finance expense for the years ended December 31, 2020, 2019 and

2018:

(U.S. Dollars in thousands)
Bank fees, charges
Guarantee costs
Commitment fees

Total other finance expense

10) Derivative Instruments

Interest Rate Risk Management

Year Ended December 31, 
2019

2018

2019

$

$

441

$

—  
264  
705   $

$
597
—  
248
845

$

551
403
306
1,260

The consolidated financial statements include the results of interest rate swap contracts to manage the Partnership’s exposure

related to changes in interest rates on its variable rate debt instruments and the results of foreign exchange forward contracts to
manage its exposure related to changes in currency exchange rates on its operating expenses, mainly crew expenses, in currency
other than the U.S. Dollar and on its contract obligations. The Partnership does not apply hedge accounting for derivative
instruments. The Partnership does not speculate using derivative instruments.

F-25

    
    
    
 
 
 
    
    
    
 
 
 
 
 
Table of Contents

KNOT OFFSHORE PARTNERS LP

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements (Continued)

By using derivative financial instruments to economically hedge exposures to changes in interest rates, the Partnership

exposes itself to credit risk and market risk. Derivative instruments that economically hedge exposures are used for risk
management purposes, but these instruments are not designated as hedges for accounting purposes. Credit risk is the failure of the
counterparty to perform under the terms of the derivative instrument. When the fair value of a derivative instrument is positive,
the counterparty owes the Partnership, which creates credit risk for the Partnership. When the fair value of a derivative instrument
is negative, the Partnership owes the counterparty, and, therefore, the Partnership is not exposed to the counterparty’s credit risk
in those circumstances. The Partnership minimizes counterparty credit risk in derivative instruments by entering into transactions
with major banking and financial institutions. The derivative instruments entered into by the Partnership do not contain credit
risk-related contingent features. The Partnership has not entered into master netting agreements with the counterparties to its
derivative financial instrument contracts.

Market risk is the adverse effect on the value of a derivative instrument that results from a change in interest rates, currency

exchange rates or commodity prices. The market risk associated with interest rate contracts is managed by establishing and
monitoring parameters that limit the types and degree of market risk that may be undertaken.

The Partnership assesses interest rate risk by monitoring changes in interest rate exposures that may adversely impact

expected future cash flows and by evaluating economical hedging opportunities.

The Partnership has historically used variable interest rate mortgage debt to finance its vessels. The variable interest rate

mortgage debt obligations expose the Partnership to variability in interest payments due to changes in interest rates. The
Partnership believes that it is prudent to limit the variability of a portion of its interest payments. To meet this objective, the
Partnership entered into London Interbank Offered Rate (“LIBOR”) based interest rate swap contracts to manage fluctuations in
cash flows resulting from changes in the benchmark interest rate of LIBOR. These swaps change the variable rate cash flow
exposure on the mortgage debt obligations to fixed cash flows. Under the terms of the interest rate swap contracts, the Partnership
receives LIBOR-based variable interest rate payments and makes fixed interest rate payments, thereby creating the equivalent of
fixed rate debt for the notional amount of its debt hedged.

As of December 31, 2020 and 2019, the total notional amount of the Partnership’s outstanding interest rate swap contracts

that were entered into in order to hedge outstanding or forecasted debt obligations were $516.2 million and $561.8 million,
respectively. As of December 31, 2020 and 2019 the carrying amount of the interest rate swaps contracts were net liability of
$30.1 million and net liability of $4.7 million, respectively. See Note 11—Fair Value Measurements.

Changes in the fair value of interest rate swap contracts are reported in realized and unrealized gain (loss) on derivative

instruments in the same period in which the related interest affects earnings.

The Partnership and its subsidiaries utilize the U.S. Dollar as their functional and reporting currency, because all of their

revenues and the majority of their expenditures, including the majority of their investments in vessels and their financing
transactions, are denominated in U.S. Dollars. Payment obligations in currencies other than the U.S. Dollar, and in particular
operating expenses in NOK, expose the Partnership to variability in currency exchange rates. The Partnership believes that it is
prudent to limit the variability of a portion of its currency exchange exposure. To meet this objective, the Partnership entered into
foreign exchange forward contracts to manage fluctuations in cash flows resulting from changes in the exchange rates towards
the U.S. Dollar. The agreements change the variable exchange rate to fixed exchange rates at agreed dates.

As of December 31, 2020 and 2019, the total contract amount in foreign currency of the Partnership’s outstanding foreign
exchange forward contracts that were entered into to economically hedge outstanding future payments in currencies other than
the U.S. Dollar were NOK nil million and NOK 46.1 million, respectively. As of December 31, 2020 and 2019, the carrying
amount of the Partnership’s foreign exchange forward contracts was a net asset of $nil and a net asset of $0.2 million,
respectively. See Note 11—Fair Value Measurements.

F-26

Table of Contents

KNOT OFFSHORE PARTNERS LP

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements (Continued)

The following table presents the realized and unrealized gains and losses that are recognized in earnings as net gain (loss) on

derivative instruments for the years ended December 31, 2020, 2019 and 2018:

(U.S. Dollars in thousands)
Realized gain (loss):

Interest rate swap contracts
Foreign exchange forward contracts

Total realized gain (loss):

Unrealized gain (loss):

Interest rate swap contracts
Foreign exchange forward contracts

Total unrealized gain (loss):

Total realized and unrealized gain (loss) on derivative

instruments:

11) Fair Value Measurements

(a) Fair Value of Financial Instruments

Year Ended December 31, 
2019

2020

2018

$

(3,528) $
(109)
(3,637)

3,812
(2,933)
879

$ 1,180
1,084
2,264

(21,795)
(247)
(22,042)

(20,663)
1,987
(18,676)

4,429
(2,654)
1,775

$ (25,679) $ (17,797) $ 4,039

The following table presents the carrying amounts and estimated fair values of the Partnership’s financial instruments as of

December 31, 2020 and 2019. Fair value is defined as the amount that would be received to sell an asset or paid to transfer a
liability in an orderly transaction between market participants at the measurement date.

(U.S. Dollars in thousands)
Financial assets:
Cash and cash equivalents
Current derivative assets:
Interest rate swap contracts
Foreign exchange forward contracts
Non-current derivative assets:
Interest rate swap contracts
Financial liabilities:
Current derivative liabilities:
Interest rate swap contracts
Non-current derivative liabilities:
Interest rate swap contracts
Long-term debt, current and non-current

December 31, 2020

December 31, 2019

     Carrying 
Amount  

Fair 
Value  

     Carrying 
Amount  

Fair 
Value  

$

52,583

$

52,583

$

43,525

$

43,525

—  
—  

—  

—  
—  

—  

10,695

10,695

674
246

648

910

674
246

648

910

19,358
  1,036,118

19,358
  1,036,118

5,133
  1,002,813

5,133
  1,002,813

The carrying amounts shown in the table above are included in the consolidated balance sheets under the indicated captions.

Carrying amount of long-term debt, current and non-current, above excludes capitalized debt issuance cost of $5.8 million and
$7.4 million as of December 31, 2020 and 2019, respectively. The carrying value of trade accounts receivable, trade accounts
payable and amounts due from/to related parties approximate their fair value.

F-27

    
    
    
 
   
   
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
    
    
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
  
 
  
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
  
 
 
 
  
 
  
 
  
 
  
 
 
  
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
  
 
  
 
  
 
 
 
 
Table of Contents

KNOT OFFSHORE PARTNERS LP

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements (Continued)

The fair values of the financial instruments shown in the above table as of December 31, 2020 and 2019 represent the
amounts that would be received to sell those assets or that would be paid to transfer those liabilities in an orderly transaction
between market participants at that date. Those fair value measurements maximize the use of observable inputs. However, in
situations where there is little, if any, market activity for the asset or liability at the measurement date, the fair value measurement
reflects the Partnership’s own judgment about the assumptions that market participants would use in pricing the asset or liability.
Those judgments are developed by the Partnership based on the best information available in the circumstances, including
expected cash flows, appropriately risk-adjusted discount rates and available observable and unobservable inputs.

The following methods and assumptions were used to estimate the fair value of each class of financial instruments:

●

●

●

●

Cash and cash equivalents and restricted cash: The fair value of the Partnership’s cash balances approximates
the carrying amounts due to the current nature of the amounts. As of December 31, 2020 and 2019 there is no
restricted cash.

Foreign exchange forward contracts: The fair value is calculated using mid-rates (excluding margins) as
determined by counterparties based on available market rates as of the balance sheet date. The fair value is
discounted from the value at expiration to the current value of the contracts.

Interest rate swap contracts: The fair value of interest rate swap contracts is determined using an income
approach using the following significant inputs: (1) the term of the swap contract (weighted average of
4.3 years and 4.0 years, as of December 31, 2020 and 2019, respectively), (2) the notional amount of the swap
contract (ranging from $7.0 million to $40.1 million as of December 31, 2020 and ranging from $8.5 million to
$50.0 million as of December 31, 2019), discount rates interpolated based on relevant LIBOR swap curves;
and (3) the rate on the fixed leg of the swap contract (rates ranging from 0.71% to 2.90% for the contracts as of
December 31, 2020 and rates ranging from 1.38% to 2.90% for the contracts as of December 31, 2019).

Long-term debt: With respect to long-term debt measurements, the Partnership uses market interest rates and
adjusts for risks such as its own credit risk. In determining an appropriate spread to reflect its credit standing,
the Partnership considered interest rates currently offered to KNOT for similar debt instruments of comparable
maturities by KNOT’s and the Partnership’s bankers as well as other banks that regularly compete to provide
financing to the Partnership.

F-28

Table of Contents

(b) Fair Value Hierarchy

KNOT OFFSHORE PARTNERS LP

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements (Continued)

The following table presents the placement in the fair value hierarchy of assets and liabilities that are measured at fair value

on a recurring basis (including items that are required to be measured at fair value or for which fair value is required to be
disclosed) as of December 31, 2020 and 2019:

(U.S. Dollars in thousands)
Financial assets:
Cash and cash equivalents
Financial liabilities:
Current derivative liabilities:
Interest rate swap contracts
Non-current derivative liabilities:
Interest rate swap contracts
Long-term debt, current and non-current

(U.S. Dollars in thousands)
Financial assets:
Cash and cash equivalents
Current derivative assets:
Interest rate swap contracts
Foreign exchange forward contracts
Non-current derivative assets:
Interest rate swap contracts
Financial liabilities:
Current derivative liabilities:
Interest rate swap contracts
Non-current derivative liabilities:
Interest rate swap contracts
Long-term debt, current and non-current

Fair Value Measurements
at Reporting Date Using

Carrying
Value
December 31, 
2020

Quoted Price
in Active
Markets for
Identical
Assets
(Level 1)

Significant
Other
Observable
Inputs
(Level 2)

Significant
Unobservable
Inputs
(Level 3)

$

52,583

$

52,583

$

— $

10,695

—  

10,695

19,358
  1,036,118

—  
19,358
—   1,036,118

—

—

—
—

Fair Value Measurements
at Reporting Date Using

Carrying
Value
December 31, 
2019

Quoted Price
in Active
Markets for
Identical
Assets
(Level 1)

Significant
Other
Observable
Inputs
(Level 2)

Significant
Unobservable
Inputs
(Level 3)

$

43,525

$

43,525

$

— $

674
246

648

910

—  
—  

—  

674
246

648

—  

910

5,133
  1,002,813

5,133
—  
—   1,002,813

—

—
—

—

—

—
—

The Partnership’s accounting policy is to recognize transfers between levels of the fair value hierarchy on the date of the

event or change in circumstances that caused the transfer.

12) Trade Accounts Receivable and Other Current Assets

(a) Trade Accounts Receivable

Trade accounts receivable are presented net of provisions for expected credit loss. As of December 31, 2020 and 2019, there

was no trade receivables and no provision for expected credit loss.

F-29

    
    
    
    
  
  
  
  
 
  
 
  
 
  
 
  
 
  
 
  
 
  
 
  
 
 
 
 
  
 
  
 
  
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
    
    
    
    
 
  
 
  
 
  
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
  
 
  
 
  
 
 
 
 
  
 
  
 
  
 
  
 
  
 
  
 
  
 
  
 
 
 
 
  
 
  
 
  
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
Table of Contents

KNOT OFFSHORE PARTNERS LP

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements (Continued)

(b) Other Current Assets

Other current assets consist of the following:

(U.S. Dollars in thousands)
Refund of value added tax
Prepaid expenses
Other receivables
Total other current assets

13) Vessels and Equipment

Year Ended
December 31, 

2020

2019

$

$

1,429
1,050
3,032
5,511

$

$

1,429
1,014
943
3,386

As of December 31, 2020 and 2019, Vessels with a book value of $1,709 million and $1,677 million, respectively, are

pledged as security for the Partnership’s long-term debt. See Note 16—Long-Term Debt.

(U.S. Dollars in thousands)
Vessels, December 31, 2018
Additions
Drydock costs
Disposals
Depreciation for the year
Vessels, December 31, 2019
Additions
Drydock costs
Disposals
Depreciation for the period
Vessels, December 31, 2020

Vessels

Accumulated

     & equipment      depreciation      Net Vessels

$ 2,130,423

$ (363,343)

—  
252
(1,663)

—  

1,663
(89,844)
$ (451,524)

$ 2,129,012
115,277
5,764

—  
—  

(89,743)
$ (541,267)

$ 2,250,053

—  
—  

—  
—  
—  

$ 1,767,080
—
252
—
(89,844)
$ 1,677,488
115,277
5,764
—
(89,743)
$ 1,708,786

Drydocking activity for the years ended December 31, 2020 and 2019 is summarized as follows:

(U.S. Dollars in thousands)
Balance at the beginning of the year
Costs incurred for dry docking
Costs allocated to drydocking as part of acquistion of asset
Drydock amortization
Balance at the end of the year

F-30

Year Ended
December 31, 

2020
$ 18,523
2,724
3,040
(7,181)
$ 17,106

2019
$ 25,568
252
—
(7,297)
$ 18,523

    
    
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
    
    
 
 
 
 
 
 
Table of Contents

KNOT OFFSHORE PARTNERS LP

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements (Continued)

14) Intangible Assets and Contract Liabilities

(a) Intangible Assets

(U.S. Dollars in thousands)
Intangibles, December 31, 2018
Additions
Amortization for the year
Intangibles, December 31, 2019
Additions
Amortization for the period
Intangibles, December 31, 2020

Above market
time charter     

Above market
time charter     

Vigdis Knutsen
980
$

Tordis Knutsen
911
$
—  
(303)
608
$
—  

$

(303)
305

$

(302)
376

$

—  
(302)
678

$
—  

Total
intangibles
1,891
$
—
(605)
1,286
—
(605)
681

$

The intangible for the above market value of time charter contract associated with the Tordis Knutsen is amortized to time
charter revenue on a straight line basis over the remaining term of the contract of approximately 4.8 years as of the acquisition
date. The intangible for the above market value of time charter contract associated with the Vigdis Knutsen is amortized to time
charter revenue on a straight line basis over the remaining term of the contract of approximately 4.9 years as of the acquisition
date.

The estimated future amortization of intangible assets at December 31, 2020 is as follows:

(U.S. Dollars in thousands)
2021
2022

Total

(b) Contract Liabilities

$

$

605
75
681

The unfavorable contractual rights for charters associated with Fortaleza Knutsen and Recife Knutsen were obtained in
connection with a step acquisition in 2008 that had unfavorable contractual terms relative to market as of acquisition date. The
Fortaleza Knutsen and the Recife Knutsen commenced on their 12 years’ fixed bareboat charters in March 2011 and
August 2011, respectively. The unfavorable contract rights related to Fortaleza Knutsen and Recife Knutsen are amortized to
bareboat revenues on a straight line basis over the 12 years’ contract period that expires in March 2023 and August 2023,
respectively.

(U.S. Dollars in thousands)
Contract liabilities:
Unfavourable contract rights
Total amortization income

     Balance of

     Amortization for      Balance of 

     Amortization for      Balance of 

December 31, 
2018

 the year ended
December 31, 2019

December 31, 
2019

 the year ended
December 31, 2020

December 31, 
2020

$

(6,721) $
$

$

1,518
1,518

(5,203) $
   $

$

(3,686)

1,517
1,517

Accumulated amortization for contract liabilities was $14.5 million and $13.0 million as of December 31, 2020 and 2019,

respectively.

F-31

    
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
    
 
   
   
   
   
  
 
 
  
Table of Contents

KNOT OFFSHORE PARTNERS LP

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements (Continued)

The amortization of contract liabilities that is classified under time charter and bareboat revenues for the next five years is

expected to be as follows:

(U.S. Dollars in thousands)
Contract liabilities:
Unfavourable contract rights

15) Accrued Expenses

2021

2022

2023

2024

2025

$ (1,518) $ (1,518) $

(650) $

— $ —

The following table presents accrued expenses as of December 31, 2020 and 2019:

(U.S. Dollars in thousands)
Operating expenses
Interest expenses
Other expenses
Total accrued expenses

16) Long-Term Debt

Long-term debt as of December 31, 2020 and 2019, consisted of the following:

Year Ended
December 31, 

2020

2019

$

$

883
2,276
2,221
5,380

$

$

855
4,049
1,713
6,617

(U.S. Dollars in thousands)

$320 million loan facility
$55 million revolving credit facility
Hilda loan facility
Torill loan facility
$172.5 million loan facility
Raquel loan facility
Tordis loan facility
Vigdis loan facility
Lena loan facility
Brasil loan facility
Anna loan facility
Tove loan facility
$25 million revolving credit facility with NTT
$25 million revolving credit facility with Shinsei
Total long-term debt
Less: current installments
Less: unamortized deferred loan issuance costs
Current portion of long-term debt
Portion due after one year
Less: unamortized deferred loan issuance costs
Long-term debt, less current installments, and
unamortized deferred loan issuance costs

Vessel
Windsor Knutsen, Bodil Knutsen,
Carmen Knutsen, Fortaleza Knutsen,
Recife Knutsen, Ingrid Knutsen

Hilda Knutsen
Torill Knutsen
Dan Cisne, Dan Sabia
Raquel Knutsen
Tordis Knutsen
Vigdis Knutsen
Lena Knutsen
Brasil Knutsen
Anna Knutsen
Tove Knutsen

December 31, 
2020

December 31, 
2019

$

252,245
34,279  
78,462
81,667
58,340
52,725
75,871
77,136
75,950
50,997
62,196
86,250
25,000
25,000
$ 1,036,118
186,723
2,535
184,188
849,395
3,238

$

282,360
26,279
84,615
88,333
70,739
57,955
80,931
82,196
80,850
57,281
66,274
—
25,000
—
$ 1,002,813
85,945
2,492
83,453
916,868
4,925

$

846,157

$

911,943

F-32

    
    
    
    
    
 
   
   
   
   
  
    
    
 
 
 
 
    
    
    
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
  
 
  
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
  
Table of Contents

KNOT OFFSHORE PARTNERS LP

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements (Continued)

The Partnership’s outstanding debt of $1,036.1 million as of December 31, 2020 is repayable as follows :

(U.S. Dollars in thousands)
2021
2022
2023
2024
2025
2026 and thereafter

Total

     Period repayment      Balloon repayment     

90,912  
75,577  
59,902  
18,240
4,583

—  

95,811  
236,509  
235,185  
123,393
96,006

—  

$

249,214

$

786,904

Total
186,723
312,086
295,087
141,633
100,589
—
$ 1,036,118

As of December 31, 2020, the interest rates on the Partnership’s loan agreements were LIBOR plus a fixed margin ranging

from 1.75% to 2.4%.

$320 Million Term Loan Facility and $55 Million Revolving Credit Facility

In September 2018, the Partnership’s subsidiaries which own the Windsor Knutsen, the Bodil Knutsen, the Fortaleza

Knutsen, the Recife Knutsen, the Carmen Knutsen and the Ingrid Knutsen (“the Vessels”), entered into new senior secured credit
facilities (the “Multi-vessels Facility”) in order to refinance their existing long term bank debt. The Multi-vessels Facility consists
of a term loan of $320 million and a $55 million revolving credit facility. The term loan is repayable in 20 consecutive quarterly
installments, with a final payment at maturity in September 2023 of $177 million, which includes the balloon payment and last
quarterly installment. The term loan bears interest at a rate per annum equal to LIBOR plus a margin of 2.125%. The revolving
credit facility will mature in September 2023, and bears interest at LIBOR plus a margin of 2.125%. There is a commitment fee
of 0.85% payable on the undrawn portion of the revolving credit facility. The loans are guaranteed by the Partnership and secured
by mortgages on the Vessels.

The Vessels, assignments of earnings, charterparty contracts and insurance proceeds are pledged as collateral for the Multi-

vessel facility. The Partnership and the borrowers (except for the Partnership subsidiary that owns the Recife Knutsen and the
Fortaleza Knutsen) are guarantors, and the Multi-vessels Facility is secured by vessel mortgages on the Windsor Knutsen, the
Bodil Knutsen, the Fortaleza Knutsen, the Recife Knutsen, the Carmen Knutsen and the Ingrid Knutsen.

The Multi-vessels Facility contains the following financial covenants:

●

●

●

●

Positive working capital of the borrowers and the Partnership;

Minimum liquidity of the Partnership of $15 million plus increments of $1.5 million for each owned vessel
with less than 12 months remaining tenor on its employment contract up to 8 vessels and $1 million for each
owned vessel with less than 12 months remaining tenor on its employment contract up to 12 additional vessels
in excess of 8 vessels;

Minimum book equity ratio for the Partnership of 30%; and

Minimum EBITDA to interest ratio for the Partnership of 2.50.

The Multi-vessels Facility also identifies various events that may trigger mandatory reduction, prepayment and cancellation

of the facility, including if the aggregate market value of the vessels is less than 125% of the outstanding balance under the Multi 
Vessel Facility, upon a total loss or sale of a vessel and customary events of default. As of December 31, 2020, the borrowers and 
the guarantors were in compliance with all covenants under this facility.

F-33

 
 
 
 
Table of Contents

Hilda Loan Facility

KNOT OFFSHORE PARTNERS LP

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements (Continued)

In May 2017, the Partnership’s subsidiary, Knutsen Shuttle Tankers 14 AS, which owns the vessel Hilda Knutsen, entered
into a new $100 million senior secured term loan facility with Mitsubishi UFJ Lease & Finance (Hong Kong) Limited (the “New
Hilda Facility”). The New Hilda Facility replaced the $117 million loan facility, which was due to be paid in full in August 2018.
The New Hilda Facility is repayable in 28 consecutive quarterly installments with a final payment at maturity of $58.5 million,
which includes the balloon payment and last quarterly installment. The New Hilda Facility bears interest at a rate per annum
equal to LIBOR plus a margin of 2.2%. The Partnership and KNOT Shuttle Tankers AS are the sole guarantors. The facility
matures in May 2024.

The Hilda Facility contains the following primary financial covenants:

●

●

●

●

Positive working capital of the borrower and the Partnership;

Minimum liquidity of the Partnership of $15 million plus increments of $1 million for each additional vessel
acquired by the Partnership in excess of eight vessels and $1.5 million for each owned vessel with less than
12 months remaining tenor on its employment contract;

Minimum book equity ratio for the Partnership of 30%; and

Minimum EBITDA to interest ratio for the Partnership of 2.50.

The Hilda Facility also identifies various events that may trigger mandatory reduction, prepayment and cancellation of the
facility, including if the market value of the vessels is less than 110% of the outstanding loan under the Hilda Facility for the first 
two years, 120% for the third and fourth year and 125% thereafter, upon a total loss or sale of the vessel and customary events of 
default. As of December 31, 2020, the borrower and the guarantors were in compliance with all covenants under this facility.

Torill Loan Facility

In January 2018, the Partnership’s subsidiary, Knutsen Shuttle Tankers 15 AS, which owns the vessel Torill Knutsen, entered
into a new $100 million senior secured term loan facility (the “Torill Facility”) with a consortium of banks, in which The Bank of
Tokyo-Mitsubishi UFJ acted as agent. The Torill Facility replaced a $117 million secured loan facility, which was due to be paid
in full in October 2018. The Torill Facility is repayable in 24 consecutive quarterly installments with a balloon payment of $60.0
million due at maturity. The Torill Facility bears interest at a rate per annum equal to LIBOR plus a margin of 2.1%. The facility
will mature in January 2024 and is guaranteed by the Partnership. The Torill Facility contains the following primary financial
covenants:

●

●

●

●

Positive working capital of the borrower and the Partnership;

Minimum liquidity of the Partnership of $15 million plus increments of $1.5 million for each owned vessel
with less than 12 months remaining tenor on its employment contract up to 8 vessels and $1 million for each
owned vessel with less than 12 months remaining tenor on its employment contract in excess of 8 vessels;

Minimum book equity ratio for the Partnership of 30%; and

Minimum EBITDA to interest ratio for the Partnership of 2.50.

F-34

Table of Contents

KNOT OFFSHORE PARTNERS LP

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements (Continued)

The Torill Facility also identifies various events that may trigger mandatory reduction, prepayment and cancellation of the

facility, including if the market value of the vessel is less than 110% of the outstanding loan under the Torill Facility for the first 
two years, 120% for the third and fourth year and 125% thereafter, upon a total loss or sale of a vessel and customary events of 
default. As of December 31, 2020, the borrower and the guarantor were in compliance with all covenants under this facility. 

$172.5 Million Secured Loan Facility

In April 2014, KNOT Shuttle Tankers 20 AS and KNOT Shuttle Tankers 21 AS, the subsidiaries owning the Dan Cisne and

Dan Sabia, as the borrowers, entered into a $172.5 million senior secured loan facility. In connection with the Partnership’s
acquisition of the Dan Cisne, in December 2014, the $172.5 million senior secured loan facility was split into a tranche related to
the Dan Cisne (the “Dan Cisne Facility”) and a tranche related to Dan Sabia (the “Dan Sabia Facility”).

The Dan Cisne Facility and the Dan Sabia Facility are guaranteed by the Partnership and secured by a vessel mortgage on the

Dan Cisne and Dan Sabia. The Dan Cisne Facility and the Dan Sabia Facility bear interest at LIBOR plus a margin of 2.4% and
are repayable in semiannual installments with a final balloon payment due at maturity in September 2023 and January 2024,
respectively.

The Dan Cisne Facility and Dan Sabia Facility contain the following financial covenants:

●

●

Minimum liquidity of the Partnership of $15 million plus increments of $1 million for each additional vessel
acquired by the Partnership in excess of eight vessels and $1.5 million for each owned vessel with less than
12 months remaining tenor on its employment contract; and

Minimum book equity ratio for the Partnership of 30%.

The facility also identifies various events that may trigger mandatory reduction, prepayment and cancellation of the facility,

including if the market value of either of the vessels are less than 125% of the respective loan, upon a total loss or sale of a vessel 
and customary events of default. As of December 31, 2020, the borrowers and the guarantor were in compliance with all 
covenants under this facility.

Raquel Loan Facility

In December 2014, Knutsen Shuttle Tankers 19 AS, the subsidiary owning the Raquel Knutsen , as the borrower, entered
into a secured loan facility in an aggregate amount of $90.0 million (the "Raquel Facility"). The Raquel Facility was repayable in
quarterly installments with a final balloon payment of $30.5 million due at maturity in March 2025. The Raquel Facility bore
interest at an annual rate equal to LIBOR plus a margin of 2.0%. The facility was secured by a vessel mortgage on the Raquel
Knutsen . The Raquel Knutsen , assignments of earnings, charterparty contracts and insurance proceeds were pledged as collateral
for the Raquel Facility. The Partnership and KNOT Shuttle Tankers AS were the sole guarantors. As of December 31, 2020, the
borrower and the guarantors were in compliance with all covenants under this facility. On January 21, 2021, the Raquel Facility
was repaid in full.

F-35

Table of Contents

Tordis Loan Facility

KNOT OFFSHORE PARTNERS LP

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements (Continued)

In April 2015, KNOT Shuttle Tankers 24 AS, the subsidiary owning the Tordis Knutsen, as the borrower, entered into a

secured loan facility (the “Tordis Facility”). As of the time of the acquisition of the Tordis Knutsen on March 1, 2017, the
aggregate amount outstanding under the facility was $114.4 million. The Tordis Facility is repayable in quarterly installments
with a final balloon payment of $70.8 million due at maturity in November 2021. The Tordis Facility bears interest at an annual
rate equal to LIBOR plus a margin of 1.9%. The facility is secured by a vessel mortgage on the Tordis Knutsen. The Tordis
Knutsen, assignments of earnings, charterparty contracts and insurance proceeds are pledged as collateral for the Tordis Facility.
The Partnership and KNOT Shuttle Tankers AS are the sole guarantors.

The Tordis Facility contains the following financial covenants:

●

●

●

●

Positive working capital of the borrower and the Partnership;

Minimum liquidity of the Partnership of $15 million plus increments of $1.5 million for each owned vessel
with less than 12 months remaining tenor on its employment contract up to 8 vessels and $1 million for each
owned vessel with less than 12 months remaining tenor on its employment contract in excess of 8 vessels;

Minimum book equity ratio for the Partnership of 30%; and

Minimum EBITDA to interest ratio for the Partnership of 2.50.

The Tordis Facility also identifies various events that may trigger mandatory reduction, prepayment and cancellation of the
facility, including if the aggregate market value of the Tordis Knutsen, Vigdis Knutsen and Lena Knutsen is less than 130% of the 
outstanding balance under the Tordis Facility, Vigdis Facility and Lena Facility, upon a total loss or sale of a vessel and 
customary events of default. As of December 31, 2020, the borrower and the guarantors were in compliance with all covenants 
under this facility.

Vigdis Loan Facility

In April 2015, KNOT Shuttle Tankers 25 AS, the subsidiary owning the Vigdis Knutsen, as the borrower, entered into a

secured loan facility (the “Vigdis Facility”). The Vigdis Facility is repayable in quarterly installments with a final balloon
payment of $70.8 million due at maturity in February 2022. The Vigdis Facility bears interest at an annual rate equal to LIBOR
plus a margin of 1.9%. The facility is secured by a vessel mortgage on the Vigdis Knutsen. The Vigdis Knutsen, assignments of
earnings, charterparty contracts and insurance proceeds are pledged as collateral for the Vigdis Facility. The Partnership and
KNOT Shuttle Tankers AS are the sole guarantors.

The Vigdis Facility contains the following financial covenants:

●

●

●

●

Positive working capital of the borrower and the Partnership;

Minimum liquidity of the Partnership of $15 million plus increments of $1.5 million for each owned vessel
with less than 12 months remaining tenor on its employment contract up to 8 vessels and $1 million for each
owned vessel with less than 12 months remaining tenor on its employment contract in excess of 8 vessels;

Minimum book equity ratio for the Partnership of 30%; and

Minimum EBITDA to interest ratio for the Partnership of 2.50.

F-36

Table of Contents

KNOT OFFSHORE PARTNERS LP

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements (Continued)

The Vigdis Facility also identifies various events that may trigger mandatory reduction, prepayment and cancellation of the

facility, including if the aggregate market value of the Tordis Knutsen, Vigdis Knutsen and Lena Knutsen is less than 130% of the 
outstanding balance under the Tordis Facility, Vigdis Facility and Lena Facility, upon a total loss or sale of a vessel and 
customary events of default. As of December 31, 2020, the borrower and the guarantors were in compliance with all covenants 
under this facility.

Lena Loan Facility

In April 2015, KNOT Shuttle Tankers 26 AS, the subsidiary owning the Lena Knutsen, as the borrower, entered into a
secured loan facility (the “Lena Facility”). The Lena Facility is repayable in quarterly installments with a final balloon payment
of $68.6 million due at maturity in June 2022. The Lena Facility bears interest at an annual rate equal to LIBOR plus a margin of
1.9%. The facility is secured by a vessel mortgage on the Lena Knutsen. The Lena Knutsen, assignments of earnings, charterparty
contracts and insurance proceeds are pledged as collateral for the Lena Facility. The Partnership and KNOT Shuttle Tankers AS
are the sole guarantors.

The Lena Facility contains the following financial covenants:

●

●

●

●

Positive working capital of the borrower and the Partnership;

Minimum liquidity of the Partnership of $15 million plus increments of $1.5 million for each owned vessel
with less than 12 months remaining tenor on its employment contract up to 8 vessels and $1 million for each
owned vessel with less than 12 months remaining tenor on its employment contract in excess of 8 vessels;

Minimum book equity ratio for the Partnership of 30%; and

Minimum EBITDA to interest ratio for the Partnership of 2.50.

The Lena Facility also identifies various events that may trigger mandatory reduction, prepayment and cancellation of the
facility, including if the aggregate market value of the Tordis Knutsen, Vigdis Knutsen and Lena Knutsen is less than 130% of the 
outstanding balance under the Tordis Facility, Vigdis Facility and Lena Facility, upon a total loss or sale of a vessel and 
customary events of default. As of December 31, 2020, the borrower and the guarantors were in compliance with all covenants 
under this facility.

Brasil Loan Facility

In June 2017, KNOT Shuttle Tankers 32 AS, the subsidiary owning the Brasil Knutsen, as the borrower, entered into a
secured loan facility (the “Brasil Facility”). The Brasil Facility is repayable in quarterly installments with a final balloon payment
of $40.0 million due at maturity in July 2022. The Brasil Facility bears interest at an annual rate equal to LIBOR plus a margin of
2.3%. The facility is secured by a vessel mortgage on the Brasil Knutsen. The Brasil Knutsen, assignments of earnings,
charterparty contracts and insurance proceeds are pledged as collateral for the Brasil Facility. The Partnership and KNOT Shuttle
Tankers AS are the sole guarantors.

The Brasil Facility contains the following financial covenants:

●

●

Positive working capital of the borrower and the Partnership;

Minimum liquidity of the Partnership of $15 million plus increments of $1.5 million for each owned vessel
with less than 12 months remaining tenor on its employment contract up to a total of eight (8) vessels and $1
million for each owned vessel with less than 12 months remaining tenor on its employment contract up to a
total of twelve (12) vessels;

F-37

Table of Contents

KNOT OFFSHORE PARTNERS LP

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements (Continued)

●

●

Minimum book equity ratio for the Partnership of 30%; and

Minimum EBITDA to interest ratio for the Partnership of 2.50.

The Brasil Facility also identifies various events that may trigger mandatory reduction, prepayment and cancellation of the

facility, including if the market value of the vessel is less than 125% of the outstanding loan first four years and 135% thereafter,
upon a total loss or sale of a vessel and customary events of default. As of December 31, 2020, the borrower and the guarantors
were in compliance with all covenants under this facility.

Anna Loan Facility

In September 2016, KNOT Shuttle Tankers 30 AS, the subsidiary owning the Anna Knutsen, as the borrower, entered into a
secured loan facility (the “Anna Facility”). The Anna Facility is repayable in quarterly installments with a final balloon payment
of $57.1 million due at maturity in March 2022. The Anna Facility bears interest at an annual rate equal to LIBOR plus a margin
of 2.0%. The facility is secured by a vessel mortgage on the Anna Knutsen. The Anna Knutsen, assignments of earnings,
charterparty contracts and insurance proceeds are pledged as collateral for the Anna Facility. The Partnership and KNOT Shuttle
Tankers AS are the sole guarantors.

The Anna Facility contains the following financial covenants:

●

●

●

●

Positive working capital of the borrower and the Partnership;

Minimum liquidity of the Partnership of $15 million plus increments of $1.5 million for each owned vessel
with less than 12 months remaining tenor on its employment contract up to 8 vessels and $1 million for each
owned vessel with less than 12 months remaining tenor on its employment contract in excess of 8 vessels;

Minimum book equity ratio for the Partnership of 30%; and

Minimum EBITDA to interest ratio for the Partnership of 2.50.

The Anna Facility also identifies various events that may trigger mandatory reduction, prepayment and cancellation of the

facility, including if the market value of the vessel is less than 130% of the outstanding loan, upon a total loss or sale of a vessel 
and customary events of default. As of December 31, 2020, the borrower and the guarantors were in compliance with all 
covenants under this facility.

Tove Loan Facility

In July 2019, KNOT Shuttle Tankers 34 AS, the subsidiary owning the Tove Knutsen, as the borrower, entered into a secured

loan facility (the "Tove Facility"). The Tove Facility is repayable in quarterly installments with a final balloon payment of $65.5
million due at maturity in September 2025. The Tove Facility bears interest at an annual rate equal to LIBOR plus a margin of
1.75%. The facility is secured by a standard security package for a vessel financing, including a vessel mortgage on the Tove
Knutsen, assignments of earnings, charterparty contracts and insurance proceeds. The Partnership and KNOT Shuttle Tankers AS
guarantee the Tove Facility.

The Tove Facility contains the following financial covenants:

●

Positive working capital of the Partnership;

F-38

Table of Contents

KNOT OFFSHORE PARTNERS LP

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements (Continued)

● Minimum liquidity of the Partnership of $15 million plus increments of $1.5 million for each owned vessel with

less than 12 months remaining tenor on its employment contract up to 8 vessels and $1 million for each owned
vessel with less than 12 months remaining tenor on its employment contract in excess of 8 vessels;

● Minimum book equity ratio for the Partnership of 30%; and

● Minimum EBITDA to interest ratio for the Partnership of 2.50.

The Tove Facility also identifies various events that may trigger mandatory reduction, prepayment and cancellation of the
facility, including if the market value of vessel falls below 110% of the outstanding loan, upon total loss or sale of the vessel and
customary events of default. As of December 31, 2020, the borrower and the guarantors were in compliance with all covenants
under this facility.

$25 Million Revolving Credit Facility with NTT

In June  2019, KNOT Shuttle Tankers AS extended the maturity of its unsecured revolving credit facility of $25 million with

NTT Finance Corporation. The facility will mature in August 2021, bears interest at LIBOR plus a margin of 1.8% and has a
commitment fee of 0.5% on the undrawn portion of the facility.

$25 Million Revolving Credit Facility with Shinsei

In November 2020, KNOT Shuttle Tankers AS entered into an unsecured revolving credit facility with Shinsei Bank. The
facility will mature in November 2023, bears interest at LIBOR plus a margin of 1.75% and has a commitment fee of 0.7% on the
undrawn portion of the facility.

17) Income Taxes

(a) Components of Current and Deferred Tax Expense

All of the income from continuing operations before income taxes was taxable to Norway and UK for the years ended
December 31, 2020, 2019 and 2018. The entities and activities taxable to Norway are subject to the Norwegian tonnage tax
regime. Under the Norwegian tonnage tax regime, the tax is based on the tonnage of the vessel, and the operating income is tax
free. The amount of tonnage tax included in operating expenses for each of the years ended December 31, 2020, 2019 and 2018
was $0.2 million. The net financial income and expense remains taxable as ordinary income tax for entities subject to the tonnage
tax regime. See Note 2(r)—Income Taxes. The activities taxable to UK relates to KNOT UK and is based on the operating
income for the entity.

The significant components of current and deferred income tax expense attributable to income from continuing operations

for the years ended December 31, 2020, 2019 and 2018 are as follows:

(U.S. Dollars in thousands)
Current tax benefit (expense)
Deferred tax benefit (expense)
Income tax benefit (expense)

Year Ended December 31, 
2019

2018

2020

$

$

(10)
$
—  
$
(10)

(9)
$
—  
$
(9)

(18)
20
2

F-39

    
    
    
 
Table of Contents

(b) Taxation

KNOT OFFSHORE PARTNERS LP

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements (Continued)

Income taxes attributable to income from continuing operations was an income tax expense of $10,000 for the year ended 
December 31, 2020 and an income tax expense of $9,000 for the year ended December 31, 2019 and a tax benefit of $2,000 for
the year ended December 31, 2018, and differed from the amounts computed by applying the Norwegian and the UK ordinary
income tax rate of 22% and 19% in 2020, 22% and 20% in 2019, and 23% and 20% in 2018, to pretax net income as a result of
the following:

(U.S. Dollars in thousands)
Income tax benefit (expense) at Norwegian tonnage tax regime
Income tax benefit (expense) within UK
Income tax benefit (expense)
Effective tax rate

(c) Components of Deferred Tax Assets and Liabilities

Year Ended December 31, 
2019

2018

2020

$ — $ — $

$

(10)
(10)

$
0 %    

(9)
$
(9)
0 %    

20
(18)
2
0 %

The tax effects of temporary differences that give rise to significant portions of the deferred tax assets and deferred tax

liabilities as of December 31, 2020 and 2019 are presented below:

(U.S. Dollars in thousands)
Deferred tax assets:
Financial derivatives

Financial loss carry forwards for tonnage tax

Total deferred tax asset

Less valuation allowance
Net deferred tax asset

Deferred tax liabilities:

Entrance tax

Total deferred tax liabilities

As of December 31, 

2020

2019

$

— $

20,863
20,863
(20,863)

—  

295
295

$

$

(3)
17,331
17,328
(17,328)
—

357
357

—
357
357

The net deferred tax liability is classified in the consolidated balance sheets as follows:

(U.S. Dollars in thousands)
Current deferred tax asset
Non-current deferred tax liabilities
Net deferred tax liabilities

As of December 31, 

2020

2019

$

$

— $
295
295

$

Changes in the net deferred tax liabilities at December 31, 2020 and 2019 are presented below:

(U.S. Dollars in thousands)
Net deferred tax liabilities at January 1,
Change in temporary differences
Translation differences
Net deferred tax liabilities at December 31, 

As of December 31, 
2019
2020

357
(72)
10
295

$

$

453
(90)
(6)
357

$

$

The Partnership records a valuation allowance for deferred tax assets when it is more likely than not that some or all of the

benefit from the deferred tax asset will not be realized. The valuation allowances were $20.9 million and

F-40

 
    
    
    
 
 
 
 
 
    
    
  
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
    
    
 
 
    
    
 
 
 
 
Table of Contents

KNOT OFFSHORE PARTNERS LP

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements (Continued)

$17.3 million as of December 31, 2020 and 2019, respectively. The valuation allowances relate to the financial loss carry
forwards and other deferred tax assets for tonnage tax that, in the judgment of the Partnership, are more-likely-than not to be
realized reflecting the Partnership’s cumulative loss position for tonnage tax. In assessing the realizability of deferred tax assets,
the Partnership considers whether it is more-likely-than-not that some portion or all of the deferred tax assets will not be realized
taking into account all the positive and negative evidence available. As of December 31, 2020, the Partnership determined that
the deferred tax assets are likely to not be realized, and the booked value was, therefore, zero. There is no expiration date for
losses carried forward.

After the reorganization of the Partnership's predecessor's activities into the new group structure in February 2013, all profit
from continuing operations in Norway is taxable within the tonnage tax regime. The consequence of the reorganization is a one-
time entrance tax into the Norwegian tonnage tax regime due to the Partnership's acquisition of the shares in the subsidiary that
owns the Fortaleza Knutsen and the Recife Knutsen. The total amount of the entrance tax was estimated to be approximately $3.0
million, which was recognized in the three months ended March 31, 2013. At September 30, 2017 the Partnership acquired the
shares in the subsidiary that owns the Lena Knutsen, and recognized an additional entrance tax of $0.1 million. The entrance tax
on this gain is payable over several years and is calculated by multiplying the Norwegian tax rate by the declining balance of the
gain, which will decline by 20% each year. At December 31, 2018 the entrance tax had declined to approximately $0.6 million
due to paid entrance tax, change in tax rate and translation effects. At December 31, 2019 the entrance tax had declined to
approximately $0.4 million due to paid entrance tax, change in tax rate and translation effects. At December 31, 2020 the
entrance tax had declined to approximately $0.4 million due to paid entrance tax, change in tax rate and translation effects. The
taxes payable, mainly related to the entrance tax, are calculated based on the Norwegian corporate tax rate of 22% for 2020 and
2019, and the deferred tax liabilities, also mainly related to the entrance tax, are calculated based on a tax rate of 22% effective as
from January 1, 2021 and January 1, 2020, respectively. Income tax expense within the UK of $10,233 and $8,754 for 2020 and
2019, respectively, was calculated by multiplying the tax basis with the UK tax rate of 19% in 2020 and 20% in 2019.

As of December 31, 2020, the total income taxes payable are estimated to be $0.1 million and consist of payable entrance tax
and ordinary UK corporation tax. As of December 31, 2019, the total income taxes payable were estimated to be $0.1 million and
consisted of payable entrance tax and ordinary UK corporation tax.

As of December 31, 2020, approximately $0.08 million of the estimated entrance tax of $0.38 million is estimated to be
payable in the first and second quarter of 2021 and is presented as income taxes payable, while $0.30 million is presented as non-
current deferred taxes payable. As of December 31, 2019, approximately $0.09 million of the estimated entrance tax of $0.45
million was estimated to be payable in the first and second quarter of 2019 and was presented as income taxes payable, while
$0.36 million was presented as non-current deferred taxes payable.

The tax loss carry forward from ordinary taxation and financial loss carry forwards for tonnage tax have no expiration dates.

The Partnership’s Norwegian income tax returns are subject to examination by Norwegian tax authorities going back
ten years from 2014. The Partnership had no unrecognized tax benefits as December 31, 2020 and 2019. During the years ended
December 31, 2020 and 2019, the Partnership did not incur any interest or penalties on its tax returns.

F-41

Table of Contents

KNOT OFFSHORE PARTNERS LP

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements (Continued)

On December 14, 2017, the Norwegian government concluded the negotiations with the EFTA Surveillance Authority

regarding the Norwegian tonnage tax regime, which has been approved for another ten years, until 2027. Pursuant to the
approval, Norway has introduced restrictions that eliminates the ability of companies that own vessels under certain bareboat
charters to qualify for the Norwegian tonnage tax regime. Companies that no longer qualify for the Norwegian tonnage tax -
regime will instead be subject to Norwegian corporate income tax. However, there are no limitations on intra-group bareboat
chartering, as well as bareboat charters where crewing services are carried out by a related party. In order to constitute a related
party, a minimum of 25% ownership/control is required, according to the “associated enterprise” definition in the ATAD
directive (Council Directive EU 2016/1164.) Due to the fact that KNOT has an ownership interest in the Partnership that exceeds
25% as well as an ownership interest of 100% in KNOT Management and KNOT Management Denmark AS which provide
services to the Vessels owned by the Partnership which operate on bareboat charters, the Vessels operating on bareboat charters
are effectively seen as time charter services to the customer. The services are provided to the charterer. If this related party
situation is ended, other alternatives and possibly mitigating measures must be evaluated.

18) Related Party Transactions

(a) Related Parties

Prior to the IPO, the Partnership’s predecessor operated as an integrated part of KNOT. KNOT is owned 50% by TSSI and

50% by Nippon Yusen Kaisha (“NYK”).

The Windsor Knutsen , the Bodil Knutsen , the Carmen Knutsen , the Hilda Knutsen , the Torill Knutsen , the Ingrid Knutsen

, the Raquel Knutsen , the Tordis Knutsen, the Vigdis Knutsen, the Lena Knutsen, the Brasil Knutsen , the Anna Knutsen and the
Tove Knutsen, all of which operate under time charters, are subject to technical management agreements pursuant to which
certain crew, technical and commercial management services are provided by KNOT Management or KNOT Management
Denmark. Under these technical management agreements, the Partnership’s subsidiaries pay fees to and reimburse the costs and
expenses of KNOT Management. The Fortaleza Knutsen , the Recife Knutsen , the Dan Cisne and the Dan Sabia operate under
bareboat charters and, as a result, the customer is responsible for providing the crew, technical and commercial management of
the vessel. However, each of these vessels are subject to management and administration agreements with either KNOT
Management or KNOT Management Denmark, a 100% owned subsidiary of KNOT, pursuant to which these companies provide
general monitoring services for the vessels in exchange for an annual fee.

The Partnership is a party to an administrative services agreement with KNOT UK, pursuant to which KNOT UK provides

administrative services, and KNOT UK is permitted to subcontract certain of the administrative services provided under the
administrative services agreement to KOAS UK and KOAS. On May 7, 2015, the Partnership entered into an amendment to the
administrative services agreement, which allows KNOT UK to also subcontract administrative services to KNOT Management.
Effective as of February 26, 2018, the Partnership entered into a second amendment to the administrative services agreement
extending the term of the agreement indefinitely, subject to termination by any party upon 90 days’ notice for any reason.

F-42

Table of Contents

KNOT OFFSHORE PARTNERS LP

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements (Continued)

The amounts of such costs and expenses included in the consolidated statements of operations for the years ended

December 31, 2020, 2019 and 2018 are as follows:

(U.S. Dollars in thousands)
Statements of operations:
Time charter and bareboat revenues:
Time charter income from KNOT (1)
Other income:

Guarantee income from KNOT (2) 

Operating expenses:
Vessel operating expenses (3)

Technical and operational management fee from KNOT to

Vessels (4)

Operating expenses from other related parties (5)

General and administrative expenses:

Administration fee from KNOT Management (6)
Administration fee from KOAS (6)
Administration fee from KOAS UK (6)
Administration and management fee from KNOT (7)

Total income (expenses)

Year Ended December 31, 
2019

2018

2020

4,883

15,910

—

—

—

749

14,693

14,489

13,719

7,342
515

6,954
487

6,491
—

1,131
654
118
49

1,434
583
123
161
$ (19,621) $ (8,249) $ (21,761)

1,280
663
116
170

(U.S. Dollars in thousands)
Balance Sheet:
Vessels:
Drydocking supervision fee from KNOT (8)
Drydocking supervision fee from KOAS (8)
Total

At December 31,
2020

At December 31,
2019

At December 31,
2018

$

$

47
—
47

$

$

— $
—
— $

187
24
211

(1)

(2)

(3)

Time charter income from KNOT: On December 17, 2018, the Partnership's subsidiary that owns the Windsor Knutsen
and Royal Dutch Shell ("Shell") agreed to suspend the vessel's time charter contract. The suspension period commenced
March 4, 2019 and ended April 5, 2020, when the vessel was redelivered to Shell. During the suspension period, the
Windsor Knutsen operated under a time charter contract with Knutsen Shuttle Tankers Pool AS on the same terms as the
time charter contract with Shell.

Guarantee income from KNOT: Pursuant to the Omnibus Agreement, KNOT agreed to guarantee the payments of the
hire rate under the initial charter of the Bodil Knutsen and Windsor Knutsen for a period of five years from the closing
date of the IPO (until April 15, 2018). In October 2015, the Windsor Knutsen commenced on a new Shell time charter
with a hire rate below the hire rate in the initial charter. The difference between the new hire rate and the initial rate was
paid by KNOT until April 15, 2018. The reimbursement from KNOT for the difference in the charter hire is accounted
for as guarantee income. See Note 18(b)—Related Party Transactions—Guarantees and Indemnifications.

Vessel operating expenses: KNOT Management or KNOT Management Denmark provides technical and operational
management of the vessels on time charter including crewing and crew training services. The crew hire has in previous
years been disclosed qualitatively, but the Partnership has concluded this year to disclose quantitatively to make it more
transparent.

F-43

    
    
    
  
  
  
 
   
   
  
 
  
 
  
 
  
 
 
 
 
  
 
  
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
    
    
    
Table of Contents

KNOT OFFSHORE PARTNERS LP

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements (Continued)

(4)

(5)

(6)

(7)

Technical and operational management fee from KNOT Management or KNOT Management Denmark to Vessels:
KNOT Management or KNOT Management Denmark provides technical and operational management of the vessels on
time charter including purchasing, maintenance and other operational service. In addition, there is also a charge for 24-
hour emergency response services provided by KNOT Management for all vessels managed by KNOT Management.

Operating expenses from other related parties: Simsea Real Operations AS, a company jointly owned by Trygve
Seglem and by other shipping companies in Haugesund, provides simulation, operational training assessment and other
certified maritime courses for seafarers. The cost is course fees for seafarers. Knutsen OAS Crewing AS, a subsidiary of
TSSI, provides administrative services related to East European crew on vessels operating on time charter contracts. The
cost is a fixed fee per month per East European crew onboard the vessel. AS Marin Elektro, a company that delivers
electrical installations on ships, offshore installations and thermophotography, was (at the time when services for the
Partnership were performed) owned by Level Group AS, where Trygve Seglem, his family and members of the TSSI
management have significant influence. AS Marin Elektro provided drydocking, service and thermophoto/IR
inspections for the Partnership for $39,993. Level Power & Automation AS, also owned by Level Group AS, provided
equipment and spare parts to the Partnership’s vessels for $47,399.

Administration fee from KNOT Management and Knutsen OAS Shipping AS (“KOAS”) and Knutsen OAS (UK) Ltd.
("KOAS UK"): Administration costs include the compensation and benefits of KNOT Management’s management and
administrative staff as well as other general and administration expenses. Some benefits are also provided by KOAS and
KOAS UK. Net administration costs are total administration cost plus a 5% margin, reduced for the total fees for
services delivered by the administration staffs and the estimated shareholder costs for KNOT that have not been
allocated. As such, the level of net administration costs as a basis for the allocation can vary from year to year based on
the administration and financing services offered by KNOT to all the vessels in its fleet each year. KNOT Management
also charges each subsidiary a fixed annual fee for the preparation of the statutory financial statement.

Administration and management fee from KNOT Management and KNOT Management Denmark: For bareboat charters,
the shipowner is not responsible for providing crewing or other operational services and the customer is responsible for
all vessel operating expenses and voyage expenses. However, each of the vessels under bareboat charters is subject to a
management and administration agreement with either KNOT Management or KNOT Management Denmark, pursuant
to which these companies provide general monitoring services for the vessels in exchange for an annual fee.

(8)

Drydocking supervision fee from KNOT and KOAS: KNOT and KOAS provide supervision and hire out service
personnel during drydocking of the vessels. The fee is calculated as a daily fixed fee.

(b) Guarantees and Indemnifications

Pursuant to the Omnibus Agreement, KNOT agreed to guarantee the payments of the hire rate under the initial charters of
each of the Windsor Knutsen and the Bodil Knutsen for a period of five years from the closing date of the IPO (until April 15,
2018).

In order to comply with its obligations under the Omnibus Agreement, KNOT and the Partnership entered into a time charter

for the Windsor Knutsen while the vessel was not operating under a time charter with Shell. When the Shell time charter
commenced in October 2015, the hire rate was lower than the initial rate, and the rate difference was paid by KNOT until April
15, 2018.

F-44

Table of Contents

KNOT OFFSHORE PARTNERS LP

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements (Continued)

(c) Transactions with Management and Directors

Trygve Seglem, the Chairman of the Partnership’s board of directors and the President and CEO of KNOT, controls Seglem

Holding AS, which owns 100% of the equity interest in TSSI, which controls KOAS. TSSI owns 50% of the equity interest in
KNOT. NYK, which owns 50% of the equity interest in KNOT, has management and administrative personnel on secondment to
KNOT.

See the footnotes to Note 18(a)—Related Party Transactions—Related Parties for a discussion of the allocation principles for

KNOT’s administrative costs, including management and administrative staff, included in the consolidated statements of
operations.

(d) Amounts Due from and Due to Related Parties

Balances with related parties consisted of the following:

(U.S. Dollars in thousands)
Balance Sheet:
Trading balances due from KOAS
Trading balances due from KNOT and affiliates (1)
Amount due from related parties
Trading balances due to KOAS
Trading balances due to KNOT and affiliates
Amount due to related parties

At December 31, 
2020

At December 31, 
2019

$

$
$

$

170
5,556
5,726
1,596
544
2,140

$

$
$

$

687
2,000
2,687
840
372
1,212

(1) Trading balances due from KNOT and affiliates includes the post-closing settlement amount of $3.6 million related to the

acquisition of the Tove Knutsen, refer to Note 21 Acquisitions

Amounts due from and due to related parties are unsecured and intended to be settled in the ordinary course of business. The

majority of these related party transactions relate to vessel management and other fees due to KNOT, KNOT Management,
KOAS UK and KOAS.

e) Trade accounts payables and other currents assets

Trade accounts payables to related parties are included in total trade accounts payables in the balance sheet. The balances to

related parties consisted of the following:

(U.S. Dollars in thousands)
Balance Sheet:
Trading balances due to KOAS
Trading balances due to KNOT and affiliates
Trade accounts payables to related parties

At December 31, 
2020

At December 31, 
2019

$

$

1,304
902
2,206

$

$

216
685
901

F-45

    
    
 
   
  
 
 
 
 
    
    
  
  
 
 
Table of Contents

KNOT OFFSHORE PARTNERS LP

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements (Continued)

Trading balances from KNOT and affiliates are included in other current assets in the balance sheet. The balances from

related parties consisted of the following:

(U.S. Dollars in thousands)
Balance Sheet:
Trading balances due from KOAS
Trading balances due from KNOT and affiliates
Other current assets from related parties

     At December 31,      At December 31,

2020

2019

1,697
450
2,147

$

$

105
—
105

(f) Acquisitions from KNOT

On March 1, 2018, the Partnership acquired KNOT’s 100% interest in KNOT Shuttle Tankers 30 AS, the company that

owns and operates the Anna Knutsen . This acquisition was accounted for as an acquisition of assets.

On December 31, 2020, the Partnership acquired KNOT's 100% interest in KNOT Shuttle Tankers 34 AS, the company that

owns and operates the Tove Knutsen . This acquisition was accounted for as an acquisition of assets.

The board of directors of the Partnership and the Conflicts Committee of the board approved the purchase price for each
transaction described above. The Conflicts Committee retained a financial advisor to assist with its evaluation of each of the
transactions. See Note 21—Acquisitions.

19) Commitments and Contingencies

Assets Pledged

As of December 31, 2020 and 2019, Vessels with a book value of $1,709 million and $1,677 million, respectively, were
pledged as security held as guarantee for the Partnership’s long-term debt and interest rate swap obligations. See Note 10—
Derivative Instruments, Note 13—Vessels and Equipment and Note 16—Long-Term Debt.

Claims and Legal Proceedings

Under the Partnership’s time charters, claims to reduce the hire rate payments can be made if the Vessel does not perform to

certain specifications in the agreements. No accrual for possible claim was recorded for the years ended December 31, 2020,
2019 and 2018.

From time to time, the Partnership is involved in various claims and legal actions arising in the ordinary course of business.

In the opinion of management, the ultimate disposition of these matters will not have a material adverse effect on the
consolidated financial position, results of operations or cash flows.

Insurance

The Partnership maintains insurance on all the Vessels to insure against marine and war risks, which include damage to or

total loss of the Vessels, subject to deductible amounts that average $0.15 million per Vessel, and loss of hire.

F-46

 
   
  
Table of Contents

KNOT OFFSHORE PARTNERS LP

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements (Continued)

Under the loss of hire policies, the insurer will pay a compensation for the lost hire rate agreed in respect of each Vessel for
each day, in excess of 14 deductible days, for the time that the Vessel is out of service as a result of damage, for a maximum of
180 days. In addition, the Partnership maintains protection and indemnity insurance, which covers third-party legal liabilities
arising in connection with the Vessels’ activities, including, among other things, the injury or death of third-party persons, loss or
damage to cargo, claims arising from collisions with other vessels and other damage to other third-party property, including
pollution arising from oil or other substances. This insurance is unlimited, except for pollution, which is limited to $1 billion per
vessel per incident. The protection and indemnity insurance is maintained through a protection and indemnity association, and as
a member of the association, the Partnership may be required to pay amounts above budgeted premiums if the member claims
exceed association reserves, subject to certain reinsured amounts. If the Partnership experiences multiple claims each with
individual deductibles, losses due to risks that are not insured or claims for insured risks that are not paid, it could have a material
adverse effect on the Partnership’s results of operations and financial condition.

Carmen Knutsen

During the fourth quarter of 2017, the Carmen Knutsen undertook her 5-year special drydocking survey. During dismantling
for overhaul, a technical default with her controllable pitch propeller was found. As a result, the Vessel went to a different yard to
complete the repair. Repairs were completed and the Vessel was back on hire on January 1, 2018. The additional off-hire and
technical costs were subject to an insurance claim. Under its loss of hire insurance policies, the Partnership’s insurer paid the hire
rate agreed in respect of the Carmen Knutsen for each day in excess of 14 deductible days while the Vessel was off-hire as a
result of the repairs of the controllable pitch propeller. For the year ended December 31, 2018, the Partnership recorded $0.45
million, for loss of hire which was recorded as a component of total revenues since day rates are recovered under the terms of the
policy.

For the year ended December 31, 2017, the Partnership recorded $2.40 million to vessel operating expense as an estimate of

the cost of repairs of the controllable pitch propeller. During 2018, an additional repair cost of $0.15 million was recorded to
vessel operating expenses. As of December 31, 2018, the Partnership had received payments and recorded $2.25 million for hull
and machinery repairs, resulting in a net expense of $0.30 million. See Note 8—Insurance Proceeds.

F-47

Table of Contents

KNOT OFFSHORE PARTNERS LP

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements (Continued)

20) Earnings per Unit and Cash Distributions

The calculations of basic and diluted earnings per unit (1) are presented below:

(U.S. Dollars in thousands, except per unit data)
Net income
Less: Series A Preferred unitholders’ interest in net income
Net income attributable to the unitholders of KNOT Offshore Partners LP

Less: Distributions (2)

Under (over) distributed earnings
Under (over) distributed earnings attributable to:

Common unitholders (3)
General Partner

Weighted average units outstanding (basic) (in thousands):

Common unitholders
General Partner

Weighted average units outstanding (diluted) (in thousands):

Common unitholders (4)
General Partner

Earnings per unit (basic)
Common unitholders
General Partner

Earnings per unit (diluted):
Common unitholders (4)
General Partner

Cash distributions declared and paid in the period per unit (5)
Subsequent event: Cash distributions declared and paid per unit relating to the

period (6)

$

$

$

$

$

$

Year Ended December 31, 
2019
58,957
7,200
51,757
72,136
(20,379)

2020
65,225
7,200
58,025
72,136
(14,111)

$

2018
82,165
7,200
74,965
72,136
2,829

(13,851)
(261)

(20,003)
(376)

32,694
615

32,694
615

32,694
615

32,694
615

1.74
1.74

1.74
1.74
2.08

0.52

$

$

$

$

1.55
1.55

1.55
1.55
2.08

0.52

$

$

$

$

2,777
52

32,694
615

36,370
615

2.25
2.25

2.22
2.25
2.08

0.52

(1)

(2)

(3)

(4)

(5)

(6)

Earnings per unit have been calculated in accordance with the cash distribution provisions set forth in the Partnership
Agreement.

This refers to distributions made or to be made in relation to the period irrespective of the declaration and payment dates
and based on the numbers of units outstanding at the record date. This includes cash distributions to the IDR holder
(KNOT) for the years ended December 31, 2020, 2019 and 2018 of $2.8 million, respectively.

This includes the net income attributable to the IDR holder. The net income attributable to IDRs for the years ended
December 31, 2020, 2019 and 2018 was $2.8 million, respectively.

Diluted weighted average units outstanding for the year ended December 31, 2020 excludes 3.8 million potential
common shares relating to the convertible preferred units since the assumed issuance had an anti-dilutive effect on the
calculation of diluted earnings per unit.

Refers to cash distributions declared and paid during the period.

Refers to cash distributions declared and paid subsequent to December 31, 2020.

F-48

    
    
    
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
Table of Contents

KNOT OFFSHORE PARTNERS LP

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements (Continued)

As of December 31, 2020, 73.5% of the Partnership’s total number of common units outstanding representing limited partner
interests were held by the public (in the form of 24,036,226 common units) and 26.2% of such units were held directly by KNOT
(in the form of 8,567,500 common units). In addition, KNOT, through its ownership of the General Partner, held a 1.85% general
partner interest (in the form of 615,117 general partner units) and a 0.3% limited partner interest (in the form of 90,368 common
units).

Earnings per unit—basic is determined by dividing net income, after deducting the amount of net income attributable to the

Series A Preferred Units and the distribution paid or to be made in relation to the period by the weighted-average number of units
outstanding during the applicable period.

The computation of limited partners’ interest in net income per common unit—diluted assumes the issuance of common
units for all potentially dilutive securities consisting of the Series A Preferred Units. Consequently, the net income attributable to
limited partners’ interest is exclusive of any distributions on the Series A Preferred Units. In addition, the weighted average
number of common units outstanding has been increased assuming the Series A Preferred Units have been converted to common
units using the if-converted method. The computation of limited partners’ interest in net income per common unit—diluted does
not assume the issuance of Series A Preferred Units if the effect would be anti-dilutive.

The General Partner’s and common unitholders’ interest in net income was calculated as if all net income was distributed
according to the terms of the Partnership Agreement, regardless of whether those earnings would or could be distributed. The
Partnership Agreement does not provide for the distribution of net income. Rather, it provides for the distribution of available
cash, which is a contractually defined term that generally means all cash on hand at the end of each quarter less the amount of
cash reserves established by the Partnership’s board of directors (the “Board”) to provide for the proper conduct of the
Partnership’s business, including reserves for maintenance and replacement capital expenditures, anticipated credit needs and
capital requirements and any accumulated distributions on, or redemptions of, the Series A Preferred Units. In addition, KNOT,
as the initial holder of all IDRs, has the right, at the time when it has received incentive distributions at the highest level to which
it is entitled (48.0% for each of the prior four consecutive fiscal quarters), to reset the initial cash target distribution levels at
higher levels based on the distribution at the time of the exercise of the reset election. Unlike available cash, net income is
affected by non-cash items, such as depreciation and amortization, unrealized gains and losses on derivative instruments and
unrealized foreign currency gains and losses.

Distributions of available cash from operating surplus for any quarter are required to be made in the following manner:

●

●

●

●

●

first , 98.15% to all common unitholders, pro rata, and 1.85% to the General Partner, until each outstanding
common unit has received an amount equal to $0.375 (the “MQD”) for that quarter;

second , 98.15% to all common unitholders, pro rata, and 1.85% to the General Partner, until each outstanding
common unit has received a total of $0.43125 (the “first target distribution”) for that quarter;

third , 85.15% to all common unitholders, pro rata, 1.85% to the General Partner, and 13% to the IDR holders,
pro rata, until each outstanding common unit has received a total of $0.46875 (the “second target distribution”)
for that quarter;

fourth , 75.15% to all common unitholders, pro rata, 1.85% to the General Partner, and 23% to the IDR
holders, pro rata, until each outstanding common unit has received a total of $0.5625 (the “third target
distribution”) for that quarter; and

thereafter , 50.15% to all common unitholders, pro rata, 1.85% to the General Partner, and 48% to the IDR
holders, pro rata.

F-49

Table of Contents

KNOT OFFSHORE PARTNERS LP

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements (Continued)

The percentage interests set forth above assumed that the General Partner continues to own a 1.85% general partner interest

and that the Partnership has not issued additional classes of equity securities.

21) Acquisitions

During the years ended December 31, 2020 and 2018, the Partnership acquired from KNOT equity interests in two

subsidiaries which own and operate the Tove Knutsen and the Anna Knutsen.

The board of directors of the Partnership and the Conflicts Committee approved the purchase price for each transaction. The

Conflicts Committee retained a financial advisor to assist with its evaluation of the transactions. The cost of the fee paid to the
financial advisor was divided equally between the Partnership and KNOT. Acquisition related costs of $0.1 million, $nil million
and $0.1 million as of December 31, 2020, 2019 and 2018, respectively, were expensed as incurred under general and
administrative expenses. The allocation of the purchase price to acquired identifiable assets was based on their estimated fair
values at the date of acquisition. The purchase price of each acquisition has been allocated to the identifiable assets acquired. The
details of each transaction are as follows:

(U.S. Dollars in thousands)
Purchase consideration (1)
Less: Fair value of net assets acquired:
Vessels and equipment (2)
Cash
Inventories
Derivatives assets (liabilities)
Others current assets
Amounts due from related parties
Long-term debt
Long-term debt from related parties
Deferred debt issuance costs
Trade accounts payable
Accrued expenses
Amounts due to related parties
Total purchase consideration
Difference between the purchase price and fair value of net assets acquired

(1)

The purchase consideration comprises the following:

(U.S. Dollars in thousands)
Cash consideration paid to KNOT (from KNOP)
Purchase price adjustments
Acquisition-related costs
Purchase price

Final
Tove Knutsen
December 31,
2020

Final
Anna Knutsen
March 1,
2018

$

21,898

$

19,913

117,978
804
136
(3,537)
270

—   

(93,139)

—   

769
(430)
(622)
(331)
21,898

$

— $

120,274
4,537
257
1,839
111
520
(84,217)
(22,535)
1,228
(971)
(1,013)
(117)
19,913
—

Final
Tove Knutsen
December 31,
2020

Final
Anna Knutsen
March 1,
2018

$

$

25,430
(3,596)
64
21,898

$

$

14,637
5,276
—
19,913

(2)

Vessel and equipment includes allocation to drydocking for the following vessels (in thousands): Tove Knutsen of
$3,040 and Anna Knutsen of $2,329.

F-50

    
  
 
 
 
  
 
  
 
  
 
  
 
  
 
 
  
 
 
  
 
  
 
  
 
  
 
  
    
    
 
 
Table of Contents

Tove Knutsen

KNOT OFFSHORE PARTNERS LP

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements (Continued)

On December 31, 2020, the Partnership's wholly owned subsidiary, KNOT Shuttle Tankers AS, acquired KNOT's 100%
interest in KNOT Shuttle Tankers 34 AS ("KNOT 34"), the company that owns and operates the Tove Knutsen. The purchase
price for the vessel was $117.8 million, less $93.1 million of outstanding indebtedness, plus approximately $0.8 million for
certain capitalized fees related to the financing of the vessel and minus other purchase price adjustments of $3.6 million.

Anna Knutsen

On March 1, 2018, the Partnership’s wholly owned subsidiary, KNOT Shuttle Tankers AS, acquired KNOT’s 100% interest

in KNOT Shuttle Tankers 30 AS (“KNOT 30”), the company that owns and operates the Anna Knutsen. The purchase price for
the vessel was $120.0 millionf, less $106.8 million of outstanding indebtedness, plus approximately $1.4 million for certain
capitalized fees related to the financing of the vessel and plus other purchase price adjustments of $5.3 million.

22) Subsequent Events

The Partnership has evaluated subsequent events from the balance sheet date through March 18, 2021, the date at which the

audited consolidated financial statements were available to be issued, and determined that there are no other items to disclose,
except as follows:

On February 11, 2021, the Partnership paid a quarterly cash distribution of $0.52 per common unit with respect to the quarter

ended December 31, 2020. The aggregate amount of the distribution was $18.0 million. On February 11, 2021, the Partnership
also paid a cash distribution to holders of Series A Preferred Units with respect to the quarter ended December 31, 2020 in an
aggregate amount equal to $1.8 million.

On December 30, 2020, the Partnership through its wholly-owned subsidiary, Knutsen Shuttle Tankers 19 AS, which owned

the Raquel Knutsen, agreed to enter into a sale and leaseback agreement with a Japanese-based lessor for a lease period of ten
years. The closing of the transaction occurred on January 19, 2021. The gross sales price was $94.3 million and a portion of the
proceeds was used to repay the outstanding loan and cancelation of the interest rate swap agreements related to the vessel. The
bareboat rate under the lease consists of a fixed element per day and there is a fixed-price purchase obligation at maturity. After
repayment of the loan and related interest rate swaps, the Partnership realized net proceeds of $38 million after fees and expenses.

On March 1, 2020, the Tove Knutsen developed a technical default due to leakage from its controllable pitch propeller. The
Tove Knutsen is in Rio de Janeiro waiting for spare parts, which are estimated to arrive around March 18, 2021. The Partnership 
expects the vessel to be in operation again around March 21, 2021. Under its loss of hire insurance policies, the Partnership will 
be compensated by insurance for the contractual hire rate for the Tove Knutsen for each day in excess of 14 deductible days while
the vessel is off-hire, for a maximum of 180 days. The Partnership also expects that the repair cost will be covered by insurance,
in excess of a deductible of $150,000. The Partnership currently estimates that the aggregate cost to it due to the propeller default
(including off-hire and repairs) will be approximately $0.3 million.

On March 9, 2021, the charterer of the Bodil Knutsen, Equinor did not notify the Partnership by this due date of its intention

to exercise its option to extend the time charter for the vessel. The charter is currently expected to expire on April 9, 2021.

The Partnership has agreed on the commercial terms for an expected one-year fixed time charter contract for the Windsor
Knutsen (with potential options to extend the charter by one one-year period and then one six-month period) with a major oil
company to commence in the third quarter of 2021.

F-51

Exhibit 4.22

Dated 28 June 2019

KNOT SHUTTLE TANKERS 34 AS
KNOT SHUTTLE TANKERS 35 AS
as joint and several Borrowers

with

KNUTSEN NYK OFFSHORE TANKERS AS
as Guarantor

arranged by

MUFG BANK, LTD.
acting as Mandated Lead Arranger and Bookrunner

with

THE FINANCIAL INSTITUTIONS LISTED IN SCHEDULE 1
acting as Original Lenders

THE FINANCIAL INSTITUTIONS LISTED IN SCHEDULE 2
acting as Hedging Banks

and

MUFG BANK, LTD.
acting as Agent

USD192,100,000 FACILITY AGREEMENT 
in relation to the financing of two DP2 shuttle tankers with hull nos.
3114 and 3115 under construction at Hyundai Heavy Industries,
Co. Ltd.

HFW
www.hfw.com

TABLE OF CONTENTS

Clause

1.
2.
3.
4.
5.
6.
7.
8.
9.
10.
11.
12.
13.
14.
15.
16.
17.
18.
19.
20.
21.
22.
23.
24.
25.
26.
27.
28.
29.
30.
31.
32.
33.
34.
35.
36.

DEFINITIONS AND INTERPRETATION
THE FACILITIES
PURPOSE
CONDITIONS OF UTILISATION
UTILISATION
EXTENT OF LIABILITY
REPAYMENT
PREPAYMENT AND CANCELLATION
INTEREST
INTEREST PERIODS
CHANGES TO THE CALCULATION OF INTEREST
FEES
TAX GROSS UP AND INDEMNITIES
INCREASED COSTS
OTHER INDEMNITIES
MITIGATION BY THE LENDERS
COSTS AND EXPENSES
SECURITY
GUARANTEE AND INDEMNITY
REPRESENTATIONS
INFORMATION UNDERTAKINGS
FINANCIAL COVENANTS
GENERAL UNDERTAKINGS
VESSEL UNDERTAKINGS – PRE-DELIVERY
VESSEL UNDERTAKINGS – POST-DELIVERY
EVENTS OF DEFAULT
CHANGES TO THE LENDERS
CHANGES TO THE OBLIGORS
ROLE OF THE AGENT, THE BOOKRUNNER, THE MANDATED LEAD ARRANGER AND THE REFERENCE BANKS
CONDUCT OF BUSINESS BY THE FINANCE PARTIES
SHARING AMONG THE FINANCE PARTIES
PAYMENT MECHANICS
SET-OFF
NOTICES
CALCULATIONS AND CERTIFICATES
PARTIAL INVALIDITY

Page

1
22
22
23
24
26
28
29
33
34
35
36
36
40
41
42
42
43
44
47
52
54
57
63
64
69
72
76
78
85
85
86
88
88
91
91

REMEDIES AND WAIVERS
37.
AMENDMENTS AND WAIVERS
38.
COUNTERPARTS
39.
CONFLICT
40.
DISCLOSURE OF INFORMATION AND CONFIDENTIALITY
41.
CONFIDENTIALITY OF FUNDING RATES AND REFERENCE BANK QUOTATIONS
42.
"KNOW YOUR CUSTOMER" CHECKS
43.
CONTRACTUAL RECOGNITION OF BAIL-IN
44.
GOVERNING LAW
45.
46.
ENFORCEMENT
SCHEDULE 1 THE ORIGINAL LENDERS
SCHEDULE 2 THE ORIGINAL HEDGING BANKS
SCHEDULE 3 CONDITIONS PRECEDENT AND SUBSEQUENT
SCHEDULE 4 FORM OF UTILISATION REQUEST
SCHEDULE 5 FORM OF TRANSFER CERTIFICATE
SCHEDULE 6 FORM OF COMPLIANCE CERTIFICATE
SCHEDULE 7 FORM OF ACCESSION LETTER
SCHEDULE 8 STRUCTURE CHART
SCHEDULE 9 REPAYMENT SCHEDULE
SCHEDULE 10 FORM OF DROP DOWN CONFIRMATION LETTER

91
91
93
93
93
94
95
96
96
96
98
99
100
107
108
110
111
114
115
116

THIS AGREEMENT is made on 28 June 2019

BETWEEN

(1)

(2)

(3)

(4)

(5)

(6)

KNOT SHUTTLE TANKERS 34 AS, a company incorporated under the laws of Norway with Norwegian registration no. 921 065
698 having its registered office at Smedasundet 40, N-5529 Haugesund, Norway (Borrower A) and KNOT SHUTTLE TANKERS
35 AS, a company incorporated under the laws of Norway with Norwegian registration no. 821 065 852 having its registered office at
Smedasundet  40,  N-5529  Haugesund,  Norway  (Borrower  B)  as  joint  and  several  borrowers  (together  the  Borrowers  and  each
individually a Borrower);

KNUTSEN NYK OFFSHORE TANKERS AS, a company incorporated under the laws of Norway with Norwegian registration no.
995 221 713 having its registered office at Smedasundet 40, N-5529 Haugesund, Norway as guarantor (KNOT);

MUFG  BANK,  LTD.,  acting  through  its  office  at  25  Ropemaker  Street,  London,  EC2Y  9AN,  United  Kingdom  as  mandated  lead
arranger (in that capacity, the Mandated Lead Arranger) and bookrunner (in that capacity, the Bookrunner);

THE FINANCIAL INSTITUTIONS whose names and Facility Offices are listed in Schedule 1 as lenders (the Original Lenders);

THE  FINANCIAL  INSTITUTIONS  whose  names  and  Facility  Offices  are  listed  in  Schedule  2  as  hedging  banks  (the  Original
Hedging Banks); and

MUFG BANK, LTD., acting through its office at 25 Ropemaker Street, London, EC2Y 9AN, United Kingdom as facility agent and
security agent for the other Finance Parties and the Hedging Banks (the Agent).

IT IS AGREED as follows:

1.

1.1

DEFINITIONS AND INTERPRETATION

Definitions

In this Agreement:

SECTION 1
INTERPRETATION

Accession Letter means an accession letter signed and presented to the Agent by the Borrowers, KNOT and KNOP in respect of the
Drop  Down  and  the  replacement  of  KNOT  by  KNOP  and  KNOT  ST  as  Guarantors  in  respect  of  Borrower  A  and/or  Borrower  B
substantially in the form set out in Schedule 7 (Form Of Accession Letter).

Account Bank means DNB Bank ASA, Norwegian registration no. 984 851 006, a banking institution  organised under the laws of
Norway acting through its office at Solheimsgaten 7C, N-5058 Bergen, Norway.

Account Pledges means together the Borrower A Account Pledge and the Borrower B Account Pledge, and  Account Pledge means
either of them.

Accounts means together:

(a)

(b)

the Borrower A Account; and

the Borrower B Account,

and Account means either of them.

Affiliate means, in relation to any person, a Subsidiary of that person or a Holding Company of that person or any other Subsidiary of
that Holding Company.

1

Aggregate Project Cost means, in respect of a Vessel, the sum of the contract amount payable to the Shipyard pursuant to the relevant
Shipbuilding Contract, including variation orders, and other documented capital expenditures related to supervision, buyer's supplies,
the  cost  of  delivering  the  Vessel  to  the  Charterer  under  the  Charter  (including  but  not  limited  to  the  costs  of  transportation  to  the
location  of  delivery  of  the  Vessel  under  Charter)  and  finance.  This  amount  is  estimated  to  be  approximately  USD113,000,000  per
Vessel.

Agreement means this facility agreement, as it may be amended, supplemented and varied in writing from time to time, including its
schedules.

Approved Ship Registry means the Norwegian Ordinary Ship Registry (NOR), the Norwegian International Ship Registry (NIS), the
Danish  International  Ship  Registry  (DIS),  the  ship  registries  of  Malta,  the  United  Kingdom,  the  Isle  of  Man,  Bermuda,  Panama  or
Liberia, or any other ship registry as approved in writing by the Agent (on behalf of all Lenders).

Approved Shipbroker means  Fearnleys  AS,  Clarkson  Platou  AS  and  Lorentzen  &  Stemoco  or  such  other  firm  of  internationally
reputable shipbrokers acceptable to the Agent (on behalf of all Lenders).

Authorisation means an authorisation, consent, approval, resolution, licence, exemption, filing, notarisation or registration.

Available Commitment means a Lender's Commitment in respect of a Tranche minus:

(a)

(b)

the amount of its participation in any outstanding Loans utilised under that Tranche; and

in relation to any proposed Utilisation, the amount of its participation in any Loans that are due to be made utilised under that
Tranche on or before the proposed Utilisation Date.

Available Facility means, in respect of a Tranche, the aggregate for the time being of each Lender's Available Commitment in relation
to that Tranche.

Availability Period means, in respect of a Tranche, the period from and including the date of this Agreement to and including:

(a)

(b)

31 March 2021 in respect of the Pre-Delivery Tranche A and the Post-Delivery Tranche A; and

31 May 2021 in respect of the Pre-Delivery Tranche B and the Post-Delivery Tranche B.

Bail-In Action means the exercise of any Write-down and Conversion Powers.

Bail-In Legislation means:

(a)

(b)

in  relation  to  an  EEA  Member  Country  which  has  implemented,  or  which  at  any  time  implements,  Article  55  BRRD,  the
relevant implementing law or regulation as described in the EU Bail-In Legislation Schedule from time to time; and

in relation to any state other than such an EEA Member Country or (to the extent that the United Kingdom is not such an
EEA Member Country) the United Kingdom, any analogous law or regulation from time to time which requires contractual
recognition of any Write-down and Conversion Powers contained in that law or regulation.

Basel  II  Accord means  the  "International  Convergence  of  Capital  Measurement  and  Capital  Standards,  a  Revised  Framework"
published by the Basel Committee on Banking Supervision in June 2004 as updated prior to, and in the form existing on, the date of
this Agreement, excluding any amendment thereto arising out of the Basel III Accord.

Basel II Approach means, in relation to any Finance Party, either the Standardised Approach or the relevant Internal Ratings Based
Approach  (each  as  defined  in  the  Basel  II  Accord)  adopted  by  that  Finance  Party  (or  any  of  its  Affiliates)  for  the  purposes  of
implementing or complying with the Basel II Accord.

2

Basel II Regulation means:

(a)

any  law  or  regulation  implementing  the  Basel  II  Accord  (including  the  relevant  provisions  of  directive  2013/36/EU  (CRD
IV) and regulation 575/2013 (CRR) of the European Union) to the extent only that such law or regulation re-enacts and/or
implements the requirements of the Basel II Accord but excluding any provision of such law or regulation implementing the
Basel III Accord; and

(b)

any Basel II Approach adopted by a Finance Party or any of its Affiliates.

Basel III Accord means, together:

(a)

(b)

the agreements on capital requirements, a leverage ratio and liquidity standards contained in "Basel III: A global regulatory
framework for more resilient banks and banking systems", "Basel III: International framework for liquidity risk measurement,
standards and monitoring" and "Guidance for national authorities operating the countercyclical capital buffer" published by
the Basel Committee on Banking Supervision in December 2010, each as amended, supplemented or restated;

the  rules  for  global  systemically  important  banks  contained  in  "Global  systemically  important  banks:  assessment
methodology  and  the  additional  loss  absorbency  requirement  -  Rules  text"  published  by  the  Basel  Committee  on  Banking
Supervision in November 2011, as amended, supplemented or restated; and

(c)

any further guidance or standards published by the Basel Committee on Banking Supervision relating to "Basel III".

Basel III Regulation means any law or regulation implementing the Basel III Accord (including CRD IV and CRR) save to the extent
that such law or regulation re-enacts a Basel II Regulation.

Borrower  A  Account  Pledge means  an  agreement  dated  on  or  about  the  date  hereof  for  the  pledge  of  the  Borrower  A  Account,
entered or to be entered into between Borrower A and the Agent (on behalf of the Finance Parties and the Hedging Banks) in form and
substance satisfactory to the Agent (on behalf of the Finance Parties and the Hedging Banks).

Borrower A Account means USD account no. NO45 1250 0585 267, held in the name of Borrower A with the Account Bank.

Borrower A Factoring Agreement means a Norwegian law factoring agreement in the amount of USD230,520,000 dated on or about
the date hereof between Borrower A and the Agent (on behalf of the Finance Parties and the Hedging Banks) in form and substance
satisfactory  to  the  Agent  (on  behalf  of  the  Finance  Parties  and  the  Hedging  Banks),  to  be  registered  against  Borrower  A  with  the
Norwegian Registry of Movable Property (in Norwegian, Løsøreregisteret).

Borrower A Hedging Agreement  Security means  a deed  or other  instrument  creating  security  over Borrower  A's rights  under the
Hedging Agreements to which it is or is to become a party to be entered into between Borrower A and the Agent (on behalf of the
Finance  Parties  and  the  Hedging  Banks)  in  form  and  substance  satisfactory  to  the  Agent  (on  behalf  of  the  Finance  Parties  and  the
Hedging Banks).

Borrower A Mortgage means a first priority mortgage in the amount of USD230,520,000 (and deed of covenants or declaration of
pledge  collateral  thereto  (if  applicable)),  to  be  executed  and  recorded  by  Borrower  A  against  Vessel  A  in  favour  of  the  Agent  (on
behalf of the Finance Parties and the Hedging Banks) in the relevant Approved Ship Registry, in form and substance satisfactory to the
Agent (on behalf of the Finance Parties and the Hedging Banks).

Borrower A Pre-Delivery Assignment Agreement means an agreement dated on or about the date hereof for the assignment of all
present and future rights under and in connection with the Shipbuilding Contract A and the Refund Guarantee A, entered into between
Borrower A and the Agent (on behalf of the Finance Parties and the Hedging Banks) in form and substance satisfactory to the Agent
(on behalf of the Finance Parties and the Hedging Banks).

3

Borrower A Post-Delivery  Assignment Agreement means  an  agreement  dated  on  or  about  the  Delivery  Date  of  Vessel  A for  the
assignment  of the Earnings, the Insurances  and any Requisition Compensation in respect  of Vessel A, entered  or to be entered  into
between Borrower A and the Agent (on behalf of the Finance Parties and the Hedging Banks) in form and substance satisfactory to the
Agent (on behalf of the Finance Parties and the Hedging Banks).

Borrower A Share Pledge means an agreement for the charge/pledge of 100% of the shares in Borrower A dated on or about the date
hereof or on or about a Drop Down Date (as the case may be) in agreed form between (a) KNOT or KNOP (or a Subsidiary of KNOP)
(as  the  case  may  be,  prior  to  and  as  from  the  relevant  Drop  Down  Date  respectively)  and  (b)  the  Agent  (on  behalf  of  the  Finance
Parties and the Hedging Banks).

Borrower  B  Account  Pledge means  an  agreement  dated  on  or  about  the  date  hereof  for  the  pledge  of  the  Borrower  B  Account,
entered or to be entered into between Borrower B and the Agent (on behalf of the Finance Parties and the Hedging Banks) in form and
substance satisfactory to the Agent (on behalf of the Finance Parties and the Hedging Banks).

Borrower B Account means USD account no. NO45 1250 0585 275, held in the name of Borrower B with the Account Bank.

Borrower B Factoring Agreement means a Norwegian law factoring agreement in the amount of USD230,520,000 dated on or about
the date hereof between Borrower B and the Agent (on behalf of the Finance Parties and the Hedging Banks) in form and substance
satisfactory  to  the  Agent  (on  behalf  of  the  Finance  Parties  and  the  Hedging  Banks),  to  be  registered  against  Borrower  B  with  the
Norwegian Registry of Movable Property (in Norwegian, Løsøreregisteret).

Borrower B Hedging Agreement Security means  a  deed  or  other  instrument  creating  security  over  Borrower  B's  rights  under  the
Hedging Agreements to which it is or is to become a party to be entered into between Borrower B and the Agent (on behalf of the
Finance  Parties  and  the  Hedging  Banks)  in  form  and  substance  satisfactory  to  the  Agent  (on  behalf  of  the  Finance  Parties  and  the
Hedging Banks).

Borrower B Mortgage means a first priority mortgage in the amount of USD230,520,000 (and deed of covenants or declaration of
pledge  collateral  thereto  (if  applicable)),  to  be  executed  and  recorded  by  Borrower  B  against  Vessel  B  in  favour  of  the  Agent  (on
behalf of the Finance Parties and the Hedging Banks) in the relevant Approved Ship Registry, in form and substance satisfactory to the
Agent (on behalf of the Finance Parties and the Hedging Banks).

Borrower B Pre-Delivery Assignment Agreement means an agreement dated on or about the date hereof for the assignment of all
present and future rights under and in connection with the Shipbuilding Contract B and the Refund Guarantee B, entered into between
Borrower B and the Agent (on behalf of the Finance Parties and the Hedging Banks) in form and substance satisfactory to the Agent
(on behalf of the Finance Parties and the Hedging Banks).

Borrower B Post-Delivery  Assignment Agreement means  an  agreement  dated  on  or  about  the  Delivery  Date  of  Vessel  B  for  the
assignment  of the  Earnings,  the  Insurances  and any  Requisition  Compensation  in  respect  of  Vessel B, entered  or to  be entered  into
between Borrower B and the Agent (on behalf of the Finance Parties and the Hedging Banks) in form and substance satisfactory to the
Agent (on behalf of the Finance Parties and the Hedging Banks).

Borrower B Share Pledge means an agreement for the charge/pledge of 100% of the shares in Borrower B dated on or about the date
hereof or on or about a Drop Down Date (as the case may be) in agreed form between (a) KNOT or KNOP (or a Subsidiary of KNOP)
(as  the  case  may  be,  prior  to  and  as  from  the  relevant  Drop  Down  Date  respectively)  and  (b)  the  Agent  (on  behalf  of  the  Finance
Parties and the Hedging Banks).

Break Costs means the amount (if any) by which:

(a)

the interest (excluding the Margin) which a Lender should have received for the period from the date of receipt of all or any
part  of  its  participation  in  a  Loan  or  Unpaid  Sum  to  the  last  day  of  the  current  Interest  Period  in  respect  of  that  Loan  or
Unpaid Sum, had the principal amount or Unpaid Sum received been paid on the last day of that Interest Period;

4

exceeds:

(b)

the amount which that Lender would be able to obtain by placing an amount equal to the principal amount or Unpaid Sum
received  by  it  on  deposit  with  a  leading  bank  in  the  Relevant  Interbank  Market  for  a  period  starting  on  the  Business  Day
following receipt or recovery and ending on the last day of the current Interest Period.

Business Day means  a  day  (other  than  a  Saturday  or  Sunday)  on  which  banks  and  foreign  exchange  markets  are  open  for  general
business in London, New York City, Tokyo and Oslo.

Change of Control means:

(a)

if one or both Borrowers are owned by KNOT:

(i)

(ii)

if  KNOT  does  not  own  or  is  not  able  to  vote  for  (directly  or  indirectly)  all  of  the  shares  in  the  Borrowers  or,
following the Drop Down of one of the Borrowers only, the Borrower not owned by KNOP; or

if  TS  Shipping  Invest  AS  (or  a  100%  owned  subsidiary  of  TS  Shipping  Invest  AS)  and  NYK  Logistics  Holding
(Europe) B.V. (or Nippon Yusen Kabushiki Kaisha or another 100% subsidiary of Nippon Yusen Kabushiki Kaisha)
each does not own or is not able to vote for (directly or indirectly) for 50% the shares in KNOT; and/or

(b)

if one or both Borrowers are owned by KNOP:

(i)

(ii)

(iii)

(iv)

(v)

(vi)

(vii)

if  TS  Shipping  Invest  AS  (or  a  100%  owned  subsidiary  of  TS  Shipping  Invest  AS)  and  NYK  Logistics  Holding
(Europe)  B.V.  (or  Nippon  Yusen  Kabushiki  Kaisha  or  another  100  %  subsidiary  of  Nippon  Yusen  Kabushiki
Kaisha) each does not own or is not able to vote for (directly or indirectly) for 50% the shares in KNOT;

if  KNOP  does  not  own  or  is  not  able  to  vote  for  (directly  or  indirectly)  all  of  the  shares  in  the  Borrowers  or,
following the Drop Down of one of the Borrowers only, the Borrower not owned by KNOT;

if KNOP does not own or is not able to vote for (directly or indirectly) all of the shares in KNOT ST;

if KNOT does not own or is not able to vote for (directly or indirectly) all of the shares in the General Partner (being
the general partner in KNOP);

the General Partner ceases to be to general partner of KNOP;

if KNOT does not own at least 25% of all the common and general partner units in KNOP (capital and voting rights
to be subject to the limitations on voting rights relating to election of board members, amendments and certain other
matters as set out in the limited partnership agreement entered into in relation to KNOP); or

if any person or group of persons acting in concert (other than KNOT and/or any of its wholly owned Subsidiaries)
acquires,  legally  or  beneficially,  and  either  directly  or  indirectly,  more  than  33.33%  of  the  common  and  general
partner units or voting rights in KNOP,

(paragraphs (i) – (vii) being a KNOP Change of Control).

Charterer means Equinor Shipping Inc., a company incorporated under the laws of the United States of America having its registered
office  at  120  Long  Ridge  Road,  Suite  3E01,  Stamford,  CT  06902,  United  States  of  America,  a  company  within  the  Equinor  ASA
group.

Charterparty A means the time charterparty agreement dated 26 September 2018 entered into between Borrower A and the Charterer
for  the  chartering  of Vessel  A for  a  period  of 7 years  from  the  Delivery  Date  of Vessel  A at  a  daily  time  charter  rate  of  minimum
USD45,800 per day.

5

Charterparty B means the time charterparty agreement dated 26 September 2018 entered into between Borrower B and the Charterer
for  the  chartering  of  Vessel  B  for  a  period  of  5  years  from  the  Delivery  Date  of  Vessel  B  at  a  daily  time  charter  rate  of  minimum
USD45,800 per day.

Charterparties means together Charterparty A and Charterparty B, and Charterparty means either of them.

Classification  Society means,  in  respect  of  a  Vessel,  DNV  GL  or  such  other  classification  society  which  is  a  member  of  the
International Association of Classification Societies as may be approved in writing by in the Agent (acting upon instructions from the
Majority Lenders).

Code means the US Internal Revenue Code of 1986.

Commitment means, in respect of a Tranche or Facility:

(a)

(b)

in relation to an Original Lender, the amount set opposite its name in respect of that Tranche or Facility in Schedule 1 (The
Original Lenders) and the amount of any other Commitment in respect of that Tranche or Facility transferred to it under this
Agreement; and

in  relation  to  any  other  Lender,  the  amount  of  any  Commitment  transferred  to  it  under  this  Agreement  in  respect  of  that
Tranche or Facility,

to the extent not cancelled, reduced or transferred by it under this Agreement.

Compliance Certificate means a certificate substantially in the form set out in Schedule 6 (Form of Compliance Certificate).

Default means an Event of Default or any event  or circumstance  specified  in Clause 26 (Events of Default) which  would  (with  the
expiry of a grace period, the giving of notice, the making of any determination under the Finance Documents or any combination of
any of the foregoing) be an Event of Default.

Delivery Date means, in respect of a Vessel, the date of delivery of that Vessel from the Shipyard to the relevant Borrower pursuant to
the relevant Shipbuilding Contract, scheduled to be on 30 June 2020 for Vessel A and on 31 August 2020 for Vessel B.

Disruption Event means either or both of:

(a)

(b)

a  material  disruption  to  those  payment  or  communications  systems  or  to  those  financial  markets  which  are,  in  each  case,
required to operate in order for payments to be made in connection with the Facility (or otherwise in order for the transactions
contemplated by the Finance Documents to be carried out) which disruption is not caused by, and is beyond the control of,
any of the Parties; or

the occurrence of any other event which results in a disruption (of a technical or systems-related  nature) to the treasury or
payments operations of a Party preventing that, or any other Party:

(i)

(ii)

from performing its payment obligations under the Finance Documents; or

from communicating with other Parties in accordance with the terms of the Finance Documents,

and which (in either such case) is not caused by, and is beyond the control of, the Party whose operations are disrupted.

DOC means in relation to the Manager of a Vessel a valid document of compliance issued to such company pursuant to paragraph 14.2
of the ISM Code.

Drop Down means the acquisition by KNOP (or a Subsidiary of KNOP) of 100% of the shares in a Borrower.

6

Drop Down Date means the date on which a Drop Down actually takes place, as determined in accordance with Clause 28.2 (KNOP
and KNOT ST as replacement Guarantors).

Earnings means all moneys whatsoever which are now or later become, payable (actually or contingently) to a Borrower in respect of
and/or arising out of the use of or operation of a Vessel, including (but not limited to):

(a)

(b)

(c)

(d)

(e)

(f)

(g)

(h)

all freight, hire and passage moneys payable to that Borrower, including (without limitation) payments of any nature under
any contract or any other agreement for the employment, use, possession, management and/or operation of that Vessel;

any claim under any guarantees related to hire payable to that Vessel as a consequence of the operation of that Vessel;

any compensation payable to that Borrower in the event of any requisition of that Vessel or for the use of that Vessel by any
government authority or other competent authority;

remuneration for salvage, towage and other services performed by that Vessel payable to that Borrower;

demurrage and retention money receivable by that Borrower in relation to that Vessel;

all moneys which are at any time payable under the Insurances in respect of loss of earnings from that Vessel;

if and whenever that Vessel is employed on terms whereby any moneys falling within paragraphs (a) to (f) above are pooled
or shared with any other person, that proportion of the net receipts of the relevant pooling or sharing arrangement which is
attributable to that Vessel; and

any other money which arise out of the use of or operation of that Vessel and moneys whatsoever due or to become due to
that Borrower from third parties in relation to that Vessel.

Environmental  Claim means  any  claim,  proceeding,  formal  notice  or  investigation  by  any  person  or  company  in  respect  of  any
Environmental Law or Environmental Permits.

Environmental Law means any applicable law or regulation which relates to:

(a)

(b)

(c)

(d)

the pollution or protection of the environment or to the carriage of material which is capable of polluting the environment;

harm to or the protection of human health;

the conditions of the workplace; or

any emission or substance capable of causing harm to any living organism or the environment.

Environmental  Permits means  any  permit,  licence,  consent,  approval  and  other  and  other  authorisation  and  the  filing  of  any
notification,  report  or  assessment  required  under  any  Environmental  Law  for  the  operation  of  business  conducted  on  or  from  the
properties owned or used by an Obligor.

EU  Bail-In  Legislation  Schedule means  the  document  described  as  such  and  published  by  the  Loan  Market  Association  (or  any
successor person) from time to time.

Event of Default means any event or circumstance specified as such in Clause 26 (Events of Default).

Existing Shipyard means Korea Shipbuilding & Offshore Engineering Co., Ltd. (formerly known as Hyundai Heavy Industries, Co.,
Ltd.), a company organised and existing under the laws of the Republic of Korea, having its registered office at Hyundai Building 75,
Yulgo-ro, Jongno-gu. Seoul, Korea.

FA Act means the Norwegian Financial Agreements Act of 25 June 1999 No. 46 (in Norwegian, finansavtaleloven).

7

Facilities means together the Pre-Delivery Facility and the Post-Delivery Facility, and Facility means either of them.

Facility Office means:

(a)

(b)

in respect of an Original Lender or Original Hedging Bank, the office through which it will perform its obligations under this
Agreement or the relevant Hedging Agreement, as the case may be, being the office specified against its name in Schedule 1
(The Original Lenders) or Schedule 2 (The Original Hedging Banks);

in respect of any other Lender or Hedging Bank, the office through which it will perform its obligations under this Agreement
or the relevant Hedging Agreement, as the case may be, as notified to the Agent in writing on or before the date it becomes a
Lender or Hedging Bank; or

(c)

in respect of any other Finance Party, the office in the jurisdiction in which it is resident for tax purposes,

or, in each such case, as the case may be, or such other office as may be selected by it and notified to the Agent in accordance with
Clause 27.8 (Change of Facility Office).

Facility Period means the period commencing on the date of this Agreement and ending on the date on which the Agent notifies the
Borrowers, the other Finance Parties and the Hedging Banks that:

(a)

(b)

(c)

(d)

all  amounts  which  have  become  due  for  payment  by  the  Borrowers  under  the  Finance  Documents  and  the  Hedging
Agreements have been paid;

no amount is owing or has accrued (without yet having become due for payment) under any of the Finance Documents and
the Hedging Agreements;

none  of  the  Obligors  have  any  future  or  contingent  liability  under  any  provision  of  this  Agreement,  the  other  Finance
Documents and the Hedging Agreements; and

the Agent, the Lenders and the Hedging Banks do not consider that there is a significant risk that any payment or transaction
under  a  Finance  Document  or  a  Hedging  Agreement  would  be  set  aside,  or  would  have  to  be  reversed  or  adjusted,  in  any
present  or  possible  future  proceeding  relating  to  a  Finance  Document  or  a  Hedging  Agreement  or  any  asset  covered  (or
previously covered) by a Security created by a Finance Document or a Hedging Agreement.

Factoring  Agreements means  together  the  Borrower  A  Factoring  Agreement  and  the  Borrower  B  Factoring  Agreement,  and
Factoring Agreement means either of them.

FATCA means:

(a)

(b)

(c)

sections 1471 to 1474 of the Code or any associated regulations;

any treaty, law or regulation of any other jurisdiction, or relating to an intergovernmental agreement between the US and any
other jurisdiction, which (in either case) facilitates the implementation of any law or regulation referred to in paragraph (a)
above; or

any agreement pursuant to the implementation of any treaty, law or regulation referred to in paragraphs (a) or (b) above with
the US Internal Revenue Service, the US government or any governmental or taxation authority in any other jurisdiction.

FATCA Application Date means:

(a)

(b)

in relation to a "withholdable payment" described in section 1473(1)(A)(i) of the Code (which relates to payments of interest
and certain other payments from sources within the US), 1 July 2014; or

in relation to a "passthru payment" described in section 1471(d)(7) of the Code not falling within paragraphs (a) above, the
first date from which such payment may become subject to a deduction or withholding required by FATCA.

8

FATCA Deduction means a deduction or withholding from a payment under a Finance Document required by FATCA.

FATCA Exempt Party means a Party that is entitled to receive payments free from any FATCA Deduction.

Fee Letter means any fee letter dated on or about the date of this Agreement from the Agent to the Borrowers and KNOT setting out
any of the fees referred to in Clause 12.3 (Other fees).

Final Maturity Date means:

(a)

(b)

(c)

(d)

in respect of the Pre-Delivery Tranche A, the earlier of the Delivery Date of Vessel A and 31 March 2021;

in respect of the Pre-Delivery Tranche B, the earlier of the Delivery Date of Vessel B and 31 May 2021;

in respect of the Post-Delivery Tranche A, the date falling 60 Months after the Utilisation Date of the Post-Delivery Tranche
A; and

in respect of the Post-Delivery Tranche B, the date falling 60 Months after the Utilisation Date of the Post-Delivery Tranche
B.

Finance  Document  means  this  Agreement  (including  the  Guarantees),  any  Security  Document,  any  Fee  Letter,  any  Manager's
Undertaking,  any  Accession  Letter,  any  Letter  of  Quiet  Enjoyment,  any  other  document  designated  as  such  by  the  Agent  and  the
Borrowers  and,  as  long  as  there  is  an  Event  of  Default  which  is  continuing  and  for  the  purposes  of  Clause  31  (Sharing among the
Finance Parties), Clause 32 (Payment mechanics) and Clause 33 (Set-off) only, Finance Document shall also include any Hedging
Agreement to which a Borrower to whom that Event of Default relates is a party.

Finance Party means the Agent, the Mandated Lead Arranger, the Bookrunner, a Lender or, as long as there is an Event of Default
which  is  continuing  and  for  the  purposes  of  Clause  31  (Sharing  among  the  Finance  Parties),  Clause  32  (Payment mechanics) and
Clause 33 (Set-off) only, Finance Party shall also include the Hedging Banks under any Hedging Agreement to which a Borrower to
whom that Event of Default relates.

Financial Indebtedness means any indebtedness for or in respect of:

(a)

(b)

(c)

(d)

(e)

(f)

(g)

moneys borrowed;

any amount raised by acceptance under any acceptance credit facility or dematerialised equivalent;

any amount raised pursuant to any note purchase facility or the issue of bonds, notes, debentures, loan stock or any similar
instrument;

the  amount  of  any  liability  in  respect  of  any  lease  or  hire  purchase  contract  which  would,  in  accordance  with  the  relevant
GAAP, be treated as a finance or capital lease;

receivables sold or discounted (other than any receivables to the extent they are sold on a non-recourse basis);

any amount raised under any other transaction (including any forward sale or purchase agreement) of a type not referred to in
any other paragraph of this definition having the commercial effect of a borrowing;

any derivative transaction entered into in connection with protection against or benefit from fluctuation in any rate or price
(and, when calculating the value (or, if any actual amount is due as a result of the termination or close-out of that derivative
transaction, that amount) of any derivative transaction, only the marked to market value shall be taken into account);

(h)

any counter-indemnity obligation in respect of a guarantee, indemnity, bond, standby or

9

documentary letter of credit or any other instrument issued by a bank or financial institution; and

(i)

the amount of any liability in respect of any guarantee or indemnity for any of the items referred to in paragraphs (a) to (h)
above.

Flag State means, in respect of a Vessel, such state or territory (being the state or territory of an Approved Ship Registry) in which the
relevant  Borrower's  ownership  title  of  that  Vessel  is  from  time  to  time  registered  in  accordance  with  the  provisions  of  the  Finance
Documents.

Funding Rate means any individual rate notified by a Lender to the Agent pursuant to paragraph (a)(ii) of Clause 11.4 (Cost of funds).

GAAP means:

(a)

(b)

in relation to the Borrowers, KNOT ST and KNOT, generally accepted accounting principles in Norway, including IFRS; and

in relation to KNOP, generally accepted accounting principles in the United States of America, including IFRS.

General  Partner means  KNOT  Offshore  Partners  GP  LLC,  a  company  incorporated  under  the  laws  of  the  Marshall  Islands  and
having  its  principal  office  at  2  Queen's  Cross,  Aberdeen,  Aberdeenshire,  AB15  4YB,  United  Kingdom  being  the  general  partner  in
KNOP.

Group means:

(a)

(b)

(c)

prior to any Drop Down Date, the KNOT Group;

from the Drop Down Date in respect of one of the Borrowers only, the KNOT Group and the KNOP Group; and

from the Drop Down Date in respect of both Borrowers, the KNOP Group.

Guarantees means  the  guarantee  liabilities  of  each  Guarantor  pursuant  to  Clause  19  ( Guarantee  and  indemnity),  and  Guarantee
means any of them.

Guarantor means:

(a)

(b)

prior to any Drop Down Date, KNOT;

from the Drop Down Date in respect of one of the Borrowers only, KNOT (guaranteeing the Loan or Loans relating to the
Vessel  owned  by  KNOT's  Subsidiary  only)  and  (2)  KNOP  and  KNOT  ST  jointly  and  severally  (guaranteeing  the  Loan  or
Loans relating to the Vessel owned by KNOP's Subsidiary only); and

(c)

from the Drop Down Date in respect of  both Borrowers, KNOP and KNOT ST jointly and severally.

Hedging Agreement means any transaction or hedging arrangement which is:

(a)

(b)

entered  or  to  be  entered  into  between  a  Borrower  and  a  Hedging  Bank  pursuant  to  a  Hedging  Master  Agreement  made
between them (including any schedule thereto or confirmation thereunder); and

made solely for the purpose of hedging the interest rate in relation to a Loan to which the relevant Borrower's Vessel relates
and/or for hedging that Borrower's currency exposure in relation to the daily operation of its Vessel.

Hedging  Agreement  Securities  means  together  the  Borrower  A  Hedging  Agreement  Security  and  the  Borrower  B  Hedging
Agreement Security, and Hedging Agreement Security means either of them.

10

Hedging Bank means an Original Hedging Bank or any bank or financial institution which becomes a Hedging Bank in accordance
with Clause 27.11 (Assignments and transfers by the Hedging Banks).

Hedging Master Agreement means any hedging master agreement entered into or to be entered into by a Borrower and a Hedging
Bank as the basis for any Hedging Agreement between those Parties.

Holding Company means,  in  relation  to  a  company  or  corporation,  any  other  company  or  corporation  in  respect  of  which  it  is  a
Subsidiary.

IFRS means international accounting standards within the meaning of the IAS Regulation 1606/2002 to the extent applicable to the
relevant financial statements.

Insurances means, in relation to a Vessel, all policies and contracts of insurance (which expression includes all entries of that Vessel
in a protection and indemnity or war risk association) which are from time to time during the Security Period in respect of that Vessel
in place or taken out or entered into by or for the benefit of the relevant Borrower (whether in the sole name of that Borrower or in the
joint  names  of  that  Borrower  and  any  other  person)  in  respect  of  that  Vessel  or  otherwise  in  connection  with  that  Vessel  and  all
benefits thereunder (including claims of whatsoever nature and return of premiums).

Interest Period means, in relation to a Loan, each period determined in accordance with Clause 10 (Interest Periods) and, in relation
to an Unpaid Sum, each period determined in accordance with Clause 9.3 (Default interest).

Interpolated Screen Rate means, in relation to LIBOR for any Loan, the rate (rounded to the same number of decimal places as the
two relevant Screen Rates) which results from interpolating on a linear basis between:

(a)

(b)

the  applicable  Screen  Rate  for  the  longest  period  (for  which  that  Screen  Rate  is  available)  which  is  less  than  the  Interest
Period of that Loan; and

the applicable Screen Rate for the shortest period (for which that Screen Rate is available) which exceeds the Interest Period
of that Loan,

each as of 11.00 a.m. in London on the Quotation Day for USD.

Intra-Group Indebtedness means, in respect of a Group, intercompany loans, deposits or equity contributions within that Group.

ISDA Novation Agreements means:

(a)

(b)

the  novation  agreement  to  be  made  between  Borrower  A,  KNOT  and  MUFG  Securities  EMEA  plc  (as  hedging  bank)
pursuant  to  which  rate  swap  transactions  dated  12  April  2019  and  29  May  2019  (as  evidenced  by  confirmations  dated  12
April  2019  and  30  May  2019  from  MUFG  Securities  EMEA  plc  to  KNOT)  and  entered  into  pursuant  to  an  ISDA  Master
Agreement dated 12 April 2019 between MUFG Securities EMEA plc and KNOT are to be novated from and out of the name
of KNOT into the name of Borrower A; and

the  novation  agreement  to  be  made  between  Borrower  B,  KNOT  and  MUFG  Securities  EMEA  plc  (as  hedging  bank)
pursuant  to  which  rate  swap  transactions  dated  12  April  2019  and  29  May  2019  (as  evidenced  by  confirmations  dated  12
April  2019  and  30  May  2019  from  MUFG  Securities  EMEA  plc  to  KNOT)  and  entered  into  pursuant  to  an  ISDA  Master
Agreement dated 12 April 2019 between MUFG Securities EMEA plc and KNOT are to be novated from and out of the name
of KNOT into the name of Borrower B.

ISM Code means the International Safety Management Code for the Safe Operation of Ships and for Pollution Prevention.

ISPS  Code means  the  International  Ship  and  Port  Facility  Security  (ISPS)  Code  as  adopted  by  the  International  Maritime
Organization's (IMO) Diplomatic Conference of December 2002.

ISSC means, in respect of a Vessel, an International Ship Security Certificate issued by the

11

Classification Society confirming that that Vessel is in compliance with the ISPS Code.

KNOP means  KNOT  Offshore  Partners  L.P.,  a  master  limited  partnership  listed  on  the  New  York  Stock  Exchange  having  its
registered office at 2 Queen's Cross, Aberdeen, Aberdeenshire, AB15 4YB, United Kingdom.

KNOP Group means KNOP and its Subsidiaries.

KNOT Group means KNOT and its Subsidiaries.

KNOT ST means KNOT Shuttle Tankers AS, a company incorporated under the laws of Norway with Norwegian registration no. 998
942 829 having its registered office at Smedasundet 40, N-5529 Haugesund, Norway.

Lender means:

(a)

(b)

any Original Lender; and

any bank, financial institution, trust, fund or other entity which has become a Party in accordance with Clause 27 (Changes to
the Lenders),

which in each case has not ceased to be a Party in accordance with the terms of this Agreement.

Letter of Quiet Enjoyment means, in respect of a Vessel, a letter of quiet enjoyment entered or to be entered into between the Agent,
the Charterer and the relevant Borrower in respect of the Charterer's quiet enjoyment of that Vessel under the relevant Charterparty, in
form and substance satisfactory to the Charterer and the Agent (on behalf of the Lenders), if required by the relevant Charterer and the
relevant Borrower is contractually obliged to procure the same.

LIBOR means, in relation to any Loan:

(a)

(b)

(c)

the applicable Screen Rate;

(if no Screen Rate is available for the Interest Period of that Loan) the Interpolated Screen Rate for that Loan; or

if:

(i)

(ii)

no Screen Rate is available for USD; or

no  Screen  Rate  is  available  for  the  Interest  Period  of  that  Loan  and  it  is  not  possible  to  calculate  an  Interpolated
Screen Rate for that Loan,

the Reference Bank Rate,

as of, in the case of paragraph (a) above, 11.00 a.m. London time and in the case of paragraph (c) above, 12.00 noon London time on
the Quotation Day for USD and for a period equal in length to the Interest Period of that Loan and, if that rate is less than zero, LIBOR
shall be deemed to be zero.

Loan means a loan made or to be made under a Facility or the principal amount outstanding for the time being of that loan.

Majority Lenders means:

(a)

(b)

if there are no Loans then outstanding, a Lender or Lenders whose Commitments aggregate more than 662/3% of the Total
Commitments  (or,  if  the  Total  Commitments  have  been  reduced  to  zero,  aggregated  more  than  662/3%  of  the  Total
Commitments immediately prior to the reduction); or

at any other time, a Lender or Lenders whose participations in the Loans then outstanding aggregate more than 662/3% of all
the Loans then outstanding.

12

Management Agreement means  any  agreement  made  or  to  be  made  between  a  Borrower  and  a  Manager  for  the  technical  and/or
commercial management of a Vessel.

Manager means KNOT Management AS or one of its Affiliates acceptable to the Agent.

Manager's  Undertaking means  an  undertaking  to  be  provided  by  the  Manager  in  favour  of  the  Agent  in  form  and  substance
satisfactory to the Agent (on behalf of the Finance Parties and the Hedging Banks).

Margin means 1.75% per annum.

Market Value means the fair market value of a Vessel, being the mean average of valuations of that Vessel obtained from 2 Approved
Shipbrokers, with or without physical inspection of that Vessel (as the Agent may require) on the basis of a sale for prompt delivery
for cash at arm's length on normal commercial terms as between a willing buyer and a willing seller, on an "as is, where is" basis, free
of any existing charter or other contract of employment and/or pool arrangement.

Material Adverse Effect means any event or occurrence that in the reasonable opinion of the Lenders has or would have materially
adversely affected or could adversely affect:

(a)

(b)

(c)

the business, condition (financial or otherwise), operations, performance, assets or prospects of an Obligor or the Group taken
as a whole since the date at which its latest audited financial statements were prepared; or

the ability of an Obligor to perform its obligations under the Finance Documents or the Hedging Agreements; or

the validity or enforceability of, or the effectiveness or ranking of any Security granted or purporting to be granted pursuant
to, any Finance Document or Hedging Agreement; or

(d)

the right or remedy of a Finance Party or a Hedging Bank in respect of a Finance Document or a Hedging Agreement.

Month means a period starting on one day in a calendar month and ending on the numerically corresponding day in the next calendar
month, except that:

(a)

(b)

if the numerically corresponding day is not a Business Day, that period shall end on the next Business Day in that calendar
month in which that period is to end if there is one, or if there is not, on the immediately preceding Business Day;

if there is no numerically corresponding day in the calendar month in which that period is to end, that period shall end on the
last Business Day in that calendar month.

The above rules will only apply to the last Month of any period.

Mortgages means together the Borrower A Mortgage and the Borrower B Mortgage, and Mortgage means either of them.

New Shipyard means Hyundai Heavy Industries Co., Ltd., a company organised and existing under the laws of the Republic of Korea,
having its registered office at 1000, Bangeojinsunhwan-doro, Dong-gu, Ulsan, 44032, Korea.

Norwegian  Companies  Act means  the  Norwegian  Limited  Liability  Companies  Act  of  13  June  1997  No.  44  (in  Norwegian,
aksjeloven).

Obligors means the Borrowers, KNOT (as long as it is a Guarantor), KNOP (as long as it is a Guarantor) and KNOT ST (as long as it
is a Guarantor), and Obligor means any of them.

Original Financial Statements means:

(a)

in relation  to each  Borrower, the audited  financial  statements  (being  the  audited  financial  statements  for the  financial  year
ending 31 December 2019) delivered to the Agent pursuant

13

to Clause 21.2(a) (Financial statements); and

(b)

in relation to KNOT, its audited financial statements for its financial year ended 31 December 2018.

Outstanding Indebtedness means the aggregate of all sums of money at any time and from time to time owing to the Finance Parties
under or pursuant to the Finance Documents.

Party means a party to this Agreement.

Post-Delivery Assignment Agreements means together the Borrower A Post-Delivery Assignment Agreement and the Borrower B
Post-Delivery Assignment Agreement, and Post-Delivery Assignment Agreement means either of them.

Post-Delivery Facility means the post-delivery term loan facility made available under this Agreement as described in Clause 2.2 (The
Post-Delivery Facility).

Post-Delivery Security Period means, in respect of a Vessel, the period from the Delivery Date of that Vessel until the end of the
Security Period relating to it.

Post-Delivery Tranche A means the lesser of (a) USD96,050,000 and (b) 85% of the Aggregate Project Cost of Vessel A made or to
be made under the Post-Delivery Facility relating to the acquisition by Borrower A of Vessel A, or the principal amount outstanding
for the time being of that tranche.

Post-Delivery Tranche B means the lesser of (a) USD96,050,000 and (b) 85% of the Aggregate Project Cost of Vessel B made or to
be made under the Post-Delivery Facility relating to the acquisition by Borrower B of Vessel B, or the principal amount outstanding
for the time being of that tranche.

Post-Delivery Tranches means together the Post-Delivery Tranche A and the Post-Delivery Tranche B, and  Post-Delivery Tranche
means any of them.

Pre-Delivery Assignment Agreements means together the Borrower A Pre-Delivery Assignment Agreement and the Borrower B Pre-
Delivery Assignment Agreement, and Pre-Delivery Assignment Agreement means either of them.

Pre-Delivery Facility means the pre-delivery term loan facility made available under this Agreement as described in Clause 2.1 (The
Pre-Delivery Facility).

Pre-Delivery Security Period means, in respect of a Vessel, the period from the first Utilisation Date until the Delivery Date of that
Vessel.

Pre-Delivery Tranche A means USD42,500,000 made or to be made under the Pre-Delivery  Facility  relating  to the acquisition  by
Borrower  A  of  Vessel  A,  available  for  utilisation  in  the  maximum  of  3  Loans  as  per  the  relevant  milestones  in  the  Shipbuilding
Contract A as set out in paragraph (a) of Clause 5.3 (Utilisation Dates) or the principal amount outstanding for the time being of that
tranche.

Pre-Delivery Tranche B means  USD42,500,000 made  or  to  be  made  under  the  Pre-Delivery  Facility  relating  to  the  acquisition  by
Borrower  B  of  Vessel  B,  available  for  utilisation  in  the  maximum  of  3  Loans  as  per  the  relevant  milestones  in  the  Shipbuilding
Contract B as set out in paragraph (b) of Clause 5.3 (Utilisation Dates) or the principal amount outstanding for the time being of that
tranche.

Pre-Delivery Tranches means  together  the  Pre-Delivery  Tranche  A  and  the  Pre-Delivery  Tranche  B,  and  Pre-Delivery Tranche
means either of them.

Quotation Day means, in relation to any period for which an interest rate is to be determined, 2 Business Days before the first day of
that period unless market practice differs in the Relevant Interbank Market in which case the Quotation Day will be determined by the
Agent  in  accordance  with  market  practice  in  the  Relevant  Interbank  Market  (and  if  quotations  would  normally  be  given  by leading
banks in the Relevant Interbank Market on more than one day, the Quotation Day will be the last of those days).

Reference Bank Quotation means any quotation supplied to the Agent by a Reference Bank.

14

Reference Bank Rate means the arithmetic mean of the rates (rounded upwards to four decimal places) as supplied to the Agent at its
request by the Reference Banks as the rate at which the relevant Reference Bank could borrow funds in the London interbank market
in USD for the relevant period were it to do so by asking for and then accepting interbank offers for deposits in reasonable market size
in that currency and for that period.

Reference Banks means those Lenders who, in accordance with paragraph (a) of Clause 29.17 (Role of Reference Banks), agree to be
appointed  as  Reference  Banks  and  such  other  banks  as  may  (with  their  consent)  be  appointed  as  Reference  Banks  by  the  Agent  in
consultation with the Borrowers.

Refund Guarantee A means the refund guarantee (titled "Our Letter of Guarantee No. M04KC18127700018") dated 21 December
2018  in  the  maximum  amount  of  USD44,085,520  executed  by  the  Refund  Guarantor  in  favour  of  Borrower  A  guaranteeing  the
Existing  Shipyard's  obligation  to  refund  to  Borrower  A  the  pre-delivery  instalments  paid  by  Borrower  A  to  the  Existing  Shipyard
under Shipbuilding Contract A should they become due to be refunded under such Shipbuilding Contract and which, pursuant to the
Refund  Guarantee  Confirmation  relating  to  Vessel  A,  is  to  amended  to  guarantee  the  refund  obligations  of  the  New  Shipyard  to
Borrower  A  under  Shipbuilding  Contract  A  upon  the  Shipbuilding  Contract  Novation  Agreement  relating  to  Vessel  A  becoming
effective.

Refund Guarantee B means  the  refund  guarantee  (titled  "Our Letter  of Guarantee  No. M04KC18127700025") dated  21 December
2018  in  the  maximum  amount  of  USD44,085,520  executed  by  the  Refund  Guarantor  in  favour  of  Borrower  B  guaranteeing  the
Existing Shipyard's obligation to refund to Borrower B the pre-delivery instalments paid by Borrower B to the Existing Shipyard under
Shipbuilding Contract B should they become due to be refunded under such Shipbuilding Contract and which, pursuant to the Refund
Guarantee Confirmation relating to Vessel B, is to amended to guarantee the refund obligations of the New Shipyard to Borrower B
under Shipbuilding Contract B upon the Shipbuilding Contract Novation Agreement relating to Vessel B becoming effective.

Refund Guarantee Confirmation means:

(a)

(b)

in relation to Refund Guarantee A, the acknowledgement and consent substantially in the form appended to the Shipbuilding
Contract  Novation  Agreement  for  Vessel  A  issued  or  to  be  issued  by  the  Refund  Guarantor  in  favour  of  Borrower  A
confirming that Refund Guarantee A remains valid and continues to guarantee the New Shipyard's refund obligations under
Shipbuilding Contract A on the same basis as if the New Shipyard had originally been a party to Shipbuilding Contract A in
place of the Existing Shipyard; and

in relation to Refund Guarantee B, the acknowledgement and consent substantially in the form appended to the Shipbuilding
Contract  Novation  Agreement  for  Vessel  B  issued  or  to  be  issued  by  the  Refund  Guarantor  in  favour  of  Borrower  B
confirming that Refund Guarantee B remains valid and continues to guarantee the New Shipyard's refund obligations under
Shipbuilding Contract B on the same basis as if the New Shipyard had originally been a party to Shipbuilding Contract B in
place of the Existing Shipyard.

Refund Guarantees means together the Refund Guarantee A and the Refund Guarantee B, and  Refund Guarantee means either of
them.

Refund Guarantor means Industrial Bank of Korea of IBK Tower 16 FL, 82 Eulji-ro, Jung-gu, Seoul, South Korea.

Relevant Event of Default means any Event of Default other than an Event of Default occurring under Clause 26.2 (Non-payment).

Relevant Interbank Market means the London interbank market.

Relevant Nominating Body means any applicable central bank, regulator or other supervisory authority or a group of them, or any
working group or committee sponsored or chaired by, or constituted at the request of, any of them or the Financial Stability Board.

15

Relevant Person means:

(a)

(b)

each member of the Group; and

each of its directors, officers, employees, agents and representatives.

Repeating Representations means each of the representations set out in Clause 20 (Representations).

Replacement Benchmark means a benchmark rate which is:

(a)

formally designated, nominated or recommended as the replacement for the Screen Rate by:

(i)

the  administrator  of  the  Screen  Rate  (provided  that  the  market  or  economic  reality  that  such  benchmark  rate
measures is the same as that measured by the Screen Rate); or

(ii)

any Relevant Nominating Body,

and if replacements have, at the relevant time, been formally designated, nominated or recommended under both paragraphs,
the Replacement Benchmark will be the replacement under paragraph (ii) above;

(b)

in the opinion of the Majority Lenders and the Borrowers, generally accepted in the international syndicated loan markets as
the appropriate successor to the Screen Rate; or

(c)

in the opinion of the Majority Lenders and the Borrowers, an appropriate successor to the Screen Rate.

Representative means any delegate, agent, manager, administrator, nominee, attorney, trustee or custodian.

Requisition Compensation means all sums of money or other compensation from time to time payable in respect of any requisition
for title of other compulsory acquisition, requisition, expropriation or similar of a Vessel by any governmental entity.

Restricted Asset means any asset derived from any transaction with a Restricted Party or in which any Restricted Party has any legal
or beneficial interest.

Restricted Party means a person that is:

(a)

(b)

(c)

listed on any Sanctions List or targeted by Sanctions (whether designated by name or by reason of being included in a class of
person); or

located in or incorporated under the laws of any country or territory that is the target of comprehensive, country- or territory-
wide Sanctions; or

directly or indirectly owned or controlled by, or acting on behalf, at the direction or for the benefit of, a person referred to in
(a) and/or (b) above.

Sanctions means  all  laws,  regulations  and orders  concerning  any  trade,  economic  or financial  sanctions  or embargoes  or restrictive
measures  which  are  administered,  enacted  or  enforced  at  any  time  by  any  Sanctions  Authority  to  which  the  relevant  Obligor,  a
Relevant Person and/or the relevant Finance Party is subject or compliance with which is reasonable in the ordinary course of business
of such person or, in the case of a Finance Party, is required due to internal compliance and regulation.

Sanctions Authority means the Norwegian State, the United Nations, the European Union, the member states of the European Union,
the  United  States  of  America,  the  United  Kingdom,  Japan  and  any  authority  acting  on  behalf  of  any  of  them  in  connection  with
Sanctions.

Sanctions List means (a) the lists of Sanctions designations and/or targets maintained by any Sanctions Authority and/or (b) any other
Sanctions designation or target listed and/or adopted by a

16

Sanctions Authority, in all cases, from time to time.

Screen Rate means the London interbank offered rate administered by ICE Benchmark Administration Limited (or any other person
which  takes  over  the  administration  of  that  rate)  for  USD  for  the  relevant  period  displayed  (before  any  correction,  recalculation  or
republication  by  the  administrator)  on  page  LIBOR01/LIBOR02  of  the  Thomson  Reuters  Screen  (or  any  replacement  Thomson
Reuters page which displays that rate) or on the appropriate page of such other information service which publishes that rate from time
to time in place of Thomson Reuters. If such page or service ceases to be available, the Agent may specify another page or service
displaying the relevant rate after consultation with the Borrowers and the Lenders.

Screen Rate Replacement Event means, in relation to the Screen Rate:

the methodology, formula or other means of determining the Screen Rate has, in the opinion of the Majority Lenders and the
Borrowers, materially changed; or

(a)

(b)

(i)

(ii)

(iii)

(A)

(B)

the  administrator  of  the  Screen  Rate  or  its  supervisor  publicly  announces  that  such  administrator  is
insolvent; or

information is published in any order, decree, notice, petition or filing, however described, of or filed with
a court, tribunal, exchange, regulatory authority or similar administrative, regulatory or judicial body which
reasonably confirms that the administrator of the Screen Rate is insolvent,

provided that, in each case, at that time, there is no successor administrator to continue to provide the Screen Rate;
or

the administrator of the Screen Rate publicly announces that it has ceased or will cease, to provide the Screen Rate
permanently or indefinitely and, at that time, there is no successor administrator to continue to provide the Screen
Rate; or

the supervisor of the administrator of the Screen Rate publicly announces that the Screen Rate has been or will be
permanently or indefinitely discontinued; or

(iv)

the administrator of the Screen Rate or its supervisor announces that the Screen Rate may no longer be used; or

(c)

the  administrator  of  the  Screen  Rate  determines  that  the  Screen  Rate  should  be  calculated  in  accordance  with  its  reduced
submissions or other contingency or fallback policies or arrangements and either:

(i)

(ii)

the circumstances or events leading to such determination are not (in the opinion of the Majority Lenders and the
Borrowers) temporary; or

the Screen Rate is calculated in accordance with any such policy or arrangement for a period no less than 3 months;
or

(d)

in the opinion of the Majority Lenders and the Borrowers, the Screen Rate is otherwise no longer appropriate for the purposes
of calculating interest under this Agreement.

Security means  a  mortgage,  charge,  pledge,  lien  or  other  security  interest  securing  any  obligation  of  any  person  or  any  other
agreement or arrangement having a similar effect.

Security Assets means:

(a)

(b)

the Vessels;

the Earnings;

17

(c)

(d)

(e)

(f)

(g)

(h)

(i)

the Insurances;

the Accounts;

any Requisition Compensation;

the Shipbuilding Contracts;

the Refund Guarantees;

the shares in each Borrower; and

the rights of each Borrower under the Hedging Agreements.

Security Document means each document listed in Clause 18 (Security) and any other document agreed between the Parties to be a
Security Document.

Security Period means, in relation to a Vessel, the period from its Delivery Date until the earlier of:

(a)

(b)

the date on which the Loans relating to that Vessel are prepaid in full under Clause 8.5 (Mandatory prepayment – Total Loss
or sale of a Vessel) together with all other sums then due and payable under the Finance Documents following the sale or
Total Loss of that Vessel;

any date on which (with the approval of the Lenders and the Hedging Banks) the relevant Mortgage and all other Security
Documents  relating  to that  Vessel are  released  without being replaced  by a new Mortgage  and any other  relevant  Security
Documents; and

(c)

the last day of the Facility Period.

Share Pledges means together  the Borrower A Share Pledge and the Borrower B Share Pledge, and  Share Pledge means either of
them.

Shareholder Loans means shareholder loans and/or loans from other companies within the Group and/or loans from other Affiliates.

Shipbuilding  Contract  A  means  the  shipbuilding  contract  dated  26  September  2018  originally  made  between  Borrower  A  and  the
Existing Shipyard for the construction of Vessel A and which is to be novated from and out of the name of the Existing Shipyard to
and into the name of the New Shipyard pursuant to the Shipbuilding Contract Novation Agreement relating to Vessel A.

Shipbuilding  Contract  B  means  the  shipbuilding  contract  dated  26  September  2018  originally  made  between  Borrower  B  and  the
Existing Shipyard for the construction of Vessel B and which is to be novated from and out of the name of the Existing Shipyard to
and into the name of the New Shipyard pursuant to the Shipbuilding Contract Novation Agreement relating to Vessel B.

Shipbuilding Contract Novation Agreement means:

(a)

(b)

in relation to Vessel A, the novation agreement made or to be made between Borrower A, the Existing Shipyard and the New
Shipyard pursuant to which Shipbuilding Contract A is to be novated out of the name of the Existing Shipyard into the name
of the New Shipyard; and

in relation to Vessel B, the novation agreement made or to be made between Borrower B, the Existing Shipyard and the New
Shipyard pursuant to which Shipbuilding Contract B is to be novated out of the name of the Existing Shipyard into the name
of the New Shipyard.

Shipbuilding Contracts means together the Shipbuilding Contract A and the Shipbuilding Contract B (in each case as novated by the
relevant Shipbuilding Contract Novation Agreement), and Shipbuilding Contract means either of them.

Shipyard means:

(a)

at any time prior to the novation of the Shipbuilding Contracts pursuant to the Shipbuilding

18

Contract Novation Agreements, the Existing Shipyard; and

(b)

at all times thereafter, the New Shipyard.

SMC means, in respect of a Vessel, a valid safety management certificate issued for that Vessel issued by the Classification Society
pursuant to paragraph 13.7 of the ISM Code.

SMS means a safety management system for a Vessel developed and implemented in accordance with the ISM Code and including the
functional requirements duties and obligations that follow from the ISM Code.

Subsidiary means  an  entity  of  which  a  person  has  direct  or  indirect  control  (whether  through  the  ownership  of  voting  capital,  by
contract  or  otherwise)  or  owns  directly  or  indirectly  more  than  50%  of  the  shares  and  for  this  purpose  an  entity  shall  be  treated  as
controlled by another if that entity is able to direct its affairs and/or to control the composition of the board of directors or equivalent
body.

Tax means any tax, levy, impost, duty or other charge or withholding of a similar nature (including any penalty or interest payable in
connection with any failure to pay or any delay in paying any of the same).

Total Commitments means the aggregate of the Commitments, being USD277,100,000 at the date of this Agreement.

Total Loss means, in relation to a Vessel:

(a)

(b)

(c)

(d)

the actual, constructive, compromised, agreed, arranged or other total loss of that Vessel;

the requisition for title or compulsory acquisition of that Vessel by any government or other competent authority;

the  capture,  seizure,  destruction,  abandonment,  condemnation,  arrest,  detention  or  confiscation  of  that  Vessel  by  any
government or by persons acting or purporting to act on behalf of any government or public authority, unless that Vessel is
released and returned to the possession of the relevant Borrower within 30 days after the capture, seizure, arrest, detention or
confiscation in question; or

any piracy, hijacking or theft of that Vessel, unless that Vessel is released and restored to the relevant Borrower within 30
days after the occurrence of such incident.

Total Loss Date means:

(a)

(b)

in the case of an actual total loss of a Vessel, the date on which it occurred or, if that is unknown, the date when that Vessel
was last heard of;

in the case of a constructive, compromised, agreed or arranged total loss of a Vessel, the earlier of (i) the date on which a
notice of abandonment is given to the insurers (provided a claim for total loss is admitted by such insurers) or, if such insurers
do not forthwith admit such a claim, at the date at which either a total loss is subsequently admitted by the insurers or a total
loss is subsequently adjudged by a competent court of law or arbitration panel to have occurred or, if earlier, the date falling 3
Months after notice of abandonment of that Vessel was given to the insurers and (ii) the date of compromise, arrangement or
agreement made by or on behalf of the relevant Borrower with that Vessel's insurers in which the insurers agree to treat that
Vessel as a total loss; or

(c)

in the case of any other type of total loss, on the date (or the most likely date) on which it appears to the Agent that the event
constituting the total loss occurred.

Total  Post-Delivery  Commitments means  the  aggregate  of  the  Commitments  relating  to  the  Post-Delivery  Facility  being
USD192,100,000 at the date of this Agreement.

Total  Pre-Delivery  Commitments means  the  aggregate  of  the  Commitments  relating  to  the  Pre-Delivery  Facility  being
USD85,000,000 at the date of this Agreement.

19

Tranches means together the Pre-Delivery Tranches and the Post-Delivery Tranches, and Tranche means any of them.

Transaction  Documents means  each  Shipbuilding  Contract,  each  Refund  Guarantee,  each  Charterparty  and  each  Management
Agreement, together with the other documents contemplated herein or therein or otherwise designated as a Transaction Document by
the Agent and the Borrowers, and Transaction Document means any of them.

Transfer Certificate means a certificate substantially in the form set out in Schedule 5 (Form of Transfer Certificate) or any other
form agreed between the Agent and the Borrowers.

Transfer Date means, in relation to a transfer, the later of:

(a)

(b)

the proposed Transfer Date specified in the relevant Transfer Certificate; and

the date on which the Agent executes the relevant Transfer Certificate.

UK Bail-In Legislation means  (to  the  extent  that  the  United  Kingdom  is  not  an  EEA  Member  Country  which  has  implemented  or
implements  Article  55  BRRD)  Part  I  of  the  United  Kingdom  Banking  Act  2009  and  any  other  law  or  regulation  applicable  in  the
United Kingdom relating to the resolution of unsound or failing banks, investment firms or other financial institutions or their affiliates
(otherwise than through liquidation, administration or other insolvency proceedings).

US means the United States of America.

US Tax Obligor means:

(a)

(b)

a Borrower which is resident for tax purposes in the US; or

an  Obligor  some  or  all  of  whose  payments  under  the  Finance  Documents  are  from  sources  within  the  US  for  US  federal
income tax purposes.

Unpaid Sum means any sum due and payable but unpaid by an Obligor under the Finance Documents.

Utilisation means a utilisation of a Facility.

Utilisation Date means the date of a Utilisation, being the date on which the relevant Loan is to be made.

Utilisation Request means a notice substantially in the form set out in Schedule 4 (Form Of Utilisation Request).

VAT means:

(a)

(b)

any tax imposed in compliance with the Council Directive of 28 November 2006 on the common system of value added tax
(EC Directive 2006/112);

value  added  tax  as  provided  for  in  the  Norwegian  Value  Added  Tax  Act  of  19  June  2009  no.  58  (in  Norwegian,
Merverdiavgiftsloven); or

(c)

any other tax of a similar nature.

Vessel A means a newbuilding DP2 shuttle tanker with the Shipyard's hull no. 3114, with a contract price of USD105,713,800 and
estimated delivery in June 2020, to be registered in the name of Borrower A with an Approved Ship Registry upon delivery.

Vessel B means  a newbuilding  DP2 shuttle  tanker with the Shipyard's hull no. 3115, with a contract  price  of USD105,713,800 and
estimated delivery in August 2020, to be registered in the name of Borrower B with an Approved Ship Registry upon delivery.

Vessels means together Vessel A and Vessel B, and Vessel means either of them.

20

Write-down and Conversion Powers means:

(a)

in  relation  to  any  Bail-In  Legislation  described  in  the  EU  Bail-In  Legislation  Schedule  from  time  to  time,  the  powers
described as such in relation to that Bail-In Legislation in the EU Bail-In Legislation Schedule; and

(b)

in relation to any other applicable Bail-In Legislation or UK Bail-In Legislation:

(i)

any powers to cancel, transfer or dilute shares issued by a person that is a bank or investment firm or other financial
institution or affiliate of a bank, investment firm or other financial institution, to cancel, reduce, modify or change
the form of a liability of such a person or any contract or instrument under which that liability arises, to convert all
or part of that liability into shares, securities or obligations of that person or any other person, to provide that any
such contract or instrument is to have effect as if a right had been exercised under it or to suspend any obligation in
respect of that liability or any of the powers that are related to or ancillary to any of those powers; and

(ii)

any similar or analogous powers under that Bail-In Legislation or UK Bail-In Legislation.

1.2

Construction

(a)

Unless a contrary indication appears, any reference in this Agreement to:

(i)

(ii)

(iii)

(iv)

(v)

the Agent, the Mandated Lead Arranger, the Bookrunner, any Finance Party, any Lender or any Party shall be
construed  so  as  to  include  its  successors  in  title,  permitted  assigns  and  permitted  transferees  to,  or  of,  its  rights
and/or obligations under the Finance Documents;

a  Hedging  Bank shall  be  construed  so  as  to  include  its  successors  in  title,  permitted  assigns  and  permitted
transferees to, or of, its rights and/or obligations under any Hedging Agreement;

the Charterer shall be construed so as to include its successors in title under any Charter;

assets includes present and future properties, revenues and rights of every description;

a Finance Document, Transaction Document or any other agreement or instrument is a reference to that Finance
Document, Transaction Document or other agreement or instrument as amended, novated, supplemented, extended
or restated;

(vi)

a group of Lenders includes all the Lenders;

(vii)

(viii)

(ix)

(x)

(xi)

indebtedness includes any obligation (whether incurred as principal or as surety) for the payment or repayment of
money, whether present or future, actual or contingent;

a  person includes  any  individual,  firm,  company,  corporation,  government,  state  or  agency  of  a  state  or  any
association,  trust,  joint  venture,  consortium,  partnership  or  other  entity  (whether  or  not  having  separate  legal
personality);

a regulation includes any regulation, rule, official directive, request or guideline (whether or not having the force of
law) of any governmental, intergovernmental or supranational body, agency, department or of any regulatory, self-
regulatory or other authority or organisation;

a provision of law is a reference to that provision as amended or re-enacted;

words importing the singular shall include the plural and vice versa; and

(xii)

a time of day is a reference to Bergen time unless specified otherwise.

21

(b)

(c)

(d)

(e)

Section, Clause and Schedule headings are for ease of reference only.

Unless  a  contrary  indication  appears,  a  term  used  in  any  other  Finance  Document  or  in  any  notice  given  under  or  in
connection with any Finance Document has the same meaning in that Finance Document or notice as in this Agreement.

Each  Hedging  Agreement  shall  operate  subject  to  the  terms  of  this  Agreement  and  accordingly,  in  the  event  of  any
inconsistency between the terms of a Hedging Agreement and this Agreement, the terms of this Agreement will prevail.

A  Default  is  continuing if  it  has  not  been  remedied  or  waived  and  an  Event  of  Default  is  continuing if  it  has  not  been
waived.

1.3

Currency symbols and definitions

$, USD and dollars denote the lawful currency of the United States of America.

1.4

Third party rights

(a)

(b)

Unless expressly provided to the contrary in that Finance Document, a person who is not a party to a Finance Document may
not enforce any of its terms under the Contracts (Rights of Third Parties) Act 1999.

The  consent  of  any  third  party  to  whom  rights  have  been  provided  under  a  Finance  Document  is  not  required,  unless
otherwise  specifically  required  under  the  terms  of  any  Finance  Document,  to  rescind,  vary,  amend  or  terminate  a  Finance
Document at any time.

2.

2.1

THE FACILITIES

The Pre-Delivery Facility

SECTION 2
THE FACILITIES

Subject  to  the  terms  of  this  Agreement,  the  Lenders  make  available  to  the  Borrowers  a  senior  secured  USD  pre-delivery  term  loan
facility in an aggregate amount equal to the Total Pre-Delivery Commitments.

2.2

The Post-Delivery Facility

Subject to the terms of this Agreement, the Lenders make available to the Borrowers a senior secured USD post-delivery term loan
facility in an aggregate amount equal to the Total Post-Delivery Commitments.

2.3

Finance Parties' and Hedging Banks' rights and obligations

(a)

(b)

(c)

The obligations of each Finance Party and each Hedging Bank under the Finance Documents are several. Failure by a Finance
Party or a Hedging Bank to perform its obligations under the Finance Documents or the Hedging Agreements does not affect
the obligations of any other Party under the Finance Documents or the Hedging Agreements. No Finance Party or Hedging
Bank is responsible for the obligations of any other Finance Party or Hedging Bank under the Finance Documents and the
Hedging Agreements.

The  rights  of  each  Finance  Party  and  each  Hedging  Bank  under  or  in  connection  with  the  Finance  Documents  and  the
Hedging  Agreements  are  separate  and  independent  rights  and  any  debt  arising  under  the  Finance  Documents  to  a  Finance
Party or under the Hedging Agreements to a Hedging Bank from an Obligor shall be a separate and independent debt.

A  Finance  Party  and  a  Hedging  Bank  may,  except  as  otherwise  stated  in  the  Finance  Documents  and  the  Hedging
Agreements, separately enforce its rights under the Finance Documents and the Hedging Agreements.

22

(d)

No  Finance  Party  or  Hedging  Bank  will  be  liable  (including,  without  limitation,  for  negligence  or  any  other  category  of
liability whatsoever) for any action taken by it under or in connection with any Finance Document or Hedging Agreement,
unless directly caused by its gross negligence or wilful misconduct.

3.

3.1

PURPOSE

Purpose of the Pre-Delivery Facility

The Borrowers shall apply all amounts borrowed by them under the Pre-Delivery Facility towards financing of instalments under the
Shipbuilding Contracts.

3.2

Purpose of the Post-Delivery Facility

The  Borrowers  shall  apply  all  amounts  borrowed  by  them  under  the  Post-Delivery  Facility  towards  (a)  refinancing  the  amounts
borrowed under the Pre-Delivery Facility, (b) financing the delivery instalments of the Vessels and (c) financing and/or refinancing
any other Aggregate Project Costs.

3.3

Monitoring

No Finance Party is bound to monitor or verify the application of any amount borrowed pursuant to this Agreement.

4.

4.1

CONDITIONS OF UTILISATION

Initial conditions precedent

(a)

(b)

(c)

The Borrowers may not deliver a Utilisation Request relating to a Loan under the Pre-Delivery Facility unless the Agent is
satisfied that it has received all of the documents and other evidence listed in Part 1 (General Conditions Precedent) and Part
2  (Conditions  Precedent  To  The  Utilisation  Of  Each  Loan  Under  The  Pre-Delivery  Facility)  of  Schedule  3  (Conditions
Precedent  And  Subsequent),  except  those  documents  which  specifically  will  only  be  available  on  the  Utilisation  Date  or
within  another  specified  date  as  previously  notified  and  agreed  to  by  the  Majority  Lenders.  The  Agent  shall  notify  the
Borrowers and the Lenders promptly upon being so satisfied.

The Borrowers may not deliver a Utilisation Request relating to a Loan under the Post-Delivery Facility unless the Agent is
satisfied that it has received all of the documents and other evidence listed in Part 1 (General Conditions Precedent) and Part
3  (Conditions  Precedent  To  The  Utilisation  Of  Each  Loan  Under  The  Post-Delivery  Facility)  of  Schedule  3  (Conditions
Precedent  And  Subsequent),  except  those  documents  which  specifically  will  only  be  available  on  the  Utilisation  Date  or
within  another  specified  date  as  previously  notified  and  agreed  to  by  the  Majority  Lenders.  The  Agent  shall  notify  the
Borrowers and the Lenders promptly upon being so satisfied.

Other  than  to  the  extent  that  the  Majority  Lenders  notify  the  Agent  in  writing  to  the  contrary  before  the  Agent  gives  the
notification described in paragraph (a) above, the Lenders authorise (but do not require) the Agent to give that notification.
The Agent shall not be liable for any damages, costs or losses whatsoever as a result of giving any such notification.

4.2

Further conditions precedent

The Lenders will only be obliged to comply with Clause 5.5 (Lenders' participation) if on the date of the Utilisation Request and on
the proposed Utilisation Date:

(a)

(b)

(c)

no Default is continuing or would result from the proposed Loan;

no Change of Control has occurred; and

the Repeating Representations to be made by each Obligor are true in all material respects.

23

4.3

Conditions subsequent

The  Borrowers  shall  deliver  or  cause  to  be  delivered  to  the  Agent  the  additional  documents  and  other  evidence  listed  in  Part  5
(Conditions Subsequent) of Schedule 3 (Conditions Precedent And Subsequent), within the time periods therein specified, in form and
substance satisfactory to the Agent.

4.4

Maximum number of Loans

(a)

(b)

(c)

(d)

The Pre-Delivery Tranche A may be drawn in no more than 3 Loans.

The Pre-Delivery Tranche B may be drawn in no more than 3 Loans.

The Post-Delivery Tranche A may be drawn in no more than one Loan.

The Post-Delivery Tranche B may be drawn in no more than one Loan.

4.5

Form and content

All documents and evidence delivered to the Agent pursuant to this Clause 4 (Conditions of Utilisation) shall:

(a)

(b)

(c)

be in form and substance satisfactory to the Agent;

if required by the Agent, be in original; and

if required by the Agent, be certified, notarised, legalised or attested in a manner acceptable to the Agent.

4.6

Waiver of conditions precedent

The conditions specified in this Clause 4 (Conditions of Utilisation) are solely for the benefit of the Lenders and may be waived on
their behalf in whole or in part and with or without conditions by the Agent (acting on the instructions of all of the Lenders).

5.

5.1

UTILISATION

Delivery of a Utilisation Request

SECTION 3
UTILISATION

The  Borrowers  may  utilise  a  Facility  by  delivery  to  the  Agent  of  a  duly  completed  Utilisation  Request  not  later  than  12:00  noon
London time on the date falling 3 Business Days prior to the Utilisation Date.

5.2

Completion of a Utilisation Request

Each Utilisation Request is irrevocable and will not be regarded as having been duly completed unless:

(a)

(b)

(c)

the  proposed  Utilisation  Date  is  a  Business  Day  within  the  Availability  Period,  and  complies  with  Clause  5.3  (Utilisation
Dates);

the currency and amount of the Utilisation comply with Clause 5.4 (Currency and amount); and

the proposed Interest Period complies with Clause 10 (Interest Periods).

5.3

Utilisation Dates

Subject always to the terms of this Agreement:

(a)

The Pre-Delivery Tranche A may only be utilised on the following dates:

24

(i)

(ii)

on  the  date  of  the  third  instalment  under  the  Shipbuilding  Contract  A,  within  3  Business  Days  of  receipt  by
Borrower A of a facsimiled advice from the Shipyard confirmed by the Classification Society that steel cutting of
Vessel A has been commenced, but in no event earlier than 8 July 2019;

on  the  date  of  the  fourth  instalment  under  the  Shipbuilding  Contract  A,  within  3  Business  Days  of  receipt  by
Borrower A of a facsimiled advice from the Shipyard confirmed by the Classification Society that the first block of
the keel of Vessel A has been laid, but in no event earlier than 18 November 2019; and

(iii)

on  the  date  of  the  fifth  instalment  under  the  Shipbuilding  Contract  A,  within  one  month  prior  to  the  delivery  of
Vessel A.

(b)

The Pre-Delivery Tranche B may only be utilised on the following dates:

(i)

(ii)

on  the  date  of  the  third  instalment  under  the  Shipbuilding  Contract  B,  within  3  Business  Days  of  receipt  by
Borrower B of a facsimiled advice from the Shipyard confirmed by the Classification Society that steel cutting of
Vessel B has been commenced, but in no event earlier than 8 July 2019;

on  the  date  of  the  fourth  instalment  under  the  Shipbuilding  Contract  B,  within  3  Business  Days  of  receipt  by
Borrower B of a facsimiled advice from the Shipyard confirmed by the Classification Society that the first block of
the keel of Vessel B has been laid, but in no event earlier than 18 November 2019; and

(iii)

on  the  date  of  the  fifth  instalment  under  the  Shipbuilding  Contract  B,  within  one  month  prior  to  the  delivery  of
Vessel B.

(c)

(d)

The Post-Delivery Tranche A may only be utilised on or after the Delivery Date of Vessel A.

The Post-Delivery Tranche B may only be utilised on or after the Delivery Date of Vessel B.

5.4

Currency and amount

(a)

(b)

The currency specified in a Utilisation Request must be USD.

The amount of the proposed Loan must be an amount which is not more than the Available Facility in respect of the relevant
Tranche, provided that:

(i)

the Loans utilised under the Pre-Delivery Tranche A must be amounts which are not more than:

(A)

(B)

(C)

USD17,250,000 in respect of the Loan described in paragraph (a)(i) of Clause 5.3 (Utilisation Dates);

USD11,050,000 in respect of the Loan described in paragraph (a)(ii) of Clause 5.3 (Utilisation Dates);

USD14,200,000 in respect of the Loan described in paragraph (a)(iii) of Clause 5.3 (Utilisation Dates);

(ii)

the Loans utilised under the Pre-Delivery Tranche B must be amounts which are not more than:

(A)

(B)

(C)

USD17,250,000 in respect of the Loan described in paragraph (b)(i) of Clause 5.3 (Utilisation Dates);

USD11,050,000 in respect of the Loan described in paragraph (b)(ii) of Clause 5.3 (Utilisation Dates);

USD14,200,000in respect of the Loan described in paragraph (b)(iii)(i) of Clause 5.3 (Utilisation Dates);

25

(iii)

(iv)

the  Loan  utilised  under  the  Post-Delivery  Tranche  A  must  be  an  amount  which  is  not  more  than  the  lesser  of  (a)
USD96,050,000  and  (b)  85%  of  the  Aggregate  Project  Cost  of  Vessel  A,  and  shall  be  applied  by  Borrower  A
towards financing the delivery instalment of Vessel A and applicable project costs; and

the  Loan  utilised  under  the  Post-Delivery  Tranche  B  must  be  an  amount  which  is  not  more  than  the  lesser  of  (a)
USD96,050,000  and  (b)  85%  of  the  Aggregate  Project  Cost  of  Vessel  B,  and  shall  be  applied  by  Borrower  B
towards financing the delivery instalment of Vessel B and applicable project costs.

5.5

Lenders' participation

(a)

(b)

(c)

If the conditions set out in this Agreement have been met, each Lender shall make its participation in each Loan available by
the Utilisation Date through its Facility Office.

The amount of each Lender's participation in each Loan will be equal to the proportion borne by its Available Commitment to
the Available Facility (each in respect of the Tranche to which that Loan relates) immediately prior to making that Loan.

The Agent shall  notify  each  Lender of the  amount  of each  Loan and the amount  of its participation  in that  Loan by 12:00
noon London time on the date falling one Business Day prior to the relevant Utilisation Date.

5.6

Cancellation of Commitments

The Commitments which, at that time, are unutilised shall be immediately cancelled at the end of the Availability Period.

6.

6.1

EXTENT OF LIABILITY

Joint and several liability

Subject to Clause 6.2 (Limitations) and Clause 28 (Changes to the Obligors), each Borrower shall be and remain jointly and severally
liable with the other Borrower for:

(a)

(b)

(c)

the payment of each and every sum from time to time due from the Borrowers;

each and every obligation undertaken; and

each and every liability incurred on the part of the Borrowers,

under or pursuant to the Finance Documents.

If at any time a Borrower has paid to the Finance Parties or the Finance Parties have recovered from that Borrower a sum which was
due from the Borrowers under or pursuant to the Finance Documents and such sum is higher than the amount which that Borrower was
obliged  to  contribute  in  its  relation  (if  any)  with  the  other  Borrower,  then  that  Borrower  shall  not  have  the  benefit  of  any  right  of
subrogation  and  shall  not  exercise  any  right  of  recourse  or  claim  any  set-off  or  counterclaim  against  the  other  Borrower  or  prove
otherwise in competition with the Finance Parties (all such rights being hereby irrevocably waived by each Borrower) unless and until
the Outstanding Indebtedness has been paid and discharged in full.

6.2

Limitations

(a)

Notwithstanding the joint and several liability of each Borrower with the other Borrower under the Finance Documents:

(i)

the maximum liability of each Borrower under the Finance Documents shall always be limited to USD230,520,000
plus  (1)  any  interest,  default  interest,  Break  Cost  or  other  costs,  fees  and  expenses  related  to  the  Borrowers'
obligations under the Finance Documents and (2) any default interest or other costs, fees and expenses related to the
liability of that Borrower hereunder; and

26

(ii)

the joint and several liability of each Borrower with the other Borrower does not apply to any liability if and to the
extent  that  it  would  constitute  unlawful  financial  assistance  within  the  meaning  of  Chapter  8  of  the  Norwegian
Companies  Act  or  any  equivalent  and  applicable  provisions  under  the  laws  of  the  relevant  jurisdiction  of  the
Borrowers.

(b)

(c)

The limitations set out in this Clause 6.2 (Limitations) shall only apply to the extent the joint and several obligations (or parts
thereof) are deemed to be guarantee obligations (in Norwegian, kausjon) pursuant to the terms of the FA Act.

The joint and several liability of each Borrower with the other Borrower shall not apply from the date a Drop Down in respect
of one Borrower has occurred until a Drop Down has occurred also for the other Borrower (whereupon such joint and several
liability shall automatically reinstate), and during this time:

(i)

(ii)

Borrower  A  shall  only  be  liable  for  the  Outstanding  Indebtedness  relating  to  the  Pre-Delivery  Tranche  A  and  the
Post-Delivery Tranche A (if any); and

Borrower  B  shall  only  be  liable  for  the  Outstanding  Indebtedness  relating  to  the  Pre-Delivery  Tranche  B  and  the
Post-Delivery Tranche B (if any).

6.3

Waiver of defences

Each  Borrower  hereby  specifically  agrees  and  accepts  that  the  nature  of  its  liability  hereunder  is  joint  and  several,  and  that  the
obligations of a Borrower under the Finance Documents will not be affected by an act, omission, matter or thing which, but for this
Clause  6  (Extent  Of  Liability),  would  reduce,  release  or  prejudice  any  of  its  obligations  under  this  Clause  6  (Extent  Of  Liability)
(without limitation and whether or not known to it or any Finance Party) including:

(a)

(b)

(c)

(d)

(e)

(f)

any time, waiver or consent granted to, or composition with, the other Borrower or any other person;

the release of the other Borrower or any other person under the terms of any composition or arrangement with any creditor of
that Borrower;

the taking, variation, compromise, exchange, renewal or release of, or refusal or neglect to perfect, take up or enforce, any
rights against, or security over assets of, the other Borrower or any other person or any non-presentation or non-observance of
any formality or other requirement in respect of any instrument or any failure to realise the full value of any security;

any  incapacity  or  lack  of  power,  authority  or  legal  personality  of  or  dissolution  or  change  in  the  members  or  status  of  the
other Borrower or any other person;

any amendment, novation, supplement, extension (whether of maturity or otherwise) or restatement (in each case, however
fundamental and of whatsoever nature) or replacement of a Finance Document or any other document or security in relation
to the other Borrower;

any  unenforceability,  illegality  or  invalidity  of  any  obligation  of  the  other  Borrower  under  any  Finance  Document  or  any
other document or security; or

(g)

any insolvency or similar proceedings in relation to the other Borrower.

6.4

FA Act

Each Borrower, to the extent it is considered to be a guarantor for the obligations of the other Borrower, specifically waives all rights
under the provisions of the FA Act not being mandatory provisions, including (but not limited to) the following provisions (the main
contents of the relevant provisions being as indicated in the brackets):

(a)

§ 29  (as  the  Agent  shall  be  entitled  to  exercise  all  its  rights  under  this  Agreement  and  applicable  law  in  order  to  secure
payment. Such rights shall include the right to set-off any credit balance in any currency, on any bank account that Borrower
might have with each of the Finance Parties individually against the amount due);

27

(b)

(c)

(d)

(e)

(f)

(g)

(h)

(i)

(j)

(k)

(l)

§ 63 (1) – (2) (to be notified of a Default or an Event of Default hereunder and to be kept informed thereof);

§ 63 (3) (to be notified of any extension granted to the other Borrower in payment of principal and/or interest);

§ 63  (4)  (to  be  notified  of  the  other  Borrower's  bankruptcy  proceedings  or  debt  reorganisation  proceedings  and/or  any
application for the latter);

§ 65  (3)  (that  the  consent  of  that  Borrower  is  required  for  that  Borrower  to  be  bound  by  amendments  to  the  Finance
Documents that may be detrimental to its interest);

§ 66 (that its consent is required for the release of other Security);

§ 67  (2)  (about  any  reduction  of  that  Borrower's  liabilities  hereunder,  since  no  such  reduction  shall  apply  as  long  as  any
amount is outstanding under the Finance Documents);

§ 67 (4) (that that Borrower's liabilities hereunder shall lapse after 10 years, as that Borrower shall remain liable hereunder as
long as any amount is outstanding under any of the Finance Documents);

§ 70  (as  that  Borrower  shall  not  have  any  right  of  subrogation  into  the  rights  of  the  Finance  Parties  under  the  Finance
Documents  until  and  unless  the  Finance  Parties  shall  have  received  all  amounts  due  or  to  become  due  to  them  under  the
Finance Documents);

§ 71 (as the Finance Parties shall have no obligation first to make demand upon or seek to enforce remedies against any other
Obligor  or  any  other  Security  provided  in  respect  of  any  other  Obligor's  liabilities  under  the  Finance  Documents  before
demanding payment under or seeking to enforce the guarantee obligations of that Borrower hereunder);

§ 72 (as all interest and default interest due under any of the Finance Documents shall be secured by the guarantee obligations
of that Borrower hereunder);

§ 73 (1)  – (2) (as all costs and expenses related to a termination event, a Default or an Event of Default shall be secured by
the guarantee obligations of that Borrower hereunder); and

(m)

§ 74 (1) – (2) (as that Borrower shall not make any claim against the other Borrower for payment by reason of performance
by it of its obligations under the Finance Documents until and unless the Finance Parties first shall have received all amounts
due or to become due to them under the Finance Documents).

SECTION 4
REPAYMENT, PREPAYMENT AND CANCELLATION

7.

7.1

REPAYMENT

Repayment of the Pre-Delivery Tranche A

(a)

The Pre-Delivery Tranche A and any Outstanding Indebtedness related thereto is due and payable on the Final Maturity Date
of the Pre-Delivery Tranche A.

(b)

No Borrower may reborrow any part of the Pre-Delivery Tranche A which is repaid.

7.2

Repayment of the Pre-Delivery Tranche B

(a)

The Pre-Delivery Tranche B and any Outstanding Indebtedness related thereto is due and payable on the Final Maturity Date
of the Pre-Delivery Tranche B.

(b)

No Borrower may reborrow any part of the Pre-Delivery Tranche B which is repaid.

28

7.3

Repayment of the Post-Delivery Tranche A

(a)

The Post-Delivery Tranche A shall be repaid by 20 consecutive quarterly repayment instalments over a 20 year profile as set
out in Schedule 9 (Repayment Schedule), provided that if the full amount of the Post-Delivery Tranche A is not advanced to
the Borrowers, the amount of each such repayment instalment shall be reduced pro rata to the amount of the Post-Delivery
Tranche A actually advanced. The first such repayment instalment is due and payable on the date falling 3 months after the
Delivery  Date  of  Vessel  A  and  subsequent  repayment  instalments  are  due  and  payable  at  successive  3  monthly  intervals
thereafter.

(b)

Any Outstanding Indebtedness related to the Post-Delivery Tranche A is due and payable on the Final Maturity Date of the
Post-Delivery Tranche A.

(c)

No Borrower may reborrow any part of the Post-Delivery Tranche A which is repaid.

7.4

Repayment of the Post-Delivery Tranche B

(a)

The Post-Delivery Tranche B shall be repaid by 20 consecutive quarterly repayment instalments over a 20 year profile as set
out in Schedule 9 (Repayment Schedule), provided that if the full amount of the Post-Delivery Tranche B is not advanced to
the Borrowers, the amount of each such repayment instalment shall be reduced pro rata to the amount of the Post-Delivery
Tranche B actually advanced. The first such repayment instalment is due and payable on the date falling 3 months after the
Delivery  Date  of  Vessel  B  and  subsequent  repayment  instalments  are  due  and  payable  at  successive  3  monthly  intervals
thereafter.

(b)

Any Outstanding Indebtedness related to the Post-Delivery Tranche B is due and payable on the Final Maturity Date of the
Post-Delivery Tranche B.

(c)

No Borrower may reborrow any part of the Post-Delivery Tranche B which is repaid.

7.5

Final Maturity Date

All Outstanding Indebtedness is due and payable on the Final Maturity Date of the Post-Delivery Tranche B (or, if the Delivery Date
of Vessel B occurs before the Delivery Date of Vessel A, on the Final Maturity Date of the Post-Delivery Tranche A).

8.

8.1

PREPAYMENT AND CANCELLATION

Voluntary cancellation

The Borrowers may, if they give the Agent not less than 10 Business Days' (or such shorter period as the Majority Lenders may agree)
prior  notice,  cancel  the  whole  or  any  part  (being  a  minimum  amount  of  USD5,000,000)  of  the  Available  Facility  in  respect  of  a
Tranche. Any cancellation under this Clause 8.1 (Voluntary Cancellation) shall reduce the Commitments of the Lenders in respect of
that Tranche rateably.

8.2

Voluntary prepayment of Loans

(a)

(b)

The Borrowers may, if they give the Agent not less than 10 Business Days' (or such shorter period as the Majority Lenders
may agree) prior notice, prepay the whole or any part of the Loans (but, if in part, being an amount that reduces the amount of
the Loan by a minimum amount of USD2,000,000).

Any  prepayment  under  this  Clause  8.2  (Voluntary  Prepayment  Of  Loans)  shall  rateably  satisfy  the  Borrowers'  obligations
under (1) Clause 7.1 (Repayment Of The Pre-Delivery Tranche A) and Clause 7.2 (Repayment Of The Pre-Delivery Tranche
B) or (2) Clause 7.3 (Repayment Of The Post-Delivery Tranche A) and Clause 7.4 (Repayment Of The Post-Delivery Tranche
B) (as the case may be, depending on whether or not the Vessels have been delivered and the Post-Delivery Facility utilised),
pro rata to the remaining instalments and the balloon payment.

29

8.3

Mandatory prepayment - Drop Down

If a Drop Down occurs in relation  to a Borrower, the Borrowers shall, on the relevant  Drop Down Date, prepay a part of the Post-
Delivery Tranche A (if the Drop Down relates to Borrower A) or a part of the Post-Delivery Tranche B (if the Drop Down relates to
Borrower B) in the amount (if any) by which (a) the outstanding amount of the relevant Post-Delivery Tranche exceeds (b) 75% of the
Market Value of that  Borrower's Vessel as determined not more than 14 days prior to the relevant Drop Down Date pursuant to Clause
21.8  (Market  Value),  together  with  accrued  interest  and  all  other  amounts  accrued  in  relation  thereto.  Such  amounts  will  become
immediately  due  and  payable  on the  relevant  Drop  Down  Date  whereupon  the  Total  Commitments  relating  to  the  relevant  Tranche
shall be cancelled in the amount to be prepaid.

8.4

Mandatory prepayment – illegality

If it becomes unlawful in any applicable jurisdiction for a Lender to perform any of its obligations as contemplated by this Agreement
or to fund or maintain its participation in any Loan or it becomes contrary to Sanctions to do the same:

(a)

(b)

(c)

that Lender shall promptly notify the Agent upon becoming aware of that event;

upon the Agent notifying the Borrowers, each Available Commitment of that Lender will be immediately cancelled; and

to  the  extent  that  the  Lender's  participation  has  not  been  transferred  pursuant  to  paragraph  (d)  of  Clause  8.8  (Right  of
replacement  or  repayment  and  cancellation  in  relation  to  a  single  Lender),  the  Borrowers  shall  repay  that  Lender's
participation  in  the  Loans  on  the  last  day  of  the  Interest  Period  for  each  Loan  occurring  after  the  Agent  has  notified  the
Borrowers or, if earlier, the date specified by the Lender in the notice delivered to the Agent (being no earlier than the last
day of any applicable grace period permitted by law) and that Lender's corresponding Commitment shall be cancelled in the
amount of the participations repaid.

8.5

Mandatory prepayment – Total Loss or sale of a Vessel

If a Vessel is sold or shall suffer a Total Loss, the Agent shall:

(a)

(b)

in case of a sale, on or before the date on which the sale is completed by delivery of that Vessel to the buyer; or

in the case of a Total Loss, on the earlier of the date falling 90 days after the Total Loss Date and the receipt by the Agent of
the proceeds of Insurance relating to such Total Loss (or in the event of a requisition for title of the Vessel, immediately after
the occurrence of such requisition of title)

cancel  the  Total  Commitments  relating  to  the  relevant  Tranches  under  which  that  Vessel  is  financed  and  declare  the  relevant
outstanding  Loans,  together  with  accrued  interest  and  all  other  amounts  accrued  in  relation  thereto  immediately  due  and  payable,
whereupon the Total Commitments relating to the relevant Tranches under which that Vessel is financed will be cancelled and all such
outstanding amounts will become immediately due and payable.

8.6

Mandatory prepayment – Market Value

(a)

If:

(i)

(ii)

following the Delivery Date of the first Vessel to be delivered but before the Delivery Date of the second Vessel to
be  delivered,  the  Market  Value  of  the  Vessel  which  has  been  delivered  falls  below  110%  of  the  Post-Delivery
Tranche relating to that Vessel; or

following the Delivery Date of both Vessels but after a Drop Date has occurred in respect of one Borrower only, the
Market Value of a Vessel falls below 110% of the Post-Delivery Tranche relating to that Vessel;

30

the Borrower which is the owner of the relevant Vessel shall, unless otherwise agreed with the Agent within 30 days, either:

(A)

(B)

prepay  the  Post-Delivery  Tranche  relating  to  that  Vessel  or  a  part  of  that  Post-Delivery  Tranche  (as  the
case may be); and/or

provide the Lenders with such additional security, in form and substance and being of a kind and having a
value satisfactory to the Lenders,

as is required to restore the aforesaid ratio.

(b)

(c)

(d)

(e)

Any prepayment under paragraph (a) shall satisfy the relevant Borrower's obligations under Clause 7.3 (Repayment Of The
Post-Delivery  Tranche  A)  or  7.4  (Repayment  of  the  Post-Delivery  Tranche  B)  (as  applicable)  pro  rata  to  the  remaining
instalments and the balloon payment.

If following the Delivery Date of both Vessels and no Drop Down has occurred or a Drop Down has occurred in respect of
both Borrowers, the aggregate Market Value of the Vessels falls below 110% of the aggregate amount of the Post Delivery
Tranches, the Borrowers shall, unless otherwise agreed with the Agent within 30 days, either:

(i)

(ii)

prepay the Post-Delivery Tranches or a part of the Post-Delivery Tranches (as the case may be); and/or

provide  the  Lenders  with  such  additional  security,  in  form  and  substance  and  being  of  a  kind  and  having  a  value
satisfactory to the Lenders,

as is required to restore the aforesaid ratio.

Any prepayment under paragraph (c) shall rateably satisfy the Borrowers' obligations under Clause 7.3 (Repayment Of The
Post-Delivery Tranche A) and Clause 7.4 (Repayment Of The Post-Delivery Tranche B), pro rata to the remaining instalments
and the balloon payments.

Any additional security shall be documented and perfected in such terms as the Agent (on behalf of all Lenders) may approve
or require.

8.7

Mandatory prepayment – Change of Control or delisting of KNOP

(a)

If a Change of Control occurs in relation to both Borrowers or, if a Drop Down has taken place in relation to both Borrowers,
KNOP ceases to be listed on the New York Stock Exchange:

(i)

(ii)

(iii)

the Borrowers shall promptly notify the Agent upon becoming aware of that event;

a Lender shall not be obliged to fund a Utilisation; and

the Agent (acting on the instructions of the Majority Lenders) may, by giving notice to the Borrowers of not less
than the relevant period specified in paragraph (c) below, cancel the Total Commitments and declare all outstanding
Loans together with accrued interest, and all other amounts accrued under the Finance Documents immediately due
and payable, whereupon the Total Commitments will be cancelled and all such outstanding Loans and amounts will
become immediately due and payable.

(b)

If a Change of Control occurs in relation to one Borrower only or, if a Drop Down has taken place in relation to one Borrower
only,  KNOP  ceases  to  be  listed  on  the  New  York  Stock  Exchange  (in  each  case,  such  Borrower  being  the  Affected
Borrower):

(i)

(ii)

the Borrowers shall promptly notify the Agent upon becoming aware of that event;

a Lender shall not be obliged to fund a Utilisation for the Tranche which relates to the Vessel owned by the Affected
Borrower (the Affected Tranche); and

31

(iii)

the Agent (acting on the instructions of the Majority Lenders) may, by giving notice to the Borrowers of not less
than the relevant period specified in paragraph (c) below, cancel the Total Commitments for the Affected Tranche
and declare all outstanding Loans in connection with the Affected Tranche, together with accrued interest, and all
other amounts in connection with the Affected Tranche accrued under the Finance Documents immediately due and
payable,  whereupon  the  Total  Commitments  for  the  Affected  Tranche  will  be  cancelled  and  all  such  outstanding
Loans for the Affected Tranche and amounts will become immediately due and payable.

(c)

The relevant notice period specified in paragraphs (a)(iii) and (b)(iii) above is:

(i)

(ii)

30 days in relation to a Change of Control (other than a KNOP Change of Control); or

60 days in relation to a KNOP Change of Control or a delisting of KNOP.

8.8

Right of replacement or repayment and cancellation in relation to a single Lender

(a)

(b)

(c)

(d)

If:

(i)

(ii)

any sum payable to any Lender by an Obligor is required to be increased under paragraph (c) of Clause 13.2 (Tax
gross-up); or

any Lender claims indemnification from a Borrower under Clause 13.3 (Tax indemnity) or Clause 14.1 (Increased
costs),

the Borrowers may, whilst the circumstance giving rise to the requirement for that increase or indemnification continues, give
the  Agent  notice  of  cancellation  of  the  Commitment(s)  of  that  Lender  and  its  intention  to  procure  the  repayment  of  that
Lender's  participation  in  the  Loan  or  give  the  Agent  notice  of  its  intention  to  replace  that  Lender  in  accordance  with
paragraph (d) below.

On receipt of a notice of cancellation referred to in paragraph (a) above, the Commitment(s) of that Lender shall immediately
be reduced to zero.

On the last day of each Interest Period which ends after the Borrowers have given notice of cancellation under paragraph (a)
above (or, if earlier, the date specified by the Borrowers in that notice), the Borrowers shall repay that Lender's participation
in that Loan.

If:

(i)

(ii)

any of the circumstances set out in paragraph (a) above apply to a Lender; or

an Obligor becomes obliged to pay any amount in accordance with Clause 8.4 (Mandatory prepayment – illegality)
to any Lender,

the  Borrowers may,  on 30  Business  Days' prior  notice  to  the  Agent and  that  Lender,  replace  that  Lender  by requiring  that
Lender to (and, to the extent permitted by law, that Lender shall) transfer pursuant to Clause 27 (Changes to the Lenders) all
(and not part only) of its rights and obligations under this Agreement to a Lender or other bank, financial institution, trust,
fund or other entity selected by the Borrowers which confirms its willingness to assume and does assume all the obligations
of the transferring Lender in accordance with Clause 27 (Changes to the Lenders) for a purchase price in cash payable at the
time of the transfer in an amount equal to the outstanding principal amount of such Lender's participation in the outstanding
Loan and all accrued interest (to the extent that the Agent has not given a notification under Clause 27.7 (Pro rata interest
settlement)), Break Costs and other amounts payable in relation thereto under the Finance Documents.

(e)

The replacement of a Lender pursuant to paragraph (d) above shall be subject to the following conditions:

(i)

the Borrowers shall have no right to replace the Agent;

32

(ii)

(iii)

(iv)

neither the Agent nor any Lender shall have any obligation to find a replacement Lender;

in  no  event  shall  the  Lender  replaced  under  paragraph  (d)  above  be  required  to  pay  or  surrender  any  of  the  fees
received by such Lender pursuant to the Finance Documents; and

the  Lender  shall  only  be  obliged  to  transfer  its  rights  and  obligations  pursuant  to  paragraph  (d)  above  once  it  is
satisfied that it has complied with all necessary "know your customer" or other similar checks under all applicable
laws and regulations In relation to that transfer.

(f)

A Lender shall perform the checks described in paragraph (e)(iv) above as soon as reasonably practicable following delivery
of  a notice  referred  to  in paragraph  (d)  above  and shall  notify  the  Agent and  the  Borrowers  when it  is  satisfied  that  it  has
complied with this checks.

8.9

Restrictions

(a)

(b)

(c)

(d)

(e)

(f)

(g)

Any  notice  of  cancellation  or  prepayment  given  by  any  Party  under  this  Clause 8 (Prepayment  and  cancellation)  shall  be
irrevocable  and,  unless  a  contrary  indication  appears  in  this  Agreement,  shall  specify  the  date  or  dates  upon  which  the
relevant cancellation or prepayment is to be made and the amount of that cancellation or prepayment.

Any prepayment under this Agreement shall be made together with accrued interest on the amount prepaid and, subject to any
Break  Costs  and  amounts  (if  any)  payable  under  the  Hedging  Agreements  in  connection  with  that  prepayment,  without
premium or penalty.

The Borrowers may not reborrow any part of a Facility which is prepaid.

The Borrowers shall not repay or prepay all or any part of the Loans or cancel all or any part of the Commitments except at
the times and in the manner expressly provided for in this Agreement.

No amount of the Total Commitments cancelled under this Agreement may be subsequently reinstated.

If the Agent receives  a notice  under this Clause 8 (Prepayment and cancellation) it shall  promptly  forward  a copy  of that
notice to either the Borrowers or the affected Lender, as appropriate.

If all or part of any Lender's participation in a Loan is repaid or prepaid, an amount of that Lender's Commitment (equal to
the  amount  of  the  participation  which  is  repaid  or  prepaid)  will  be  deemed  to  be  cancelled  on  the  date  of  repayment  or
prepayment.

8.10

Application of prepayments

Any  prepayment  of  the  Loan  pursuant  to  Clause  8.2  (Voluntary  prepayment  of  Loans),  Clause  8.3  (Mandatory  prepayment  -  Drop
Down), Clause 8.5 (Mandatory prepayment – Total Loss or sale of a Vessel), Clause 8.6 (Mandatory prepayment – Market Value) or
Clause 8.7 (Mandatory prepayment – Change of Control)  shall be applied pro rata to each Lender's participation in that Loan.

SECTION 5
COSTS OF UTILISATION

9.

9.1

INTEREST

Calculation of interest

(a)

The  rate  of  interest  on  each  Loan  for  each  Interest  Period  is  the  percentage  rate  per  annum  which  is  the  aggregate  of  the
applicable:

(i)

Margin; and

33

(ii)

LIBOR.

(b)

(c)

(d)

Interest shall be calculated on the actual number of days elapsed on the basis of a 360 day year.

For purpose  of  calculation  of  such  number  of  days,  the  first  day  of  each  Interest  Period  shall  be  included  and  the  last  day
thereof shall be excluded.

If, after calculation of any amount payable under this Clause 9, there is any fraction equating to less than one hundredth of
one dollar (USD0.01), such fraction shall be discarded.

9.2

Payment of interest

The Borrowers shall pay accrued interest on each Loan on the last day of each Interest Period (and, if the Interest Period is longer than
3 Months, on the dates falling at 3 monthly intervals after the first day of the Interest Period).

9.3

Default interest

(a)

(b)

(c)

(d)

If an Obligor fails to pay any amount payable by it under a Finance Document on its due date, interest shall accrue on the
overdue amount from the due date up to the date of actual payment (both before and after judgment) at a rate which is 2.00%
per annum higher than the rate which would have been payable if the overdue amount had, during the period of non-payment,
constituted a Loan in the currency of the overdue amount for successive Interest Periods, each of a duration selected by the
Agent (acting reasonably).

If a Relevant Event of Default has occurred and is continuing in respect of a Loan and notice to pay default interest on it is
given  by  the  Agent  to  the  relevant  Borrower  or  the  Borrowers  (as  the  case  may  be)  in  accordance  with  paragraph  (a)  of
Clause  26.16  (Acceleration),  interest  shall  accrue  on  such  Loan  (but  only  to  the  extent  that  default  interest  is  not  then
accruing on it under paragraph (a) above) from the date when such notice is given by the Agent to the relevant Borrower or
the Borrowers (save in case of breach of Clause 21.6 (Notification of default), in which case default interest shall be payable
from  the  date  when  the  Relevant  Event  of  Default  occurred)  up  to  the  date  on  which  the  Relevant  Event  of  Default  is
remedied at a rate which is 2.00% per annum higher than the normal interest rate then applicable to the relevant Loan.

Any interest accruing under this Clause 9.3 shall be immediately payable by the Obligor on demand by the Agent.

If any overdue amount consists of all or part of a Loan which became due on a day which was not the last day of an Interest
Period relating to that Loan:

(i)

(ii)

the first Interest Period for that overdue amount shall have a duration equal to the unexpired portion of the current
Interest Period relating to that Loan; and

the rate of interest applying to the overdue amount during that first Interest Period shall be 2.00% per annum higher
than the rate which would have applied if the overdue amount had not become due.

(e)

Default interest (if unpaid) arising on an overdue amount will be compounded with the overdue amount at the end of each
Interest Period applicable to that overdue amount but will remain immediately due and payable.

9.4

Notification of rates of interest

(a)

The  Agent  shall  promptly  notify  the  Lenders  and  the  Borrowers  of  the  determination  of  a  rate  of  interest  under  this
Agreement.

(b)

The Agent shall promptly notify the relevant Borrower of each Funding Rate relating to a Loan.

34

10.

INTEREST PERIODS

10.1

Interest Periods

(a)

(b)

(c)

(d)

(e)

Except as provided in Clause 10.1(c) and Clause 10.1(d), each Interest Period shall be in relation to a Loan and shall be for a
duration of 3 months.

The first Interest Period in respect of the first Loan to be utilised in respect of a Pre-Delivery Tranche shall commence on the
first  Utilisation  Date for  that  Loan and end on the date  falling  3 months after  and each  subsequent  Interest  Period for  that
Loan shall commence on the last day of the immediately preceding Interest Period.

The first Interest Period in respect of each subsequent Loan for that Pre-Delivery Tranche shall commence on its Utilisation
Date  and  end  on  the  last  day  of  the  then  current  Interest  Period  for  the  other  Loans  already  drawn  in  relation  to  that  Pre-
Delivery Tranche (so that the Interest Periods for all Loans shall be consolidated) and each subsequent Interest Period shall
commence on the last day of the immediately preceding Interest Period.

No Interest  Period in respect  of a Pre-Delivery  Tranche  that  commences  before  the Utilisation  Date of its applicable  Post-
Delivery Tranche  shall extend beyond the Utilisation Date for such Post-Delivery Tranche and for the purposes of ensuring
that the then current Interest Period for the Loans for the relevant Pre-Delivery Tranche ends on that date, Interest Periods of
less than 3 months' duration may be set by the Agent so that it ends on the Utilisation Date of relevant Post-Delivery Tranche.

An Interest Period in respect of a Loan shall not extend beyond the relevant Final Maturity Date and shall be shortened so that
it ends on the relevant Final Maturity Date.

10.2

Non-Business Day

If  an  Interest  Period  would  otherwise  end  on  a  day  which  is  not  a  Business  Day,  that  Interest  Period  will  instead  end  on  the  next
Business Day in that calendar month (if there is one) or the preceding Business Day (if there is not).

11.

CHANGES TO THE CALCULATION OF INTEREST

11.1

Unavailability of Screen Rate

(a)

Interpolated Screen Rate: If no Screen Rate is available for LIBOR for the Interest Period of a Loan, the applicable LIBOR
shall be the Interpolated Screen Rate for a period equal in length to the Interest Period of that Loan.

(b)

Reference Bank Rate: If no Screen Rate is available for LIBOR for:

(i)

(ii)

USD; or

the Interest Period of a Loan and it is not possible to calculate the Interpolated Screen Rate,

the applicable LIBOR shall be the Reference Bank Rate as of noon London time on the Quotation Day and for a period equal
in length to the Interest Period of that Loan.

11.2

Calculation of Reference Bank Rate

(a)

(b)

Subject to paragraph (b) below, if LIBOR is to be determined on the basis of a Reference Bank Rate but a Reference Bank
does not supply a quotation by noon London time on the Quotation Day, the Reference Bank Rate shall be calculated on the
basis of the quotations of the remaining Reference Banks.

If at or about noon London time on the Quotation Day, none or only one of the Reference Banks supplies a quotation, there
shall be no Reference Bank Rate for the relevant Interest Period.

35

(c)

If paragraph (b) above applies but no Reference Bank Rate is available for USD or the relevant Interest Period there shall be
no LIBOR for that Loan and Clause 11.4 (Cost of funds) shall apply to that Loan for that Interest Period.

11.3

Market disruption

If before  close  of  business in London on the  Quotation  Day  for the relevant  Interest  Period  the Agent  receives  notifications  from  a
Lender or Lenders (whose participations in a Loan exceed 50% of that Loan) that the cost to it of funding its participation in that Loan
from whatever source it may reasonably select would be in excess of LIBOR then Clause 11.4 (Cost of funds) shall apply to that Loan
for the relevant Interest Period.

11.4

Cost of funds

(a)

If this Clause 11.4 (Cost of funds) applies, the rate of interest on each Lender's share of the relevant Loan for the relevant
Interest Period shall be the percentage rate per annum which is the sum of:

(i)

(ii)

the Margin; and

the rate notified to the Agent by that Lender as soon as practicable and in any event within 3 Business Days of the
first day of that Interest Period (or, if earlier, on the date falling 3 Business Days before the date on which interest is
due to be paid in respect of that Interest Period), to be that which expresses as a percentage rate per annum the cost
to the relevant Lender of funding its participation in that Loan from whatever source it may reasonably select.

(b)

(c)

If this Clause 11.4 (Cost of Funds) applies and the Agent or a Borrower so requires, the Agent and the Borrowers shall enter
into negotiations (for a period of not more than 30 days with a view to agreeing a substitute basis for determining the rate of
interest.

Any  alternative  basis  agreed  pursuant  to  paragraph  (b)  above  shall,  with  the  prior  consent  of  all  the  Lenders  and  the
Borrowers, be binding on all Parties.

11.5

Break Costs

(a)

(b)

Each  Borrower  shall,  within  3  Business  Days  of  demand  by  a  Finance  Party,  pay  to  that  Finance  Party  its  Break  Costs
attributable to all or any part of a Loan or Unpaid Sum being paid by the Borrowers on a day other than the last day of an
Interest Period for that Loan or Unpaid Sum.

Each  Lender  shall,  as  soon  as  reasonably  practicable  after  a  demand  by  the  Agent,  provide  a  certificate  confirming  the
amount of its Break Costs for any Interest Period in which they accrue.

12.

FEES

12.1

Commitment fee

(a)

(b)

The Borrowers shall pay to the Agent (for the account of each Lender) a commitment fee computed at the rate of 0.70% per
annum on that Lender's Net Available Commitment for the period commencing on the date of this Agreement and ending on
the last day of the Availability Period.

For the purposes of this Clause 12.1 (Commitment fee), the Net Available Commitment of a Lender is equal to the aggregate
of:

(i)

(ii)

its Available Commitments in respect of the Pre-Delivery Tranches; plus

the  amount  by  which  its  Available  Commitments  in  respect  of  the  Post-Delivery  Tranches  exceed  the  amount  in
paragraph (i) above.

36

(c)

The  accrued  commitment  fee  is  payable  on  the  last  day  of  each  successive  period  of  3  Months  which  ends  during  the
Availability Period, on the last day of the Availability Period and, if cancelled in full, on the cancelled amount of the relevant
Lender's Commitment at the time the cancellation is effective.

12.2

Flat fee

The Borrowers shall pay to the Agent for distribution to each Original Lender a non-refundable flat fee in the amount equal to 1.00%
of that Original Lender's Total Commitments to the Post-Delivery Facility, being:

(a)

(b)

(c)

a fee of USD510,500 to be paid to MUFG Bank, Ltd.;

a fee of USD960,500 to be paid to Mizuho Bank, Ltd.; and

a fee of USD450,000 to be paid to Sumitomo Mitsui Trust Bank, Limited (London Branch),

such amounts to be paid within 10 Business Days after the date of this Agreement.

12.3

Other fees

The Borrowers shall pay to the Agent such other fees as are set out in any Fee Letter.

SECTION 6
ADDITIONAL PAYMENT OBLIGATIONS

13.

TAX GROSS UP AND INDEMNITIES

13.1

Definitions

In this Agreement:

Protected Party means a Finance Party which is or will be subject to any liability, or required to make any payment, for or on account
of Tax in relation to a sum received or receivable (or any sum deemed for the purposes of Tax to be received or receivable) under a
Finance Document.

Tax Deduction means a deduction or withholding for or on account of Tax from a payment under a Finance Document, other than a
FATCA Deduction.

13.2

Tax gross-up

(a)

(b)

(c)

(d)

(e)

Each Obligor shall make all payments to be made by it without any Tax Deduction, unless a Tax Deduction is required by
law.

The Borrowers shall promptly upon becoming aware that an Obligor must make a Tax Deduction (or that there is any change
in  the  rate  or  the  basis  of  a  Tax  Deduction)  notify  the  Agent  accordingly.  Similarly,  a  Lender  shall  notify  the  Agent  on
becoming so aware in respect of a payment payable to that Lender. If the Agent receives such notification from a Lender it
shall notify the Borrowers and that Obligor.

If a Tax Deduction is required by law to be made by an Obligor, the amount of the payment due from that Obligor shall be
increased to an amount which (after making any Tax Deduction) leaves an amount equal to the payment which would have
been due if no Tax Deduction had been required.

If an Obligor is required to make a Tax Deduction, that Obligor shall make that Tax Deduction and any payment required in
connection with that Tax Deduction within the time allowed and in the minimum amount required by law.

Within  30  days  of  making  either  a  Tax  Deduction  or  any  payment  required  in  connection  with  that  Tax  Deduction,  the
Obligor  making  that  Tax  Deduction  shall  deliver  to  the  Agent  for  the  Finance  Party  entitled  to  the  payment  evidence
reasonably satisfactory to that Finance Party

37

that the Tax Deduction has been made or (as applicable) any appropriate payment paid to the relevant taxing authority.

13.3

Tax indemnity

(a)

The Borrowers shall (within 3 Business Days of demand by the Agent) pay to a Protected Party an amount equal to the loss,
liability or cost which that Protected Party determines will be or has been (directly or indirectly) suffered for or on account of
Tax by that Protected Party in respect of a Finance Document.

(b)

Paragraph (a) above shall not apply:

(i)

with respect to any Tax assessed on a Finance Party:

(A)

(B)

under the law of the jurisdiction in which that Finance Party is incorporated or, if different, the jurisdiction
(or jurisdictions) in which that Finance Party is treated as resident for tax purposes; or

under  the  law  of  the  jurisdiction  in  which  that  Finance  Party's  Facility  Office  is  located  in  respect  of
amounts received or receivable in that jurisdiction,

if  that  Tax  is  imposed  on  or  calculated  by  reference  to  the  net  income  received  or  receivable  (but  not  any  sum
deemed to be received or receivable) by that Finance Party; or

(ii)

to the extent a loss, liability or cost:

(A)

(B)

is compensated for by an increased payment under Clause 13.2 (Tax gross-up); or

would have been compensated for by an increased payment under Clause 13.2 (Tax gross-up) but was not
so  compensated  solely  because  one  of  the  exclusions  in  paragraph  (d)  of  Clause  13.2  (Tax  gross-up)
applied; or

(C)

relates to a FATCA Deduction required to be made by a Party.

(c)

A Protected  Party making, or intending to make a claim  under paragraph  (a) above shall promptly notify the Agent of the
event which will give, or has given, rise to the claim, following which the Agent shall notify the Borrowers.

(d)

A Protected Party shall, on receiving a payment from an Obligor under this Clause 13.3 (Tax indemnity), notify the Agent.

13.4

Stamp taxes

The Borrowers shall pay and, within 3 Business Days of demand, indemnify each Finance Party against any cost, loss or liability that
Finance Party incurs in relation to all stamp duty, registration and other similar Taxes payable in respect of any Finance Document.

13.5

VAT

(a)

All amounts expressed to be payable under a Finance Document by any Party to a Finance Party which (in whole or in part)
constitute the consideration for any supply for VAT purposes are deemed to be exclusive of any VAT which is chargeable on
that supply, and accordingly, subject to paragraph (b) below, if VAT is or becomes chargeable on any supply made by any
Finance  Party  to  any  Party  under  a  Finance  Document  and  such  Finance  Party  is  required  to  account  to  the  relevant  tax
authority for the VAT, that Party must pay to such Finance Party (in addition to and at the same time as paying any other
consideration for such supply) an amount equal to the amount of the VAT (and such Finance Party must promptly provide an
appropriate VAT invoice to that Party).

38

(b)

If VAT is or becomes chargeable on any supply made by any Finance Party (the Supplier) to any other Finance Party (the
Recipient) under a Finance Document, and any Party other than the Recipient (the Relevant Party) is required by the terms
of  any  Finance  Document  to  pay  an  amount  equal  to  the  consideration  for  that  supply  to  the  Supplier  (rather  than  being
required to reimburse or indemnify the Recipient in respect of that consideration):

(i)

(ii)

(where the Supplier is the person required to account to the relevant tax authority for the VAT) the Relevant Party
must also pay to the Supplier (at the same time as paying that amount) an additional amount equal to the amount of
the  VAT.    The  Recipient  must  (where  this  paragraph  (i)  applies)  promptly  pay  to  the  Relevant  Party  an  amount
equal  to  any  credit  or  repayment  the  Recipient  receives  from  the  relevant  tax  authority  which  the  Recipient
reasonably determines relates to the VAT chargeable on that supply; and

(where the Recipient is the person required to account to the relevant tax authority for the VAT) the Relevant Party
must promptly, following demand from the Recipient, pay to the Recipient an amount equal to the VAT chargeable
on  that  supply  but  only  to  the  extent  that  the  Recipient  reasonably  determines  that  it  is  not  entitled  to  credit  or
repayment from the relevant tax authority in respect of that VAT.

Where a Finance Document requires any Party to reimburse or indemnify a Finance Party for any cost or expense, that Party
shall reimburse or indemnify (as the case may be) such Finance Party for the full amount of such cost or expense, including
such part of it as represents VAT, save to the extent that such Finance Party reasonably determines that it is entitled to credit
or repayment in respect of such VAT from the relevant tax authority.

Any reference in this Clause 13.5 to any Party shall, at any time when such Party is treated as a member of a group for VAT
purposes, include (where appropriate and unless the context otherwise requires) a reference to the representative member of
such group at such time (the term representative member to have the same meaning as in the Value Added Tax Act 1994).

In relation to any supply made by a Finance Party to any Party under a Finance Document, if reasonably requested by such
Finance  Party, that  Party  must promptly  provide  such Finance  Party with details  of that Party's VAT registration  and such
other information as is reasonably requested in connection with such Finance Party's VAT reporting requirements in relation
to such supply.

(c)

(d)

(e)

13.6

FATCA Information

(a)

Subject to paragraph (c) below, each Party shall, within 10 Business Days of a reasonable request by another Party:

(i)

confirm to that other Party whether it is:

(A)

(B)

a FATCA Exempt Party; or

not a FATCA Exempt Party;

(ii)

(iii)

supply to that other Party such forms, documentation and other information relating to its status under FATCA as
that other Party reasonably requests for the purposes of that other Party's compliance with FATCA;

supply to that other Party such forms, documentation and other information relating to its status as that other Party
reasonably requests for the purposes of that other Party's compliance with any other law, regulation, or exchange of
information regime.

(b)

If a Party confirms to another Party pursuant to paragraph (a)(i) above that it is a FATCA Exempt Party and it subsequently
becomes aware that it is not or has ceased to be a FATCA Exempt Party, that Party shall notify that other Party reasonably
promptly.

(c)

Paragraph (a) above shall not oblige any Finance Party to do anything, and paragraph (a)(iii)

39

above shall not oblige any other Party to do anything, which would or might in its reasonable opinion constitute a breach of:

(i)

(ii)

any law or regulation;

any fiduciary duty; or

(iii)

any duty of confidentiality.

(d)

If a Party fails to confirm whether or not it is a FATCA Exempt Party or to supply forms, documentation or other information
requested in accordance with paragraph (a)(i) or (ii) above (including, for the avoidance of doubt, where paragraph (c) above
applies), then such Party shall be treated for the purposes of the Finance Documents (and payments under them) as if it is not
a FATCA Exempt Party until such time as the Party in question provides the requested confirmation, forms, documentation or
other information.

(e)

If an Obligor is a US Tax Obligor or the Agent reasonably believes that its obligations under FATCA or any other applicable
law or regulation require it, each Lender shall, within 10 Business Days of:

(i)

(ii)

where that Obligor is a US Tax Obligor and the relevant Lender is an Original Lender, the date of this Agreement;

where that Obligor is a US Tax Obligor on a Transfer Date and the relevant Lender is a New Lender, the relevant
Transfer Date; or

(iii)

where that Obligor is not a US Tax Obligor, the date of a request from the Agent,

supply to the Agent:

(A)

(B)

a withholding certificate on Form W-8, Form W-9 or any other relevant form; or

any withholding statement or other document, authorisation or waiver as the Agent may require to certify
or establish the status of such Lender under FATCA or that other law or regulation.

(f)

(g)

(h)

The  Agent  shall  provide  any  withholding  certificate,  withholding  statement,  document,  authorisation  or  waiver  it  receives
from a Lender pursuant to paragraph (e) above to the relevant Obligor.

If any withholding certificate, withholding statement, document, authorisation or waiver provided to the Agent by a Lender
pursuant to paragraph (e) above is or becomes materially inaccurate or incomplete, that Lender shall promptly update it and
provide such updated withholding certificate, withholding statement, document, authorisation or waiver to the Agent unless it
is unlawful for the Lender to do so (in which case the Lender shall promptly notify the Agent). The Agent shall provide any
such updated withholding certificate, withholding statement, document, authorisation or waiver to the relevant Obligor.

The Agent may rely on any withholding certificate, withholding statement, document, authorisation or waiver it receives from
a Lender pursuant to paragraph (e) or (g) above without further verification. The Agent shall not be liable for any action taken
by it under or in connection with paragraphs (e), (f) or (g) above.

13.7

FATCA Deduction

(a)

Each  Party  may  make  any  FATCA  Deduction  it  is  required  to  make  by  FATCA,  and  any  payment  required  in  connection
with  that  FATCA  Deduction,  and  no  Party  shall  be  required  to  increase  any  payment  in  respect  of  which  it  makes  such  a
FATCA Deduction or otherwise compensate the recipient of the payment for that FATCA Deduction.

(b)

Each Party shall promptly, upon becoming aware that it must make a FATCA Deduction (or

40

that  there  is  any  change  in  the  rate  or  the  basis  of  such  FATCA  Deduction),  notify  the  Party  to  whom  it  is  making  the
payment and, in addition, shall notify the Borrowers and the Agent and the Agent shall notify the other Finance Parties.

14.

INCREASED COSTS

14.1

Increased costs

(a)

Subject  to  Clause  14.3  (Exceptions)  the  Borrowers  shall,  within  3  Business  Days  of  a  demand  by  the  Agent,  pay  for  the
account of a Finance Party the amount of any Increased Costs incurred by that Finance Party or any of its Affiliates as a result
of (i) the introduction of or any change in (or in the interpretation, administration or application of) any law or regulation, (ii)
compliance with any law or regulation made after the date of this Agreement or (iii) the implementation or application of or
compliance  with  any  Basel  III  Regulation  (whether  such  implementation,  application  or  compliance  is  by  a  government,
regulator, Finance Party or any of its Affiliates).

(b)

In this Agreement Increased Costs means:

(i)

(ii)

a reduction in the rate of return from the Facility or on a Finance Party's (or its Affiliate's) overall capital;

an additional or increased cost; or

(iii)

a reduction of any amount due and payable under any Finance Document,

which is incurred or suffered by a Finance Party or any of its Affiliates to the extent that it is attributable to that Finance Party
having entered into its Commitment or funding or performing its obligations under any Finance Document.

14.2

Increased cost claims

(a)

(b)

A  Finance  Party  intending  to  make  a  claim  pursuant  to  Clause  14.1  (Increased costs)  shall  notify  the  Agent  of  the  event
giving rise to the claim, following which the Agent shall promptly notify the Borrowers.

Each Finance Party shall, as soon as practicable after a demand by the Agent, provide a certificate confirming the amount of
its Increased Costs.

14.3

Exceptions

(a)

Clause 14.1 (Increased costs) does not apply to the extent any Increased Cost is:

(i)

(ii)

(iii)

attributable to a Tax Deduction required by law to be made by an Obligor;

attributable to a FATCA Deduction required to be made by a Party;

compensated  for  by  Clause  13.3  (Tax indemnity)  (or  would  have  been  compensated  for  under  Clause  13.3  (Tax
indemnity) but was not so compensated solely because any of the exclusions in paragraph (b) of Clause 13.3 (Tax
indemnity) applied); or

(iv)

attributable to the wilful breach by the relevant Finance Party or its Affiliates of any law or regulation.

(b)

In this  Clause  14.3 (Exceptions),  a  reference  to  a  Tax Deduction has  the  same  meaning  given  to  the  term  in  Clause  13.1
(Definitions).

15.

OTHER INDEMNITIES

15.1

Currency indemnity

(a)

If any sum due from an Obligor under the Finance Documents (a Sum), or any order, judgment

41

or award given or made in relation to a Sum, has to be converted from the currency (the First Currency) in which that Sum
is payable into another currency (the Second Currency) for the purpose of:

(i)

(ii)

making or filing a claim or proof against that Obligor;

obtaining or enforcing an order, judgment or award in relation to any litigation or arbitration proceedings,

that Obligor shall as an independent obligation, within 3 Business Days of demand, indemnify each Finance Party to whom
that  Sum is  due  against  any  cost,  loss  or  liability  arising  out  of  or  as  a  result  of  the  conversion  including  any  discrepancy
between (A) the rate of exchange used to convert that Sum from the First Currency into the Second Currency and (B) the rate
or rates of exchange available to that person at the time of its receipt of that Sum.

(b)

Each Obligor waives any right it may have in any jurisdiction to pay any amount under the Finance Documents in a currency
or currency unit other than that in which it is expressed to be payable.

15.2

Other indemnities

Each Obligor shall, within 3 Business Days of demand, indemnify each Finance Party against any cost, loss or liability incurred by that
Finance Party as a result of:

(a)

(b)

(c)

(d)

the occurrence of any Event of Default in respect of any Loan in respect of which that Obligor is then liable as Borrower or
Guarantor;

a failure by an Obligor to pay any amount due under a Finance Document on its due date, including without limitation, any
cost, loss or liability arising as a result of Clause 31 (Sharing among the Finance Parties);

any claim, action, civil penalty or fine against, any settlement, and any other kind of loss or liability, and all reasonable costs
and  expenses  (including  reasonable  counsel  fees  and  disbursements)  incurred  by  the  Agent  or  any  Lender  as  a  result  of
conduct of any Obligor or any of their partners, directors, officers, employees, agents or advisors, that violates any Sanctions;

funding, or making arrangements to fund, its participation in a Loan requested by the Borrowers in a Utilisation Request but
not made by reason of the operation of any one or more of the provisions of this Agreement (other than by reason of default
or negligence by that Finance Party alone); or

(e)

a Loan (or part of a Loan) not being prepaid in accordance with a notice of prepayment given by the Borrowers.

The  indemnity  in  this  Clause  15.2  (Other indemnities)  shall  cover  any  cost,  loss  or  liability  incurred  by  each  Finance  Party  in  any
jurisdiction arising or asserted under or in connection with any law relating to safety at sea, the ISM Code, any Environmental Law or
any Sanctions.

15.3

Indemnity to the Agent

The Borrowers shall promptly indemnify the Agent against any cost, loss or liability incurred by the Agent (acting reasonably) as a
result of:

(a)

(b)

(c)

investigating any event which it reasonably believes is a Default;

acting or relying on any notice, request or instruction which it reasonably believes to be genuine, correct and appropriately
authorised; or

instructing  lawyers,  accountants,  tax  advisers,  surveyors  or  other  professional  advisers  or  experts  as  permitted  under  this
Agreement.

42

16.

MITIGATION BY THE LENDERS

16.1

Mitigation

(a)

Each Finance Party shall, in consultation with the Borrowers, take all reasonable steps to mitigate any circumstances which
arise and which would result in any amount becoming payable under or pursuant to, or cancelled pursuant to, any of Clause
8.4 (Mandatory prepayment – illegality), Clause 13 (Tax gross-up and indemnities) or Clause 14 (Increased costs) including
(but not limited to) transferring its rights and obligations under the Finance Documents to another Affiliate or Facility Office.

(b)

Paragraph (a) above does not in any way limit the obligations of any Obligor under the Finance Documents.

16.2

Limitation of liability

(a)

(b)

The Borrowers shall promptly indemnify each Finance Party for all costs and expenses reasonably incurred by that Finance
Party as a result of steps taken by it under Clause 16.1 (Mitigation).

A Finance Party is not obliged to take any steps under Clause 16.1 (Mitigation) if, in the opinion of that Finance Party (acting
reasonably), to do so might be prejudicial to it.

17.

COSTS AND EXPENSES

17.1

Transaction expenses

The Borrowers shall promptly on demand pay the Agent, the Hedging Banks and the Mandated Lead Arranger the amount of all costs
and  expenses  (including  legal  fees)  reasonably  incurred  by  any  of  them  in  connection  with  the  negotiation,  preparation,  printing,
execution, syndication, perfection, amendment, enforcement and preservation of:

(a)

(b)

this Agreement and any other documents referred to in this Agreement; and

any other Finance Documents executed after the date of this Agreement.

17.2

Amendment and enforcement costs

The Borrowers shall, within 3 Business Days of demand, reimburse the Agent and any Finance Party for the amount of all costs and
expenses  (including  but not limited  to legal  fees  and administration  fees,  including  costs of utilising  the  Agent's management  time)
incurred by the Agent and any such Finance Party in connection with:

(a)

(b)

(c)

(d)

responding to, evaluating, negotiating or complying with a request or requirement for any amendment, waiver or consent;

the granting of any release, waiver or consent under the Finance Documents;

any amendment or variation of a Finance Document; and

the enforcement of, or the preservation, protection or maintenance of, or attempt to preserve or enforce, any of the rights of
the Finance Parties under the Finance Documents.

17.3

Costs and expenses payable even if no Utilisation

For  the  avoidance  of  doubt,  costs  payable  by  the  Borrowers  under  Clause  17.1  (Transaction  Expenses)  and  this  Clause  17.2
(Amendment and enforcement costs) remain payable whether or not a Utilisation is ever made.

43

18.

SECURITY

18.1

Security

SECTION 7
SECURITY

The  obligations  and  liabilities  of  a  Borrower  under  the  Finance  Documents  and  the  Hedging  Agreements  to  which  it  is  a  party
including  (without  limitation)  that  Borrower's  obligation  to  repay  the  Loans  for  which,  in  accordance  with  Clause  6.1  (Joint  and
several liability) and  Clause  6.2 (Limitations),  it  is  from  time  to  time  liable  under  this  Agreement  together  with  all  unpaid  interest,
default  interest,  commissions,  charges,  expenses  and  any  other  derived  liability  whatsoever  of  that  Borrower  towards  the  Finance
Parties and/or the Hedging Banks in connection therewith shall, at any time until all amounts owing by it to the Finance Parties and the
Hedging Banks under the Finance Documents and the Hedging Agreements to which it is a party have been paid and/or repaid in full,
be guaranteed by the Guarantee from KNOT (if no Drop Down has taken place in respect of that Borrower) or by the Guarantees from
KNOP and KNOT ST (if a Drop Down has taken place in respect of that Borrower) and be secured by the following security:

(a)

(b)

(c)

(d)

(e)

(f)

the Account Pledge executed by that Borrower;

the Factoring Agreement executed by that Borrower;

the Share Pledge in respect of that Borrower;

the Hedging Agreement Security executed by that Borrower;

during  the  Pre-Delivery  Security  Period  relating  to  its  Vessel,  the  Pre-Delivery  Assignment  Agreement  executed  by  that
Borrower; and

during  the  Post-Delivery  Security  Period  relating  to  its  Vessel,  the  Mortgage  and  Post-Delivery  Assignment  Agreement
executed by that Borrower,

and any other document that may have been or shall from time to time hereafter be executed as Security for that Borrower's obligations
under or pursuant to the Finance Documents and/or the Hedging Agreements to which it is a party.

18.2

Ranking

The Security Documents entered into by or in respect of a Borrower shall:

(a)

(b)

(c)

rank with first priority;

secure  all  obligations  of  that  Borrower  under  the  Finance  Documents  and  the  Hedging  Agreements  to  which  it  is  a  party,
subject always to the provisions of Clause 32.5 (Partial Payments); and

as  between  the  Hedging  Banks  and  the  other  Finance  Parties,  secure  the  obligations  of  that  Borrower  under  the  Hedging
Agreements to which it is a party on a pari passu basis with the rights of the other Finance Parties.

18.3

Perfection etc.

The  Obligors  undertake  to  ensure  that  the  Security  Documents  are  duly  executed  by  the  parties  thereto  in  favour  of  the  Agent  (on
behalf of the Finance Parties and the Hedging Banks) on or about the date of the initial Utilisation Request or the Delivery Dates of the
respective  Vessels  (as  the  case  may  be)  in  accordance  with  Clause  4  (Conditions  of  Utilisation),  legally  valid,  enforceable  by  the
Finance  Parties  and  the  Hedging  Banks  and  in  full  force  and  effect,  and  to  execute  or  procure  the  execution  of  such  further
documentation  as  the  Agent  may  reasonable  require  in  order  for  the  relevant  Finance  Parties  and  Hedging  Banks  to  maintain  the
security position envisaged hereunder or to facilitate the realisation of any assets the subject of any Security.

44

19.

GUARANTEE AND INDEMNITY

19.1

Guarantee and indemnity

Each Guarantor irrevocably and unconditionally:

(a)

(b)

(c)

guarantees  to  each  Finance  Party  and  each  Hedging  Bank  punctual  performance  by  each  Borrower  of  all  that  Borrower's
obligations under the Finance Documents and the Hedging Agreements;

undertakes with each Finance Party and each Hedging Bank that whenever a Borrower does not pay any amount when due
under or in connection with any Finance Document or any Hedging Agreement, each Guarantor shall immediately on demand
pay  that  amount  as  if  it  was  principal  obligor,  and  no  Guarantor  shall  have  any  right  of  reservation  or  objection  to  such
demand for payment by the Agent and no conflict or dispute of whatsoever nature between the Agent and the Borrowers shall
have an impact on a Guarantor's obligation to pay under the guarantee set out in this Clause 19 (Guarantee and indemnity);

agrees with each Finance Party that if any obligation guaranteed by it is or becomes unenforceable, invalid or illegal, it will,
as  an  independent  and  primary  obligation,  indemnify  that  Finance  Party  and  that  Hedging  Bank  immediately  on  demand
against  any  cost,  loss  or  liability  it  incurs  as  a  result  of  a  Borrower  not  paying  any  amount  which  would,  but  for  such
unenforceability, invalidity or illegality, have been payable by it under any Finance Document or any Hedging Agreement on
the  date  when  it  would  have  been  due.  The  amount  payable  by  each  Guarantor  under  this  indemnity  will  not  exceed  the
amount it would have had to pay under this Clause 19 (Guarantee and indemnity) if the amount claimed had been recoverable
on the basis of a guarantee,

subject, however, to Clause 19.2 (Guarantee limitations) below.

19.2

Guarantee limitations

Notwithstanding the obligations of a Guarantor pursuant to the guarantee set out in this Clause 19 (Guarantee and indemnity):

(a)

(b)

(c)

the maximum guarantee liability of that Guarantor hereunder shall always be limited to USD230,520,000 plus (i) any interest,
default  interest,  Break  Cost  or  other  costs,  fees  and  expenses  related  to  the  Borrowers'  obligations  under  the  Finance
Documents and the Hedging Agreements and (ii) any default interest or other costs, fees and expenses related to the liability
of that Guarantor hereunder;

the guarantee set out in this Clause 19 (Guarantee and indemnity) does not apply to any liability if and to the extent that it
would result in this guarantee constituting unlawful financial assistance within the meaning of Chapter 8 of the Norwegian
Companies Act or any equivalent and applicable provisions under the laws of the relevant jurisdiction of that Guarantor; and

with effect from the date a Drop Down in respect of one Borrower has occurred and until a Drop Down has occurred also for
the  other  Borrower  (whereafter  KNOP  and  KNOT  ST  shall  be  jointly  and  severally  liable  for  both  Borrowers'  obligations
under the Finance Documents):

(i)

(ii)

the guarantee liabilities of KNOT shall be limited to the obligations of the Borrower owned by it only; and

the joint and several guarantee liabilities of KNOP and KNOT ST shall be limited to the obligations of the Borrower
owned by KNOP or a Subsidiary of KNOP only.

19.3

Continuing guarantee

This guarantee is a continuing guarantee and will extend to the ultimate balance of sums payable by any Obligor under the Finance
Documents and the Hedging Agreements, regardless of any intermediate payment or discharge in whole or in part.

45

19.4

Reinstatement

If any discharge, release or arrangement (whether in respect of the obligations of any Obligor or any security for those obligations or
otherwise) is made by a Finance Party or a Hedging Bank in whole or in part on the basis of any payment, security or other disposition
which is avoided or must be restored in insolvency, liquidation, administration or otherwise, without limitation, then the liability of the
Guarantors under this Clause 19 (Guarantee and indemnity) will continue or be reinstated as if the discharge, release or arrangement
had not occurred.

19.5 Waiver of defences

The obligations of each Guarantor under this Clause 19 (Guarantee and indemnity) will not be affected by an act, omission, matter or
thing  which,  but  for  this  Clause,  would  reduce,  release  or  prejudice  any  of  its  obligations  under  this  Clause  19  (Guarantee  and
indemnity) (without limitation and whether or not known to it or any Finance Party or any Hedging Bank) including:

(a)

(b)

(c)

(d)

(e)

(f)

any time, waiver or consent granted to, or composition with, any Obligor or other person;

the release of any other Obligor or any other person under the terms of any composition or arrangement with any creditor of
any member of the Group;

the taking, variation, compromise, exchange, renewal or release of, or refusal or neglect to perfect, take up or enforce, any
rights  against,  or  security  over  assets  of,  any  Obligor  or  other  person  or  any  non-presentation  or  non-observance  of  any
formality or other requirement in respect of any instrument or any failure to realise the full value of any security;

any  incapacity  or  lack  of  power,  authority  or  legal  personality  of  or  dissolution  or  change  in  the  members  or  status  of  an
Obligor or any other person;

any amendment,  novation,  supplement,  extension,  restatement  (however  fundamental  and whether  or  not more  onerous)  or
replacement  of  any  Finance  Document,  any  Hedging  Agreement  or  any  other  document  or  security  including  without
limitation any change in the purpose of, any extension of or any increase in any facility or the addition of any new facility
under any Finance Document, any Hedging Agreement or other document or security;

any  unenforceability,  illegality  or  invalidity  of  any  obligation  of  any  person  under  any  Finance  Document  or  any  other
document or security; or

(g)

any insolvency or similar proceedings.

19.6

Immediate recourse

Each Guarantor waives any right it may have of first requiring any Finance Party or any Hedging Bank (or any trustee or agent on its
behalf)  to  proceed  against  or  enforce  any  other  rights  or  security  or  claim  payment  from  any  person  before  claiming  from  the
Guarantor under this Clause 19 (Guarantee and indemnity). This waiver applies irrespective of any law or any provision of a Finance
Document or a Hedging Agreement to the contrary.

19.7

Appropriations

Until  all  amounts  which  may  be  or  become  payable  by  the  Obligors  under  or  in  connection  with  the  Finance  Documents  and  the
Hedging Agreements have been irrevocably  paid in full, each Finance Party and each Hedging Bank (or any trustee or agent on its
behalf) may:

(a)

(b)

refrain from applying or enforcing any other moneys, security or rights held or received by that Finance Party or that Hedging
Bank (or any trustee or agent on its behalf) in respect of those amounts, or apply and enforce the same in such manner and
order as it sees fit (whether against those amounts or otherwise) and no Guarantor shall be entitled to the benefit of the same;
and

hold in an interest-bearing suspense account any moneys received from a Guarantor or on account of a Guarantor's liability
under this Clause 19 (Guarantee and indemnity).

46

19.8

Deferral of the Guarantors' rights

Until  all  amounts  which  may  be  or  become  payable  by  the  Obligors  under  or  in  connection  with  the  Finance  Documents  and  the
Hedging Agreements have been irrevocably paid in full and unless the Agent otherwise directs, no Guarantor will exercise any rights
which it may have by reason of performance by it of its obligations under the Finance Documents and the Hedging Agreements or by
reason of any amount being payable, or liability arising, under this Clause 19 (Guarantee and indemnity):

(a)

(b)

(c)

(d)

(e)

(f)

to be indemnified by an Obligor;

to  claim  any  contribution  from  any  other  guarantor  of  any  Obligor's  obligations  under  the  Finance  Documents  and  the
Hedging Agreements;

to take the benefit (in whole or in part and whether by way of subrogation or otherwise) of any rights of the Finance Parties
under  the  Finance  Documents  or  of  any  other  guarantee  or  security  taken  pursuant  to,  or  in  connection  with,  the  Finance
Documents  by  any  Finance  Party  or  any  rights  of  the  Hedging  Banks  under  the  Hedging  Agreements  or  of  any  other
guarantee or security taken pursuant to, or in connection with, the Hedging Agreements by any Hedging Bank;

to bring legal or other proceedings for an order requiring any Obligor to make any payment, or perform any obligation, in
respect of which that Guarantor has given a guarantee, undertaking or indemnity under Clause 19 (Guarantee and Indemnity);

to exercise any right of set-off against any Obligor; and/or

to claim or prove as a creditor of any Obligor in competition with any Finance Party or any Hedging Bank.

If a Guarantor receives any benefit, payment or distribution in relation to such rights it shall hold that benefit, payment or distribution
to  the  extent  necessary  to  enable  all  amounts  which  may  be  or  become  payable  to  the  Finance  Parties  by  the  Obligors  under  or  in
connection with the Finance Documents and to the Hedging Banks under or in connection with the Hedging Agreements to be repaid
in full on trust for the Finance Parties and the Hedging Banks and shall promptly pay or transfer the same to the Agent or as the Agent
may direct for application in accordance with Clause 32 (Payment mechanics).

19.9

Additional security

This guarantee is in addition to and is not in any way prejudiced by any other guarantee or security now or subsequently held by any
Finance Party or any Hedging Bank.

19.10

FA Act

Each  Guarantor,  to  the  extent  it  is  considered  to  be  a  guarantor  pursuant  to  the  FA  Act,  specifically  waives  all  rights  under  the
provisions of the FA Act not being mandatory provisions, including (but not limited to) the following provisions (the main contents of
the relevant provisions being as indicated in the brackets):

(a)

(b)

(c)

(d)

§ 29  (as  the  Agent  shall  be  entitled  to  exercise  all  its  rights  under  this  Agreement  and  applicable  law  in  order  to  secure
payment. Such rights shall include the right to set-off any credit balance in any currency, on any bank account that Guarantor
might have with each of the Finance Parties individually against the amount due);

§ 63 (1)  – (2) (to be notified of a Default or an Event of Default hereunder or under a Hedging Agreement and to be kept
informed thereof);

§ 63 (3) (to be notified of any extension granted to a Borrower in payment of principal and/or interest);

§ 63 (4) (to be notified of a Borrower's bankruptcy proceedings or debt reorganisation

47

proceedings and/or any application for the latter);

(e)

(f)

(g)

(h)

(i)

(j)

(k)

(l)

(m)

§ 65  (3)  (that  its  consent  is  required  for  it  to  be  bound  by  amendments  to  the  Finance  Documents  and  the  Hedging
Agreements that may be detrimental to its interest);

§ 66 (that its consent is required for the release of other Security);

§ 67  (2)  (about  any  reduction  of  its  liabilities  hereunder,  since  no  such  reduction  shall  apply  as  long  as  any  amount  is
outstanding under the Finance Documents and the Hedging Agreements);

§ 67 (4) (that its liabilities hereunder shall lapse after 10 years, as it shall remain liable hereunder as long as any amount is
outstanding under any of the Finance Documents and the Hedging Agreements);

§ 70 (as it shall not have any right of subrogation into the rights of the Finance Parties under the Finance Documents and/or
the Hedging Banks under the Hedging Agreements  until  and unless the  Finance  Parties  and the Hedging Banks shall  have
received all amounts due or to become due to them under the Finance Documents and the Hedging Agreements);

§ 71  (as  the  Finance  Parties  and  the  Hedging  Banks  shall  have  no  liability  first  to  make  demand  upon  or  seek  to  enforce
remedies against any other Obligor or any other Security Interest provided in respect of any other Obligor's liabilities under
the Finance Documents and the Hedging Agreements before demanding payment under or seeking to enforce its guarantee
obligations hereunder);

§ 72  (as  all  interest  and  default  interest  due  under  any  of  the  Finance  Documents  and  the  Hedging  Agreements  shall  be
secured by its guarantee obligations hereunder);

§ 73 (1) – (2) (as all costs and expenses related to a termination event or an Event of Default under this Agreement and under
the Hedging Agreements shall be secured by its guarantee obligations hereunder); and

§ 74 (1)  – (2) (as it shall not make any claim against any other Obligor for payment by reason of performance by it of its
obligations under the Finance Documents and the Hedging Agreements until and unless the Finance Parties and the Hedging
Banks  first  shall  have  received  all  amounts  due  or  to  become  due  to  them  under  the  Finance  Documents  and  the  Hedging
Agreements)).

SECTION 8
REPRESENTATIONS, UNDERTAKINGS AND EVENTS OF DEFAULT

20.

REPRESENTATIONS

20.1

Date of representations and warranties

(a)

(b)

Subject to paragraph (b), each Obligor makes the representations and warranties set out in this Clause 20 (Representations) to
each  Finance  Party  and  each  Hedging  Bank  on  the  date  of  this  Agreement  and  on  the  dates  on  which  the  Repeating
Representations are made.

Each Borrower make the representations and warranties set out in Clause 20.13 (Financial statements) (in so far as they relate
to a Borrower's Original Financial Statements) to each Finance Party and each Hedging Bank on the date on which the first
set of audited financial statements (being the audited financial statements for the financial year ending 31 December 2019)
are delivered by each Borrower to the Agent pursuant to Clause 21.2(a) (Financial statements) and on the dates on which the
Repeating Representations are made.

20.2

Status

(a)

It is a corporation, duly incorporated and validly existing under the law of its jurisdiction of incorporation.

48

(b)

It has the power to own its assets and carry on its business as it is being conducted.

20.3

Binding obligations

(a)

(b)

The obligations expressed to be assumed by it in each Finance Document are, subject to any general principles of law limiting
its  obligations  which  are  specifically  referred  to  in  any  legal  opinion  delivered  pursuant  to  Clause  4  (Conditions  of
Utilisation), legal, valid, binding and enforceable obligations.

Save  as  provided  herein  or  therein  and/or  as  have  been  or  shall  be  completed  prior  to  the  relevant  Utilisation  Date,  no
registration,  filing,  payment  of  tax  or  fees  or  other  formalities  are  necessary  or  desired  to  render  the  Finance  Documents
enforceable  against  the  Obligors,  and  in  respect  of  a  Vessel,  for  the  Mortgage  over  that  Vessel  to  constitute  a  valid  and
enforceable first priority mortgage over that Vessel.

20.4

Non-conflict with other obligations

The entry into and performance by it of, and the transactions contemplated by, the Finance Documents and the Transaction Documents
do not and will not conflict with:

(a)

(b)

(c)

any law, statute, rule or regulation applicable to it, or any order, judgment, decree or permit to which it is subject (including
the  Council  Directive  2001/97/EC  of  the  European  Parliament  and  of  the  Council  of  4  December  2001  amending  Council
Directive 91/308/EEC of the Council of the European Community implemented to combat "money laundering");

its constitutional documents; or

any agreement or instrument binding upon it or any of its assets.

20.5

Power and authority

(a)

(b)

It has the power to enter into, perform and deliver, and has taken all necessary action to authorise its entry into, performance
and  delivery  of,  the  Finance  Documents  and  the  Transaction  Documents  to  which  it  is  a  party  and  the  transactions
contemplated by those Finance Documents and Transaction Documents.

All  necessary  corporate,  shareholder  and  other  action  have  been  taken  by  it  to  approve  and  authorise  the  execution  of  the
Finance Documents and the Transaction Documents, the compliance with the provisions thereof and the performance of its
obligations thereunder.

(c)

Each Borrower acts for its own account by entering into the Finance Documents and obtaining the Facilities.

20.6

Validity and admissibility in evidence

All Authorisations required or desirable:

(a)

(b)

to  enable  it  lawfully  to  enter  into,  exercise  its  rights  and  comply  with  its  obligations  in  the  Finance  Documents  and  the
Transaction Documents to which it is a party;

to  make  the  Finance  Documents  and  the  Transaction  Documents  to  which  it  is  a  party  admissible  in  evidence  in  its
jurisdiction of incorporation; and

(c)

in connection with its business and ownership of assets,

have been obtained or effected and are in full force and effect, and there are no circumstances which indicate that any of the same are
likely to be revoked in whole or in part.

20.7

Governing law and enforcement

(a)

The  choice  of  English  and  Norwegian  law  respectively  as  the  governing  law  of  the  Finance  Documents  (other  than  the
Mortgage on any Vessel whose Flag State is not Norway or the

49

United Kingdom) will be recognised and enforced in its jurisdiction of incorporation and each Flag State.

(b)

Any  judgment  obtained  in  England  and  Wales  and/or  Norway  in  relation  to  a  Finance  Document  will  be  recognised  and
enforced in its jurisdiction of incorporation and each Flag State.

20.8

Insolvency

No corporate action, legal proceeding or other procedure or step described in Clause 26.7 (Insolvency), 26.8 (Insolvency proceedings)
or Clause 26.9 (Creditors' process) is currently pending or, to its knowledge, threatened in relation to it, and none of the circumstances
described in Clause 26.7 (Insolvency), 26.8 (Insolvency proceedings) or Clause 26.9 (Creditors' process) applies to it.

20.9

Deduction of Tax

It is not required to make any Tax Deduction from any payment it may make under any Finance Document.

20.10 No filing or stamp taxes

Except for registration of:

(a)

(b)

each Mortgage in the ship registry of the relevant Vessel's Flag State; and

the Factoring Agreements with the Norwegian Register of Moveable Property (Løsøreregisteret) (and payment of associated
fees),

under the law of its jurisdiction of incorporation it is not necessary that the Finance Documents be filed, recorded or enrolled with any
court  or  other  authority  in  that  jurisdiction  or  that  any  stamp,  registration  or  similar  tax  be  paid  on  or  in  relation  to  the  Finance
Documents or the transactions contemplated by the Finance Documents.

20.11 No default

(a)

(b)

No Event of Default is continuing or might reasonably be expected to result from the making of any Utilisation.

No other event or circumstance is outstanding which constitutes a default under any other agreement or instrument which is
binding on it or to which its assets are  subject  (including,  without limitation,  the Finance  Documents and the Transaction
Documents) which might have a Material Adverse Effect.

20.12 No misleading information

(a)

(b)

(c)

Any factual information provided by any member of the Group was true and accurate in all material respects as at the date it
was provided or as at the date (if any) at which it is stated.

The  financial  information  provided  by  any  member  of  the  Group  has  been  prepared  on  the  basis  of  recent  historical
information and on the basis of reasonable assumptions.

Nothing has occurred or been omitted and no information has been given or withheld that results in the information provided
by any member of the Group being untrue or misleading in any material respect.

20.13

Financial statements

(a)

Its Original Financial  Statements and the financial  information most recently delivered  to the Agent pursuant to Clause 21
(Information Undertakings) were prepared in accordance with the relevant GAAP consistently applied.

(b)

Its Original Financial Statements and the financial information most recently delivered to the

50

Agent pursuant to Clause 21 (Information Undertakings) fairly represent its financial condition as at the end of the relevant
financial year and operations during the relevant financial year (consolidated in the case of KNOT and KNOP).

(c)

As  of  the  date  of  the  Original  Financial  Statements  and  the  financial  information  most  recently  delivered  to  the  Agent
pursuant  to Clause  21 (Information Undertakings),  no  Obligor  has  had  any  material  liabilities,  direct  or  indirect,  actual  or
contingent  which  has  not  been  disclosed  to  the  Agent,  and  there  is  no  material,  unrealised  or  anticipated  losses  from  any
unfavourable  commitments  not  disclosed  by  or  reserved  against  it  in  the  Original  Financial  Statements,  the  most  recent
delivered financial information or in the notes thereto.

(d)

There  has  been  no  material  adverse  change  in  its  business  or  financial  condition  (or  the  business  or  consolidated  financial
condition of the Group) since the date of delivery of its latest financial statements.

20.14

Pari passu ranking

Its payment obligations under the Finance Documents and the Hedging Agreements rank at least pari passu with the claims of all its
other unsecured and unsubordinated creditors, except for obligations mandatorily preferred by law applying to companies generally.

20.15 No proceedings pending or threatened

No litigation, arbitration or administrative proceedings of or before any court, arbitral body or agency which, if adversely determined,
might reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect has or have (to the best of its knowledge and belief) been started or
threatened against it.

20.16

Title

The Borrowers hold or will hold the legal title to, and/or are or will be the beneficial owner of, as the case may be, the Security Assets
(other than the shares pledged pursuant to the Shares Pledge, which are owned by (a) KNOT or (b) KNOP or a Subsidiary of KNOP
(as the case may be).

20.17 No security

None of the Security Assets are affected by any Security, and it is not a party to, nor is it or any of the Security Assets bound by any
order, agreement or instrument under which it is, or in certain events may be, required to create, assume or permit to arise any Security
over any of the Security Assets, save for the Security created under the Security Documents, for liens arising solely by operation of
law and/or in the ordinary course of business or otherwise as permitted pursuant to the terms of Clause 23.3 (Negative pledge).

20.18 No immunity

Neither it, nor any of its assets, are entitled to immunity from suit, execution, attachment or other legal process, and its entry into the
Finance  Documents,  the  Hedging  Agreements  and  the  Transaction  Documents  constitutes,  and  the  exercise  of  its  rights  and
performance  of  and  compliance  with  its  obligations  under  the  Finance  Documents,  the  Hedging  Agreements  and  the  Transaction
Documents will constitute, private and commercial acts done and performed for private and commercial purposes.

20.19 Ranking of Security Documents

The Security created by the Security Documents has or will have the ranking in priority which it is expressed to have in the Security
Documents and the Security is not subject to any prior ranking.

20.20

Taxation

(a)

(b)

It is not overdue in the filing of any Tax returns.

No  claims  or  investigations  are  being,  or  are  reasonably  likely  to  be,  made  or  conducted  against  it  with  respect  to  Taxes
which is reasonably likely to have a Material Adverse Effect.

51

(c)

It  is  resident  for  Tax  purposes  only  in  the  jurisdiction  of  its  incorporation,  unless  the  Agent  shall  have  been  otherwise
informed in writing.

20.21

Environmental compliance

Each  Borrower  and  the  Manager  have  performed  and  observed  all  Environmental  Laws,  Environmental  Permits  and  all  other
covenants,  conditions,  restrictions  or  agreements  directly  or  indirectly  concerned  with  any  contamination,  pollution  or  waste  or  the
release or discharge of any toxic or hazardous substance in connection with the Vessels.

20.22

Environmental Claims

No Environmental Claim has been commenced or (to the best of its knowledge and belief, having made due and careful enquiry) is
threatened against it where that claim has or is reasonably likely, if determined against it, to have a Material Adverse Effect.

20.23

ISM Code and ISPS Code compliance

All requirements of the ISM Code and the ISPS Code as they relate to the Borrowers (or any of their Affiliates), the Manager, any
charterers and the Vessels have been complied with.

20.24

The Vessels

Each Vessel will on the Utilisation Date of the Loans under the relevant Post-Delivery Tranche be:

(a)

(b)

(c)

(d)

in the absolute ownership of the relevant Borrower free and clear of all encumbrances (other than current crew wages and the
relevant Mortgage) and that Borrower will be the sole, legal and beneficial owner of that Vessel;

registered in the name of the relevant Borrower with the relevant Approved Ship Registry under the laws and flag applicable
for the relevant Approved Ship Registry;

operationally seaworthy in every way and fit for service; and

classed with the Classification Society, free of all overdue requirements and other recommendations.

20.25

Financial Indebtedness

It is not in breach of or in default under any agreement or other instrument relating to Financial Indebtedness to which it is a party or
by which it is bound (nor would it be with the giving of notice or lapse of time or both).

20.26

Sanctions

None of the Obligors, nor any of their Subsidiaries nor any of their directors and officers or, or to their knowledge, any other Relevant
Person is or has been:

(a)

(b)

(c)

a Restricted Party or the owner or controller of a Restricted Party; or

in breach of Sanctions; or

subject to or involved in any complaint, claim, proceeding, formal notice, investigation or other action by any regulatory or
enforcement authority or third party concerning any Sanctions.

20.27 Ownership

The structure chart set out in Schedule 8 (Structure Chart) correctly reflects the KNOT Group and the KNOP Group at the date of this
Agreement  and  the  Obligors  will  procure  that  the  Agent  receives  an  updated  version  of  Schedule  8  (Structure Chart)  if  and  when
requested by the Agent (on behalf of any Lender, acting reasonably).

52

20.28

Transaction Documents

(a)

(b)

No  material  terms  of  any  of  the  Transaction  Documents  have  been  amended  or  terminated,  nor  have  any  waivers  of  any
material terms thereof been agreed, without the prior written consent of the Agent.

It has not received any notice of termination or force majeure under any of the Transaction Documents and is not aware of
any event which is reasonably likely to cause termination or force majeure under any of the Transaction Documents.

20.29 Repetition

The Repeating Representations are deemed to be made by each Obligor by reference to the facts and circumstances then existing on
the date of each Utilisation Request, on each Drop Down Date and the first day of each Interest Period and on the date of delivery of
each  Compliance  Certificate  (or,  if  no  such  Compliance  Certificate  is  forwarded,  on  each  day  such  certificate  should  have  been
forwarded to the Agent at the latest).

21.

INFORMATION UNDERTAKINGS

21.1

General

The  undertakings  in  this  Clause  21  (Information undertakings)  remain  in  force  from  the  date  of  this  Agreement  for  so  long  as  any
amount is outstanding under the Finance Documents and/or the Hedging Agreements and/or any Commitment is in force.

21.2

Financial statements

The Borrowers shall supply to the Agent in sufficient copies for all the Lenders:

(a)

as soon as the same become available, but in any event within 150 days after the end of each of their financial years:

(i)

(ii)

their audited financial statements for that financial year; and

the audited consolidated financial statements of the Guarantors for that financial year;

(b)

as soon as the same become available, but in any event within 90 days after the end of their financial quarters (other than for
the 4th financial quarter in each financial year):

(i)

(ii)

their unaudited financial statements for that financial quarter; and

the unaudited consolidated financial statements of the Guarantors for that financial quarter;

(c)

as  soon  as  the  same  become  available,  but  in  any  event  on  or  before  31  January  of  each  financial  year,  the  consolidated
annual budget and cash flow projections for that financial year and for the next 5 years for the Guarantors, specifying major
assumptions and structure charts which correctly reflects the KNOT Group and/or the KNOP Group on such date.

21.3

Compliance Certificate

The Borrowers shall supply to the Agent, with each set of financial statements delivered pursuant to paragraph (a)(i) or (b)(i) of Clause
21.2 (Financial statements), a Compliance Certificate signed by the chief financial officer of the Borrowers and the Guarantors setting
out  (in  reasonable  detail)  computations  as  to  compliance  with  Clause  22  (Financial  covenants)  and  the  relevant  Market  Value
requirement set out in Clause 8.6 (Mandatory prepayment – Market Value) as at the date as at which those financial statements were
drawn up.

21.4

Requirements as to financial statements

(a)

Each set of financial statements delivered by the Borrowers pursuant to Clause 21.2 (Financial

53

statements) shall be certified by a director of the relevant company as fairly representing its financial condition as at the date
as at which those financial statements were drawn up.

(b)

The Borrowers shall procure that each set of financial statements of an Obligor delivered pursuant to Clause 21.2 (Financial
statements) is prepared using the relevant GAAP, accounting practices and financial reference periods consistent with those
applied  in  the  preparation  of  the  Original  Financial  Statements  for  that  Obligor  unless,  in  relation  to  any  set  of  financial
statements,  it  notifies  the  Agent  that  there  has  been  a  change  in  the  relevant  GAAP,  the  accounting  practices  or  reference
periods and its auditors (or, if appropriate, the auditors of the Obligor) deliver to the Agent:

(i)

(ii)

a  description  of  any  change  necessary  for  those  financial  statements  to  reflect  the  relevant  GAAP,  accounting
practices and reference periods upon which that Obligor's Original Financial Statements were prepared; and

sufficient information, in form and substance as may be reasonably required by the Agent, to enable the Lenders to
determine  whether  Clause  22  (Financial  covenants)  has  been  complied  with  and  make  an  accurate  comparison
between  the  financial  position  indicated  in  those  financial  statements  and  that  Obligor's  Original  Financial
Statements.

Any reference in this Agreement to those financial statements shall be construed as a reference to those financial statements
as adjusted to reflect the basis upon which the Original Financial Statements were prepared.

21.5

Information: miscellaneous

Each Obligor shall supply to the Agent (in sufficient copies for all the Lenders, if the Agent so requests):

(a)

(b)

(c)

(d)

promptly  upon  becoming  aware  of  them,  the  details  of  any  litigation,  arbitration  or  administrative  proceedings  which  are
current, threatened or pending against any member of the Group, and which might, if adversely determined, have a Material
Adverse Effect;

promptly  upon becoming  aware  of  them,  the  details  of  any  inquiry,  claim,  action,  suit,  proceeding  or  investigation  by  any
Sanctions Authority against it, any of its direct or indirect owners, other member of the Group, any of their joint ventures or
any of their respective directors, officers, employees, agents or representatives, as well as information on what steps are being
taken with regards to answer or oppose such;

promptly  upon  becoming  aware  that  it,  any  of  its  direct  or  indirect  owners,  other  member  of  the  Group  or  any  of  their
respective directors, officers, employees, agents or representatives has become or is likely to become a Restricted Party; and

promptly, such further information regarding the financial condition, business and operations of any member of the Group as
any Finance Party (through the Agent) may reasonably request.

21.6

Notification of default

(a)

(b)

Each Obligor shall notify the Agent of any Default (and the steps, if any, being taken to remedy it) promptly upon becoming
aware of its occurrence (unless that Obligor is aware that a notification has already been provided by another Obligor).

Promptly upon a request by the Agent, each Obligor shall supply to the Agent a certificate signed by two of its directors or
senior officers on its behalf certifying that no Default is continuing (or if a Default is continuing, specifying the Default and
the steps, if any, being taken to remedy it).

21.7

Notification of Environmental Claims

Each Obligor shall inform the Agent in writing as soon as reasonably practicable upon becoming aware of the same:

54

(a)

(b)

if any Environmental Claim has been commenced or (to the best of its knowledge and belief) is threatened against an Obligor
(or any of its Affiliates), the Manager or any Vessel; and

of any fact and circumstances which will or are reasonably likely to result in any Environmental Claim being commenced or
threatened against an Obligor (or any of its Affiliates), the Manager or any Vessel,

where the claim would be reasonably likely, if determined against an Obligor (or any of its Affiliates) or any Vessel, to have a Material
Adverse Effect.

21.8

Market Value

(a)

The Borrowers shall arrange or undertake to let the Agent arrange for the Market Value of each Vessel to be determined:

(i)

(ii)

(if applicable) prior to the Drop Down Date in relation to the Borrower which owns that Vessel;

semi-annually; and

(iii)

at any other time when requested by the Majority Lenders.

(b)

(c)

The cost of each valuation obtained for the purposes of paragraphs (i) and (ii) of paragraph (a) above shall be at the expense
of the Borrowers.

The cost of each valuation obtained for the purposes of paragraph (iii) of paragraph (a) above shall be at the expense of the
Lenders, unless an Event of Default has occurred in which case each such valuation shall be at the expense of the Borrowers
(if they are then jointly and severally liable for the Loans) or at the expense of the Borrower who owns the relevant Vessel (if
the Borrowers are then severally liable for the Loans).

21.9

Inspection reports

If  any  relevant  inspection  reports  are  made  or  issued  in  respect  of  a  Vessel,  the  Borrowers  shall  promptly  forward  copies  of  such
reports to the Agent.

22.

FINANCIAL COVENANTS

22.1

Definitions

In this Agreement:

Book Equity means, at any time, the value of the paid-in capital and reserves determined on a consolidated basis in accordance with
the relevant  GAAP and  as shown in  the latest  financial  statements  including  preferred  equity  (and Subordinated  Shareholder  Loans
shall be included in the calculation of Book Equity when determining the Equity Ratio for KNOT).

Current Assets means the aggregate (on a consolidated basis) of all inventory, work in progress, trade and other receivables including
prepayments  in  relation  to  operating  items  and  sundry  debtors  expected  to  be  realised  within  twelve  months  from  the  date  of
computation but excluding amounts in respect of:

(a)

(b)

(c)

(d)

receivables in relation to Tax;

exceptional items and other non-operating items;

insurance claims; and

any interest owing to any member of the relevant Group.

Current Liabilities means the aggregate (on a consolidated basis) of all liabilities (including trade creditors, accruals and provisions)
expected to be settled within twelve months from the date of

55

computation but excluding amounts in respect of liabilities for instalments on long-term debt and capital lease payments falling due
within  12  months  after  the  relevant  calculation  date  and  (when  calculating  the  Current  Liabilities  of  a  Borrower)  any  group
intercompany balances.

EBITDA means, in respect of any Relevant Period, the consolidated earnings, before:

(a)

(b)

(c)

(d)

deducting any provision on account of taxation;

deducting  any  interest,  discounts  or  other  fees  incurred  or  payable,  by  any  member  of  the  relevant  Group  in  respect  of
Financial Indebtedness;

taking into account any items treated as exceptional or extraordinary items; and

any amount attributable to the amortisation of intangible assets and depreciation of tangible assets.

Free Liquidity means the aggregate value of:

(a)

(b)

(c)

cash in hand or on deposit with any bank or financial institution;

cash equivalents as reported in accordance with the relevant GAAP; and

(when determining the Free Liquidity of KNOP) the undrawn portion of all revolving facilities to the KNOP Group maturing
in no less than 3 months.

Interest Bearing Debt means,  at  any  time,  the  aggregate  amount  of  all  obligations  for  or  in  respect  of  Financial  Indebtedness,  but
excluding any such obligations to any other member of the relevant Group (to the extent included in the Financial Indebtedness).

Relevant Period means each period of 12 months ending on the last day of each financial quarter of each financial year, provided that
for the purposes of the calculation of EBITDA, the earnings of a vessel (following its delivery) shall be annualised (by reference to
annual earnings of similar ships acceptable to the Agent for this purpose) until it has operated for a period of 12 months.

Subordinated Shareholder Loan means a loan made by a shareholder to KNOT or any of its Subsidiaries which is fully subordinated
to the rights of the Finance Parties under the Finance Documents on terms approved in writing by the Lenders and which:

(a)

(b)

has a maturity date not earlier than 31 December 2022;

may not be serviced (neither in respect of principal or interest or otherwise) until after the Final Maturity Date (other than as
permitted by Clause 23.11 (Distribution restrictions)); and

(c)

has no acceleration rights.

Total  Assets means,  at  any  time,  the  total  book  value  of  all  the  assets  which  would,  in  accordance  with  the  relevant  GAAP,  be
classified as assets.

Working Capital means, on any date, Current Assets less Current Liabilities.

22.2

Financial condition – each Borrower

(a)

Free Liquidity – each Borrower

Each Borrower shall at all times as long as it is owned by KNOT maintain a consolidated Free Liquidity equal to or greater
than USD500,000.

22.3

Financial condition – KNOT

(a)

Working Capital

KNOT (on a consolidated basis) shall at all times as long as it is a Guarantor under this

56

Agreement maintain positive Working Capital.

(b)

Free Liquidity

KNOT (on a consolidated basis) shall at all times as long as it is a Guarantor under this Agreement maintain a consolidated
Free Liquidity equal to or greater than the higher of:

(i)

(ii)

USD25,000,000; and

4% of its Interest Bearing Debt.

(c)

Minimum equity ratio

KNOT  (on  a  consolidated  basis)  shall  at  all  times  as  long  as  it  is  a  Guarantor  under  this  Agreement  have  a  ratio  of  Book
Equity to Total Assets greater than 30%.

22.4

Financial condition – KNOP

(a)

Working Capital

KNOP (on a consolidated basis) shall at all times from (and including) the time when it has acceded to this Agreement as a
Guarantor  in  accordance  with  Clause  28.2  (KNOP  and  KNOT  ST  as  replacement  Guarantors)  maintain  positive  Working
Capital.

(b)

Free Liquidity

KNOP (on a consolidated basis) shall at all times from (and including) the time when it has acceded to this Agreement as a
Guarantor in accordance with Clause 28.2 (KNOP and KNOT ST as replacement Guarantors) maintain a Free Liquidity equal
to or greater than:

(i)

(ii)

(iii)

USD15,000,000; plus

USD1,500,000 for each owned (directly or indirectly) vessel (up to a total of 8 vessels) with employment contracts
with less than 12 months' remaining tenor (excluding options) being up to an additional Free Liquidity requirement
of USD12,000,000 in aggregate; plus

USD1,000,000 for each vessel in excess of 8 vessels owned (directly or indirectly) with employment contracts with
less than 12 months' remaining tenor (excluding options) being up to a further additional Free Liquidity requirement
of USD12,000,000 in aggregate, resulting in a potential maximum requirement of Free Liquidity of USD39,000,000
in total,

provided always that employment contracts entered into with KNOT or any of its Subsidiaries shall not count as employment
contracts for the purpose of this provision.

(c)

Minimum equity ratio

KNOP (on a consolidated basis) shall at all times from (and including) the time when it has acceded to this Agreement as a
Guarantor in accordance with Clause 28.2 (KNOP and KNOT ST as replacement Guarantors) have a ratio of Book Equity to
Total Assets greater than 30%.

(d)

Interest coverage ratio

KNOP (on a consolidated basis) shall at all times from (and including) the time when it has acceded to this Agreement as a
Guarantor  in  accordance  with  Clause  28.2  (KNOP and  KNOT ST  as replacement  Guarantors)  have  a  ratio  of  EBITDA  to
interest expense greater than 250%.

22.5

Financial testing

The financial covenants set out in Clause 22.2 (Financial condition – each Borrower), Clause 22.3

57

(Financial condition – KNOT) and Clause 22.4 (Financial condition – KNOP) shall be calculated on KNOT's or KNOP's (as the case
may be) consolidated figures and in accordance with the relevant GAAP and tested (a) by reference to each of its financial statements
delivered pursuant to Clause 21.2 (Financial statements) (whether audited or un-audited) and each Compliance Certificate delivered
pursuant to Clause 21.3 (Compliance Certificate) and (ii) at such other times as reasonably requested by the Agent by reference to such
documentation as is then available or made available in accordance with paragraph (b) of Clause 21.5 (Information: miscellaneous),
and presented to the Agent in form and substance satisfactory to the Agent.

22.6

Financial covenants in other agreements

Each  Obligor  undertakes  to  promptly  notify  the  Agent  if  it  becomes  aware  that  an  Obligor  enters  into  any  agreements  and/or
arrangements and/or adjustment of existing arrangements or agreements relating to Financial Indebtedness of a similar nature as the
Facilities which would impose stricter financial covenants (excluding, for the avoidance of doubt, loan to value covenants)  applicable
to the Obligors as set out in this Clause 22 (Financial covenants) and, in such case, upon notice by the Agent to the Borrowers, such
new and stricter covenants and/or ratios shall apply under this Agreement. This Clause 22.6 shall not apply to KNOP until KNOP has
acceded to this Agreement as a Guarantor in accordance with 28.2 (KNOP and KNOT ST as replacement Guarantors).

23.

GENERAL UNDERTAKINGS

23.1

General

The undertakings in this Clause 23 (General undertakings) remain in force from the date of this Agreement for so long as any amount
is outstanding under the Finance Documents and/or the Hedging Agreements and/or any Commitment is in force.

23.2

Authorisations

Each Obligor shall promptly:

(a)

(b)

obtain, comply with and do all that is necessary to maintain in full force and effect; and

supply certified copies to the Agent of,

any Authorisation required under any law or regulation of its jurisdiction of incorporation to enable it to perform its obligations under
the  Finance  Documents  and  to  ensure  the  legality,  validity,  enforceability  or  admissibility  in  evidence  in  its  jurisdiction  of
incorporation of any Finance Document.

23.3

Negative pledge

(a)

(b)

(c)

No Obligor shall create or permit to subsist any Security over any of the Security Assets.

No  Borrower  shall  create  or  permit  to  subsist  any  Security  over  any  of  its  assets  (including,  without  limitation,  any  of  its
rights under the Charterparty relating to its Vessel) nor any factoring agreement to be registered with the Norwegian Registry
of Movable Property (in Norwegian, Løsøreregisteret).

Following a Drop Down, KNOP shall  not create  or permit  to  exist  any security  over any of the  shares  or other  ownership
interests in KNOT Offshore Partners UK LLC or KNOT ST.

(d)

No Borrower shall:

(i)

(ii)

(iii)

sell, transfer or otherwise dispose of any of its assets on terms whereby they are or may be leased to or re-acquired
by an Obligor or any other member of the Group;

sell, transfer or otherwise dispose of any of its receivables on recourse terms;

enter into any arrangement under which money or the benefit of a bank or other account may be applied, set-off or
made subject to a combination of accounts; or

58

(iv)

enter into any other preferential arrangement having a similar effect,

in circumstances where the arrangement or transaction is entered into primarily as a method of raising Financial Indebtedness
or of financing the acquisition of an asset.

(e)

Paragraphs (a), (b) and (c) above do not apply to any Security listed below:

(i)

(ii)

(iii)

(iv)

23.4

Disposals

any netting or set-off arrangement entered into by any member of the relevant Group in the ordinary course of its
banking arrangements for the purpose of netting debit and credit balances;

any lien arising by operation of law and in the ordinary course of trading and securing obligations not more than 30
days overdue;

any Security entered into pursuant to any Finance Document or Hedging Agreement; and

Security consented to in writing by the Agent (acting upon instructions from the Lenders).

(a)

No Borrower shall enter into a single transaction or a series of transactions (whether related or not) and whether voluntary or
involuntary to sell, lease, transfer or otherwise dispose of any asset.

(b)

Paragraph (a) above does not apply to any sale, lease, transfer or other disposal:

(i)

of a Vessel made as permitted under Clause 25.12 (Chartering and employment) or Clause 25.13 (Restrictions on
sale, chartering, etc.);

(ii)

of any other asset made in the ordinary course of trading of the disposing entity; or

(iii)

of any assets made in exchange for other assets comparable or superior as to type, value and quality.

23.5

Merger

No Obligor shall enter into any amalgamation, demerger, merger or corporate reconstruction (other than an intra-group reorganisation
which does not have a Material Adverse Effect).

23.6

Change of business

Each Obligor shall procure that no substantial change is made to the general nature of its business from that carried on at the date of
this Agreement.

23.7

Transactions with Affiliates

Each Obligor shall procure that all transactions entered into between a member of the Group and an Affiliate are made on arm's length
terms.

23.8

Title

The  Obligors  (as  the  case  may  be)  shall  hold  legal  title  to  and  own  the  entire  beneficial  interest  in  the  Security  Assets,  free  of  all
Security and other interests and rights of every kind, except for those created by the Finance Documents and as permitted by Clause
23.3 (Negative pledge).

23.9

Insurances – general

Each  Obligor  shall  maintain  appropriate  insurance  cover  with  respect  to  its  properties,  assets  and  operations  of  such  types,  in  such
amounts  and  against  such  risks  as  are  maintained  by  prudent  companies  carrying  on  the  same  or  substantially  similar  business.  All
insurances must be with

59

financially sound and reputable insurance companies, funds or underwriters.

23.10 Accounts

Each  Borrower  shall  maintain  the  Account  relating  to  it  with  the  Account  Bank  and  shall  ensure  that  all  Earnings  are  paid  to  the
Borrower A Account or the Borrower B Account (as the case may be).

23.11 Hedging Agreements and other derivative transactions

(a)

No Borrower shall:

(b)

(c)

(d)

(e)

(i)

(ii)

enter into any derivative transactions with any parties other than the Hedging Banks unless the Hedging Banks have
received a reasonable opportunity, in writing, to provide competitive rates to that Borrower and the Hedging Banks
(or any of them) cannot provide such competitive rates; nor

enter  into  any  derivative  transactions  for  any  purpose  other  than  hedging  the  interest  rate  in  relation  to  a  Loan  to
which the relevant Borrower's Vessel relates and/or for hedging that Borrower's currency exposure in relation to the
daily operation of its Vessel.

In  the  event  that  a  Borrower  wishes  to  enter  into  a  Hedging  Agreement  with  a  Hedging  Bank,  it  shall  first  enter  into  a
Hedging Master Agreement with that Hedging Bank (if has not already done so). Each Hedging Master Agreement shall be
based on an ISDA master agreement and shall be in form and substance approved by the Hedging Banks and the Lenders.
Accordingly, any Hedging Master Agreement entered into before the date of this Agreement shall be amended by the parties
to it in a manner approved by the other Hedging Banks and the Lenders, and no Hedging Agreement shall be entered into
under it until it has been so amended. The parties to a Hedging Master Agreement may not amend the material terms of that
Hedging Master Agreement without the prior written consent of the other Hedging Banks and the Lenders.

No Borrower shall enter into a Hedging Agreement with any Hedging Bank, and the Hedging Banks undertake not to enter
into  a  Hedging  Agreement  with  any  Borrower,  unless  the  relevant  Borrower  has  entered  into  the  corresponding  Hedging
Agreement Security on or before the date of the Hedging Agreement.

Each  Hedging  Agreement  shall  be  based  on  the  Hedging  Master  Agreement  made  between  the  relevant  Borrower  and  the
relevant  Hedging  Bank and,  subject  to  paragraph  (e)  below,  shall  otherwise  be  in  such  form  and  substance  as  the  relevant
Borrower and the relevant Hedging Bank may agree.

The aggregate notional amount of the transactions in respect of all Hedging Agreements relating to a Loan shall not exceed
100%  of  the  amount  of  that  Loan  and,  if  at  any  time  the  aggregate  notional  amount  of  the  transactions  in  respect  of  the
Hedging  Agreements  relating  to  a  Loan  exceeds  or,  as  a  result  of  a  repayment  or  prepayment,  will  exceed  100%  of  the
amount of that Loan at that time, the relevant Borrower shall reduce the aggregate notional amount of those transactions by
an amount and in a manner satisfactory to the Agent so that it no longer exceeds or will not exceed 100% of the amount of
that  Loan  then  outstanding  or  (as  the  case  may  be)  that  will  be  outstanding.  Any  such  reduction  in  the  aggregate  notional
amount of the Hedging Agreements relating to a Loan will be apportioned as between the transactions under those Hedging
Agreements pro rata.

(f)

Neither a Hedging Bank nor a Borrower may terminate or close out any transactions in respect of any Hedging Agreement (in
whole or in part) except:

(i)

(ii)

in accordance with paragraph (e) above;

if an Illegality (as that term is defined in the relevant Hedging Master Agreement) has occurred;

60

(iii)

(iv)

(v)

if the Loan to which the Hedging Agreement relates and all other amounts outstanding in relation to that Loan under
the Finance Documents (other than the Hedging Agreements) have been unconditionally and irrevocably paid and
discharged in full;

in  the  case  of  termination  or  closing  out  by  a  Hedging  Bank,  if  the  Agent  serves  notice  under  Clause  26.16
(Acceleration) in relation to the Loan to which the Hedging Agreement relates or, having served notice under Clause
26.16 (Acceleration), makes a demand for repayment of that Loan;

in the case of any other termination or closing out by a Hedging Bank or a Borrower, with the consent of the other
Hedging Banks and all the Lenders.

If a Hedging Bank or a Borrower terminates or closes out any transaction in respect of a Hedging Agreement (in whole or in
part) in accordance with paragraphs (f)(ii) (in the case of a Hedging Bank only) or (f)(iv) above, it shall promptly notify the
Agent of that termination or close out.

If  a  Hedging  Bank  is  entitled  to  terminate  or  close  out  any  transaction  in  respect  of  a  Hedging  Agreement  in  the
circumstances described in paragraph (f)(iv) above, such Hedging Bank shall promptly terminate or close out such transaction
following a request to do so by the Agent.

For the purposes of this Clause 23.11 (Hedging Agreements And Other Derivative Transactions), a Hedging Agreement made
for the purpose of hedging a Borrower's currency exposure in relation to the daily operation of its Vessel is deemed to relate
to the Loan by which that Vessel is financed.

(g)

(h)

(i)

23.12 Distribution restrictions

(a)

KNOT shall not, without the prior written consent of the Agent (on behalf of the Lenders), make any reduction of its share
capital.

(b)

KNOT shall not, without the prior written consent of the Agent (on behalf of the Lenders):

(i)

(ii)

(iii)

(iv)

declare,  make  or  pay  any  dividend  or  other  distribution  (whether  in  cash  or  in  kind)  on  or  in  respect  of  its  share
capital (or any class of its share capital);

repay or distribute any of its share premium reserve;

service or repay any loan from a shareholder comparable to equity; or

redeem, repurchase or repay any of its share capital (or resolve to do so),

to its shareholders (or any Affiliates thereof) in respect of any financial year, unless:

(A)

(B)

(C)

(D)

no Default has occurred and is continuing in respect of any Loan in respect of which KNOT is then liable
as Guarantor at the time the making, payment or declaration of the relevant dividend or other distribution is
made,  or  would  result  from  the  making,  payment  or  declaration  of  the  relevant  dividend  or  other
distribution;

KNOT  has  consolidated  net  profit  after  taxes  based  on  the  audited  annual  accounts  for  the  previous
financial year;

KNOT  will  following  the  making,  payment  or  declaration  of  the  relevant  dividend  or  other  distribution
have a Free Liquidity (on a consolidated basis) equal to or exceeding USD35,000,000; and

KNOT and each Borrower will be in compliance with the financial covenants under Clause 22 (Financial
covenants) following the making, payment or declaration of the relevant dividend or other distribution.

61

(c)

KNOP shall not, without the prior written consent of the Agent (on behalf of the Lenders):

(i)

(ii)

(iii)

(iv)

declare,  make  or  pay  any  dividend  or  other  distribution  (whether  in  cash  or  in  kind)  on  or  in  respect  of  its  share
capital (or any class of its share capital);

repay or distribute any of its share premium reserve;

service or repay any loan from a shareholder comparable to equity; or

redeem, repurchase or repay any of its shares capital (or resolve to do so),

to its shareholders (or any Affiliates thereof) in respect of any financial year, unless:

(A)

no Default has occurred and is continuing in respect of any Loan in respect of which KNOP is then liable
as Guarantor at the time the making, payment or declaration of the relevant dividend or other distribution is
made,  or  would  result  from  the  making,  payment  or  declaration  of  the  relevant  dividend  or  other
distribution; and

(B)

KNOP and each Borrower will be in compliance with the financial covenants under Clause 22 (Financial
covenants) following the making, payment or declaration of the relevant dividend or other distribution.

(d)

No  Borrower  shall,  without  the  prior  written  consent  of  the  Agent  (on  behalf  of  the  Lenders)  declare,  make  or  pay  any
dividend or other distribution (whether in cash or in kind) on or in respect of its share capital (or any class of its share capital)
to its shareholders (or any Affiliates thereof) in respect of any financial year, unless:

(i)

(ii)

no Default has occurred and is continuing in respect of any Loan in respect of which that Borrower is then liable as
Borrower at the time the making, payment or declaration of the relevant dividend or other distribution is made, or
would result from the making, payment or declaration of the relevant dividend or other distribution; and

that  Borrower  and  the  relevant  Guarantor(s)  will  be  in  compliance  with  the  financial  covenants  under  Clause  22
(Financial covenants) following the making, payment or declaration of the relevant dividend or other distribution.

23.13

Transaction Documents

The Obligors shall procure that no material terms of any of the Transaction Documents are amended or terminated, or any waivers of
any material terms thereof are agreed, without the prior written consent of the Agent.

23.14

Taxation

Each Obligor shall pay and discharge all Taxes imposed upon it or its assets within the time period allowed without incurring penalties
unless and only to the extent that such payment is being contested in good faith or can be lawfully withheld.

23.15 No change of name, etc.

No Obligor shall change:

(a)

(b)

(c)

(d)

(e)

the end of its fiscal year;

its nature of business;

its constitutional documents;

its legal name;

its type of organization; or

62

(f)

its jurisdiction;

without the prior written consent of the Agent.

23.16

Subordination

Each Borrower shall procure that all Shareholder Loans and all amounts payable to and/or claims against it from the Manager and/or
any  manager  are  fully  subordinated  to  the  interest  of  the  Finance  Parties  hereunder  and  the  Hedging  Banks  under  the  Hedging
Agreements.

23.17

Indebtedness

No Borrower shall, without the prior written consent of the Agent, borrow any additional funds or enter into any transaction (including
derivative  transactions  other  than  under  a  Hedging  Agreement)  that  may  result  in  the  incurrence  of  any  additional  Financial
Indebtedness (it being understood however that Intra-Group Indebtedness shall be allowed provided always that (a) no Default is then
in existence or will occur from such disposition in respect of any Loan in respect of which that Borrower is then liable as Borrower, (b)
after  giving  effect  to  such  disposition,  the  Obligors  will  be  in  compliance  with  the  financial  covenants  in  Clause  22  (Financial
covenants)  and  (c)  Intra-Group  Indebtedness  shall  be  fully  subordinated  to  the  Facilities  and  any  obligations  under  the  Hedging
Agreements).

23.18

Investments

No  Borrower  shall,  without  the  prior  written  consent  of  the  Lenders,  make  any  further  investments  or  acquisitions  other  than
investments relating to the Vessels in the ordinary course of business.

23.19

Financial support

No Borrower shall make or grant any loans, guarantees or any other form of financial support, except financial support in the ordinary
course of operation of the Vessels (it being understood however that Intra-Group Indebtedness shall be allowed provided always that
(a) no Default is then in existence or will occur from such disposition in respect of any Loan in respect of which that Borrower is then
liable as Borrower, (b) after giving effect to such disposition, the Obligors will be in compliance with the financial covenants in Clause
22 (Financial covenants) and (c) Intra –Group Indebtedness shall be fully subordinated to the Facilities and any obligations under the
Hedging Agreements).

23.20 Compliance with laws, etc.

The Obligors shall (and shall ensure that each other member of the Group, as well as any manager and charterer):

(a)

comply with all laws or regulations:

(i)

(ii)

applicable to its business; and

applicable to the Vessels and their ownership, employment, operation, management and registration,

(b)

(c)

including the ISM Code, the ISPS Code, all Environmental Laws, all Sanctions and the laws of each relevant Flag State;

obtain, comply with and do all that is necessary to maintain in full force and effect any Environmental Permits; and

without  limiting  paragraph  (a)  above,  not  employ  a  Vessel  nor  allow  its  employment,  operation  or  management  in  any
manner contrary to any law or regulation including but not limited to the ISM Code, the ISPS Code, all Environmental Laws,
anti-bribery and corruption laws and all Sanctions.

23.21

Sanctions

(a)

No Obligor shall (and each Obligor shall ensure that no other Relevant Person will) take any

63

action, make any omission or use (directly or indirectly) any proceeds of a Loan, in a manner that:

(i)

(ii)

is a breach of Sanctions or is an attempt to evade any Sanctions; and/or

causes (or will cause) a breach of Sanctions by any Relevant Person or Finance Party.

(b)

No Obligor shall (and each Obligor shall ensure that no other Relevant Person will) take any action or make any omission
that  results  in  it  or  any  Finance  Party  becoming  a  Restricted  Party  or  otherwise  a  target  of  sanctions  (target of sanctions
signifying  an  entity  or  person  (Target)  that  is  a  target  of  laws,  regulations  or  orders  concerning  any  trade,  economic  or
financial sanctions or embargoes by virtue of prohibitions and/or restrictions being imposed on any US person or other legal
or  natural  person  subject  to  the  jurisdiction  or  authority  of  a  US  Sanctions  Authority  which  prohibit  or  restrict  them  from
them engaging in trade, business or other activities with such Target without all appropriate licences or exemptions issued by
all applicable US Sanctions Authorities).

(c)

No Obligor shall (and each Obligor shall ensure that no other Relevant Person will);

(i)

(ii)

use any Restricted Assets to discharge any liabilities under any Finance Document or Hedging Agreement; and/or

credit any Restricted Asset to any Account.

23.22

Laws and regulations

(a)

(b)

No Obligor nor any of its employees, representatives, agents, servants or contractors will pay, promise to pay or authorise the
payment of any money or anything of value, directly or indirectly, whether as a bribe, pay-off, kickback, gift, commission or
gratuity,  to  any  public  officials  for  the  purpose  of  illegally  or  improperly  inducing  any  government  or  corporation  in  the
public sector or any other individual or entity to make a buying or selling decision or illegally or improperly influencing any
public official of present or prospective government, public sector customers or private sector customers of it in obtaining or
retaining business or taking any other improper action favourable to it.

Each Obligor and each party acting on its behalf shall observe and abide with all applicable laws and regulations applicable to
it including, amongst other things, SOLAS conventions or any applicable anti-bribery or anti-corruption laws, including the
US Foreign Corrupt Practices Act or the UK Bribery Act 2010.

24.

VESSEL UNDERTAKINGS – PRE-DELIVERY

24.1

General

The undertakings in this Clause 24 (Vessel undertakings) are granted by each Borrower in respect of the Vessel to be delivered to it
and remain in force from the date of this Agreement and until (and including) the Delivery Date of the relevant Vessel.

24.2

No variation, release, etc. of a Shipbuilding Contract

No Borrower shall, without the prior written consent of the Majority Lenders, whether by a document, by conduct, by acquiescence or
in any other way:

(a)

(b)

(c)

vary a Shipbuilding Contract in such manner as to affect the type or class of the relevant Vessel or in such manner as might
reasonably be expected to diminish the value of that Vessel or materially (as determined by the Agent) alter its contractual
delivery date;

vary a Shipbuilding Contract in such manner as might be expected to affect the relevant Refund Guarantee in any adverse
way; or

release, waive, suspend, subordinate or permit to be lost or impaired any interest or right of any kind which that Borrower has
at any time to, in or in connection with a Shipbuilding

64

Contract or in relation to any matter arising out of or in connection with that Shipbuilding Contract;

(d)

(e)

reject  the  relevant  Vessel  under  a  Shipbuilding  Contract  or  rescind  or  terminate  a  Shipbuilding  Contract  or  claim  that  a
Shipbuilding Contract has been repudiated by the Shipyard or is frustrated for any reason whatsoever; or

consent (to the extent that any such consent is required) to any assignment or transfer by the Shipyard of any of its rights or
obligations under a Shipbuilding Contract,

provided always that the novation of the Shipbuilding Contracts pursuant to the Shipbuilding Contract Novation Agreements shall not
require the prior written consent of the Majority Lenders.

24.3

No variation, release, etc. of a Refund Guarantee

No Borrower shall, without the prior written consent of the Majority Lenders, whether by a document, by conduct, by acquiescence or
in any other way:

(a)

(b)

agree to any amendment of or variation to a Refund Guarantee; or

release the Refund Guarantor from any of its duties and liabilities under a Refund Guarantee or waive any breach of any of
the  said  duties  and  liabilities  or  consent  to  any  such  act  or  omission  of  the  Refund  Guarantor  which  would  otherwise
constitute such a breach,

provided always that the confirmation of the Refund Guarantees pursuant to the Refund Guarantee Confirmations shall not require the
prior written consent of the Majority Lenders

24.4

Provision of information relating to the Shipbuilding Contracts and Refund Guarantees

Without prejudice to Clause 21.5 (Information: miscellaneous) each Borrower shall:

(a)

(b)

(c)

immediately inform the Agent if any breach of a Shipbuilding Contract or a Refund Guarantee occurs or a serious risk of such
a breach arises and of any other event or matter affecting a Shipbuilding Contract or a Refund Guarantee;

provide the Agent, promptly after service, with copies of all notices served on or by a Borrower under or in connection with a
Shipbuilding Contract or a Refund Guarantee; and

provide the Agent with any information which it requests about any interest or right of any kind which the Borrowers have at
any time to, in or in connection with the Shipbuilding Contracts and/or the Refund Guarantees or in relation to any matter
arising out of or in connection with the Shipbuilding Contracts and/or the Refund Guarantees, including the progress of the
construction of the Vessels.

24.5

No assignment, etc. of a Shipbuilding Contract or Refund Guarantee

No Borrower shall assign, novate, transfer or dispose of any of its rights or obligations under the relevant Shipbuilding Contract or
Refund Guarantee.

24.6

Reports and inspections

(a)

Each Borrower shall provide the Agent with status reports, in form and substance acceptable to the Agent, with regard to the
progress of the construction work under each Shipbuilding Contract and to demonstrate that the delivery date of each Vessel
will occur on or before its contractual delivery date under the relevant Shipbuilding Contract (as such date may be extended
by  any  permissible  delays  under  such  Shipbuilding  Contract).  During  the  construction  period  under  the  Shipbuilding
Contracts up until the actual delivery date such status reports shall be delivered to the Agent on the last day of each financial
quarter.

(b)

The Borrowers shall upon request from the Agent arrange for the Agent, and/or any other persons appointed by the Agent, to
inspect each Vessel during the construction period without interference of the construction of that Vessel.

65

25.

VESSEL UNDERTAKINGS – POST-DELIVERY

25.1

General

The  undertakings  in  this  Clause  25  (Vessel  Undertakings  – Post-Delivery)  are  granted  by  each  Borrower  in  respect  of  the  Vessel
owned by it and remain in force from the Delivery Date of the relevant Vessel and for so long as any amount is outstanding under the
Finance Documents and the Hedging Agreements or any Commitment is in force.

25.2

Insurance – Vessels

(a)

The Borrowers shall maintain or ensure that each Vessel is insured against such risks, including but not limited to, hull and
machinery, protection & indemnity (including cover for pollution liability to the uppermost limit available via the P&I club),
hull  interest,  freight  interest,  war  risk  insurances,  including  confiscation,  terrorism  and  piracy,  and  loss  of  hire,  in  such
amounts,  on  such  terms  and  placed  through  first  class  insurance  brokers  with  such  first  class  insurers  as  the  Agent  shall
approve.

(b)

The  aggregate  value  of  the  hull  and  machinery  insurance,  hull  interest  insurance  and/or  freight  interest  insurance  for  each
Vessel shall be at least equal to the higher of:

(i)

(ii)

the Market Value of that Vessel;

the amount which, when aggregated with the value of the corresponding insurances for the other Vessel (once both
Vessels  have  been  delivered),  equals  120%  of the  Loans or  (if  the other  Vessel has  not  yet been  delivered  or  the
Borrowers  are  not  at  that  time  jointly  and  severally  liable  for  the  Loans)  the  amount  which  equals  120%  of  the
Loans relating to that Vessel,

(c)

(d)

(e)

(f)

whereof  the  hull  and  machinery  insurance  for  a  Vessel  shall  at  all  times  cover  at  least  80%  of  the  Market  Value  of  that
Vessel.

The Borrowers shall procure that the Agent (on behalf of the Finance Parties and the Hedging Banks is noted as first priority
mortgagee in the insurance contracts, and that confirmation is promptly given by the underwriters thereof to the Agent that
the notice of assignment with regards to the Insurances and the loss payable clauses are noted in the insurance contracts and
that standard letters of undertaking/cover notes/policies/certificates of entry are promptly executed by the insurers and/or the
insurance broker(s).

The  Borrower  shall  renew  the  Insurances  before  the  relevant  policies  or  contracts  expire  and  shall  promptly  confirm,  or
procure  that  the  approved  insurance  brokers,  insurance  companies,  underwriters,  war  risks  and  protection  and  indemnity
associations with which the renewal of Insurances are effected, promptly confirm, in writing to the Agent such renewal as and
when the same occurs.

The Borrowers shall allow the Agent to take out (for the benefit of the Finance Parties and the Hedging Banks), a mortgagee's
interest insurance and a mortgagee's interest - additional perils pollution insurance covering 120% of the outstanding Loans at
any time. Such cover shall be taken out at the cost and expense of the Borrowers (if they are then jointly and severally liable
for the Loans) or at the expense of the Borrower who owns the relevant Vessel (if the Borrowers are then severally liable for
the Loans).

If any of the Insurances referred to in paragraph (a) above form part of a fleet cover, the Borrowers shall procure, except for
protection & indemnity (where the Borrowers shall procure the issue of standard market undertakings in favour of the Agent
with respect to protection & indemnity from the insurers or the insurance broker), that the insurers or the insurer broker shall
undertake to the Agent that they shall neither set-off against any claims in respect of any Vessel any premiums due in respect
of  other  vessels  or  units  under  such  fleet  cover  or  any  premiums  due  for  other  insurances,  nor  cancel  such  Insurance  for
reason  of  non-payment  of  premiums  for  other  vessels  or  units  under  such  fleet  cover  or  of  premiums  for  such  other
insurances, and shall undertake to issue a separate policy in respect of a Vessel if and when so requested by the Agent.

66

(g)

(h)

(i)

The  Borrowers  shall  procure  that  each  Vessel  always  is  employed  in  conformity  with  the  terms  of  the  instruments  of
Insurances (including any warranties expressed or implied therein) and comply with such requirements as to extra premium
or otherwise as the insurers may prescribe.

The  Borrowers  will  not  make  any  material  change  to  the  insurances  described  under  (a)  above  without  the  prior  written
consent of the Agent.

The  Borrowers  shall  pay  for  an  insurance  audit  report  commissioned  by  the  Agent  to  be  prepared  by  an  independent
insurance consultant, in form and contents acceptable to the Agent, to be tabled prior to the Delivery Date of each Vessel and
thereafter (if requested by the Agent or Lenders) upon each renewal of the Insurances referred to in paragraph (a) above. Such
report shall be paid for by both Borrowers (if they are then jointly and severally liable for the Loans) or by the Borrower who
owns the relevant Vessel (if the Borrowers are then severally liable for the Loans).

25.3

Flag and registry

Each Vessel shall be registered in an Approved Ship Registry. A Borrower may not move its Vessel to any other ship register without
the prior written consent of the Majority Lenders.

25.4

Classification and repairs

Each Borrower shall, and shall procure that the relevant Manager shall, keep or shall procure that the relevant Vessel is kept in a good,
safe and efficient condition consistent with first class ownership and management practice and in particular:

(a)

(b)

(c)

(d)

(e)

(f)

(g)

so  as  to  maintain  the  highest  class  with  the  Classification  Society,  free  of  overdue  material  recommendations  and
qualifications;

so as to comply with the laws and regulations (statutory or otherwise) applicable to vessels registered in the Flag State of that
Vessel or to vessels trading to any jurisdiction to which that Vessel may trade from time to time;

not, without the prior written consent of the Majority Lenders, change the Classification Society of a Vessel;

not, without the prior written consent of the Agent, bring a Vessel or allow a Vessel to be brought to any yard for repairs or
for the purpose of work being done upon her where the costs of such repairs or work is likely to exceed USD3,000,000 (or the
equivalent  thereof  in  any  other  currency),  unless  such  person  shall  first  have  given  to  the  Agent  and  in  terms  reasonably
satisfactory to it, a written undertaking not to exercise any lien on that Vessel or her Insurances or Earnings for the cost of
such repairs or work or otherwise; provided that, unless an Event of Default has occurred in respect of any Loan in respect of
which that Borrower is then liable as Borrower, a Borrower may procure that its Vessel enters periodic dry-dockings required
under  applicable  laws  and  regulations  without  the  prior  written  consent  of  the  Agent  and  the  written  undertaking  set  out
above;

not permit any major change or structural alteration to be made to a Vessel, nor any modification of, or part removal from, a
Vessel in a way which would materially diminish her value;

procure that each Vessel is kept in a good, safe and efficient condition and state of repair consistent with the industry's best
ownership  and  management  practice  with  dry-docking  to  be  completed  at  the  frequency  required  under  the  relevant
Charterparty; and

not  permit  a  Vessel  to  enter  the  territorial  waters  (12  mile  limit)  of  the  US  unless  a  valid  Certificate  of  Financial
Responsibility as required by the United States Coast Guard has been obtained for the Vessel in advance and the Vessel is in
compliance with all other regulations in the US applicable to the Vessel.

67

25.5

Inspections and class records

(a)

(b)

The Borrowers shall procure that the Agent's surveyor, at the Borrowers' cost, is permitted to inspect the condition of each
Vessel twice a year provided always that such arrangement shall not interfere with the operation of that Vessel and subject to
satisfactory indemnities approved by the P&I insurers. Such inspection cost shall be paid for by both Borrowers (if they are
then jointly and severally liable for the Loans) or by the Borrower who owns the relevant Vessel (if the Borrowers are then
severally liable for the Loans).

Each Borrower shall procure that, and shall procure that the Manager of its Vessel shall procure that, at any time after the
occurrence of an Event of Default which is continuing in respect of any Loan in respect of which that Borrower is then liable
as Borrower or otherwise with the prior consent of the relevant Borrower, the Agent is granted permission to:

(i)

(ii)

(iii)

obtain information about each Vessel and her condition from the Classification Society and any relevant authorities;

have access to the records of each Vessel maintained by the Classification Society and such relevant authorities; and

otherwise  communicate  directly  with  the  Classification  Society  and  any  other  relevant  authorities  as  if  the  Agent
were the owner of that Vessel (for which purpose each Borrower shall issue such authorisations and instructions to,
and  use  its  best  endeavours  to  obtain  such  acknowledgments  and  undertakings  from,  such  authorities  and  bodies,
each in such terms as the Agent may require).

(c)

The  Borrowers  shall,  and  shall  procure  that  the  relevant  Manager  shall,  instruct  the  Classification  Society  to  send  to  the
Agent, following a written request from the Agent, copies of all class records held by the Classification Society in relation to
each Vessel.

25.6

Surveys

The Borrowers shall, and shall procure that the relevant Manager shall, submit to or cause each Vessel to be submitted to such periodic
or other surveys as may be required for classification purposes and to ensure full compliance with regulations of the Flag State of each
Vessel and to supply or to cause to be supplied to the Agent copies of all survey reports and confirmations of class issued in respect
thereof whenever such is required by the Agent, however such requests are limited to once a year.

25.7

Notification of certain events

The Borrowers shall immediately notify the Agent of:

(a)

(b)

(c)

(d)

(e)

any accident to a Vessel involving repairs where the costs will or is likely to exceed USD3,000,000 (or the equivalent in any
other currency);

any requirement or recommendation made by any insurer or the Classification Society or by any competent authority which is
not, or cannot be, complied with immediately;

any exercise or purported exercise of any arrest or lien on a Vessel, its Earnings or its Insurances;

any occurrence as a result of which a Vessel has become or is, by the passing of time or otherwise, likely to become a Total
Loss; and

any claim for a material breach of the ISM Code or the ISPS Code being made against a Borrower or otherwise in connection
with the Vessel.

25.8

Operation of the Vessels

(a)

The Borrowers shall procure that each Vessel is managed by a Manager pursuant to a Management Agreement and shall not,
without  the  prior  written  consent  of  the  Majority  Lenders,  change  or  allow  the  change  of  the  technical  or  commercial
management of a Vessel.

68

(b)

The Borrowers shall, and shall procure that each Manager shall, comply or procure the compliance in all material respects
with  the  International  Convention  for  the  Safety  of  Life  at  Sea  (SOLAS)  1974,  the  ISM  Code  and  the  ISPS  Code,  all
Environmental Laws and all other laws or regulations relating to the Vessels (all as adopted, amended or replaced from time
to time), their ownership, operation and/or management or to the business of the Borrowers and each Manager and shall not
employ a Vessel nor allow its employment:

(i)

(ii)

(iii)

(iv)

(v)

in any manner contrary to law or regulation in any relevant jurisdiction including but not limited to the ISM Code;

to carry any nuclear waste or nuclear material under any circumstances;

in carrying illicit or prohibited goods;

in a way which may make it liable to be condemned by a prize court or destroyed, seized or confiscated; and

in any part of the world where there are hostilities (whether war is declared or not) or in any zone which is declared
a war zone by any government or is or becomes a listed area of enhanced risk by the war risk insurers of the Vessel
unless the Borrowers have (at their own expense) effected any special, additional or modified insurance cover which
shall be necessary or customary for first class vessel owners within the territorial waters of such country at such time
and has provided evidence of such cover to the Agent.

25.9

ISM Code compliance

The Borrowers shall:

(a)

(b)

(c)

(d)

(e)

procure that each Vessel remains subject to a SMS;

procure that a valid and current SMC is maintained for each Vessel;

if not itself, procure that the relevant Manager maintains a valid and current DOC;

immediately notify the Agent in writing of any actual or threatened withdrawal, suspension, cancellation or modification of
the SMC of a Vessel or of its DOC or the DOC of the relevant Manager; and

immediately notify the Agent in writing of any "accident" or "major nonconformity", each as those terms are defined in the
Guidelines  in  the  Application  of  the  IMO  International  Safety  Management  Code  issued  by  the  International  Chamber  of
Shipping and International Shipping Federation.

25.10

Environmental compliance

The Borrowers shall, and shall procure that any charterers shall, comply in all respects with all Environmental Laws applicable to any
of them or the Vessel, including without limitation, requirements relating to manning and establishment of financial responsibility and
to obtain and comply with all Environmental Permits applicable to any of them and/or the Vessels.

25.11 Arrest

The Borrowers shall pay and discharge when due:

(a)

(b)

(c)

all  liabilities  which  give  or  may  give  rise  to  maritime  or  possessory  liens  on  or  claims  enforceable  against  a  Vessel,  its
Earnings or its Insurances;

all tolls, taxes, dues, fines, penalties and other amounts charged in respect of a Vessel, its Earnings or its Insurances; and

all other outgoings whatsoever in respect of a Vessel, its Earnings and its Insurances,

69

and forthwith (however not later than after 30 Business Days) upon receiving a notice of arrest of a Vessel, or its detention in exercise
or  purported  exercise  of  any  lien  or  claim,  the  Borrowers  shall  procure  its  release  by  providing  bail  or  providing  the  provision  of
security or otherwise as the circumstances may require.

25.12 Chartering and employment

No Borrower shall enter into arrangements which provide an obligation to charter (or similar arrangement) in any tonnage.

25.13 Restrictions on sale, chartering, etc.

No Borrower shall, without the prior written consent of the Lenders:

(a)

(b)

sell or otherwise dispose of its Vessel, unless the Loans are prepaid in accordance with Clause 8.5 (Mandatory prepayment -
Total Loss or sale of the Vessel) in connection therewith; or

terminate,  cancel,  materially  amend  or  supplement  the  Charterparty  or  any  other  contract  of  employment  entered  into  in
respect of its Vessel, nor assign such Charterparty or other contract of employment to any other person, provided that no prior
written consent shall be required in connection with amendments and supplements to the Charterparty or any other contract of
employment in respect of its Vessel which are favourable to that Borrower, provided always that the relevant Borrower gives
written notice to the Agent of such amendments and supplements as soon as reasonably practicably thereafter.

26.

EVENTS OF DEFAULT

26.1

General

(a)

(b)

(c)

Each of the events or circumstances set out in Clause 26 (Events of Default) is an Event of Default (save for this Clause 26.1
and Clause 26.16 (Acceleration)).

If the Borrowers are jointly and severally liable for a Loan, any Event of Default which occurs shall be deemed to occur in
respect of that Loan.

If the Borrowers are not jointly and severally liable for a Loan, an Event of Default shall be deemed to occur in respect of that
Loan only if:

(i)

(ii)

(iii)

(iv)

(v)

in the case of Clause 26.2 (Non-payment), it relates to non-payment of an amount in relation to that Loan; or

in the case of Clause 26.3 (Financial covenants, sanctions, etc.) or Clause 26.4 (Other obligations), it relates to a
breach or non-compliance by the Borrower liable for that Loan (the relevant Borrower) or by a Guarantor who has
guaranteed  the  repayment  of  that  Loan  (a  relevant  Guarantor)  or  relates  to  the  Vessel  owned  by  the  relevant
Borrower (the relevant Vessel); or

in  the  case  of  Clause  26.5  (Misrepresentation),  it  relates  to  a  misrepresentation  by  the  relevant  Borrower  or  a
relevant Guarantor (a relevant Obligor); or

in the case of Clause 26.6 (Cross default), it relates to a cross-default in respect of a relevant Obligor; or

in the case of Clause 26.7 (Insolvency), Clause 26.8 (Insolvency proceedings) or Clause 26.9 (Creditors' process), it
relates to a relevant Obligor; or

(vi)

in the case of Clause 26.10 (Cessation of business), it relates to a relevant Obligor; or

(vii)

in the case of Clause 26.11 (Unlawfulness), it relates to a relevant Obligor or to Security over or in respect of  the
relevant  Vessel  or  any  other  Security  Asset  relating  to  the  relevant  Vessel  or  the  relevant  Borrower  (relevant
Security); or

70

(viii)

in the case of Clause 26.12 (Material adverse change), it relates to a Material Adverse Effect in respect of a relevant
Obligor  or  its  Group  or  to  any  relevant  Security  or  to  a  Finance  Document  or  Hedging  Agreement  to  which  a
relevant Obligor is party; or

(ix)

in the case of Clause 26.13 (Repudiation, validity and cancellation/termination), it relates to a relevant Obligor or to
any Finance Document or Transaction Document to which a relevant Obligor is party; or

(x)

in the case of Clause 26.14 (Insurances) or Clause 26.15 (The Vessels), it relates to the relevant Vessel.

26.2

Non-payment

An  Obligor  does  not  pay  on  the  due  date  any  amount  payable  pursuant  to  a  Finance  Document  at  the  place  and  in  the  currency  in
which it is expressed to be payable unless:

(a)

its failure to pay is caused by:

(i)

(ii)

administrative or technical error; or

a Disruption Event; and

(b)

payment is made within 3 Business Days of its due date.

26.3

Financial covenants, sanctions, etc.

Any requirement of Clause 22 (Financial covenants), Clause 23.20 (Compliance with laws etc.), Clause 23.21 (Sanctions), Clause 25.2
(Insurance – Vessels), Clause 25.3 (Flag and registry) and Clause 25.4 (Classification and repairs) is not satisfied.

26.4

Other obligations

(a)

(b)

An Obligor does not comply with any provision of the Finance Documents (other than those referred to in Clause 26.2 (Non-
payment) and Clause 26.3 (Financial covenants, sanctions, etc.)).

No  Event  of  Default  under  paragraph  (a)  above  will  occur  if  the  failure  to  comply  is  capable  of  remedy  and  is  remedied
within 10 Business Days of the earlier of (i) the Agent giving notice to the Borrowers and (ii) the Borrowers becoming aware
of the failure to comply.

26.5

Misrepresentation

Any representation or statement made or deemed to be made by an Obligor in the Finance Documents or any other document delivered
by or on behalf of any Obligor under or in connection with any Finance Document is or proves to have been incorrect or misleading in
any material respect when made or deemed to be made.

26.6

Cross default

(a)

(b)

(c)

(d)

Any Financial Indebtedness of any Obligor is not paid when due nor within any originally applicable grace period.

Any  Financial  Indebtedness  of  any  Obligor  is  declared  to  be  or  otherwise  becomes  due  and  payable  prior  to  its  specified
maturity as a result of an event of default (however described).

Any commitment for any Financial Indebtedness of any Obligor is cancelled or suspended by a creditor as a result of an event
of default (however described).

Any  creditor  of  any  Obligor  becomes  entitled  to  declare  any  Financial  Indebtedness  due  and  payable  prior  to  its  specified
maturity as a result of an event of default (however described).

(e)

No Event of Default will occur under this Clause 26.6 (Cross default) if the aggregate amount

71

of Financial Indebtedness or commitment for Financial Indebtedness falling within paragraphs (a) to (d) above is less than
USD8,000,000 (or its equivalent in any other currency or currencies).

26.7

Insolvency

(a)

An Obligor:

(i)

(ii)

(iii)

is unable or admits inability to pay its debts as they fall due;

suspends making payments on any of its debts; or

by  reason  of  actual  or  anticipated  financial  difficulties,  commences  negotiations  with  one  or  more  of  its  creditors
(excluding  any  Finance  Party  or  Hedging  Bank  in  its  capacity  as  such)  with  a  view  to  rescheduling  any  of  its
indebtedness.

(b)

(c)

The value of the assets of any Obligor is less than its liabilities (taking into account contingent and prospective liabilities).

A moratorium is declared in respect of any indebtedness of any Obligor.

26.8

Insolvency proceedings

Any corporate action, legal proceedings or other procedure or step is taken in relation to:

(a)

(b)

(c)

the suspension of payments, a moratorium of any indebtedness, winding-up, dissolution, administration or reorganisation (by
way of voluntary arrangement, scheme of arrangement or otherwise) of any Obligor;

a composition, compromise, assignment or arrangement with any creditor of any Obligor;

the appointment of a liquidator, receiver, administrative receiver, administrator, compulsory manager or other similar officer
in respect of any Obligor or any of its assets; or

(d)

enforcement of any Security over any assets of any Obligor,

or any analogous procedure or step is taken in any jurisdiction.

This  Clause  26.8  (Insolvency  proceedings)  shall  not  apply  to  any  winding-up  petition  which  is  frivolous  or  vexatious  and  is
discharged, stayed or dismissed within 30 days of commencement.

26.9

Creditors' process

Any expropriation, attachment, sequestration, distress or execution affects any asset or assets of an Obligor having an aggregate value
of USD8,000,000 and is not discharged within 30 days.

26.10 Cessation of business

An Obligor suspends or ceases to carry on (or threatens to suspense or cease to carry on) all or a part of its business.

26.11 Unlawfulness

It is or becomes unlawful for an Obligor to perform  any of its obligations under the Finance Documents or any Security created or
expressed to be created or evidenced by any Security Document ceases to be effective or does not create the ranking and priority it is
expressed to have.

26.12 Material adverse change

Any event or series of events occur which, in the opinion of the Majority Lenders, has or is likely to have a Material Adverse Effect.

72

26.13 Repudiation, validity and cancellation/termination

(a)

(b)

(c)

(d)

An  Obligor  repudiates  a  Finance  Document  or  a  Transaction  Document  or  evidences  an  intention  to  repudiate  a  Finance
Document or a Transaction Document.

Any Finance Document or Transaction Document ceases to be legal, valid, binding, enforceable or effective.

A  Shipbuilding  Contract,  Refund  Guarantee  or  Charterparty  is  cancelled  or  terminated  for  any  reason,  or  any  party  to  a
Shipbuilding  Contract,  Refund  Guarantee  or  Charterparty  is  in  breach  of  any  payment  obligation  thereunder  where  such
cancellation, termination or breach might reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect.

A Vessel is not accepted by the Charterer under the relevant Charterparty within the time period for such acceptance provided
by such Charterparty.

26.14

Insurances

Any  insurance  policy  taken  out  in  respect  of  a  Vessel  is  cancelled,  revoked  or  lapses,  or  any  insurance  claim  by  a  Borrower  is
repudiated following a Total Loss.

26.15

The Vessels

(a)

(b)

Class certification of a Vessel is withdrawn.

There is an instability  affecting  a Vessel's Flag State  and that  Vessel is not transferred  to another Approved Ship Registry
immediately upon request by the Agent.

26.16 Acceleration

On and at any time after the occurrence of an Event of Default which is continuing in respect of a Loan the Agent may, and shall if so
directed by the Majority Lenders, by notice to the relevant Borrower (if it is severally liable for that Loan) or the Borrowers (if they are
jointly and severally liable for that Loan):

(a)

(b)

(c)

(d)

(if a Relevant Event of Default has occurred), require payment of default interest on that Loan in accordance with Clause 9.3
(Default Interest);

cancel the Total Commitments relating to that Loan whereupon they shall immediately be cancelled;

declare  that  all  or  part  of  that  Loan,  together  with  accrued  interest  on  it  and  all  other  amounts  accrued  or  outstanding  in
relation to it under the Finance Documents, be immediately due and payable, whereupon they shall become immediately due
and payable; and/or

declare that all or part of that Loan be payable on demand, whereupon it shall immediately become payable on demand by the
Agent on the instructions of the Majority Lenders.

SECTION 9
CHANGES TO PARTIES

27.

CHANGES TO THE LENDERS

27.1

Transfers by the Lenders

Subject  to this Clause  27 (Changes to the Lenders), a Lender (the Existing Lender) may transfer by novation any of its rights and
obligations, to another bank or financial institution or to a trust, fund or other entity which is regularly engaged in or established for the
purpose of making, purchasing or investing in loans, securities or other financial assets (the New Lender).

27.2

Conditions of transfer

(a)

The consent of each Borrower is required for a transfer by an Existing Lender, unless the

73

(b)

(c)

(d)

(e)

transfer is to another Lender or an Affiliate of a Lender or an Event of Default has occurred which is continuing in respect of
any Loan for which that Borrower is then liable as Borrower.

The consent of the Borrowers to a transfer must not be unreasonably withheld or delayed. A Borrower will be deemed to have
given  its  consent  10  Business  Days  after  the  Existing  Lender  has  requested  it  unless  consent  is  expressly  refused  by  such
Borrower within that time.

A transfer will only be effective if the procedure set out in Clause 27.4 (Procedure for transfer) is complied with.

If:

(i)

(ii)

a  Lender  transfers  any  of  its  rights  or  obligations  under  the  Finance  Documents  or  changes  its  Facility  Office  in
accordance with Clause 27.8 (Change of Facility Office); and

as a result of circumstances existing at the date the transfer or change occurs, an Obligor would be obliged to make a
payment  to  the  New Lender  or  Lender  acting  through  its  new  Facility  Office  under  Clause  13 (Tax gross-up and
indemnities) or Clause 14 (Increased Costs),

then the New Lender or Lender acting through its new Facility Office is only entitled to receive payment under those Clauses
to the same extent as the Existing Lender or Lender acting through its previous Facility Office would have been if the transfer
or  change  had  not  occurred.  This  paragraph  (d)  shall  not  apply  in  respect  of  a  transfer  made  in  the  ordinary  course  of  the
primary syndication of the Facility.

Each New Lender, by executing  the relevant Transfer Certificate,  confirms, for the avoidance of doubt, that the Agent has
authority to execute on its behalf any amendment or waiver that has been approved by or on behalf of the requisite Lender or
Lenders in accordance with this Agreement on or prior to the date on which the transfer becomes effective in accordance with
this  Agreement  and  that  it  is  bound  by  that  decision  to  the  same  extent  as  the  Existing  Lender  would  have  been  had  it
remained a Lender.

27.3

Limitation of responsibility of Existing Lenders

(a)

Unless  expressly  agreed  to  the  contrary,  an  Existing  Lender  makes  no  representation  or  warranty  and  assumes  no
responsibility to a New Lender for:

(i)

(ii)

(iii)

(iv)

the legality, validity, effectiveness, adequacy or enforceability of the Finance Documents or any other documents;

the financial condition of any Obligor;

the  performance  and  observance  by  any  Obligor  of  its  obligations  under  the  Finance  Documents  or  any  other
documents; or

the accuracy of any statements (whether written or oral) made in or in connection with any Finance Document or
any other document,

and any representations or warranties implied by law are excluded.

(b)

Each New Lender confirms to the Existing Lender and the other Finance Parties that it:

(i)

(ii)

has made (and shall continue to make) its own independent investigation and assessment of the financial condition
and affairs of each Obligor and its related entities in connection with its participation in this Agreement and has not
relied  exclusively  on  any  information  provided  to  it  by  the  Existing  Lender  in  connection  with  any  Finance
Document; and

will continue to make its own independent appraisal of the creditworthiness of each Obligor and its related entities
whilst any amount is or may be outstanding under the

74

Finance Documents or any Commitment is in force.

(c)

Nothing in any Finance Document obliges an Existing Lender to:

(i)

(ii)

accept  a  re-transfer  from  a  New  Lender  of  any  of  the  rights  and  obligations  transferred  under  this  Clause  27
(Changes to the Lenders); or

support  any  losses  directly  or  indirectly  incurred  by  the  New  Lender  by  reason  of  the  non-performance  by  any
Obligor of its obligations under the Finance Documents or otherwise.

27.4

Procedure for transfer

(a)

(b)

Subject to the conditions set out in Clause 27.2 (Conditions of transfer) a transfer is effected in accordance with paragraph (c)
below when the Agent executes an otherwise duly completed Transfer Certificate delivered to it by the Existing Lender and
the New Lender. The Agent shall, subject to paragraph (b) below, as soon as reasonably practicable after receipt by it of a
duly  completed  Transfer  Certificate  appearing  on  its  face  to  comply  with  the  terms  of  this  Agreement  and  delivered  in
accordance with the terms of this Agreement, execute that Transfer Certificate.

The Agent shall only be obliged to execute a Transfer Certificate delivered to it by the Existing Lender and the New Lender
once it is satisfied it has complied with all necessary "know your customer" or other similar checks under all applicable laws
and regulations in relation to the transfer to such New Lender.

(c)

Subject to Clause 27.7 (Pro rata interest settlement), on the Transfer Date:

(i)

(ii)

(iii)

to  the  extent  that  in  the  Transfer  Certificate  the  Existing  Lender  seeks  to  transfer  by  novation  its  rights  and
obligations  under  the  Finance  Documents  each  of  the  Obligors  and  the  Existing  Lender  shall  be  released  from
further obligations towards one another under the Finance Documents and their respective rights against one another
under the Finance Documents shall be cancelled (being the Discharged Rights and Obligations);

each of the Obligors and the New Lender shall assume obligations towards one another and/or acquire rights against
one  another  which  differ  from  the  Discharged  Rights  and  Obligations  only  insofar  as  that  Obligor  and  the  New
Lender have assumed and/or acquired the same in place of that Obligor and the Existing Lender;

the  Agent,  the  Mandated  Lead  Arranger,  the  New  Lender  and  other  Lenders  shall  acquire  the  same  rights  and
assume  the  same  obligations  between  themselves  as  they  would  have  acquired  and  assumed  had  the  New  Lender
been an Original Lender with the rights and/or obligations acquired or assumed by it as a result of the transfer and to
that  extent  the  Agent,  the  Mandated  Lead  Arranger  and  the  Existing  Lender  shall  each  be  released  from  further
obligations to each other under the Finance Documents; and

(iv)

the New Lender shall become a Party as a "Lender".

27.5

Copy of Transfer Certificate to the Borrowers

The Agent shall, as soon as reasonably practicable after it has executed a Transfer Certificate, send to the Borrowers a copy of that
Transfer Certificate.

27.6

Security over Lenders' rights

In addition to the other rights provided to Lenders under this Clause 27 (Changes to the Lenders), each Lender may without consulting
with  or  obtaining  consent  from  any  Obligor,  at  any  time  charge,  assign  or  otherwise  create  Security  in  or  over  (whether  by way of
collateral  or otherwise)  all or any of its rights under any Finance Document to secure  obligations  of that Lender including, without
limitation:

75

(a)

(b)

any charge, assignment or other Security to secure obligations to a federal reserve or central bank; and

in  the  case  of  any  Lender  which  is  a  fund,  any  charge,  assignment  or  other  Security  granted  to  any  holders  (or  trustee  or
representatives  of  holders)  of  obligations  owed,  or  securities  issued,  by  that  Lender  as  security  for  those  obligations  or
securities,

except that no such charge, assignment or Security shall:

(i)

(ii)

release  a  Lender  from  any  of  its  obligations  under  the  Finance  Documents  or  substitute  the  beneficiary  of  the
relevant charge, assignment or Security for the Lender as a party to any of the Finance Documents; or

require any payments to be made by an Obligor other than or in excess of, or grant to any person any more extensive
rights than, those required to be made or granted to the relevant Lender under the Finance Documents.

27.7

Pro rata interest settlement

(a)

If the Agent has notified the Lenders that it is able to distribute interest payments on a pro rata basis to Existing Lenders and
New Lenders then (in respect of any transfer pursuant to Clause 27.4 (Procedure for transfer) the Transfer Date of which, in
each case, is after the date of such notification and is not on the last day of an Interest Period):

(i)

any interest or fees in respect of the relevant participation which are expressed to accrue by reference to the lapse of
time  shall  continue  to  accrue  in  favour  of  the  Existing  Lender  up  to  but  excluding  the  Transfer  Date  (Accrued
Amounts) and shall become due and payable to the Existing Lender (without further interest accruing on them) on
the last day of the current Interest Period (or, if the Interest Period is longer than 6 Months, on the next of the dates
which falls at 6 Monthly intervals after the first day of that Interest Period); and

(ii)

the  rights  transferred  by  the  Existing  Lender  will  not  include  the  right  to  the  Accrued  Amounts,  so  that,  for  the
avoidance of doubt:

(A)

(B)

when  the  Accrued  Amounts  become  payable,  those  Accrued  Amounts  will  be  payable  to  the  Existing
Lender; and

the amount payable to the New Lender on that date will be the amount which would, but for the application
of this Clause 27.7 (Pro rata interest settlement), have been payable to it on that date, but after deduction
of the Accrued Amounts.

(b)

In this Clause 27.7 (Pro rata interest settlement) references to "Interest Period" shall be construed to include a reference to
any other period for accrual of fees.

27.8

Change of Facility Office

Any Finance Party may at any time and from time to time change its Facility Office by giving notice to the Agent and that change shall
be effective on the later of (a) the date specified in that notice and (b) the date of receipt by the Agent of that notice from that Finance
Party. The  Agent shall promptly notify the Borrowers and the other Finance Parties of any notice received by it pursuant to this Clause
27.8 (Change of Facility Office).

27.9

Delegation

Any Finance Party may at any time and from time to time delegate any one or more of its rights, powers and/or obligations under the
Finance Documents to any person (provided that such Finance Party shall remain fully responsible for the exercise or performance of
any rights, powers and/or obligations delegated by it).

76

27.10 Register

The Agent shall keep a register of all the Lenders for the time being with details of their respective Commitments and Facility Office
and shall provide any other Party (at that Party's expense) with a copy of the register on request.

27.11 Assignments and transfers by the Hedging Banks

(a)

(b)

(c)

(d)

A  Hedging  Bank  may  not  assign  or  transfer  its  rights  or  obligations  under  any  Hedging  Agreement  other  than  with  the
consent of the Majority Lenders or in accordance with paragraph (b) below.

Where a Hedging Bank (a Transferor Hedging Bank) effects a transfer of all or any of its rights and obligations under a
Hedging Agreement to any bank or financial institution (a Transferee Hedging Bank) in accordance with the provisions of
that  Hedging  Agreement,  it  shall  also  be  entitled  to  assign  or  transfer  to  the  Transferee  Hedging  Bank  a  commensurate
proportion of its rights and obligations as a Hedging Bank under this Agreement and the other Finance Documents, provided
that:

(i)

(ii)

no such rights and obligations may be assigned or transferred to any person that is not a Lender or an Affiliate of a
Lender, except with the consent of all the Lenders and the other Hedging Banks and the Borrowers; and

no assignment or transfer by a Hedging Bank of any of its rights or obligations under this Agreement and the other
Finance Documents to a Transferee Hedging Bank that is not already a Party in the capacity of Hedging Bank shall
be binding on, or effective in relation to, any other Party unless that Transferee Hedging Bank has acceded to this
Agreement as a Party in such terms as the Agent and the Borrowers shall reasonably require.

Promptly after completion of any relevant assignment or transfer referred to in paragraph (b) above, the Transferor Hedging
Bank and the Transferee Hedging Bank shall give notice in writing to the Agent and the Borrowers notifying them of that
assignment or transfer.

The Borrowers undertake, at the cost and expense of the Transferor Hedging Bank, to do or to procure all such acts and things
and to sign, execute and deliver or procure the signing, execution and delivery of all such instruments and documents as the
Transferor Hedging Bank and/or the Transferee Hedging Bank may reasonably require for the purpose of perfecting any such
assignment or transfer as mentioned in paragraph (b) above.

28.

CHANGES TO THE OBLIGORS

28.1

Assignments and transfer by Obligors

No Obligor may assign any of its rights or transfer any of its rights or obligations under the Finance Documents.

28.2

KNOP and KNOT ST as replacement Guarantors

(a)

KNOT shall have the option to sell its shares in a Borrower to KNOP or a Subsidiary of KNOP at any time from the Delivery
Date of the Vessel to be delivered to that Borrower, subject to the terms and conditions set out in this Clause 28.2 (KNOP and
KNOT ST as replacement Guarantors).

(b)

A Drop Down may only take place once the Agent (on behalf of the Lenders) in its sole discretion is satisfied that:

(i)

(ii)

no Default is continuing or would result from the proposed Drop Down;

no Material Adverse Effect would result from the proposed Drop Down;

77

(iii)

(iv)

(v)

the Repeating Representations to be made by each Obligor (including KNOP and KNOT ST) are true in all material
respects;

the  Borrowers  have  delivered  to  the  Agent  a  duly  completed  and  executed  Accession  Letter  relating  to  the  Drop
Down; and

the  Agent  has  received  all  of  the  documents  and  other  evidence  listed  in  Part  4  (KNOP  and  KNOT  ST  as
replacement Guarantors) of Schedule 3 (Conditions Precedent And Subsequent) in form and substance satisfactory
to it.

(c)

On the first Drop Down Date:

(i)

(ii)

(iii)

(iv)

(v)

(vi)

KNOP  and  KNOT  ST  shall  accede  to  this  Agreement  as  Guarantors  and  become  liable  as  Guarantors  for  the
obligations of the Borrower(s) to which the Drop Down relates;

KNOT  shall  be  released  from  its  obligations  under  any  Finance  Document  and  each  Hedging  Agreement  as  a
Guarantor for the obligations of the Borrower(s) to which the Drop Down relates;

all references to the terms "Guarantors", "Guarantor", "Obligors" or "Obligor" shall include KNOP and KNOT ST,
unless the context implies otherwise;

the financial covenants regulated by Clause 22.4 (Financial condition – KNOP) shall become applicable;

in the event that the Drop Down on the first Drop Down Date relates to one Borrower only, the joint and several
liability  of  the  Borrowers  shall  cease  until  Drop  Down  has  taken  place  for  both  Borrowers,  as  regulated  by
paragraph (c) of Clause 6.2 (Limitations); and

in the event that both Borrowers have been subject to a Drop Down on the first Drop Down Date, on the first Drop
Down Date:

(A)

(B)

KNOT shall cease to be a Party to this Agreement; and

the financial covenants regulated by Clause 22.3 (Financial condition – KNOT) shall cease to apply.

(d)

On the second Drop Down Date (if there is more than one Drop Down Date):

(i)

(ii)

(iii)

(iv)

KNOT  shall  be  released  from  its  obligations  under  any  Finance  Document  and  each  Hedging  Agreement  as  a
Guarantor for the obligations of the Borrower to which the Drop Down relates and KNOT shall cease to be a Party
to this Agreement;

the financial covenants regulated by Clause 22.3 (Financial condition – KNOT) shall cease to apply;

KNOP  and  KNOT  ST  shall  become  liable  as  Guarantors  for  the  obligations  of  the  Borrower  to  which  the  Drop
Down relates; and

the  joint  and  several  liability  of  the  Borrowers  shall  be  reinstated  in  accordance  with  paragraph  (c)  of  Clause  6.2
(Limitations).

(e)

The Agent shall notify the other Parties, substantially in the form set out in Schedule 10 (Form of Drop Down Confirmation
Letter), promptly upon being satisfied in relation to a Drop Down that:

(i)

it has received (in form and substance satisfactory to it) all the documents and other evidence listed in paragraph (b)
above in relation to the relevant Drop Down;

78

(ii)

(iii)

KNOP and KNOT ST have acceded to this Agreement as Guarantors in relation to the obligations of the Borrower
to which the Drop Down relates; and

any required prepayment has been made in accordance with Clause 8.3 (Mandatory prepayment - Drop Down) in
relation to the relevant Drop Down,

and the relevant Drop Down and the replacement of KNOT by KNOP and KNOT ST as Guarantors for the obligations of the
Borrower to which the Drop Down relates shall become effective as of the date and time the Parties are notified in accordance
with this paragraph (e).

(f)

Irrespective  of  anything  to  the  contrary  set  out  in  this  Agreement  or  any  other  Finance  Document,  no  representations,
covenants or other obligations of a Guarantor or provisions referring to a Guarantor (whether in its capacity as Guarantor or
otherwise)  under  this  Agreement  shall  apply  to  KNOP  or  KNOT  ST  prior  to  the  date  KNOP  and  KNOT  ST  accede  as
Guarantors  under  this  Agreement  or  to  KNOT  after  such  date  as  KNOT  has  been  fully  released  from  its  obligations  as  a
Guarantor under this Agreement.

(g)

During any period when KNOT is the Guarantor for one Borrower and KNOP and KNOT ST are Guarantors for the other
Borrower, the Loan(s) relating to each Borrower shall be treated on a stand-alone basis. Accordingly, during such period:

(i)

(ii)

there shall be no joint liability between the obligations of one Borrower and/or its Guarantor (KNOT) on the one
side and the other Borrower and/or its Guarantors (KNOP and KNOT ST) on the other side;

to the extent that any undertaking, covenant or representation under a Finance Document is expressed to be given or
made by a Borrower or its Guarantor(s) in relation to any Obligor, any Loan, any Security Asset or any document,
such  undertaking,  covenant  or  representation  shall  be  deemed  to  be  given  or  made  only  (as  the  case  may  be)  in
respect of:

(A)

(B)

(C)

(D)

that Borrower and/or such Guarantor(s) and/or their Group;

the Loan or Loans relating to that Borrower;

the Vessel owned by that Borrower and/or or any other Security Asset relating to the relevant Vessel or that
Borrower; and/or

the Finance Documents, Hedging Agreements, Transaction Documents and/or any other relevant document
to which that Borrower and/or such Guarantor is a party; and

(iii)

no Event of Default shall occur in relation to the Loan(s) relating to one Borrower by reason only of an Event of
Default having occurred in relation to the Loan(s) relating to the other Borrower, as more specifically described in
Clause 26.1 (General) and Clause 26.16 (Acceleration).

SECTION 10
THE FINANCE PARTIES

29.

ROLE OF THE AGENT, THE BOOKRUNNER, THE MANDATED LEAD ARRANGER AND THE REFERENCE BANKS

29.1

Appointment of the Agent

(a)

(b)

Each  other  Finance  Party  and  each  Hedging  Bank  appoints  the  Agent  to  act  as  its  agent  under  and  in  connection  with  the
Finance Documents and the Hedging Agreements.

Each other Finance Party and each Hedging Bank authorises the Agent to perform the duties, obligations and responsibilities
and to exercise the rights, powers, authorities and discretions specifically given to the Agent under or in connection with the
Finance Documents together with any other incidental rights, powers, authorities and discretions.

79

29.2

Instructions

(a)

The Agent shall:

(i)

unless a contrary indication appears in a Finance Document, exercise or refrain from exercising any right, power,
authority or discretion vested in it as Agent in accordance with any instructions given to it by:

(A)

(B)

(C)

all Lenders and all Hedging Banks if the relevant Finance Document stipulates the matter is an all Lender
and all Hedging Bank decision;

all Lenders if the relevant Finance Document stipulates the matter is an all Lender decision; and

in all other cases, the Majority Lenders; and

(ii)

not be liable for any act (or omission) if it acts (or refrains from acting) in accordance with paragraph (i) above.

(b)

(c)

(d)

(e)

(f)

The Agent shall be entitled to request instructions, or clarification  of any instruction, from the Majority Lenders (or, if the
relevant Finance Document stipulates the matter is a decision for any other Lender and/or Hedging Bank or group of Lenders
and/or Hedging Banks, from that Lender and/or Hedging Bank or group of Lenders and/or Hedging Banks) as to whether, and
in what manner, it should exercise or refrain from exercising any right, power, authority or discretion. The Agent may refrain
from acting unless and until it receives any such instructions or clarification that it has requested.

Save in the case of decisions stipulated to be a matter for any other Lender and/or Hedging Bank or group of Lenders and/or
Hedging Banks under the relevant Finance Document and unless a contrary indication appears in a Finance Document, any
instructions given to the Agent by the Majority Lenders shall override any conflicting instructions given by any other Parties
and will be binding on all Finance Parties.

The  Agent  may  refrain  from  acting  in  accordance  with  any  instructions  of  any  Lender  and/or  Hedging  Bank  or  group  of
Lenders and/or Hedging Banks until it has received any indemnification and/or security that it may in its discretion require
(which may be greater in extent than that contained in the Finance Documents and which may include payment in advance)
for any cost, loss or liability which it may incur in complying with those instructions.

In  the  absence  of  instructions,  the  Agent  may  act  (or  refrain  from  acting)  as  it  considers  to  be  in  the  best  interest  of  the
Lenders and the Hedging Banks.

The Agent is not authorised to act on behalf of a Lender or Hedging Bank (without first obtaining that Party's consent) in any
legal or arbitration proceedings relating to any Finance Document.

29.3

Duties of the Agent

(a)

(b)

(c)

(d)

The Agent's duties under the Finance Documents are solely mechanical and administrative in nature.

Subject to paragraph (c) below, the Agent shall promptly forward to a Party the original or a copy of any document which is
delivered to the Agent for that Party by any other Party.

Without prejudice to Clause 27.5 (Copy of Transfer Certificate to the Borrowers), paragraph (b) above shall not apply to any
Transfer Certificate.

Except where a Finance Document specifically provides otherwise, the Agent is not obliged to review or check the adequacy,
accuracy or completeness of any document it forwards to another Party.

(e)

If the Agent receives notice from a Party referring to this Agreement, describing a Default and

80

stating that the circumstance described is a Default, it shall promptly notify the other Finance Parties.

(f)

(g)

If the Agent is aware of the non-payment of any principal, interest, commitment fee or other fee payable to a Finance Party
(other  than  the  Agent  or  the  Mandated  Lead  Arranger)  under  this  Agreement,  it  shall  promptly  notify  the  other  Finance
Parties.

The  Agent  shall  have  only  those  duties,  obligations  and  responsibilities  expressly  specified  in  the  Finance  Documents  to
which it is expressed to be a party (and no others shall be implied).

29.4

Letters of Quiet Enjoyment

If a Letter of Quiet Enjoyment is required by the Charterer of a Vessel and the relevant Borrower is contractually obliged to procure
the same, each of the Finance Parties authorises and instructs the Agent to execute, and perform its obligations under, such Letter of
Quiet Enjoyment.

29.5

Roles of the Bookrunner and the Mandated Lead Arranger

Except  as  specifically  provided  in  the  Finance  Documents,  neither  the  Bookrunner  nor  the  Mandated  Lead  Arranger  has  any
obligations of any kind to any other Party under or in connection with any Finance Document.

29.6

No fiduciary duties

(a)

(b)

Nothing in any Finance Document constitutes the Agent or the Bookrunner or the Mandated Lead Arranger as a trustee or
fiduciary of any other person.

Neither the Agent nor the Bookrunner nor the Mandated Lead Arranger shall be bound to account to any Lender or Hedging
bank for any sum or the profit element of any sum received by it for its own account.

29.7

Business with the Group

The Agent, the Bookrunner and the Mandated Lead Arranger may accept deposits from, lend money to and generally engage in any
kind of banking or other business with any member of the Group.

29.8

Rights and discretions

(a)

The Agent may:

(i)

rely  on  any  representation,  communication,  notice  or  document  believed  by  it  to  be  genuine,  correct  and
appropriately authorised;

(ii)

assume that:

(A)

any instructions  received  by it from the Majority  Lenders, any Lender, any Hedging Bank, any group of
Lenders  or  any  group  of  Hedging  Banks  are  duly  given  in  accordance  with  the  terms  of  the  Finance
Documents; and

(B)

unless it has received notice of revocation, that those instructions have not been revoked; and

(iii)

rely on a certificate from any person:

(A)

as to any matter of fact or circumstance which might reasonably be expected to be within the knowledge of
that person; or

(B)

to the effect that such person approves of any particular dealing, transaction, step, action or thing,

as  sufficient  evidence  that  that  is  the  case  and,  in  the  case  of  paragraph  (A)  above,  may  assume  the  truth  and
accuracy of that certificate.

81

(b)

The Agent may assume (unless it has received notice to the contrary in its capacity as agent for the Lenders and the Hedging
Banks) that:

(i)

(ii)

(iii)

no Default has occurred (unless it has actual knowledge of a Default arising under Clause 26.2 (Non-payment));

any right, power, authority or discretion vested in any Party or any group of Lenders or Hedging Banks has not been
exercised; and

any notice or request made by the Borrowers (other than a Utilisation Request) is made on behalf of and with the
consent and knowledge of all the Obligors.

The  Agent  may  engage  and  pay  for  the  advice  or  services  of  any  lawyers,  accountants,  tax  advisers,  surveyors  or  other
professional advisers or experts.

Without prejudice to the generality of paragraph (c) above or paragraph (e) below, the Agent may at any time engage and pay
for the services of any lawyers to act as independent counsel to the Agent (and so separate from any lawyers instructed by the
Lenders or Hedging Banks) if the Agent in its reasonable opinion deems this to be necessary.

The  Agent  may  rely  on  the  advice  or  services  of  any  lawyers,  accountants,  tax  advisers,  surveyors  or  other  professional
advisers or experts (whether obtained by the Agent or by any other Party) and shall not be liable for any damages, costs or
losses to any person, any diminution in value or any liability whatsoever arising as a result of its so relying.

The Agent may act in relation to the Finance Documents through its officers, employees and agents.

Unless  a  Finance  Document  expressly  provides  otherwise  the  Agent  may  disclose  to  any  other  Party  any  information  it
reasonably believes it has received as agent under this Agreement.

Notwithstanding any other provision of any Finance Document to the contrary, neither the Agent nor the Bookrunner nor the
Mandated Lead Arranger is obliged to do or omit to do anything if it would or might in its reasonable opinion constitute a
breach of any law or regulation or a breach of a fiduciary duty or duty of confidentiality.

Notwithstanding any provision of any Finance Document to the contrary, the Agent is not obliged to expend or risk its own
funds or otherwise incur any financial liability in the performance of its duties, obligations or responsibilities or the exercise
of any right, power, authority or discretion if it has grounds for believing the repayment of such funds or adequate indemnity
against, or security for, such risk or liability is not reasonably assured to it.

(c)

(d)

(e)

(f)

(g)

(h)

(i)

29.9

Responsibility for documentation

Neither the Agent nor the Bookrunner nor the Mandated Lead Arranger is responsible or liable for:

(a)

(b)

(c)

the adequacy, accuracy or completeness of any information (whether oral or written) supplied by the Agent, the Bookrunner,
the Mandated Lead Arranger, an Obligor or any other person given in or in connection with any Finance Document or the
transactions contemplated in the Finance Documents or any other agreement, arrangement or document entered into, made or
executed in anticipation of, under or in connection with any Finance Document; or

the  legality,  validity,  effectiveness,  adequacy  or  enforceability  of  any  Finance  Document  or  any  other  agreement,
arrangement  or  document  entered  into,  made  or  executed  in  anticipation  of,  under  or  in  connection  with  any  Finance
Document; or

any determination as to whether any information provided or to be provided to any Finance Party is non-public information
the use of which may be regulated or prohibited by applicable law or regulation relating to insider dealing or otherwise.

82

29.10 No duty to monitor

The Agent shall not be bound to enquire:

(a)

(b)

(c)

whether or not any Default has occurred;

as to the performance, default or any breach by any Party of its obligations under any Finance Document; or

whether any other event specified in any Finance Document has occurred.

29.11

Exclusion of liability

(a)

Without limiting paragraph (b) below (and without prejudice to any other provision of any Finance Document excluding or
limiting the liability of the Agent), the Agent will not be liable for:

(i)

(ii)

(iii)

any damages, costs or losses to any person, any diminution in value, or any liability whatsoever arising as a result of
taking  or  not  taking  any  action  under  or  in  connection  with  any  Finance  Document,  unless  directly  caused  by  its
gross negligence or wilful misconduct.

exercising,  or  not  exercising,  any  right,  power,  authority  or  discretion  given  to  it  by,  or  in  connection  with,  any
Finance Document or any other agreement, arrangement or document entered into, made or executed in anticipation
of,  under  or  in  connection  with,  any  Finance  Document,  other  than  by  reason  of  its  gross  negligence  or  wilful
misconduct; or

without prejudice to the generality of paragraphs (i) and (ii) above, any damages, costs or losses to any person, any
diminution in value or any liability whatsoever (including, without limitation, for negligence or any other category
of liability whatsoever but not including any claim based on the fraud of the Agent) arising as a result of:

(A)

(B)

any act, event or circumstance not reasonably within its control; or

the general risks of investment in, or the holding of assets in, any jurisdiction,

including (in each case and without limitation) such damages, costs, losses, diminution in value or liability arising as
a  result  of  nationalisation,  expropriation  or  other  governmental  actions;  any  regulation,  currency  restriction,
devaluation  or  fluctuation;  market  conditions  affecting  the  execution  or  settlement  of  transactions  or  the  value  of
assets  (including  any  Disruption  Event);  breakdown,  failure  or  malfunction  of  any  third  party  transport,
telecommunications, computer services or systems; natural disasters or acts of God; war, terrorism, insurrection or
revolution; or strikes or industrial action.

(b)

(c)

No Party (other than the Agent) may take any proceedings against any officer, employee or agent of the Agent in respect of
any claim it might have against the Agent or in respect of any act or omission of any kind by that officer, employee or agent
in relation to any Finance Document and any officer, employee or agent of the Agent may rely on this Clause.

The  Agent  will  not  be  liable  for  any  delay  (or  any  related  consequences)  in  crediting  an  account  with  an  amount  required
under  the  Finance  Documents  to  be  paid  by  the  Agent  if  the  Agent  has  taken  all  necessary  steps  as  soon  as  reasonably
practicable to comply with the regulations or operating procedures of any recognised clearing or settlement system used by
the Agent for that purpose.

(d)

Nothing in this Agreement shall oblige the Agent or the Bookrunner or the Mandated Lead Arranger to carry out:

(i)

any "know your customer" or other checks in relation to any person; or

83

(ii)

any check on the extent to which any transaction contemplated by this Agreement might be unlawful for any Lender
or Hedging Bank,

on behalf of any Lender or Hedging Bank and each Lender and Hedging Bank confirms to the Agent, the Bookrunner and the
Mandated Lead Arranger that it is solely responsible for any such checks it is required to carry out and that it may not rely on
any statement in relation to such checks made by the Agent, the Bookrunner or the Mandated Lead Arranger.

(e)

Without prejudice to any provision of any Finance Document excluding or limiting the Agent's liability, any liability of the
Agent arising under or in connection with any Finance Document shall be limited to the amount of actual loss which has been
suffered (as determined by reference to the date of default of the Agent or, if later, the date on which the loss arises as a result
of  such  default)  but  without  reference  to  any  special  conditions  or  circumstances  known  to  the  Agent  at  any  time  which
increase the amount of that loss. In no event shall the Agent be liable for any loss of profits, goodwill, reputation, business
opportunity or anticipated saving, or for special, punitive, indirect or consequential damages, whether or not the Agent has
been advised of the possibility of such loss or damages.

29.12

Lenders' indemnity to the Agent

Each Lender shall (in proportion to its share of the Total Commitments or, if the Total Commitments are then zero, to its share of the
Total Commitments immediately prior to their reduction to zero) indemnify the Agent, within 3 Business Days of demand, against any
cost, loss or liability incurred by the Agent (otherwise than by reason of the Agent's gross negligence or wilful misconduct) in acting as
Agent under the Finance Documents (unless the Agent has been reimbursed by an Obligor pursuant to a Finance Document).

29.13 Resignation of the Agent

(a)

(b)

(c)

(d)

(e)

(f)

(g)

The  Agent  may  resign  and  appoint  one  of  its  Affiliates  as  successor  by  giving  notice  to  the  other  Finance  Parties  and  the
Borrowers.

Alternatively the Agent may resign by giving 30 days' notice to the other Finance Parties and the Borrowers, in which case
the Majority Lenders (after consultation with the Borrowers) may appoint a successor Agent.

If the Majority Lenders have not appointed a successor Agent in accordance with paragraph (b) above within 20 days after
notice of resignation was given, the retiring Agent (after consultation with the Borrowers) may appoint a successor Agent.

If the Agent wishes to resign because (acting reasonably) it has concluded that it is no longer appropriate for it to remain as
agent and the Agent is entitled to appoint a successor Agent under paragraph (c) above, the Agent may (if it concludes (acting
reasonably)  that  it  is  necessary  to  do  so  in  order  to  persuade  the  proposed  successor  Agent  to  become  a  party  to  this
Agreement  as  Agent)  agree  with  the  proposed  successor  Agent  amendments  to  this  Clause  29  (Role  of  the  Agent,  the
Mandated  Lead  Arranger  and  the  Reference  Banks)  and  any  other  term  of  this  Agreement  dealing  with  the  rights  or
obligations of the Agent consistent with then current market practice for the appointment and protection of corporate trustees
together  with  any  reasonable  amendments  to  the  agency  fee  payable  under  this  Agreement  which  are  consistent  with  the
successor Agent's normal fee rates and those amendments will bind the Parties.

The retiring Agent shall, at its own cost, make available to the successor Agent such documents and records and provide such
assistance  as  the  successor  Agent  may  reasonably  request  for  the  purposes  of  performing  its  functions  as  Agent  under  the
Finance Documents. The Borrowers shall, within 3 Business Days of demand, reimburse the retiring Agent for the amount of
all  costs  and  expenses  (including  legal  fees)  properly  incurred  by  it  in  making  available  such  documents  and  records  and
providing such assistance.

The Agent's resignation notice shall only take effect upon the appointment of a successor.

Upon the appointment of a successor, the retiring Agent shall be discharged from any further

84

obligation  in  respect  of  the  Finance  Documents  (other  than  its  obligations  under  paragraph  (e)  above)  but  shall  remain
entitled  to  the  benefit  of  Clause  15.3  (Indemnity  to  the  Agent)  and  this  Clause  29  (Role  of  the  Agent,  the  Mandated  Lead
Arranger and the Reference Banks) (and any agency fees for the account of the retiring Agent shall cease to accrue from (and
shall  be  payable  on)  that  date).  Any  successor  and  each  of  the  other  Parties  shall  have  the  same  rights  and  obligations
amongst themselves as they would have had if such successor had been an original Party.

After consultation with the Borrowers, the Majority Lenders may, by notice to the Agent, require it to resign in accordance
with paragraph (b) above. In this event, the Agent shall resign in accordance with paragraph (b) above.

The Agent shall resign in accordance with paragraph (b) above (and, to the extent applicable, shall use reasonable endeavours
to appoint a successor Agent pursuant to paragraph (c) above) if on or after the date which is 3 Months before the earliest
FATCA Application Date relating to any payment to the Agent under the Finance Documents, either:

(h)

(i)

(i)

(ii)

(iii)

the Agent fails to respond to a request under Clause 13.6 (FATCA Information) and a Lender reasonably believes
that the Agent will not be (or will have ceased to be) a FATCA Exempt Party on or after that FATCA Application
Date;

the information supplied by the Agent pursuant to Clause 13.6 (FATCA Information) indicates that the Agent will
not be (or will have ceased to be) a FATCA Exempt Party on or after that FATCA Application Date; or

the Agent notifies the Borrowers and the Lenders that the Agent will not be (or will have ceased to be) a FATCA
Exempt Party on or after that FATCA Application Date;

and (in each case) a Lender reasonably believes that a Party will be required to make a FATCA Deduction that would not be
required if the Agent were a FATCA Exempt Party, and that Lender, by notice to the Agent, requires it to resign.

29.14 Confidentiality

(a)

(b)

In acting as agent for the Finance Parties, the Agent shall be regarded as acting through its agency division which shall be
treated as a separate entity from any other of its divisions or departments.

If information is received by another division or department of the Agent, it may be treated as confidential to that division or
department and the Agent shall not be deemed to have notice of it.

29.15 Relationship with the Lenders

(a)

Subject to Clause 27.7 (Pro rata Interest Settlement), the Agent may treat the person shown in its records as Lender at the
opening of business (in the place of the Agent's principal office as notified to the Finance Parties from time to time) as the
Lender acting through its Facility Office:

(i)

(ii)

entitled to or liable for any payment due under any Finance Document on that day; and

entitled  to  receive  and  act  upon  any  notice,  request,  document  or  communication  or  make  any  decision  or
determination under any Finance Document made or delivered on that day,

unless  it  has  received  not  less  than  5  Business  Days'  prior  notice  from  that  Lender  to  the  contrary  in  accordance  with  the
terms of this Agreement.

(b)

Any Lender may by notice to the Agent appoint a person to receive on its behalf all notices, communications, information and
documents to be made or despatched to that Lender under the Finance Documents. Such notice shall contain the address, fax
number and (where

85

communication  by  electronic  mail  or  other  electronic  means  is  permitted  under  Clause  34.5  (Electronic communication))
electronic mail address and/or any other information required to enable the sending and receipt of information by that means
(and, in each case, the department or officer, if any, for whose attention communication is to be made) and be treated as a
notification  of  a  substitute  address,  fax  number,  electronic  mail  address,  department  and  officer  by  that  Lender  for  the
purposes of Clause 34.2 (Addresses) and paragraph (a)(iii) of Clause 34.5 (Electronic communication) and the Agent shall be
entitled to treat such person as the person entitled to receive all such notices, communications, information and documents as
though that person were that Lender.

29.16 Credit appraisal by the Lenders

Without  affecting  the  responsibility  of  any  Obligor  for  information  supplied  by  it  or  on  its  behalf  in  connection  with  any  Finance
Document, each Lender confirms to the Agent, the Bookrunner and the Mandated Lead Arranger that it has been, and will continue to
be, solely responsible for making its own independent appraisal and investigation of all risks arising under or in connection with any
Finance Document including but not limited to:

(a)

(b)

(c)

(d)

the financial condition, status and nature of each member of the Group;

the  legality,  validity,  effectiveness,  adequacy  or  enforceability  of  any  Finance  Document  and  any  other  agreement,
arrangement  or  document  entered  into,  made  or  executed  in  anticipation  of,  under  or  in  connection  with  any  Finance
Document;

whether that Lender has recourse, and the nature and extent of that recourse, against any Party or any of its respective assets
under or in connection with any Finance Document, the transactions contemplated by the Finance Documents or any other
agreement,  arrangement  or  document  entered  into,  made  or  executed  in  anticipation  of,  under  or  in  connection  with  any
Finance Document; and

the adequacy, accuracy or completeness of any information provided by the Agent, any Party or by any other person under or
in connection with any Finance Document, the transactions contemplated by any Finance Document or any other agreement,
arrangement  or  document  entered  into,  made  or  executed  in  anticipation  of,  under  or  in  connection  with  any  Finance
Document.

29.17 Role of Reference Banks

(a)

(b)

(c)

(d)

No Lender is under any obligation to act as a Reference Bank (either directly or through one of its Affiliates) and a Lender
shall only be appointed as a Reference Bank if it has confirmed in writing to the Agent that it accepts such appointment.

No Reference Bank, once appointed, is under any obligation to provide a quotation or any other information to the Agent.

No Reference Bank will be liable for any action taken by it under or in connection with any Finance Document, or for any
Reference Bank Quotation, unless directly caused by its gross negligence or wilful misconduct.

No Party (other than the relevant Reference Bank) may take any proceedings against any officer, employee or agent of any
Reference Bank in respect of any claim it might have against that Reference Bank or in respect of any act or omission of any
kind by that officer, employee or agent in relation to any Finance Document, or to any Reference Bank Quotation, and any
officer, employee or agent of each Reference Bank may rely on this Clause 29.17 (Role of the Reference Banks).

29.18

Third party Reference Banks

A  Reference  Bank  which  is  not  a  Party  may  rely  on  Clause  29.17  (Role  of  Reference  Banks),  Clause  38.3  (Other exceptions) and
Clause 42 (Confidentiality of Funding Rates and Reference Bank Quotations).

86

29.19 Reference Banks

If a Reference Bank (or, if a Reference Bank is not a Lender, the Lender of which it is an Affiliate) ceases to be a Lender, the Agent
shall (in consultation with the Borrowers) appoint another Lender or an Affiliate of a Lender to replace that Reference Bank.

29.20 Deduction from amounts payable by the Agent

If any Party owes an amount to the Agent under the Finance Documents the Agent may, after giving notice to that Party, deduct an
amount not exceeding  that amount from any payment to that Party which the Agent would otherwise be obliged to make under the
Finance Documents and apply the amount deducted in or towards satisfaction of the amount owed. For the purposes of the Finance
Documents that Party shall be regarded as having received any amount so deducted.

30.

CONDUCT OF BUSINESS BY THE FINANCE PARTIES

No provision of this Agreement will:

(a)

(b)

(c)

interfere with the right of any Finance Party or any Hedging Bank to arrange its affairs (tax or otherwise) in whatever manner
it thinks fit;

oblige any Finance Party or any Hedging Bank to investigate or claim any credit, relief, remission or repayment available to it
or the extent, order and manner of any claim; or

oblige  any Finance  Party  or  any  Hedging Bank  to disclose  any  information  relating  to its  affairs  (tax  or  otherwise)  or  any
computations in respect of Tax.

31.

SHARING AMONG THE FINANCE PARTIES

31.1

Payments to Finance Parties

If  a  Finance  Party  (a  Recovering  Finance  Party)  receives  or  recovers  any  amount  from  an  Obligor  other  than  in  accordance  with
Clause 32 (Payment mechanics) (a Recovered Amount) and applies that amount to a payment due under the Finance Documents then:

(a)

(b)

(c)

the Recovering Finance Party shall, within 3 Business Days, notify details of the receipt or recovery to the Agent;

the  Agent  shall  determine  whether  the  receipt  or  recovery  is  in  excess  of  the  amount  the  Recovering  Finance  Party  would
have been paid had the receipt or recovery been received or made by the Agent and distributed in accordance with Clause 32
(Payment mechanics), without taking  account  of any Tax which would be imposed  on the Agent in relation  to the receipt,
recovery or distribution; and

the  Recovering  Finance  Party  shall,  within  3  Business  Days  of  demand  by  the  Agent,  pay  to  the  Agent  an  amount  (the
Sharing Payment) equal  to such receipt  or recovery  less any amount  which the  Agent determines  may be retained  by the
Recovering Finance Party as its share of any payment to be made, in accordance with Clause 32.5 (Partial payments).

31.2

Redistribution of payments

The Agent shall treat the Sharing Payment as if it had been paid by the relevant Obligor and distribute it between the Finance Parties
(other than the Recovering Finance Party) (the Sharing Finance Parties) in accordance with Clause 32.5 (Partial payments) towards
the obligations of that Obligor to the Sharing Finance Parties.

31.3

Recovering Finance Party's rights

On a distribution by the Agent under Clause 31.2 (Redistribution of payments) of a payment received by a Recovering Finance Party
from an Obligor, as between the relevant Obligor and the Recovering Finance Party, an amount of the Recovered Amount equal to the
Sharing Payment will be treated as not having been paid by that Obligor.

87

31.4

Reversal of redistribution

If  any  part  of  the  Sharing  Payment  received  or  recovered  by  a  Recovering  Finance  Party  becomes  repayable  and  is  repaid  by  that
Recovering Finance Party, then:

(a)

(b)

each  Sharing Finance  Party  shall,  upon request  of  the Agent,  pay  to the  Agent for  the  account  of  that  Recovering  Finance
Party an amount equal to the appropriate part of its share of the Sharing Payment (together with an amount as is necessary to
reimburse  that  Recovering  Finance  Party  for  its  proportion  of  any  interest  on  the  Sharing  Payment  which  that  Recovering
Finance Party is required to pay) (the Redistributed Amount); and

as  between  the  relevant  Obligor  and  each  relevant  Sharing  Finance  Party,  an  amount  equal  to  the  relevant  Redistributed
Amount will be treated as not having been paid by that Obligor.

31.5

Exceptions

(a)

(b)

This Clause 31 (Sharing among the Finance Parties) shall not apply to the extent that the Recovering Finance Party would
not, after making any payment pursuant to this Clause, have a valid and enforceable claim against the relevant Obligor.

A Recovering Finance Party is not obliged to share with any other Finance Party any amount which the Recovering Finance
Party has received or recovered as a result of taking legal or arbitration proceedings, if:

(i)

(ii)

it notified that other Finance Party of the legal or arbitration proceedings; and

that other Finance Party had an opportunity to participate in those legal or arbitration proceedings but did not do so
as soon as reasonably practicable having received notice and did not take separate legal or arbitration proceedings.

SECTION 11
ADMINISTRATION

32.

PAYMENT MECHANICS

32.1

Payments to the Agent

(a)

On each date on which an Obligor or a Lender is required to make a payment under a Finance Document, that Obligor or
Lender shall make the same available to the Agent (unless a contrary indication appears in a Finance Document) for value on
the due date at the time and in such funds specified by the Agent as being customary at the time for settlement of transactions
in the relevant currency in the place of payment.

(b)

Payment shall be made to such account with such bank as the Agent specifies.

32.2

Distributions by the Agent

Each payment received by the Agent under the Finance Documents for another Party shall, subject to Clause 32.3 (Distributions to an
Obligor), Clause 32.4 (Clawback and pre-funding), be made available by the Agent as soon as practicable after receipt to the Party
entitled to receive payment in accordance with this Agreement (in the case of a Lender, for the account of its Facility Office), to such
account with such bank as that Party may notify to the Agent by not less than 5 Business Days' notice.

32.3

Distributions to an Obligor

The Agent may (with the consent of the Obligor or in accordance with Clause 33 (Set-off)) apply any amount received by it from that
Obligor in or towards payment (on the date and in the currency and funds of receipt) of any amount due from that Obligor under the
Finance Documents or in or towards purchase of any amount of any currency to be so applied.

88

32.4

Clawback and pre-funding

(a)

(b)

(c)

Where a sum is to be paid to the Agent under the Finance Documents for another Party, the Agent is not obliged to pay that
sum to that other Party  (or to enter  into or perform  any related  exchange  contract)  until  it has been able to establish  to its
satisfaction that it has actually received that sum.

Unless paragraph (c) below applies, if the Agent pays an amount to another Party and it proves to be the case that the Agent
had not actually received that amount, then the Party to whom that amount (or the proceeds of any related exchange contract)
was paid by the Agent shall on demand refund the same to the Agent together with interest on that amount from the date of
payment to the date of receipt by the Agent, calculated by the Agent to reflect its cost of funds.

If  the  Agent  has  notified  the  Lenders  that  it  is  willing  to  make  available  amounts  for  the  account  of  the  Borrowers  before
receiving funds from the Lenders then if and to the extent that the Agent does so but it proves to be the case that it does not
then receive funds from a Lender in respect of a sum which it paid to the Borrowers:

(i)

(ii)

the Agent shall notify the Borrowers of that Lender's identity and the Borrowers shall on demand refund it to the
Agent; and

the Lender by whom those funds should have been made available or, if that Lender fails to do so, the Borrowers,
shall on demand pay to the Agent the amount (as certified by the Agent) which will indemnify the Agent against any
funding cost incurred by it as a result of paying out that sum before receiving those funds from that Lender.

32.5

Partial payments

(a)

If  the  Agent  receives  a  payment  from,  or  in  respect  of  an  amount  owing  by,  a  Borrower  under  the  Finance  Documents  or
Hedging  Agreements  that  is  insufficient  to  discharge  all  the  amounts  then  due  and  payable  by  that  Borrower  under  the
Finance Documents and Hedging Agreements, the Agent shall apply that payment towards the obligations of that Borrower
under the Finance Documents and Hedging Agreements in the following order:

(i)

(ii)

first, in or towards payment pro rata of any unpaid amount owing to the Agent by that Borrower or its Guarantor(s)
under the Finance Documents;

secondly,  in  or  towards  the  satisfaction  of  the  amounts  forming  the  balance  of  the  Outstanding  Indebtedness  for
which  that  Borrower  is  liable  which  are  then  due  and  payable,  whether  by  reason  of  payment  demanded  or
otherwise, pro rata between the Finance Parties.

(b)

Insofar as any amounts are paid to the Lenders under paragraph (a) above, such amounts shall be applied as between them in
the following order:

(i)

(ii)

(iii)

(iv)

first, in or towards payment pro rata of any fees, costs and expenses due to the Lenders from the relevant Borrower
or its Guarantor(s) but unpaid under the Finance Documents;

secondly, in or towards payment pro rata of any accrued interest due to the Lenders from the relevant Borrower or
its Guarantor(s) but unpaid under this Agreement;

thirdly,  in  or  towards  payment  pro  rata  of  any  principal  due  to  the  Lenders  from  the  relevant  Borrower  or  its
Guarantor(s) but unpaid under this Agreement;

fourthly,  in  or  towards  payment  pro  rata  of  any  other  sum  due  to  the  Lenders  from  the  relevant  Borrower  or  its
Guarantor(s) but unpaid under the Finance Documents.

(c)

The Agent shall, if so directed by the Lenders, vary the order set out in paragraph (b) above.

89

(d)

Paragraphs (a) to (c) above will override any appropriation made by an Obligor.

32.6

No set-off by Obligors

All payments to be made by an Obligor under the Finance Documents shall be calculated and be made without (and free and clear of
any deduction for) set-off or counterclaim.

32.7

Business Days

(a)

(b)

Any payment under the Finance Documents which is due to be made on a day that is not a Business Day shall be made on the
next Business Day in the same calendar month (if there is one) or the preceding Business Day (if there is not).

During any extension of the due date for payment of any principal or Unpaid Sum under this Agreement interest is payable on
the principal or Unpaid Sum at the rate payable on the original due date.

32.8

Currency of account

(a)

(b)

Subject to paragraphs (b) and (c) below, USD is the currency of account and payment for any sum due from an Obligor under
any Finance Document.

Each payment in respect of costs, expenses or Taxes shall be made in the currency in which the costs, expenses or Taxes are
incurred.

(c)

Any amount expressed to be payable in a currency other than USD shall be paid in that other currency.

33.

SET-OFF

(a)

(b)

(c)

A  Finance  Party  may  set  off  any  matured  obligation  due  from  an  Obligor  under  the  Finance  Documents  (to  the  extent
beneficially owned by that Finance Party) against any obligation owed by that Finance Party to that Obligor, regardless of the
place of payment, booking branch or currency of either obligation. If the obligations are in different currencies, the Finance
Party may convert either obligation at a market rate of exchange in its usual course of business for the purpose of the set-off.

Each Obligor hereby agrees and accepts that this Clause 33 (Set-off) shall constitute a waiver of the provisions of Section 29
of the FA Act and further agrees and accepts, to the extent permitted by law that Section 29 of the FA Act shall not apply to
this Agreement.

The provisions of this Clause 33 (Set-off) shall not prejudice or otherwise affect or apply to any netting arrangements in any
Hedging Agreement, provided that on and from a date when an Event of Default is continuing in respect of any Loan, any
resulting amount due to a Hedging Bank under a Hedging Agreement made in relation to that Loan or (as the case may be) in
relation to the Vessel financed by that Loan is made to and/or through the Agent in accordance with Clause 32.1 (Payments to
the Agent).

34.

NOTICES

34.1

Communications in writing

Any communication to be made under or in connection with the Finance Documents shall be made in writing and, unless otherwise
stated, may be made by fax or letter.

34.2

Addresses

The address and fax number (and the department or officer, if any, for whose attention the communication is to be made) of each Party
for any communication or document to be made or delivered under or in connection with the Finance Documents is:

(a)

in the case of Borrower A:

90

KNOT Shuttle Tankers 34 AS
P. O. Box 2017
N-5504 Haugesund
Norway

Fax no.: +47 52 70 40 40
E-mail:

finance@knutsenoas.com
oem@knotgroup.com
hho@knotgroup.com
kly@knutsenoas.com
tuo@knotgroup.com
tya@knotgroup.com

(b)

in the case of Borrower B:

KNOT Shuttle Tankers 34 AS
P. O. Box 2017
N-5504 Haugesund
Norway

Fax no.: +47 52 70 40 40
E-mail:

finance@knutsenoas.com
oem@knotgroup.com
hho@knotgroup.com
kly@knutsenoas.com
tuo@knotgroup.com
tya@knotgroup.com

(c)

in the case of KNOT:

Knutsen NYK Offshore Tankers AS
P. O. Box 2017
N-5504 Haugesund
Norway

Fax no.: +47 52 70 40 40
E-mail:

finance@knutsenoas.com
oem@knotgroup.com
hho@knotgroup.com
kly@knutsenoas.com
tuo@knotgroup.com
tya@knotgroup.com

(d)

in the case of each Lender, each Hedging Bank or any other Obligor, that notified in writing to the Agent on or prior to the
date on which it becomes a Party; and

(e)

in the case of the Agent:

MUFG Bank, Ltd.
25 Ropemaker Street
London
EC2Y 9AN
United Kingdom

E-mail:

kazuhiro.sakamoto@uk.mufg.jp

or any substitute address or fax number or department or officer as a Party may notify to the Agent (or the Agent may notify to the
other Parties, if a change is made by the Agent) by not less than 5 Business Days' notice.

91

34.3

Delivery

(a)

Any  communication  or  document  made  or  delivered  by  one  person  to  another  under  or  in  connection  with  the  Finance
Documents will only be effective:

(i)

(ii)

(iii)

if by way of fax, when received in legible form;

if by way of electronic communication, when actually received in readable form and in the case of any electronic
communication  made  to  the  Agent  only  if  it  is  addressed  in  such  a  manner  as  the  Agent  shall  specify  for  this
purpose; or

if by way of letter, when it has been left at the relevant address or 5 Business Days after being deposited in the post
postage prepaid in an envelope addressed to it at that address;

and, if a particular department or officer is specified as part of its address details provided under Clause 34.2 (Addresses), if
addressed to that department or officer.

Any communication or document to be made or delivered to the Agent will be effective only when actually received by the
Agent  and  then  only  if  it  is  expressly  marked  for  the  attention  of  the  department  or  officer  identified  with  the  Agent's
signature below (or any substitute department or officer as the Agent shall specify for this purpose).

All notices from or to an Obligor shall be sent through the Agent.

Any communication or document made or delivered to the Borrowers in accordance with this Clause will be deemed to have
been made or delivered to each of the Obligors.

Any communication or document which becomes effective, in accordance with paragraphs (a) to (d) above, on a non-working
day or after 5:00 p.m. in the place of receipt shall be deemed only to become effective at the opening of business hours on the
next working day in the place of receipt.

(b)

(c)

(d)

(e)

34.4

Notification of address and fax number

Promptly  upon  receipt  of  notification  of  an  address  or  fax  number  or  change  of  address  or  fax  number  pursuant  to  Clause  34.2
(Addresses) or changing its own address or fax number, the Agent shall notify the other Parties.

34.5

Electronic communication

(a)

Any communication to be made between any two Parties under or in connection with the Finance Documents may be made
by electronic mail or other electronic means, if those two Parties:

(i)

(ii)

agree that, unless and until notified to the contrary, this is to be an accepted form of communication;

notify  each  other  in  writing  of  their  electronic  mail  address  and/or  any  other  information  required  to  enable  the
sending and receipt of information by that means; and

(iii)

notify each other of any change to their address or any other such information supplied by them.

(b)

(c)

Any  electronic  communication  will  be  effective  only  when  actually  received  in  readable  form  and  in  the  case  of  any
electronic communication made by a Party to the Agent only if it is addressed in such a manner as the Agent shall specify for
this purpose.

Any electronic communication which becomes effective, in accordance with paragraph (b) above, after 5:00 p.m. in the place
in  which  the  Party  to  whom  the  relevant  communication  is  sent  or  made  available  has  its  address  for  the  purpose  of  this
Agreement shall be deemed

92

only to become effective at the opening of business hours on the next working day in the place of receipt.

34.6

English language

(a)

(b)

Any notice given under or in connection with any Finance Document must be in English.

All other documents provided under or in connection with any Finance Document must be:

(i)

(ii)

in English; or

if not in English, and if so required by the Agent, accompanied by a certified English translation and, in this case,
the English translation will prevail unless the document is a constitutional, statutory or other official document.

35.

CALCULATIONS AND CERTIFICATES

35.1

Accounts

In any litigation or arbitration proceedings arising out of or in connection with a Finance Document, the entries made in the accounts
maintained by a Finance Party are prima facie evidence of the matters to which they relate.

35.2

Certificates and determinations

Any certification or determination by a Finance Party of a rate or amount under any Finance Document is, in the absence of manifest
error, conclusive evidence of the matters to which it relates.

35.3

Day count convention

Any interest, commission or fee accruing under a Finance Document will accrue from day to day and is calculated on the basis of the
actual number of days elapsed and a year of 360 days or, in any case where the practice in the Relevant Interbank Market differs, in
accordance with that market practice.

35.4

Fraction

Any fractional amount less than one cent arising as a result of any calculation of the interests or other amounts pursuant hereto shall be
rounded down to zero.

36.

PARTIAL INVALIDITY

If, at any time, any provision of a Finance Document is or becomes illegal, invalid or unenforceable in any respect under any law of
any jurisdiction, neither the legality, validity or enforceability of the remaining provisions nor the legality, validity or enforceability of
such provision under the law of any other jurisdiction will in any way be affected or impaired.

37.

REMEDIES AND WAIVERS

No failure to exercise, nor any delay in exercising, on the part of any Finance Party, any right or remedy under a Finance Document
shall operate as a waiver of any such right or remedy or constitute an election to affirm any of the Finance Documents. No election to
affirm any Finance Document on the part of any Finance Party shall be effective unless it is in writing. No single or partial exercise of
any right or remedy shall prevent any further or other exercise or the exercise of any other right or remedy. The rights and remedies
provided in each Finance Document are cumulative and not exclusive of any rights or remedies provided by law.

38.

AMENDMENTS AND WAIVERS

38.1

Required consents

(a)

Subject to Clause 38.2 (All Lender matters) and Clause 38.3 (Other exceptions), any term of the Finance Documents may be
amended or waived only with the consent of the Majority

93

Lenders and the Obligors and any such amendment or waiver will be binding on all Parties.

(b)

The Agent may effect, on behalf of any Finance Party, any amendment or waiver permitted by this Clause.

38.2

All Lender matters

Subject to Clause 38.4 (Replacement of Screen Rate) an amendment or waiver of any term of any Finance Document that has the effect
of changing or which relates to:

(a)

(b)

(c)

(d)

(e)

(f)

(g)

(h)

(i)

(j)

the  definitions  of  Change  of  Control,  Majority  Lenders,  Relevant  Person,  Restricted  Party,  Sanctions,  Sanctions
Authority or Sanctions List in Clause 1.1 (Definitions);

an extension to the date of payment of any amount under the Finance Documents;

a reduction in the Margin or a reduction in the amount of any payment of principal, interest, fees or commission payable;

an increase in any Commitment, an extension of the Availability Period in respect of any Tranche or any requirement that a
cancellation of Commitments reduces the Commitments of the Lenders rateably under the Facilities;

any provision which expressly requires the consent of all the Lenders;

Clause 2.3 (Finance Parties' and Hedging Banks' rights and obligations), Clause 8.3 (Mandatory prepayment - Drop Down),
Clause 8.4 (Mandatory prepayment – illegality), Clause 8.5 (Mandatory prepayment – Total Loss or sale of a Vessel), Clause
8.6  (Mandatory  prepayment  – Market  Value ),  Clause  8.7  (Mandatory  prepayment  – Change  of  Control  or  delisting  of
KNOP),  Clause  8.10  (Application  of  prepayments),  Clause  20.26  (Sanctions),  Clause  23.20  (Compliance  with  laws,  etc.),
Clause  23.21  (Sanctions),  Clause  27  (Changes  to  the  Lenders),  Clause  28  (Changes  to  the  Obligors),  Clause  31  (Sharing
among  the  Finance  Parties),  this  Clause  38  (Amendments  and  waivers),  Clause  45  (Governing  law)  or  Clause  46.1
(Jurisdiction of English courts);

the nature or scope of the Guarantees;

release of any Security created by the Security Documents unless permitted under the Finance Documents;

a change to any Obligor, other than in accordance with Clause 28.2 (KNOP and KNOT ST as replacement Guarantors); or

any material change in a Guarantee or any of the Security Documents,

shall not be made without the prior consent of all the Lenders.

38.3

Other exceptions

An  amendment  or  waiver  which  relates  to  the  rights  or  obligations  of  the  Agent,  the  Bookrunner,  the  Mandated  Lead  Arranger,  a
Reference  Bank  or  a  Hedging  Bank  (each  in  their  capacity  as  such)  may  not  be  effected  without  the  consent  of  the  Agent,  the
Bookrunner, the Mandated Lead Arranger, that Reference Bank or that Hedging Bank, as the case the case may be.

38.4

Replacement of Screen Rate

(a)

Subject  to  Clause  38.3  (Other  exceptions),  if  a  Screen  Rate  Replacement  Event  has  occurred,  any  amendment  or  waiver
which relates to:

(i)

(ii)

providing for the use of a Replacement Benchmark; and

all or any of the following:

94

(A)

(B)

(C)

(D)

(E)

aligning any provision of any Finance Document to the use of that Replacement Benchmark;

enabling  that  Replacement  Benchmark  to  be  used  for  the  calculation  of  interest  under  this  Agreement
(including, without limitation, any consequential changes required to enable that Replacement Benchmark
to be used for the purposes of this Agreement);

implementing market conventions applicable to that Replacement Benchmark;

providing  for  appropriate  fallback  (and  market  disruption)  provisions  for  that  Replacement  Benchmark;
and/or

adjusting the pricing to reduce or eliminate, to the extent reasonably practicable, any transfer of economic
value from one Party to another as a result of the application of that Replacement Benchmark (and if any
adjustment  or  method  for  calculating  any  adjustment  has  been  formally  designated,  nominated  or
recommended by the Relevant Nominating Body, the adjustment shall be determined on the basis of that
designation, nomination or recommendation),

may be made with the consent of the Agent (acting on the instructions of the Majority Lenders) and the Borrowers.

(b)

If any Lender fails to respond to a request for an amendment or waiver described in paragraph (a) above within 20 Business
Days (or such longer time period in relation to any request which the Borrowers and the Agent may agree) of that request
being made:

(i)

(ii)

its  Commitments  shall  not  be  included  for  the  purpose  of  calculating  the  Total  Commitments  when  ascertaining
whether any relevant percentage of Total Commitments has been obtained to approve that request; and

its status as a Lender shall be disregarded for the purpose of ascertaining  whether the agreement of any specified
group of Lenders has been obtained to approve that request.

39.

COUNTERPARTS

Each  Finance  Document  may  be  executed  in  any  number  of  counterparts,  and  this  has  the  same  effect  as  if  the  signatures  on  the
counterparts were on a single copy of the Finance Document.

40.

CONFLICT

In  case  of  conflict  between  the  Security  Documents  and  this  Agreement,  the  provisions  of  this  Agreement  shall  prevail,  provided
however  that  this  will  not  in  any  way  be  interpreted  or  applied  to  prejudice  the  legality,  validity  or  enforceability  of  any  Security
Document.

41.

DISCLOSURE OF INFORMATION AND CONFIDENTIALITY

SECTION 12
MISCELLANEOUS

(a)

Each Obligor irrevocably authorises any Finance Party to give, divulge and reveal from time to time information and details
relating to its account, the Vessels, the Finance Documents, the Transaction Documents, the Facilities, any Commitment and
any  agreement  entered  into  by  any  Obligor  or  information  provided  by  any  Obligor  in  connection  with  the  Finance
Documents to:

(i)

(ii)

any private, public or internationally recognised authorities;

the head offices, branches and Affiliates, auditors and professional advisors of any

95

(iii)

(iv)

(v)

(vi)

(vii)

(viii)

Finance Party;

any other parties to the Finance Documents;

a rating agency or their professional advisors;

any person with whom they propose to enter (or contemplate entering) into contractual relations in relation to the
Facilities and/or Commitments;

any person to whom information is required or requested to be disclosed by any court of competent jurisdiction or
any  governmental,  banking,  taxation  or  other  regulatory  authority  or  similar  body,  the  rules  of  any  relevant  stock
exchange or pursuant to any applicable law or regulation;

any  person  to  whom  information  is  required  to  be  disclosed  in  connection  with,  and  for  the  purposes  of,  any
litigation, arbitration, administrative or other investigations, proceedings or disputes; or

any other person(s) regarding the funding, re-financing, transfer, assignment, sale, sub-participation or operational
arrangement  or  other  transaction  in  relation  thereto,  including,  without  limitation,  any  enforcement,  preservation,
assignment, transfer, sale or sub-participation of any of the rights and obligations of any Finance Documents.

(b)

The  Agent  and/or  the  Mandated  Lead  Arranger  shall  have  the  right,  at  its  own  expense,  to  publish  information  about  its
participation in and the agency and arrangement of the Facilities and for such purpose use the Obligors' logos and trademark
in connection with such publication.

42.

CONFIDENTIALITY OF FUNDING RATES AND REFERENCE BANK QUOTATIONS

42.1

Confidentiality and disclosure

(a)

The Agent and each Obligor agree to keep each Funding Rate (and, in the case of the Agent, each Reference Bank Quotation)
confidential and not to disclose it to anyone, save to the extent permitted by paragraphs (b), (c) and (d) below.

(b)

The Agent may disclose:

(i)

(ii)

any  Funding  Rate  (but  not,  for  the  avoidance  of  doubt,  any  Reference  Bank  Quotation)  to  the  relevant  Borrower
pursuant to Clause 9.4 (Notification of rates of interest); and

any Funding Rate or any Reference Bank Quotation to any person appointed by it to provide administration services
in  respect  of  one  or  more  of  the  Finance  Documents  to  the  extent  necessary  to  enable  such  service  provider  to
provide  those  services  if  the  service  provider  to  whom  that  information  is  to  be  given  has  entered  into  a
confidentiality  agreement  substantially  in  the  form  of  the  LMA  Master  Confidentiality  Undertaking  for  Use  With
Administration/ Settlement Service Providers or such other form of confidentiality undertaking agreed between the
Agent and the relevant Lender or Reference Bank, as the case may be.

(c)

The Agent may disclose any Funding Rate or any Reference Bank Quotation, and each Obligor may disclose any Funding
Rate, to:

(i)

any of its Affiliates and any of its or their officers, directors, employees, professional advisers, auditors, partners and
Representatives if any person to whom that Funding Rate or Reference Bank Quotation is to be given pursuant to
this paragraph (i)  is  informed  in  writing  of  its  confidential  nature  and  that  it  may  be  price-sensitive  information
except that there shall be no such requirement to so inform if the recipient is subject to professional obligations to
maintain  the  confidentiality  of  that  Funding  Rate  or  Reference  Bank  Quotation  or  is  otherwise  bound  by
requirements of confidentiality in relation to it;

96

(ii)

(iii)

any person to whom information is required or requested to be disclosed by any court of competent jurisdiction or
any  governmental,  banking,  taxation  or  other  regulatory  authority  or  similar  body,  the  rules  of  any  relevant  stock
exchange  or  pursuant  to  any  applicable  law  or  regulation  if  the  person  to  whom  that  Funding  Rate  or  Reference
Bank  Quotation  is  to  be  given  is  informed  in  writing  of  its  confidential  nature  and  that  it  may  be  price-sensitive
information  except  that  there  shall  be  no  requirement  to  so  inform  if,  in  the  opinion  of  the  Agent  or  the  relevant
Obligor, as the case may be, it is not practicable to do so in the circumstances;

any  person  to  whom  information  is  required  to  be  disclosed  in  connection  with,  and  for  the  purposes  of,  any
litigation,  arbitration,  administrative  or  other  investigations,  proceedings  or  disputes  if  the  person  to  whom  that
Funding Rate or Reference Bank Quotation is to be given is informed in writing of its confidential nature and that it
may be price-sensitive information except that there shall be no requirement to so inform if, in the opinion of the
Agent or the relevant Obligor, as the  case may be, it is not practicable to do so in the circumstances; and

(iv)

any person with the consent of the relevant Lender or Reference Bank, as the case may be.

(d)

The  Agent's  obligations  in  this  Clause  42  (Confidentiality  of  Funding  Rates  and  Reference  Bank  Quotations)  relating  to
Reference  Bank  Quotations  are  without  prejudice  to  its  obligations  to  make  notifications  under  Clause  9.4  (Notification of
rates of interest) provided that (other than pursuant to paragraph (b)(i) above) the Agent shall not include the details of any
individual Reference Bank Quotation as part of any such notification.

42.2

Related obligations

(a)

(b)

The  Agent  and  each  Obligor  acknowledge  that  each  Funding  Rate  (and,  in  the  case  of  the  Agent,  each  Reference  Bank
Quotation) is or may be price-sensitive information and that its use may be regulated or prohibited by applicable legislation
including securities law relating to insider dealing and market abuse and the Agent and each Obligor undertake not to use any
Funding Rate or, in the case of the Agent, any Reference Bank Quotation for any unlawful purpose.

The Agent and each Obligor agree (to the extent permitted by law and regulation) to inform the relevant Lender or Reference
Bank, as the case may be:

(i)

(ii)

of  the  circumstances  of  any  disclosure  made  pursuant  to  paragraph  (c)(ii)  of  Clause  42.1  (Confidentiality  and
disclosure)  except  where  such  disclosure  is  made  to  any  of  the  persons  referred  to  in  that  paragraph during the
ordinary course of its supervisory or regulatory function; and

upon  becoming  aware  that  any  information  has  been  disclosed  in  breach  of  this  Clause  42  (Confidentiality  of
Funding Rates and Reference Bank Quotations).

42.3

No Event of Default

No Event of Default will occur under Clause 26.4 (Other obligations) by reason only of an Obligor's failure to comply with this Clause
42 (Confidentiality of Funding Rates and Reference Bank Quotations).

43.

"KNOW YOUR CUSTOMER" CHECKS

43.1

Information to be provided by Obligors

If:

(a)

the introduction of or any change in (or in the interpretation, administration or application of) any law or regulation (whether
in public regulation or in internal regulation of any of the Finance Parties) made after the date hereof;

97

(b)

(c)

any change in the status of an Obligor or the composition of the shareholders of an Obligor after the date hereof;

a proposed assignment or transfer by a Finance Party of any of its rights and/or obligations under this Agreement to a party
that is not a Finance Party prior to such assignment or transfer; or

(d)

any internal requirements or routines of any of the Finance Parties,

obliges the Agent or any Finance Party (or, in the case of paragraph (c) above, any prospective new Finance Party) to comply with
"know your customer" or similar identification procedures in circumstances where the necessary information is not already available to
it,  each  Obligor  shall  promptly  upon  the  request  of  the  Agent  or  any  Finance  Party  supply,  or  procure  the  supply  of,  such
documentation and other evidence as is requested by the Agent (for itself or on behalf of any Finance Party) or any Finance Party (for
itself or, in the case of the event described in paragraph (c) above, on behalf of any prospective new Finance Party) in order for the
Agent, such Finance Party or, in the case of the event described in paragraph (c) above, any prospective new Finance Party to carry out
and be satisfied with the results of all necessary "know your customer" or other checks in relation to any relevant person pursuant to
the transactions contemplated in the Finance Documents.

43.2

Information to be provided by Finance Parties

Each  Finance  Party  shall  promptly  upon  the  request  of  the  Agent  supply,  or  procure  the  supply  of,  such  documentation  and  other
evidence as is requested by the Agent (for itself) in order for the Agent to carry out and be satisfied with the results of all necessary
"know your customer" or other checks on Finance Parties or prospective new Finance Parties pursuant to the transactions contemplated
in the Finance Documents.

44.

CONTRACTUAL RECOGNITION OF BAIL-IN

44.1

Notwithstanding any other term of any Finance Document or any other agreement, arrangement or understanding between the parties
to  a  Finance  Document,  each  Party  acknowledges  and  accepts  that  any  liability  of  any  party  to  a  Finance  Document  under  or  in
connection with the Finance Documents may be subject to Bail-In Action by the relevant Resolution Authority and acknowledges and
accepts to be bound by the effect of:

(a)

any Bail-In Action in relation to any such liability, including (without limitation):

(i)

(ii)

a reduction, in full or in part, in the principal amount, or outstanding amount due (including any accrued but unpaid
interest) in respect of any such liability;

a conversion of all, or part of, any such liability into shares or other instruments of ownership that may be issued to,
or conferred on, it; and

(iii)

a cancellation of any such liability; and

(b)

a variation of any term of any Finance Document to the extent necessary to give effect to any Bail-In Action in relation to any
such liability.

45.

GOVERNING LAW

SECTION 13
GOVERNING LAW AND ENFORCEMENT

This  Agreement  and  any  non-contractual  obligations  arising  out  of  or  in  connection  with  it  shall  be  governed  by  and  construed  in
accordance with English law.

46.

ENFORCEMENT

46.1

Jurisdiction of English courts

(a)

The courts of England have exclusive jurisdiction to settle any dispute arising out of or in

98

(b)

(c)

connection  with this Agreement (including  a dispute relating to the existence,  validity or termination  of this Agreement  or
any non-contractual obligation arising out of or in connection with this Agreement) (a Dispute).

The Parties agree that the courts of England are the most appropriate and convenient courts to settle Disputes and accordingly
no Party will argue to the contrary.

Notwithstanding paragraph (a) above, no Finance Party shall be prevented from taking proceedings relating to a Dispute in
any other courts with jurisdiction.  To the extent allowed by law, the Finance Parties may take concurrent proceedings in any
number of jurisdictions.

46.2

Service of process

(a)

Without prejudice to any other mode of service allowed under any relevant law, each Obligor:

(i)

(ii)

irrevocably appoints Knutsen OAS (UK) Limited, whose current registered office is at 3rd Floor, 11-12 St. James'
Square, London, SW1Y 4LB, as its agent for service of process in relation to any proceedings before the English
courts in connection with any Finance Document; and;

agrees that failure by an agent for service of process to notify the relevant Obligor of the process will not invalidate
the proceedings concerned.

(b)

If any person appointed as an agent for service of process is unable for any reason to act as agent for service of process, each
Obligor  must  immediately  (and  in  any  event  within  5  days  of  such  event  taking  place)  appoint  another  agent  on  terms
acceptable to the Agent.  Failing this, the Agent may appoint another agent for this purpose.

This Agreement has been entered into on the date stated at the beginning of this Agreement.

99

SCHEDULE 1
THE ORIGINAL LENDERS

THE PRE-DELIVERY FACILITY

Name and Facility Office of
Original Lender

Pre-Delivery Tranche A
Commitment

Pre-Delivery Tranche
B Commitment

USD11,294,248

USD11,294,248

Total Commitments
to Pre-Delivery
Facility
USD22,588,496

MUFG Bank, Ltd. 25 Ropemaker
Street London EC2Y 9AN United
Kingdom

Mizuho Bank, Ltd. Mizuho House
30 Old Bailey London EC4M
7AU United Kingdom

Sumitomo Mitsui Trust Bank,
Limited (London Branch) 155
Bishopsgate London EC2M 3XU
United Kingdom

USD21,250,000

USD21,250,000

USD42,500,000

USD9,955,752

USD9,955,752

USD19,911,504

Totals:

USD42,500,000

USD42,500,000

USD85,000,000

THE POST DELIVERY FACILITY

Post-Delivery
Tranche A
Commitment
USD25,525,000

Post Delivery Tranche
B Commitment

Total Commitments to
Post-Delivery Facility

USD25,525,000

USD48,025,000

USD48,025,000

USD51,050,000
USD96,050,000

USD22,500,000

USD22,500,000

USD45,000,000

Name and Facility Office of
Original Lender

MUFG Bank, Ltd. 25 Ropemaker
Street London EC2Y 9AN United
Kingdom
Mizuho Bank, Ltd. Mizuho House
30 Old Bailey London EC4M 7AU
United Kingdom
Sumitomo Mitsui Trust Bank,
Limited (London Branch) 155
Bishopsgate London EC2M 3XU
United Kingdom

Totals

USD96,050,000

USD96,050,000

USD192,100,000

100

SCHEDULE 2
THE ORIGINAL HEDGING BANKS

Name and of Original Lender

Facility Office

MUFG Securities EMEA plc

Mizuho Bank, Ltd.

Sumitomo Mitsui Trust Bank, Limited (London Branch)

25 Ropemaker Street
London EC2Y 9AN
United Kingdom
Mizuho House
30 Old Bailey
London EC4M 7AU
United Kingdom
155 Bishopsgate
London EC2M 3XU
United Kingdom

101

SCHEDULE 3
CONDITIONS PRECEDENT AND SUBSEQUENT

PART 1
General Conditions Precedent

1.

Obligors

(a)

(b)

(c)

(d)

(e)

Certified copies of the constitutional documents of each Obligor.

A certified copy of a resolution of the board of directors (or similar authorities) of each Obligor:

(i)

(ii)

(iii)

approving the terms of, and the transactions contemplated by, the Finance Documents and Transaction Documents
to which it is a party and resolving that it shall execute the Finance Documents and Transaction Documents to which
it is a party;

authorising a specified person or persons to execute the Finance Documents and Transaction Documents to which it
is a party on its behalf; and

authorising a specified person or persons, on its behalf, to sign and/or despatch all documents and notices (including,
if relevant, any Utilisation Request) to be signed and/or despatched by it under or in connection with the Finance
Documents to which it is a party.

A specimen of the signature of each person authorised by the resolution referred to in paragraph (b) above.

An original Power of Attorney (notarised and legalised if requested by the Agent).

A written confirmation in original from a director of each Obligor that each document provided by that Obligor under Part 1
(General Conditions Precedent) of this Schedule 3 (Conditions Precedent And Subsequent) are true copies of the originals.

2.

Know Your Customer (KYC) requirements

Any documents required by the Agent and the Lenders pursuant to any "Know your customer Checks" with respect to the Obligors and
their signatories, directors and ultimate beneficial owners.

3.

Authorisations

All approvals, authorisations and consents required by any government or other authorities for the Obligors to enter into and perform
their obligations under this Agreement and/or any of the Finance Documents and Transaction Documents to which they are respective
parties.

4.

Finance Documents

(a)

(b)

(c)

(d)

(e)

(f)

(g)

This Agreement.

Each Fee Letter, duly acknowledged by the Borrowers.

The Borrower A Pre-Delivery Assignment Agreement.

A notice of assignment of Shipbuilding Contract A and the Shipyard's acknowledgement thereof.

A notice of assignment of Refund Guarantee A and the Refund Guarantor's acknowledgement thereof.

The Borrower B Pre-Delivery Assignment Agreement.

A notice of assignment of Shipbuilding Contract B and the Shipyard's acknowledgement thereof.

102

(h)

(i)

(j)

(k)

(l)

(m)

(n)

(o)

(p)

(q)

(r)

(s)

(t)

(u)

(v)

A notice of assignment of Refund Guarantee B and the Refund Guarantor's acknowledgement thereof.

The Borrower A Account Pledge.

A notice of pledge of Borrower A Account and the Account Bank's acknowledgement thereof.

The Borrower B Account Pledge.

A notice of pledge of Borrower B Account and the Account Bank's acknowledgement thereof.

The Borrower A Share Pledge together with any letters, transfers, certificates and other documents required to be delivered
thereunder.

Evidence of perfection of the Borrower A Share Pledge.

The Borrower B Share Pledge together with any letters, transfers, certificates and other documents required to be delivered
thereunder.

Evidence of perfection of the Borrower B Share Pledge.

The Borrower A Factoring Agreement.

A declaration of pledge in respect of the Borrower A Factoring Agreement.

Evidence that the Borrower A Factoring Agreement has been registered with its intended priority in the Registry of Moveable
Property (in Norwegian, Løsøreregisteret).

The Borrower B Factoring Agreement.

A declaration of pledge in respect of the Borrower B Factoring Agreement.

Evidence that the Borrower B Factoring Agreement has been registered with its intended priority in the Registry of Moveable
Property (in Norwegian, Løsøreregisteret).

(All such Finance Documents to be delivered in original).

5.

Transaction Documents

(a)

(b)

A certified copy of the Shipbuilding Contract A together with, if then executed, a certified copy of the Shipbuilding Contract
Novation Agreement relating to Vessel A.

A certified copy of the Shipbuilding Contract B together with, if then executed, a certified copy of the Shipbuilding Contract
Novation Agreement relating to Vessel B.

(c)

The original (if issued in hard copy) or a certified copy (if issued electronically) of:

(i)

(ii)

the Refund Guarantee A; and

if then executed, the Refund Guarantee Confirmation relating to Vessel A.

(d)

The original (if issued in hard copy) or a copy (if issued electronically) of:

(i)

(ii)

the Refund Guarantee B; and

if then executed, the Refund Guarantee Confirmation relating to Vessel B.

(e)

(f)

A certified copy of the Charterparty A.

A certified copy of the Charterparty B.

103

6.

Other documents and evidence

(a)

(b)

(c)

(d)

(e)

The Original Financial Statements of KNOT.

Evidence that the fees, costs and expenses then due from the Borrowers pursuant to Clause 12 (Fees) and Clause 17 (Costs
and expenses) have been paid or will be paid by the first Utilisation Date.

If relevant, assurance that any withholding tax will be paid or application to tax authorities is or will be sent.

Evidence that any existing facilities will be cancelled and repaid in full prior to, or simultaneously with, the first drawdown
under the Facilities, and that any securities related thereto are being released or cancelled.

Confirmation  from  the  agents  in  England  nominated  by  the  relevant  Obligors  in  the  Finance  Documents  mentioned  in
paragraph 4 above for the acceptance of service of process that they consent to such nomination.

(f)

Any other document, authorisation, opinion or assurance requested by the Agent.

7.

Legal opinions

The following documents to be received by the Agent latest on the Utilisation Date:

(a)

(b)

(c)

(d)

(e)

an English legal opinion from Holman Fenwick Willan LLP, legal advisers to the Agent in England, substantially in the form
distributed to the Original Lenders prior to signing this Agreement;

a Norwegian legal opinion from Advokatfirmaet Schjødt AS, legal advisers to the Agent in Norway, substantially in the form
distributed to the Original Lenders prior to signing this Agreement;

if an Obligor is incorporated in a jurisdiction other than England or Norway, a legal opinion from the legal advisers to the
Agent  in  the  relevant  jurisdiction,  substantially  in  the  form  distributed  to  the  Original  Lenders  prior  to  signing  this
Agreement;

if any Security Asset is situated in a jurisdiction other than England or Norway, or any Finance Document is subject to any
other  choice  of  law  than  English  or  Norwegian  law,  a  legal  opinion  from  the  legal  advisers  to  the  Agent  in  the  relevant
jurisdiction, substantially in the form distributed to the Original Lenders prior to signing this Agreement; and

any  such  other  favourable  legal  opinions  in  form  and  substance  satisfactory  to  the  Agent  from  lawyers  appointed  by  the
Agent on matters concerning all relevant jurisdictions,

or, in respect of any one or more of such legal opinions, confirmation satisfactory to the Agent on or before the relevant Utilisation
Date that the opinion in question will be issued substantially in the form distributed to the Original Lenders prior to that Utilisation
Date within such period after that Utilisation Date as is acceptable to the Agent.

PART 2
Conditions Precedent to the Utilisation of each Loan under the Pre-Delivery Facility

1.

2.

Documents relating to the relevant Vessel

(a)

Evidence satisfactory to the Agent that the relevant milestone has been completed.

Other documents and evidence

(a)

(b)

A Utilisation Request.

An original Compliance Certificate confirming that the Borrowers and the Guarantors are in

104

compliance with the financial covenants as set out in Clause 22 (Financial covenants)

(c)

Evidence that the fees, costs and expenses then due from the Borrowers pursuant to Clause 12 (Fees) and Clause 17 (Costs
and expenses) have been paid or will be paid by the relevant Utilisation Date.

(d)

Any other document, authorisation, opinion or assurance requested by the Agent.

PART 3
Conditions Precedent to the Utilisation of each Loan under the Post-Delivery Facility

1.

Finance Documents

Each of the following Finance Documents related to that Loan:

(a)

(b)

(c)

(d)

(e)

(f)

(g)

(h)

The relevant Mortgage.

Evidence that the relevant Mortgage have been registered with its intended priority in the relevant Approved Ship Registry.

The relevant Post-Delivery Assignment Agreement.

A Notice of Assignment of Insurances and the insurers' acknowledgement thereof.

A Notice of Assignment of Earnings and the Charterer's acknowledgement thereof.

A Manager's Undertaking from each Manager.

The relevant Hedging Agreement Security.

Notices of assignment under the relevant Hedging Agreement Security addressed to each Hedging Bank which has entered
into a Hedging Agreement with the relevant Borrower and each such Hedging Bank's acknowledgment thereof.

(All such Finance Documents to be delivered in original).

2.

Other documents and evidence

(a)

(b)

The ISDA Novation Agreements.

The Hedging Agreements (if any).

3.

Documents relating to the relevant Vessel

(a)

(b)

(c)

(d)

(e)

Copies  of  insurance  policies/cover  notes  documenting  that  insurance  cover  has  been  taken  out  in  respect  of  the  Vessel  in
accordance with Clause 25.2 (Insurance - Vessels), and evidencing that the Agent's Security in the insurance policies have
been noted in accordance with the relevant notices as required under the relevant Post-Delivery Assignment Agreement.

A  copy  of  a  report,  in  form  and  scope  reasonably  acceptable  to  the  Agent,  from  Bankserve  or  another  firm  of  marine
insurance brokers acceptable to the Lenders with respect to the insurance maintained in respect of the Vessel, together with a
certificate from such broker certifying that such insurances (I) are placed with such insurance companies and/or underwriters
and/or  clubs, in such  amounts,  against  such risks, and in such  form,  as is acceptable  to the  Lenders  and (II)  conform  with
requirements of the mortgage taken for the benefit of the Lenders in the Vessel.

A copy of the current relevant DOC.

A certified copy of the relevant Management Agreement.

A copy of the relevant builder's certificate and/or bill of sale (as relevant) from the Shipyard.

105

(f)

(g)

(h)

(i)

(j)

(k)

A copy of the protocol of delivery and acceptance under the relevant Shipbuilding Contract.

Evidence (by way of transcript of registry) that the Vessel is, or will be, registered in the name of the relevant Borrower in an
Approved Ship Registry acceptable to the Agent, that the relevant Mortgage has been, or will in connection with Utilisation
of the relevant Loan be, executed and recorded with its intended priority against the Vessel and that no other encumbrances,
maritime liens, mortgages or debts whatsoever are registered against the Vessel.

A  certified  copy  of  an  updated  class  certificate  related  to  the  Vessel  from  the  Classification  Society,  confirming  that  the
Vessel is classed with the highest class in accordance with Clause 25.4 (Classification and repairs), free of extensions and
overdue recommendations.

A copy of the current SMC.

A copy of the current ISSC.

Valuation certificates issued not earlier than 30 days before the Utilisation Date evidencing the Market Value of the Vessel.

4.

Legal opinions

The following documents to be received by the Agent latest on the Utilisation Date:

(a)

(b)

(c)

(d)

(e)

an English legal opinion from Holman Fenwick Willan LLP, legal advisers to the Agent in England, substantially in the form
distributed to the Original Lenders prior to the Utilisation Date;

a Norwegian legal opinion from Advokatfirmaet Schjødt AS, legal advisers to the Agent in Norway, substantially in the form
distributed to the Original Lenders prior to the Utilisation Date;

if an Obligor is incorporated in a jurisdiction other than England or Norway, a legal opinion from the legal advisers to the
Agent in the relevant jurisdiction, substantially in the form distributed to the Original Lenders prior to the Utilisation Date;

if any Security Asset is situated in a jurisdiction other than England or Norway, or any Finance Document is subject to any
other  choice  of  law  than  English  or  Norwegian  law,  a  legal  opinion  from  the  legal  advisers  to  the  Agent  in  the  relevant
jurisdiction, substantially in the form distributed to the Original Lenders prior to the Utilisation Date; and

any  such  other  favourable  legal  opinions  in  form  and  substance  satisfactory  to  the  Agent  from  lawyers  appointed  by  the
Agent on matters concerning all relevant jurisdictions in the form distributed to the Original Lenders prior to the Utilisation
Date,

or, in respect of any one or more of such legal opinions, confirmation satisfactory to the Agent on or before the relevant Utilisation
Date that the opinion in question will be issued substantially in the form distributed to the Original Lenders prior to that Utilisation
Date within such period after that Utilisation Date as is acceptable to the Agent.

5.

Other documents and evidence

(a)

(b)

(c)

(d)

A complete and detailed breakdown of the Aggregate Project Cost.

A Utilisation Request.

An original Compliance Certificate confirming that the Borrowers and the Guarantors are in compliance with the financial
covenants as set out in Clause 22 (Financial covenants).

Evidence that the fees, costs and expenses then due from the Borrowers pursuant to Clause 12 (Fees) and Clause 17 (Costs
and expenses) have been paid or will be paid by the relevant Utilisation Date.

106

(e)

Any other document, authorisation, opinion or assurance requested by the Agent.

PART 4
Conditions Precedent to Drop Down

1.

KNOP, KNOT ST and the relevant Subsidiary which will become the owner of a Borrower

(a)

(b)

(c)

(d)

(e)

Copies of the constitutional documents of KNOP, KNOT ST and the relevant Subsidiary which will become the owner of the
relevant Borrower.

A  copy  of  a  resolution  of  the  board  of  directors  of  KNOP,  KNOT  ST  and  the  relevant  Subsidiary  which  will  become  the
owner of the relevant Borrower:

(i)

(ii)

(iii)

approving  the  terms  of,  and  the  transactions  contemplated  by,  the  Finance  Documents  to  which  it  will  become  a
party and resolving that it shall execute the Finance Documents to which it will become a party;

authorising a specified person or persons to execute the Finance Documents to which it will become a party on its
behalf; and

authorising  a  specified  person  or  persons,  on  its  behalf,  to  sign  and/or  despatch  all  documents  and  notices  to  be
signed and/or despatched by it under or in connection with the Finance Documents to which will become is a party.

A specimen of the signature of each person authorised by the resolutions referred to in paragraph (b) above.

A copy of a power of attorney of KNOP, KNOT ST and the relevant Subsidiary which will become the owner of the relevant
Borrower (notarised and legalised if requested by the Agent).

A written confirmation in original from a director of KNOP, KNOT ST and the relevant Subsidiary which will become the
owner of the relevant Borrower that each document provided by that Obligor under this paragraph 1 and paragraph 2 below of
this Part 4 of this Schedule 3 (Conditions precedent and subsequent) are true copies of the originals.

2.

Know Your Customer (KYC) requirements

Any  documents  required  by  the  Finance  Parties  pursuant  to  any  "Know  your  customer  checks"  with  respect  to  KNOP  and  its
signatories, directors and ultimate beneficial owners.

3.

Authorisations

All approvals, authorisations and consents required by any government or other authorities for KNOP and KNOT ST to enter into and
perform their obligations under this Agreement and/or any of the Finance Documents to which it will become a party.

4.

Finance Documents

(a)

(b)

(c)

An Accession Letter in relation to the relevant Drop Down.

A Share Pledge in respect of the relevant Borrower executed by KNOP (or a Subsidiary of KNOP).

Evidence of perfection of the relevant Share Pledge.

5.

Other documents and evidence

(a)

Evidence (by way of a share  purchase  agreement  or similar  and an updated register  of shareholders  issued by the relevant
Borrower) that all shares in the relevant Borrower have been, or will in connection with the Drop Down, be transferred from
KNOT to KNOP (or a Subsidiary of KNOP).

107

(b)

(c)

Evidence that all process agent appointments required by the Finance Documents have been duly accepted.

Evidence  that  the  mandatory  prepayment  amount  payable  in  accordance  with  Clause  8.3  (Mandatory  prepayment  – Drop
Down) has been paid or will be paid by the relevant Drop Down Date.

(d)

Any other documents as reasonably requested by the Agent.

6.

Legal opinions

(a)

(b)

(c)

A legal opinion from Advokatfirmaet Schjødt AS, legal advisers to the Agent in Norway.

If an Obligor is incorporated in a jurisdiction other than Norway, a legal opinion from the legal advisers to the Agent in the
relevant jurisdiction.

Any  such  other  favourable  legal  opinions  in  form  and  substance  satisfactory  to  the  Agent  from  lawyers  appointed  by  the
Agent on matters concerning all relevant jurisdictions.

7.

Documents relating to the Vessels

PART 5
Conditions Subsequent

(a)

(b)

(c)

(d)

A copy of the protocol of delivery and acceptance under Charterparty A, within 5 days after the delivery date of Vessel A.

A copy of the protocol of delivery and acceptance under Charterparty B, within 5 days after the delivery date of Vessel B.

If not executed before the first Utilisation Date, certified copies of the Shipbuilding Contract Novation Agreements, within 5
days after the execution thereof by each party to them.

If  not  executed  before  the  first  Utilisation  Date,  the  originals  (if  issued  in  hard  copy)  or  certified  copies  (if  issued
electronically) of the Refund Guarantee Confirmations, within 5 days after the receipt thereof by the Borrowers.

108

SCHEDULE 4
FORM OF UTILISATION REQUEST

From: KNOT Shuttle Tankers 34 AS
KNOT Shuttle Tankers 35 AS

To:

MUFG Bank, Ltd.

Dear Sirs

Dated: [•] 20[•]

KNOT  Shuttle  Tankers  34  AS  and  KNOT  Shuttle  Tankers  35  AS  – USD192,100,000  Facility  Agreement  dated  [ •]    2019  (the
"Agreement")

1.

2.

3.

4.

5.

We refer to the Agreement. This is a Utilisation Request. Terms defined in the Agreement have the same meaning in this Utilisation
Request unless given a different meaning in this Utilisation Request.

We wish to borrow a Loan under the [Pre-Delivery][Post-Delivery] Tranche [A][B] on the following terms:

Proposed Utilisation Date:

Amount:

[•] (or, if that is not a Business Day, the next Business
Day)

USD[•] or, if less, the Available Facility of the relevant
Tranche

We  confirm  that  each  condition  specified  in  Clause  4.2  (Further  conditions  precedent)  is  satisfied  on  the  date  of  this  Utilisation
Request.

The proceeds of this Loan should be [applied first to repay Pre-Delivery Tranche [A][B] with the balance to be]1 credited to [account].

This Utilisation Request is irrevocable.

Yours faithfully

.....................................
authorised signatory for
KNOT Shuttle Tankers 34 AS

.....................................
authorised signatory for
KNOT Shuttle Tankers 35 AS

1

Include for utilisation in respect of the delivery instalments only

109

SCHEDULE 5
FORM OF TRANSFER CERTIFICATE

To:

MUFG Bank, Ltd. as Agent

From:

[The Existing Lender] (the Existing Lender) and [The New Lender] (the New Lender)

Dated:

[•] 20[•]

KNOT  Shuttle  Tankers  34  AS  and  KNOT  Shuttle  Tankers  35  AS  – USD192,100,000  Facility  Agreement  dated  [ •]    2019  (the
"Agreement")

1.

2.

3.

4.

5.

6.

We refer to the Agreement. This is a Transfer Certificate. Terms defined in the Agreement have the same meaning in this Transfer
Certificate unless given a different meaning in this Transfer Certificate.

We refer to Clause 27.4 (Procedure for transfer):

(a)

(b)

(c)

The Existing Lender and the New Lender agree to the Existing Lender transferring to the New Lender by novation all or part
of  the  Existing  Lender's  Commitment,  rights  and  obligations  referred  to  in  the  Schedule  in  accordance  with  Clause  27.4
(Procedure for transfer).

The proposed Transfer Date is [•].

The Facility Office and address, fax number and attention details for notices of the New Lender for the purposes of Clause
34.2 (Addresses) are set out in the Schedule.

The New Lender expressly acknowledges the limitations on the Existing Lender's obligations set out in paragraph (c) of Clause 27.3
(Limitation of responsibility of Existing Lenders).

This  Transfer  Certificate  may  be  executed  in  any  number  of  counterparts  and  this  has  the  same  effect  as  if  the  signatures  on  the
counterparts were on a single copy of this Transfer Certificate.

This Transfer Certificate is governed by English law.

This Transfer Certificate has been entered into on the date stated at the beginning of this Transfer Certificate.

WARNING: This Transfer Certificate may not operate to transfer to the New Lender the Existing Lender's interest in some or all of the security
created by the Security Documents. The Agent and the New Lender should check that all mortgage transfers, deeds of assignment and other
documents necessary to transfer such security to it are signed by the Existing Lender and, where appropriate, registered.

110

THE SCHEDULE

Commitment/rights and obligations to be transferred

[insert relevant details]
[Facility Office address, fax number and attention details for notices and account details for payments,]

[Existing Lender]
By:

[New Lender]
By:

This Transfer Certificate is accepted by the Agent and the Transfer Date is confirmed as [           ].

[Agent]

By:

111

SCHEDULE 6
FORM OF COMPLIANCE CERTIFICATE

From: KNOT Shuttle Tankers 34 AS
KNOT Shuttle Tankers 35 AS
Knutsen NYK Offshore Tankers AS

To:

MUFG Bank, Ltd. as Agent

Dear Sirs

Dated: [•] 20[•]

KNOT  Shuttle  Tankers  34  AS  and  KNOT  Shuttle  Tankers  35  AS  – USD192,100,000  Facility  Agreement  dated  [ •]    2019  (the
"Agreement")

1.

2.

3.

We refer to the Agreement. This is a Compliance Certificate. Terms defined in the Agreement have the same meaning when used in
this Compliance Certificate unless given a different meaning in this Compliance Certificate.

We confirm that:

[•]

[We confirm that each Repeating Representation is true and correct on this date and that no Default is continuing.]¬

Yours faithfully

.....................................
authorised signatory for
KNOT Shuttle Tankers 34 AS

.....................................
authorised signatory for
KNOT Shuttle Tankers 35 AS

.....................................
authorised signatory for
Knutsen NYK Offshore Tankers AS

¬ If this statement cannot be made, the certificate should identify any Default that is continuing and the steps, if any, being taken to remedy

it.

112

SCHEDULE 7
FORM OF ACCESSION LETTER

From: KNOT Shuttle Tankers 34 AS
KNOT Shuttle Tankers 35 AS
Knutsen NYK Offshore Tankers AS
KNOT Offshore Partners LP
KNOT Shuttle Tankers AS

To:

MUFG Bank, Ltd. as Agent

Dear Sirs

Dated: [•] 20[•]

KNOT  Shuttle  Tankers  34  AS  and  KNOT  Shuttle  Tankers  35  AS  – USD192,100,000  Facility  Agreement  dated  [ •]    2019  (the
"Agreement")

1.

2.

We refer to the Agreement. This is an Accession Letter. Terms defined in the Agreement have the same meaning in this Accession
Letter unless given a different meaning in this Accession Letter.

KNOT  Offshore  Partners  LP  (KNOP)  and  KNOT  Shuttle  Tankers  AS  (KNOT  ST)  agree  to  become  bound  by  the  terms  of  the
Agreement as Guarantors pursuant to Clause 28.2 (KNOP and KNOT ST as replacement Guarantors) of the Agreement with respect to
all amounts outstanding  under the Post-Delivery Tranche  [A][B]] and all Hedging Agreements, interest,  fees, costs and expenses in
connection with that Tranche.

3.

KNOP's and KNOT ST's administrative details are as follows:

(a)

in respect of KNOP:

Address:
Fax no.:
Attention:

(b)

in respect of KNOP:

Address:
Fax no.:
Attention:

4.

5.

6.

7.

We confirm that the Repeating Representations are made by each of [KNOT]2, KNOT Shuttle Tankers 34 AS, KNOT Shuttle Tankers
35  AS,  KNOP  and  KNOT  ST  on  the  date  of  this  Accession  Letter  and  that  all  Repeating  Representations  are  true  in  all  material
respects on that date.

This Accession Letter is governed by English law.

KNOP and KNOT ST have each appointed [•] as its process agent in respect of this Accession Letter and the other Finance Documents
governed by English law to which they are respectively a party.

This Accession Letter is executed as deed.

2

First Drop Down only

113

EXECUTION PAGES TO ACCESSION LETTER

)
)
)
)
)
)
)
)
)
)

)
)
)
)
)
)
)
)
)
)

EXECUTED as a DEED
by KNOT SHUTTLE TANKERS 34 AS
a company incorporated in Norway
acting by

who, in accordance with the laws of Norway,
is acting under the authority of the company
as authorised signatory
in the presence of:

Signature of witness:

Name of witness:

Occupation of witness:

Address of witness:

EXECUTED as a DEED
by KNOT SHUTTLE TANKERS 35 AS
a company incorporated in Norway
acting by

who, in accordance with the laws of Norway,
is acting under the authority of the company
as authorised signatory
in the presence of:

Signature of witness:

Name of witness:

Occupation of witness:

Address of witness:

Signature in the name of the company
KNOT SHUTTLE TANKERS 34 AS

…………………………………………………
Authorised signatory

Signature in the name of the company
KNOT SHUTTLE TANKERS 35 AS

…………………………………………………
Authorised signatory

114

)
)
)
)
)
)
)
)
)
)

)
)
)
)
)
)
)
)
)
)

)
)
)
)
)
)
)
)
)
)

EXECUTED as a DEED
by KNUTSEN NYK OFFSHORE TANKERS AS
a company incorporated in Norway
acting by

who, in accordance with the laws of Norway,
is acting under the authority of the company
as authorised signatory
in the presence of:

Signature of witness:

Name of witness:

Occupation of witness:

Address of witness:

EXECUTED as a DEED
by KNOT OFFSHORE PARTNERS LP
a company incorporated in Marshall
Islands
acting by

who, in accordance with the laws of the
Marshall Islands, is acting under the authority
of the company as authorised signatory
in the presence of:

Signature of witness:

Name of witness:

Occupation of witness:

Address of witness:

KNOT SHUTTLE TANKERS AS
EXECUTED as a DEED
by KNOT SHUTTLE TANKERS AS
a company incorporated in Norway
acting by

who, in accordance with the laws of Norway,
is acting under the authority of the company
as authorised signatory
in the presence of:

Signature of witness:

Name of witness:

Occupation of witness:

Address of witness:

Signature in the name of the company
KNUTSEN NYK OFFSHORE TANKERS AS

…………………………………………………
Authorised signatory

Signature in the name of the company
KNOT OFFSHORE PARTNERS LP

…………………………………………………
Authorised signatory

Signature in the name of the company
KNOT SHUTTLE TANKERS AS

…………………………………………………
Authorised signatory

115

SCHEDULE 8
STRUCTURE CHART

116

Repayment Date

First
Second
Third
Fourth
Fifth
Sixth
Seventh
Eighth
Ninth
Tenth
Eleventh
Twelfth
Thirteenth
Fourteenth
Fifteenth
Sixteenth
Seventeenth
Eighteenth
Nineteenth
Twentieth

SCHEDULE 9
REPAYMENT SCHEDULE

Repayment Instalment (USD)
96,050,000.00
1,200,625.00
1,200,625.00
1,200,625.00
1,200,625.00
1,200,625.00
1,200,625.00
1,200,625.00
1,200,625.00
1,200,625.00
1,200,625.00
1,200,625.00
1,200,625.00
1,200,625.00
1,200,625.00
1,200,625.00
1,200,625.00
1,200,625.00
1,200,625.00
1,200,625.00
73,238,125.00

117

Remaining Balance (USD)

94,849,375.00
93,648,750.00
92,448,125.00
91,247,500.00
90,046,875.00
88,846,250.00
87,645,625.00
86,445,000.00
85,244,375.00
84,043,750.00
82,843,125.00
81,642,500.00
80,441,875.00
79,241,250.00
78,040,625.00
76,840,000.00
75,639,375.00
74,438,750.00
73,238,125.00
0

SCHEDULE 10
FORM OF DROP DOWN CONFIRMATION LETTER

From: MUFG Bank, Ltd. as Agent

To:

KNOT Shuttle Tankers 34 AS
KNOT Shuttle Tankers 35 AS
Knutsen NYK Offshore Tankers AS
KNOT Offshore Partners LP
KNOT Shuttle Tankers AS
Finance Parties

Dear Sirs

Dated: [•] 20[•]

KNOT  Shuttle  Tankers  34  AS  and  KNOT  Shuttle  Tankers  35  AS  – USD192,100,000  Facility  Agreement  dated  [ •]  2019  (the
"Agreement")

1.

2.

3.

We refer to the Agreement. This is a Drop Down Confirmation Letter. The purpose of this Drop Down Confirmation Letter is to give
notice that a Drop Down has become effective in relation to Borrower [A][B].

Terms  defined  in  the  Agreement  have  the  same  meaning  in  this  Drop  Down  Confirmation  Letter  unless  given  a  different  meaning
herein.

We hereby confirm that we have received in relation to the relevant Drop Down:

(a)

all  the  documents  and  other  evidence  listed  in  paragraph  (b)  of  Clause  28.2  (KNOP  and  KNOT  ST  as  replacement
Guarantors) of the Agreement (in form and substance satisfactory to us); and

(b)

prepayment in accordance with Clause 8.3 (Mandatory prepayment - Drop Down),

and consequently we confirm that:

(i)

(ii)

(iii)

the Drop Down in relation to Borrower [A][B];

the  accession  of  KNOP  and  KNOT  ST  as  Guarantors  in  relation  to  the  obligations  of  Borrower  [A][B]  under  the  Finance
Documents and each Hedging Agreement entered into by Borrower [A][B]; and

the release of KNOT as Guarantor in relation to the obligations of Borrower [A][B] under the Finance Documents and each
Hedging Agreement entered into by Borrower [A][B],

shall become effective as of [time] on [date], as per the terms of Clause 28.2 (KNOP and KNOT ST as replacement Guarantors) of the
Agreement.

4.

This Drop Down Confirmation Letter is governed by English law.

Yours faithfully

.....................................
authorised signatory for
MUFG Bank, Ltd.

118

Borrower A:

Signed by Øystein Emberland
KNOT SHUTTLE TANKERS 34 AS
acting by Attorney-in-fact

Borrower B:

Signed by Øystein Emberland
KNOT SHUTTLE TANKERS 35 AS
acting by Attorney-in-fact

KNOT:

Signed by Øystein Emberland
KNUTSEN NYK OFFSHORE TANKERS AS
acting by Attorney-in-fact

EXECUTION PAGES

)
)
)
)

)
)
)
)

)
)
)
)

……/s Øystein Emberland……….

……/s Øystein Emberland……….

……/s Øystein Emberland……….

Original Lender, Bookrunner, Mandated Lead Arranger and Agent:

Signed by Koji Karasawa
MUFG BANK, LTD.
acting by Managing Director
Head of Corporate Banking Department
Japanese Corporate Banking Division
(London)

Original Hedging Bank:

Signed by Prabhat Kumar
MUFG SECURITIES EMEA PLC
acting by Authorized Signatory

Original Lender and Original Hedging Bank:
Signed by
MIZUHO BANK, LTD.
acting by Shuichi IWANO, Managing Director
Europe Corporate Banking Department No. 1
London Branch

Original Lender and Original Hedging Bank:

Signed by Takashi Danjo
SUMITOMO MITSUI TRUST BANK,
LIMITED (LONDON BRANCH)
acting by Head of Ship and Aviation Finance

)
)
)
)

)
)
)
)

)
)
)
)

)
)
)
)
)

……/s/ Koji Karasawa ……….

……/s/ Prabhat Kumar …….

……/s/ Shuichi Iwano…………….

……/s/ Takashi Danjo………………….

119

From: KNOT Shuttle Tankers 34 AS
KNOT Shuttle Tankers 35 AS
Knutsen NYK Offshore Tankers AS
KNOT Offshore Partners LP
KNOT Shuttle Tankers AS

To:

MUFG Bank, Ltd. as Agent

Dear Sirs

ACCESSION LETTER

Exhibit 4.23

Dated:     December 2020

KNOT  Shuttle  Tankers  34  AS  and  KNOT  Shuttle  Tankers  35  AS  – USD192,100,000  Facility  Agreement  dated  2  July  2019  (the
"Agreement")

1.

2.

We refer to the Agreement. This is an Accession Letter. Terms defined in the Agreement have the same meaning in this Accession
Letter unless given a different meaning in this Accession Letter.

KNOT  Offshore  Partners  LP  (KNOP)  and  KNOT  Shuttle  Tankers  AS  (KNOT  ST)  agree  to  become  bound  by  the  terms  of  the
Agreement as Guarantors pursuant to Clause 28.2 (KNOP and KNOT ST as replacement Guarantors) of the Agreement with respect to
all  amounts  outstanding  under  the  Post-Delivery  Tranche  A  and  all  Hedging  Agreements,  interest,  fees,  costs  and  expenses  in
connection with that Tranche.

3.

KNOP's and KNOT ST's administrative details are as follows:

Address:
2 Queen’s Cross
Aberdeen
Aberdeenshire AB15 4YB
United Kingdom
Fax no.: +44 (0) 1224 624891

E-mail:

Attention: 

4.

We confirm that:

finance@knutsenoas.com
oem@knotgroup.com
hho@knotgroup.com
kly@knutsenoas.com
tuo@knotgroup.com
tya@knotgroup.com
CFO/CEO

(a)

(b)

(c)

no Default is continuing or would result from the Drop Down;

no Material Adverse Effect would result from the Drop Down;

the Repeating Representations are made by each of KNOT, KNOT Shuttle Tankers 34 AS, KNOT Shuttle Tankers 35 AS,
KNOP  and  KNOT  ST  on  the  date  of  this  Accession  Letter  and  that  all  Repeating  Representations  are  true  in  all  material
respects on that date.

5.

6.

This Accession Letter is governed by English law.

KNOP and KNOT ST have each appointed Knutsen OAS (UK) Limited as its process agent in respect of this Accession Letter and the
other Finance Documents governed by English law to which they are respectively a party.

1

7.

This Accession Letter is executed as deed.

2

EXECUTION PAGES

)
)
)
)
)
)
)
)
)
)

)
)
)
)
)
)
)
)
)
)

Signature in the name of the company
KNOT SHUTTLE TANKERS 34 AS

    /s/ Takahiro Yamauchi
Authorised signatory

Signature in the name of the company
KNOT SHUTTLE TANKERS 35 AS

    /s/ Takahiro Yamauchi
Authorised signatory

EXECUTED as a DEED
by KNOT SHUTTLE TANKERS 34 AS
a company incorporated in Norway
acting by Takahiro Yamauchi

who, in accordance with the laws of Norway, is
acting under the authority of the company as
authorised signatory
in the presence of:

Signature of witness: /s/ Hermann H. Øverlie

Name of witness: Hermann H. Øverlie

Occupation of witness: VP Finance

Address of witness:
Ramsvollsvegen 15
5518 Haugesund Norway

EXECUTED as a DEED
by KNOT SHUTTLE TANKERS 35 AS
a company incorporated in Norway
acting by Takahiro Yamauchi

who, in accordance with the laws of Norway, is
acting under the authority of the company as
authorised signatory
in the presence of:

Signature of witness: /s/ Hermann H. Øverlie

Name of witness: Hermann H. Øverlie

Occupation of witness: VP Finance

Address of witness:
Ramsvollsvegen 15
5518 Haugesund Norway

3

Signature in the name of the company
KNUTSEN NYK OFFSHORE TANKERS AS

    /s/ Takahiro Yamauchi
Authorised signatory

Signature in the name of the company
KNOT OFFSHORE PARTNERS LP

    /s/ Trygve Seglem
Authorised signatory

)
)
)
)
)
)
)
)
)
)

)
)
)
)

)
)
)
)
)

EXECUTED as a DEED
by KNUTSEN NYK OFFSHORE TANKERS
AS
a company incorporated in Norway
acting by Takahiro Yamauchi

who, in accordance with the laws of Norway, is
acting under the authority of the company as
authorised signatory
in the presence of:

Signature of witness: /s/ Hermann H. Øverlie

Name of witness: Hermann H. Øverlie

Occupation of witness: VP Finance

Address of witness:
Ramsvollsvegen 15
5518 Haugesund Norway

EXECUTED as a DEED
by KNOT OFFSHORE PARTNERS LP
a company incorporated in the Marshall
Islands
acting by Trygve Seglem

who, in accordance with the laws of the
Marshall Islands, is acting under the authority
of the company as authorised signatory
in the presence of:

Signature of witness: /s/ Hermann H. Øverlie

Name of witness: Hermann H. Øverlie

Occupation of witness: VP Finance

Address of witness:
Ramsvollsvegen 15
5518 Haugesund Norway

4

EXECUTED as a DEED
by KNOT SHUTTLE TANKERS AS
a company incorporated in Norway
acting by Takahiro Yamauchi

who, in accordance with the laws of Norway, is
acting under the authority of the company as
authorised signatory
in the presence of:

)
)

)
)
)
)
)
)
)

Signature in the name of the company
KNOT SHUTTLE TANKERS AS

    /s/ Takahiro Yamauchi
Authorised signatory

Signature of witness: /s/ Hermann H. Øverlie

Name of witness: Hermann H. Øverlie

Occupation of witness: VP Finance

Address of witness:
Ramsvollsvegen 15
5518 Haugesund Norway

5

MEMORANDUM OF AGREEMENT

Dated: 30th December, 2020

Exhibit 4.24

SALEFORM 2012

Norwegian Shipbrokers' Association's
Memorandum of Agreement for sale and purchase of ships

Knutsen Shuttle Tankers 19 AS (Name of sellers)  Performance to be Guaranteed by KNOT Offshore Partners LP as per performance
guarantee, hereinafter called the "Sellers", have agreed to sell, and

MI-DAS LINE S.A. (Name of buyers) Performance to be Guaranteed by Doun Kisen Co. Ltd as per performance guarantee, hereinafter
called the "Buyers", have agreed to buy:

Name of vessel: Raquel Knutsen

IMO Number: 9685396

Classification Society: Det Norske Veritas

Class Notation: COSCO(ZHOUSHAN) Shipyard Co., Ltd. Zhoushan, Zhejiang, P.R.C

Year of Build: 2015

Builder/Yard:  +1A1,  "tanker  for  oil  ESP",  PLUS,CSR,  E0,  DYNPOS-AUTR,  ESV-DP(HIL),  OPP-F,  BOW  LOADING,SPM,  F-
AMC,NAUT-AW,HELIDK-SH,T-MON,VCS-2,PSPC(B),BIS,BWT-T,CLEAN DESIGN,COMF V(3)C(3),CSA-FLS2,CCO

Flag: Malta

Place of Registration: Valletta

GT/NT: 83,936/46,174

hereinafter called the "Vessel", on the following terms and conditions:

Definitions

"Banking Days" are days on which banks are open both in the country of the currency stipulated for the Purchase Price in Clause 1 (Purchase
Price)  and  in  the  place  of  closing  stipulated  in  Clause  8  (Documentation)  and  Tokyo,  New  York,  Valletta  and  Oslo (add  additional
jurisdictions as appropriate).

"Buyers' Nominated Flag State" means Malta (state flag state).

"Class" means the class notation referred to above.

"Classification Society" means the Society referred to above.

"Deposit" shall have the meaning given in Clause 2 (Deposit).

"Deposit Holder" mans
the Deposit in accordance with this Agreement.

(state name and location of Deposit Holder) or, if left blank, the Sellers' Bank, which shall hold and release

"In writing" or "written" means a letter handed over from the Sellers to the Buyers or vice versa, a registered letter, email or telefax.

"Parties" means the Sellers and the Buyers.

"Purchase Price" means the price for the Vessel as stated in Clause 1 (Purchase Price).

Copyright © 2012 Norwegian Shipbrokers' Association. All rights reserved. Published by BIMCO. No part of this BIMCO SmartCon
document may be copied, reproduced or distributed in any form without the prior written permission of the Norwegian Shipbrokers'
Association. Explanatory notes are available from BIMCO at www.bimco.org. Adopted by BIMCO in 1956, revised 1966, 1983, 1986/87,
1993 and 2012.

"Sellers' Account" means DNB Bank ASA, NO-0021 Oslo / SWIFT: DNBANOKKXXX / USD-Acc.: NO16 1250 0494 415 (state details of
bank account) at the Sellers' Bank.

"Sellers'  Bank"  means  DNB  Bank  ASA,  NO-0021  Oslo  (state  name  of  bank,  branch  and  details)  or,  if  left  blank,  the  bank  notified  by  the
Sellers to the Buyers for receipt of the balance of the Purchase Price.

"BBCP" means Bareboat Charter Party dated on the same date as the MOA agreed between Knutsen Shuttle Tankers 19 AS and MI-
DAS LINE, S.A., together with any addenda thereto.

"Charterer" means charterer as per BBCP dated on the same date as the MOA.

"Owner" means owner as per BBCP dated on the same date as the MOA.

1.

Purchase Price

The Purchase Price is USD94,300,000 (United States Dollars ninety four million three hundred thousand only) (state currency and
amount both in words and figures).

2.

Deposit

As security for the correct fulfilment of this Agreement the Buyers shall lodge a deposit of                             % (                     per cent)
or, if left blank, 10% (ten per cent), of the Purchase Price (the “Deposit”) in an interest bearing account for the Parties with the Deposit
Holder within three (3) Banking Days after the date that:

(i)

this Agreement has been signed by the Parties and exchanged in original or by e-mail or telefax; and

(ii) the Deposit Holder has confirmed in writing to the Parties that the account has been opened.

The Deposit shall be released in accordance with joint written instructions of the Parties. Interest, if any, shall be credited to the Buyers.
Any fee charged  for holding and releasing  the Deposit shall be borne equally by the Parties.  The Parties  shall  provide  to the Deposit
Holder all necessary documentation to open and maintain the account without delay.

3.

Payment

On delivery of the Vessel, but not later than three (3) Banking Days after the date that Notice of Readiness has been given in accordance
with Clause 5 (Time and place of delivery and notices):

(i) the Deposit shall be released to the Sellers; and

(ii) the balance of t The Purchase Price and all other sums payable on delivery by the Buyers to the Sellers under this Agreement shall be
remitted by the Buyers to the Sellers' Bank by an interbank swift message (SWIFT MT 103) not later than two (2) Banking Days
prior to the expected date of delivery of the Vessel, accompanied by an interbank swift message (SWIFT MT 199) confirming
that the Purchase Price is to be held by the Sellers' Bank on suspense (such SWIFT MT 199 to be agreed between the Buyers and
the Sellers not less than five (5) Banking Days prior to expected date of delivery of the Vessel. The said Purchase Price shall be
unconditionally released/paid to the Sellers by the Sellers' presentation to the Sellers' Bank of either an original or fax copypdf
or photocopy of "Protocol of Delivery and Acceptance" in respect of the Vessel duly signed by both the Sellers' and the Buyers'
authorized representatives only. paid in full free of bank charges to the Sellers' Account.

4.

Inspection

(a)*

The Buyers have inspected and accepted the Vessel's classification records online and have waived physical . The Buyers have also
inspected the Vessel at/in                  (state place) on                   (state date) and have accepted the Vessel following this inspection and
the sale is outright and definite, subject only to the terms and conditions of this Agreement.

(b)*

The Buyers shall have the right to inspect to inspect the Vessel’s classification  records and declare whether same are accepted or not
within N/A (state date/period).

Copyright © 2012 Norwegian Shipbrokers' Association. All rights reserved. Published by BIMCO. No part of this BIMCO SmartCon
document may be copied, reproduced or distributed in any form without the prior written permission of the Norwegian Shipbrokers'
Association. Explanatory notes are available from BIMCO at www.bimco.org. Adopted by BIMCO in 1956, revised 1966, 1983, 1986/87,
1993 and 2012.

The Sellers shall make the Vessel available for inspection at/in                                                      (state place/range) within (state
date/period).

The  Buyers  shall  undertake  the  inspection  without  undue  delay  to  the  Vessel.  Should  the  Buyers  cause  undue  delay  they  shall
compensate the Sellers for the losses thereby incurred.

The Buyers shall inspect the Vessel without opening up and without cost to the Sellers.

During the inspection, the Vessel's deck and engine log books shall be made available for examination by the Buyers.

The sale shall become outright and definite, subject only to the terms and conditions of this Agreement, provided that the Sellers receive
written notice of acceptance of the Vessel from the Buyers within seventy-two (72) hours after completion of such inspection or after the
date/last day of the period stated in Clause 4(b)(ii), whichever is earlier.

Should the Buyers fail to undertake the inspection as scheduled and/or notice of acceptance of the Vessel’s classification records and/or
of the Vessel not be received by the Sellers as aforesaid, the Deposit together with interest earned, if any, shall be released immediately
to the Buyers, whereafter this Agreement sha1l be null and void.

*4(a) and 4(b) are alternatives; delete whichever is not applicable. In the absence of deletions, alternative 4(a) shall apply.

5.

(a)

Time and place of delivery and notices

The  Vessel  shall  be  delivered  and  taken  over  safely  afloat  at  a  safe  and  accessible  berth  or  anchorage  at/in worldwide  in  one  safe
port/anchorage or at sea in the Sellers' option (state place/range) in the Sellers' option. Delivery port to be free of any sales tax,
duties whatsoever nature.

Notice of Readiness shall not be tendered before: 1st December, 2020 (date)

Cancelling Date (see Clauses 5(c), 6 (a)(i), 6 (a)(iii) and 14): 25th January, 2021

(b)

The Sellers shall keep the Buyers well informed of the Vessel's itinerary and shall provide the Buyers with twenty (20), ten (10), five (5)
and three (3) days' notice of the date the Sellers intend to tender Notice of Readiness and of the intended place of delivery.

When the Vessel is at the place of delivery and physically ready for delivery in accordance with this Agreement, the Sellers shall give
the Buyers a written Notice of Readiness for delivery.

If  the  Sellers  anticipate  that,  notwithstanding  the  exercise  of  due  diligence  by  them,  the  Vessel  will  not  be  ready  for  delivery  by  the
Cancelling Date they may notify the Buyers in writing stating the date when they anticipate that the Vessel will be ready for delivery and
proposing a new Cancelling Date. Upon receipt of such notification the Buyers shall have the option of either cancelling this Agreement
in accordance with Clause 14 (Sellers' Default) within three (3) Banking Days of receipt of the notice or of accepting the new date as the
new Cancelling Date. If the Buyers have not declared their option within three (3) Banking Days of receipt of the Sellers' notification or
if the Buyers accept the new date, the date proposed in the Sellers' notification shall be deemed to be the new Cancelling Date and shall
be substituted for the Cancelling Date stipulated in Clause 5(a).

If this Agreement is maintained with the new Cancelling Date all other terms and conditions hereof including those contained in Clauses
5(b) and 5(d) shall remain unaltered and in full force and effect.

Cancellation, failure to cancel or acceptance of the new Cancelling Date shall be entirely without prejudice to any claim for damages the
Buyers may have under Clause 14 (Sellers' Default) for the Vessel not being ready by the original Cancelling Date.

Should the Vessel become an actual, constructive or compromised total loss before delivery the Deposit together with interest earned, if
any, shall be released immediately to the Buyers whereafter this Agreement shall be null

(c)

(d)

(e)

Copyright © 2012 Norwegian Shipbrokers' Association. All rights reserved. Published by BIMCO. No part of this BIMCO SmartCon
document may be copied, reproduced or distributed in any form without the prior written permission of the Norwegian Shipbrokers'
Association. Explanatory notes are available from BIMCO at www.bimco.org. Adopted by BIMCO in 1956, revised 1966, 1983, 1986/87,
1993 and 2012.

and void.

6.

Divers Inspection / Drydocking

(a)* (i)  The  Buyers  shall  have  the  option  at  their  cost  and  expense  to  arrange  for  an  underwater  inspection  by  a  diver  approved  by  the
Classification Society prior to the delivery of the Vessel. Such option shall be declared latest nine (9) days prior to the Vessel’s intended
date of readiness  for delivery  as notified  by the Sellers  pursuant  to Clause 5(b) of this Agreement.  The Sellers  shall at their  cost and
expense make the Vessel available for such inspection. This inspection shall be-carried out without undue delay and in the presence of a
Classification Society surveyor arranged for by the Sellers and paid for by the Buyers. The Buyers' representative(s) shall have the right
to  be  present  at  the  diver's  inspection  as  observer(s)  only  without  interfering  with  the  work  or  decisions  of  the  Classification  Society
surveyor. The extent of the inspection and the conditions under which it is performed shall be to the satisfaction of the Classification
Society. If the conditions at the place of delivery are unsuitable for such inspection, the Sellers shall at their cost and expense make the
Vessel available at a suitable alternative place near to the delivery port, in which event the Cancelling Date shall be  extended by the
additional time required for such positioning and the subsequent re-positioning. The Sellers may not tender Notice of Readiness prior to
completion of the underwater inspection.

(ii) If the rudder, propeller, bottom or other underwater parts below the deepest load line are found broken, damaged or defective so as to
affect the Vessel’s class, then (1) unless repairs can be carried out afloat to the satisfaction of the Classification Society, the Sellers shall
arrange  for  the  Vessel  to  be  drydocked  at  their  expense  for  inspection  by  the  Classification  Society  of  the  Vessel’s  underwater  parts
below the deepest load line, the extent of the inspection being in accordance with the Classification Society’s rules (2) such defects shall
be  made  good  by  the  Sellers  at
 and  expense  to  the  satisfaction  of  the  Classification  Society  without
condition/recommendation** and (3) the Sellers shall pay for the underwater inspection and the Classification Society's attendance.

 their  cost

Notwithstanding anything to the contrary in this Agreement, if the Classification Society do not require the aforementioned defects to be
rectified before the next class drydocking survey, the Sellers shall be entitled to deliver the Vessel with these defects against a deduction
from  the  Purchase  Price  of  the  estimated  direct  cost  (of  labour  and  materials)  of  carrying  out  the  repairs  to  the  satisfaction  of  the
Classification  Society,  whereafter  the  Buyers  shall  have  no  further  rights  whatsoever  in  respect  of  the  defects  and/or  repairs.  The
estimated direct cost of the repairs shall be the average of quotes for the repair work obtained from two reputable independent shipyards
at or in the vicinity of the port of delivery, one to be obtained by each of the Parties within two (2) Banking Days from the date of the
imposition of the condition/recommendation, unless the Parties agree otherwise. Should either of the Parties fail to obtain such a quote
within the stipulated time then the quote duly obtained by the other Party shall be the sole basis for the estimate of the direct repair costs.
The Sellers may not tender Notice of Readiness prior to such estimate having been established.

(iii) If the Vessel is to be drydocked pursuant to Clause 6(a)(ii) and no suitable dry docking facilities are available at the port of delivery,
the Sellers shall take the Vessel to a port where suitable drydocking facilities are available, whether within or outside the delivery range
as per Clause 5(a). Once drydocking has taken place the Sellers shall deliver the Vessel at a port within the delivery range as per Clause
5(a) which shall, for the purpose of this Clause, become the new port of delivery. In such event the Cancelling Date shall be extended by
the additional time required for the drydocking and extra steaming, but limited to a maximum of fourteen (14) days.

(b)*

The  Sellers  shall  place  the  Vessel  in  drydock  at  the  port  of  delivery  for  inspection  by  the  Classification  Society  of  the  Vessel’s
underwater parts below the deepest load line, the extent of the inspection being in accordance with the Classification Society’s rules. If
the  rudder,  propeller,  bottom  or  other  underwater  parts  below  the  deepest  load  line  are  found  broken,  damaged  or  defective  so  as  to
affect the Vessel’s class, such defects shall be made good at the Seller’s cost and expense to the satisfaction of the Classification Society
without condition/recommendation**. In such event the Sellers are also to pay for the costs and expenses in connection with putting the
Vessel in and taking her out of drydock, including the drydock dues and the Classification Society’s fees. The Sellers shall also pay for
these costs and expenses if parts of the tailshaft system are condemned or found defective or broken so as to affect the Vessel’s class. In
all other cases, the Buyers shall pay the aforesaid costs and expenses, dues and fees.

(c)

If the Vessel is drydocked pursuant to Clause 6 (a)(ii) or 6 (b) above:

Copyright © 2012 Norwegian Shipbrokers' Association. All rights reserved. Published by BIMCO. No part of this BIMCO SmartCon
document may be copied, reproduced or distributed in any form without the prior written permission of the Norwegian Shipbrokers'
Association. Explanatory notes are available from BIMCO at www.bimco.org. Adopted by BIMCO in 1956, revised 1966, 1983, 1986/87,
1993 and 2012.

(i)  The  Classification  Society  may  require  survey  of  the  tailshaft  system,  the  extent  of  the  survey  being  to  the  satisfaction  of  the
Classification  surveyor.  If  such  survey  is  not  required  by  the  Classification  Society,  the  Buyers  shall  have  the  option  to  require  the
tailshaft  to  be  drawn  and  surveyed  by  the  Classification  Society,  the  extent  of  the  survey  being  in  accordance  with  the  Classification
Society’s rules for tailshaft survey and consistent with the current stage of the Vessel’s survey cycle. The Buyers shall declare whether
they require the tailshaft to be drawn and surveyed not later than by the completion of the inspection by the Classification Society. The
drawing and refitting of the tailshaft shall be arranged by the Sellers. Should any parts of the tailshaft system be condemned or found
defective so as to affect the Vessel’s class, those parts shall be renewed or made good at the Sellers' cost and expense to the satisfaction
of Classification Seciety without condition/recommendation**.

(ii) The costs and expenses relating to the survey of the tailshaft system shall be borne by the Buyers unless the Classification Society
requires such survey to be carried out or if parts of the system are condemned or found defective or broken so as to affect the Vessel’s
class, in which case the Sellers shall pay these costs and expenses.

(iii) The Buyers’ representative(s) shall have the right to be present in the drydock, as observer(s) only without interfering with the work
or decisions of the Classification Society surveyor.

(iv) The Buyers shall have the right to have the underwater parts of the Vessel cleaned and painted at their risk, cost and expense without
interfering with the Sellers’ or the Classification Society surveyor’s work, if any, and without affecting the Vessel’s timely delivery. If,
however, the Buyers’ work in drydock is still in progress when the Sellers have completed the work which the Sellers are required to do,
the additional docking time needed to complete the Buyers’ work shall be for the Buyers’ risk, cost and expense. In the event that the
Buyers’  work  requires  such  additional  time,  the  Sellers  may  upon  completion  of  the  Seller’s  work  tender  Notice  of  Readiness  for
delivery whilst the Vessel is still in drydock and, notwithstanding Clause 5(a), the Buyers shall be obliged to take delivery in accordance
with Clause 3 (Payment), whether the Vessel is in drydock or  not.

*6 (a) and 6 (b) are alternatives; delete whichever is not applicable. In the absence of deletions, alternative 6 (a) shall apply.

**Notes  or  memoranda,
condition/recommendation are not to be taken into account.

 in  the  surveyor’s  report

 if  any,

 which  are  accepted  by  the  Classification  Society  without

7.

Spares, bunkers and other items

The  Sellers  shall  deliver  the  Vessel  to  the  Buyers  with  everything  belonging  to  her  on  board  and  on  shore.  All  spare  parts  and  spare
equipment  including  spare  tail  end  shaft(s)  and/or  spare  propeller(s)/propeller  blade(s),  if  any,  belonging  to  the  Vessel  at  the  time  of
inspection used or unused, whether on board or not shall become the Buyers’ property, but spares on order are excluded. Forwarding
charges, if any, shall be for the Buyers’ account. The sellers are not required to replace spare parts including spare tail end shaft(s) and
spare propeller(s)/propeller blade(s) which are taken out of spare and used as replacement prior to delivery, but the replaced items shall
be the property of the Buyers. Unused stores and provisions shall be included in the sale and be taken over by the Buyers without extra
payment.

Library and forms exclusively for use in the Sellers’ vessel(s) and captain’s, officers’ and crew’s personal belongings including the slop
chest are excluded from the sale without compensation, as well as the following additional items:            (include list)

Items on board which are on hire or owned by third parties, listed as follows, are excluded from the sales without compensation:        
(include list)

Items  on  board  at  the  time  of  inspectiondelivery which  are  on  hire  or  owned  by  third  parties,  not listed above, shall remain withbe
replaced or procured by the Sellers prior to delivery at their cost and expense. The Buyers shall take over remaining bunkers and unused
lubricating and hydraulic oils and greases in storage tanks and unopened drums and pay either:

Any remaining bunkers and unused lubricating and hydraulic oils and greases in storage tanks and unopened drums and spare
parts shall remain the property of the Sellers.

(a)*

the actual net price (excluding barging expenses) as evidenced by invoices or vouchers; or

Copyright © 2012 Norwegian Shipbrokers' Association. All rights reserved. Published by BIMCO. No part of this BIMCO SmartCon
document may be copied, reproduced or distributed in any form without the prior written permission of the Norwegian Shipbrokers'
Association. Explanatory notes are available from BIMCO at www.bimco.org. Adopted by BIMCO in 1956, revised 1966, 1983, 1986/87,
1993 and 2012.

(b)*    the current net market  price (excluding barging expenses) at the port and date of delivery of the Vessel or, if unavailable, at the nearest

bunkering port,

For the quantities taken over.

Payment under this Clause shall be made at the same time and place and in the same currency as the Purchase Price.

“inspection” in this clause 7, shall mean the Buyers’ inspection according to clause 4(a) or 4(b) (Inspection), if applicable. If the Vessel
is taken over without inspection, the date this Agreement shall be the relevant date.

*(a) and (b) are alternatives, delete whichever is not applicable. In the absence of deletions alternative (a) shall apply.

8.        Documentation

The place of closing: to be mutually agreed

(a)       In exchange for payment of the Purchase Price the Sellers shall provide the Buyers with the following delivery documents that shall be

listed in an addendum to this agreement, namely "Addendum No.1:list of delivery documents".:

(i)  Legal Bill(s) of Sale in a form recordable in the Buyers’ Nominated Flag State, transferring title of the Vessel and stating that the
Vessel is free from all mortgages, encumbrances and maritime liens or any other debts whatsoever, duly notarially attested and legalised
or apostilled, as required by the Buyers’ Nominated Flag State;

(ii)  Evidence that all necessary corporate, shareholder and other action has been taken by the Sellers to authorise the execution, delivery
and performance of this Agreement;

(iii) Power of Attorney of the Seller appointing one or more representatives  to act on behalf of the Sellers in the performance  of this
Agreement, duly notarially attested and legalized or apostilled (as appropriate);

(iv)  Certificate  or  Transcript  of  Registry  issued  by  the  competent  authorities  of  the  flag  state  on  the  date  of  delivery evidencing the
Sellers' ownership of the Vessel and that the Vessel is free from registered encumbrances and mortgages, to be faxed or e-mailed by such
authority to the closing meeting with the original to be sent to the Buyers as soon as possible after delivery of the Vessel;

(v) Declaration of Class or (depending on the Classification Society) a Class Maintenance Certificate  issued within three (3) Banking
Days prior to delivery confirming that the Vessel is in Class free of condition/recommendation;

(vi)  Certificate  of  Deletion  of  the  Vessel  from  the  Vessel’s  registry  or  other  official  evidence  of  deletion  appropriate  to  the  Vessel’s
registry at the time of delivery, or , in the event that the registry does not as a matter of practice issue such documentation immediately, a
written  undertaking  by  the  Seller  to  effect  deletion  from  the  Vessel’s  registry  forthwith  and  provide  a  certificate  or  other  official
evidence of deletion to the Buyers promptly and latest within four (4) weeks the Purchase Price has been paid and the Vessel has been
delivered;

(vii)  A  copy  of  the  Vessel’s  Continuous  Synopsis  Record  certifying  the  date  on  which  the  Vessel  ceased  to  be  registered  with  the
Vessel’s  registry,  or,  in  the  event  that  the  registry  does  not  as  a  matter  of  practice  issue  such  certificate  immediately,  a  written
undertaking from the Sellers to provide the copy of this certificate promptly upon it being issued together with evidence of submission
by the Sellers of a duly executed Form 2 stating the date on which the Vessel shall cease to be registered with the Vessel’s registry;

(viii) Commercial Invoice for the Vessel;

(ix) Commercial Invoice(s) for bunkers, lubricating and hydraulic oils and greases;

(x) A copy of the Sellers’ letter to their satellite communication provider can cancelling the Vessel’s communications contract which is
to be send immediately after delivery of the Vessel;

Copyright © 2012 Norwegian Shipbrokers' Association. All rights reserved. Published by BIMCO. No part of this BIMCO SmartCon
document may be copied, reproduced or distributed in any form without the prior written permission of the Norwegian Shipbrokers'
Association. Explanatory notes are available from BIMCO at www.bimco.org. Adopted by BIMCO in 1956, revised 1966, 1983, 1986/87,
1993 and 2012.

(xi)  Any additional document as may reasonably be required by the competent authorities of the Buyers' Nominated Flag State for the
purpose of registering the Vessel, provided the Buyers notify the Sellers of any such documents as soon as possible after the date of this
Agreement; and

(xii) The Sellers' letter of confirmation that to the best of their knowledge, the Vessel is not black listed by any nation or international
organisation.

(b)       At the time of delivery the Buyers shall provide the Sellers with: the delivery documents that shall be listed in an addendum to this

Agreement, namely "Addendum No.1:list of delivery documents".

(i) Evidence that all necessary corporate, shareholder and other action has been taken by the Buyers to authorise the execution, delivery
and performance of this Arrangement; and

(ii) Power of Attorney of the Buyers appointing one or more representatives to act on behalf of the Buyers in the performance of this
Agreement, duly notarially attested and legalised or apostilled (as appropriate).

(c)       If any of the documents referred tolisted in Sub clauses (a) and (b) above are not in the English language they shall be accompanied by

an English translation by an authorised translator or certified by a lawyer qualified to practice in the country of the translated language.

(d)      The Parties shall to the extent possible exchange copies, drafts or samples of the documents listed in sub clause (a) and stub clause (b)
above for review and comment by the other party not later than                  (state number of days), or if left blank, nine (9) days prior to
the Vessel’s intended date of readiness for delivery as notified by the Sellers Pursuant to Clause 5(b) of this Agreement.

(e)       Concurrent with the exchange of documents in sub clause (a) and sub clause (b) above, the Sellers shall also hand to the Buyers the
Classification certificate(s) as well as all plans, drawings and manuals, (excluding ISM/ISPS manuals), which are on board the Vessel.
Other certificates which are on board the Vessel shall also be handed over to the Buyers unless the Sellers are required to retain same, in
which case the Buyers have the right to take copies.

(f)       Other technical documentation which may be in the Sellers' possession shall promptly after delivery be forwarded to the Buyers at their

expense, if they so request. The Sellers may keep the Vessel’s log books but the Buyers have the right to take copies of same.

(g)      The Parties shall sign and deliver to each other a Protocol of Delivery and Acceptance confirming the date and time of delivery of the

Vessel from the Sellers to the Buyers.

9.        Encumbrances

The Sellers warrant that the Vessel, at the time of delivery, is free from all charters, encumbrances, mortgages and maritime liens or any
other debts whatsoever, and is not subject to Port State or other administrative detentions. The Sellers hereby undertake to indemnify the
Buyers against all consequences of claims made against the Vessel which have been incurred prior to the time of delivery.

10.      Taxes, fees and expenses

Any  taxes,  fees  and  expenses  in  connection  with  the  purchase  and  registration  in  the  Buyers'  Nominated  Flag  State  shall  be  for  the
Buyers' account, whereas similar charges in connection with the closing of the Sellers' register shall be for the Sellers' account.

11.      Condition on delivery

The Vessel with everything belonging to her shall be at the Sellers' risk and expense until she is delivered to the Buyers, but subject to
the terms and conditions of this Agreement she shall be delivered and taken over as is, where is at the delivery, notwithstanding any
term or condition to the contrary in this Agreement. she was at the time of inspection, fair wear and tear excepted.

The Charterers shall maintain the Vessel pursuant to BBCP clause 10.

Copyright © 2012 Norwegian Shipbrokers' Association. All rights reserved. Published by BIMCO. No part of this BIMCO SmartCon
document may be copied, reproduced or distributed in any form without the prior written permission of the Norwegian Shipbrokers'
Association. Explanatory notes are available from BIMCO at www.bimco.org. Adopted by BIMCO in 1956, revised 1966, 1983, 1986/87,
1993 and 2012.

 shall

 the  Vessel

However,
 be  delivered  free  of  cargo  and  free  of  stowaways  with  her  Class  maintained  without
condition/recommendation*,  free  of  average  damage  affecting  the  Vessel’s  class,  and  with  her  classification  certificates  and  national
certificates,
 valid  and  unextended  without
condition/recommendation* by the Classification Society or the relevant authorities at the time if delivery.

 as  well  as  all  other  certificates  the  Vessel  had  at  the  time  of  inspection,

“Inspection”  in  this  clause  11,  shall  mean  the  Buyers’  inspection  according  to  Clause  4(a)  or  4(b)  (Inspection),  if  applicable.  If  the
Vessel is taken over without inspection, the date of this Agreements shall be the relevant date.

*Notes  and  memoranda,
condition/recommendation are not to be taken into account.

 in  the  surveyor’s  report

 if  any,

 which  are  accepted  by  the  Classification  Society  without

12.      Name/markings

Upon delivery the Buyers undertake to change the name of the Vessel and alter funnel markings.

13.      Buyers' default

Should the Deposit not be lodged in accordance with Clause 2 (Deposit), the Sellers have the right to cancel this Agreement, and they
shall be entitled to claim compensation for their losses and for all expenses incurred together with interest.

Should the Purchase Price not be paid in accordance with Clause 3 (Payment), the Sellers have the right to cancel this Agreements, in
which case the Deposit together with interest earned, if any, shall be released to the Sellers. If the Deposit does not cover their loss, the
Sellers shall be entitled to claim further compensation for their losses and for all expenses incurred together  with interest.

14.      Sellers' default

Should the Sellers fail to give Notice of Readiness in accordance with Clause 5(b) or fail to be ready to validly complete a legal transfer
by the Cancelling Date the Buyers shall have the option of cancelling this Agreement. If after Notice of Readiness has been given but
before the Buyers have taken delivery, the Vessel ceases to be physically ready for delivery and is not made physically ready again by
the Cancelling Date and new Notice of Readiness given, the Buyers shall retain their option to cancel.  In the event that the Buyers elect
to cancel this Agreement, the Deposit together with interest earned, if any, shall be released to them immediately.

Should  the  Sellers  fail  to  give  Notice  of  Readiness  by  the  Cancelling  Date  or  fail  to  be  ready  to  validly  complete  a  legal  transfer  as
aforesaid they shall make due compensation to the Buyers for their lots and for all expenses together with interest if their failure is due to
proven negligence and whether or not the Buyer cancel this Agreement.

15.      Buyers' representatives

After  this  Agreement  has  been  signed  by  the  Parties  and  the  Deposit  has  been  lodged,  the  Buyers  have  the  right  to  place  too  (2)
representatives on board the Vessel at their sole risk and expense.

These representatives are on board for the purpose of familiarisation and in the capacity of observers only, and they shall not interfere in
any respect with the operation of the Vessel. The Buyers and the Buyers’ representative shall sign the Sellers’ P&I Club’s standard letter
of indemnity prior to their embarkation.

16.      Law and Arbitration

(a)*    This Agreement shall be governed by and construed in accordance with English law and any dispute arising out of or in connection with
this Agreement shall be referred to arbitration in London in accordance with the Arbitration Act 1996 or any statutory modification or
re-enactment thereof save to the extent necessary to give effect to the provisions of this Clause.

The arbitration shall be conducted in accordance with the London Maritime Arbitrators Association (LMAA) Terms current at the time
when the arbitration proceedings are commenced.

Copyright © 2012 Norwegian Shipbrokers' Association. All rights reserved. Published by BIMCO. No part of this BIMCO SmartCon
document may be copied, reproduced or distributed in any form without the prior written permission of the Norwegian Shipbrokers'
Association. Explanatory notes are available from BIMCO at www.bimco.org. Adopted by BIMCO in 1956, revised 1966, 1983, 1986/87,
1993 and 2012.

The reference shall be to three arbitrators. A party wishing to refer a dispute to arbitration shall appoint its arbitrator and send notice of
such appointment in writing to the other party requiring the other party to appoint its own arbitrator within fourteen (14) calendar days of
that notice and stating that it will appoint its arbitrator as sole arbitrator unless the other party appoints its own arbitrator and gives notice
that it has done so within the fourteen (14) days specified. If the other party does not appoint its own arbitrator and give notice that it has
done so within the fourteen (14) days specified, the party referring a dispute to arbitration may, without the requirement of any further
prior notice to the other party, appoint its arbitrator as sole arbitrator and shall advise the other party accordingly. The award of a sole
arbitrator shall be binding on both Parties as if the sole arbitrator had been appointed by agreement.

In cases where neither the claim nor any counterclaim exceeds the sum of US$100,000 the arbitration shall be conducted in accordance
with the LMAA Small Claims Procedure current at the time when the arbitration proceedings are commenced.

(b)*

This Agreement shall be governed by and construed in accordance with Title 9 of the United States Code and the substantive law (not
including the choice of law rules) of the State of New York and any dispute arising out of or in connection with this Agreement shall be
referred to three (3) persons at New York, one to be appointed by each of the parties hereto, and the third by the two so chosen; their
decision or that of any two of them shall be final, and for the purposes of enforcing any award, judgment may ne entered on an award by
any  court  of  competent  jurisdiction.  The  proceedings  shall  be  conducted  in  accordance  with  the  rules  of  the  Society  of  Maritime
Arbitrators, Inc.

In cases where neither the claim nor any counterclaim exceeds the sum of US$ 100,000 the arbitration shall ne conducted in accordance
with the Shortened Arbitration Procedure of the Society of Maritime Arbitrators, Inc.

(c)

This Agreement shall be governed by and construed in accordance with the laws of             (state place) and any dispute arising out of or
in connection with this Agreement shall be referred to arbitration at (state place), subject to the procedures applicable there.

*16(a), 16(b) and 16(c) are alternatives; delete whichever is not applicable. In the absence of deletions, alternative 16(a) shall apply.

17

Notices

All notices to be provided under this Agreement shall be in writing.

Contact details for recipients of notices are as follows:

For  the  Buyers:  MI-DAS  LINE  S.A.,  Panama  :  Vallarino  Building,  3rd  Floor,  52nd  and  Elvira  Mendez  Street,  Panama  City,
Republic of Panama, c/o Doun Kisen Co., Ltd, 1307-8 Koh Goh Namikata-cho, Imabari-city, Ehime-pref, Japan

Att: Mr. Takeomi Yagi / Tel: +81-898-41-7733, Fax: +81-898-41-6011, E-mail: sale-purchase@doun.co.jp

For  the  Sellers:  øystein  Emberland,  Chief  Financial  Officer  (CFO)  /  Knutsen  NYK  Offshore  Tankers  AS  Smedasundet  40,
P.O.Box 2017, 5504 Haugesund, Norway, Tel: +47 52 70 40 13, Cel: +47 95 20 05 14, E-mail: oem@knotgroup.com

18. Entire Agreement

The  written  terms  of  this  Agreement  comprise  the  entire  agreement  between  the  Buyers  and  the  Sellers  in  relation  to  the  sale  and
purchase of the Vessel and supersede all previous agreements whether oral or written between the Parties in relation thereto.

Each of the Parties acknowledges that in entering into this Agreement it has not relied on and shall have no right or remedy in respect of
any  statement,  representation,  assurance  or  warranty  (whether  or  not  made  negligently)  other  than  as  is  expressly  set  out  in  this
Agreement.

Any terms implied into this Agreement by any applicable statute or law are hereby excluded to the extent that such exclusion can legally
be made. Nothing in this Clause shall limit or exclude any liability for fraud.

Copyright © 2012 Norwegian Shipbrokers' Association. All rights reserved. Published by BIMCO. No part of this BIMCO SmartCon
document may be copied, reproduced or distributed in any form without the prior written permission of the Norwegian Shipbrokers'
Association. Explanatory notes are available from BIMCO at www.bimco.org. Adopted by BIMCO in 1956, revised 1966, 1983, 1986/87,
1993 and 2012.

19. Confidentiality

This Agreement and all details contained therein are to be kept strictly private and confidential by the Parties.

20. The  Buyers  (as  the  Owner)  and  the  Sellers  (as  the  Charterer)  have  entered  into  BBCP  on  the  date  of  delivery  of  the  Vessel,
whereunder  the  Vessel  is  chartered  to  the  Charterer  as  from  delivery  under  this  Agreement  for  such  period  and  on  such terms  and
conditions which are particularly described in the BBCP. This agreement is subject to the parties entering into the Barecon 2001 on
terms to be agreed. The Barecon 2001 for the chartering back of the Vessel shall form an integral part of this Agreement. Should the
parties for any reason whatsoever not enter into the Barecon 2001, or if the said Barecon 2001 does not become effective or become null
and  void  prior  to  delivery  of  the  Vessel,  this  Agreement  shall  terminate  and  become  null  and  void  and  neither  party  shall  have  any
claims of whatsoever nature against the other in respect of this Agreement or otherwise.

For and on behalf of the Sellers

     For and on behalf of the Buyers

\s\ øystein Emberland
Name: øystein Emberland
Title: Attorney-In-Fact

\s\ Genji Ohkouchi

Name: Genji Ohkouchi
Title: President

Copyright © 2012 Norwegian Shipbrokers' Association. All rights reserved. Published by BIMCO. No part of this BIMCO SmartCon
document may be copied, reproduced or distributed in any form without the prior written permission of the Norwegian Shipbrokers'
Association. Explanatory notes are available from BIMCO at www.bimco.org. Adopted by BIMCO in 1956, revised 1966, 1983, 1986/87,
1993 and 2012.

ADDENDUM NO. 1

to the

MEMORANDUM OF AGREEMENT

Dated 30th December, 2020,

made between

Knutsen Shuttle Tankers 19 AS

and

MI-DAS LINE, S.A.

regarding

M/T “RAQUEL KNUTSEN”

THIS ADDENDUM is made on 14th of January, 2021, between Knutsen Shuttle Tankers 19 AS (the “Sellers”) and MI-DAS LINE, S.A. (the
“Buyers”) to the memorandum of agreement dated 30th of December, 2020 (the “MOA”) made between the Sellers and the Buyers regarding the
motor tanker named “RAQUEL KNUTSEN” (the “Vessel”) and built by COSCO (ZHOUSHAN) Shipyard co., Ltd. Zhoshan, Zhejiang, P.R.C.
(the “Shipyard”) under IMO No. 9685396.

WHEREAS the Sellers have sold the Vessel to the Buyers under the MOA and NOW THEREFORE it is hereby mutually agreed between the
Sellers and the Buyers, that the definition of “Seller’s Account” in the MoA shall be amended to read as follows:

“SMBC New York”

and;

the definition of “Seller’s Account” shall be amended to read as follows:

means SMBC New York / SWIFT: SMBCUS33, Account: SMBCGB2L SMBC Bank International plc, Account 584354 at the Seller's Bank.

Further  and  in  addition  to  the  documents  mentioned  in  Clause  8  of  the  MOA,  the  following  documents  shall  be  exchanged  at  the  time  of
delivery:

I.

The Sellers shall provide the Buyers with the following documents upon or prior to the delivery of the Vessel to the Buyers:

1.

2.

3.

4.

5.

6.

Certificate of Ownership and Non-Encumbrances from the competent authorities dated the day of delivery of the Vessel;

Two (2) originals of the Protocol of Delivery and Acceptance under the MOA;

One (1) certified true photocopy of the certificate of registration listing the Directors of the Company dated by the registry in
which the company is incorporated dated not more than 20 (twenty) Banking Days prior to delivery;

One  (1)  certified  true  copy  of  the  Minutes  of  meeting  of  the  Sellers'  board  of  directors,  confirming  and  recording  (i)  the
approval and authorization of the sale of the Vessel to the Buyers, (ii) the execution of all documents in connection therewith,
and (iii) the granting of a respective power of attorney;

One  (1)  certified  true  photocopy  of  Sellers'  Articles  of  Association  (Originals  are  in  Norwegian,  will  be  an  in  house
translation).

One (1) original Power of Attorney of the Sellers, duly notarized, confirming the authority of the person(s) acting on behalf
of the Sellers to sign and execute the Bill of Sale, the Protocol of Delivery and Acceptance and all other documents required
in connection with the sale of the Vessel to the Buyers and generally to act on behalf of the Sellers in connection with the
delivery of the Vessel

and the release of the deposit to be paid by the Buyers under the MOA;

7.

8.

9.

Two  (2)  originals  of  a  legal  Bill  of  Sale  in  a  British  10A  Form  warranting  that  the  Vessel  is  free  from  all  encumbrances,
mortgages and maritime liens or any other debts or taxes or claims whatsoever, duly notarized (only if required by the Malta
Ship Registry), pursuant to which ownership title to the Vessel is transferred from the Sellers to the Buyers;

Two (2) originals of a commercial invoice for the Vessel incorporating the particulars of the Vessel of the date of delivery to
the Buyers, duly executed by the Sellers;

Any  such  additional  documents  as  may  reasonably  be  required  by  competent  ship  register  or  maritime  authorities  of  the
Nominated Flag State for the purpose of registration of the Vessel.

II.

The Buyers shall provide the Sellers the following documents upon or prior to the delivery of the Vessel:

1.

2.

One (1) original Power of Attorney, duly notarized and legalized, confirming the authority of the person(s) to represent the
Buyers  in  connection  with  the  purchase  and  the  delivery  and  acceptance  of  the  Vessel,  to  sign  and  execute  all  documents
required in connection with the purchase of the Vessel, to authorise the payment of the purchase price and all other amounts
to be paid by the Buyers in accordance with the MOA, and generally to act on behalf of the Buyers in connection with the
purchase and delivery of the Vessel;

One (1) certified true copy of the Minutes of meeting of the Buyers' board of directors, duly certified by the secretary or other
authorised

authorization of the purchase of the Vessel, (ii) the execution of all documents in connection therewith, and (iii) the granting
of a respective power of attorney;

3.

One  (1)  certified  true  copy  of  Buyers'  Articles  of  Incorporation  certified  as  true  copy  by  a  Director  of  the  Buyers,  and
certified true photocopy of Certificate of Good Standing showing the names of the Directors of the Buyers and not older than
30 (thirty) Banking Days prior to the date of Delivery of the Vessel.

Prior to delivery, and when requested by the Buyers, the Sellers shall authorise the vessel’s Classification Society to confirm directly by fax to
the maritime authorities of the Nominated Flag State certain matters concerning the Vessel’s class and the validity of its safety certificates, in
order to facilitate the Buyers with the Vessel’s registration formalities.

All documents shall be in the English language or accompanied by translation into English.

Whenever apostilles are required, if any, pursuant to the terms of the MOA including any addenda thereto, the Parties shall accept electronic
apostilles which have been issued in accordance with the Apostille Convention.

Drafts/copies of executed delivery documents to be forwarded to the opposite party by e-mail or fax in good time prior to delivery, as far as
reasonably possible.

All other terms, conditions and exceptions of the MOA shall remain in full force and effect.

For the Sellers:

Knutsen Shuttle Tankers 19 AS

\s\ øystein Emberland

øystein Emberland
By:
Title: CFO/ATTORNEY-IN-FACT

For the Buyers:

MI-DAS LINE, S.A.

\s\ Genji Ohkouchi

By: Genji Ohkouchi
Title: President

SPECIFIC TERMS IN THIS EXHIBIT HAVE BEEN REDACTED BECAUSE THEY ARE BOTH (I) NOT MATERIAL AND (II) WOULD BE COMPETITIVELY
HARMFUL IF PUBLICLY DISCLOSED, AND THE TERMS HAVE BEEN MARKED AT THE APPROPRIATE PLACE WITH FIVE ASTERISKS (*****).

Exhibit 4.25

BARECON 2001

STANDARD BAREBOAT CHARTER

PART I

1.

Shipbroker
Japan Shipping Services Co., Ltd.

2.

Place and date
Haugesund, 30th December, 2020

3. Owners/Place of business (Cl. 1)

MI-DAS LINE, S.A.
Vallarino Building 3rd Floor, 52nd and Elvira Mendez
Street, Panama City, Republic of Panama
Performance to be guaranteed by Doun Kisen Co. Ltd as
per performance guarantee

4. Bareboat Charterers/Place of business (Cl.1)

Knutsen Shuttle Tankers 19 AS
Smedasundet 40 Postbox 2017 N-5504 Haugesund, 
Norway
Performance to be guaranteed by KNOT Offshore 
Partners LP as per performance guarantee

5. Vessel's name, call sign and flag (Cl. 1 and 3)

Name: M.T. Raquel Knutsen
Flag: Malta
IMO: 9685396

6. Type of Vessel

Crude oil/ Shuttle tanker

8. When/Where built
March 2015
COSCO(ZHOUSHAN) Shipyard Co., Ltd. Zhoushan,
Zhejiang, P.R.C

10. Classification Society (Cl. 3)

DNV(Det Norske Veritas)

7. GT/NT

GT: 83,936
NT: 46,174

9. Total DWT (abt.) in metric tons on summer

freeboard
152,208DWT

11. Date of last special survey by the Vessel's

classification society
N/A

12. Further particulars of Vessel (also Indicate minimum number of months' validity of class certificates agreed acc. to

Cl. 3)
N/A

13. Port or Place of delivery (Cl. 3)

See Clause 32

14. Time for delivery (Cl. 4)

See Clause 32

15.    Cancelling date (Cl.5)
See Clause 32

16. Port or Place of redelivery (Cl. 15)

Worldwide always within Institute Warranty Limits(IWL)

17. No. of months' validity of trading and class certificates upon redelivery (Cl. 15)
Three (3) months, or less where part of customary renewal procedures

18. Running days' notice if other than stated in Cl. 4 See Clause 32

19. Frequency of dry-docking (Cl. 10(g))

As required by class

20. Trading limits (Cl. 6)

Worldwide  Trading  always  within  Institute  Warranty  Limits  (IWL).However,  any  country  designated  pursuant  to  any  International  (including  United
nations, or United States or European Union or member state of European Union or United Kingdom or Japan, Panama, Malta) or regulation imposing
trade and economic sanctions, prohibitions or restrictions (which may be amended from time to time during the Charter Period), North Korea, Israel, and
other countries sanctioned / boycotted / banned by UN or USA, Japan, Panama, Malta, to be excluded from trading. If the situation of the country(ies) or a
country not including in trading is changed, both parties will discuss. War or warlike zone to be excluded. Charterers may breach IWL against payment of
additional premium/expense prior to Charterers' written notice to the Owners.

21. Charter period (Cl. 2)

Ten (10) years from the time of delivery

22. Charter hire (Cl. 11)

*****

23. New class and other safety requirements (state percentage of Vessel's insurance value acc. to Box 29)(Cl. 10(a)(ii)) See Clause 40

Copyright © 2001 BIMCO. All rights reserved. Any unauthorised copying, duplication, reproduction or distribution of this BIMCO SmartCon
document will constitute an infringement of BIMCO's copyright. Explanatory notes are available from BIMCO at www.bimco.org. First
published in 1974 as BARECON A and B. Amalgamated and revised in 1989. Revised 2001.

24. Rate of interest payable acc. to Cl. 11 (f) and, if

applicable, acc. to PART IV
2.00%

25. Currency and method of payment (Cl. 11)
United States Dollars (see also clause 11)

26. Place of payment; also state beneficiary and bank

27. Bank guarantee/bond (sum and place) (Cl. 24)

account (Cl. 11)
MI-DAS LINE S.A.

(optional)
N/A

28. Mortgage(s), if any (state whether 12(a) or (b) applies; if

29. Insurance (hull and machinery and war risks) (state value acc. to

12(b) applies state date of Financial Instrument and name of
Mortgagee(s)/Place of business) (Cl. 12)

Cl. 13(f) or, If applicable, acc. to Cl. 14(k)) (also state if Cl. 14
applies)

See Clause 36

See Clause 37

30. Additional insurance cover, if any, for Owners' account limited to

31. Additional insurance cover, if any, for Charterers'

(Cl. 13(b) or, if applicable, Cl. 14(g))

account limited to (Cl. 13(b) or, if applicable, Cl. 14(g))

N/A

N/A

32. Latent defects (only to be filled In if period other than

33. Brokerage commission and to whom payable (Cl. 27)

stated in Cl. 3)
N/A

N/A

34. Grace period (state number of clear banking days) (Cl.

35. Dispute Resolution (state 30(a), 30(b) or 30(c); if 30(c) agreed

28)
Three (3) banking days (as defined in clause 1)
36. War cancellation (indicate countries agreed) (Cl. 26(f))

N/A

Place of Arbitration must be stated (Cl. 30)
(a) English law, London arbitration clause 30(a)

37. Newbuilding Vessel (indicate with "yes" or "no" whether

38. Name and place of Builders (only to be filled in if PART III

PART III applies) (optional)

N/A

applies)

N/A

39. Vessel’s yard Building No. (only to be filled in if PART III

40. Date of Building Contract (only to be filled in if

applies)
N/A

PART III applies)
N/A

41. Liquidated damages and costs shall accrue to (state party acc. to Cl.

1)
a) N/A
b) N/A
c) N/A

42. Hire/Purchase agreement (indicate with "yes" or "no"

43. Bareboat Charter Registry (indicate with "yes" or

whether PART IV applies) (optional)
See Clause 39

"no" whether PART V applies) (optional)
No

44. Flag and Country of the Bareboat Charter Registry (only

45. Country of the Underlying Registry (only to be filled

to be filled in If PART V applies)
N/A

in if PART V applies)
N/A

46. Number of additional clauses covering special provisions, if agreed

Clause 32 to 47

PREAMBLE - It is mutually agreed that this Contract shall be performed subject to the conditions contained in this Charter which shall include
PART I and PART II. In the event of a conflict of conditions, the provisions of PART I shall prevail over those of PART II to the extent of such
conflict but no further. It is further mutually agreed that PART III and/or PART IV and/or PART V shall only apply and only form part of this
Charter if expressly agreed and stated In Boxes 37, 42 and 43. If PART III and/or PART IV and/or PART V apply, it is further agreed that in
the event of a conflict of conditions, the provisions of PART I and PART II shall prevail over those of PART III and/or PART IV and/or PART
V to the extent of such conflict but no further.

Copyright © 2001 BIMCO. All rights reserved. Any unauthorised copying, duplication, reproduction or distribution of this BIMCO SmartCon
document will constitute an infringement of BIMCO's copyright. Explanatory notes are available from BIMCO at www.bimco.org. 
First published in 1974 as BARECON A and B. Amalgamated and revised in 1989. Revised 2001.

Signature (Owners)
MI-DAS LINE S.A., Panama

    Signature (Charterers)

Knutsen Shuttle Tankers 19 AS

/s/ Genji Ohkouchi
Name : Genji Ohkouchi
Title : President

/s/ Øystein Emberland
Name : Øystein Emberland
Title : Attorney-In-Fact

Copyright © 2001 BIMCO. All rights reserved. Any unauthorised copying, duplication, reproduction or distribution of this BIMCO SmartCon document will
constitute an infringement of BIMCO's copyright. Explanatory notes are available from BIMCO at www.bimco.org. First published in 1974 as BARECON A
and B. Amalgamated and revised in 1989. Revised 2001.

1.

Definitions

PART II
BARECON 2001 Standard Bareboat Charter

In this Charter, the following terms shall have the meanings hereby assigned to them:

"The Owners" shall mean the party identified in Box 3.

"The Charterers" shall mean the party identified in Box 4.

"The Vessel" shall mean the vessel named in Box 5 and with particulars as stated in Boxes 6 to 12.

"The Charter" means this Bareboat Charter with Rider clauses and as later amended

"The Parties" jointly refers to both the Owners and the Charterers.

The  MOA"  refers  to  the  Memorandum  of  Agreement  agreed  upon  by  the  Owners  as  buyers  and  the  Charterers  as  sellers,
dated XX XX3028th December, 20212020

"The Sellers" refers to the sellers in the MOA

"Banking Days" are days on which banks are open in the United States of America (New York), Panama, Malta, Japan and
SwitzerlandNorway

"Buyers/Owners Guarantee" means performance guarantee as guaranteed by Doun Kisen Co. Ltd

"Charterers Guarantee" means performance guarantee as guaranteed by KNOT Offshore Partners LP.

"Financial Instrument" means the mortgage, deed of covenant or other such financial security instrument as annexed to this Charter
and stated in Box 28.

2.

Charter Period

In consideration of the hire detailed In Box 22, the Owners have agreed to let and the Charterers have agreed to hire the Vessel for the
period stated in Box 21 ("The Charter Period").

3.

Delivery See Clause 32

(not applicable when Part lll applies, as indicated in Box 37)

(a)

(b)

(c)

The-Owners shall-before and at the time of-delivery exercise due diligence to make the Vessel seaworthy and in every respect-ready in
hull, machinery and equipment-fer service under this Charter.

The Vessel shall be delivered by the Owners and taken over by the Charterers at the port or place indicated in Box 13 in such ready
safe berth as the Charterers may direct.

The  Vessel  shall  be  properly  documented  on  delivery  in  accordance  with  the  laws  of  the  flag  state  indicated  in  Box  5  and  the
requirements  of  the  classification  society  stated  in  Box  10.  The  Vessel  upon  delivery  shall  have  her  survey  cycles  up  to  date  and
trading and class certificates valid for at least the number of months agreed in Box 12.

The delivery of the Vessel by the Owners and the taking over of the Vessel by the Charterers shall constitute a full performance by the
Owners of all  the  Owners’ obligations  under  this Clause 3, and thereafter  the Charterers  shall  not be entitled  to make  or assert  any
claim against the Owners on account of any conditions, representations or warranties expressed or implied with respect to the Vessel
but the Owners shall be liable for the cost of but not the time for repairs or renewals occasioned by latent defects in the Vessel, her
machinery  or  appurtenances,  existing  at  the  time  of  delivery  under  this  Charter,  provided  such  defects  have  manifested  themselves
within twelve (12) months after delivery unless otherwise provided in Box 32.

4.

Time for Delivery (See also Clause 32)

copyright © 2001 BIMCO. All rights reserved. Any unauthorised copying, duplication, reproduction or distribution of this BIMCO SmartCon
document will constitute an infringement of BIMCO's copyright. Explanatory notes are available from BIMCO at www.blmco.org. First
published in 1974 as BARECON A and B. Amalgamated and revised in 1989. Revised 2001

PART II
BARECON 2001 Standard Bareboat Charter

(not applicable when Part lll applies, as indicated in Box 37)

The Vessel shall not be delivered before the date indicated in Box 14 without the Charterers’ consent and the Owners shall exercise
due diligence to deliver the Vessel not later than the date indicated in Box 15.

Unless otherwise agreed in Box 18, the Owners shall give the Charterers not less than thirty (30) running days’ preliminary and not
less than fourteen (14) running days’ definite notice of the date on which the Vessel is expected to be ready for delivery. The Owners
shall keep the charterers closely advised of possible changes in the vessel’s position.

5.

Cancelling

(not applicable when Part lll applies, as indicated in Box 37)

(a)

(b)

Should the Vessel not be delivered latest by the cancelling date indicated in Box 15, the Charterers shall have the option of cancelling
this Charter by giving the Owners notice of cancellation within thirty six (36) running hours after the cancelling date stated in Box 15,
failing which this Charter shall remain in full force and effect.

If it appears that the Vessel will be delayed beyond the cancelling date, the Owners may, as soon as they are in a position to state with
reasonable  certainty  the  day  on  which  the  Vesssel  should  be  ready,  give  notice  thereof  to  the  Charterers  asking  whether  they  will
exercise their option of cancelling, and the option must then be declared within one hundred and sixty eight (168) running hours of the
receipt by the Charterers of such notice or within thirty six (36) running hours after the cancelling date, whichever is the earlier, if the
Charterers do not then exercise their option of cancelling, the seventh day after the readiness date stated in the Owners’ notice shall be
substituted for the cancelling date indicated in Box 15 for the purpose of this Clause 5.

(c)

Cancellation under this Clause 5 shall be without prejudice to any claim the Charterers may otherwise have on the Owners under this
Charter.

6.

Trading Restrictions

The Vessel shall be employed in lawful trades for the carriage of suitable lawful merchandise within the trading limits indicated in Box
20.

The Charterers undertake not to employ the Vessel or suffer the Vessel to be employed otherwise than in conformity with the terms of
the contracts of insurance (including any warranties expressed or implied therein) without first obtaining the consent of the insurers to
such employment and complying with such requirements as to extra premium or otherwise as the insurers may prescribe.

The Charterers also undertake not to employ the Vessel or suffer her employment in any trade or business which is forbidden by the
law  of  any  country  to  which  the  Vessel  may  sail  or  is  otherwise  illicit  or  in  carrying  illicit  or  prohibited  goods  or  in  any  manner
whatsoever which may render her liable to condemnation, destruction, seizure or confiscation.

Notwithstanding  any  other  provisions  contained  in  this  Charter  it  is  agreed  that  nuclear  fuels  or  radioactive  products  or  waste  are
specifically  excluded  from  the  cargo  permitted  to  be  loaded  or  carried  under  this  Charter.  This  exclusion  does  not  apply  to  radio-
isotopes used or Intended to be used for any industrial, commercial, agricultural, medical or scientific purposes provided the Owners'
prior approval has been obtained to loading thereof.

7.

Surveys on Delivery and Redelivery

(not applicable when Part III applies, as indicated in Box 37)

The  Owners  and  Charterers  shall  each  appoint  surveys  for  the  purpose  of  determining  and  agreeing  in  writing  the  condition  of  the
Vessel at the time of delivery and redelivery hereunder. The Owners shall bear all expenses of the On hire Survey including loss of
time, if any, and the Charterers shall bear all expenses of the Off hire Survey including loss of time, if any, at the daily equivalent to
the rate of hire or pro rate thereof. The Condition of the Vessel on delivery to be as per delivery under the MoA Clause 11.

Copyright © 2001 BIMCO. All rights reserved. Any unauthorised copying, duplication, reproduction or distribution of this BIMCO SmartCon
document will constitute an infringement of BIMCO's copyright. Explanatory notes are available from BIMCO at www.bimco.org.
First published in 1974 as BARECON A and B. Amalgamated and revised in 1989. Revised 2001.

PART II
BARECON 2001 Standard Bareboat Charter

8.

Inspection

(a)

(b)

(c)

The Owners shall have the right at any time once per year after giving reasonable notice to the Charterers to inspect or survey the
Vessel  or  instruct  a  duly  authorised  surveyor  to  carry  out  such  survey  on  their  behalf  always provided  such inspection  or survey
does not delay or interfere with the normal operation of the Vessel:

to ascertain the condition of the Vessel and satisfy themselves that the Vessel is being properly repaired and maintained. Such notice
to be made no late than 30 15 days prior to the Inspection or survey and the Charterers to keep the Owners well informed of
Vessel's itinerary for inspection purpose. The costs and fees for such inspection or survey shall be paid by the Owners unless the
Vessel  is  found  to  require  repairs  or  maintenance  to  meet  a  condition  required  by  Class  or  the  Vessel's  Flag  State  in-order to
achieve the condition so provided;

in  dry  dock  if  the  Charterers  have  not  dry  docked  Her  in  accordance  with  Clause  10(g),  The  costs  and  fees  for  such  inspection  or
survey shall be paid by the Charterers; and

for any other commercial reason they consider necessary (provided it does not unduly interfere with the commercial operation of the
Vessel). The costs and fees for such inspection and survey shall be paid by the Owners.

Unless the Vessel is required to be off-hire,  Aall time  used in  respect  of inspection,  survey or repairs  shall  be for the Charterers'
account and form part of the Charter Period.

The  Charterers  shall  also  permit  the  Owners  to  inspect  the  Vessel's  log  books  whenever  requested  and  shall  whenever  reasonably
required by the Owners furnish them with full information regarding any casualties or other accidents or damage to the Vessel.

The  Charterers  shall  submit  following  reports  to  the  Owners:  (i)  Inspection  report  (annually)  (ii)  Annual  audited  Financial
report as soon as the same become available, but in any event within 180 days after the end of its financial years.

9.

Inventories, Oil and Stores

Unless  the  Charterers  have  exercised  the  purchase  option,  Aa  complete  inventory  of  the  Vessel's  entire  equipment,  outfit
including  spare  parts,  appliances  and  of  all  consumable  stores  on  board  the  Vessel  shall  be  made  by  the  Charterers  in
conjunction with the Owners on redelivery of the Vessel. The Owners shall at the time of redelivery take over and pay for all
bunkers, lubricating oil, unbroached provisions, paints, ropes and other consumable stores (excluding spare parts) in the said
Vessel at the last purchase price paid by the Charterers, evidenced and supporting vouchers, at the current market prices at
the  ports  of  redelivery.  The  Charterers  shall  not  pay  to  the  Owners  at  time  of  delivery  for  any  bunkers,  lubricating  oil,
provisions, paints, ropes and consumable stores which the Charterers have supplied to the Vessel at the Charterers' expense
prior to delivery. The Charterers shall ensure that all spare parts listed in the inventory and used during the Charter Period
are replaced at their expense prior to redelivery of the Vessel, unless the Charterers purchase the Vessel according to Clause
39.  Furthermore,  the  Charterers  shall  ensure  that  all  spare  parts  meet  minimum  requirements  of  class  and  shall  remain
onboard at time of redelivery unless Charterer purchase the Vessel according to Clause 39. A complete inventory of the Vessel’s
entire  equipment,  outfit  including  spare  parts,  appliances  and  of  all  consumable  stores  on  board  the  Vessel  shall  be  made  by  the
Charterers  in  conjunction  with  the  Owners  on  delivery  and  again  on  redelivery  of  the  Vessel.  The  Charterers  and  the  Owners,
respectively,  shall  at  the  time  of  delivery  and  redelivery  take  over  and  pay  for  all  bunkers,  lubricating  oil,  unbroached  provisions,
paints, ropes and other consumable stores (excluding spare parts) in the said Vessel at the then current market prices at the parts of
delivery and redelivery, respectively. The Charterers shall ensure that all spare parts listed in the inventory and used during the Charter
period are replaced at their expenses prior to redelivery of the Vessel.

10.

(a)

Maintenance and Operation

(i) Maintenance and Repairs - During the Charter Period the Vessel shall be in the full possession and at the absolute disposal for all
purposes of the Charterers and under their complete control in every respect. The Charterers shall maintain the Vessel, her machinery,
boilers,  appurtenances  and  spare  parts  in  a  good  state  of  repair,  in  efficient  operating  condition  and  in  accordance  with  good
commercial maintenance practice and, except as provided for in Clause 14(1), if applicable, at their own expense they shall at all times
keep the Vessel's

Copyright © 2001 BIMCO. All rights reserved. Any unauthorised copying, duplication, reproduction or distribution of this BIMCO SmartCon
document will constitute an infringement of BIMCO's copyright. Explanatory notes are available from BIMCO at www.bimco.org.
First published in 1974 as BARECON A and B. Amalgamated and revised in 1989. Revised 2001.

PART II
BARECON 2001 Standard Bareboat Charter

Class fully up to date with the Classification Society indicated in Box 10 and maintain all other necessary certificates in force at all
times.

(ii) New Class and Other Safety Requirements - See Clause 40 In the event of any improvement, structural changes or new equipment
becoming  necessary  for  the  continued  operation  of  the  Vessel  by  reason  of  new  class  requirements  or  by  compulsory  legislation
(including  but not limited  to  Ballast  Water  Treatment  System,  New panama, Sox and Nox) the  cost  and time  of  compliance
shall be for Charterers account. If those new equipment needs to be removed when the Vessel will be redelivered, the cost and
time  of  removal  shall  be  for  Charterers  account.  Notwithstanding  the  foregoing,  Charterers  are  allowed  to  make
improvements  to  the  Vessel  provided  cost  of  same  to  be  for  Charterers  account  subject  to  the  prior  written  consent  of  the
Owners.) costing (excluding the Charterers’ loss of time) more than the percentage stated in Box 23, or if Box 23 is left blank, 5 per
cent of the Vessel’s insurance value as stated in Box 29, then the terms as stated in Clause extent, if any, to which the rate of hire shall
be varied and the ratio in which the cost of compliance shall be shared between the parties concerned in order to achieve a reasonable
distribution thereof as between the Owners and the Charterers having regard, inter alia, to the length of the period remaining under this
Charter shall, in the absence of agreement, be referred to the dispute resolution method agreed in Clause 30.

(iii) Financial Security - The Charterers shall maintain financial security or responsibility in respect of third party liabilities as required
by any government, including federal, state or municipal or other division or authority thereof, to enable the Vessel, without penalty or
charge, lawfully to enter, remain at, or leave any port, place, territorial or contiguous waters of any country, state or municipality in
performance  of  this  Charter  without  any  delay.  This  obligation  shall  apply  whether  or  not  such  requirements  have  been  lawfully
imposed by such government or division or authority thereof.

The Charterers shall make and maintain all arrangements by bond or otherwise as may be necessary to satisfy such requirements at the
Charterers' sole expense and the Charterers shall indemnify the Owners against all consequences whatsoever (including loss of time)
for any failure or inability to do so.

Operation  of  the  Vessel  -  The  Charterers  shall  at  their  own  expense  and  by  their  own  procurement  man,  victual,  navigate,  operate,
supply, fuel and, whenever required, repair the Vessel during the Charter Period and they shall pay all charges and expenses of every
kind and nature whatsoever incidental to their use and operation of the Vessel under this Charter, including annual flag state fees and
any foreign general municipality and/or state taxes. The Master, officers and crew of the Vessel shall be the servants of the Charterers
for all purposes whatsoever, even if for any reason appointed by the Owners.

Charterers  shall  comply  with  the  regulations  regarding  officers  and  crew  in  force  in  the  country  of  the  Vessel's  flag  or  any  other
applicable law.

The  Charterers  shall  keep  the  Owners  and  the  mortgagee(s) advised  of  the  intended employment, planned  dry-docking  and  major
repairs of the Vessel, as reasonably required.

Flag and Name of Vessel – See Clauses 33 and 34 .During the Charter period, the Charterers shall have the liberty to paint the Vessel
in their own colours, install and display their funnel insignia and fly their own house flag, The Charterers shall also have the liberty,
with  the  Owners’  consent,  which  shall  not  be  unreasonably  withheld,  to  change  the  flag  and/or  the  name  of  the  Vessel  during  the
Charter Period. Painting and re-painting, instalment and re-instalment, registration and re-registration, if required by the Owners, shall
be at the Charterers’ expense and time.

Changes  to  the  Vessel  –  See  Clause  40without-prejudice  to  Clause  40  (if  applicable)  and Ssubject  to  Clause  10(a)(ii),  the
Charterers shall make no structural changes in the Vessel or changes in the machinery, bollers, appurtenances or spare parts thereof
without in each instance first securing the Owners’ approval thereof, not to be unreasonably withheld. if the owners so agree, the
Charterers shall, if the Owners so require, restore the Vessel to its former condition before the termination of this Charter, See Clause
40.

Use of the Vessel's Outfit, Equipment and Appliances - See Clause 40The Charterers shall have the use of all outfit, equipment, and
appliances  on  board  the  Vessel  at  the  time  of  delivery,  provided  the  same  or  their  substantial  equivalent  shall  be  returned  to  the
Owners on redelivery in the same good order and condition as when received, ordinary wear and tear excepted. The Charterers shall
from time to time during the Charter Period replace such items of equipment as shall be so damaged or worn as to be unfit for use. The
Charterers

(b)

(c)

(d)

(e)

(f)

at www.bimco.org.
Copyright © 2001 BIMCO. All rights reserved. Any unauthorised copying, duplication, reproduction or distribution of this BIMCO SmartCon
document will constitute an infringement of BIMCO's copyright. Explanatory notes are available from BIMCO at www.bimco.org.
First published in 1974 as BARECON A and B. Amalgamated and revised in 1989. Revised 2001.

PART II
BARECON 2001 Standard Bareboat Charter

are to procure that all repairs to or replacement of any damaged, worn or lost parts or equipment be effected in such manner (both as
regards workmanship and quality of materials) as not to diminish the value of the Vessel. The Charterers have the right to fit additional
equipment, with Owners’ prior consent not to be unreasonably withheld, at the Charterers’ expense at their expense and risk but
the  Charterers  shall  remove  such  equipment  at  the  end  of  the  period  unless  Charterers  purchase  the  Vessel  upon  redelivery if
requested  by  the  Owners.  Any  equipment  including  radio  equipment  on  hire  on  the  Vessel  at  time  of  delivery  shall  be  kept  and
maintained by the Charterers and the Charterers shall assume the obligations and liabilities of the Owners under any lease contracts in
connection therewith and shall reimburse the Owners for all expenses incurred in connection therewith, also for any new equipment
required in order to comply with radio regulations.

Periodical Dry-Docking - The Charterers shall dry-dock the Vessel and clean and paint her underwater parts whenever the same may
 be necessary, but not less than once during the period stated in  Box 19 required by the Classification Society or flag state, or, if
Box  19  has  been  left  blank,  every  sixty  (60)  calendar  months  after  delivery  or  such  other  period  as  may  be  required  by  the
Classification Society or flag state.

Hire

The Charterers shall pay hire due to the Owners punctually in accordance with the terms of this Charter in respect of which time shall
be of the essence.

The Charterers shall pay to the Owners for the hire of the Vessel a lump sum monthly In advance in the amount indicated in Box 22
which  shall  be  payable  not  later  than  every  thirty  (30)  running  days  monthly in  advance,  the  first  lumpsum  lump sum being
payable on the date and hour of the Vessel's delivery to the Charterers. Hire shall be paid continuously throughout the Charter Period.
If hire payment date is National holiday in Japan, New York, Malta, and SwitzerlandNorway, hire to be paid one day prior to
that date. Full amount of hire shall be available in Owner's nominated account on a monthly basis by the due date.

Payment of hire shall be made in cash without discount free of bank charges in the currency and in the manner indicated in Box 25
and at the place mentioned in Box 26.

Final payment of hire, if for a period of less than thirty (30) running days one month, shall be calculated proportionally according to
the number of days and hours remaining before redelivery or purchase and advance payment to be effected accordingly.

Should the Vessel be lost or missing, hire shall cease from the date and time when she was lost or last heard of. The date upon which
the Vessel is to be treated as lost or missing shall be ten (10) days after the Vessel was last reported or when the Vessel is posted as
missing by Lloyd's, whichever occurs first. Any hire paid in advance to be adjusted accordingly.

Any delay in payment of hire shall entitle the Owners to interest at the rate per annum as agreed in Box 24. If Box 24 has not been
filled in, the three months Interbank offered rate in London (LIBOR or its successor) for the currency stated in Box 25, as quoted by
the British Bankers; Association (BBA) on the date when the hire fell due, increased by 2 percent, shall apply.

Payment  of  interest  due  under  sub-clause  11(f)  shall  be  made  within  seven  (7) running banking days  of  the  date  of  the  Owners'
invoice specifying the amount payable or, in the absence of an invoice, at the time of the next hire payment date.

Notwithstanding  anything  to  the  contrary  contained  herein,  the  Charterers  shall  make  all  payments  under  this  Charter
without any set-off or counter claim whatsoever and free and clear of any withholding or deduction for, or on account of, any
present or future income, freight, stamp or other taxes, levies, imposts, duties, fees, charges, restrictions or conditions of any
nature.

(g)

11.

(a)

(b)

(c)

(d)

(e)

(f)

(g)

(h)

12.

Mortgage (See Clause 36)

(only to apply if Box 28 has been appropriately filled in)

(a)*

The Owners warrant that they have effected any not mortgage(s) of the Vessel and that they shall not effect any mortgage(s) without
the prior consent of the Charterers, which shall not be unreasonably withheld.

Copyright © 2001 BIMCO. All rights reserved. Any unauthorised copying, duplication, reproduction or distribution of this BIMCO SmartCon
document will constitute an infringement of BIMCO's copyright. Explanatory notes are available from BIMCO at www.bimco.org.
First published in 1974 as BARECON A and B. Amalgamated and revised in 1989. Revised 2001.

(b)*

The Vessel chartered under this Charter is financed by a mortgage according to the Financial Instrument.

PART II
BARECON 2001 Standard Bareboat Charter

The  Charterers  undertake  to  comply,  and  provide  such  information  and  documents  to  enable  the  Owners  to  comply,  with  all  such
instructions or directions in regard to the employment, insurances, operation, repairs and maintenance of the Vessel as laid down in the
Financial Instrument or as may be directed from time to time during the currency of the Charter by the mortgagee(s) in conformity
with the Financial Instrument. The Charterers confirm that, for this purpose, they have acquainted themselves with all relevant terms,
conditions and provisions of the Financial Instrument and agree to acknowledge this in writing in any form that may be required by the
mortgagee(s). The  Owners  warrant  that  they  have  not  effected  any  mortgage(s)  other  than  stated  in  Box  28  and  that  they  shall  not
agree  to  any  amendment  of  the  mortgage(s)  referred  to  in  Box  28  or  effect  any  other  mortgage(s)  without  the  prior  consent  of  the
Charterers, which shall not be unreasonably withheld.

*(Optional, Clauses 12(a) and 12(b) are-alternatives; indicate-alternative-agreed in Box 28).

Insurance and Repairs See Clause 37 and 42

During  the  Charter  Period  the  Vessel  shall  be  kept  insured  by  the  Charterers  at  their  expense  against  hull  and  machinery,  war  and
Protection  and  Indemnity  risks  (and  any  risks  against  which  it  is  compulsory  to  insure  for  the  operation  of  the  Vessel,  including
maintaining  financial  security  in accordance  with sub-clause  10(a)(iii))  in  such  form  as  the  Owners  shall  in  writing  approve,  which
approval shall not be unreasonably withheld. Such insurances shall be arranged by the Charterers to protect the interests of both the
Owners and the Charterers and the mortgagee(s) (if any), and the Charterers shall be at liberty to protect under such insurances the
interests of any managers they may appoint. Insurance policies shall cover the Owners and the Charterers according to their respective
interests.

Subject  to  the  provisions  of  the  Financial  Instrument,  if  any,  and  the  approval  of  the  Owners  and  the  insurers,  the  Charterers  shall
effect  all  insured  repairs  and  shall  undertake  settlement  and  reimbursement  from  the  insurers  of  all  costs  in  connection  with  such
repairs as well as insured charges, expenses and liabilities to the extent of coverage under the insurances herein provided for.

The Charterers also to remain responsible for and to effect repairs and settlement of costs and expenses incurred thereby in respect of
all  other  repairs  not  covered  by  the  insurances  and/or  not  exceeding  any  possible  franchise(s)  or  deductibles  provided  for  in  the
insurances.

All  time  used  for  repairs  under  the  provisions  of  sub-clause  13(a)  and  for  repairs  of  latent  defects  according  to  Clause  3(c) above,
including any deviation, shall be for the Charterers' account.

If  the  conditions  of  the  above  insurances  permit  additional  insurance  to  be  placed  by  the  parties,  such  cover  shall  be  limited  to  the
amount for each party set out in Box 30 and Box 31, respectively. The Owners or the Charterers as the case may be shall immediately
furnish the other party with particulars of any additional insurance effected, including copies of any cover notes or policies and the
written consent of the insurers of any such required insurance in any case where the consent of such insurers in necessary.

The Charterers shall upon the request of the Owners, provide information and promptly execute such documents as may be required to
enable the Owners to comply with the insurance provisions of the Financial Instrument.

Subject-to-the-provisions-of  the  Financial  Instrument,  if  any,  s Should  the  Vessel  become  an  actual,  constructive,  compromised  or
agreed  total  loss  under  the  insurances  required  under  sub-clause  13(a),  all  insurance  payments  for  such  loss  shall  be  paid  to-the-
Owners-who-shall-distribute and the moneys distributed between the Owners and the Charterers according to their respective interests
in accordance with Clause 42. The  Charterers  undertake  to  notify  the  Owners  and-the-mortgagee(s)r if-any, of any occurrences  in
consequence of which the Vessel is likely to become a total loss as defined in this Clause.

The Owners shall upon the request of the Charterers, promptly execute such documents as may be required to enable the Charterers to
abandon the Vessel to insurers and claim a constructive total loss.

For the purpose of insurance coverage against hull and machinery and war risks under the provisions of sub-clause 13(a), the value of
the Vessel is the sum indicated in Box 29.

13.

(a)

(b)

(c)

(d)

(e)

(f)

Copyright © 2001 BIMCO. All rights reserved. Any unauthorised copying, duplication, reproduction or distribution of this BIMCO SmartCon
document will constitute an infringement of BIMCO's copyright. Explanatory notes are available from BIMCO at www.bimco.org.
First published in 1974 as BARECON A and B. Amalgamated and revised in 1989. Revised 2001.

14.

Insurance, Repairs and Classification

PART II
BARECON 2001 Standard Bareboat Charter

(a)

(b)

(c)

(d)

(e)

(f)

(g)

(h)

(i)

(j)

(k)

(Optional, only to apply if expressly agreed and stated in Box 29, in which event Clause 13 shall be considered deleted).

During the Charter Period the Vessel shall be kept insured by the Owners at their expense against hull and machinery and war risks
under the form of policy or policies attached hereto. The Owners and/or insurers shall not have any right of recovery or subrogation
against  the  Charterers  on  account  of  loss  of  or  any  damage  to  the  Vessel  or  her  machinery  or  appurtenances  covered  by  such
insurances,  or  on  account  of  payments  made  to  discharge  claims  against  or  liabilities  of  the  Vessel  or  the  Owners  covered  by  such
insurances. Insurance policies shall cover the Owners and the Charterers according to their respective interests.

During the Charter Period the Vessel shall be kept insured by the Charterers at their expense against Protection and Indemnity risks
(and  any  risks  against  which  it  is  compulsory  to  insure  for  the  operation  of  the  Vessel,  including  maintaining  financial  security  in
accordance with sub-clause 10(a)(iii)) in such form as the Owners shall in writing approve which approval shall not be unreasonably
withheld.

In the event that any act or negligence of the Charterers shall vitiate any of the insurance herein provided, the Charterers shall pay to
the Owners all losses and indemnify the Owners against all claims and demands which would otherwise have been covered by such
insurance.

The Charterers shall, subject to the approval of the Owners or Owners’ Underwriters, effect all insured repairs, and the Charterers shall
undertake  settlement  of  all  miscellaneous  expenses  in  connection  with  such  repairs  as  well  as  all  insured  charges,  expenses  and
liabilities, to the extent of coverage under the insurances provided for under the provisions of sub-clause 14(a).

The Charterers to be secured reimbursement through the Owners’ Underwriters for such expenditures upon presentation of accounts.

The Charterers to remain responsible for and to effect repairs and settlement of costs and expenses incurred thereby in respect of all
other  repairs  not  covered  by  the  insurances  and/or  not  exceeding  any  possible  franchise(s)  or  deductibles  provided  for  in  the
insurances.

All  time  used  for  repairs  under  the  provisions  of  sub-clause  14(d)  and  14(e)  and  for  repairs  of  latent  defects  according  to  Clause  3
above, including any deviation, shall be for Charterers’ account and shall from part of the Charter Period.

The Owners shall not be responsible for any expenses as are incident to the use and operation of the vessel for such time as may be
required to make such repairs.

If  the  conditions  of  the  above  insurances  permit  additional  insurance  to  be  placed  by  the  parties  such  cover  shall  be  limited  to  the
amount for each party set out in Box 30 and Box 31, respectively. The Owners or the Charterers as the case may be shall immediately
furnish the other party with particulars of any additional insurance effected, including copies of any cover notes or policies and the
written consent of the insurers of any such required insurance in any case where the consent of such insurers is necessary.

Should the Vessel become an actual, constructive, compromised or agreed total loss under the insurances required under sub-clause
14(a), all insurance payments for such loss shall be paid to the Owners, who shall distribute the moneys between themselves and the
Charterers according to their respective interests.

If  the  Vessel  becomes  an  actual,  constructive,  compromised  or  agreed  total  loss  under  the  insurances  arranged  by  the  Owners  in
accordance with sub-clause14(a), this Charter shall terminate as of date of such loss.

The Charterers shall upon the request of the Owners, promptly execute such documents as may be required to enable the Owners to
abandon the Vessel to the insurers and claim a constructive total loss.

For the purpose of insurance coverage against hull and machinery and war risks under the provisions of sub-clause 14(a), the value of
the Vessel is the sum indicated in Box 29.

Copyright © 2001 BIMCO. All rights reserved. Any unauthorised copying, duplication, reproduction or distribution of this BIMCO SmartCon
document will constitute an infringement of BIMCO's copyright. Explanatory notes are available from BIMCO at www.bimco.org.
First published in 1974 as BARECON A and B. Amalgamated and revised in 1989. Revised 2001.

PART II
BARECON 2001 Standard Bareboat Charter

(l)

Notwithstanding anything contained in sub-clause 10(a), it is agreed that under the provisions of Clause 14, if applicable, the Owners
shall  keep  the  Vessel’s  Class  fully  up  to  date  with  the  Classification  Society  indicated  in  Box  10  and  maintain  all  other  necessary
certificates in force at all times.

15.

Redelivery

At the expiration of the Charter Period unless the Charterers have exercised their purchase option (See Clause 39) the Vessel shall
be redelivered by the Charterers to the Owners at a safe and ice-free port or place as indicated in Box 16, in such ready safe berth as
the Owners Charterers may direct. The Charterers shall give the Owners not less than  sixty (60), thirty (30), twenty (20), ten (10)
and seven (7) running days' preliminary notice of expected date, range of ports of redelivery or port or place of redelivery and not less
than fourteen (14), five (5), three (3) and one (1) running days' definite notice of expected date and port or place of redelivery.

Any changes thereafter in the Vessel's position shall be notified immediately to the Owners.

The Charterers  warrant  that  they will not permit  the Vessel to commence  a voyage (including  any preceding  ballast  voyage) which
cannot reasonably be expected to be completed in time to allow redelivery of the Vessel within the Charter Period. Notwithstanding
the  above,  should  the  Charterers  fail  to  redeliver  the  Vessel  within  the  Charter  Period  due  to  the  fault  of  the  Charterers,  the
Charterers shall pay the daily equivalent to the rate of hire stated in Box 22 plus 10 per cent or to the market rate, whichever is the
higher, for the number of days by which the Charter Period is exceeded. All other terms, conditions and provisions of this Charter shall
continue to apply,

Subject to the provisions of Clause 10, the Vessel shall be redelivered to the Owners in the same or as good structure, state, condition
and class as that in which she was delivered, fair wear and tear not affecting class excepted.

The Vessel upon redelivery shall have her survey cycles up to date and trading and class certificates valid for at least the number of
months agreed in Box 17 if applicable,

Unless  Charterers  exercise  their  option  to  purchase  the  Vessel,  the  Owners  shall  have  the  right  at  their  expense  but  at
Charterers' time to arrange an underwater inspection by a diver approved by the Classification Society no earlier than 45 days
and no later 30 days prior to redelivery of the Vessel. This inspection shall take place at a convenient port at Charterers' option
and  shall  be  carried  out  without  interference  to  the  Vessel's  normal  operation.  Should  such  underwater  inspection  reveal
major  condition  that  affect  the  Class  of  the  Vessel  and  such  Class  items  require  immediate  rectification  in  accordance  with
specific instruction from the Classification Society and the Class will not grant an extension, and whereby such repairs cannot
be made to the Vessel without immediate dry-docking, then the Vessel shall be dry-docked as soon as possible by Charterers in
order to  repair  such Class items  to  the Classification  Society's  satisfaction  at Charterers'  reasonable  expense and time.  Any
expense or time related to other repairs carried out during such dry-docking by Owners and which are not the responsibility of
Charterers under the Charter, shall be Owner's account. This clause 7 shall not apply if Charterers exercise their purchase
option as set out in Clause 39.

16.

Non-Lien

The Charterers will not suffer, nor permit to be continued, any lien or encumbrance incurred by them or their agents, which might have
priority over the title and Interest of the Owners in the Vessel. The Charterers further agree to fasten to the Vessel in a conspicuous
place and to keep so fastened during the Charter Period a notice reading as follows:

"This Vessel is the property of (name of Owners). It is under charter to (name of Charterers) and by the terms of the Charter Party
neither the Charterers nor the Master have any right, power or authority to create, Incur or permit to be imposed on the Vessel any lien
whatsoever,"

17.

(a)

Indemnity

The  Charterers  shall  indemnify  the  Owners,  in  each  case  as  properly  documented  and  evidenced,  against  any  loss,  damage  or
documented  and  reasonable  expense  incurred  by  the  Owners  arising  out  of  or  in  relation  to  the  operation  of  the  Vessel  by  the
Charterers, and against any lien of whatsoever nature arising out of an event

Copyright © 2001 BIMCO. All rights reserved. Any unauthorised copying, duplication, reproduction or distribution of this BIMCO SmartCon
document will constitute an infringement of BIMCO's copyright. Explanatory notes are available from BIMCO at www.bimco.org.
First published in 1974 as BARECON A and B. Amalgamated and revised in 1989. Revised 2001.

PART II
BARECON 2001 Standard Bareboat Charter

(b)

(c)

(d)

occurring  during  the  Charter  Period.  If  the  Vessel  be  arrested  or  otherwise  detained  by  reason  of  claims  or  liens  arising  out  of  her
operation  hereunder  by  the  Charterers,  the  Charterers  shall  at  their  own  expense  take  all  reasonable  steps  to  secure  that  within  a
reasonable time the Vessel is released, including the provision of bail.

Without  prejudice  to  the  generality  of  the  foregoing,  the  Charterers  agree  to  indemnify  the  Owners  against  all  consequences  or
liabilities arising from the Master, officers or agents signing Bills of Lading or other documents.

If  the  Vessel  be  arrested  or  otherwise  detained  by  reason  of  a  claim  or  claims  against  the  Owners,  the  Owners  shall  at  their  own
expense take all reasonable steps to secure that within a reasonable time the Vessel is released, including the provision of ball.

In such circumstances the Owners shall indemnify the Charterers against any loss, damage or documented expense incurred by the
Charterers (including hire paid under this Charter) as a direct consequence of such arrest or detention.

The  Charterers  shall  Indemnify  the  Owners,  in  each  case  as  properly  documented  and  evidenced;  against  any  and  all
liabilities,  obligations,  taxes-  imposed  on,  or  suffered  by  the  Owners  and  relating  to  the  operation  of  the  Vessel  and  this
Charter (excluding the taxed levied on the Owners by the competent tax authorities in its state of residence in relation to the
Charter hire and (tax imposed on the overall net income of the Owners), losses, damages, penalties, fees, claims, actions, suits
and cost (excluding loss of profit or business interruption expenses) of whatsoever kind and nature which may be incurred by
the Charterers (whether during or after the Charter Period) or incurred by the Owners during the Charter Period only and in
consequence of or in any way relating to or arising out of this Charter, the ownership, documentation, delivery, possession, use,
operation, chartering, sub-chartering, condition, maintenance, or repair of the Vessel including without limitation, claims or
penalties arising from any violation of the laws of any foreign country or political subdivision thereof; any claim as a result of
latent or other defects in the Vessel, whether or not discoverable by the Charterer or the Owners and any claims for patent,
trademark or copyright infringement in connection to this Charter or the Vessel, and any claims for injury or damages caused
by pollution, leaking or spillage of cargo carried by the Vessel; and any claims by owners of cargo or other third parties arising
in connection with any of the matters aforesaid.

It there arise any pollution event or incident by or on around the Vessel, in consequence of or in any way relating to or arising
out of, including without limitation, any presence, emission, release or leak of any pollutant in Charterers shall promptly take
all  necessary  actions  and  steps  to  prevent  occurrence  of  any  losses  and/or  damages  to  the  Vessel  and  this  parties  lives  and
properties or occurrence of any violation of MARPOL or domestic law or regulation including OPA 90 or regulations adopting
MARPOL as a result of which the Vessel is ordered not to leave by the coast guard or police or prosecutors or other judicial
persons, and if any such losses and/or damages occur or any claim is made by any coast guard or police or prosecutors or other
judicial persons for fine and other civil, criminal or administrative offence or made by any third party for liabilities against the
Vessel or the Charterers or the Owners, then Charterers shall indemnify the Owners against the aforesaid loss or damages or
claim by way of settlement with such third parties or payments to them in accordance with P&I insurers recommendation and
approvals as far as with respect to such claims covered by P&I Insurance so that the Vessel, the Charterers and the Owners
will entirely be discharged and released from such claim and remedied in respect of such losses, damages and claims.

(e)

The  Charterers  shall  not  be  obliged  to  indemnify  the  Owners  under  this  Charter  to  the extent  any  losses  are  caused  by  the
gross negligence or wilful misconduct of the Owners.

18.

Lien

The Owners to have a lien upon all cargoes, sub-hires and sub-freights belonging or due to the Charterers or any sub-charterers and
any  Bill  of  Lading  freight  for  all  claims  under  this  Charter,  and  the  Charterers  to  have  a  lien  on  the  Vessel  for  all  moneys  paid  in
advance and not earned.

19.

Salvage

All  salvage  and  towage  performed  by  the  Vessel  shall  be  for  the  Charterers'  benefit  and  the  cost  of  repairing  damage  occasioned
thereby shall be borne by the Charterers.

Copyright © 2001 BIMCO. All rights reserved. Any unauthorised copying, duplication, reproduction or distribution of this BIMCO SmartCon
document will constitute an infringement of BIMCO's copyright. Explanatory notes are available from BIMCO at www.bimco.org.
First published in 1974 as BARECON A and B. Amalgamated and revised in 1989. Revised 2001.

20.

Wreck Removal

PART II
BARECON 2001 Standard Bareboat Charter

In the event of the Vessel becoming a wreck or obstruction to navigation the Charterers shall indemnify the Owners against any sums
whatsoever which the Owners shall become liable to pay and shall pay in consequence of the Vessel becoming a wreck or obstruction
to navigation.

21.

General Average

22.

(a)

(b)

22.

(a)*

(b)*

The Owners shall not contribute to General Average.

Assignment, Sub-Charter and Sale See also Clause 35

The Charterers shall not assign this Charter nor sub-charter the Vessel on a bareboat basis except with the prior consent in writing of
the Owners, which shall not be unreasonably withheld, and subject to such terms and conditions as the Owners shall approve.

The Owners shall not sell the Vessel during the currency of this Charter except with the prior written consent of the Charterers, which
shall not be unreasonably withheld or delayed., and subject to the buyer accepting an assignment of this Charter See also Clause
35.

Contracts of Carriage

The  Charterers  are  to  procure  that  all  documents  issued  during  the  Charter  Period  evidencing  the  terms  and  conditions  agreed  in
respect  of  carriage  of  goods  shall  contain  a  paramount  clause  incorporating  any  legislation  relating  to  carrier's  liability  for  cargo
compulsorily applicable in the trade; if no such legislation exists, the documents shall incorporate the Hague Rules or the Hague-Visby
Rules. The documents shall also contain the New Jason Clause and the Both-to-Blame Collision Clause.

The  Charterers  are  to  procure  that  all  passenger  tickets  issued  during  the  Charter  Period  for  the  carriage  of  passengers  and  their
luggage under this Charter shall contain a paramount clause incorporating any legislation relating to carrier’s liability for passengers
and their luggage compulsorily applicable in the trade; if no such legislation exists, the passenger tickets shall incorporate the Athens
Convention Relating to the Carriage of Passengers and their Luggage by Sea, 1974, and any protocol thereto.

* Delete as applicable.

24

Bank-Guarantee

(Optional, only to apply if Box 27 filled in)

25.

(a)

The Charterers undertake to furnish, before delivery of the Vessel, a first class bank-guarantee or bond in the sum and at the place as
indicated In Box 27 as guarantee for full performance of their obligations under this Charter.

Requisition/Acquisition

In  the  event  of  the  Requisition  for  Hire  of  the  Vessel  by  any  governmental  or  other  competent  authority  (hereinafter  referred  to  as
"Requisition for Hire") irrespective of the date during the Charter Period when "Requisition for Hire" may occur and irrespective of
the  length  thereof  and  whether  or  not  it  be  for  an  indefinite  or  a  limited  period  of  time,  and  irrespective  of  whether  it  may  or  will
remain  in  force  for  the  remainder  of  the  Charter  Period,  this  Charter  shall  not  be  deemed  thereby  or  thereupon  to  be  frustrated  or
otherwise terminated and the Charterers shall continue to pay the stipulated hire in the manner provided by this Charter until the time
when  the  Charter  would  have  terminated  pursuant  to  any  of  the  provisions  hereof  always  provided  however  that  in  the  event  of
"Requisition for Hire" any Requisition Hire or compensation received or receivable by the Owners shall be payable to the Charterers
during the remainder of the Charter Period or the period of the "Requisition for Hire" whichever be the shorter.

(b)

In the event of the Owners being deprived of their ownership in the Vessel by any Compulsory Acquisition of the Vessel or requisition
for title by any governmental or other competent authority (hereinafter referred to as

Copyright © 2001 BIMCO. All rights reserved. Any unauthorised copying, duplication, reproduction or distribution of this BIMCO SmartCon
document will constitute an infringement of BIMCO's copyright. Explanatory notes are available from BIMCO at www.bimco.org.
First published in 1974 as BARECON A and B. Amalgamated and revised in 1989. Revised 2001.

PART II
BARECON 2001 Standard Bareboat Charter

"Compulsory Acquisition"), then, irrespective of the date during the Charter Period when "Compulsory Acquisition" may occur, this
Charter shall be deemed terminated as of the date of such "Compulsory Acquisition". In such event Charter Hire to be considered as
earned and to be paid up to the date and time of such "Compulsory Acquisition". However, In that case, the Charterers and the
Owners shall firstly discuss the situation and agree the alternative method mutually in good faith prior to such termination.

War

For  the  purpose  of  this  Clause,  the  words  "War  Risks"  shall  Include  any  war  (whether  actual  or  threatened),  act  of  war,  civil  war,
hostilities, revolution, rebellion, civil commotion, warlike operations, the laying of mines (whether actual or reported), acts of piracy,
acts of terrorists, acts of hostility or malicious damage, blockades (whether imposed against all vessels or imposed selectively against
vessels of certain flags or ownership, or against certain cargoes or crews or otherwise howsoever), by any person, body, terrorist or
political group, or the Government of any state whatsoever, which may be dangerous or are likely to be or to become dangerous to the
Vessel, her cargo, crew or other persons on board the Vessel.

The Vessel, unless the written consent of the Owners be first obtained, shall not continue to or go through any port, place, area or zone
(whether of land or sea), or any waterway or canal, where it reasonably appears that the Vessel, her cargo, crew or other persons on
board the Vessel, in the reasonable judgement of the Owners Charterers, may be, or are likely to be, exposed to War Risks. Should
the Vessel be within any such place as aforesaid, which only becomes dangerous, or is likely to be or to become dangerous, after her
entry into it, the Owners shall have the right to require the Vessel to leave such area, however the Owners are not entitled to require
so if a proper risk assessment has been conducted and provided insurance / additional insurances cover Is variable In the open
Insurance market and Is obtained by the Charterers.

The Vessel shall not load contraband cargo, or to pass through any blockade, whether such blockade be imposed on all vessels, or is
imposed  selectively  In  any  way  whatsoever  against  vessels  of  certain  flags  or  ownership,  or  against  certain  cargoes  or  crews  or
otherwise howsoever, or to proceed to an area where she shall be subject, or is likely to be subject to a belligerent's right of search
and/or confiscation.

If  the  insurers  of  the  war  risks  insurance,  when  Clause  14  is  applicable,  should  require  payment  of  premiums  and/or  calls  because,
pursuant to the Charterers' orders, the Vessel is within, or is due to enter and remain within, any area or areas which are specified by
such insurers as being subject to additional premiums because of War Risks, then such premiums and/or calls shall be reimbursed by
the Charterers to the Owners at the same time as the next payment of hire is due.

26.

(a)

(b)

(c)

(d)

(e)

The Charterers shall have the liberty:

(i) to comply with all orders, directions, recommendations or advice as to departure, arrival, routes, sailing in convoy, ports of call,
stoppages,  destinations,  discharge  of  cargo,  delivery,  or  in  any  other  way  whatsoever,  which  are  given  by  the  Government  of  the
Nation  under  whose  flag  the  Vessel  sails,  or  any  other  Government,  body  or  group  whatsoever  acting  with  the  power  to  compel
compliance with their orders or directions;

(ii) to comply with the orders, directions or recommendations of any war risks underwriters who have the authority to give the same
under the terms of the war risks Insurance;

(iii)  to  comply  with  the  terms  of  any  resolution  of  the  Security  Council  of  the  United  Nations,  any  directives  of  the  European
Community, the effective orders of any other Supranational body which has the right to issue and give the same, and with national
laws aimed at enforcing the same to which the Owners are subject, and to obey the orders and directions of those who are charged with
their enforcement.

(f)

In the event of outbreak of war (whether there be a declaration of war or not)

(i) between any two or more of the following countries: the United States of America; Russia; the United Kingdom; France; and the
People's Republic of China,

Copyright © 2001 BIMCO. All rights reserved. Any unauthorised copying, duplication, reproduction or distribution of this BIMCO SmartCon
document will constitute an infringement of BIMCO's copyright. Explanatory notes are available from BIMCO at www.bimco.org.
First published in 1974 as BARECON A and B. Amalgamated and revised in 1989. Revised 2001.

PART II
BARECON 2001 Standard Bareboat Charter

(ii) between any two or more of the countries stated in Box 36, both the Owners and the Charterers shall have the right to cancel this
Charter subject to mutual agreement, whereupon the Charterers shall redeliver the Vessel to the Owners In accordance with Clause
15, if the Vessel has cargo on board after discharge thereof at destination, or if debarred under this Clause from reaching or entering it
at a near, open and safe port as directed by the Owners Charterers, or if the Vessel has no cargo on board, at the port at which the
Vessel  then  is  or  if  at  sea  at  a  near,  open  and  safe  port  as  directed  by  the  Owners decided  by  mutual  consultation  between  the
Owners and the Charterers. In all cases hire shall continue to be paid in accordance with Clause 11 and except as aforesaid all other
provisions of this Charter shall apply until redelivery. However, neither party shall be entitled to terminate this Charte Party on
account  of  minor  and/or  local  war  like  operations  or  economic  warfare  anywhere,  which  will  not  interfere  with the  Vessel's
trades.

27.

Commission

The Owners to pay a commission at the rate indicated in Box 33 to the Brokers named la Box 33 on any hire paid under the Charter. If
no  rate  is  indicated  in  Box  33,  the  commission  to  be  paid  by  the  Owners  shall  cover  the  actual  expenses  of  the  Brokers  and  a
reasonable fee for their work.

If the full hire is not paid owing to breach of the Charter by either of the parties the party liable therefor shall indemnify the Brokers
against their loss of commission.

Should the parties agree to cancel the Charter, the Owners shall indemnify the Brokers against any loss of commission but in such case
the commission shall not exceed the brokerage on one year’s hire.

28.

(a)

Termination

Charterers' Default

The Owners shall be entitled to withdraw the Vessel from the service of the Charterers and terminate the Charter with immediate effect
by written notice to the Charterers if:

(i) the Charterers fail to pay hire in accordance with Clause 11. However, where there is a failure to make punctual payment of hire
due to oversight, negligence, errors or omissions on the part of the Charterers or their bankers, the Owners shall give the Charterers
written notice of the number of clear banking days stated in Box 34 (as recognised at the agreed place of payment) in which to rectify
the failure, and when so rectified within such number of days following the Owners’ notice, the payment shall stand as regular and
punctual.

Failure by the Charterers  to pay hire within the number of days stated  in Box 34 of their receiving  the Owners’ notice  as provided
herein, shall entitle the Owners to withdraw the Vessel from the service of the Charterers and terminate the Charter without further
notice. If the Owners lawfully terminate the Charter under this clause 28 (a)(i), the Owners shall have the right to proceed to
sell  the  Vessel  i)  as  soon  as  practicable  but  in  any  event  not  earlier  than  14  days  of  the  termination  ii)  as  the  sale  price
reasonably obtainable in the market at such time and after consultation with the Charterers as to the appropriate market sale
price for the Vessel. Any shortfall between the sale price for the Vessel and the remaining Outstanding BBC Principal Balance
set out in Schedule A "Outstanding BBC Principal Balance" as attached to this Barecon for the date of sale (minus any amount
of hire received  by the Owners from  the commencement  of the year in which such sale occurs) is to be compensated by the
Charterers within five (5) banking days from the demand by the Owners;

(ii) the Charterers fail to comply with the requirements of:

(1) Clause 6 (Trading Restrictions)

(2) Clause 13(a) (Insurance and Repairs)

provided that the Owners shall have the option, by written notice to the Charterers, to give the Charterers a specified number of 21
banking days grace within which to rectify the failure without prejudice to the Owners’ right to withdraw and terminate under this
Clause if the Charterers fail to comply with such notice;

Copyright © 2001 BIMCO. All rights reserved. Any unauthorised copying, duplication, reproduction or distribution of this BIMCO SmartCon
document will constitute an infringement of BIMCO's copyright. Explanatory notes are available from BIMCO at www.bimco.org.
First published in 1974 as BARECON A and B. Amalgamated and revised in 1989. Revised 2001.

PART II
BARECON 2001 Standard Bareboat Charter

(iii) the Charterers fail to rectify any failure to comply with the requirements of sub-clause 10(a)(i) (Maintenance and Repairs) as soon
as practically possible within 21 banking days after the Owners have requested them in writing so to do and in any event so that the
Vessel’s insurance cover is not prejudiced.

(b)

Owners’ Default

If  the  Owners  shall  by  any  act  or  omission  be  in  breach  of  their  obligations  under  this  Charter  to  the  extent  that  the  Charterers  are
deprived of the use of the Vessel and such breach continues for a period of fourteen twenty one (14 21) running banking days after
written notice thereof has been given by the Charterers to the Owners, the Charterers shall be entitled to terminate this Charter with
immediate effect by written notice to the Owners.

(c)

Loss of Vessel See also Clause 42

This Charter shall be deemed to be terminated if the Vessel becomes a total loss or is declared as a constructive or compromised or
arranged total loss. For the purpose of this sub-clause, the Vessel shall not be deemed to be lost unless she has either become an actual
total loss or agreement has been reached with her underwriters in respect of her constructive, compromised or arranged total loss or if
such agreement with her underwriters is not reached it is adjudged by a competent tribunal that a constructive loss of the Vessel has
occurred.

(d)

(e)

Either party shall be entitled to terminate this Charter with immediate effect by written notice to the other party in the event of an order
being made or resolution passed for the winding up, dissolution, liquidation or bankruptcy of the other party (otherwise than for the
purpose  of  reconstruction  or  amalgamation)  or  if  a  receiver  is  appointed,  or  if  it  suspends  payment,  ceases  to  carry  on  business  or
makes any special arrangement or composition with its creditors.

The termination of this Charter shall be without prejudice to all rights accrued due between the parties prior to the date of termination
and to any claim that either party might have, provided that in the circumstances set out in clause 28(a)(i) the Owners’ claim shall
be limited to the amounts specified in the final sentence of clause 28(a)(i) being the Outstanding BBC Principal Balance as per
Schedule A attached.

29.

Repossession

30.

a)*

In the event of the termination of this Charter in accordance with the applicable provisions of Clause 28, the Owners shall have the
right to repossess the Vessel from the Charterers at her current or next port of call, or at a port or place convenient to them without
hindrance or interference by the Charterers, courts or local authorities. Pending physical repossession of the Vessel in accordance with
this Clause 29, the Charterers shall hold the Vessel as gratuitous bailee only to the Owners. The Owners shall arrange for an authorised
representative  to  board  the  Vessel  as  soon  as  reasonably  practicable  following  the  termination  of  the  Charter.  The  Vessel  shall  be
deemed  to  be  repossessed  by  the  Owners  from  the  Charterers  upon  the  boarding  of  the  Vessel  by  the  Owners'  representative.  All
arrangements  and  expenses  relating  to the  settling  of wages,  disembarkation  and  repatriation  of the  Charterers'  Master,  officers  and
crew shall be the sole responsibility of the Charterers.

Dispute Resolution

This Contract shall be governed by and construed in accordance with English law and any dispute arising out of or in connection with
this Contract shall be referred to arbitration in London in accordance with the Arbitration Act 1996 or any statutory modification or re-
enactment thereof save to the extent necessary to give effect to the provisions of this Clause.

The arbitration shall be conducted in accordance with the London Maritime Arbitrators Association (LMAA) Terms current at the time
when the arbitration proceedings are commenced.

The reference shall be to three arbitrators, A party wishing to refer a dispute to arbitration shall appoint its arbitrator and send notice of
such appointment in writing to the other party requiring the other party to appoint its own arbitrator within 14 calendar days of that
notice and stating that it will appoint its arbitrator as sole arbitrator unless the other party appoints its own arbitrator and gives notice
that it has done so within the 14

Copyright © 2001 BIMCO. All rights reserved. Any unauthorised copying, duplication, reproduction or distribution of this BIMCO SmartCon
document will constitute an infringement of BIMCO's copyright. Explanatory notes are available from BIMCO at www.bimco.org.
First published in 1974 as BARECON A and B. Amalgamated and revised in 1989. Revised 2001.

(b)*

(c)*

(d)

PART II
BARECON 2001 Standard Bareboat Charter

days specified. If the other party does not appoint its own arbitrator and give notice that it has done so within the 14 days specified, the
party referring a dispute to arbitration may, without the requirement of any further prior notice to the other party, appoint its arbitrator
as sole arbitrator and shall advise the other party accordingly. The award of a sole arbitrator shall be binding on both parties as if he
had been appointed by agreement.

Nothing herein shall prevent the parties agreeing in writing to vary these provisions to provide for the appointment of a sole arbitrator.

In cases where neither the claim nor any counterclaim exceeds the sum of US$50,000 (or such other sum as the parties may agree) the
arbitration  shall  be  conducted  in  accordance  with  the  LMAA  Small  Claims  Procedure  current  at  the  time  when  the  arbitration
proceedings are commenced.

This Contract shall be governed by and construed in accordance with Title 9 of the United States Code and the Maritime Law of the
United States and any dispute arising out of or in connection with this Contract shall be referred to three persons at New York, one to
be appointed by each of the parties hereto, and the third by the two so chosen; their decision or that of any two of them shall be final,
and  for  the  purposes  of  enforcing  any  award,  judgement  may  be  entered  on  an  award  by  any  court  of  competent  jurisdiction.  The
proceedings shall be conducted in accordance with the rules of the Society of Maritime Arbitrators, Inc.

In cases where neither the claim nor any counterclaim exceeds the sum of US$50,000 (or such other sum as the parties may agree) the
arbitration  shall  be  conducted  in  accordance  with  the  Shortened  Arbitration  Procedure  of  the  Society  of  Maritime  Arbitrators,  Inc.
current at the time when the arbitration proceedings are commenced.

This  Contract  shall  be  governed  by  and  construed  in  accordance  with  the  laws  of  the  place  mutually  agreed  by  the  parties  and  any
dispute  arising  out  of  or  in  connection  with  this  Contract  shall  be  referred  to  arbitration  at  a  mutually-agreed  place,  subject  to  the
procedures applicable there.

Notwithstanding (a), (b) or (c) above, the parties may agree at any time to refer to mediation any difference and/or dispute arising out
of or in connection with this Contract.

In the case of a dispute in respect of which arbitration has been commenced under (a), (b) or (c) above, the following shall apply:

(i)Either party may at any time and from time to time elect to refer the dispute or part of the dispute to mediation by service on the
other party of a written notice (the "Mediation Notice") calling on the other party to agree to mediation.

(ii)The other party shall thereupon within 14 calendar days of receipt of the Mediation Notice confirm that they agree to mediation, in
which case the parties shall thereafter  agree a mediator within a further 14 calendar days, failing which on the application of either
party a mediator will be appointed promptly by the Arbitration Tribunal ("the Tribunal") or such person as the Tribunal may designate
for  that  purpose.  The  mediation  shall  be  conducted  in  such  place  and  in  accordance  with  such  procedure  and  on  such  terms  as  the
parties may agree or, in the event of disagreement, as may be set by the mediator.

(iii)  If  the  other  party  does  not  agree  to  mediate,  that  fact  may  be  brought  to  the  attention  of  the  Tribunal  and  may  be  taken  into
account by the Tribunal when allocating the costs of the arbitration as between the parties.

(iv) The mediation shall not affect the right of either party to seek such relief or take such steps as it considers necessary to protect its
interest.

(v)Either  party  may  advise  the  Tribunal  that  they  have  agreed  to  mediation.  The  arbitration  procedure  shall  continue  during  the
conduct of the mediation but the Tribunal may take the mediation timetable into account when setting the timetable for steps in the
arbitration.

(vi) Unless otherwise agreed or specified in the mediation terms, each party shall bear its own costs incurred in the mediation and the
parties shall share equally the mediator's costs and expenses.

Copyright © 2001 BIMCO. All rights reserved. Any unauthorised copying, duplication, reproduction or distribution of this BIMCO SmartCon
document will constitute an infringement of BIMCO's copyright. Explanatory notes are available from BIMCO at www.bimco.org.
First published in 1974 as BARECON A and B. Amalgamated and revised in 1989. Revised 2001.

PART II
BARECON 2001 Standard Bareboat Charter

(vii) The mediation process shall be without prejudice and confidential and no information or documents disclosed during it shall be
revealed to the Tribunal except to the extent that they are disclosable under the law and procedure governing the arbitration.

(Note: The parties should be aware that the mediation process may not necessarily interrupt time limits.)

(e)

If Box 35 in Part I is not appropriately filled in, sub-clause 30(a) of this Clause shall apply, Sub-clause 30(d) shall apply in all cases.

31.

(a)

*Sub-clauses 30(a), 30(b) and 30(c) are alternatives; Indicate alternative agreed in Box 35.

Notices

Any  notice  to  be  given  by  either  party  to  the  other  party  shall  be  in  writing  and  may  be  sent  by  fax, telex, e-mail or registered or
recorded mail or by personal service.

(b)

The address of the Parties for service of such communication shall be as stated in Boxes 3 and 4 respectively.

Copyright © 2001 BIMCO. All rights reserved. Any unauthorised copying, duplication, reproduction or distribution of this BIMCO SmartCon
document will constitute an infringement of BIMCO's copyright. Explanatory notes are available from BIMCO at www.bimco.org.
First published in 1974 as BARECON A and B. Amalgamated and revised in 1989. Revised 2001.

1.

(a)

(b)

(c)

(d)

2.

(a)

(b)

PART III
PROVISIONS TO APPLY FOR NEWBUILDING VESSELS ONLY
(Optional, only to apply if expressly agreed and stated in Box 37)

Specifications and Building Contract

The Vessel shall be constructed in accordance with the Building Contract (hereafter called "the Building Contract") as annexed to this
Charter,  made  between  the  Builders  and  the  Owners  and  in  accordance  with  the  specifications  and  plans  annexed  thereto,  such
Building Contract, specifications and plans having been counter signed as approved by the Charterers.

No  change  shall  be  made  in  the  Building  Contract  or  in  the  specifications  or  plans  of  the  Vessel  as  approved  by  the  Charterers  as
aforesaid, without the Charterers' consent.

The  Charterers  shall  have  the  right  to  send  their  representative  to  the  Builders'  Yard  to  inspect  the  Vessel  during  the  course  of  her
construction to satisfy themselves that construction is in accordance with such approved specifications and plans as referred to under
sub-clause (a) of this Clause.

The  Vessel  shall  be  built  in  accordance  with  the  Building  Contract  and  shall  be  of  the  description  set  out  therein.  Subject  to  the
provisions  of  sub-clause  2(c)(ii)  hereunder,  the  Charterers  shall  be  bound  to  accept  the  Vessel  from  the  Owners,  completed  and
constructed in accordance with the Building Contract, on the date of delivery by the Builders. The Charterers undertake that having
accepted the Vessel they will not thereafter raise any claims against the Owners in respect of the Vessel's performance or specification
or defects, if any.

Nevertheless, in respect of any repairs, replacements or defects which appear within the first 12 months from delivery by the Builders,
the  Owners  shall  endeavour  to  compel  the  Builders  to  repair,  replace  or  remedy  any  defects  or  to  recover  from  the  Builders  any
expenditure incurred in carrying out such repairs, replacements or remedies.

However, the Owners' liability to the Charterers shall be limited to the extent the Owners have a valid claim against the Builders under
the guarantee clause of the Building Contract (a copy whereof has been supplied to the Charterers). The Charterers shall be bound to
accept such sums as the Owners are reasonably able to recover under this Clause and shall make no further claim on the Owners for
the difference between the amount(s) so recovered and the actual expenditure on repairs, replacement or remedying defects or for any
loss of time incurred.

Any liquidated damages for physical defects or deficiencies shall accrue to the account of the party stated in Box 41(a) or if not filled
in shall be shared equally between the parties.

The costs of pursuing a claim or claims against the Builders under this Clause (including any liability to the Builders) shall be borne by
the party stated in Box 41(b) or if not filled in shall be shared equally between the parties.

Time and Place of Delivery

Subject  to  the  Vessel  having  completed  her  acceptance  trials  including  trials  of  cargo  equipment  in  accordance  with  the  Building
Contract  and  specifications  to  the  satisfaction  of  the  Charterers,  the  Owners  shall  give  and  the  Charterers  shall  take  delivery  of  the
Vessel afloat when ready for delivery and properly documented at the Builders' Yard or some other safe and readily accessible dock,
wharf or place as may be agreed between the parties hereto and the Builders. Under the Building Contract the Builders have estimated
that the Vessel will be ready for delivery to the Owners as therein provided but the delivery date for the purpose of this Charter shall
be the date when the Vessel is in fact ready for delivery by the Builders after completion of trials whether that be before or after as
indicated in the Building Contract. The Charterers shall not be entitled to refuse acceptance of delivery of the Vessel and upon and
after such acceptance, subject to Clause 1(d), the Charterers shall not be entitled to make any claim against the Owners in respect of
any conditions, representations or warranties, whether express or implied, as to the seaworthiness of the Vessel or in respect of delay in
delivery.

If for any reason other than a default by the Owners under the Building Contract, the Builders become entitled under that Contract not
to deliver the Vessel to the Owners, the Owners shall upon giving to the Charterers written notice of Builders becoming so entitled, be
excused from giving delivery of the Vessel to the Charterers and upon receipt of such notice by the Charterers this Charter shall cease
to have effect.

Copyright © 2001 BIMCO. All rights reserved. Any unauthorised copying, duplication, reproduction or distribution of this BIMCO SmartCon
document will constitute an infringement of BIMCO's copyright. Explanatory notes are available from BIMCO at www.bimco.org.
First published in 1974 as BARECON A and B. Amalgamated and revised in 1989. Revised 2001.

(c)

(i)

(ii)

(iii)

(iv)

(d)

If for any reason the Owners become entitled under the Building Contract to reject the Vessel the Owners shall, before exercising such
right of rejection, consult the Charterers and thereupon

if the Charterers do not wish to take delivery of the Vessel they shall inform the Owners within seven (7) running days by notice in
writing and upon receipt by the Owners of such notice this Charter shall cease to have effect; or

if the Charterers wish to take delivery of the Vessel they may by notice in writing within seven (7) running days require the Owners to
negotiate with the Builders as to the terms on which delivery should be taken and/or refrain from exercising their right to rejection and
upon receipt of such notice the Owners shall commence such negotiations and/or take delivery of the Vessel from the Builders and
deliver her to the Charterers;

in  no  circumstances  shall  the  Charterers  be  entitled  to  reject  the  Vessel  unless  the  Owners  are  able  to  reject  the  Vessel  from  the
Builders;

if this Charter terminates under sub-clause (b) or (c) of this Clause, the Owners shall thereafter not be liable to the Charterers for any
claim under or arising out of this Charter or its termination.

Any liquidated damages for delay in delivery under the Building Contract and any costs incurred in pursuing a claim therefor shall
accrue to the account of the party stated in Box 41(c) or if not filled in shall be shared equally between the parties.

3.

Guarantee Works

If not otherwise agreed, the Owners authorise the Charterers to arrange for the guarantee works to be performed in accordance with the
building contract terms, and hire to continue during the period of guarantee works. The Charterers have to advise the Owners about the
performance to the extent the Owners may request.

4.

Name of Vessel

The name of the Vessel shall be mutually agreed between the Owners and the Charterers and the Vessel shall be painted in the colours,
display the funnel insignia and fly the house flag as required by the Charterers.

5.

Survey on Redelivery

The  Owners  and  the  Charterers  shall  appoint  surveyors  for  the  purpose  of  determining  and  agreeing  in  writing  the  condition  of  the
Vessel at the time of redelivery.

Without prejudice to Clause 15 (Part II), the Charterers shall bear all survey expenses and all other costs, if any, including the cost of
docking  and  undocking,  if  required,  as  well  as  all  repair  costs  incurred.  The  Charterers  shall  also  bear  all  loss  of  time  spent  in
connection with any docking and undocking as well as repairs, which shall be paid at the rate of hire per day or pro rata.

Copyright © 2001 BIMCO. All rights reserved. Any unauthorised copying, duplication, reproduction or distribution of this BIMCO SmartCon
document will constitute an infringement of BIMCO's copyright. Explanatory notes are available from BIMCO at www.bimco.org.
First published in 1974 as BARECON A and B. Amalgamated and revised in 1989. Revised 2001.

PART IV

HIRE/PURCHASE AGREEMENT

(Optional, only to apply if expressly agreed and stated in Box 42)

On  expiration  of  this  Charter  and  provided  the  Charterers  have  fulfilled  their  obligations  according  to  Part  I  and  II  as  well  as  Part  III  ,  if
applicable, it is agreed, that on payment of the final payment of hire as per Clause 11 the Charterers have purchased the Vessel with everything
belonging to her and the Vessel is fully paid for.

In the following paragraphs the Owners are referred to as the Sellers and the Charterers as the Buyers.

The Vessel shall be delivered by the Sellers and taken over by the Buyers on expiration of the Charter.

The Sellers guarantee that theVessel, at the time of delivery, is free from all encumbrances and maritime liens or any debts whatsoever other
than those arising from anything done or not done by the Buyers or any existing mortgage agreed not to be paid off by the time of delivery.
Should any claims, which have been incurred prior to the time of delivery be made against the Vessel, the Sellers hereby undertake to indemnify
the Buyers against all consequences of such claims to the extent it can be proved that the Sellers are responsible for such claims. Any taxes,
notarial, consular and other charges and expenses connected with the purchase and registration under Buyer’s flag, shall be for Buyers’ account.
Any taxes, consular and other charges and expenses connected with closing of the Sellers’ register, shall be for Sellers’ account.

In exchange for payment of the last month’s hire instalment the Sellers shall furnish the Buyers with a Bill of Sale duly attested and legalized,
together with a certificate setting out the registered encumbrances, If any. On delivery of the Vessel the Sellers shall provide for deletion of the
Vessel from the Ship’s Register and deliver a certificate of deletion to the Buyers.

The Sellers shall, at the time of delivery, hand to the Buyers all classification certificates (for hull, engines, anchors, chains, etc.), as well as all
plans which may be in Sellers’ possession.

The Wireless Installation and Nautical Instruments, unless on hire, shall be included in the sale without any extra payment.

The Vessel with everything belonging to her shall be at Sellers’ risk and expense until she is delivered to the Buyers, subject to the conditions of
this Contract and the Vessel with everything belonging to her shall be delivered and taken over as she is at the time of delivery, after which the
Sellers shall have no responsibility for possible faults or deficiencies of any description.

The Buyers undertake to pay for the repatriation of the Master, officers and other personnel if appointed by the Sellers to the port where the
Vessel entered the Bareboat Charter as per Clause 3 (Part II) or to pay the equivalent cost for their journey to any other place.

Copyright © 2001 BIMCO. All rights reserved. Any unauthorised copying, duplication, reproduction or distribution of this BIMCO SmartCon
document will constitute an infringement of BIMCO's copyright. Explanatory notes are available from BIMCO at www.bimco.org.
First published in 1974 as BARECON A and B. Amalgamated and revised in 1989. Revised 2001.

PART V

PROVISIONS TO APPLY FOR VESSELS REGISTERED IN A BAREBOAT CHARTER REGISTRY

(Optional, only to apply if expressly agreed and stated in Box 43)

1.    Definitions

For the purpose of this PART V, the following terms shall have the meanings hereby assigned to them:

“The Bareboat Charter Registry” shall mean the registry of the State whose flag the Vessel will fly and in which the Charterers are registered as
the bareboat charterers during the period of the Bareboat Charter.

“The  Underlying  Registry”  shall  mean  the  registry  of  the  state  in  which  the  Owners  of  the  Vessel  are  registered  as  Owners  and  to  which
jurisdiction and control of the Vessel will revert upon termination of the Bareboat Charter Registration.

2.    Mortgage

The Vessel chartered under this Charter is financed by a mortgage and the provisions of Clause 12(b) (Part II) shall apply.

3.    Termination of Charter by Default

If the Vessel chartered under this Charter is registered in a Bareboat Charter Registry as stated in Box 44, and if the Owners shall default in the
payment of any amounts due under the mortgage(s) specified in Box 28, the Charterers shall, if so required by the mortgagee, direct the Owners
to re-register the Vessel in the Underlying Registry as shown in Box 45.

In the event of the Vessel being deleted from the Bareboat Charter Registry as stated in Ben 44, due to a default by the Owners in the payment
of any amounts due under the mortgage(s), the Charterers shall have the right to terminate this Charter forthwith and without prejudice to any
other claim they may have against the Owners under this Charter.

Copyright © 2001 BIMCO. All rights reserved. Any unauthorised copying, duplication, reproduction or distribution of this BIMCO SmartCon
document will constitute an infringement of BIMCO's copyright. Explanatory notes are available from BIMCO at www.bimco.org.
First published in 1974 as BARECON A and B. Amalgamated and revised in 1989. Revised 2001.

ADDITIONAL CLAUSES TO M/V "RAQUEL KNUTSEN" BAREBOAT CHARTER PARTY DATED 30TH
DECEMBER, 2020

32.    MOA and Delivery

The Vessel shall be delivered from the Owners to the Charterers, and delivery shall take place on the place, date and hour at which the Vessel is
delivered to, and taken over by, the Owners pursuant to the MoA.

In the event the Vessel is not delivered to and taken over by the Owners pursuant to the MoA for any reason whatsoever, this Charter shall
terminate and be considered as null and void between the parties, and neither of the parties shall be liable towards, or be entitled to make any
claims of whatsoever nature against the other Party hereunder. Provided the Vessel has been delivered to the Owners in accordance with the
terms of the MOA, the Charterers shall not be entitled to refuse terms of acceptance of delivery of the Vessel under this Charter.

The condition of the Vessel upon delivery shall be identical to that in which the Vessel is delivered to the Owners pursuant to the MoA. Upon
and after delivery of the Vessel, the Owners shall have no liability whatsoever for any fault or deficiency in their description of the Vessel or for
any defeats in the Vessel regardless of whether such defect were apparent or latent at the time of delivery and the Charterers shall not be entitled
to make any claim against the Owners in respect of any conditions, representations or warranties whether express or implied as to the condition
for the Vessel or the seaworthiness of the Vessel.

In the event that the Owners, as the Buyers in the MOA, exercise their right of cancellation of the MOA under and pursuant to any provisions
therein specially permitting the Owners, to do so, then this Charter shall be terminated without any further liability between the Parties under
this Charter.

33.    Flag and Name

The Charterers shall, subject only to prior notification to the relevant authorities of the jurisdiction in which for the time being the Vessel is
registered, be entitled from time to time to change the name of the Vessel. During the Charter period, the Charterers shall have the liberty to
paint the Vessel in their own colors, install and display their funnel insignia and fly their own house flag. Painting and installment shall be at
Charterers' expenses and time including the cost incurred by the Owners.

The Owners shall have no right to change the name and the flag of the Vessel during the Charter Period.

34.    Flag State and Class

The Vessel shall upon the Delivery Date and during the Charter be registered in the name of the Owners under the Maltese flag at Charterers'
expense.  The  Owners  shall  have  no  right  either  to  transfer  the  flag  of  the  Vessel  from  Maltese  flag  to  any  other  registry  or  to  require  the
Charterers to transfer the Vessel's classification society.

The  Charterers  shall,  at  any  time  after  the  Delivery  Date  and  at  the  Charterers'  expense,  have  the  right  to  transfer  the  Vessel's  classification
society from Det Norske Veritas to any other classification society being a member of the International Association of Classification Societies.

Furthermore, in the event that the Charterers need to change the flag of the Vessel, the Charterers can change the flag to a flag acceptable to the
Owners (acting reasonably) and with the Owners' consent (such consent not to be unreasonably withheld or delayed), provided however that any
expenses (including, but not limited to, legal charges in respect of relevant finance documents for the Mortgagee relating to the flag change)
shall be for the Charterers' account.

ADDITIONAL CLAUSES TO M/V "RAQUEL KNUTSEN" BAREBOAT CHARTER PARTY DATED 30TH
DECEMBER, 2020

35.    Transfer of Ownership

The Owners undertake that there will be no change in the legal or beneficial ownership of the Owners nor the Guarantor during the duration of
the Charter without Charterers prior written approval, which is not to be unreasonably withheld or delayed.

Any  change  in  the  legal  ownership  of  the  Charterers  without  the  Owners'  prior  written  approval,  which  not  to  be  unreasonably  withheld  or
delayed,  shall  entitle  the  Owners  to  terminate  the  Charter  with  immediate  effect  however  intragroup  restructuring  is  allowed  provided  the
charterer is a, directly or indirectly, wholly owned or a controlled subsidiary of KNOT Offshore Partners L.P.

36.    Mortgage and Assignment

Excepting that the Owners shall be entitled to assign their rights, title and interest in and to this Charter by way of security to the The Iyo Bank,
Ltd. (the Mortgagee), neither Party shall assign its right or obligations or any part thereof to any third parties without the written consent of the
other.

The Owners have the right to register a first priority mortgage on the Vessel in favor of the Mortgagee securing a loan under the relevant loan
agreement (the "Loan Agreement") under standard mortgage and security documentation but on the basis that the Owners undertake to procure
from the Mortgagee a letter of quiet enjoyment in a form and substance satisfactory to the Charterers (the Letter of Quiet Enjoyment). Such loan
amount and-mortgage amount shall never exceed the Outstanding BBC Principal Balance as per Schedule A as attached.

The Charterers agree to sign an acknowledgement of the Owners' charter hire assignment (in form and substance satisfactory to the Charterers
acting reasonably) or any other comparable document reasonably required by the Mortgagee, in favor of the Mortgagee (on the basis that this
does not impose any greater liability to the Charterers than the liabilities they have under this Charter).

37.    Insurance

For Hull insurance purposes, the insured amount shall be an amount determined by the Charterers but shall from Delivery Date not be less than
110% of the Outstanding BBC Principal Balance (as set out in schedule A) at any time.

In respect of partial losses, any payment by Underwriters not exceeding USD 3,000,000 shall be paid directly to the Charterers who shall apply
the same to effect the repairs in respect of which payment is made. Any moneys in excess of USD 3,000,000 payable under such insurance other
than Total Loss shall be paid to the Charterers subject to the prior written consent of the Owners or the Owners' bank but such consent shall not
be unreasonably withheld or delayed. Such consent to be granted if the Owners are satisfied (acting reasonably) that all damage resulting from
the partial loss will be made good and repaired and all liabilities in respect of repairing such damage will be discharged. If the Charterers or the
Vessel's insurers request the Owners consent or authority to the insurers making payment to a ship repairer on account of repairs being made to
the  Vessel  as  a  result  of  it  suffering  such  a  partial  loss,  then,  the  Owners  shall  not  unreasonably  withheld  or  delay  giving  such  consent  or
authority. In the absence of such prior written consent the money shall be paid to the Owners or the Owners' bank. In case of repair work being
expected within a range of USD 3,000,000 to USD 10,000,000, the Charters will inform the Owners of details in a timely manner

The Charterers shall upon the request of the Owners provide such information as may be reasonably requested by the Owners in relation to the
insurances of the Vessel.

SPECIFIC TERMS IN THIS EXHIBIT HAVE BEEN REDACTED BECAUSE THEY ARE BOTH (I) NOT MATERIAL AND (II) WOULD
BE COMPETITIVELY HARMFUL IF PUBLICLY DISCLOSED, AND THE TERMS HAVE BEEN MARKED AT THE APPROPRIATE
PLACE WITH FIVE ASTERISKS (*****).

ADDITIONAL CLAUSES TO M/V "RAQUEL KNUTSEN" BAREBOAT CHARTER PARTY DATED 30TH
DECEMBER, 2020

The Charters shall, not later than the Delivery Date, either take out and effect or procure that the Charterers take out and effect the following
insurance  at  the  Charters'  expense  on  and  in  respect  of  the  Vessel  and  shall,  throughout  the  Charter  Period,  maintain  the  said  insurances
effective with such reputable insurer or insurers at the Charterers' own expense.

(a)   Hull and Machinery insurance shall be taken out and maintained to be effective in the joint names of both the Charterers and the Owners as

co-assured with the insurers against such fire and usual marine risks; and

(b)   P&I Club insurance shall be effected by an entry or entries of the Vessel with or in any P&I Club to protect and indemnify the Owners as

co-assured and the Vessel against all P&I risks (including, but not limited to, pollution spillage and leakage risks).

38.    Optional Periods

There are no options to extend the Charter.

39.  Purchase of the Vessel by the Charterers

(a)   The Charterers (or their guaranteed nominee) may exercise their purchase option (each purchase option of the Vessel set out herein
being referred to as the "Purchase Option") to purchase the Vessel from the Owners at the end of the Charter Period, for a purchase
price of *****.

(b)   If any event of default under the Loan Agreement (an "Event of Default") occurs and is continuing under the Loan Agreement, the
Owner shall notify the Charterer in writing that an Event of Default has occurred (such notice being called the  "EoD Notice") and
within one (1) months after receipt of the EoD Notice, the Charterer shall have the option to purchase the Vessel at the purchase option
price  of  the  outstanding  bareboat  charter  balance  indicated  against  the  relevant  time  set  out  in  in  the  "Outstanding  BBC  Principal
Balance as per Schedule A attached hereto, (initially being USD 94,300,000 on delivery date and ending with ***** at the end of the
bareboat charter after 120 months), to be settled within six (6) months or any longer period accepted by the Mortgagee in writing (each
purchase price set out in this paragraph (a) and (b) being called the “Purchase Option Price”) on a strictly "as is where is" basis. The
Charterers shall pay such Purchase Option Price in cash to the Owners upon transfer of title to the Vessel pursuant to the Sale Contract
under clause (c) below.

(c)      A  separate  sale  and  purchase  contract  (the  “Sale Contract”)  shall  be  agreed  and  executed  between  the  Charterers  (or  the  buyer
nominated  by the Charterers),  the Mortgagee  in case of (b) above) and the Owners as seller  on standard Norwegian Saleform  2012
terms.

(d)   Notwithstanding the provisions of Clause 44(b) any Sale Contract shall include the following provisions:

ADDITIONAL CLAUSES TO M/V "RAQUEL KNUTSEN" BAREBOAT CHARTER PARTY DATED 30TH
DECEMBER, 2020

(i)   the Owners guarantee that the Vessel, at the time of delivery, is free from all charters, encumbrances, mortgages, maritime liens or
other debts or liabilities whatsoever. Should any claims which have been incurred prior to the time of delivery be made against the
Vessel, the Owners shall indemnify the buyer against all consequences of such claims;

(ii)   the Owners shall furnish the buyer with documentation requested by the buyer including but not limited to:

a.    evidence of the authorisation and capacity for the Owners to sell the Vessel and enter into all documentation in connection
with such sale including but not limited to resolutions of the shareholders of the Owners, resolutions of the board of directors
of the Owners and any power of attorney under which the Owners' representatives sign any of the delivery documents (in each
case notarised and apostilled or legalised), original certificates  of good standing in respect of the Owners and certified  true
copies of the certificate of incorporation and articles of association (or equivalent) of the Owner;

b.   documentation validly transferring title to the Vessel to the buyer;

c.   any documentation required for the registration of the Vessel on the buyer's chosen flag under the name of the buyer;

d.   evidence that the Vessel is free from all registered encumbrances and has been (or will be shortly after delivery) deleted from

its current Flag State registry;

e.    evidence that the Vessel has class maintained status with the Classification Society;

f.    documentation usually provided by a seller to a buyer in a second hand vessel sale and purchase transaction including but not
limited to letters undertaking the vessel is not boycotted or blacklisted by any nation or organisation, undertakings to deliver
deletion certificates and closed CSR forms within four (4) weeks of the delivery if not provided at delivery and commercial
invoices for the Vessel and all other items purchased by the buyer at delivery; and

g.   all classification, technical and other documents in the possession of the Owners in relation to the Vessel;

(iii) any taxes, notarial, consular and other charges and expenses connected with the purchase and registration under buyer's flag shall
be for buyer's account. Any taxes, consular and other charges and expenses connected with closing of the Vessels current flag,
shall be for sellers' account; and

(iv) all spares, bunkers and lubricants oils on board and on order shall be included in the Purchase Option Price.

ADDITIONAL CLAUSES TO M/V "RAQUEL KNUTSEN" BAREBOAT CHARTER PARTY DATED 30TH
DECEMBER, 2020

(e)      If  following  the  expiry  of  the  Charter  Period,  the  Owners  from  its  act  or  omission  fails  to  transfer  title  to  the  Vessel  to  the

Charterers, the Owners shall within 10 days of the Charterers' written demand:

(i)   pay to the Charterers the amount by which the fair market value of the Vessel (as determined by a broker appointed by the

Charterers) exceeds the Purchase Option Price; and

(ii)    keep  the  Charterers  indemnified  for  all  documented  losses  and  expenses  incurred  by  the  Charterers  due  to  the  failure  to

transfer title.

40.   Improvements and Additions

The Charterers shall maintain, equip and operate the Vessel so as to comply in all mutual respects with the provisions of all laws and regulations
of the Vessels flag country and of any other country or jurisdiction within which the vessel may operate.

The Charterers shall have the right to fit additional equipment to the Vessel and to make one or more improvements and additions to the Vessel
at their expense and risk.

The  Charterers  shall  also  have  the  right  to  make  structural  or  non–severable  improvements  and  additions  to  the  Vessel  at  their  own  cost,
expense and risk provided that such improvements and additions shall not, or be reasonably likely to, diminish the market value of the Vessel or
prejudice its marketability, in either case, in a material way.

With reference to the above second and third paragraphs, in the event that the Charterers fit additional equipment and/or make improvement, the
Charterers shall give notice to the Owners of its details in order to secure Owners approval thereof which not to be unreasonable withheld or
delayed before completion of such fitting and/or improvement.

In the event  of any structural  changes  to the Vessel or installation  of new equipment  becoming  necessary  for the continued  operation  of the
Vessel by reason of new class requirements or by compulsory legislation, such as but not limited to Ballast Water Treatment System, the cost of
measures needed for compliance shall be for the Charterers' account

41.    Quiet Enjoyment

(a)   As long as the Charter is in full force and effect and no default has occurred thereunder which entitle the Owner to lawfully terminate the
Charter and withdraw the Vessel from service under the Charter, Owners agree and undertake that during the period of the Charter they will
not interfere with the quiet use, possession and enjoyment of the Vessel by the Charterers and, if required, their sub-charterers.

(b)   The Owners shall ensure that on entering into any Financial Instrument, the prospective Mortgagee of the Vessel provides the Charterers
and, if required, their sub-charterers, with a Letter of Quiet Enjoyment in accordance with the terms of Clause 36, always provided that
such quiet enjoyment letters shall be in a form and substance satisfactory to the Charterer, sub-charterer (if it requires) and Mortgagee and
the  Charterers  undertake  to  use  reasonable  efforts  to  avoid  the  requirement  for  quiet  enjoyment  letters.  In  addition  to  the  provisions  of
Clause 36, the Quiet Enjoyment Letter will confirm that to the extent that the Charterers have paid to the Owners the Outstanding BBC
Principal Balance as per Schedule A attached hereto,

ADDITIONAL CLAUSES TO M/V "RAQUEL KNUTSEN” BAREBOAT CHARTER PARTY DATED 30TH
DECEMBER, 2020

payable on such date, the Mortgagee will immediately release and discharge the mortgages and all Financial Instrument.

42.  Total Loss Proceeds

Upon the occurrence of a total loss of the type referred to in clause 13(d) of this Charter all insurance proceeds in respect of that loss shall be
paid to the Mortgagee to apply towards the Outstanding BBC Principal Balance as per Schedule A attached hereto or if such amount is fully
repaid, to the Owners who shall apply such proceeds, as follows;

(a)   Firstly, in payment of all the Owners' and Charterers' reasonable, properly incurred and documented costs incidental to the collection of the

total loss proceeds;

(b)   Secondly, in retention by the Owners of all amounts of outstanding hire and interest due and owing to the Owners by the Charterers under

this Charter at such time;

(c)   Thirdly, in retention by the Owners of an amount equal to the Outstanding BBC Principal Balance of the Owners at the relevant time of

receipt of the total loss proceeds; and

(d)   Fourthly, any balance shall be promptly paid by the Owners to the Charterers.

For the purpose of this clause, Outstanding BBC Principal Balance means, at any relevant date, the amount set out in appendix 1 attached to this
Charter during the period in which the date of receipt of the total loss proceeds occurs.

43.  Familiarization

In the event that the Charterers have not exercised their purchase option and Charter Period expires, the Owners shall have the right to place two
representatives onboard the Vessel prior to redelivery once the Charterers have given their thirty (30) days preliminary notice.

44.  Extra Payments

In addition to above payments, the following costs are payable by the Charterers:

(a)   Any fees and expenses for flag registration of the Vessel in Malta and deletion of the flag registration of the Vessel in Malta.

(b)   Annual flag maintenance fees including tonnage tax of Malta are the Charterers account.

(c)      all  other  documentation  and  works  required  due  to  flag  and  ownership  change,  including  change  of  DOC/SMC/ISSC/MLC/CLC,  class
certificates, change of country name on hull, change of radio and navigational aids registration, Annual Tonnage Tax of the flag country
throughout  the  Charter  period  shall  be  for  the  Charterers'  time  and  cost  including  agent  fees.  In  case  of  a  change  of  Ownership  after
delivery under this Charter for Owners matter or reason, these costs to be for Owners' account.

45.  Representations and Warranties

Each Party represents and warrants to the other Party that:

(a)  it is duly incorporated and validly existing and in good standing under the laws of its place of incorporation;

(b)  it has the corporate capacity, and has taken all corporate action and obtained all consents

ADDITIONAL CLAUSES TO M/V "RAQUEL KNUTSEN" BAREBOAT CHARTER PARTY DATED 30TH
DECEMBER, 2020

necessary for it, to execute and to comply with this Charter;

(c)   all the consents referred to in paragraph (b) above remain in force and nothing has occurred which makes any of them liable to revocation;

(d)   this Charter constitutes legal, valid and binding obligations enforceable against it in accordance with its terms;

(e)   The execution by it of this Charter and its compliance with this Charter will not involve or lead to a contravention of;

(i)   any law or regulation;

(ii)   its constitutional documents; or

(iii)  any material contractual or other material obligation or material restriction which is binding on it or any of its assets.

46.  General

(a)   The terms and conditions of this Charter shall not be varied otherwise than by an instrument in writing executed by or on behalf of the

Owners and the Charterers.

(b)  If, at any time, any provision of this Charter is or becomes illegal, invalid or unenforceable in any respect under any law of any jurisdiction,
neither  the  legality,  validity  or  enforceability  of  the  remaining  provisions  under  the  law  of  that  jurisdiction  nor  the  legality,  validity  or
enforceability of such provision under the law of any other jurisdiction will in any way be affected or impaired,

(c)  This Charter may be executed in any number of counterparts, and this has the same effect as if the signatures on the counterparts were on a

single copy of the Charter.

(d)    This  Charter  constitutes  the  entire  agreement  between  the  Parties  and  supersedes  and  extinguishes  all  previous  agreements,  promises,

assurances, warranties, representations and understandings between them, whether written or oral, relating to its subject matter.

(e)  A person who is not a Party has no right under the Contracts (Rights of Third Parties) Act 1999 to enforce or to enjoy the benefit of any

term of this Charter.

47. Best Endeavour Clause

In  the  event  of  detrimental  or  unexpected  considerable  changes  in  the  tax-laws,  grossly  and  negatively  effecting  either  the  Owner  and/or
Charterer in the Ownership/Bareboat-chartering of the Vessel under this particular charter, both Owner and Charterer will with best endeavor
and effort, be willing to sit down and discuss solutions that could remedy the situation. This would constitute no legal obligation on either part
but  be  based  on  mutual  respect  and  understanding  of  possible  unexpected  hardship  endured  by  either  party  and  to  seek  alternatives  if  both
parties mutually give their consent.

*** End ***

SHARE PURCHASE AGREEMENT

Exhibit 4.33

Between

Knutsen NYK Offshore Tankers AS

(as Seller)

And

KNOT Shuttle Tankers AS
(as Buyer)

for the sale and purchase of the shares in

KNOT Shuttle Tankers 34 AS

SHARE PURCHASE AGREEMENT

This agreement (this “Agreement”) is entered into on the [15] December 2020 between:

(1) Knutsen NYK Offshore Tankers AS, company registration no. 995 221 713

(the “Seller”), and

(2) KNOT Shuttle Tankers AS, company registration no. 998 942 829

(the “Buyer”).

The Seller and the Buyer are hereinafter individually referred to as a “Party” and jointly the “Parties”.

1

RECITALS

WHEREAS:

a)

b)

c)

d)

KNOT Shuttle Tankers 34 AS, company registration no. 921 065 698, is a private limited liability company that has as its purpose to engage in
shipowning activities, is duly incorporated under Norwegian law and has its registered place of business in Haugesund, Norway (the
“Company”);

The Seller is the sole owner of the ownership interest in the Company, with a share capital of NOK 30,000;

The Company is the owner of the MT “Tove Knutsen”, having IMO No. 9868376 (the “Vessel”); and

The Seller and the Buyer have agreed that the Buyer shall acquire 100% of the shares in the Company (the “Shares”) on the terms and
conditions set forth in this Agreement.

2             DEFINITIONS

In this Agreement, the following definitions shall have the following meanings:

a)           Accounting Principles

means the applicable Norwegian generally accepted accounting principles as defined by Norwegian law and
regulations and accounting standards issued by the Norwegian Accounting Standards Board (Nw: Norsk
Regnskapsstiftelse/NRS), applied on a consistent basis;

b)           Accounts

means, in respect of the Company, its audited profit and loss and balance sheet statement as per the Accounts
Date attached as Appendix 3;

c)           Accounts Date

means 31 December 2019;

d)           Agreement

shall have the meaning ascribed to such term in the preamble to this Agreement;

e)           Business

means the current business of the Company, being to own the Vessel, and charter the same under the
Charter;

f)           Business Day

means a day on which banks are open for general banking business in Norway;

g)           Buyer

shall have the meaning ascribed to such term in the preamble to this Agreement;

h)           Buyer Indemnitees

shall have the meaning ascribed to such term in Clause 12.1;

i)           Capitalized Fees

means capitalized fees and transaction costs related to the financing of the Vessel as of the Closing Date.
Provided the Closing Date occurs on 31 December, 2020, the Capitalized Fees will be USD 769,297.

j)           Charter

means the time charterparty dated 26 September 2018, as amended, entered into between the Company as
owner and the Charterer as charterer in respect of the Vessel;

k)           Charterer

means Equinor Shipping Inc.;

l)           Closing

shall have the meaning ascribed to such term in Clause 5.1;

m)          Closing Date

means the date when the Closing actually takes place according to Clause 5.1;

n)           Companies Act

means the Norwegian Limited Liability Companies Act of 1997

o)           Company

means KNOT Shuttle Tankers 34 AS, Norwegian organization no.: 921 065 698;

p)           Encumbrance

means any mortgage, charge, pledge, lien, option or other security interest or restriction of any kind;

q)           Facility Prepayment Amount

means the amount of the Tove Facility to be prepaid by the Company on Closing, calculated in accordance 
with the terms of the Tove Facility, being USD 6,889,194 (see Appendix 1 for calculation provided that 
Closing occurs on 31 December 2020), plus accumulated interest.

r)            Governmental Authority

means any domestic or foreign government, including federal, provincial, state, municipal, county or
regional government or

governmental or regulatory authority, domestic or foreign, and includes any department, commission, bureau,
board, administrative agency or regulatory body of any of the foregoing and any multinational or
supranational organization;

s)            Indemnified Party

shall have the meaning ascribed to such term in Clause 12.3;

t)            Indemnifying Party

shall have the meaning ascribed to such term in Clause 12.3;

u)            Losses

means any loss, liability, claim, damage, expense (including costs of investigation and defence and
reasonable attorneys’ fees) or diminution of value, whether or not involving a third-party claim;

v)            Material Adverse Effect

means a material adverse effect on the condition (financial, commercial, technical, legal or otherwise) of the
Business, assets, results of operations or prospects of the Company;

w)            Material Agreement

shall have the meaning ascribed to such term in Clause 8.11;

x)            Party

y)            Parties

shall have the meaning ascribed to such term in the preamble to this Agreement;

shall have the meaning ascribed to such term in the preamble to this Agreement;

z)            Partnership

means KNOT Offshore Partners LP, a Marshall Islands limited partnership;

aa)           Purchase Price

shall have the meaning ascribed to such term in Clause 0;

bb)           Purchase Price Adjustments

cc)            Seller

shall have the meaning ascribed to such term in the preamble to this Agreement;

shall have the meaning ascribed to such term in Clause 5.4;

dd)            Seller Indemnities

shall have the meaning ascribed to such term in Clause 12.2;

ee)            Shares

shall have the meaning ascribed to such term in Clause 1;

ff)             Signing Date

means the date of this Agreement;

(ii)            Swap Agreements
means the 2002 ISDA master agreements entered into between the Company and Mizuho Bank, Ltd. and the 
Schedule thereto, dated 29 May 2019 and with MUFG Securities EMEA plc in connection with Novation Agreement dated 19 May 2020 among the 
Company as Transferee, Knutsen NYK Offshore Tanker AS as Transferor and MUFG Securities EMEA plc as Remaining Party, and the Schedule thereto, 
each relating to the Tove Facility;

gg)         Swap Balance

hh)         Taxes

means the balance under the Swap Agreements as determined according to a mark-to-market determination
as of the Closing Date and applying the middle rate for USD/NOK as published by DNB Markets on the
Closing Date, adjusted by USD 113,540 in favour of the Seller to cover the hedging margin compared to the
rate at which the Swap Agreements were entered into. As of 30 November, 2020 the Swap Balance (being
the balance under swaps entered into with MUFG Securities EMEA plc was USD 3,740,617 ex accrued
interest (against the Company);

means all taxes (including value-added tax and similar taxes), however denominated, including interest,
penalties and other additions to tax that may become payable or imposed by any applicable statute, rule or
regulation or any governmental agency, including all taxes, withholdings and other charges in respect of
income, profits, gains, payroll, social security or other social benefit taxes, sales, use, excise, real or personal
property, stamps, transfers and workers’ compensation, which the Company is required to pay, withhold or
collect; and

ii)          Third-Party Claim

shall have the meaning ascribed to such term in Clause 12.3; and

jj)          Tove Facility

means the USD 192,100,000 Term Loan Facility in respect of the Vessel and the sister vessel MT Synnøve
Knutsen, dated 2 July 2019, and made between (i) the Company and KNOT Shuttle Tankers 35 AS as joint
and several borrowers, (ii) the Seller as original guarantor (iii) the financial institutions listed in Schedule 1
thereto as lenders, (iv) MUFG Bank, Ltd. as mandated lead arranger and bookrunner, (v) the financial
institutions listed in Schedule 2 thereto as hedging banks and (vi) MUFG Bank, Ltd. as agent;

kk)         Vessel

shall have the meaning ascribed to such term in Clause 1.

3

SALE AND PURCHASE

Subject to the terms and conditions set forth in this Agreement, the Seller agrees to sell, and the Buyer agrees to purchase, the Shares, together with all
rights attached to them.

The Shares shall be transferred to the Buyer on the Closing Date, free and clear from any Encumbrances, other than pursuant to the Tove Facility.

4

PURCHASE PRICE

The Seller agrees to sell and transfer to the Buyer, and the Buyer agrees to purchase from the Seller the Shares for USD 117,800,000, less USD 93,139,194 
of outstanding principal under the Tove Facility (including the Facility Prepayment Amount ) at Closing, plus the Capitalized Fees in the amount of USD
769,297 (the “Purchase Price”), plus the Purchase Price Adjustments, all in accordance with and subject to the terms and conditions set forth in this
Agreement.

The Purchase Price is to be settled by way of cash payment on the Closing Date in the amount of USD 25,430,103 from the Buyer to the Seller, subject to
the subsequent Purchase Price Adjustments in accordance with Clause 5.4 below.

The Purchase Price as calculated above is based on the assumption that Closing occurs on 31 December, 2020 at 23:59 CET. If Closing should occur at
another time the Parties shall agree on an adjusted Purchase Price to be paid on Closing, to reflect accrued interest, currency fluctuations and paid
instalments (as applicable) in respect of the Tove Facility and the Capitalized Fees.

5

5.1

CLOSING

Time and place

Subject to the satisfaction or waiver of the conditions set forth in Clause 6, the completion of the transactions contemplated by this Agreement (the
“Closing”) shall take place at the offices of the Seller at 31 December 2020 or such other time as the Parties agree.

5.2

The Seller’s Closing obligations

At the Closing, the Seller shall:

a)

b)

deliver to the Buyer a copy of the minutes of the meeting of the board of directors of the Seller authorising the execution of, and the
consummation of the transaction contemplated by, this Agreement; and

in exchange for the payment of the Purchase Price, transfer the Shares to the Buyer and deliver to the Buyer the share register of the Company
with the Buyer duly registered as the owner of the Shares, as well as the related notices according to Sections 4-7 and 4-10 of the Companies
Act.

5.3

The Buyer’s Closing obligations

At the Closing, the Buyer shall

a)

c)

5.4

a)

settle the Purchase Price in accordance with Clause 0; and

procure that the Company prepays the Facility Prepayment Amount in full.

Post-Closing Adjustment

Within 45 days following the Closing Date, the Buyer and the Seller shall agree on the amount of the post-Closing adjustments to the Purchase
Price based on:

(i)

the Company’s working capital, including the amounts owed to KNOT Management AS pursuant to Clause 8.8b), of this Agreement
as of 23:59 hours CET on the Closing Date; and

(ii)

the Swap Balance; 
(the “Purchase Price Adjustments”).

Within 3 business days following the date on which the Purchase Price Adjustments have been agreed pursuant to Clause 5.4 a) above, the
Buyer or the Seller (as the case may be) shall pay to the other Party an amount, in cash, equal to the net Purchase Price Adjustments. Any
amounts other than those covered by the Purchase Price Adjustments varying in the period between the Signing Date and the Closing Date shall
be for Seller’s account.

CLOSING CONDITIONS

Conditions to the Buyer’s Closing obligations

b)

6

6.1

The obligations of the Buyer to purchase the Shares and to take the other actions required to be taken by it at the Closing are subject to the satisfaction of
each of the following conditions (any of which may be waived in whole or in part by the Buyer) on or before the Closing Date:

a)

b)

c)

d)

e)

6.2

that the Vessel has been delivered to the Charterer in accordance with the provisions of the Charter and that all costs and expenses related thereto
have been settled by the Seller;

there is no material breach of any of the representations and warranties of the Seller set forth in Clause 8 and Clause 9;

the Buyer shall have obtained the funds necessary to consummate the purchase of the Shares, and the Facility Prepayment Amount, and to pay
all related fees and expenses;

in all respects material to the transactions contemplated hereby, the Seller shall have performed or complied with all of its obligations pursuant
to this Agreement to be performed or complied with by the Seller at or prior to the Closing Date and shall have delivered each document or
instrument to be delivered by it pursuant to this Agreement; and

the results of the searches, surveys, tests and inspections of the Vessel referred to in Clause 10.1 h) are reasonably satisfactory to the Buyer.

Conditions to the Seller’s Closing obligations

The obligations of the Seller to sell the Shares and to take the other actions required to be taken by it at the Closing are subject to the satisfaction of each of
the following conditions (any of which may be waived in whole or in part by the Seller) on or before the Closing Date:

a)

b)

there is no material breach of any of the representations and warranties of the Buyer set forth in Clause 7;

At Closing, the Buyer shall procure that the Partnership accede to the Tove Facility as “Guarantor” for the debt thereunder pertaining to the
Vessel (only) by way of an “Accession Letter” set out therein, and that the Shares are pledged as contemplated by the Tove Facility, and procure
that relevant conditions precedent under the Tove Facility relating to the Partnership and/or the Buyer have been satisfied. At Closing, the Seller
shall

be released from its guarantee obligations under the Tove Facility with respect to outstanding amounts relating to the Vessel; and

c)

in all respects material to the transactions contemplated hereby, the Buyer shall have performed or complied with all of its obligations pursuant
to this Agreement to be performed or complied with by the Buyer at or prior to the Closing Date and shall have delivered each document or
instrument to be delivered by it pursuant to this Agreement.

6.3

Conditions of the Parties.

The obligations of Seller to sell the Shares and the obligations of Buyer to purchase the Shares are subject to the satisfaction (or waiver by each of Seller and
Buyer) on or prior to the Closing Date of the following conditions:

a)

b)

7

The Seller shall have received any and all written consents, permits, approvals or authorizations of any Governmental Authority or any other
Person (including, but not limited to, with respect to the Charter, the Tove Facilityand the Swap Agreements) and shall have made any and all
notices or declarations to or filing with any Governmental Authority or any other Person, including those related to any environmental laws or
regulations, required in connection with the execution and delivery of this Agreement or the consummation of the transactions contemplated
hereunder, including the transfer of the Shares; and

No legal or regulatory action or proceeding shall be pending or threatened by any Governmental Authority to enjoin, restrict or prohibit the
purchase and sale of the Shares.

REPRESENTATIONS AND WARRANTIES OF THE BUYER

The Buyer represents and warrants to the Seller that as of the Signing Date and on the Closing Date, unless otherwise expressly stated:

7.1

Corporate existence and power

The Buyer is duly incorporated, validly existing and in good standing under the laws of Norway.

The Buyer has not been declared insolvent; become the subject of a petition in bankruptcy; had a receiver appointed with respect to it or to the Business or
part thereof; entered into any arrangement with, or made an assignment for the benefit of, its creditors; or ceased to function as a going concern.

7.2

Corporate authorisation and non-contravention

This Agreement and each other document or instrument delivered or to be delivered in connection with this Agreement has been duly authorised by all
necessary corporate action(s) of the Buyer and constitutes or will, when executed, constitute valid and binding obligations of the Buyer enforceable in
accordance with its respective terms.

The execution by the Buyer of this Agreement and each other document or instrument delivered or to be delivered in connection with it, and the
performance by the Buyer of its obligations under this Agreement and the consummation of the transactions provided for in this Agreement, do not and

will not result in a breach of any provision of the articles of association of the Buyer or of any applicable law, order, judgment or decree of any court or
Governmental Authority or of any agreement to which the Buyer is bound.

The Buyer is not required to obtain any authorisations, consents, approvals or exemptions by any Governmental Authority in connection with the entering
into or performance of its obligations under this Agreement.

8

REPRESENTATIONS AND WARRANTIES OF THE SELLER

The Seller represents and warrants to the Buyer as of the Signing Date and on the Closing Date, unless otherwise expressly stated:

8.1

Corporate existence and power

Each of the Company and the Seller is duly incorporated, validly existing and in good standing under the laws of Norway.

Each of the Company and the Seller has not been declared insolvent; become the subject of a petition in bankruptcy; had a receiver appointed with respect to
it or to the Business or part thereof; entered into any arrangement with, or made an assignment for the benefit of, its creditors; or ceased to function as a
going concern.

8.2

Corporate authorisation and non-contravention

This Agreement and each other document or instrument delivered or to be delivered in connection with this Agreement has been duly authorised by all
necessary corporate action(s) of each of the Company and the Seller, as appropriate, and constitutes or will, when executed, constitute valid and binding
obligations of each of the Company and the Seller, as appropriate, enforceable in accordance with its respective terms.

The execution by each of the Company and the Seller, as appropriate, of this Agreement and each other document or instrument delivered or to be delivered
in connection with it, and the performance by each of the Company and the Seller, as appropriate, of its obligations under this Agreement and the
consummation of the transactions provided for in this Agreement, do not and will not result in a breach of any provision of the articles of association of each
of the Company and the Seller, as appropriate, or of any applicable law, order, judgment or decree of any court or Governmental Authority or of any
agreement to which each of the Company and the Seller, as appropriate, is bound.

Each of the Company and the Seller, as appropriate, is not required to obtain any authorisations, consents, approvals or exemptions by any Governmental
Authority in connection with the entering into or performance of its obligations under this Agreement.

8.3

Capitalisation and title

The Seller has full ownership to the Shares. The Shares are duly authorised, validly issued and fully paid and at Closing, will be free and clear from any
Encumbrances, other than pursuant to the Tove Facility.

There is no outstanding subscription, option or similar rights relating to the Shares.

8.4

Records

The Company’s articles of association and shareholders’ register are true, accurate, up-to-date and complete.

8.5

Charter documents; validity of the Charter

The Seller has supplied to the Buyer true and correct copies of the Charter and any related documents, as amended to the Closing Date. The Charter is a 
valid and binding agreement of the Company enforceable against the Company in accordance with its terms and, to the knowledge of the Seller, the Charter 
is a valid and binding agreement of all other parties thereto enforceable against such parties in accordance with its terms.

8.6

Accounts

The Accounts have been prepared in accordance with the Accounting Principles and in accordance with the books and records of the Company. The
Accounts give a true and accurate view of the financial position, solvency, assets, liabilities, liquidity, cash flow and the result of the operations of the
Company as of the Accounts Date.

8.7

No undisclosed liabilities

Neither the Company nor the Vessel has any Encumbrances, or other liabilities or obligations of any nature, whether absolute, accrued, contingent or
otherwise, and whether due or to become due (including, without limitation, any liability for Taxes and interest, penalties and other charges payable with
respect to any such liability or obligation), except for such liabilities or obligations arising under the Charter, the Tove Facility, the Swap Agreements, the
management agreement relating to the Vessel with KNOT Management AS, the inter-company balances described in Clause 8.8 c) and the Encumbrances
appearing in the ship registry of the Vessel and arising under the Tove Facility and the Swap Agreements.

8.8

Loans and other financial facilities

All loans and other financial facilities available to the Company have been made available for review by the Buyer.

a)

b)

As of the Signing Date, the principal outstanding amount under the Tove Facility in respect of the Vessel is USD 94,318,171 where the next
instalments of USD 1,178,977 is due 16. December, 2020. Hence, the amount for which the Company will be responsible at the time of Closing
is USD 93,139,194 (provided Closing takes place on 31 December, 2020) including the Facility Prepayment Amount which the Company will
be responsible to prepay immediately following Closing;

As of 30 November 2020, the non-interest bearing inter-company balance between the Company (as borrower) and KNOT Management AS (as
lender) was NOK 2,224,615.

No event has occurred which gives, or after notice or lapse of time, or both, would give any third party the right to call for repayment from the Company
prior to normal maturity of any loan or other financial facility. The Company shall not be indebted, directly or indirectly, to any person who is an officer,
director, stockholder or employee of any of the Seller or any spouse, child or other relative or any affiliate of any such person, nor shall any such officer,
director, stockholder, employee, relative or affiliate be indebted to the Company.

8.9

Assets

At the Closing Date, the Company shall not be using assets in the Business that it neither owns nor has the right to use pursuant to written agreements with
third parties. At the Closing Date, the assets of the Company will comprise all the assets necessary for carrying on the Business fully and effectively to the
extent to which it is conducted at the Signing Date.

8.10

Absence of certain changes or events

Since the Accounts Date, there has not occurred or arisen:

a)

b)

c)

d)

e)

f)

any change of accounting methods, principles or practices, accounting, invoicing and supplier practice or procedures for the Company;

any acquisition or disposal of, or the entering into any agreement to acquire or dispose of, any asset, other than the sale of products in the
ordinary course of business;

the termination of any Material Agreement, other than the Commercial Management Agreement dated 26 September 2018 between the
Company and KNOT Management AS pursuant to the Agreement on Termination of the Commercial Management Agreement dated [15]
December 2020;

any obligations, commitments or liabilities, contingent or otherwise, whether for Taxes or otherwise, except obligations, commitments and
liabilities arising in the ordinary course of business;

any event or condition, whether covered by insurance or not, which has resulted in or may result in a Material Adverse Effect; or

the entering into of any agreements or commitments other than on customary terms.

8.11

Agreements

Each Material Agreement is in full force and effect. No other Material Agreements will be entered into by the Company prior the Closing Date without the
prior consent of the Buyer (such consent not to be unreasonably withheld). The Company has fulfilled all material obligations required pursuant to the
Material Agreements to have been performed by it prior to the Signing Date and has not waived any material rights thereunder.

There has not occurred any material default on the part of the Company under any of the Material Agreements, or to the knowledge of the Seller, on the part
of any other party thereto, nor has any event occurred that with the giving of notice or the lapse of time, or both, would constitute any material default on the
part of the Company under any of the Material Agreements nor, to the knowledge of the Seller, has any event occurred that with the giving of notice or the
lapse of time, or both, would constitute any material default on the part of any other party to any of the Material Agreements.

The term “Material Agreement” means each agreement, contract or other undertaking by or of the Company (a) that is of material importance to the
Business or (b) the value of which, in respect of total turnover during one year, is not less than NOK 500,000, provided, however, that such term includes 
the Charter, the Tove Facility and the Swap Agreements.

8.12

Insurance

The Company maintains insurance policies on fire, theft, loss, disruption, product and general liability and other forms of insurance with reputable insurers
that would reasonably be judged to be sound and required for the Business.

The Company’s insurance policies do not contain any provisions regarding a change of control or ownership of the insured.

The Company is in compliance with all terms and conditions contained in the insurance policies, and nothing has been done or omitted to be done that
would make any insurance policy or insurance void or voidable or that would result in a reduction of the coverage (No: avkortning).

8.13

Environmental matters

The Company is not and has not been in breach of any applicable laws (whether civil, criminal or administrative), statutes, regulations, directives, codes,
judgments, orders or any other measures imposed by any governmental, statutory or regulatory body with regard to the pollution or the protection of the
environment or to the protection of human health or human safety, or any other living organisms supported by the environment.

There is no current governmental investigation or disciplinary proceeding relating to any alleged breach of any law or permit by the Company, and none is
pending, nor threatened.

The Company has not, other than as permitted under applicable permits or applicable laws or regulations held from time to time, disposed of, discharged,
released, placed, dumped or emitted any hazardous substances, such as pollutants, contaminants, hazardous or toxic materials, wastes or chemicals. Neither
the Seller nor the Company has received any formal or informal notice or other communication from which it appears that the Company may be or has been
in violation of any laws or permits. There are no actual or contingent obligations on the Company to pay money or carry out any work in order to keep or be
granted an extension or renewal of any existing permit. There are no facts or circumstances that could result in such an obligation. The properties used by
the Company are not made of or do not contain any form of asbestos or any other toxic substance that may cause damage to the health of the persons
working or visiting the premises.

8.14

Compliance with laws

The Company has at all times conducted the Business in accordance with and has complied with any applicable laws in Norway and in any other relevant
countries relating to its operations and the Business.

All necessary licences, consents, permits and authorisations have been obtained by the Company to enable the Company to carry on the Business in the
places and in the manner in which such Business is now conducted and all such licences, consents, permits and authorisations are valid and subsisting and
have been complied with in all respects.

8.15

Litigation

There are no claims, actions, lawsuits, administrative, governmental, arbitration or other legal proceedings (including but not limited to proceedings related
to Taxes) pending or threatened against or involving the Company, the Business or properties or assets of the Company and which would result in a Material
Adverse Effect if adversely determined.

8.16

Taxes

The Company has properly filed with the appropriate Tax authorities all Tax returns and reports required to be filed for all Tax periods ending prior to the
Closing Date. Such filings are true, correct and complete. All information required for a correct assessment of Taxes has been provided.

The Tax returns of the Company have been assessed and approved by the Tax authorities through the Tax years up to and including the years for which such
assessment and approval is required, and the Company is not subject to any dispute with any such authority.

All Taxes that have become due have been fully paid or fully provided for in the Accounts, and the Company shall not be liable for any additional Tax
pertaining to the period before the Accounts Date. All Taxes for the period after the Accounts Date have been fully paid when due.

There are no Tax audits, Tax disputes or Tax litigation pending or threatened against or involving the Company. There is no basis for assessment of any
deficiency in any Taxes against the Company that has not been provided for in the Accounts or that has not been paid.

The Company is not and has not been involved in any transaction that could be considered as Tax-evasive. All losses for Tax purposes incurred by of the
Company are trading losses and are available to be carried forward and set off against income in succeeding periods without limitation and have been
accepted by the relevant Tax authorities.

The Company is not and has not been subject to any Tax outside its respective country of fiscal residence.

8.17

Relationship with the Seller

Except as disclosed to the Buyer, there are no written or oral agreements or arrangements between the Company and the Seller, and no liabilities or
obligations (contingent or otherwise) owed by the Company to the Seller.

No services provided by the Seller to the Company are necessary in the ordinary course of business.

No payments of any kind, including, but not limited to management charges, have been made by the Company to the Seller, save for payments under
agreements or arrangements made on an arm’s-length basis in accordance with applicable law and regulations.

8.18

Information

All documents provided to the Buyer by or on behalf of the Seller or the Company are true and correct, and no document provided to the Buyer by or on
behalf of the Seller or the Company contains any untrue statement of a relevant fact or omits to state a relevant fact necessary to make the statements
contained in the document not misleading.

There are no facts or circumstances known to the Seller, relating to the affairs of the Company, that have not been disclosed to the Buyer, which, if
disclosed, reasonably could have been expected to influence the decision of the Buyer to purchase the Shares on the terms of this Agreement.

The Seller confirms that the Seller, prior to the Signing Date, has made, and until the Closing Date, shall continue to make, all investigations necessary in
order to ensure that the statements in Clauses 8 and 9 are correct.

9

REPRESENTATIONS AND WARRANTIES OF THE SELLER REGARDING THE VESSEL

The Seller represents and warrants to the Buyer as of the Signing Date and on the Closing Date, unless otherwise expressly stated:

9.1

9.2

9.3

9.4

9.5

9.6

Flag and title 
The Company is the registered owner of the Vessel and has good and marketable title to the Vessel, free and clear of any and all Encumbrances,
other than those arising under the Tove Facility and the Swap Agreements. The Vessel is properly registered in the name of the Seller under and
pursuant to the flag and law of Norway, and all fees due and payable in connection with such registration have been paid.

Classification 
The Vessel is entered with the DNV GL and has the highest classification rating. The Vessel is in class without any recommendations or
notation as to class or other requirement of the relevant classification society, and if the Vessel is in a port, it is in such condition that it cannot
be detached by any port state authority or the flag state authority for any deficiency.

Maintenance 
The Vessel has been maintained in a proper and efficient manner in accordance with internationally accepted standards for good ship
maintenance, is in good operating order, condition and repair and is seaworthy, and all repairs made to the Vessel during the last two years and
all known scheduled repairs due to be made and all known deficiencies have been disclosed to the Buyer.

Liens 
The Vessel is not (a) under arrest or otherwise detained, (b) other than in the ordinary course of business, in the possession of any person (other
than her master and crew) or (c) subject to a possessory lien.

Safety 
The Vessel is supplied with valid and up-to-date safety, safety construction, safety equipment, radio, loadline, health, tonnage, trading and other
certificates or documents as may for the time being be prescribed by the law of Denmark or of any other pertinent jurisdiction, or that would
otherwise be deemed necessary by a shipowner acting in accordance with internationally accepted standards for good ship management and
operations.

No blacklisting or boycotts 
No blacklisting or boycotting of any type has been applied or currently exists against or in respect of the Vessel.

9.7

9.8

No options 
There are not outstanding any options or other rights to purchase the Vessel.

Insurance 
The insurance policies relating to the Vessel are as set forth on Appendix 2 hereto, each of

which is in full force and effect and, to the Seller’s knowledge, not subject to being voided or terminated for any reason.

10

10.1

COVENANTS PRIOR TO THE CLOSING

Covenants of the Seller Prior to the Closing

From the Signing Date to the Closing Date, the Seller shall cause the Company to conduct its business in the usual, regular and ordinary course in 
substantially the same manner as previously conducted. The Seller shall not permit the Company to enter into any contracts or other written or oral 
agreements prior to the Closing Date, other than such contracts and agreements as have been disclosed to the Buyer prior to the Signing Date, without the 
prior consent of the Buyer (such consent not to be unreasonably withheld). In addition, the Seller shall not permit the Company to take any action that 
would result in any of the conditions to the purchase and sale of the Shares set forth in Clause 6 not being satisfied. Furthermore, the Seller hereby agrees 
and covenants that it:

a)

b)

c)

d)

e)

f)

shall use its best efforts to take, or cause to be taken, all actions and to do, or cause to be done, all things necessary to consummate and make
effective as promptly as possible the transactions contemplated by this Agreement and to co-operate with the Buyer and others in connection
with the foregoing;

shall use its best efforts to obtain the authorisations, consents, orders and approvals of regulatory bodies and officials that may be or become
necessary for the performance of its obligations pursuant to this Agreement and the completion of the transactions contemplated by it;

shall co-operate with the Buyer and promptly seek to obtain such authorisations, consents, orders and approvals as may be necessary for the
performance of the Parties’ respective obligations pursuant to this Agreement;

shall not amend, alter or otherwise modify or permit any amendment, alteration or modification of any material provision of or terminate the
Charter or any other contract prior to the Closing Date without the prior written consent of the Buyer, such consent not to be unreasonably
withheld or delayed;

shall not exercise or permit any exercise of any rights or options contained in the Charter, without the prior written consent of the Buyer, not to
be unreasonably withheld or delayed;

shall observe and perform in a timely manner, all of its covenants and obligations under the Charter, the Tove Facility and the Swap
Agreements, if any, and in the case of a default by another party thereto, it shall forthwith advise the Buyer of such default and shall, if requested
by the Buyer, enforce all of its rights under such Charter, the Tove Facility or the Swap Agreements, as applicable, in respect of such default;

g)

h)

shall not cause or, to the extent reasonably within its control, permit any Encumbrances to attach to the Vessel other than in connection with the
Tove Facility and the Swap Agreements; and

shall permit representatives of the Buyer to make, prior to the Closing Date, at the Buyer’s risk and expense, such surveys, tests and inspections
of the Vessel as the Buyer may deem desirable, so long as such surveys, tests or inspections do not damage the Vessel or interfere with the
activities of the Seller, the Company or the Charterer thereon and so long as the Buyer shall have furnished the Seller with evidence that
adequate liability insurance is in full force and effect.

10.2

Covenants of the Buyer Prior to the Closing

The Buyer hereby agrees and covenants that during the period of time after the Signing Date and prior to the Closing Date, the Buyer shall, in respect of the
Shares to be transferred on the Closing Date, take, or cause to be taken, all necessary company action, steps and proceedings to approve or authorize validly
and effectively the purchase and sale of the Shares and the execution and delivery of this Agreement and the other agreements and documents contemplated
hereby.

11

11.1

TERMINATION

Termination

This Agreement may be terminated, and the transactions contemplated by this Agreement may be abandoned, at any time prior to the Closing Date:

a)

b)

c)

d)

e)

f)

by either Party if a breach of any provision of this Agreement has been committed by the other Party, such breach has not been waived and such
breach is material to the transactions contemplated hereby, the Business or the assets, financial condition or prospect of the Company;

by the Buyer if satisfaction of any of the conditions in Clause 6.1 is or becomes impossible (other than through the failure of the Buyer to
comply with its obligations under this Agreement) and the Buyer has not waived such condition;

by the Seller if satisfaction of any of the conditions in Clause 6.2 is or becomes impossible (other than through the failure of the Seller to comply
with its obligations under this Agreement) and the Seller has not waived such condition;

by either Party if satisfaction of any of the conditions in Clause 6.3 is or becomes impossible and Buyer and Seller have not waived such
condition;

by the Buyer due to a change having occurred that has resulted or may result in a Material Adverse Effect; or

by mutual written consent of the Seller and the Buyer.

11.2

Rights on termination

If this Agreement is terminated pursuant to Clause 11.1, all further obligations of the Parties pursuant to this Agreement shall terminate without further
liability of a Party to the other, provided, however, that the obligations of the Parties contained in Clause 13 (Costs) and Clause 17

(Governing Law and arbitration) shall survive such termination, and further provided, that if this Agreement is terminated by a Party because of the breach
of this Agreement by the other Party or because one or more of the conditions to the terminating Party's obligations under this Agreement is not satisfied as
a result of the other Party's failure to comply with its obligations under this Agreement, the terminating Party's right to pursue all legal remedies will survive
such termination unimpaired.

12

12.1

a)

b)

c)

d)

e)

INDEMNIFICATION

Indemnity by the Seller 
Following the Closing, the Seller shall be liable for, and shall indemnify, defend and hold harmless the Buyer and its respective officers,
directors, employees, agents and representatives (the “Buyer Indemnitees”) from and against, any Losses, suffered or incurred by such Buyer
Indemnitees:

by reason of, arising out of or otherwise in respect of any inaccuracy in, breach of any representation or warranty, or a failure to perform or
observe fully any covenant, agreement or obligation of, the Seller in or under this Agreement or in or under any document, instrument or
agreement delivered pursuant to this Agreement by the Seller;

subject to Clause 13 b), any fees, expenses or other payments incurred or owed by the Seller to any brokers, financial advisors or comparable
other persons retained or employed by it in connection with the transaction contemplated by this Agreement;

any Losses of the Company or the Vessel or any other vessel chartered or owned by the Company incurred prior to or on the Closing Date
arising from any violation of any applicable law or regulation relating to protection of natural resources, health and safety and the environment;

all federal, state, foreign and local income tax liabilities attributable to the Company or operation of the Vessel prior to the Closing Date; or

any Losses suffered or incurred by such Buyer Indemnitees in connection with any claim for the repayment of hire or Losses in relation to the
Vessel or any other vessel chartered or owned by the Company for periods prior to the Closing.

Indemnity by the Buyer 

12.2
Following the Closing, the Buyer shall be liable for, and shall indemnify, defend and hold harmless the Seller and its respective officers, directors,
employees, agents and representatives (the “Seller Indemnitees”) from and against, any Losses, suffered or incurred by such Seller Indemnitees by reason
of, arising out of or otherwise in respect of any inaccuracy in, breach of any representation or warranty, or a failure to perform or observe fully any
covenant, agreement or obligation of, the Buyer in or under this Agreement or in or under any document, instrument or agreement delivered pursuant to this
Agreement by the Buyer.

12.3

Indemnification procedures with respect to third-party claims

If the Seller or the Buyer, as the case may be (an “Indemnified Party”), shall receive notice of any claim by a third party that is or may be subject to
indemnification or compensation from the other Party pursuant to this Agreement (a “Third-Party Claim”), the Indemnified Party shall give the

other Party (the “Indemnifying Party”) prompt written notice of such Third-Party Claim and the Indemnifying Party shall, at the Indemnifying Party's
option, have the right to participate in the defence thereof by counsel at the Indemnifying Party's own cost and expense. If the Indemnifying Party
acknowledges within 30 days from such written notice in writing its obligation to indemnify the Indemnified Party against all Losses that may result from
such Third-Party Claim, the Indemnifying Party shall be entitled, at the Indemnifying Party’s option, to assume and control the defence of such Third-Party
Claim at the Indemnifying Party's cost and expense and through counsel of the Indemnifying Party's choice. No such Third-Party Claim may be settled by
the Indemnifying Party without the written consent of the Indemnified Party, unless the settlement involves only the payment of money by the Indemnifying
Party. No Third-Party Claim that is being defended in good faith by the Indemnifying Party shall be settled by the Indemnified Party without the written
consent of the Indemnifying Party. The Indemnifying Party shall have no obligation to indemnify the Indemnified Party for any losses resulting from the
settlement of Third-Party Claims in violation of the provisions of this Clause 12.3.

13

a)

b)

c)

14

COSTS

Subject to Clause 13b) and 13c), each party shall pay its own costs and expenses in connection with the preparation for and completion of the
transactions contemplated by this Agreement, including but not limited to all fees and expenses of its own representatives, agents, brokers, legal
and financial advisers and authorities and no such costs or expenses shall be charged to or paid by, neither directly or indirectly, the Company.

The fees and expenses related to the fairness opinion of AMA Capital Partners LLC dated X December 2020 will be divided equally between the
Buyer and the Seller.

Legal fees to Norwegian and UK legal counsel related to the transactions contemplated by this Agreement and the related and financing
arrangements will be divided equally between the Buyer and the Seller.

NOTICES

All notices, requests, demands, approvals, waivers and other communications required or permitted under this Agreement must be in writing in the English
language and shall be deemed to have been received by a Party when:

a)

b)

c)

delivered by post, unless actually received earlier, on the third Business Day after posting, if posted within Norway, or the fifth Business Day, if
posted to or from a place outside Norway;

delivered by hand, on the day of delivery; or

delivered by fax, on the day of dispatch if supported by a written confirmation from the sender’s fax machine that the message has been properly
transmitted.

All such notices and communications shall be addressed as set forth below or to such other addresses as may be given by written notice in accordance with
this Clause 14.

If to the Seller:
Knutsen NYK Offshore Tankers AS 
Attention: President & CEO 
Smedasundet 40, Postboks 2017, 5504 Haugesund, Norway 
Fax no.: +47 52 70 40 40

If to the Buyer:
KNOT Shuttle Tankers AS
Attention: Chairman of the Board 
Smedasundet 40, Postboks 2017, 5504 Haugesund, Norway 
Fax no.: +47 52 70 40 40

15

ASSIGNMENT

This Agreement shall be binding upon and inure to the benefit of the successors of the Parties, but shall not be assignable by any of the Parties without the
prior written consent of the other Party. The benefit of this Agreement may, however, be assigned by either of the Parties to any group directly or indirectly
controlling, controlled by or under common control of the assignor, provided that the assignor shall remain liable for its own debt and for all obligations
under this Agreement.

16

MISCELLANEOUS

16.1         Further Assurances 
From time to time after the Signing Date, and without any further consideration, the Parties agree to execute, acknowledge and deliver all such additional
deeds, assignments, bills of sale, conveyances, instruments, notices, releases, acquittances and other documents, and shall do all such other acts and things,
all in accordance with applicable law, as may be necessary or appropriate (a) more fully to assure that the applicable Parties own all of the properties, rights,
titles, interests, estates, remedies, powers and privileges granted by this Agreement, or which are intended to be so granted, (b) more fully and effectively to
vest in the applicable Parties and their respective successors and assigns beneficial and record title to the interests contributed and assigned by this
Agreement or intended so to be and (c) more fully and effectively to carry out the purposes and intent of this Agreement.

16.2         Integration 
This Agreement, the Appendices hereto and the instruments referenced herein supersede all previous understandings or agreements among the Parties,
whether oral or written, with respect to its subject matter hereof. This Agreement, the Appendices hereto and the instruments referenced herein contain the
entire understanding of the Parties with respect to the subject matter hereof and thereof. No understanding, representation, promise or agreement, whether
oral or written, is intended to be or shall be included in or form part of this Agreement unless it is contained in a written amendment hereto executed by the
Parties hereto after the Signing Date.

 
 
16.3

No Broker’s Fees 
No one is entitled to receive any finder's fee, brokerage or other commission in connection with the purchase of the Shares or the consummation
of the transactions contemplated by this Agreement.

17

GOVERNING LAW AND ARBITRATION

This Agreement shall be governed by and construed in accordance with Norwegian law.

The Parties shall seek to solve through negotiations any dispute, controversy or claim arising out of or relating to this Agreement, or the breach, termination
or invalidity hereof. If the Parties fail to solve such dispute, controversy or claim by a written agreement within 60 days after one of the Parties has
requested such negotiations by notice to the other Party, such dispute, controversy or claim shall be finally settled by arbitration in Haugesund in the English
language in accordance with the Norwegian Arbitration Act. The arbitration tribunal shall consist of three arbitrators, of which the Buyer shall appoint one
arbitrator and the Seller shall appoint one arbitrator. The arbitrators so appointed shall appoint the third arbitrator, who shall be the chairman of the
arbitration tribunal. In the event of failure by a Party to appoint its arbitrator within 30 days after the request for arbitration first is given, or the failure by the
first two arbitrators to appoint the third arbitrator within 30 days after appointment of the last of the first two arbitrators to be appointed, such arbitrator or
arbitrators shall be appointed by the district judge (No: “Sorenskriver”) of Haugesund District Court. Any Party may seek judgement upon any award in any
court having jurisdiction, or an application may be made to such court for the judicial acceptance of the award and for an order of enforcement.

Notwithstanding the above, either Party may bring an action in any court of competent jurisdiction (a) for provisional relief pending the outcome of
arbitration, including, without limitation, provisional injunctive relief or pre-judgement attachment of assets, or (b) to compel arbitration or enforce any
arbitral award. For purposes of any proceeding authorised by this Clause 17, each Party hereby consents to the non-exclusive jurisdiction of Haugesund,
Norway.

* * *

This Agreement has been executed in two original copies, of which each Party has retained one copy.

Knutsen NYK Offshore Tankers AS

KNOT Shuttle Tankers AS

By:

         /s/ Trygve Seglem

Name:

Title:

Trygve Seglem

CEO

By:

Name:

Title:

/s/ Øystein Emberland

Øystein Emberland

Attorney-in-fact

    
 FACILITY PREPAYMENT AMOUNT

Appendix 1

Mandatory prepayment – Dropdown clause 8.3

Outstanding amount at closing date USD 93,139,194

New outstanding amount after closing
to fulfill requirements of 75% market value 
vessel Tove Knutsen (average broker value
 ​
USD 115,000,000)

 ​

 ​

 ​

USD 86,250,000 

Facility Prepayment Amount 

 ​

 ​
USD 6,889,194

On the Facility Prepayment Amount there will be added accrued interest, which will be calculated on closing date,
estimated amount are around $2,500.

​
​
​
​
​
​
INSURANCES

Appendix 2

Insurance Policies (all quoted values are USD)

Hull & Machinery
Hull

Insured Value:

$110,000,000

Policy Renewal:

01.11.2020-31.10.2021

Hull Interest

Insured Value:

$27,500,000

Policy Renewal:

01.11.2020-31.10.2021

Freight Interest 

Insured Value: 

$27,500,000

Policy Renewal:

01.11.2020-31.10.2021

P&I Insurance
Gross Tonnage:
Policy Renewal:

War Risk
Insured Value: 
Policy Renewal: 

84666
28.09.2020-20.02.2021

$165,000,000
28.09.2020-31.12.2020

Hull & Machinery
15,0% Aon London Broking Center Allianz
10%
5%
4,0%
4%
3,0%
3%
1,5%
1,5%
5,0%
5%
3,5%
3,5%
7,5%
7,5%
8,5%
8,5%
7,5%
7,5%
7,5%
4,5%
25,0% Tokio Marine & Nichido Fire Insurance Co., Ltd.

Allianz Global Corporate & Speciality SE, London
Lloyds Syndicate 1036 COF
Aon London Broking Center Arch
Arch Insurance Comp. (Europe) Ltd.
Aon London Broking Center BRT 2987
Lloyds Syndicate 2987 BRT
Aon London Broking Center CGM 2488
Lloyds Syndicate 2488 CGM
Aon London Broking Center CUL 3010
Lloyds Syndicate 3010 CUL
Aon London Broking Center SCOR
SCOR UK Company Limited
Aon London Broking Center Swiss Re
Swiss Re International SE, UK Branch
Aon London Broking Center XLC 2003
Lloyds Syndicate 2003 XLC
Codan Forsikring NUF
Gard AS, as agents only for Gard M&E Ltd
Norwegian Hull Club
The Swedish Club

100,0% Total

Appendix 3

ACCOUNTS

[Separate attachment]

SUBSIDIARIES OF KNOT OFFSHORE PARTNERS LP

KNOT Offshore Partners UK LLC

Subsidiary

Jurisdiction of Formation

Marshall Islands

Exhibit 8.1

KNOT Shuttle Tankers AS

KNOT Shuttle Tankers 12 AS

KNOT Shuttle Tankers 17 AS

KNOT Shuttle Tankers 18 AS

KNOT Shuttle Tankers 20 AS

KNOT Shuttle Tankers 21 AS

KNOT Shuttle Tankers 24 AS

KNOT Shuttle Tankers 25 AS

KNOT Shuttle Tankers 26 AS

KNOT Shuttle Tankers 30 AS

KNOT Shuttle Tankers 32 AS

KNOT Shuttle Tankers 34 AS

Knutsen NYK Shuttle Tankers 16 AS

Knutsen Shuttle Tankers 13 AS

Knutsen Shuttle Tankers 14 AS

Knutsen Shuttle Tankers 15 AS

Knutsen Shuttle Tankers 19 AS

Knutsen Shuttle Tankers XII AS

Knutsen Shuttle Tankers XII KS

Norway

Norway

Norway

Norway

Norway

Norway

Norway

Norway

Norway

Norway

Norway

Norway

Norway

Norway

Norway

Norway

Norway

Norway

Norway

    
Exhibit 12.1

CERTIFICATION PURSUANT TO RULE 13A-14(A) OR RULE 15D-14(A)
OF THE SECURITIES EXCHANGE ACT OF 1934, AS AMENDED

I, Gary Chapman, certify that:

1.

I have reviewed this annual report on Form 20-F of KNOT Offshore Partners LP (the “registrant”);

2. Based on my knowledge, this report does not contain any untrue statement of a material fact or omit to state a material fact necessary
to make the statements made, in light of the circumstances under which such statements were made, not misleading with respect to the
period covered by this report;

3. Based on my knowledge, the financial statements, and other financial information included in this report, fairly present in all material
respects the financial condition, results of operations and cash flows of the registrant as of, and for, the periods presented in this report;

4.

I am responsible for establishing and maintaining disclosure controls and procedures (as defined in Exchange Act Rules 13a-15(e) and
15d-15(e)) and internal control over financial reporting (as defined in Exchange Act Rules 13a-15(f) and 15d-15(f)) for the registrant
and have:

(a) Designed such disclosure controls and procedures, or caused such disclosure controls and procedures to be designed under
my supervision, to ensure that material information relating to the registrant, including its consolidated subsidiaries, is made
known to me by others within those entities, particularly during the period in which this report is being prepared;

(b) Designed such internal control over financial reporting, or caused such internal control over financial reporting to be designed
under my supervision, to provide reasonable assurance regarding the reliability of financial reporting and the preparation of
financial statements for external purposes in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles;

(c) Evaluated the effectiveness of the registrant’s disclosure controls and procedures and presented in this report my conclusions
about the effectiveness of the disclosure controls and procedures, as of the end of the period covered by this report based on
such evaluation; and

(d) Disclosed in this report any change in the registrant’s internal control over financial reporting that occurred during the period
covered by the annual report that has materially affected, or is reasonably likely to materially affect, the registrant’s internal
control over financial reporting; and

5.

I have disclosed, based on my most recent evaluation of internal control over financial reporting, to the registrant’s auditors and the
audit committee of the registrant’s board of directors (or persons performing the equivalent functions):

(a) All  significant  deficiencies  and  material  weaknesses  in  the  design  or  operation  of  internal  control  over  financial  reporting
which  are  reasonably  likely  to  adversely  affect  the  registrant’s  ability  to  record,  process,  summarize  and  report  financial
information; and

(b) Any  fraud,  whether  or  not  material,  that  involves  management  or  other  employees  who  have  a  significant  role  in  the

registrant’s internal control over financial reporting.

Date: March 18, 2021

KNOT OFFSHORE PARTNERS LP

 /s/ Gary Chapman

By:
Name: Gary Chapman
Title: Principal Executive Officer

and Principal Financial Officer

CERTIFICATION PURSUANT TO
18 U.S.C. 1350

Exhibit 13.1

 Pursuant to Section 1350 of Chapter 63 of Title 18 of the United States Code (18 U.S.C. 1350), as adopted pursuant to Section 906 of the
Sarbanes-Oxley  Act  of  2002,  the  undersigned  officer  of  KNOT  Offshore  Partners  LP,  a  Marshall  Islands  limited  partnership  (the
“Partnership”), certifies, to such officer’s knowledge, that:

 The  annual  report  on  Form  20-F  for  the  year  ended  December  31,  2020  of  the  Partnership  (the  “Report”)  fully  complies  with  the
requirements of Section 13(a) or 15(d) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934 and the information contained in the Report fairly presents, in all
material respects, the financial condition and results of operations of the Partnership.

Date: March 18, 2021

KNOT OFFSHORE PARTNERS LP

/s/ Gary Chapman

By:
Name: Gary Chapman
Title: Principal Executive Officer

and Principal Financial Officer

    
We consent to the incorporation by reference in the following Registration Statements and the related Prospectuses:

Consent of Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm

(1) Registration Statement (Form F-3 No. 333-227942) of KNOT Offshore Partners LP, and
(2) Registration Statement (Form F-3 No. 333-248518) of KNOT Offshore Partners LP;

of our reports dated March 18, 2021, with respect to the consolidated financial statements of KNOT Offshore Partners LP and the effectiveness
of internal control over financial reporting of KNOT Offshore Partners LP included in this Annual Report (Form 20-F) of KNOT Offshore
Partners LP for the year ended December 31, 2020.

Exhibit 15.1

/s/ Ernst & Young AS

Oslo, Norway

March 18, 2021